=LDR  06413nam  22006732  4500
=001  a28326e3-e86b-4e6c-8538-4ed0306d4259
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390251
=020  \\$z9781800644045$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800644052$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644069$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646742$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800644090$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800644076$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800644083$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0290$2doi
=024  7\$a1321818795$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHN49.C6
=072   7$aKCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=245  02$aA Common Good Approach to Development :$bCollective Dynamics of Development Processes /$cedited by Mathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez, Clemens Sedmak.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+392 pages): $b34 illustrations, 28 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroductionMathias Nebel and Oscar Garza-Vázquez1. The Research Question2. Why Do We Need a Common Good Approach?3. A Common Good Approach to Development. Where Do We Stand?4. Does a Common Good Approach to Development Undermines the Plurality of Modern Societies?5. Why Measure Common Good Dynamics?6. Structure of the BookReferencesPART I: A COMMON GOOD APPROACH TO DEVELOPMENTIntroduction to Part IMathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak1. The Theoretical Framework: Common Goods and Systems of Common GoodsMathias Nebel2. From Theory to Practice: A Matrix of Common Good DynamicsMathias Nebel and Jorge Medina Delgadillo3. Design and Reflection on the Metric of Common DynamicsOscar Garza-Vázquez and Viviana RamírezPART II: DISCUSSING THE NORMATIVE ELEMENTS OF COMMON GOOD DYNAMICSIntroduction to Part IMathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak4. Collective Agency Freedom as the Engine of a Common Good Dynamic: A Conceptual Proposal for MeasurementOscar Garza-Vázquez5. The Systemic Outcome of Common Good Dynamics: HumanityClemens Sedmak6. Governance, Commoning and the Unequal Terms of RecognitionTom De Herdt and Denis Augustin Samnick7. Organising Common Good Dynamics: JusticeRodolfo De la Torre8. Development and StabilityFlavio ComimPART III: CASE STUDIES AND APPLICATIONSIntroduction to Part IMathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak9. Do We Need a Common Good Approach to Development?Helen Alford10. Bangsamoro: A Case Study in Governing for the Common GoodPatrick Riordan S.J.11. Assessing the Nexus of the Common Good: The Case of the Municipality of Atlixco, MexicoValente Tallabs and Mathias Nebel12. Assessing the Transformative Impact of Love-Based Microsocial Communities: From Existential Peripheries into the Nexus of the Common GoodSimona BerettaList of IllustrationsChapter 1Chapter 2Chapter 3Chapter 7Chapter 8Chapter 11Chapter 12List of TablesChapter 3Chapter 6Chapter 7Chapter 8Chapter 11Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis edited collection proposes a common good approach to development theory and practice. Rather than focusing on the outcomes or conditions of development, the contributors concentrate on the quality of development processes, suggesting that a common good dynamic is key in order to trigger development.Resulting from more than three years of research by an international group of over fifty scholars, the volume advocates for a modern understanding of the common good—rather than a theological or metaphysical good—in societies by emphasising the social practice of ‘commoning’ at its core. It suggests that the dynamic equilibrium of common goods in a society should be at the centre of development efforts. For this purpose, it develops a matrix of common good dynamics, accounting for how institutions, social norms and common practices interconnect by identifying five key drivers not only of development, but human development (agency, governance, justice, stability, humanity). Based on this matrix, the contributors suggest a possible metric for measuring the quality of these dynamics. The last section of the book highlights the possibilities enabled by this approach through a series of case studies.The concept of the common good has recently enjoyed a revival and inspired practitioners keen to look beyond the shortcomings of political and economic liberalism. This book builds on those efforts to think beyond the agenda of twentieth-century development policies, and will be of interest to those working in the fields of development, economics, sociology, philosophy and political science.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adevelopment theory
=653  \\$adevelopment practice
=653  \\$acommon good
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$ahuman development
=653  \\$aquality measurement
=700  1\$aNebel, Mathias,$eeditor.$uUniversidad Popular Autónoma del Estado de Puebla.$0(orcid)0000000317182608$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1718-2608
=700  1\$aGarza-Vázquez, Oscar,$eeditor.$uUniversidad de las Americas Puebla (UDLAP).
=700  1\$aSedmak, Clemens,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Notre Dame.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0290$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0290_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09812nam  22006492  4500
=001  5fb9a23a-bf8e-4527-9c9c-3786b7219285
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386023
=020  \\$z9781800647282$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647299$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647305$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647343$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647336$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647312$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647329$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/obp.0300$2doi
=024  7\$a1337855482$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aTP248.27.I56
=072   7$aMB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBN$2bicssc
=072   7$aMMZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aMED000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED050000$2bisacsh
=245  02$aA Complete Guide to Maggot Therapy :$bClinical Practice, Therapeutic Principles, Production, Distribution, and Ethics /$cedited by Frank Stadler.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiv+434 pages): $b30 illustrations, 23 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aFurther material by the author available on the blog Maggot Medicine on the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aHow to CiteAcknowledgementsContributor Biographies1. IntroductionFrank StadlerMaggot Therapy and the Global Wound BurdenMaggot TherapyWhy a Book on Maggot Therapy?Past, Present, and FutureReferencesPart 1: Clinical Practice2. Living with a Chronic WoundRajna Ogrin and Kylie J. ElderIntroductionWellbeing in People Living with Chronic WoundsPhysical WellbeingPsychological WellbeingSocial WellbeingSpiritual/Cultural WellbeingHow People with Chronic Wounds Seek, Access, and Experience CareSummaryReferences3. Wound Aetiologies, Patient Characteristics, and Healthcare Settings Amenable to Maggot TherapyRonald A. Sherman and Frank StadlerIntroductionWounds Amenable to Maggot TherapyPopulation and Patient CharacteristicsSummaryReferences4. Indications, Contraindications, Interactions, and Side-effects of Maggot TherapyRonald A. ShermanIntroductionIndications for Maggot TherapyContraindications and Relative Contraindications for Maggot TherapyInteractions between Maggot Therapy and Other Treatment ModalitiesWarnings and Adverse Events Associated with Maggot TherapySummaryReferences5. Medicinal Maggot Application and Maggot Therapy Dressing TechnologyRonald A. ShermanIntroductionMaggot Therapy Dressings—Past and PresentApplying Maggot DressingsDressing Changes, Maintenance & RepairDressing Duration and RemovalReapplication or Follow-up Treatment?SummaryReferences6. Clinical Integration of Maggot TherapyBenjamin L. Bullen, Ronald A. Sherman, Paul J. Chadwick and Frank StadlerIntroductionInstitutional and Professional ConsiderationsRegulatory Considerations, Cost and ReimbursementOrganisational ConsiderationsSummaryReferencesPart 2: Therapeutic Principles7. The Natural History of Medicinal FliesMichelle L. HarveyIntroductionLife HistoriesMorphologyLife-cycle and Developmental Traits of Calliphorid FliesEnvironmental Factors Affecting Calliphorid Fly BehaviourCalliphorid Interactions with Humans and Domesticated AnimalsLucilia—Friend or Foe?SummaryReferences8. Maggot DebridementYamni Nigam and Michael R. WilsonIntroductionEfficacy of Maggot Therapy for Wound DebridementThe Feeding Process and Maggot Enzymatic ActionIdentification of Maggot Enzymes in DebridementSummaryReferences9. The Antimicrobial Activity of Medicinal MaggotsYamni Nigam and Michael R. WilsonIntroductionHistorical Investigations into the Antimicrobial Activity of MaggotsResurgent Interest in Antibacterial Bioactivity from MaggotsEvidence for the Antimicrobial Activity of Medicinal MaggotsThe Antimicrobial Compounds in Maggot Excretions and SecretionsSummaryReferences10. Maggot-assisted Wound HealingYamni Nigam and Michael R. WilsonIntroductionEarly Studies on Maggot-led HealingRandomised Controlled Trials on Wound Healing Using MaggotsScientific Mechanisms by Which Maggots Promote Wound HealingSummaryReferences11. Bioprospecting and Testing of New Fly Species for Maggot TherapyPatricia J. Thyssen, Franciéle S. Masiero and Frank StadlerIntroductionBioprospecting for Medicinal Fly SpeciesPre-clinical Trials to Assess Nutritional Strategy, Safety, and Therapeutic Efficacy of Medicinal MaggotsPreclinical Research ProtocolsClinical TrialsRegulatory ApprovalClinical Use and Commercial ProductionSummaryReferencesPart 3: Production of Medicinal Maggots12. Laboratory and Insectary Infrastructure and EquipmentFrank StadlerIntroductionProduction Laboratory TypologyBuilding and Space RequirementsEquipment RequirementsSummaryReferences13. Fly Colony Establishment, Quality Control and ImprovementFrank Stadler, Nikolas P. Johnston, Nathan J. Butterworth, and James F. WallmanIntroductionMedicinal Fly SpeciesCollecting Wild FliesTaxonomic Identification and Confirmation of SpeciesDomestication of Fly StockStrain ImprovementSummaryReferences14. Medicinal Maggot ProductionFrank Stadler and Peter TakáčIntroductionHow to Care for Adult FliesHow to Care for MaggotsPupariationDisinfection of Medicinal MaggotsIncubation of EggsQuality ControlSupply Management and Perishability of Medicinal MaggotsScheduling of Production ActivitiesOccupational Health and SafetySustainable Production and Waste ManagementMedicinal Maggot Production in Healthcare Settings with Poor Medical ServicesSummaryReferences15. Establishment of a Medical Maggot Rearing Facility and Maggot Therapy Programme for Human and Veterinary Medicine in KenyaPeter Takáč, Milan Kozánek, Grace A. Murilla, Phoebe Mukiria, Bernard Wanyonyi Kinyosi, Judith K. Chemuliti, J. Kimani Wanjerie, Christopher K. Kibiwott, and Frank StadlerIntroductionMaggot Therapy Technology Transfer and TrainingFirst Clinical Study of Maggot Therapy in KenyaCurrent Status of Maggot TherapySummaryReferencesPart 4: Logistics16. Packaging TechnologyFrank StadlerIntroductionPrimary and Secondary PackagingTransport PackagingSummaryReferences17. Distribution LogisticsFrank StadlerIntroductionMedicinal Maggot Distribution ModelsLessons from Kenya and Other Low- and Middle-income CountriesSummaryReferences18. Drone-assisted Medicinal Maggot Distribution in Compromised Healthcare SettingsFrank Stadler and Peter TathamIntroductionDrones and Their CapabilitiesDrone Service Design Considerations Specifically for Medicinal Maggot DistributionCase Examples of Drone Technology that Could Meet Medicinal Maggot Distribution NeedsImplementation of Drone-assisted Medicinal Maggot DistributionSummaryReferencesPart 5: Ethics19. The Ethics of Maggot TherapyFrank StadlerIntroductionAnimal Ethics and the Humane Treatment of Medicinal MaggotsThe Healthcare Ethics of Maggot TherapySummaryReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSince the revival of maggot therapy in Western wound care approximately thirty years ago, there has been no comprehensive synthesis of what is known about its clinical practice, supply chain management, and social dimensions. This edited volume fills the information vacuum and, importantly, makes the current state of knowledge freely accessible. It is the first to provide sound, evidence-based information and guidance covering the entire supply chain from production to treatment.The chapters are arranged in five parts presenting the latest on clinical practice, the principles of therapeutic action, medicinal maggot production, distribution logistics, and the ethical dimensions of maggot therapy. The contributors have paid particular attention to the challenges encountered in compromised, low-resource healthcare settings such as disasters, conflict, and poverty.There are still many barriers to the widespread uptake of maggot therapy in healthcare settings. This book will be essential reading for a global audience of doctors, nurses, allied healthcare providers, students, and entrepreneurs with an interest in maggot-assisted wound care. It will be the go-to reference for those who plan, regulate, and coordinate healthcare, and want to establish a maggot therapy program, particularly in low- and middle-income and other compromised healthcare settings where maggot therapy can provide much-needed, affordable, and efficacious wound care.
=536  \\$aGriffith University$eSchool of Medicine and Dentistry
=536  \\$aBioTherapeutics, Education & Research (BTER) Foundation$eSchool of Medicine and Dentistry
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amaggot therapy
=653  \\$aclinical practice
=653  \\$asupply chain management
=653  \\$asocial dimensions
=653  \\$aprinciples of therapeutic action
=653  \\$amedicinal maggot production
=653  \\$adistribution logistics
=653  \\$aethical dimensions
=700  1\$aStadler, Frank,$eeditor.$uGriffith University.$0(orcid)0000000291582792$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9158-2792
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0300$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0300_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04433nam  22006252  4500
=001  96d7f2cc-d864-4363-8caa-abd2c74fe35d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446247
=020  \\$z9781805112068$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112075$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112082$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112112$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112099$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0387$2doi
=024  7\$a1425376733$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aSF55.S718
=072   7$aKNAC$2bicssc
=072   7$aTV$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC055000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aJBCC4$2thema
=072   7$aRNK$2thema
=100  1\$aMyers, Kathleen Ann,$eauthor.$uIndiana University.
=245  12$aA Country of Shepherds :$bCultural Stories of a Changing Mediterranean Landscape /$cKathleen Ann Myers.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xix+239 pages): $b33 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorPrefaceAcknowledgementsTranslator’s NoteList of IllustrationsIntroductionPastoralism in SpainPastoral Practices and Shepherds’ NarrativesHistorical Practices and Cultural NarrativesLife Stories and Pastoralism: Method and ScopeNew Pathways: OverviewPastoralism: A Contextual Background and TerminologyMaps and Resources1. New Directions in the Sierra Norte de Sevilla: Juan Vázquez Morán and Family2. Teacher of Tradition: Pepe Millán and Family (Zahara de la Sierra, Parque Natural Sierra de Grazalema, Cádiz)3. Transhumance, Diversification, and New Collaborations: Fortunato Guerrero Lara (Sierra de Cardeña y Montoro [Córdoba] and Sierra de Segura [Jaén])4. Inheriting a Farm: Marta Moya Espinosa, Castillo de las Guardas (Seville)5. New Initiatives within Tradition: Ernestine Lüdeke and the Dehesa San Francisco and the “Fundación Monte Mediterráneo” (Santa Olalla del Cala [Huelva])6. The Scaffolding for the Future of Pastoralism: Collectives and Training Conclusions: Challenges and OpportunitiesSystemic ChallengesA Path ForwardSelected BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book draws on the life stories told by shepherds, farmers, and their families in the Andalusian region in Spain to sketch out the landscapes, actions, and challenges of people who work in pastoralism. Their narratives highlight how local practices interact with regional and European communities and policies, and they help us see a broader role for extensive grazing practices and sustainability. A Country of Shepherds is timely, reflecting the growing interest in ecological farming methods as well as the Spanish government’s recent work with UNESCO to recognise the seasonal movement of herd animals in the Iberian Peninsula as an Intangible Cultural Heritage. Demonstrating the critical role of tradition, cultural geographies, and sustainability in the Mediterranean, this book will appeal to academicians but also to general readers who seek to understand, in very human terms, the impact of the world-wide environmental crisis we are now experiencing.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aShepherds
=653  \\$aPastoralism
=653  \\$aSustainability
=653  \\$aEcology
=653  \\$aSpain
=653  \\$aCase studies
=700  1\$aWray, Grady C.,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0387$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0387_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04973nam  22007332  4500
=001  fdeb2a1b-af39-4165-889d-cc7a5a31d5fa
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447271
=020  \\$z9781800640351$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640368$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640375$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646315$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640405$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640382$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640399$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0226$2doi
=024  7\$a1233024341$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQC225.15
=072   7$aAVX$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aAcoustemologies in Contact :$bSounding Subjects and Modes of Listening in Early Modernity /$cedited by Emily Wilbourne, Suzanne G. Cusick.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+338 pages): $b17 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsNotes on ContributorsIntroductionEmily Wilbourne and Suzanne G. Cusick1. Listening as an Innu-French Contact Zone in the Jesuit RelationsOlivia Bloechl2. Native Song and Dance Affect in Seventeenth-Century Christian Festivals in New SpainIreri E. Chávez Bárcenas3. Performance in the Periphery: Colonial Encounters and EntertainmentsPatricia Akhimie4. ‘Hideous Acclamations’Glenda Goodman5. Black Atlantic Acoustemologies and the Maritime ArchiveDanielle Skeehan6. Little Black Giovanni’s DreamEmily Wilbourne7. A Global Phonographic RevolutionZhuqing (Lester) S. Hu8. ‘La stiava dolente in suono di canto’Suzanne G. Cusick9. ‘Now Despised, a Servant, Abandoned’Nina Treadwell10. ‘Non basta il suono, e la voce’ Jane TylusBibliographyList of illustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this fascinating collection of essays, an international group of scholars explores the sonic consequences of transcultural contact in the early modern period. They examine how cultural configurations of sound impacted communication, comprehension, and the categorisation of people. Addressing questions of identity, difference, sound, and subjectivity in global early modernity, these authors share the conviction that the body itself is the most intimate of contact zones, and that the culturally contingent systems by which sounds made sense could be foreign to early modern listeners and to present day scholars.Drawing on a global range of archival evidence—from New France and New Spain, to the slave ships of the Middle Passage, to China, Europe, and the Mediterranean court environment—this collection challenges the privileged position of European acoustical practices within the discipline of global-historical musicology. The discussion of Black and non-European experiences demonstrates how the production of ‘the canon’ in the cosmopolitan centres of colonial empires was underpinned by processes of human exploitation and extraction of resources. As such, this text is a timely response to calls within the discipline to decolonise music history and to contextualise the canonical works of the European past.This volume is accessible to a wide and interdisciplinary audience, not only within musicology, but also to those interested in early modern global history, sound studies, race, and slavery.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asound
=653  \\$aidentity
=653  \\$adifference
=653  \\$asubjectivity
=653  \\$aearly modernity
=653  \\$athe body
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$amusicology
=653  \\$acosmopolitanism
=653  \\$athe canon
=653  \\$acolonialism
=653  \\$aempire
=653  \\$aexploitation
=653  \\$adecolonisation
=653  \\$arace
=653  \\$aslavery
=653  \\$aglobal history
=700  1\$aWilbourne, Emily,$eeditor.$uCity University of New York.
=700  1\$aCusick, Suzanne G.,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0226$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0226_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05845nam  22006132  4500
=001  31aea193-58de-43eb-aadb-23300ba5ee40
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783741427$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781783741441$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644991$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741458$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741465$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0075$2doi
=024  7\$a993551796$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT030000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT012000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT029000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSiklos, Stephen,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000309037793$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0903-7793
=245  10$aAdvanced Problems in Mathematics :$bPreparing for University /$cStephen Siklos.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (186 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 1.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=500  \\$a"Please note that in this book the mathematical formulas are encoded in MathML. While reading the HTML version, you can right-click on any of the formulas to display the underlying code."--Publisher's website.
=505  0\$aAbout this bookSTEPWorked ProblemsWorked problem 1Worked problem 2ProblemsP1 An integer equationP2 Partitions of 10 and 20P3 Mathematical deductionP4 DivisibilityP5 The modulus functionP6 The regular Reuleaux heptagonP7 Chain of equationsP8 Trig. equationsP9 Integration by substitutionP10 True or falseP11 Egyptian fractionsP12 Maximising with constraintsP13 Binomial expansionP14 Sketching subsets of the planeP15 More sketching subsets of the planeP16 Non-linear simultaneous equationsP17 InequalitiesP18 Inequalities from cubicsP19 LogarithmsP20 Cosmological modelsP21 Melting snowballsP22 Gregory’s seriesP23 Intersection of ellipsesP24 Sketching x m ( 1 − x ) nP25 Inequalities by area estimatesP26 Simultaneous integral equationsP27 Relation between coefficients of quartic for real rootsP28 Fermat numbersP29 Telescoping seriesP30 Integer solutions of cubicsP31 The harmonic seriesP32 Integration by substitutionP33 More curve sketchingP34 Trig sumP35 Roots of a cubic equationP36 Root countingP37 Irrationality of eP38 Discontinuous integrandsP39 A difficult integralP40 Estimating the value of an integralP41 Integrating the modulus functionP42 GeometryP43 The t substitutionP44 A differential-difference equationP45 Lagrange’s identityP46 Bernoulli polynomialsP47 Vector geometryP48 Solving a quarticP49 Areas and volumesP50 More curve sketchingP51 Spherical loafP52 SnowploughingP53 Tortoise and hareP54 How did the chicken cross the road?P55 Hank’s gold mineP56 A chocolate orangeP57 Lorry on bendP58 FieldingP59 Equilibrium of rod of non-uniform densityP60 Newton’s cradleP61 Kinematics of rotating targetP62 Particle on wedgeP63 Sphere on stepP64 Elastic band on cylinderP65 A knock-out tournamentP66 Harry the calculating horseP67 PIN guessingP68 Breaking platesP69 LotteryP70 Bodies in the fridgeP71 Choosing keysP72 Commuting by trainP73 Collecting volesP74 Breaking a stickP75 Random quadraticsSyllabus
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a This book is intended to help candidates prepare for entrance examinations in mathematics and scientific subjects, including STEP (Sixth Term Examination Paper). STEP is an examination used by Cambridge colleges as the basis for conditional offers. They are also used by Warwick University, and many other mathematics departments recommend that their applicants practice on the past papers even if they do not take the examination.Advanced Problems in Mathematics is recommended as preparation for any undergraduate mathematics course, even for students who do not plan to take the Sixth Term Examination Paper. The questions analysed in this book are all based on recent STEP questions selected to address the syllabus for Papers I and II, which is the A-level core (i.e. C1 to C4) with a few additions. Each question is followed by a comment and a full solution. The comments direct the reader’s attention to key points and put the question in its true mathematical context. The solutions point students to the methodology required to address advanced mathematical problems critically and independently.This book is a must read for any student wishing to apply to scientific subjects at university level and for anybody interested in advanced mathematics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAdvanced mathematical problems
=653  \\$aSTEP examinations
=653  \\$aundergraduate mathematics course
=653  \\$acalculus
=653  \\$ageometry
=653  \\$aprobability and statistics
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 1.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0075$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0075_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06039nam  22006612  4500
=001  fc088d17-bab2-4bfa-90bc-b320760c6c97
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452960
=020  \\$z9781783747764$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781783747771$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0181$2doi
=024  7\$a1153041221$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA11.2
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT012000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSiklos, Stephen,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000309037793$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0903-7793
=245  10$aAdvanced Problems in Mathematics :$bPreparing for University /$cStephen Siklos.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (184 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 4.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=500  \\$a"Please note that in this book the mathematical formulas are encoded in MathML. While reading the HTML version, you can right-click on any of the formulas to display the underlying code."--Publisher's website. "This is the second edition of the first volume in the OBP series in mathematics"--Back of title-page. Previous edition: 2016.
=505  0\$aAbout this bookSTEPWorked ProblemsWorked problem 1Worked problem 2ProblemsP1 An integer equationP2 Partitions of 10 and 20P3 Mathematical deductionP4 DivisibilityP5 The modulus functionP6 The regular Reuleaux heptagonP7 Chain of equationsP8 Trig. equationsP9 Integration by substitutionP10 True or falseP11 Egyptian fractionsP12 Maximising with constraintsP13 Binomial expansionP14 Sketching subsets of the planeP15 More sketching subsets of the planeP16 Non-linear simultaneous equationsP17 InequalitiesP18 Inequalities from cubicsP19 LogarithmsP20 Cosmological modelsP21 Melting snowballsP22 Gregory’s seriesP23 Intersection of ellipsesP24 Sketching x m ( 1 − x ) nP25 Inequalities by area estimatesP26 Simultaneous integral equationsP27 Relation between coefficients of quartic for real rootsP28 Fermat numbersP29 Telescoping seriesP30 Integer solutions of cubicsP31 The harmonic seriesP32 Integration by substitutionP33 More curve sketchingP34 Trig sumP35 Roots of a cubic equationP36 Root countingP37 Irrationality of eP38 Discontinuous integrandsP39 A difficult integralP40 Estimating the value of an integralP41 Integrating the modulus functionP42 GeometryP43 The t substitutionP44 A differential-difference equationP45 Lagrange’s identityP46 Bernoulli polynomialsP47 Vector geometryP48 Solving a quarticP49 Areas and volumesP50 More curve sketchingP51 Spherical loafP52 SnowploughingP53 Tortoise and hareP54 How did the chicken cross the road?P55 Hank’s gold mineP56 A chocolate orangeP57 Lorry on bendP58 FieldingP59 Equilibrium of rod of non-uniform densityP60 Newton’s cradleP61 Kinematics of rotating targetP62 Particle on wedgeP63 Sphere on stepP64 Elastic band on cylinderP65 A knock-out tournamentP66 Harry the calculating horseP67 PIN guessingP68 Breaking platesP69 LotteryP70 Bodies in the fridgeP71 Choosing keysP72 Commuting by trainP73 Collecting volesP74 Breaking a stickP75 Random quadraticsSyllabus
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is intended to help candidates prepare for entrance examinations in mathematics and scientific subjects, including STEP (Sixth Term Examination Paper). STEP is an examination used by Cambridge colleges as the basis for conditional offers. They are also used by Warwick University, and many other mathematics departments recommend that their applicants practice on the past papers even if they do not take the examination.'Advanced Problems in Mathematics' is recommended as preparation for any undergraduate mathematics course, even for students who do not plan to take the Sixth Term Examination Paper. The questions analysed in this book are all based on recent STEP questions selected to address the syllabus for Papers I and II, which is the A-level core (i.e. C1 to C4) with a few additions. Each question is followed by a comment and a full solution. The comments direct the reader’s attention to key points and put the question in its true mathematical context. The solutions point students to the methodology required to address advanced mathematical problems critically and independently.This book is a must read for any student wishing to apply to scientific subjects at university level and for anybody interested in advanced mathematics.
=536  \\$aDepartment for Education
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMathematics
=653  \\$aElementary Problems
=653  \\$amake sense of the world
=653  \\$amathematics beyond the classroom
=653  \\$aMental Skills
=653  \\$aArithmetic
=653  \\$aWord Problems
=653  \\$aAlgebra
=653  \\$aGeometry
=653  \\$aInfinity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 4.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0181$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0181_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05394nam  22005892  4500
=001  b59def35-5712-44ed-8490-9073ab1c6cdc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800640115$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640122$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640139$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646278$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640160$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640146$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640153$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0222$2doi
=024  7\$a1159173753$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aKFFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=245  02$aA European Public Investment Outlook /$cedited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+202 pages): $b53 illustrations, 13 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 9.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsPrefaceFranco Bassanini, Alberto Quadrio Curzio and Xavier RagotAcknowledgementsAuthor BiographiesIntroductionFloriana Cerniglia and Francesco SaracenoPart I — Outlook1. Europe Needs More Public InvestmentRocco Luigi Bubbico, Philipp-Bastian Brutscher and Debora Revoltella2. Public Investment and Capital in FranceMathieu Plane and Francesco Saraceno3. Public Investment in Germany: The Need for a Big PushSebastian Dullien, Ekaterina Jürgens and Sebastian Watzka4. Public Investment Trends across Levels of Government in ItalyFloriana Cerniglia and Federica Rossi5. Trends and Patterns in Public Investment in Spain: A Medium- and Long-Run PerspectiveJosé Villaverde and Adolfo MazaPart II — Challenges6. In Search of a Strategy for Public Investment in Research and InnovationDaniela Palma, Alberto Silvani and Alessandra Maria Stilo7. Social Investment and InfrastructureAnton Hemerijck, Mariana Mazzucato and Edoardo Reviglio8. From Trans-European (Ten-T) to Trans-Global (Twn-T) Transport Infrastructure Networks. A Conceptual FrameworkPaolo Costa, Hercules Haralambides and Roberto Roson9. Ecological Transition D’Maris Coffman, Roberto Cardinale, Jing Meng and Zhifu Mi10. The Contribution of European Cohesion Policy to Public InvestmentFrancesco Prota, Gianfranco Viesti and Mauro Bux List of IllustrationsList of Tables
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis outlook provides a focused assessment of the state of public capital in the major European countries and identifies areas where public investment could contribute more to stable and sustainable growth. A European Public Investment Outlook brings together contributions from a range of international authors from diverse intellectual and professional backgrounds, providing a valuable resource for the policy-making community in Europe to feed their discussion on public investment. The volume both offers sector-specific advice and highlights larger areas which should be prioritized in the policy debate (from transport to social capital, R&D and the environment).The outlook is structured into two parts: the chapters of Part I respectively explore public investment trends in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and Europe as a whole, and illuminate how the legacy of the 2008 Global Financial Crisis is one of insufficient public investment. Part II investigates some areas into which resources could be channelled to reverse the recent trend and provide European economies with an adequate public capital stock.The essays in this outlook collectively foster a broad approach to and definition of public investment, that is today more relevant than ever. Offering up a timely and clear case for the elimination of bias against investment in European fiscal rules, this outlook is a welcome contribution to the European debate, aimed both at policy makers and general readers
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$astate of public capital
=653  \\$aEuropean countries
=653  \\$apublic investment
=653  \\$agrowth
=653  \\$apolicy-making community
=700  1\$aCerniglia, Floriana,$eeditor.$uUniversità Cattolica del Sacro Cuore.$0(orcid)000000019972716X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9972-716X
=700  1\$aSaraceno, Francesco,$eeditor.$uSciences Po, Paris.$0(orcid)0000000301214329$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-4329
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 9.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0222$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0222_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04218nam  22005772  4500
=001  528e4526-42e4-4e68-a0d5-f74a285c35a6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2018487805
=020  \\$z9781783745593$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745609$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745616$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645714$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746545$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745623$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745630$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0152$2doi
=024  7\$a1089418876$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aH63 2018
=050  00$aPN5117
=072   7$aKNTJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN008000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHobbs, Andrew,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Central Lancashire.$0(orcid)000000015943475X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5943-475X
=245  12$aA Fleet Street In Every Town :$bThe Provincial Press in England, 1855-1900 /$cAndrew Hobbs.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 456 pages): $b64 illustrations, 27 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction1. The Readers of the Local Press2. Reading Places3. Reading Times4. What They Read: The Production of the Local Press in the 1860s5. What They Read: The Production of the Local Press in the 1880s6. Who Read What7. Exploiting a Sense of Place8. Class, Dialect and the Local Press: How ‘They’ Joined ‘Us’9. Win-win: The Local Press and Association Football10. How Readers Used the Local PaperConclusionsBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAt the heart of Victorian culture was the local weekly newspaper. More popular than books, more widely read than the London papers, the local press was a national phenomenon. This book redraws the Victorian cultural map, shifting our focus away from one centre, London, and towards the many centres of the provinces. It offers a new paradigm in which place, and a sense of place, are vital to the histories of the newspaper, reading and publishing.Hobbs offers new perspectives on the nineteenth century from an enormous yet neglected body of literature: the hundreds of local newspapers published and read across England. He reveals the people, processes and networks behind the publishing, maintaining a unique focus on readers and what they did with the local paper as individuals, families and communities. Case studies and an unusual mix of quantitative and qualitative evidence show that the vast majority of readers preferred the local paper, because it was about them and the places they loved.A Fleet Street in Every Town positions the local paper at the centre of debates on Victorian newspapers, periodicals, reading and publishing. It reorientates our view of the Victorian press away from metropolitan high culture and parliamentary politics, and towards the places where most people lived, loved and read. This is an essential book for anybody interested in nineteenth-century print culture, journalism and reading.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aVictorian culture
=653  \\$anewspaper
=653  \\$alocal newspapers
=653  \\$aprint culture
=653  \\$ajournalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0152$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0152_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04819nam  22007932  4500
=001  b8a0df39-4e34-41db-9ae5-6482528df3cd
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361355
=020  \\$z9781800649125$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649132$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649149$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649187$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649170$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649156$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0329$2doi
=024  7\$a1401577408$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN3307.G7
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFKP$2bicssc
=072   7$aWQH$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBKEWC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPR$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBKE$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aART060000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAFKP$2thema
=072   7$aAB$2thema
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=100  1\$aFarmer, Paul,$eauthor.$uFalmouth University.
=245  10$aAfter the Miners’ Strike :$bA39 and Cornish Political Theatre versus Thatcher’s Britain: Volume 1 /$cPaul Farmer, Mark Kilburn; preface by Rebecca Hillman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+270 pages): $b30 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 3.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthors’ BiographiesAcknowledgementsPrefaceIntroduction1. A Tour through the Miners’ Strike2. Into A393. One & All!4. Street Theatre and Cabaret5. Touring One & All!6. A39 International7. A39 and the Tin Crisis8. A39 Into 1986: The State of Things9. Building the New Show10. ‘How much easier it is to honour the dead than to value the living’—The Tale of Trevithick’s Tower Plays11. One & All! An unofficial history of Cornish tin mining12. The Tale of Trevithick’s TowerBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this rich memoir, the first of two volumes, Paul Farmer traces the story of A39, the Cornish political theatre group he co-founded and ran from the mid-1980s to the early 1990s. Farmer offers a unique insight into A39’s creation, operation, and artistic practice during a period of convulsive political and social change. The reader is plunged into the national miners’ strike and the collapse of Cornish tin mining, the impact of Thatcherism and ‘Reaganomics’, and the experience of touring Germany on the brink of reunification, alongside the influence on A39 of writers Bertolt Brecht, John McGrath and Keith Johnstone. Farmer, a former bus driver turned artistic director, details the theatre group’s inception and development as it fought to break down social barriers, attract audiences, and survive with little more than a beaten-up Renault 12, a photocopier and two second-hand stage lights at its disposal: the book traces the progress from these raw materials to the development of an integrated community theatre practice for Cornwall.Farmer’s candour and humour enliven this unique insight into 1980s theatre and politics. It will appeal to anyone with an interest in theatre history, life in Cornwall, and the relationship between performance and society during a turbulent era.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$a1980s
=653  \\$a1990s
=653  \\$aA39
=653  \\$aCornwall
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aminers' strike
=653  \\$apolitical theatre
=653  \\$aThatcherism
=700  1\$aHillman, Rebecca,$epreface by.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000186120422$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8612-0422
=700  1\$aKilburn, Mark,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 3.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0329$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0329_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04964nam  22005412  4500
=001  35941026-43eb-496f-b560-2c21a6dbbbfc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020414215
=020  \\$z9781783748754$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748761$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748778$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646087$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748808$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748785$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748792$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0197$2doi
=024  7\$a1151931406$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ1461
=050  00$aW46 2020
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWeissman, David,$eauthor.$uCity University of New York.$0(orcid)0000000208642599$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0864-2599
=245  10$aAgency :$bMoral Identity and Free Will /$cDavid Weissman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+200 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgmentsIntroductionDavid WeissmanChapter One: AgencyDavid Weissman1. Semantics2. Two Points of Reference3. Individuality4. Purpose/Intention5. Sensibility6. Thought and Perception7. Competence and Skill8. Effort9. Partners10. Efficacy11. Oversight12. Frustration13. WillChapter Two: Free WillDavid Weissman1. Introduction2. Background3. Freedom To and Freedom From4. Ontology5. Universal Determinism6. Explanation/Prediction7. Cause or Capacity8. Leibniz or Laplace9. "Things Are Not Up to Us.”10. Emergent Wholes, Their Properties and Powers11. Character/Sensibility12. Initiative13. Productive Imagination14. Consciousness15. Choosing Freely16. Last ThoughtsChapter Three: SocializationDavid Weissman1. Conflicted Aims2. Idiosyncrasy3. Talent4. Interiority5. Social Space6. Normativity7. Socialization8. Collaboration, Cooperation, Command9. Cities10. DisequilibriumChapter Four: AutonomyDavid Weissman1. Minerva2. Semantics3. Assertion4. Self-Identification5. Collaboration/Contention6. Regulation7. Oversight8. In Itself, For ItselfChapter Five: Moral IdentityDavid Weissman1. Three Perspectives: Agents2. Three Perspectives: Nodes3. Three Perspectives: The WholeAfterwordBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThere is agency in all we do: thinking, doing, or making. We invent a tune, play, or use it to celebrate an occasion.  Or we make a conceptual leap and ask more abstract questions about the conditions for agency. They include autonomy and self-appraisal, each contested by arguments immersing us in circumstances we don’t control.  But can it be true we that have no personal responsibility for all we think and do?    'Agency: Moral Identity and Free Will' proposes that deliberation, choice, and free will emerged within the evolutionary history of animals with a physical advantage: organisms having cell walls or exoskeletons had an internal space within which to protect themselves from external threats or encounters.  This defense was both structural and active: such organisms could ignore intrusions or inhibit risky behavior.  Their capacities evolved with time: inhibition became the power to deliberate and choose the manner of one’s responses.  Hence the ability of humans and some other animals to determine their reactions to problematic situations or to information that alters values and choices.  This is free will as a material power, not as the conclusion to a conceptual argument.  Having it makes us morally responsible for much we do. It prefigures moral identity.  Closely argued but plainly written, 'Agency: Moral Identity and Free Will' speaks for autonomy and responsibility when both are eclipsed by ideas that embed us in history or tradition.  Our sense of moral choice and freedom is accurate. We are not altogether the creatures of our circumstances.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aagency
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0197$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0197_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04603nam  22006972  4500
=001  db3a8d31-b2eb-4612-aed9-9075d6d93558
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388884
=020  \\$z9781805112518$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112525$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112532$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0394$2doi
=024  7\$a1430478772$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ5079.5.G33
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CSR$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS026010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCF$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aCFK$2thema
=072   7$aCFFD$2thema
=072   7$aQRJ$2thema
=072   7$a2CSR$2thema
=100  1\$aGębski, Wiktor,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000325776553$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2577-6553
=245  12$aA Grammar of the Jewish Arabic Dialect of Gabes /$cWiktor Gębski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+510 pages): $b6 illustrations, 68 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 23.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface List of Tables and Figures Abbreviations and Symbols 1. Introduction Part I: Phonology 2. Phonology Part II: Morphology 3. Verbal Morphology 4. Nominal Morphology Part III: Diachronic and ComparativeStudies in Syntax 5. Syntax of Nouns 6. Syntax of Verbs and Clauses 7. Syntax of Pronouns 8. Conclusion Appendix: A Corpus of Selected NarrativesQuoted in the Volume Bibliography Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume undertakes a linguistic exploration of the endangered Arabic dialect spoken by the Jews of Gabes, a coastal city situated in Southern Tunisia. Belonging to the category of sedentary North African dialects, this variety is now spoken by a dwindling number of native speakers, primarily in Israel and France. Given the imminent extinction faced by many modern varieties of Judaeo-Arabic, including Jewish Gabes, the study's primary goal is to document and describe its linguistic nuances while reliable speakers are still accessible. Data for this comprehensive study were collected during fieldwork in Israel and France between December 2018 and March 2022. The volume's primary objective is a meticulous comparative analysis of Jewish Gabes, with a special emphasis on syntax, aiming to discern unique linguistic features through comparison with other North African dialects. The results of the study suggest that the Jewish dialect of Gabes emerged in the first wave of the Arab conquest of the Maghreb, thus exhibiting features that set it apart from its Muslim counterpart. This old variety therefore has the potential to provide invaluable information on the formation of Maghrebi Arabic and the mechanisms of language contact in the pre-Islamic Maghreb. The volume is organised in three main sections: phonology, morphology, and syntax, with the syntax section adopting historical and typological perspectives to shed light on this linguistic terra incognita.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSpoken Arabic dialect in Northern Africa
=653  \\$aJews of Gabes, Tunisia
=653  \\$aLinguistics
=653  \\$aJudaeo-Arabic
=653  \\$aNorthern African dialects
=653  \\$aLinguistic preservation
=653  \\$aLinguistic extinction
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 23.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0394$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0394_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07696nam  22005052  4500
=001  3dbfa65a-ed33-46b5-9105-c5694c9c6bab
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020416931
=020  \\$z9781783749416$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749423$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749430$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0208$2doi
=024  7\$a1268361369$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ7624
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWagner, Esther-Miriam,$eauthor.$uWoolf Institute.
=245  12$aA Handbook and Reader of Ottoman Arabic /$cEsther-Miriam Wagner.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+466 pages): $b4 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 9.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroductionEsther-Miriam WagnerI.HANDBOOK1. Vernacularisation in the Ottoman Empire: Is Arabic the Exception that Proves the Rule? Michiel Leezenberg2. From Means to Goal: Auxiliary Disciplines in the Ottoman Madrasa Curriculum Necmettin Kızılkaya3. On the Order of the Sciences for He Who Wants to Learn Them Guy Burak4. Rumi Authors, the Arabic Historiographical Tradition, and the Ottoman Dawla/Devlet Guy Burak5. Arabic Grammar Books in Ottoman Istanbul: The South Asian Connection Christopher D. Bahl6. Bastards and Arabs E. KhayyatII. READER1. Bodl. Ms. Heb. C. 72/18: A Letter by Isaac Bayt ʿAṭṭān to Moses B. Judah (1480s) Dotan Arad and Esther-Miriam Wagner2. The Purim Scroll of the Cairene Jewish Community Benjamin Hary3. Appointment Deed of a Cantor in the Karaite Community, Cairo (1575) Dotan Arad4. Aharon Garish, Metsaḥ Aharon Naḥem Ilan5. Kitāb Hazz al-Quḥūf (1600s) Humphrey Taman Davies6. A Weaver’s Notebook from Aleppo (10th/16th century) Boris Liebrenz and Kristina Richardson7. Selections from Arabic Garshūnī Manuscripts in the British Library Michael Erdman8. Excerpt from Yūsuf al-Maġribī’s Dafʿ al-iṣr ʿan kalām ahl Miṣr (1606) Liesbeth Zack9. Lebanon: Chronicle of al-Ṣafadī (early 17th century [?]) Jérôme Lentin10. A Jew’s Testimony Regarding a Statement Made in His Presence by a Muslim, Testified on Monday 20th Kislev 5418 (1657) Werner Diem11. A Jew’s Testimony Regarding a Statement Made in His Presence by a Muslim (1681) Werner Diem12. A Basra Passover Haggadah with Judaeo-Arabic Translation (ca. 1700) Omer Shafran13. Qahwa ‘Coffee’ (16th–17th centuries) Ghayde Ghraowi14. Egypt: Damurdāšī’s Chronicle of Egypt (first half of 18th century) Jérôme Lentin15. Matenadaran Collection MS No.1751: A Medical Work (1726) Ani Avetisyan16. A Clerical Letter by Rafael al-Ṭūḵī from the Prize Papers Collections (1758) Esther-Miriam Wagner and Mohamed Ahmed17. A Christian Mercantile Letter from the Prize Papers Collections (1759) Esther-Miriam Wagner and Mohamed Ahmed18. Ḥannā al-Ṭabīb, Riḥlat al-Shammās Ḥannā al-Ṭabīb ilā baldat Istanbūl (1764/65) Feras Krimsti19. Syria 1: Chronicle of Ibn al-Ṣiddīq (1768) Jérôme Lentin20. A Letter Transmitted by Ambassador Hajj Mahdī Bargash from Sultan Muḥammad Bin ʿAbdallah to Sultan Abdul Ḥamīd (1789 CE) Ahmed Ech-Charfi21. Arab Merchant Letters from the Gotha Collection of Arabic Manuscripts Boris Liebrenz22. A Judaeo-Arabic Letter from the Prize Papers Collection, HCA 32/1208/126.2 (1796) Matthew Dudley23. The Cairo-Ramla Manuscripts, or the Ramle KAR, 13 (1800s) Olav Ørum24. A 19th-Century Judaeo-Arabic Folk Narrative Magdalen M. Connolly25. Libya 1: Ḥasan al-Faqīh Ḥasan’s Chronicle Al-Yawmiyyāt al-Lībiyya (early 19th century) Jérôme Lentin26. Libya 2: Letter from Ġūma al-Maḥmūdī (1795–1858) to ʿAzmī Bēk, Daftardār of the ʾIyāla (Province) of Tripoli (undated) Jérôme Lentin27. T-S NS 99.38 (1809) Geoffrey Khan and Esther-Miriam Wagner28. Rylands Genizah Collection A 803 (1825) Esther-Miriam Wagner and Mohamed Ahmed29. Syria 2: Chronicle of Muḥammad Saʿīd al-ʾUsṭuwānī (1840–1861) Jérôme Lentin30. Arabia: A Letter from Abdallah Ḥiṣānī to ʿAbdallah Bāšā (1855) Jérôme Lentin31. Excerpts from Yaʿqūb Ṣanūʿ’s Abū Naḍḍāra Zarʾa and ʿAbd Allāh al-Nadīm’s al-Ustāḏ Liesbeth Zack32. A Disgruntled Bishop: A Garshūnī Letter from Bishop Dinḥā of Midyat to Patriarch Peter III George Kiraz33. Aḥmad b. Muḥammad al-Jarādī: Sīrat al-Ḵawāja al-ʾAkram al-Marḥūm Harmān al-ʾAlmānī Alex Bellem and G. Rex Smith34. Ora ve-Simḥa (1917) Esther-Miriam Wagner35. A ‘Mandæo-Arabic’ Letter from Lady Drower’s Correspondence Charles Häberl36. An Anecdote about Juḥā (1920s) Tania María García-ArévaloReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWritten forms of Arabic composed during the era of the Ottoman Empire present an immensely fruitful linguistic topic. Extant texts display a proximity to the vernacular that cannot be encountered in any other surviving historical Arabic material, and thus provide unprecedented access to Arabic language history.This rich material remains very little explored. Traditionally, scholarship on Arabic has focussed overwhelmingly on the literature of the various Golden Ages between the 8th and 13th centuries, whereas texts from the 15th century onwards have often been viewed as corrupted and not worthy of study. The lack of interest in Ottoman Arabic culture and literacy left these sources almost completely neglected in university courses.This volume is the first linguistic work to focus exclusively on varieties of Christian, Jewish and Muslim Arabic in the Ottoman Empire of the 15th to the 20th centuries, and present Ottoman Arabic material in a didactic and easily accessible way. Split into a Handbook and a Reader section, the book provides a historical introduction to Ottoman literacy, translation studies, vernacularisation processes, language policy and linguistic pluralism. The second part contains excerpts from more than forty sources, edited and translated by a diverse network of scholars.The material presented includes a large number of yet unedited texts, such as Christian Arabic letters from the Prize Paper collections, mercantile correspondence and notebooks found in the Library of Gotha, and Garshuni texts from archives of Syriac patriarchs.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOttoman Empire
=653  \\$aArabic language history
=653  \\$aOttoman Arabic culture
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 9.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0208$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0208_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06828nam  22006612  4500
=001  0229f930-1e01-40b8-b4a8-03ab57624ced
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447188
=020  \\$z9781783748150$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748167$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748174$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646001$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748204$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748181$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748198$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0188$2doi
=024  7\$a1203548337$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aKJC544.6
=050  00$aL38 2020
=072   7$a1DN$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ACS$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aREF000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAW000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREF008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR022000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLove, Jeffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Copenhagen.
=245  12$aA Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law /$cJeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel, Erik Simensen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+580 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aThe link to the digital counterpart of the project is available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aIntroduction Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenNordic to English Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenEnglish to Nordic Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix A: Administrative, Judicial and Fiscal Subdivisions Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix B: Agriculture and Forestry Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix C: Borders, Boundaries and Boundary Markers Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix D1: The Monetary System Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix D2: Weights and Measures Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix E: Kinship Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik SimensenAppendix F: Calendar of Church Feast and Fast Days Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a'A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law' is an indispensable resource for scholars and students of medieval Scandinavia. This polyglot dictionary draws on the vast and vibrant range of vernacular legal terminology found in medieval Scandinavian texts – terminology which yields valuable insights into the quotidian realities of crime and retribution; the processes, application and execution of laws; and the cultural and societal concerns underlying the development and promulgation of such laws.Legal texts constitute an unparalleled – and often untapped – source of information for those studying the literature, languages and history of medieval and Viking Age Scandinavia. The Lexicon is a welcome contribution to the study of medieval Scandinavia on two counts: firstly, it makes accessible a wealth of vernacular historical documents for an English-speaking audience. Secondly, it presents legal terminologies that span the languages and geographies of medieval Scandinavia, drawing on twenty-five legal texts composed in Old Swedish, Old Icelandic, Old Norwegian, Old Danish, Old Gutnish and Old Faroese. By collating and juxtaposing legal terms, the Lexicon thus offers its readers a fascinating, comprehensive window into the legal milieu of medieval Scandinavia as a unified whole.It is in this respect that A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law differs from the other major lexica that came before it: where relevant, it gathers closely related terms from multiple Nordic languages beneath single headwords within single entries. This approach illuminates the differences (and similarities) in usage of specific lexical items and legal concepts across geographic areas and through time.This dictionary contains over 6000 Nordic headwords, and is laid out as a standard reference work. It is easily navigable, with a clear structure to each entry, providing English equivalents; textual references; phrases in which headwords frequently appear; cross-references to aid readers in locating synonyms or cognate terms within the lexicon; and references to published works. Roughly one quarter of the headwords supply semantic analysis and detailed information on the textual and historical contexts within which a term might appear, which help the reader to engage with the broader legal concepts underlying specific terms. The Lexicon is thus designed to provide its readers not only with succinct single definitions of Norse legal terms, but with a sense of the wider Scandinavian legal landscape and worldview within which these concepts were developed.A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law is an ongoing project with a digital counterpart (https://www.dhi.ac.uk/lmnl/) created within the department of Swedish Language and Multilingualism at Stockholm University. It is part of the wider ‘Medieval Nordic Laws’ project based at the University of Aberdeen.The Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities, the Magnus Bergvalls Stiftelse and the Stiftelsen Konung Gustaf VI Adolfs fond för svensk kultur have generously contributed to this publication.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLexicon
=653  \\$aMedieval Nordic Law
=653  \\$amedieval Scandinavia
=653  \\$avernacular legal terminology
=700  1\$aLarsson, Inger,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.
=700  1\$aDjärv, Ulrika,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.
=700  1\$aPeel, Christine,$eauthor.$uUniversity College London.
=700  1\$aSimensen, Erik,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oslo.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0188$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0188_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05129nam  22006252  4500
=001  defda2f0-1003-419a-8c3c-ac8d0b1abd17
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467789
=020  \\$z9781783741526$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741533$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741540$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644908$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746439$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741557$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741564$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0064$2doi
=024  7\$a954148253$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML410.B13
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC4$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS023040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS050000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aFabian, Dorottya,$eauthor.$uUniversity of New South Wales.$0(orcid)0000000232490812$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3249-0812
=245  12$aA Musicology of Performance :$bTheory and Method Based on Bach's Solos for Violin /$cDorottya Fabian.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 342 pages): $b27 illustrations, 20 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments 1. Dancing to Architecture? 1.1 The Problems of Researching and Writing about Music Performance 1.2 Summary: Recordings, Aims and Method 2. Theoretical Matters 2.1 Cultural Theories 2.2 Analytical Theories 2.3 Music Performance and Complex Systems 2.4 Performance Studies, Oral Culture and Academia 2.5 Conclusion 3. Violinists, Violin Schools and Emerging Trends 3.1 Violinists 3.2 Violin Schools 3.3 The Influence of HIP on MSP 3.4 Diversity within Trends and Global Styles 3.5 Overall Findings and Individual Cases 3.6 Conclusion 4. Analyses of Performance Features 4.1 Tempo Choices 4.2 Vibrato 4.3 Ornamentation 4.4 Rhythm 4.5 Bowing, Articulation and Phrasing 4.6 Conclusions 5. Affect and Individual Difference: Towards a Holistic Account of Performance 5.1 Differences within the MSP and within the HIP Styles 5.2 Multiple Recordings of Violinists 5.3 The Holistic Analysis of Interpretations 5.4 Idiosyncratic Versions and Listeners’ Reactions5.5 Conclusions 6. Conclusions and an Epilogue: The Complexity Model of Music Performance, Deleuze and Brain Laterality 6.1 Summary 6.2 Where to from Here?—Epilogue List of Audio Examples List of Tables List of Figures Discography References Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book examines the nature of musical performance. In it, Dorottya Fabian explores the contributions and limitations of some of these approaches to performance, be they theoretical, cultural, historical, perceptual, or analytical. Through a detailed investigation of recent recordings of J. S. Bach’s Six Sonatas and Partitas for Solo Violin, she demonstrates that music performance functions as a complex dynamical system. Only by crossing disciplinary boundaries, therefore, can we put the aural experience into words. A Musicology of Performance provides a model for such a method by adopting Deleuzian concepts and various empirical and interdisciplinary procedures.Fabian provides a case study in the repertoire, while presenting new insights into the state of baroque performance practice at the turn of the twenty-first century. Through its wealth of audio examples, tables, and graphs, the book offers both a sensory and a scholarly account of musical performance. These interactive elements map the connections between historically informed and mainstream performance styles, considering them in relation to broader cultural trends, violin schools, and individual artistic trajectories.A Musicology of Performance is a must read for academics and post-graduate students and an essential reference point for the study of music performance, the early music movement, and Bach’s opus.
=536  \\$aAustralian Academy of the Humanities
=536  \\$aUniversity of New South Wales
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amusical performance
=653  \\$aJ. S. Bach
=653  \\$aviolin
=653  \\$aperception
=653  \\$abaroque performance practice
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0064$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0064_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05832nam  22006732  4500
=001  99af261d-8a31-449e-bf26-20e0178b8ed1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452729
=020  \\$z9781783743131$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743148$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743155$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645295$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746125$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743162$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743179$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0110$2doi
=024  7\$a1166143287$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR281
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBliss, Jane,$eauthor.
=245  13$aAn Anglo-Norman Reader /$cJane Bliss.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 404 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements & Notes    Copyright Acknowledgements    Note for Ebook EditionsAbbreviations    Bible BooksIntroduction    Selection of Texts    Principal Themes and Topics    Treatment of TextsStoryHistory    Wace’s Roman de Rou    Description of England    The French Chronicle of London    Des Grantz GeanzRomance    Roman de Thèbes (Amphiarax)    Protheselaus    Le Roman deFergus    Le Roman du reisYder    The Anglo-Norman Folie TristanShort Stories    TristanRossignol    Two Fabliaux    LeRoi d’Angleterre et le Jongleur d’ElyAn Anglo-Norman MiscellanySatirical, Social, and Moral    Le Roman des Franceis, by André de Coutances    L’Apprise de NurtureGrammar and Glosses    LaManiere de LangageLetters    Maud Mortimer’s letters to the King    Christine de Pisan’s letter to Isabelle of BavariaDoctors, Lawyers, and Writers    A MedicalCompendium    Legal Texts    ‘En autre ovre’ (Prologues)Religious WritingsBiblical and Apocryphal    Proverbes de Salemon (chapter 7)    TheCreation, by Herman de ValenciennesHagiography    La Vie d’Edouard le Confesseur, by a Nun of Barking    La Vie SeinteAudree, by Marie    The Life of St. Catherine, by ClemenceHomiletic    Maurice de Sully: Credo and Pater Noster    Sermon onJoshua    Rossignos    Eight Deadly Sins, attributed to Robert Grosseteste    Nicole Bozon, from Contes Moralisés, 128: Bad CompanyAppendix    ‘Et pis y avait quat’e: enne histouaire de ma graond’mé’, an adventure storyBibliography    Primary Texts    Secondary TextsIndexes    Manuscripts    Bible References    General Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is an anthology with a difference. It presents a distinctive variety of Anglo-Norman works, beginning in the twelfth century and ending in the nineteenth, covering a broad range of genres and writers, introduced in a lively and thought-provoking way. Facing-page translations, into accessible and engaging modern English, are provided throughout, bringing these texts to life for a contemporary audience.The collection offers a selection of fascinating passages, and whole texts, many of which are not anthologised or translated anywhere else. It explores little-known byways of Arthurian legend and stories of real-life crime and punishment; women’s voices tell history, write letters, berate pagans; advice is offered on how to win friends and influence people, how to cure people’s ailments and how to keep clear of the law; and stories from the Bible are retold with commentary, together with guidance on prayer and confession.Each text is introduced and elucidated with notes and full references, and the material is divided into three main sections based on Dean’s Catalogue: Story (a variety of narrative forms), Miscellany (including letters, law and medicine, and other non-fiction), and Religious (saints' lives, sermons, Bible commentary, and prayers). Passages in one genre have been chosen so as to reflect themes or stories that appear in another, so that the book can be enjoyed as a collection or used as a resource to dip into for selected texts.This anthology is essential reading for students and scholars of Anglo-Norman and medieval literature and culture. Wide-ranging and fully referenced, it can be used as a springboard for further study or relished in its own right by readers interested to discover Anglo-Norman literature that was written to amuse, instruct, entertain, or admonish medieval audiences.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aanthology
=653  \\$aAnglo-Norman literature
=653  \\$aEnglish translation
=653  \\$amedieval culture
=653  \\$aHistory
=653  \\$ashort stories
=653  \\$agrammar and glosses
=653  \\$aletters
=653  \\$ahagiography
=653  \\$ahomiletic
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0110$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0110_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04232nam  22005772  4500
=001  41edff0a-07ec-4e19-b7c8-8e9f71b5c509
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805113843$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113850$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113867$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0422$2doi
=024  7\$a1452474735$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aFOR002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO012000$2bisacsh
=072   7$a2CSR$2thema
=072   7$aCFB$2thema
=072   7$aGBCQ$2thema
=072   7$aNHG$2thema
=100  1\$aCastagna, Giuliano,$eauthor.$uBeijing Normal University.$0(orcid)0000000274215827$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7421-5827
=245  13$aAn Annotated Corpus of Three Hundred Proverbs, Sayings, and Idioms in Eastern Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t /$cGiuliano Castagna; contributions by Suhail al-Amri.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+248 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 26.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Introduction1.0. Limitations of the Study2.0. The Modern South Arabian Languages3.0. Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t4.0. The Place of Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t within Modern South Arabian5.0. Glottonymy6.0. Dialectal Areas7.0. Language Varieties at the Basis of This Study8.0. Paremiological Remarks9.0. Sources10.0. Grammatical Features of Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t11.0. Methodology and Presentation12.0. Glossing2. Proverbs and Linguistic Analysis1.0. Al-Shahri Collection2.0. Muʿǧam Lisān Ẓufār3.0. Jibbali Lexicon4.0. Elicited Entries3. Conclusions1.0. Phonetics and Phonology2.0. Morphology3.0. Lexis4.0. Arabic Translation of Jibbali Lexicon and Elicited EntriesBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book explores the rich paremiological heritage of Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t, an endangered pre-literate language belonging to the Modern South Arabian sub-branch of Semitic, spoken by an ever-decreasing number of people in the Dhofar governorate of the Sultanate of Oman.Reflecting the historical value of proverbs and idiomatic expression within the documentation of a language, Giuliano Castagna analyses a sizeable share of Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t proverbs, sayings and idioms from Arabic-language publications, as well as hitherto unpublished expressions that reveal undocumented features in the domains of lexicon, phonetics, phonology and morphology.Castagna’s grammatical analysis (phonetic, phonological and morphological) of these pieces of folk knowledge underpins the documentation of an obsolete lexicon. It is accompanied by a brief introduction to the study of proverbs (paremiology) and a succinct grammatical sketch of Jibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t, making the book useful both to experts and to students of these topics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJibbali/Śḥərɛ̄́t
=653  \\$aEndangered language
=653  \\$aProverbs and idioms
=653  \\$aGrammatical analysis
=653  \\$aSemitic language
=653  \\$aSultanate of Oman
=700  1\$aal-Amri, Suhail,$econtributions by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 26.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0422$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0422_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06562nam  22006492  4500
=001  c0ac83bf-018f-4175-8a47-071189ea022e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388898
=020  \\$z9781805111146$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111153$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111160$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111207$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111177$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0360$2doi
=024  7\$a1454830358$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHV549
=072   7$aGPQD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJHB$2thema
=072   7$aGTQ$2thema
=072   7$aJPQB$2thema
=072   7$aJBFF$2thema
=245  03$aAn Anthology of Global Risk /$cedited by SJ Beard, Tom Hobson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+708 pages): $b82 illustrations, 29 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionI. HISTORY, CONCEPTS, AND NORMS1. Ripples on the Great Sea of Life: A Brief History of Existential Risk Studies2. Democratising Risk: In Search of a Methodology to Study Existential Risk3. Classifying Global Catastrophic Risks4. Governing Boring Apocalypses: A New Typology of Existential Vulnerabilities and Exposures for Existential Risk Research5. Existential Risk, Creativity and Well-Adapted ScienceII. METHODS, TOOLS, AND APPROACHES6. An Analysis and Evaluation of Methods Currently Used to Quantify the Likelihood of Existential Hazards7. Scanning Horizons in Research, Policy and Practice8. Exploring Artificial Intelligence Futures9. Accumulating Evidence Using Crowdsourcing and Machine Learning: A Living Bibliography About Existential Risk and Global Catastrophic Risk10. The Mortality of States (MOROS) Dataset11. Enabling the Participatory Exploration of Alternative Futures With ParEvoIII. RISK DRIVERS AND IMPACTS12. Global Catastrophic Risk From Low Magnitude Volcanic Eruptions13. Re-Framing the Threat of Global Warming: An Empirical Causal Loop Diagram of Climate Change, Food Insecurity and Societal Collapse14. Existential Change: Lesson from Climate Change for Existential Risk15. A Fate Worse Than Warming? Stratospheric Aerosol Injection and Catastrophic Risk16. Bioengineering Horizon Scan 202017. Artificial Canaries: Early Warning Signs for Anticipatory and Democratic Governance of AIIV. POLICY, INSTITUTIONS, AND IMPACTS18. Pathways to Linking Science and Policy in Global Risk19. The Cartography of Global Catastrophic Governance20. The Stepping Stones Approach to Nuclear Disarmament Diplomacy21. It Takes a Village: The Shared Responsibility of “Raising” an Autonomous Weapon22. Representation of Future Generations in United Kingdom Policy-Making23. Financing Our Final HourContributorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis anthology brings together a diversity of key texts in the emerging field of Existential Risk Studies. It serves to complement the previous volume The Era of Global Risk: An Introduction to Existential Risk Studies by providing open access to original research and insights in this rapidly evolving field. At its heart, this book highlights the ongoing development of new academic paradigms and theories of change that have emerged from a community of researchers in and around the Centre for the Study of Existential Risk. The chapters in this book challenge received notions of human extinction and civilization collapse and seek to chart new paths towards existential security and hope.The volume curates a series of research articles, including previously published and unpublished work, exploring the nature and ethics of catastrophic global risk, the tools and methodologies being developed to study it, the diverse drivers that are currently pushing it to unprecedented levels of danger, and the pathways and opportunities for reducing this. In each case, they go beyond simplistic and reductionist accounts of risk to understand how a diverse range of factors interact to shape both catastrophic threats and our vulnerability and exposure to them and reflect on different stakeholder communities, policy mechanisms, and theories of change that can help to mitigate and manage this risk. Bringing together experts from across diverse disciplines, the anthology provides an accessible survey of the current state of the art in this emerging field.The interdisciplinary and trans-disciplinary nature of the cutting-edge research presented here makes this volume a key resource for researchers and academics. However, the editors have also prepared introductions and research highlights that will make it accessible to an interested general audience as well. Whatever their level of experience, the volume aims to challenge readers to take on board the extent of the multiple dangers currently faced by humanity, and to think critically and proactively about reducing global risk.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aExistential Risk Studies key texts
=653  \\$aGlobal Risk
=653  \\$aGlobal risk reduction
=653  \\$aHuman extinction
=653  \\$aCivilization collapse
=653  \\$aSafeguard humanity
=700  1\$aBeard, SJ,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.$0(orcid)0000000228340993$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2834-0993
=700  1\$aHobson, Tom,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.$0(orcid)0000000212443787$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1244-3787
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0360$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0360_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05983nam  22007692  4500
=001  9373214b-3c69-444d-9635-da04e393d66a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388883
=020  \\$z9781805111856$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111863$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111870$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111900$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111887$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0383$2doi
=024  7\$a1431225527$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aD843
=072   7$aBM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTW$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJB$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=072   7$aJMC$2thema
=072   7$aDNC$2thema
=072   7$aNHTW$2thema
=245  00$a(An)Archive :$bChildhood, Memory, and the Cold War /$cedited by Zsuzsa Millei, Nelli Piattoeva, Iveta Silova, Mnemo ZIN.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+420 pages): $b41 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsIntroduction. The Anarchive of Memories: Restor(y)ing Cold-War Childhoods1. Who Do I Remember For? Memory as Genre and Dark Pleasures of Trauma Witnessing2. ‘I Wanted to See the Man with that Mark on his Forehead’: A Historian, Her Childhood Experiences, and the Power of Memory3. Passing Bye4. The Other Side of the Curtain? Troubling Western Memories of (Post)socialism5. You Can’t Go Home Again… Especially if You Have Never Had One6. The Power of Other Worlds: Civilisational Frames and Child-Adult Intimacies in Socialist Childhoods7. Growing up in Cold-War Argentina: Working through the (An)archives of Childhood Memories 8. The Secrets: Connections Across Divides9. Mysterious Cotton Pieces: Childhood Memories of Menstruation10. Lift Up Your Arms! Elite Athletes and Cold-War Childhoods11. Children on their Own: Cold-War Childhood Memories of Unsupervised Times12. Transcending the Border: Memory, Objects, and Alternative Memorialisation in Cold-War Childhoods13. Anarchive and Arts-Based Research: Upcycling Rediscovered Memories and Materials14. Anarchive, Oral Histories, and Teaching Comparative Cold-War Childhoods across Geographies and Generations15. Connecting Across Divides: A Case Study in Public History of the (E-)Motion Comic ‘Ghost Train—Memories of Ghost Trains and Ghost Stations in Former East and West-Berlin’16. Re-membering Ceremonies: Childhood Memories of Our Relationships with PlantsList of Figures and Other IllustrationsAbout the ContributorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat was it like growing up during the Cold War? What can childhood memories tell us about state socialism and its aftermath? How can these intimate memories complicate history and redefine possible futures? These questions are at the heart of the (An)Archive: Childhood, Memory, and the Cold War. This edited collection stems from a collaboration between academics and artists who came together to collectively remember their own experiences of growing up on both sides of the ‘Iron Curtain’. Looking beyond official historical archives, the book gathers memories that have been erased or forgotten, delegitimized or essentialized, or, at best, reinterpreted nostalgically within the dominant frameworks of the East-West divide. And it reassembles and (re)stores these childhood memories in a form of an ‘anarchive’: a site for merging, mixing, connecting, but also juxtaposing personal experiences, public memory, political rhetoric, places, times, and artifacts. These acts and arts of collective remembering tell about possible futures―and the past’s futures―what life during the Cold War might have been but also what it has become.(An)Archive will be of particular interest to scholars in a variety of fields, but particularly to artists, educators, historians, social scientists, and others working with memory methodologies that range from collective biography to oral history, (auto)biography, autoethnography, and archives.
=536  \\$aTampere University$c3122800381
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCold War
=653  \\$aChildhood
=653  \\$aMemory
=653  \\$aState socialism
=653  \\$a(An)Archive
=653  \\$acollective biography
=653  \\$aOral history
=700  1\$aMillei, Zsuzsa,$eeditor.$uTampere University.$0(orcid)0000000346816024$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4681-6024
=700  1\$aPiattoeva, Nelli,$eeditor.$uTampere University.$0(orcid)0000000309631901$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0963-1901
=700  1\$aSilova, Iveta,$eeditor.$uArizona State University.$0(orcid)0000000288978016$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8897-8016
=700  1\$aZIN, Mnemo,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0383$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0383_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06818nam  22006132  4500
=001  8b5f00c1-f677-4b40-8835-c1717aabff68
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800642546$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642553$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642560$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646551$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642591$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642577$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642584$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0264$2doi
=024  7\$a1277513901$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA258
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$a2AHA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a LIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029080$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPeek, Philip S.,$eauthor.$uBowling Green State University.
=245  10$aAncient Greek I :$bA 21st Century Approach /$cPhilip S. Peek.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+614 pages): $b5 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aLinks to additional resources are available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aContentsPrefaceIntroduction Philip S. PeekModule 1 - The Greek Alphabet Philip S. PeekModule 2 - More Sounds and Punctuation Philip S. PeekModule 3 - Accents and Accenting Verbs I Philip S. PeekModule 4 - Adverbs Philip S. PeekModule 5 - Conjunctions and Accenting Verbs II Philip S. PeekModule 6 - Endings Create Meaning Philip S. PeekGuest Feature 1 - Stefan Hagel Teaches Us How to Sing Philip S. PeekModule 7 - Nouns, Pronouns, and their Case Functions Philip S. PeekModule 8 - Prepositions and Prefixes Philip S. PeekModule 9 - The Verb and μι-Verbs εἰμί, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. PeekModule 10 - The Verbs ἔχω, ποιέω, ἔρχομαι, φημί Philip S. PeekModule 11 - The Definite Article and Persistent Accent Philip S. PeekModule 12 - ubstantive Adjectives and the Article Philip S. PeekModule 13 - Third Declension Nouns Philip S. PeekSelf-Assessment Modules 1–13Philip S. PeekGuest Feature 2 - Tom Holland on the Art of Translating Herodotos Philip S. PeekModule 14 - First Declension Nouns in –η and -ᾱ and τίς, τί; τις, τι; ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι Philip S. PeekModule 15 - Attributive and Predicate Position Philip S. PeekModule 16 - Second Declension Nouns Philip S. PeekModule 17 - The Future Indicative and Infinitive Active of ἔχω, ἐλαύνω, ἔρχομαι and the Dynamic Infinitive Philip S. PeekModule 18 - The Personal Pronouns; εἷς, οὐδείς, and μηδείς; the Dative and Accusative of Respect; Time Expressions Philip S. PeekModule 19 - οἶδα and the Present and Future Indicative and Infinitive Middle and Passive of ἐλαύνω, καλέω, φέρω, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. PeekGuest Feature 3 - Joe Goodkin, Singer and Songwriter Philip S. PeekModule 20 - First and Second Declension Adjectives and Common Adjectives and Pronouns: αὐτός, οὗτος, ὅδε, ἐκεῖνος, and -ων, -ουσα, -ον Philip S. PeekModule 21 - First Declension Short Alpha Nouns Philip S. PeekModule 22 - The Relative Pronoun Philip S. PeekSelf-Assessment Modules 14–22 Philip S. PeekModule 23 - The Imperfect and Aorist Indicative of λέγω, ἔχω, ἐργάζομαι, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. PeekModule 24 - Contract Verbs Philip S. PeekModule 25 - The Infinitive in Indirect Statement and πρίν- and ὥστε-Clauses Philip S. PeekGuest Feature 4 - Amy R. Cohen on Performing and Translating Ancient Greek Drama Philip S. PeekModule 26 - Additional Common Adjectives: πᾶς, μέγας, πολύς, ἡδύς, ἀληθής, and -ᾱς, -ᾱσα, -αν Philip S. PeekModule 27 - Comparative and Superlative Adjectives and Adverbs; Dative of Degree of Difference Philip S. PeekModule 28 - εἰμί and εἶμι Philip S. PeekModule 29 - δείκνυμι and φημί Philip S. PeekGuest Feature 5 - Diane Rayor on Translating Sappho and Euripides Philip S. PeekModule 30 - ἵημι and ἵστημι Philip S. PeekSelf-Assessment Modules 23–30 Philip S. PeekAppendix Philip S. PeekAnswer Key Philip S. PeekReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this elementary textbook, Philip S. Peek draws on his twenty-five years of teaching experience to present the ancient Greek language in an imaginative and accessible way that promotes creativity, deep learning, and diversity.The course is built on three pillars: memory, analysis, and logic. Readers memorize the top 250 most frequently occurring ancient Greek words, the essential word endings, the eight parts of speech, and the grammatical concepts they will most frequently encounter when reading authentic ancient texts. Analysis and logic exercises enable the translation and parsing of genuine ancient Greek sentences, with compelling reading selections in English and in Greek offering starting points for contemplation, debate, and reflection. A series of embedded Learning Tips help teachers and students to think in practical and imaginative ways about how they learn.This combination of memory-based learning and concept- and skill-based learning gradually builds the confidence of the reader, teaching them how to learn by guiding them from a familiarity with the basics to proficiency in reading this beautiful language. Ancient Greek I: A 21st-Century Approach is written for high-school and university students, but is an instructive and rewarding text for anyone who wishes to learn ancient Greek.
=536  \\$aBowling Green State University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aelementary textbook
=653  \\$aancient Greek language
=653  \\$aGreek words
=653  \\$athe essential word endings
=653  \\$athe eight parts of speech
=653  \\$agrammatical concepts
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0264$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0264_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04699nam  22006012  4500
=001  b0d45084-d852-470d-b9f7-4719304f8a56
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452884
=020  \\$z9781783741175$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741182$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741199$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644823$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741205$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741212$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0055$2doi
=024  7\$a908833808$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHV4915
=072   7$aMBX$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBN$2bicssc
=072   7$aMED039000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED022000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBotting, Jack,$eauthor.
=245  10$aAnimals and Medicine :$bThe Contribution of Animal Experiments to the Control of Disease /$cJack Botting; edited by Regina Botting.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx + 224 pages): $b56 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsForewordby Adrian R. MorrisonIntroductionby Regina BottingI. Treatment of Infectious Diseases1. Smallpox and After: An Early History of the Treatment and Prevention of Infections2. Rabies3. Lockjaw: Prevalent but Preventable4. Pertussis Vaccine, Unfairly Maligned – At What Cost?5. Vaccination: The Present and Future6. The Conquest of Polio and the Contribution of Animal Experiments7. Diphtheria: Understanding, Treatment and PreventionII. Development of Life-saving Procedures8. Development of Dialysis to Treat Loss of Kidney Function9. The Contribution of Animal Experiments to Kidney Transplantation10. Cardiopulmonary Bypass: Making Surgery on the Heart Possible11. Artificial Heart Valves: From Caged Ball to Bioprosthesis12. Animals and Blood TransfusionIII. Drugs for Organic Diseases13. Animal Experiments and the Production of Insulin14. Animals and Humans: Remarkably Similar15. Early Animal Experiments in Anaesthesia16. The Control of Malignant Hypertension17. Penicillin and Laboratory Animals: The Animal Rights Myth18. The History of Thalidomide19. Misleading Research or Misleading Statistics: Animal Experiments and Cancer ResearchIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a'Animals and Medicine: The Contribution of Animal Experiments to the Control of Disease' offers a detailed, scholarly historical review of the critical role animal experiments have played in advancing medical knowledge. Laboratory animals have been essential to this progress, and the knowledge gained has saved countless lives—both human and animal. Unfortunately, those opposed to using animals in research have often employed doctored evidence to suggest that the practice has impeded medical progress. This volume presents the articles Jack Botting wrote for the Research Defence Society News from 1991 to 1996, papers which provided scientists with the information needed to rebut such claims. Collected, they can now reach a wider readership interested in understanding the part of animal experiments in the history of medicine—from the discovery of key vaccines to the advancement of research on a range of diseases, among them hypertension, kidney failure and cancer. This book is essential reading for anyone curious about the role of animal experimentation in the history of science from the nineteenth century to the present.
=536  \\$aBiomedical Research Education Trust (BRET)
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aanimal experiments
=653  \\$alaboratory animals
=653  \\$ahistory of medicine
=653  \\$avaccination
=653  \\$asurgery
=653  \\$atransplants
=653  \\$acancer research
=700  1\$aBotting, Regina,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aMorrison, Adrian R.,$eforeword by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0055$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0055_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08545nam  22006132  4500
=001  1111285e-4049-4ff1-b167-a1f5814344e5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361857
=020  \\$z9781805110675$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110682$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110699$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0351$2doi
=024  7\$a1385456036$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4781
=072   7$a2CSJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aFOR011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN005070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE022000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMartínez Delgado, José,$eauthor.$uUniversidad de Granada.$0(orcid)0000000175953912$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7595-3912
=245  13$aAn Introduction to Andalusi Hebrew Metrics /$cJosé Martínez Delgado.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+194 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 18.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbbreviations .................................................................... xPreface.............................................................................. xi1. Introduction................................................................... 11.0. The Origins of the ʿarūḍ and its Study in Alandalus....................................................................... 12.0. Metrical Orthography............................................ 133.0. Metrical Syllables.................................................. 154.0. Metrical Feet......................................................... 175.0. The Verse .............................................................. 196.0. Modifications ........................................................ 242. The Catalogue of Classical Metres............................... 321.0. Ṭawīl ..................................................................... 322.0. Madīd .................................................................... 383.0. Basīṭ ...................................................................... 424.0. Wāfir ..................................................................... 465.0. Kāmil..................................................................... 496.0. Hazaǧ .................................................................... 567.0. Raǧaz..................................................................... 578.0. Ramal .................................................................... 639.0. Sarīʿ .......................................................................6610.0. Munsariḥ..............................................................7011.0. Ḫafīf ....................................................................7112.0. Muḍāriʿ ................................................................7513.0. Muqtaḍab.............................................................7614.0. Muǧtaṯ..................................................................7615.0. Mutaqārib ............................................................783. The Five Circles and the Derivative Metres .................811.0. The First Circle......................................................812.0. The Second Circle..................................................823.0. The Third Circle ....................................................834.0. The Fourth Circle ..................................................845.0. The Fifth Circle .....................................................856.0. The Derivative Metres...........................................857.0. Mutadārak .............................................................868.0. Mustaṭīl..................................................................899.0. Mutaʾʾid .................................................................8910.0. Other Derivative Metres......................................904. Rhyme..........................................................................921.0. The Components of Rhyme ...................................922.0. Types of Rhyme.....................................................993.0. Defects in the Rhymes......................................... 1005. Strophic Poetry.......................................................... 1021.0. Musammaṭ ........................................................... 1022.0. Muwaššaḥ ............................................................ 1053.0. Muʿāraḍa ............................................................. 1204.0. Ambiguous Metres (Muštabih)............................. 1275.0. Hybrid Compositions .......................................... 135References ..................................................................... 145Transcription Guide....................................................... 152Arabic......................................................................... 152Hebrew....................................................................... 153Glossary......................................................................... 155Scanned Verses (Alphabetical Order) ............................ 167Names of the Metres in the Hebrew Traditions............. 180Index.............................................................................. 181
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThroughout the last two centuries, Hebrew metrics was studied by leading linguists and specialists in medieval Hebrew poetry. Nowadays, it has disappeared from the academic discussion such that it is sometimes even difficult to find scansions or the name of the meter in new editions of poems. This book aims to rectify this gap, helping readers to understand the metric structure of this poetry in order to facilitate the work of editing and cataloguing those samples still in manuscript form for future editors. Delgado presents his view of Andalusi Hebrew metrics, as encountered in medieval manuals of Arabic and Hebrew metrics and scattered notes in the works of Andalusi Hebrew philologists. Whilst twentieth-century scholars spoke about the adaptation of Arabic metrics to Hebrew, he instead approaches these compositions by Andalusi Jews (10th-13th c.) as Arabic metrics written in Hebrew, thus emphasising how Hebrew poetry of the Andalusi Jews can help us to understand the general evolution of Arabic strophic poetry, and its experimental evolution, which is quite unlike classical and strophic Arabic poetry.This method respects the Hebrew vowel system, and does not necessitate alteration of word morphology, leaving the guttural letters quiescent (unless required by metrical license); nor does it necessitate guesses about metres that are not in the classical catalogue. Although the author has not found each and every classical metre from Andalusi Hebrew poetry included in this manual, they are all catalogued, either in case someone finds them in future or because they help us to comprehend the metrical structures that are characteristic of strophic poetry. As such, this monograph will be of great interest to scholars of Hebrew metrics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHebrew metrics
=653  \\$alinguists
=653  \\$amedieval Hebrew poetry
=653  \\$aacademic discussion
=653  \\$ascansions
=653  \\$aname of the meter
=653  \\$anew editions of poems
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 18.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0351$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0351_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06425nam  22006612  4500
=001  5a597468-a3eb-4026-b29e-eb93b8a7b0d6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452970
=020  \\$z9781783747269$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747276$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747283$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645875$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747313$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747290$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747306$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0172$2doi
=024  7\$a1193080156$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML3921.2
=072   7$aHRCS$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVX$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS048010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aAnnunciations :$bSacred Music for the Twenty-First Century /$cedited by George Corbett.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+378 pages): $b39 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes 16 audio files (MP3).
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsNotes on the ContributorsIntroductionGeorge CorbettPart I: Compositional and Theological Perspectives    The Most Spiritual of the Arts: Music, Modernity, and the Search for the Sacred    James MacMillan    The Surrogate Priest: Reflecting on Vocation with Welsh Composer Paul Mealor    Margaret McKerron with Paul Mealor    Mary as a Model for Creative People: Establishing Theologian-Composer Partnerships with James MacMillan    George Corbett    When Gods Talk to Men: Reading Mary with the Annunciations of the Hebrew Bible and the Ancient Near East    Madhavi Nevader    Old Testament Typology: The Gospel Canticles in the Liturgy and Life of the Church    William P. Hyland    Composing for a Non-Professional Chapel Choir: Challenges and Opportunities    Tom WilkinsonPart II: ‘Annunciations’ in the Hebrew Bible    ‘Where are you?’: The Temptation of Adam and Eve (Genesis 3)    Margaret McKerron    Composer’s Reflections    Anselm McDonnell    ‘Hinneni’    Jacob Wrestling (Genesis 32.22-32)    Marian Kelsey    Composer’s Reflections    Dominic de Grande    ‘Whilst falling asleep, Savta told me of Jacob’    Setting Fire to Music: Theological and Aesthetic Approaches (Exodus 3)    Rebekah Dyer    Composer’s Reflections    Kerensa Briggs    ‘Exodus III’    A Dark Dream: God’s Calling of Samuel and the Ministry of Eli (1 Samuel 3)    Caleb Froehlich    Composer’s Reflections    Seán Doherty    ‘God Calls Samuel’    Elijah’s Silent Annunciation (1 Kings 19.8-15)    Mary Stevens    Composer’s Reflections    Lisa Robertson    ‘The Silent Word Sounds’    Musical Arguments and Gender Performance (Song of Songs 3.6-11)    Kimberley Jane Anderson    Composer’s Reflections    Stuart Beatch    ‘The Annunciation of Solomon’Part III: Programming and Performing Sacred Music    Sacred Art Music in the Catholic Liturgy: Perspectives from the Roman Catholic Church in Scotland    Michael Ferguson    Commissioning and Performing Sacred Music in the Anglican Church: A Perspective from Wells Cathedral    Matthew Owens    Music at the Borders of the Sacred: Handel, Elgar and Poulenc    Michael Downes    Sacred Music in Secular Spaces    Jonathan Arnold    Music and Theology: Some Reflections on ‘the Listener’s Share’    Gavin HoppsIndexBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aOur contemporary culture is communicating ever-increasingly through the visual, through film, and through music. This makes it ever more urgent for theologians to explore the resources of art for enriching our understanding and experience of the Judeo-Christian tradition. Annunciations: Sacred Music for the twenty-First Century, edited by George Corbett, answers this need, evaluating the relationship between the sacred and the composition, performance, and appreciation of music.Through the theme of ‘annunciations’, this volume interrogates how, when, why, through and to whom God communicates in the Old and New Testaments. In doing so, it tackles the intimate relationship between Scriptural reflection and musical practice in the past, its present condition, and what the future might hold.Annunciations comprises three parts. Part I sets out flexible theological and compositional frameworks for a constructive relationship between the sacred and music. Part II presents the reflections of theologians and composers involved in collaborating on new pieces of sacred choral music, alongside the six new scores and links to the recordings. Part III considers the reality of programming and performing sacred works today.This volume provides an indispensable resource for scholars and artists working at the interface between theology and the arts, and for those involved in sacred music. However, it will also be of interest to anyone concerned with the ways in which the Divine communicates through word and artistry to humanity.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJudeo-Christian tradition
=653  \\$acontemporary culture
=653  \\$asacred music
=653  \\$amusic composition
=653  \\$amusic performance
=653  \\$aappreciation of music
=653  \\$aReligious music
=653  \\$aGod
=653  \\$aOld Testaments
=653  \\$aNew Testaments
=653  \\$aScriptural reflection
=653  \\$amusical practice
=700  1\$aCorbett, George,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000270433253$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7043-3253
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0172$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0172_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06273nam  22006852  4500
=001  2925acef-56cf-4459-9a2f-cbf42625006f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386001
=020  \\$z9781800647428$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647435$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647442$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647480$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647473$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647459$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647466$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0302$2doi
=024  7\$a1346260489$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN751
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aIsbell, John Claiborne,$eauthor.$uThe University of Texas Rio Grande Valley.$0(orcid)0000000306449530$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0644-9530
=245  13$aAn Outline of Romanticism in the West /$cJohn Claiborne Isbell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+244 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroductionChapter One: Romanticism and the Nations of the West1. German Lands, 1800. Novalis, Heinrich von Ofterdingen2. France, 1807. Germaine de Staël, Corinne ou l’Italie (Corinne, or Italy)3. Spain, 1814–1815. Francisco Goya, 3 de mayo 1808 (3rd May 1808) 4. The British Isles (England), 1818. Mary Shelley, Frankenstein; or, The Modern Prometheus5. Russia, 1825–1832. Alexander Pushkin, Evgenii Onegin (Eugene Onegin)6. The United States, 1826. James Fenimore Cooper, The Last of the Mohicans7. Eastern Europe (Poland), 1834. Adam Mickiewicz, Pan Tadeusz8. Northern Europe (Denmark), 1835–1837. Hans Christian Andersen, Eventyr (Fairy Tales)9. The Italian Peninsula, 1835. Giacomo Leopardi, Canti (Cantos)10. Latin America (Argentina), 1838/1871. Esteban Echeverría, El Matadero (The Slaughter Yard)11. The Low Countries (Belgium), 1838. Hendrik Conscience, De Leeuw Van Vlaanderen (The Lion of Flanders)12. Portugal, 1846. João de Almeida Garrett, Viagens na minha terra (Travels in My Homeland)Chapter Two: The Frankenstein Dilemma. Romantic Disavowals of Romanticism, 1800–18301. German Lands2. The Swiss Confederation3. The British Isles4. Italy, Russia, Sweden5. France6. ConclusionChapter Three: Romantic Novel and Verse Romance. Is There a Romance Continuum?0. Prefatory Remarks on Terminology1. German Lands2. The British Isles 3. France4. The Italian Peninsula 5. Northern and Eastern Europe 6. Iberia and the Low Countries7. The Two Americas 8. Conclusion Chapter Four: Racine et Shakespeare’s Sleeping Partners. The Return of the Repressed1. Private Life and Empire: Henri Beyle, 1803–1814 2. The Birth of Stendhal: Romantic Milan, 1814–1821 3. Paris in 1823–1825: Racine et Shakespeare 4. ConclusionChapter Five: Thoughts on the Romantic Hero, 1776–18481. Prelude: Manon Lescaut and Jean-Jacques Rousseau 2. German Lands 3. France 4. The British Isles 5. The Italian Peninsula 6. Eastern and Northern Europe 7. Iberia and the Low Countries 8. The Americas 9. The Drama 10. Romantic Women Writers: The State of the Field11. ConclusionRomanticism Outside the Western AmbitBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNavigating the landscape of Romantic literature and art across Europe and the Americas, An Outline of Romanticism in the West invites readers to embark upon a literary journey. Showcasing a breadth of theoretical and contextual approaches to the study of Romanticism, John Isbell provides an insightful contemporary overview of the field, paired with wide-ranging comparative reflections on the art and literature that helped shape it.Discussing seminal Romantic texts such as Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, or Germaine de Staël’s Corinne ou l’Italie, Isbell provides a foundation through which to investigate core concepts, such as the continuum of Romance, the Romantic hero, and Romantic literature’s characteristic repudiation of its own Romanticism. Unusually for a single-author monograph, the book includes both published and unpublished material covering Romantic creation across Europe and the two Americas.Identifying Romanticism as an international movement, Isbell seeks to emphasise a theme frequently ignored by many academics: the roots of Romanticism, and its variations, as a national art. His arguments are supported by extensive interrogations of the political and historical contexts that moulded the outlooks of the writers and artists central to the period.An Outline of Romanticism in the West underlines the interplay between nationalism, history, and artistic inspiration, and will therefore be of value to students and scholars of literature and history, as well as to general readers with an interest in Romanticism in the West.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRomantic literature
=653  \\$aRomantic art
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aAmericas
=653  \\$aShelley
=653  \\$aStaël
=653  \\$anationalism
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aartistic inspiration
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0302$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0302_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07586nam  22006252  4500
=001  66e0fd18-7917-42b1-b4f0-b05c33ce12a5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386021
=020  \\$z9781800643628$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643635$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643642$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649439$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643673$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643659$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643666$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0282$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGN316
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aAnthropology of Transformation :$bFrom Europe to Asia and Back /$cedited by Juraj Buzalka, Agnieszka Pasieka.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+252 pages): $b3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributor BiographiesIntroductionJuraj Buzalka and Agnieszka PasiekaKey Terms, or: The Title of the Volume ExplainedChris Hann’s School of AnthropologyOn Method References1. Voiced versus Acted Trust: Managing Social Uncertainty and Marginalisation in Rural Southern Italy and Central Eastern EuropeDavide TorselloAnalytical Approaches to TrustMethodologyVoiced TrustActed TrustInterpersonal Trust: The Kin GroupVillagersInstitutional TrustConclusionsReferences Appendix2. Property Relations and Ethnic Conflict in Post-war Croatia: Reflections on Conceptual Approaches and Research Findings Carolin Leutloff-GranditsIntroductionThe Concept of Housing Relations and Their Transformation in Post-socialist, Post-war CroatiaHousing Relations as Social Relations in Post-war, Post-socialist KninThe Housing Conflict, the Croatian State and the International Neoliberalist PolicyThe Re-entry of Ethno-nationalism through Spiritual Property RelationsEU Accession and the Experience of Layered Time and Stagnation at the Margins of the Nation StateConclusionsReferences3. The ‘Post’ in Perspective: Revisiting the Post-socialist Religious Question in Central Asia and Central and Eastern Europe Julie McBrien and Vlad NaumescuIntroductionSecularism and Religion between the ‘Posts’Religious Transformations and Collective DynamicsNationalism, State and New Political MobilisationsConclusionReferences4. “We Are Not Believers, We’re Workers”: The Synchrony of Work, Gender, and Religion in a Priestless Orthodox Community Agata ŁadykowskaTheoretical Considerations: Deorientalising OrthodoxyPrichud’ePriestless OrthodoxyWork and PrayerConclusionReferences5. The Moral Economy of Consensus and Informality in UzbekistanTommaso TrevisaniMoral Economies in Post-socialist EurasiaInformal Economy in UzbekistanThe “Uzbek Path”, Informal Economy and Middle StrataAndijan and Its ConsequencesNavigating Everyday Informality in the Ferghana ValleyRationalising the “Dominant” Form of IntegrationAuthoritarian Mode of IntegrationA Moral Economy of Consensus and InformalityReferences 6. The Moral Dimension of (Un)Employment: Work and Fairness in an Eastern German TownKaterina IvanovaIntroductionWork as a Moral Value before SocialismWork and Employment in the ‘Workers’ and Peasants’ State’Zwickau Labour Market after 1989Moral Dimension of WorkConclusionReferences7. Beyond Blue Eyes? Xenophobia on the Eastern Margins of the European UnionLászló FosztóIntroductionEthnicity, (Dis)Embeddedness, and the Roma“The Two Romanias” and Emerging New (Dis)IntegrationRacialised Encounters with or without MigrantsIn Lieu of Conclusion: Refocus on the LocalReferences8. Post-Peasant Progressivism: On Liberal Tendencies in the Slovak Countryside Juraj BuzalkaPopulism and TransformationsPost-socialist MemoriesPost-socialist ProgressivismLiberal RuralismConclusionReferences9. Swimming against the Tide: Right-wing Populism, Post-socialism and Beyond Agnieszka PasiekaRight-wing Populism and a (Missing) Anthropological PerspectivePolish LabourWork and Populism, Work of PopulismConclusionReferences10. Transoceania: Connecting the World beyond EurasiaEdyta RoszkoIntroduction Mobile Maritime Peoples, not EmpiresThe Ocean WorldsTransoceania: From Terrestrial Divides to the Singularity and Connectedness of the OceanAn Emergent Thalassography of Transoceanic ConnectionsConclusionReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection of essays is the result of the joint efforts of colleagues and students of the leading social anthropology and post-socialism theorist, Professor Chris Hann. With the thirtieth anniversary of the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 2019 as their catalyst, the authors reflect upon Chris Hann’s lifelong fieldwork in the discipline, spanning regions as diverse as East Central Europe, Turkey, and the Chinese north-west.The collapse of the Berlin Wall naturally triggered a plethora of analysis and scholarly research. Sociocultural anthropology, with its focus on ethnographic study and on the gradual evolution of social relations, sharply contrasted with the emphasis on dramatic rupture brought about by the 1989 transition. Continuing in this tradition, this volume, through micro-level analysis of societal transformation from the post-war years to the present day, provides an alternative perspective to the neoliberalist views often encountered in the scholarship on political and economic modernisation. The more nuanced analysis of social transformations proposed here is a particularly useful tool in the investigation of contemporary issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, the refugee ‘crisis’, and the rise of right-wing populism in Eastern Europe and elsewhere. Anthropology of Transformation will be of interest to researchers in the fields of socio-cultural anthropology, religion and economics. Moreover, the book’s discussion of issues widely discussed beyond the field of academia such as neoliberalism and the welfare state, and populist and exclusionary politics, will appeal to non-specialist readers.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$apost-socialism
=653  \\$aChris Hann
=653  \\$aethnography
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$aeconomics
=653  \\$areligion
=700  1\$aBuzalka, Juraj,$eeditor.$uComenius University.$0(orcid)000000026449122X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6449-122X
=700  1\$aPasieka, Agnieszka,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Vienna.$0(orcid)0000000268957402$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6895-7402
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0282$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0282_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05008nam  22006372  4500
=001  8e1c56e8-8690-46dd-b605-52d915b3b656
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388888
=020  \\$z9781805113164$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113171$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113188$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113201$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113195$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0406$2doi
=024  7\$a1442805097$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN4565.A58
=072   7$aSOC031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM060140$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM079000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aUBJ$2thema
=072   7$aUDBS$2thema
=072   7$aJBFA$2thema
=072   7$aJBCT1$2thema
=245  00$aAntisemitism in Online Communication :$bTransdisciplinary Approaches to Hate Speech in the Twenty-First Century /$cedited by Matthias J. Becker, Laura Ascone, Karolina Placzynta, Chloé Vincent.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+252 pages): $b24 illustrations, 13 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction1. The Cases of Riley and Rooney2. Jordan Peterson and Conservative Antisemitism Online: The Dethroning of an Intellectual Icon Following His Interview with Netanyahu3. ‘Pop’ Antisemitism and Deviant Communities4. “More Like Genocide”5. Countering Antisemitism Online6. Multimodal Cognitive Anchoring in Antisemitic Memes7. Discussion Trees on Social Media8. Algorithms Against Antisemitism?About the AuthorsList of FiguresList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe normalisation of hate speech, including antisemitic rhetoric, poses a significant threat to social cohesion and democracy. While global efforts have been made to counter contemporary antisemitism, there is an urgent need to understand its online manifestations. Hate speech spreads easily across the internet, facilitated by anonymity and reinforced by algorithms that favour engaging--even if offensive--content. It often takes coded forms, making detection challenging.Antisemitism in Online Communication addresses these issues by analysing explicit and implicit antisemitic statements in mainstream online discourse. Drawing from disciplines such as corpus linguistics, computational linguistics, semiotics, history, and philosophy, this edited collection examines over 100,000 user comments from three language communities. Contributors explore various facets of online antisemitism, including its intersectionality with misogyny and its dissemination through memes and social networks. Through case studies, they examine the reproduction, support, and rejection of antisemitic tropes, alongside quantitative assessments of comment structures in online discussions. Additionally, the volume delves into the capabilities of content moderation tools and deep-learning models for automated hate speech detection. This multidisciplinary approach provides a comprehensive understanding of contemporary antisemitism in digital spaces, recognising the importance of addressing its insidious spread from multiple angles.
=536  \\$aTechnical University of Berlin$eOpen Access Publication Fund of the  Technische Universität Berlin
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aantisemitism
=653  \\$ahate speech
=653  \\$aqualitative analysis
=653  \\$aquantitative analysis
=653  \\$amultimodal analysis
=653  \\$ainternet studies
=653  \\$asocial media studies
=700  1\$aBecker, Matthias J.,$eeditor.$uTechnical University of Berlin.$0(orcid)0000000328474542$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2847-4542
=700  1\$aAscone, Laura,$eeditor.$uTechnical University of Berlin.$0(orcid)0000000275951156$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7595-1156
=700  1\$aPlaczynta, Karolina,$eeditor.$uTechnical University of Berlin.$0(orcid)0000000303232627$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0323-2627
=700  1\$aVincent, Chloé,$eeditor.$uTechnical University of Berlin.$0(orcid)0009000466224303$1https://orcid.org/0009-0004-6622-4303
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0406$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0406_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04383nam  22006252  4500
=001  857a5788-a709-4d56-8607-337c1cabd9a2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452973
=020  \\$z9781783744947$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744954$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744961$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645608$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746064$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744978$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744985$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0141$2doi
=024  7\$a1054982750$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aUA870
=072   7$aHBJM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLW3$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027110$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKelly, Andrew,$eauthor.$uCharles Darwin University.$0(orcid)0000000228965993$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2896-5993
=245  10$aANZUS and the Early Cold War :$bStrategy and Diplomacy between Australia, New Zealand and the United States, 1945-1956 /$cAndrew Kelly.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 205 pages): $b18 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsList of AbbreviationsIntroduction: Disharmonious AlliesPart One: Origins1. Defence Problems in the Pacific2. Japan, ANZAM, and the Bomb3. Movement Toward an Alliance4. ANZUS NegotiationsPart Two: ANZUS in Force5. Post-Treaty Issues6. Crisis in Southeast Asia7. A Horrible Dilemma in the Taiwan Straits8. SuezConclusionBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe ANZUS Alliance was a defence arrangement between Australia, New Zealand and the United States that shaped international policy in the aftermath of the Second World War and the early stages of the Cold War. Forged by influential individuals and impacting on global events including the Japanese Peace Treaty, the Korean War and the Suez Crisis, the ANZUS Alliance was a crucial factor in the seismic changes that took place in the second half of the twentieth century. In this compact and accessible study Andrew Kelly lays out the tensions that underpinned the formation of the Alliance, as each power sought to extract maximum influence and prestige, and examines how the ANZUS powers worked together (or failed to do so) when responding to massive global events including the rise of the People’s Republic of China and the waning of the British Empire. Kelly comprehensively explores the reasons why Australia and New Zealand disagreed so regularly about mutual security issues, how US global leadership shaped ANZUS, and the British impact on the trilateral relationship, and outlines how these issues set the foundations for today’s world order. ANZUS and the Early Cold War is essential reading for historians of Australian, New Zealand and American international relations in the twentieth century. Its concise format and readable style will also appeal to general readers interested in the history and foreign policies of these nations, and to anyone who wants to know more about the individual and geopolitical tensions that beset any major alliance.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHistory
=653  \\$atreaty
=653  \\$anuclear
=653  \\$aPacific
=653  \\$asecurity
=653  \\$aforeign policy
=653  \\$aalliance
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0141$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0141_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05573nam  22005772  4500
=001  b0263f0c-48cd-4923-aef5-1b204636507c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467806
=020  \\$z9781909254107$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254114$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254121$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644496$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254138$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254145$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0022$2doi
=024  7\$a821261988$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDA47.65
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004240$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART049000$2bisacsh
=245  02$aA People Passing Rude :$bBritish Responses to Russian Culture /$cedited by Anthony Cross.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 331 pages): $b26 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. By Way of Introduction: British Reception, Perception and Recognition of Russian CultureAnthony Cross2. Byron, Don Juan and RussiaPeter Cochran3. William Henry Leeds and Early British Responses to Russian LiteratureAnthony Cross4. Russian Icons through British Eyes, 1830-1930Richard Marks5. The Crystal Palace Exhibition and Britain’s Encounter with RussiaScott Ruby6. An 'Extraordinary Engagement': A Russian Opera Company in Victorian BritainTamsin Alexander7. Russian Folk Tales for English Readers: Two Personalities and Two Strategies in British Translation of the Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth CenturiesTatiana Bogrdanova8. 'Wilful Melancholy' or 'A Vigorous and Manly Optimism'?: Rosa Newmarch and the Struggle against Decadence in the British Reception of Russian Music, 1897-1917Philip Ross Bullock9. 'Infantine Smudges of Paint… Infantine Rudeness of Soul': British Reception of Russian Art at the Exhibitions of the Allied Artists’ Association, 1908-1911Louise Hardiman10. Crime and Publishing: How Dostoevskii Changed the British MurderMuireann Maguire11. Stephen Graham and Russian Spirituality: The Pilgrim in Search of SalvationMichael Hughes12. Jane Harrison as an Interpreter of Russian Culture in the 1910s-1920sAlexandra Smith13. Aleksei Remizov’s English-language Translators: New MaterialMarilyn Schwinn Smith14. Chekhov and the Buried Life of Katherine MansfieldRachel Polonsky15. 'A Gaul who has chosen impeccable Russian as his medium': Ivan Bunin and the English Myth of Russia in the Early Twentieth CenturySvetlana Klimova16. Russia and Russian Culture in The Criterion, 1922-1939Olga Ushakova17. 'Racy of the Soil': Filipp Maliavin’s London Exhibition of 1935Nicola Kozicharow18. Mrs Churchill Goes to Russia: The Wartime Gift-Exchange between Britain and the Soviet UnionClaire Knight19. Unity in Difference: The Representation of Life in the Soviet Union through IsotypeEmma Minns20. 'Sputniks and Sideboards': Exhibiting the Soviet 'Way of Life' in Cold War Britain, 1961-1979Verity Clarkson21. The British Reception of Russian Film, 1960-1990: The Role of Sight and SoundJulian Graffy
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDescribed by the sixteenth-century English poet George Turbervile as "a people passing rude, to vices vile inclin’d", the Russians waited some three centuries before their subsequent cultural achievements—in music, art and particularly literature—achieved widespread recognition in Britain. The essays in this stimulating collection attest to the scope and variety of Russia’s influence on British culture. They move from the early nineteenth century—when Byron sent his hero Don Juan to meet Catherine the Great, and an English critic sought to come to terms with the challenge of Pushkin—to a series of Russian-themed exhibitions at venues including the Crystal Palace and Earls Court. The collection looks at British encounters with Russian music, the absorption with Dostoevskii and Chekhov, and finishes by shedding light on Britain’s engagement with Soviet film. Edited by Anthony Cross, one of the world’s foremost authorities on Anglo-Russian relations, A People Passing Rude is essential reading for anyone with an interest in British and Russian cultures and their complex relationship.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussian literature
=653  \\$aRussian art
=653  \\$aRussian history
=653  \\$aAnglo-Russian relations
=653  \\$aRussian music
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$aUnited Kingdom
=700  1\$aCross, Anthony,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000226116090$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2611-6090
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0022$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0022_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03876nam  22005772  4500
=001  bcef0b82-b5b8-46e4-afb1-72bd42aba8da
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390250
=020  \\$z9781800644229$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800644236$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644243$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646773$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800644274$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800644250$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800644267$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0293$2doi
=024  7\$a1321794085$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML3470
=072   7$aHPJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aAV$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMagnus, P.D.,$eauthor.$uUniversity at Albany, State University of New York.$0(orcid)0000000224463494$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2446-3494
=245  12$aA Philosophy of Cover Songs /$cP.D. Magnus.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+151 pages): $b8 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAccess to the companion playlist is available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aIntroductionP.D. Magnus1. What is a Cover?P.D. Magnus2. Kinds, Covers, and Kinds of CoversP.D. MagnusInterlude: Cover BandsP.D. Magnus3. Listening to CoversP.D. Magnus4. The Semiotic AngleP.D. MagnusInterlude: Torment and InterpolationsP.D. Magnus5. Some Metaphysical PuzzlesP.D. Magnus6. How a Song is Like DucksP.D. MagnusEpilogueP.D. MagnusReferencesP.D. Magnus
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aCover songs are a familiar feature of contemporary popular music. Musicians describe their own performances as covers, and audiences use the category to organize their listening and appreciation. However, until now philosophers have not had much to say about them. In A Philosophy of Cover Songs, P.D. Magnus demonstrates that philosophy provides a valuable toolbox for thinking about covers; in turn, the philosophy of cover songs illustrates some general points about philosophical method.Lucidly written, the book is divided into three parts: how to think about covers, appreciating covers, and the metaphysics of covers and songs. Along the way, it explores a range of issues raised by covers, from the question of what precisely constitutes a cover, to the history and taxonomy of the category, the various relationships that hold between songs, performances, and tracks, and the appreciation and evaluation of covers.This unique and engaging book will be of interest to those working in philosophy of art, philosophy of music, popular music studies, music history, and musicology, as well as to readers with a general interest in popular music, covers, and how we think about them.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acover songs
=653  \\$acontemporary popular music
=653  \\$amusical performance
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0293$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0293_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03741nam  22006492  4500
=001  a9da050e-b139-4b36-88d4-374fa818a1be
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388869
=020  \\$z9781805112303$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112310$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112327$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0391$2doi
=024  7\$a1433109042$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDT82.5.N83
=072   7$a2CSR$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$a1HFG$2bicssc
=072   7$aFOR011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS001020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCJ$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aCFB$2thema
=072   7$aNHH$2thema
=100  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=245  10$aArabic Documents from Medieval Nubia /$cGeoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+840 pages): $b174 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 24.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Introduction2. The Arabic Documents from Qaṣr Ibrīm3. The Correspondence with Eparchs4. Other Correspondence and Accounts5. Legal Documents6. Coinage7. Taxes8. Lists of Commodities9. Titles of Officials10. Slaves and Servants11. The Socio-Economic Situation Reflected by the Documents12. Script and Layout13. Language14. MapsDocuments and TranslationsReferencesIndicesPlates
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents an edition of a corpus of Arabic documents datable to the 11th and 12th centuries AD that were discovered by the Egypt Exploration Society at the site of the Nubian fortress Qaṣr Ibrīm (situated in the south of modern Egypt). The edition of the documents is accompanied by English translations and a detailed analysis of their contents and historical background. The documents throw new light on relations between Egypt and Nubia in the High Middle Ages, especially in the Fatimid period. They are of particular importance since previous historical studies from the perspective of Arabic sources have been almost entirely based on historiographical sources, often written a long time after the events described and distorted by tendentious points of view.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aArabic documents
=653  \\$a11th-12th centuries Nubia
=653  \\$aArabic sources
=653  \\$aEnglish translation
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$aEgypt-Nubia relations
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 24.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0391$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0391_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08951nam  22008772  4500
=001  69c69fef-ab46-45ab-96d5-d7c4e5d4bce4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447285
=020  \\$z9781800640597$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640603$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640610$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646391$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640641$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640627$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640634$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0238$2doi
=024  7\$a1240827479$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP92.A65
=072   7$a1FB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNTJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS003000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aArab Media Systems /$cedited by Carola Richter, Claudia Kozman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xliv+372 pages): $b6 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 3.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsContributor BiographiesIntroduction Carola Richter and Claudia Kozman1. Lebanon: A Faltering Mesh of Political and Commercial Interests Sarah El-Richani2. Syria: A Fragmented Media System Yazan Badran3. Palestine: Resilient Media Practices for National Liberation Gretchen King4. Jordan: Media’s Sustainability during Hard Times Basim Tweissi5. Iraq: Media between Democratic Freedom and Security Pressures Sahar Khalifa Salim6. Saudi Arabia: From National Media to Global Player Marwan M. Kraidy7. United Arab Emirates: Media for Sustainable Development Mohammad Ayish8. Qatar: A Small Country with a Global Outlook Ehab Galal9. Bahrain: Media-Assisted Authoritarianism Marc Owen Jones10. Kuwait: From "Hollywood of the Gulf" to Social Media Diwaniyas Fatima Alsalem11. Oman: Time for Fundamental Changes Abdullah K. Al-Kindi12. Yemen: Unsettled Media for an Unsettled Country Abdulrahman M. Al-Shami13. Egypt: A Divided and Restricted Media Landscape after the Transformation Hanan Badr14. Sudan: Media under the Military–Democratic Pendulum Mahmoud M. Galander15. Libya: From Jamahirization to Post-Revolutionary Chaos Carola Richter16. Tunisia: The Transformative Media Landscape after the Revolution Noureddine Miladi17. Algeria: The Costs of Clientelism Nacer-Eddine Layadi and Abdelhak Bouifer18. Morocco: Competitive Authoritarianism in Media Reforms Bouziane Zaid and Mohammed IbahrineConclusion Carola Richter and Claudia KozmanAcknowledgementsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, 'Arab Media Systems' brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region.This volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, Arab Media Systems brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region.This volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, Arab Media Systems brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region.
=536  \\$aFreie Universität Berlin
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amedia systems
=653  \\$aArab world
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$aeconomy
=653  \\$amedia
=653  \\$aMiddle East
=653  \\$aNorth Africa
=653  \\$agovernment
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$amedia ownership models
=653  \\$atransnational mobility
=653  \\$alaw
=653  \\$aownership patterns
=653  \\$ainfrastructure
=653  \\$adiversity
=653  \\$areligion
=653  \\$alanguages
=653  \\$aoverview
=653  \\$ajournalism
=653  \\$acommunication studies
=653  \\$apolitical science
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$aanthropology
=700  1\$aRichter, Carola,$eeditor.$uFreie Universität Berlin.$0(orcid)000000030061243X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0061-243X
=700  1\$aKozman, Claudia,$eeditor.$uLebanese American University.$0(orcid)0000000224478485$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2447-8485
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 3.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0238$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0238_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03716nam  22006012  4500
=001  06d1dc8d-788a-4050-bfb6-09931b388d27
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361310
=020  \\$z9781800648982$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648999$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649002$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649040$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649033$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649019$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0327$2doi
=024  7\$a1399424834$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC71
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aVSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJNF$2thema
=072   7$aJNFC$2thema
=072   7$aJNA$2thema
=100  1\$aAdi, Basem,$eauthor.$0(orcid)000900094597147X$1https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4597-147X
=245  12$aA Relational Realist Vision for Education Policy and Practice /$cBasem Adi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+183 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of FiguresIntroduction1. The Functionalist Symbolic Reference of UK Governance Models2. Relational Realism as an Alternative General Sociological Approach3. The Morphogenetic Paradigm: Conceptualising the Human in the Social4. Social Capitalisation & the Making of Relational Goods5. Student Development as the Referential Reality of Education6. Morphogenetic Education with a Developmental Mission7. A Summary of the Argument PresentedGlossary of Key TermsReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume argues that relational realism can help us to make better educational policy that is more effective in practice. Basem Adi draws on critical realism to thoroughly re-examine fundamental assumptions about how government policymaking works, developing an ontological basis from which to examine existing government approaches and imagine an alternative approach based on a relational realist-informed critical pedagogy.Adi casts familiar issues in a new light by drawing on a less familiar theoretical and meta-theoretical tradition, offering a critique that can be productively engaged with by many educational organizations to tackle the issues they face.A Relational Realist Vision for Education Policy and Practice will be of great interest to academics of sociology, critical realism, sociological theory and education, as well as policymakers and educators seeking a theoretical perspective on their work.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acritical pedagogy
=653  \\$aeducation policy
=653  \\$agovernment policymaking
=653  \\$arelational realism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0327$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0327_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04432nam  22006972  4500
=001  b4e0cf33-734f-454e-aae6-fbb70d3294ac
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390254
=020  \\$z9781800643567$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643574$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643581$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646674$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643611$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643598$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643604$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0281$2doi
=024  7\$a1308475715$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHE277
=072   7$aKNG$2bicssc
=072   7$aWG$2bicssc
=072   7$aRPT$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FPJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS021000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTRA000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTRA009000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBlack, John Andrew,$eauthor.$uUniversity of New South Wales.
=245  12$aA Short History of Transport in Japan from Ancient Times to the Present /$cJohn Andrew Black.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 306 pages): $b9 illustrations, 29 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aTable of ContentsForeword序文PrefaceAcknowledgements1. IntroductionJohn Andrew Black2. Japanese Institutions and OrganisationsJohn Andrew Black3. Ports and ShippingJohn Andrew Black4. Canals, Rivers and LakesJohn Andrew Black5. RoadsJohn Andrew Black6. RailwaysJohn Andrew Black7. Civil Aviation and AirportsJohn Andrew Black8. Urban Planning Institutions and the Integration of Land Use and TransportJohn Andrew Black9. ConclusionsJohn Andrew BlackList of FiguresList of TablesIndexAbout the CoverAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aA Short History of Transport in Japan from Ancient Times to the Present is a unique study: the first by a Western scholar to place the long-term development of Japanese infrastructure alongside an analysis of its evolving political economy. Drawing from New Institutional Economics, Black offers an historically informed critique of contemporary planning using the example of Japan’s historical institutions, their particular biases, and the power they have exerted over national and local transport, to identify how reformed institutional arrangements might develop more sustainable and equitable transport services.With chapters addressing each major form of transport, Black examines the predominant role of institutions and individuals – from seventeenth-century shoguns to post-war planners – in transforming Japan’s maritime infrastructure, its roads and waterways, and its adoption of rail and air transport. Using a multidisciplinary, comparative, and chronological approach, the book consults a range of technical, cultural, and political sources to tease out these interactions between society and technology.This spirited new contribution to transport studies will attract readers interested in institutional power, the history of transport, and the development of future infrastructure, as well as those with a general interest in Japan.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aJapan
=653  \\$atransport
=653  \\$apolitical economy
=653  \\$aNew Institutional Economics
=653  \\$aplanning
=653  \\$amaritime infrastructure
=653  \\$aroads
=653  \\$arail
=653  \\$aair transport
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$atechnology
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0281$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0281_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04083nam  22005652  4500
=001  1e3ef1d6-a460-4b47-8d14-78c3d18e40c1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467791
=020  \\$z9781783740376$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740383$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740390$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644700$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740406$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740413$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0043$2doi
=024  7\$a900889225$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBD638
=072   7$aPGZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPH$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI066000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI013000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aCarroll, John W.,$eauthor.$uNorth Carolina State University.$0(orcid)0000000295078470$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9507-8470
=245  12$aA Time Travel Dialogue /$cJohn W. Carroll.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 83 pages): $b14 illustrations, 14 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aStatement of responsibility is transcribed as it appears on the title-page: John W. Carroll, et al..
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsIntroduction1. Monday2. Tuesday3. Wednesday4. Thursday5. FridayNotesCredits and Acknowledgements
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIs time travel just a confusing plot device deployed by science fiction authors and Hollywood filmmakers to amaze and amuse? Or might empirical data prompt a scientific hypothesis of time travel? Structured on a fascinating dialogue involving a distinguished physicist, Dr. Rufus, a physics graduate student and a computer scientist this book probes an experimentally supported hypothesis of backwards time travel – and in so doing addresses key metaphysical issues, such as causation, identity over time and free will. The setting is the Jefferson National Laboratory during a period of five days in 2010. Dr. Rufus’s experimental search for the psi-lepton and the resulting intractable data spurs the discussion on time travel. She and her two colleagues are pushed by their observations to address the grandfather paradox and other puzzles about backwards causation, with attention also given to causal loops, multi-dimensional time, and the prospect that only the present exists. Sensible solutions to the main puzzles emerge, ultimately advancing the case for time travel really being possible. 'A Time Travel Dialogue' addresses the possibility of time travel, approaching familiar paradoxes in a rigorous, engaging, and fun manner. It follows in the long philosophical tradition of using dialogue to present philosophical ideas and arguments, but is ground breaking in its use of the dialogue format to introduce readers to the metaphysics of time travel, and is also distinctive in its use of lab results to drive philosophical analysis. The discussion of data that might decide whether time is one-dimensional (one timeline) or multi-dimensional (branching time) is especially novel.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTime
=653  \\$aTime travel
=653  \\$aParadox
=653  \\$aCausal loop
=653  \\$aPresentism
=653  \\$aBranching time
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0043$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0043_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04427nam  22006012  4500
=001  997dc2af-0ca8-4026-8a9f-2f36cce89904
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513476
=020  \\$z9781805113263$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113270$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113287$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113300$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113294$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0408$2doi
=024  7\$a1454830292$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA29.D43
=072   7$aMAT015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPBX$2thema
=072   7$aDNBT$2thema
=072   7$aJNB$2thema
=100  1\$aAttar, Karen,$eauthor.$uUniversity of London.$0(orcid)000000020898808X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0898-808X
=245  10$aAugustus De Morgan, Polymath :$bNew Perspectives on his Life and Legacy /$cKaren Attar, Adrian Rice, Christopher Stray.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxvi+348 pages): $b17 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction – De Morgan: PolymathPART I: SCIENTIFIC WORK1. De Morgan and Mathematics2. De Morgan and Logic3. Augustus De Morgan, Astronomy and Almanacs4. De Morgan, Periodicals and Encyclopaedias5. Augustus De Morgan: Meta-Scientific RebelPART II: BEYOND SCIENCE1516. De Morgan and Mathematics Education7. De Morgan’s A Budget of Paradoxes8. Augustus De Morgan and the Bloomsbury Milieu9. De Morgan’s Family: Sophia and the ChildrenPART III: THE BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORD10. Augustus De Morgan’s Library Revisited: Its Context and Its Afterlife11. Augustus De Morgan: The Archival Record12. Bibliography of the Works of Augustus De MorganList of IllustrationsNotes on ContributorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhen Augustus De Morgan died in 1871, he was described as ‘one of the profoundest mathematicians in the United Kingdom’ and even as ‘the greatest of our mathematicians’. But he was far more than just a mathematician. Because much of his voluminous written output on various subjects was scattered throughout journals and encyclopaedias, the breadth of his interests and contributions has been underappreciated by historians. Now, renewed interest in De Morgan’s life and work has coincided with the digitization of his extensive library, revealing the extent to which he pioneered and influenced the development of not merely mathematics but also logic, astronomy, the history of mathematics, education, and bibliography. This edited collection celebrates De Morgan as a polymath. Drawing together multiple elements of his activity from a range of publications and archives, its contributors re-assess his academic work, his place in his intellectual environment, and his legacy. The result offers new insight into De Morgan himself as well as the wider circles in which he moved, including his family life.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAugustus De Morgan
=653  \\$aBiography
=653  \\$aVictorian England
=653  \\$aHistory of Mathematics
=653  \\$aMathematics Education
=653  \\$aLogic
=700  1\$aRice, Adrian,$eauthor.$uRandolph–Macon College.$0(orcid)000000018731312X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8731-312X
=700  1\$aStray, Christopher,$eauthor.$uSwansea University.$0(orcid)0009000242708018$1https://orcid.org/0009-0002-4270-8018
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0408$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0408_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05195nam  22006012  4500
=001  f0493e63-71ff-4d19-8006-04e16e885fd5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386025
=020  \\$z9781800640658$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640665$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640672$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646346$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640702$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640689$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640696$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0231$2doi
=024  7\$a1289372666$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML3656.A95
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGH$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBKS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGrant, Morag Josephine,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.$0(orcid)0000000307645496$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0764-5496
=245  10$aAuld Lang Syne :$bA Song and its Culture /$cMorag Josephine Grant.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+340 pages): $b32 illustrations, 13 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes audio examples.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroduction Morag Josephine Grant1. Elements of a Theory of Song Morag Josephine Grant2. Auld Lang Syne: Context and Genesis Morag Josephine Grant3. Burns’s Song Morag Josephine Grant4. Auld Lang Syne in the Early Nineteenth Century Morag Josephine Grant5. The Song of Union Morag Josephine Grant6. The Song of Parting Morag Josephine Grant7. The Folk’s Song Morag Josephine Grant8. The Song of New Year Morag Josephine Grant9. Take Leave, Brothers: The German Reception of Auld Lang Syne Morag Josephine Grant10. A Song Abroad Morag Josephine Grant11. Preliminary Conclusions: A Song and Its Culture Morag Josephine Grant12. Auld Acquaintance: Auld Lang Syne Comes Home Morag Josephine GrantAppendix 1: Eight Jacobite Songs Related to Auld Lang Syne Morag Josephine GrantAppendix 2: Burns’s Auld Lang Syne—The Five Versions (B1-B5) Morag Josephine GrantAppendix 3: Seven Parodies and Contrafacta from The Universal Songster, vols. II-III (1829, 1834)Morag Josephine GrantAppendix 4: Eight Nineteenth-Century German Translations Morag Josephine GrantAppendix 5: Four Versions in Jèrriais Morag Josephine GrantBibliographyList of IllustrationsAudio ExamplesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Auld Lang Syne: A Song and its Culture, M. J. Grant explores the history of this iconic song, demonstrating how its association with ideas of fellowship, friendship and sociality has enabled it to become so significant for such a wide range of individuals and communities around the world.This engaging study traces different stages in the journey of Auld Lang Syne, from the precursors to the song made famous by Robert Burns to the traditions and rituals that emerged around the song in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, including its use as a song of parting, and as a song of New Year. Grant’s painstaking study investigates the origins of these varied traditions, and their impact on the transmission of the song right up to the present day.Grant uses Auld Lang Syne to explore the importance of songs and singing for group identity, arguing that it is the active practice of singing the song in group contexts that has made it so significant for so many. The book offers fascinating insights into the ways that Auld Lang Syne has been received, reused and remixed around the world, concluding with a chapter on more recent versions of the song back in Scotland.This highly original and accessible work will be of great interest to non-expert readers as well as scholars and students of musicology, cultural and social history, social anthropology and Scottish studies. The book contains a wealth of illustrations and includes links to many more, including manuscript sources. Audio examples are included for many of the musical examples. Grant’s extensive bibliography will moreover ease future referencing of the many sources consulted.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAuld Lang Syne
=653  \\$asong
=653  \\$agroup identity
=653  \\$areception
=653  \\$areuse
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0231$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0231_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04641nam  22006852  4500
=001  664931f6-27ca-4409-bb47-5642ca60117e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447496
=020  \\$z9781800641525$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641532$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641549$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646469$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641570$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641556$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641563$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0248$2doi
=024  7\$a1251447207$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBX9225
=050  00$aH86
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRLB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aYeandle, David,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  12$aA Victorian Curate :$bA Study of the Life and Career of the Rev. Dr John Hunt  /$cDavid Yeandle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+252 pages): $b5 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface David YeandleIntroduction David Yeandle1. John Hunt David Yeandle2. Clergymen Made Scarce David Yeandle3. Town Life David Yeandle4. Essays and Reviews Controversy David Yeandle5. Unemployment and Applications David Yeandle6. Final Metropolitan Applications David Yeandle7. The Anatomist Curate David Yeandle8. Country Life David Yeandle9. St Ives, Hunts David Yeandle10. Conclusions David Yeandle11. Postscript: John Hunt in Otford David Yeandle12. Chronological Table of John Hunt’s Life David YeandleAppendix: Documents and Press Quotations David YeandleAppendix II David YeandleBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Rev. Dr John Hunt (1827-1907) was not a typical clergyman in the Victorian Church of England. He was Scottish, of lowly birth, and lacking both social connections and private means. He was also a witty and fluent intellectual, whose publications stood alongside the most eminent of his peers during a period when theology was being redefined in the light of Darwin’s Origin of Species and other radical scientific advances.Hunt attracted notoriety and conflict as well as admiration and respect: he was the subject of articles in Punch and in the wider press concerning his clandestine dissection of a foetus in the crypt of a City church, while his Essay on Pantheism was proscribed by the Roman Catholic Church. He had many skirmishes with incumbents, both evangelical and catholic, and was dismissed from several of his curacies.This book analyses his career in London and St Ives (Cambs.) through the lens of his autobiographical narrative, Clergymen Made Scarce (1867). David Yeandle has examined a little-known copy of the text that includes manuscript annotations by Eliza Hunt, the wife of the author, which offer unique insight into the many anonymous and pseudonymous references in the text.'A Victorian Curate: A Study of the Life and Career of the Rev. Dr John Hunt' is an absorbing personal account of the corruption and turmoil in the Church of England at this time. It will appeal to anyone interested in this history, the relationship between science and religion in the nineteenth century, or the role of the curate in Victorian England.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRev. Dr John Hunt
=653  \\$aclergyman
=653  \\$aScottish
=653  \\$aintellectual
=653  \\$apublications
=653  \\$atheology
=653  \\$aPunch
=653  \\$aLondon
=653  \\$aSt Ives
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0248$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0248_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03757nam  22005772  4500
=001  721fc7c9-7531-40cd-9e59-ab1bef5fc261
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452595
=020  \\$z9781783742837$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742844$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742851$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645233$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744381$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742868$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742875$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0104$2doi
=024  7\$a1159390055$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBD161
=072   7$aHPK$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI004000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMcBride, Mark,$eauthor.$uNational University of Singapore.$0(orcid)0000000213754093$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1375-4093
=245  10$aBasic Knowledge and Conditions on Knowledge /$cMark McBride.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 230 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPublication DetailsAcknowledgementsIntroductionPART ONE — EXPLORING BASIC KNOWLEDGEOverview of Part One1. Reflections on Moore’s ‘Proof’2. First Reflections on the Problem of Easy Knowledge3. The Problem of Easy Knowledge: Towards a Solution4. Evidence and Transmission Failure5. A Puzzle for DogmatismInterim ReviewPART TWO — CONDITIONS ON KNOWLEDGE: CONCLUSIVE REASONS, SENSITIVITY, AND SAFETYOverview of Part Two6. Conclusive Reasons7. Sensitivity8. Safety9. Safety: An ApplicationConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow do we know what we know? In this stimulating and rigorous book, Mark McBride explores two sets of issues in contemporary epistemology: the problems that warrant transmission poses for the category of basic knowledge; and the status of conclusive reasons, sensitivity, and safety as conditions that are necessary for knowledge.To have basic knowledge is to know (have justification for) some proposition immediately, i.e., knowledge (justification) that doesn’t depend on justification for any other proposition. This book considers several puzzles that arise when you take seriously the possibility that we can have basic knowledge.McBride’s analysis draws together two vital strands in contemporary epistemology that are usually treated in isolation from each other. Additionally, its innovative arguments include a new application of the safety condition to the law.This book will be of interest to epistemologists―both professionals and students.
=536  \\$aNational University of Singapore
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBasic knowledge
=653  \\$aepistemology
=653  \\$ajustifications
=653  \\$asafety condition
=653  \\$aconclusive reasons
=653  \\$asensitivity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0104$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0104_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04854nam  22006612  4500
=001  39aafd68-dc83-4951-badf-d1f146a38fd4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020445105
=020  \\$z9781800640290$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640306$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640313$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646308$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641068$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641044$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641051$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0225$2doi
=024  7\$a1202297871$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aT58.5
=050  00$aR63
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aGPF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aB$2bicssc
=072   7$aUB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM059000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM031000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRobertson, Stephen,$eauthor.$uUniversity College London.
=245  10$aB C, Before Computers :$bOn Information Technology from Writing to the Age of Digital Data /$cStephen Robertson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+161 pages): $b19 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsPrologue Stephen Robertson1 In the beginning… Stephen Robertson2 Sending messages: the post Stephen Robertson3 Sending messages: electricity Stephen Robertson4 Spreading the word Stephen Robertson5 More about the alphabet Stephen Robertson6 Organising information Stephen Robertson7 Picture and sound Stephen Robertson8 On physics and physiology Stephen Robertson9 On perspective—and music Stephen Robertson10 Calculation Stephen Robertson11 Data processing Stephen Robertson12 Ciphers Stephen RobertsonEpilogue Stephen RobertsonBibliographyList of illustrationsIndex of topicsIndex of names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe idea that the digital age has revolutionized our day-to-day experience of the world is nothing new, and has been amply recognized by cultural historians. In contrast, Stephen Robertson’s 'BC: Before Computers' is a work which questions the idea that the mid-twentieth century saw a single moment of rupture. It is about all the things that we had to learn, invent, and understand – all the ways we had to evolve our thinking – before we could enter the information technology revolution of the second half of the twentieth century. Its focus ranges from the beginnings of data processing, right back to such originary forms of human technology as the development of writing systems, gathering a whole history of revolutionary moments in the development of information technologies into a single, although not linear narrative.Treading the line between philosophy and technical history, Robertson draws on his extensive technical knowledge to produce a text which is both thought-provoking and accessible to a wide range of readers. The book is wide in scope, exploring the development of technologies in such diverse areas as cryptography, visual art and music, and the postal system. Through all this, it does not simply aim to tell the story of computer developments but to show that those developments rely on a long history of humans creating technologies for increasingly sophisticated methods of manipulating information.Through a clear structure and engaging style, it brings together a wealth of informative and conceptual explorations into the history of human technologies, and avoids assumptions about any prior knowledge on the part of the reader. As such, it has the potential to be of interest to the expert and the general reader alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ahistory of computer developments
=653  \\$adigital age
=653  \\$acomputer
=653  \\$ainformation technology revolution
=653  \\$adata processing
=653  \\$acryptography
=653  \\$avisual art
=653  \\$amusic
=653  \\$apostal system
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0225$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0225_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04938nam  22005532  4500
=001  a373ccbd-0665-4faa-bc24-15542e5cb0cf
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452606
=020  \\$z9781783742486$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742493$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742509$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645165$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745876$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742516$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742523$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0097$2doi
=024  7\$a1091435178$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBF713
=072   7$aPD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI070060$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBateson, Patrick,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aBehaviour, Development and Evolution /$cPatrick Bateson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 128 pages): $b22 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Appearance of DesignDesign of machinesConflicts in motivationConclusions2. Imprinting and AttachmentAttachment in humansImprinting in the wildIndividual recognitionConclusions3. Rules and ReciprocityModels of developmentAlternative pathwaysRules for changing the rulesCoordination in developmentConclusions4. Discontinuities in DevelopmentLoss of continuityConclusions5. Early Experience and Later BehaviourWashing the brainNeurobiologyContinuity and changeConclusions6. Communication between Parents and OffspringParents and offspringConclusions7. Avoiding Inbreeding and IncestEarly experience and sexual attractionIncest taboosConclusions8. Genes in Development and EvolutionGenes in developmentHeritabilityEpigeneticsSelfish genesConclusions9. Active Role of BehaviourEnvironmental changeConclusions10. Adaptability in EvolutionBehaviour and evolutionConclusions11. Concluding RemarksIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe role of parents in shaping the characters of their children, the causes of violence and crime, and the roots of personal unhappiness are central to humanity. Like so many fundamental questions about human existence, these issues all relate to behavioural development. In this lucid and accessible book, eminent biologist Professor Sir Patrick Bateson suggests that the nature/nurture dichotomy we often use to think about questions of development in both humans and animals is misleading. Instead, he argues that we should pay attention to whole systems, rather than to simple causes, when trying to understand the complexity of development.In his wide-ranging approach Bateson discusses why so much behaviour appears to be well- designed. He explores issues such as ‘imprinting’ and its importance to the attachment of offspring to their parents; the mutual benefits that characterise communication between parent and offspring; the importance of play in learning how to choose and control the optimal conditions in which to thrive; and the vital function of adaptability in the interplay between development and evolution.Bateson disputes the idea that a simple link can be found between genetics and behaviour. What an individual human or animal does in its life depends on the reciprocal character of its transactions with the world about it. This knowledge also points to ways in which an animal's own behaviour can provide the variation that influences the subsequent course of evolution.This has relevance not only for our scientific approaches to the systems of development and evolution, but also on how humans change institutional rules that have become dysfunctional, or design public health measures when mismatches occur between themselves and their environments. It affects how we think about ourselves and our own capacity for change.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abehavioural development
=653  \\$azoology
=653  \\$abiology
=653  \\$aevolution
=653  \\$aadaptability
=653  \\$aimprinting
=653  \\$agenetics
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0097$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0097_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06065nam  22006012  4500
=001  ca550949-164c-4c3a-8532-62c1d5fb1656
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20252025\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805114048$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114055$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114062$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805114086$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805114079$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0427$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aJNM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aNHTX$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTU$2bicssc
=072   7$aJBS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJBFG$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC066000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aBeing in Shadow and Light :$bAcademics in Post/Conflict Higher Education /$cedited by Dina Zoe Belluigi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2025.
=264  \4$c©2025
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+352 pages): $b18 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the Editor and ContributorsAcknowledgementsForewordIntroduction: Evoking What It Is to Be in Shadow and LightPART I: PAST CONFLICTS AND THEIR LEGACIES1. Truth and Reparations: A Conversation on the Participation of the Higher Education Sector in the Colombian Commission for the Clarification of Truth, Coexistence and Non-repetition2. The Whiteboard: Reflections on a Personal Archive of Apartheid-era Items from the Security Police of a University Town3. Academics of Post-war Sri Lanka: Traces of Experiences and Impact 4. Being a Woman and a Researcher between Exile and Social Reconfiguration: An Interview with Hebe Vessuri5. Hidden Legacies of the Troubles: Post-conflict Pedagogy as Resistance in Northern Irish Medical EducationPART II: CONFLICTS IN THE PRESENT6. ‘A Virtual Target Painted on my Back…’: Contested Constitutionalism in a Post-conflict Society7. (Her)story between Shadow and Light: A Displaced Syrian Woman Academic8. Home and Abroad: Exploring my Lived Experiences through Poetry and Narrative9. The Lone Voice in the Academic Wilderness: Nigerian Academics’ Experiences in Industrial Conflicts10. The Conflict of the Faculties, AgainList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAcademia and its citizens, during periods of political violence and social conflict, are often overlooked. When attention is given, the focus tends to be on student activism, access to higher education, or curriculum development. The experiences of academics affected by conflict remain under-researched, despite the crucial role they play as educators and in generating, documenting, preserving and challenging knowledges. This is particularly concerning given that academics have−and continue to be−at risk as targets of sanction, persecution and oppression.This edited volume seeks to address this gap by exploring, and evoking, the complexities of academic subjectivity, place and practice in contexts where intellectual and state authority are contested or in transition. It features contributions by academics, artists and memory activists who have stepped bravely outside of the parameters of their disciplines, with modes of enquiry and representation that include conversations, vignettes and case studies, critical ethnographies, oral life histories, interviews, poetry and collage. Within the ten chapters are consideration of conflicts within Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, England, Mexico, Nigeria, Northern Ireland, Palestine, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Syria and Venezuela. Being in Shadow and Light encourages a deeper understanding of academics’ navigation of these difficult conditions. The authors’ insider-outsider positioning brings forth the richness of ways through dilemmas−of omission, trauma, displacement, inheritance, injustice, distortion, desire. Grounding the many social, cultural, economic, and epistemic politics within academia, troubles the enclosure of ‘conflict’ in politics at the grand level, as if only within the realm of interest for state and international actors. Against sanitising the uncertainties and particularities of being an academic figure, the authors reflect on the states and sites of conflict as spaces which shape living. This work is a call to recognize, document and study the often-overlooked subjectivities and contributions of academics thinking and practicing within societies undergoing conflict(s) and in their aftermath. As such, it will be of interest to academics, students and staff working within universities, as well audiences interested in intellectuals and institutions in contexts undergoing change.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAcademia in conflict
=653  \\$aAcademic identity
=653  \\$aPolitical violence and education
=653  \\$aAcademic freedom
=653  \\$aPost-conflict reconstruction
=653  \\$aHigher education and social change
=700  1\$aBelluigi, Dina Zoe,$eeditor.$uQueen's University Belfast.$0(orcid)0000000340050160$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4005-0160
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0427$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0427_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03936nam  22005772  4500
=001  e76e054c-617d-4004-b68d-54739205df8d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2014471418
=020  \\$z9781783740123$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740130$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740147$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644670$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740154$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740161$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0040$2doi
=024  7\$a1086518639$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR6013.R2
=050  00$aZ58
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aWTL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTRV023000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHughes, Michael,$eauthor.$uLancaster University.$0(orcid)0000000321693451$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2169-3451
=245  10$aBeyond Holy Russia :$bThe Life and Times of Stephen Graham /$cMichael Hughes.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 358 pages): $b9 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsEpigraphAcknowledgementsIntroduction1. Chasing the Shadow2. Searching for the Soul of Russia3. The Slow Death of Holy Russia4. The Pilgrim in Uniform5. Searching for America6. A Rising or Setting Sun?7. New Horizons8. A Time of Strife9. The Pilgrim Reborn?Final ThoughtsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis biography examines the long life of the traveller and author Stephen Graham. Graham walked across large parts of the Tsarist Empire in the years before 1917, describing his adventures in a series of books and articles that helped to shape attitudes towards Russia in Britain and the United States. In later years he travelled widely across Europe and North America, meeting some of the best known writers of the twentieth century, including H.G.Wells and Ernest Hemingway. Graham also wrote numerous novels and biographies that won him a wide readership on both sides of the Atlantic. This book traces Graham’s career as a world traveller, and provides a rich portrait of English, Russian and American literary life in the first half of the twentieth century. It also examines how many aspects of his life and writing coincide with contemporary concerns, including the development of New Age spirituality and the rise of environmental awareness. Beyond Holy Russia is based on extensive research in archives of private papers in Britain and the USA and on the many works of Graham himself. The author describes with admirable tact and clarity Graham’s heterodox and convoluted spiritual quest. The result is a fascinating portrait of a man who was for many years a significant literary figure on both sides of the Atlantic.
=536  \\$aScouloudi Foundation, Institute of Historical Research
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aStephen Graham
=653  \\$atravel writing
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$areligion
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0040$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0040_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03552nam  22006132  4500
=001  fe599a6c-ecd8-4ed3-a39e-5778cb9b77da
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467887
=020  \\$z9781783741670$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741687$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741694$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644885$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746408$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741700$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741717$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0061$2doi
=024  7\$a993977042$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH332
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHEA028000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aVelleman, J. David,$eauthor.$uNew York University.
=245  10$aBeyond Price :$bEssays on Birth and Death /$cJ. David Velleman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 226  pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Introduction2. Against the Right to Die3. A Right of Self-Termination?4. Beyond Price5. Family History6. Persons in ProspectI. The Identity ProblemII. The Gift of LifeIII. Love and Nonexistence7. Well-Being and Time8. So It Goes9. Dying10. The Rights to a LifeBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn nine lively essays, bioethicist J. David Velleman challenges the prevailing consensus about assisted suicide and reproductive technology, articulating an original approach to the ethics of creating and ending human lives. He argues that assistance in dying is appropriate only at the point where talk of suicide is not, and he raises moral objections to  anonymous donor conception. In their place, Velleman champions a morality of valuing personhood over happiness in making end-of-life decisions, and respecting the personhood of future children in making decisions about procreation. These controversial views are defended with philosophical rigor while remaining accessible to the general reader. Written over Velleman's 30 years of undergraduate teaching in bioethics, the essays have never before been collected and made available to a non-academic audience. They will open new lines of debate on issues of intense public interest.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abioethics
=653  \\$amedical ethics
=653  \\$aeuthanasia
=653  \\$aassisted suicide
=653  \\$areproductive technology
=653  \\$adonor conception
=653  \\$adeath and dying
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0061$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0061_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05590nam  22006372  4500
=001  ed4cbb96-d5fc-4d1e-a336-198591a97508
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513478
=020  \\$z9781805112907$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112914$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112921$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112952$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112938$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0401$2doi
=024  7\$a1455619605$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDH696
=072   7$aJPHV$2bicssc
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL058000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJPHV$2thema
=072   7$aJP$2thema
=072   7$a1DDB$2thema
=245  00$aBitter-Sweet Democracy? :$bAnalyzing citizens' resentment towards politics in Belgium /$cedited by Louise Knops, Karen Celis, Virginie Van Ingelgom, Heidi Mercenier, François Randour.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+316 pages): $b16 illustrations, 20 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsContributors1. Political resentment: an empirical and conceptual introduction2. Studying political resentment: a methodological overview3. Who feels resentful?4. Emotive participants? Emotions, apathy, and protest participation5. Illustrations of political resentment among disadvantaged people6. Congruent, yet resentful? Issue incongruence, resentment and party position knowledge7. Dissatisfied partisans and the unrepresented: how feeling represented by at least some representatives matters8. Resentment and time: clashing temporalities in citizens’ relation to politics9. Is this really democracy? An analysis of citizens’ resentment and conceptions of democracy10. What do resentful citizens want from democracy?11. Resentment, democracy and inequality Concluding reflectionsMethodological appendixIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDiscussions about the ‘crisis of representative democracy’ have dominated scholarly and public discourse for some time now. But what does this phrase actually entail, and what is its relevance today? How do citizens themselves experience, feel and respond to this ‘crisis’? Bitter-Sweet Democracy grapples with the complexities of these questions in the context of citizens’ relations to politics in Belgium—a nation that has experienced political instability and protests as well as social mobilization and democratic vitality in recent years.This timely and compelling volume offers new, empirical evidence on the state of trust, democracy and representation in Belgium; it further introduces an innovative methodological and conceptual framework to study this ‘crisis’, specifically by developing the concept of political resentment. The essays in this collection span diverse topics, from citizens’ conceptions of democracy itself and the expression of political resentment among socioeconomically disadvantaged groups, to the influence of different emotional dimensions of resentment on protest behaviours. By adopting a distinctive affective lens and by building upon the specific case of Belgium, this volume contributes to the broader conversation on political resentment and the critical role of emotions in contemporary politics.Bitter-Sweet Democracy will be invaluable for scholars researching the relationship between emotions and politics, political representation and democracy, and citizen-led conceptualizations of politics. It will also appeal to decision-makers and citizens seeking to understand the challenges facing democracy, as well as a wider audience of academics and students in the fields of political science, political psychology and sociology.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRepresentative democracy
=653  \\$aPolitical resentment
=653  \\$aCitizen trust
=653  \\$aDemocratic innovations
=653  \\$aBelgium
=653  \\$aPopulism
=700  1\$aKnops, Louise,$eeditor.$uUniversité Libre de Bruxelles.$0(orcid)0000000324957993$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2495-7993
=700  1\$aCelis, Karen,$eeditor.$uVrije Universiteit Brussel.$0(orcid)0000000275799107$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7579-9107
=700  1\$aVan Ingelgom, Virginie,$eeditor.$uUniversité Catholique de Louvain.$0(orcid)0000000150491862$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5049-1862
=700  1\$aMercenier, Heidi,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000172194527$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7219-4527
=700  1\$aRandour, François,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Namur.$0(orcid)0000000160372015$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6037-2015
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0401$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0401_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04221nam  22006012  4500
=001  c7ded4f3-4850-44eb-bd5b-e196a2254d3f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467810
=020  \\$z9781906924423$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924430$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924447$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644540$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740055$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740062$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0027$2doi
=024  7\$a941458070$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHM479.B68
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBA$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ADF$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI040000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSpeller, John R.W.,$eauthor.$uLodz University of Technology.
=245  10$aBourdieu and Literature /$cJohn R.W. Speller.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (208 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. Positions  The field of receptionThe field of productionLévi-Strauss and structuralismThe death of intellectualsPost-structuralismAppendix: the composition of Les Règles de l’Art2. MethodsEpistemological preliminariesThe author’s point of viewThe field of powerThe literary fieldHabitus and trajectoryThe space of possibilitiesWorld literary spaceAppendix: Reflexivity and reading3. AutonomyThe evolution of the literary fieldArt and moneyZola and the Dreyfus affairReversalsAutonomy and value4. Science and LiteratureL’Éducation Sentimentale‘Le démontage impie de la fiction’Cross-oversFiction and realism5. Literature and Cultural PoliticsThe production of the dominant ideology‘La Pensée Tietmeyer’On aesthetics and ideologyA politics of formFor a collective intellectual6. Literature and Cultural PolicyReproduction and distinctionProposals for the future of educationBetween the state and the free marketFor a corporatism of the universalConclusionReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBourdieu and Literature is a wide-ranging, rigorous and accessible introduction to the relationship between Pierre Bourdieu's work and literary studies. It provides a comprehensive overview and critical assessment of his contributions to literary theory and his thinking about authors and literary works. One of the foremost French intellectuals of the post-war era, Bourdieu has become a standard point of reference in the fields of anthropology, linguistics, art history, cultural studies, politics, and sociology, but his longstanding interest in literature has often been overlooked. This study explores the impact of literature on Bourdieu's intellectual itinerary, and how his literary understanding intersected with his sociological theory and thinking about cultural policy. This is the first full-length study of Bourdieu's work on literature in English, and it provides an invaluable resource for students and scholars of literary studies, cultural theory and sociology.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 2.0 Generic license (CC BY 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPierre Bourdieu
=653  \\$aliterary theory
=653  \\$areception
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$acultural theory
=653  \\$aFrench literature
=653  \\$astructuralism
=653  \\$apost-structuralism
=653  \\$ascience and literature
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0027$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0027_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04753nam  22007692  4500
=001  68aa204d-fd02-4718-85af-0782933fdb5e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361450
=020  \\$z9781800648357$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648364$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648371$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648418$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648401$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648388$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0318$2doi
=024  7\$a1392077433$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHQ1075
=072   7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNMB$2bicssc
=072   7$aVFVG$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1KB$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJBSF1$2thema
=072   7$aJHBK$2thema
=072   7$aNHB$2thema
=072   7$aNHK$2thema
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=100  1\$aAuspos, Patricia,$eauthor.
=245  10$aBreaking Conventions :$bFive Couples in Search of Marriage-Career Balance at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century /$cPatricia Auspos.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+456 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Illustrations ix List of Abbreviations xi Acknowledgements xiii Introduction: Love, Power, and Profession in Early Dual Career Marriages 11. The Making of a Victorian Myth: Alice Freeman Palmer and George Herbert Palmer 272. A “Two Person Career”: Grace Chisholm Young and William Henry Young 933. Separate Careers, Separate Lives: Elsie Clews Parsons and Herbert Parsons 1754. A Partnership of Equals: Beatrice and Sidney Webb 2595. Having It All: Lucy Sprague Mitchell and Wesley Clair Mitchell 329Epilogue 405 Selected Bibliography 423 Index 443
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis rich history illuminates the lives and partnerships of five married couples – two British, three American – whose unions defied the conventions of their time and anticipated social changes that were to come in the ensuing century. In all five marriages, both husband and wife enjoyed thriving professional lives: a shocking circumstance at a time when wealthy white married women were not supposed to have careers, and career women were not supposed to marry. Patricia Auspos examines what we can learn from the relationships of the Palmers, the Youngs, the Parsons, the Webbs, and the Mitchells, exploring the implications of their experiences for our understanding of the history of gender equality and of professional work. In expert and lucid fashion, Auspos draws out the interconnections between the institutions of marriage and professional life at a time when both were undergoing critical changes, by looking specifically at how a pioneering generation tried to combine the two.Based on extensive archival research and drawing on mostly unpublished letters, journals, pocket diaries, poetry, and autobiographical writings, Breaking Conventions tells the intimate stories of five path-breaking marriages and the social dynamics they confronted and revealed. This book will appeal to scholars, students, and anyone interested in women’s studies, gender studies, masculinity studies, histories of women in the professions, and the history of marriage.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$arelationships
=653  \\$agender
=653  \\$amarriage
=653  \\$aprofession
=653  \\$aletters
=653  \\$ajournals
=653  \\$aautobiography
=653  \\$asocial dynamics
=653  \\$amasculinity
=653  \\$awomen
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0318$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0318_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05482nam  22006252  4500
=001  2befcccc-79c4-4fe9-9960-c0945f61c36c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513491
=020  \\$z9781805113218$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113225$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113232$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113256$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113249$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0407$2doi
=024  7\$a1478298300$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA10.7
=072   7$aEDU029010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPB$2thema
=072   7$aPBB$2thema
=072   7$aYPMF$2thema
=245  00$aBreaking Images :$bIconoclastic Analyses of Mathematics and its Education /$cedited by Brian Greer, David Kollosche, Ole Skovsmose.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+594 pages): $b11 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aStudies on Mathematics Education and Society ;$vvol. 2.$x2755-2624$x2755-2616
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Beginning 2. Why and how people develop mathematics 3. Hardy’s deep sigh4. Formalism, structuralism, and the doctrine of neutrality5. Dehumanisation through mathematics6. A short commentary on Kollosche’s ‘Dehumanisation through mathematics’7. Intuition revived8. Human mathematics9. The case of Ramanujan: Investigating social and sociomathematical norms outside the mathematics classroom10. A performative and relational Ethnomathematics 11. A critical conception of mathematics12. Art and anti-mathematics 13. How children, under instruction, develop mathematical understanding14. Rethinking mathematics education 15. Networks, controversies, and the political in mathematics education research 16. Globalisation of mathematics education and the world’s first monoculture: Assessment spread’s association with consumerism and human capital 17. Bringing ethnomathematical perspectives into classrooms18. Mathematics education as a racialized field 19. Gender, mathematics, and mathematics education20. Societal perceptions of mathematics and mathematics education21. Beginning againList of FiguresList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMathematics is an activity—something we do—not just something inert that we study. This rich collection begins from that premise to explore the various social influences, institutional forces and lived realities that shape and mould the study and practice of mathematics, and are moulded by it in turn.These twenty-one essays explore questions of mathematics as a topic of philosophy, but also the nature and purpose of mathematics education and the role of mathematics in moulding citizens. It challenges the biases and prejudices inherent within uninformed histories of mathematics, including problems of white supremacy, the denial of cultural difference and the global homogenization of teaching methods. In particular, the book contrasts the effectiveness of mathematics and science in modelling physical phenomena and solving technical problems with its ineffectiveness in modelling social phenomena and solving human problems, and urges us to consider how mathematics might better meet the urgent crises of our age.The book addresses anybody who is interested in reflecting on the role of mathematics in society from different perspectives. It allows mathematicians to ponder about the cultural connections of mathematics and provides new perspectives for philosophical, sociological and cultural studies of mathematics. Because of the book’s emphasis on education in mathematics, it is especially interesting for mathematics teachers and teacher educators to challenge their understanding of the subject.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMathematics education
=653  \\$aSchool mathematics
=653  \\$aHuman agency
=653  \\$aPhilosophy of mathematics
=653  \\$aHistorical dimensions
=653  \\$aCultural dimensions
=653  \\$apolitics and mathematics
=700  1\$aGreer, Brian,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0009000752301904$1https://orcid.org/0009-0007-5230-1904
=700  1\$aKollosche, David,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Klagenfurt.$0(orcid)0000000310552418$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1055-2418
=700  1\$aSkovsmose, Ole,$eeditor.$uSão Paulo State University.$0(orcid)000000021528796X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1528-796X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aStudies on Mathematics Education and Society ;$vvol. 2.$x2755-2624$x2755-2616
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0407$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0407_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04065nam  22005652  4500
=001  456b46b9-bbec-4832-95ca-b23dcb975df1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467302
=020  \\$z9781906924065$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924072$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924089$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644304$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0003$2doi
=024  7\$a699563621$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDD256.5
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$eauthor.$uPrinceton University.
=245  10$aBrownshirt Princess :$bA Study of the 'Nazi Conscience' /$cLionel Gossman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2009.
=264  \4$c©2009
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiii + 204 pages): $b21 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction: An Unusual Book and a Strange CollaborationPart I: Seeking a New Religion: Gott in Mir1. The Title2. The Epigraph and the Envoy3. The Poem4. Appendix to Part I: The Völkisch Rejection of ChristianityPart II: Serving New Gods5. Marie Adelheid, Prinzessin Reuß-zur Lippe: Society, Ideology, and Politics6. Nordische Frau und Nordischer Glaube7. Die Overbroocks8. After 1945: Unrepentant Neo-Nazi9. Concluding ReflectionsNotesBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aPrincess Marie Adelheid of  Lippe-Biesterfeld was a rebellious young writer who became a fervent Nazi. Heinrich Vogeler was a well-regarded artist who was to join the German Communist Party. Ludwig Roselius was a successful businessman who had made a fortune from his invention of decaffeinated coffee. What was it about the revolutionary climate following World War I that induced three such different personalities to collaborate in the production of a slim volume of poetry—entitled Gott in Mir—about the indwelling of the divine within the human? Gossman's study situates the poem in the ideological context that made the collaboration possible: pantheism, Darwinism, disillusionment with traditional liberal values, theosophy and völkisch religions, and Lebensreform. The study outlines the subsequent life of the Princess who, until her death in 1993, continued to support and celebrate the ideals and heroes of National Socialism. Brownshirt Princess provides deep insight into the sources and character of the "Nazi Conscience", and is invaluable reading for anybody interested in understanding German society during the inter-war and Nazi periods. The University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University, has generously contributed towards the publication of this volume.
=536  \\$aThe University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNazism
=653  \\$aNational Socialism
=653  \\$aGerman history
=653  \\$aGerman literature
=653  \\$aEuropean history
=653  \\$aWorld War II
=653  \\$aSecond World War
=653  \\$apoetry
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0003$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0003_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03587nam  22006012  4500
=001  0301a229-71ac-472a-914b-69ba15515524
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446238
=020  \\$z9781805112785$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112792$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112808$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112839$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112815$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0399$2doi
=024  7\$a1427749636$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4388
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDSBD$2thema
=072   7$aDN$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=245  00$aByron and Trinity :$bMemorials, Marbles and Ruins /$cedited by Adrian Poole.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+90 pages): $b12 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbout the ContributorsList of IllustrationsForeword1. Lord Byron and Trinity: A Bicentenary Portrait2. Pretensions to Permanency: Thorvaldsen’s Bust and Statue of Byron3. On the Statue of Lord Byron by Thorwaldsen in Trinity College Library, Cambridge4. Poets and Travellers5. Byron, Stephens and the Future of RuinsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection of essays reprints previously published writings about Trinity College Cambridge's most celebrated writer, Lord Byron, for the bicentennial commemoration of his death on 19 April 1824. Bringing together diverse contributions from a series of scholars, three of them fellows of Trinity College, it explores various aspects of Byron’s life and writing. The collection draws out the relationships between ‘memorials, marbles and ruins’, themes always prominent in his thinking and feeling. The earliest essay reprinted here dates from the bicentenary of Byron’s birth in 1788. Thirty-six years and two centuries later, this collection honours a figure of enduring, complex significance, with whom Trinity College is proud to be associated. It will be of value to scholars and students of Byron, as well as those interested in his life, in the bi-centenary year of his death.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLord Byron
=653  \\$aTrinity College, University of Cambridge
=653  \\$aBicentennial commemoration
=653  \\$aMemorials, marbles, and ancient ruins
=653  \\$aGreece
=653  \\$aAlbert Bertel Thorvaldsen
=700  1\$aPoole, Adrian,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0399$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0399_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05841nam  22006732  4500
=001  35194e59-fa50-4192-86d2-b7a99c680312
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385927
=020  \\$z9781800648494$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648500$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648517$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648555$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648548$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648524$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800648531$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0320$2doi
=024  7\$a1357156066$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH332
=072   7$aJFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFMG$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAD$2bicssc
=072   7$aMJNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDR$2bicssc
=072   7$aMED050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED058090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY022020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI072000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI101000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHens, Kristien,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Antwerp.$0(orcid)0000000310627918$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1062-7918
=245  10$aChance Encounters :$bA Bioethics for a Damaged Planet /$cKristien Hens; illustrations by Christina Stadlbauer, Bart H.M. Vandeput.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+256 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"Christina Stadlbauer (illustrator) Bart H.M. Vandeput (illustrator)"--From publisher's website.
=505  0\$aNote to the reader regarding the choice of images and sketches viiPrologue: Van Rensselaer Potter ix1. A Foundation for Bioethics: Van Rensselaer Potter’s Legacy 12. Overview of the Arguments 9PART ONE: SCIENCE 133. Research Ethics all the Way Down 17The Curious Case of Paulo Macchiarini 17What Is Philosophy For? 214. Against Dualisms 25Debating Nature and Nurture 26Genes-Environment 31Epigenetics 415. Development and Ethics 51Development and Environment 51Development and Ethics 54PART TWO: CHANCE AND CREATIVITY 656. A Dog Is a Dog Is a Dog: Of Nature and Values 697. A Process Ontology for Bioethics 77Prehensions and Actual Occasions 77Whiteheadian Fallacies 828. Time, Culture and Creativity 87Time Is of the Essence 87World-Making: Creating and Being Created 929. Symbiosis and Interdependency 101PART THREE: EXPERIENCE 10910. Medical Ethics and Environmental Ethics 11311. Diseases, Disorders, Disabilities, and Norms 117Diseases: What They Are and Why It Matters 117Disability 122Canguilhem and The World-Making of Disease Judgements 125The Strange Case of Human Enhancement 13012. Standpoints 143Epistemic Standpoints and Epistemic (In)Justices 144The Role of the Bioethicist: Diplomats and Idiots 149PART FOUR: TROUBLES 15513. Bringing Back the Environment 15914. Caring Responsibilities 16715. Unforgetting The Past 17516. A Creative and Forward-Looking Bioethics 181PART FIVE: BIOETHICS 18717. Concepts: Risks 19118. Development: Autism Research 20519. Trouble: Crocodiles and Mice 21120. Creativity: A Game Inspiring A Bioethicist 219Epilogue: Thinking With 225Bibliography 231Index 245
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this rigorous and necessary book, Kristien Hens brings together bioethics and the philosophy of biology to argue that it is ethically necessary for scientific research to include a place for the philosopher. As well as ethical, their role is conceptual: they can improve the quality and coherence of scientific research by ensuring that particular concepts are used consistently and thoughtfully across interdisciplinary projects. Hens argues that chance and uncertainty play a central part in bioethics, but that these qualities can be in tension with the attempt to establish a given theory as scientific knowledge: in describing organisms and practices, in a sense we create the world. Hens contends that this is necessarily an ethical activity.Examining genetic research, biomedical ethics, autism research and the concept of risk, Hens illustrates that there is no ‘universal’ or ‘neutral’ state of scientific and clinical knowledge, and that attending to the situatedness of individual experience is essential to understand the world around us, to know its (and our) limitations, and to forge an ethical future.Chance Encounters is aimed at a broad audience of researchers in bioethics, philosophy, anthropology, sociology, as well as biomedical and environmental scientists. It will also be relevant to policymakers, and the artwork by Christina Stadlbauer and Bartaku will be of interest to artists and writers working at the intersection of art and science.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abioethics
=653  \\$aphilosophy of biology
=653  \\$arole of the philosopher
=653  \\$ascientific research
=653  \\$aimprove the quality and coherence
=653  \\$aresearch
=700  1\$aStadlbauer, Christina,$eillustrator.
=700  1\$aVandeput, Bart H.M.,$eillustrator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0320$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0320_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04342nam  22007092  4500
=001  c92dfb53-44b4-4938-ad3e-3d3aeabc51eb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361431
=020  \\$z9781805110392$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110408$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110415$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110453$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110446$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110422$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0347$2doi
=024  7\$a1399167380$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR448.P64
=072   7$aAFH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNTP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aART048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aANT005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAFH$2thema
=072   7$aAGA$2thema
=072   7$aWCS$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=245  00$aCheap Print and Street Literature of the Long Eighteenth Century /$cedited by David Atkinson, Steve Roud.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+388 pages): $b32 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Abbreviations1. Introduction2. Charles and Sarah Bates and the Transition from Black-Letter3. Pictures on the Street: Cheap Pictorial Prints in Eighteenth-Century Britain4. Popular Print in a Regional Capital: Street Literature and Public Controversy in Norwich, 1701–18005. Anthony Soulby, Chapbook Printer of Penrith (1740–1816)6. Chapmen’s Books Printed for Henry Woodgate and Samuel Brooks (1757–61)7. Slip Songs and Engraved Song Sheets8. ‘The Arethusa’: Slip Songs and the Mainstream Canon9. Story Books, Godly Books, Ballads, and Song Books: The Chapbook in Scotland, 1740–182010. Alphabet Pies, Animal Quacks, and Ugly Sisters: John Evans and the Growth of Cheap Books for Children11. Street Literature and Cheap Fiction12. AfterwordSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis deeply researched collection offers a comprehensive introduction to the eighteenth-century trade in street literature – ballads, chapbooks, and popular prints – in England and Scotland. Offering detailed studies of a selection of the printers, types of publication, and places of publication that constituted the cheap and popular print trade during the period, these essays delve into ballads, slip songs, story books, pictures, and more to push back against neat divisions between low and high culture, or popular and high literature.The breadth and depth of the contributions give a much fuller and more nuanced picture of what was being widely published and read during this period than has previously been available. It will be of great value to scholars and students of eighteenth-century popular culture and literature, print history and the book trade, ballad and folk studies, children’s literature, and social history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEighteenth-century trade
=653  \\$aStreet literature
=653  \\$aBallads
=653  \\$aChapbooks
=653  \\$aPopular prints
=653  \\$aPrinters
=653  \\$aBook trade
=700  1\$aAtkinson, David,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aberdeen.
=700  1\$aRoud, Steve,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0347$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0347_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05569nam  22006492  4500
=001  7fe53b7d-a76c-4257-ad4f-e9cc0f7297c1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394529
=020  \\$z9781800640177$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640184$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640191$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646285$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640221$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640207$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640214$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0223$2doi
=024  7\$a1196046795$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN1590.S6
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aANF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPWS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJWXK$2bicssc
=072   7$aDRA005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aDinesh, Nandita,$eauthor.$0(orcid)000000026864692X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6864-692X
=245  10$aChronicles from Kashmir :$bAn Annotated, Multimedia Script /$cNandita Dinesh.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+238 pages): $b20 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 2.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=500  \\$aLinks to videos are available from the Additinal Resources tab on the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aContentsVideos: Chronicles from KashmirGLOSSARYSummaries and Deconstructions Nandita DineshThe Schedule Nandita DineshThe Journey Begins Nandita DineshScene 0: Framing the Experience Nandita DineshScene One: The Experiment Nandita DineshScene Two: The Departure Nandita DineshScene Three: The Man & the Woman Nandita DineshINSTALLATION A Nandita DineshScene Four: The Artists Nandita DineshScene Five: The Puppets Nandita DineshINSTALLATION A Nandita DineshScene Six: The Incarcerated Nandita DineshScene Seven: The Soldiers Nandita DineshScene Eight: The Argumentation Cultures Nandita DineshThe First Coalition Nandita DineshScene Nine: The Sikhs Nandita DineshScene Ten: The Apples Nandita DineshINSTALLATION A Nandita DineshThe Second Coalition Nandita DineshScene Eleven: The Village-City Love Affair Nandita DineshA WEDDING and a CURFEWED NIGHT Nandita DineshScene Twelve: The Mirrors & a Poetic Lament Nandita DineshThe Third Coalition Nandita DineshScene Thirteen: The Pelters Nandita DineshScene Fourteen: The Banalities Nandita DineshScene Fifteen: The Time Nandita DineshINSTALLATION A Nandita DineshScene Sixteen: The Women Nandita DineshScene Seventeen: The Game Show Nandita DineshINSTALLATION A Nandita DineshScene Eighteen: The Hideout Nandita DineshScene Nineteen: The Return Nandita DineshScene Twenty: The Seesaws Nandita DineshScene Twenty-One: The Disappeared & the Police Nandita DineshScene Twenty-Two: The Hope Nandita DineshThe Last Coalition Nandita DineshBibliographyAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat is happening in Kashmir?’Chronicles from Kashmir explores this question through a site-adaptive 24-hour theatrical performance. Developed between 2013 and 2018 by the Ensemble Kashmir Theatre Akademi and Nandita Dinesh, the play uses a durational, promenade format to immerse its audience within a multitude of perspectives on life in Kashmir. From a wedding celebration that is interrupted by curfew, to schoolboys divided by policing strategies, and soldiers struggling with a toxic mixture of boredom and trauma, Chronicles from Kashmir uses performance, installation and collaborative creation to grapple with Kashmir’s conflicts through the lenses of outsiders, insiders, and everyone in between.Due to varying degrees of censorship and suppression, the play has not been performed live since 2017. This book is, therefore, an attempt to keep Chronicles from Kashmir alive by including filmed scenes, a script, contextual questions, a glossary, and illuminating introductions by Nandita Dinesh and EKTA founder Bhawani Bashir Yasir. A valuable Open Access resource for practitioners, educators and students of performance and conflict, this book is also stimulating reading for anybody who has asked, ‘What is happening in Kashmir?’This playscript includes:    Twenty filmed scenes of the play in performance    A range of contextual questions to stimulate discussion on staging site-adaptive theatre in places of conflict    A helpful glossary
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aChronicles from Kashmir
=653  \\$asite-adaptive
=653  \\$atheatrical performance
=653  \\$aEnsemble Kashmir Theatre Akademi
=653  \\$aKashmir
=653  \\$aEKTA
=653  \\$aBhawani Bashir Yasir
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 2.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0223$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0223_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04003nam  22006852  4500
=001  c5fe7f09-7dfb-4637-82c8-653a6cb683e7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452713
=020  \\$z9781906924539$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924546$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924553$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644434$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924638$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924645$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0016$2doi
=024  7\$a794698074$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6279.A4
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aCicero, Against Verres, 2.1.53–86 :$bLatin Text with Introduction, Study Questions, Commentary and English Translation /$cIngo Gildenhard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 197 pages): $b1 illustration, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsPrefaceIntroductionLatin text and study questionsCommentaryList of abbreviationsList of rhetorical termsTranslationAppendix: issues for further discussionMap
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLooting, despoiling temples, attempted rape and judicial murder: these are just some of the themes of this classic piece of writing by one of the world’s greatest orators. This particular passage is from the second book of Cicero’s Speeches against Verres, who was a former Roman magistrate on trial for serious misconduct. Cicero presents the lurid details of Verres’ alleged crimes in exquisite and sophisticated prose. This volume provides a portion of the original text of Cicero’s speech in Latin, a detailed commentary, study aids, and a translation. As a literary artefact, the speech gives us insight into how the supreme master of Latin eloquence developed what we would now call rhetorical "spin”. As an historical document, it provides a window into the dark underbelly of Rome’s imperial expansion and exploitation of the Near East. Ingo Gildenhard’s illuminating commentary on this A-Level set text will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both high school and undergraduate level. It will also be a valuable resource to Latin teachers and to anyone interested in Cicero, language and rhetoric, and the legal culture of Ancient Rome.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLatin
=653  \\$aA-Level Latin
=653  \\$aAncient Rome
=653  \\$arhetoric
=653  \\$aAncient History
=653  \\$alegal history
=653  \\$aLatin textbook
=653  \\$alanguage
=653  \\$aLatin commentary
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aCicero
=653  \\$ainteractive textbook
=653  \\$aRoman law
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0016$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0016_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05604nam  22006132  4500
=001  a03ba4d1-1576-41d0-9e8b-d74eccb682e2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467814
=020  \\$z9781783740772$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740789$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740796$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644724$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740802$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740819$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0045$2doi
=024  7\$a897484090$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDG258
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aCicero, On Pompey's Command (De Imperio), 27-49 :$bLatin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, Commentary, and Translation /$cIngo Gildenhard, Louise Hodgson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 285 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Preface and acknowledgements2. Introduction: why does the set text matter?3. Latin text with study questions and vocabulary aid     The Only Way is Pompey (§27)     The Perfect General, Pompey the Kid, and Mr. Experience (§28)     His Excellence (and Excellences) (§29)     Witnesses to the Truth! (§30)     Pacifying the Pond, or: Pompey and the Pirates (§31)     The Pirates of the Mediterranean (§32)     Pirates ante portas! (§33)     Pompey’s Cruise Control (I): ‘I Have a Fleet – and Need for Speed’ (§34)     Pompey’s Cruise Control (II): ‘I Have a Fleet – and Need for Speed’ (§35)    ‘Thou Art More Lovely and More Temperate’: Pompey’s Soft Sides (§36)     SPQR Confidential (§37)     Of Locusts and Leeches (§38)     Pompey the Peaceful, or: Imperialism with Gloves (§39)     No Sight-Seeing or Souvenirs for the Perfect General (§40)     Saint Pompey (§41)     Peace for our Time (§42)     Rumour and Renown: Pompey’s auctoritas (§43)     Case Study I: The Socio-Economics of Pompey’s auctoritas (§44)     Case Study II: Pompey’s auctoritas and psychological warfare (§45)     Auctoritas Supreme (§46)     Felicitas, or how not to ‘Sull(a)y’ Pompey (§47)     The Darling of the Gods (§48)     Summing Up (§49)4. Commentary5. Further resources     Chronological table: the parallel lives of Pompey and Cicero     The speech in summary, or: what a Roman citizen may have heard in the forum     Translation of §§ 27-49     The protagonists: Cicero – Pompey – Manilius     The historical context (the contio, imperial expansion, civil wars, the shadow of Sulla, extraordinary commands)     List of rhetorical terms6. Bibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn republican times, one of Rome's deadliest enemies was King Mithridates of Pontus. In 66 BCE, after decades of inconclusive struggle, the tribune Manilius proposed a bill that would give supreme command in the war against Mithridates to Pompey the Great, who had just swept the Mediterranean clean of another menace: the pirates. While powerful aristocrats objected to the proposal, which would endow Pompey with unprecedented powers, the bill proved hugely popular among the people, and one of the praetors, Marcus Tullius Cicero, also hastened to lend it his support. In his first ever political speech, variously entitled pro lege Manilia or de imperio Gnaei Pompei, Cicero argues that the war against Mithridates requires the appointment of a perfect general and that the only man to live up to such lofty standards is Pompey. In the section under consideration here, Cicero defines the most important hallmarks of the ideal military commander and tries to demonstrate that Pompey is his living embodiment. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and a commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, the incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both AS and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis and historical background to encourage critical engagement with Cicero's prose and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCicero
=653  \\$aPompey
=653  \\$aDe Imperio
=653  \\$aPirates
=653  \\$aAncient Rome
=653  \\$aRoman Republic
=700  1\$aHodgson, Louise,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0045$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0045_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06006nam  22006852  4500
=001  7e753cbc-c74b-4214-a565-2300f544be77
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467309
=020  \\$z9781783745890$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745906$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745913$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645745$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746255$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745920$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745937$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0156$2doi
=024  7\$a1057840148$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6280.A32
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aCicero, Philippic 2, 44–50, 78–92, 100–119 :$bLatin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary /$cIngo Gildenhard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 480 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$a"Tailored to the OCR Latin AS and A Level specifications from 2019-2021"--Publisher's website.
=505  0\$aPreface and AcknowledgementsIntroduction1. Contexts and Paratexts2. The Second Philippic as a Rhetorical Artifact – and Invective Oratory3. Why Read Cicero’s Second Philippic Today?TextCommentary§ 44 A Glance at Teenage Antony: Insolvent, Transgendered, Pimped, and Groomed§ 45 Desire and Domesticity: Antony’s Escapades as Curio’s Toy-Boy§ 46 Family Therapy: Cicero as Counselor§ 47 Hitting ‘Fast-Forward’, or: How to Pull Off a Praeteritio§ 48 Antony Adrift§ 49 Credit for Murder§ 50 With Caesar in Gaul: Profligacy and Profiteering§ 78 Caesar’s Approach to HR, or Why Antony Has What it Takes§ 79 The Art of Nepotism§ 80 Antony Augur, Addled and Addling§ 81 Compounding Ignorance through Impudence§ 82 Antony Galloping after Caesar Only to Hold his Horses§ 83 Antony’s Fake Auspices§ 84 On to the Lupercalia… § 85 Vive le roi! Le roi est mort§ 86 Antony as Willing Slave and Would-Be King-Maker§ 87 Historical Precedent Demands Antony’s Instant Execution§ 88 Antony on the Ides of March§ 89 No Compromise with a Public Enemy!§ 90 Antony’s Finest Hour§ 91 Antony as Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde§ 92 Selling the Empire§ 100 Further Forgeries and a Veteran Foundation§ 101 Revels and Remunerations§ 102 Antony Colonized a Colony!§ 103 Antony’s Enrichment Activities§ 104 Animal House§ 105 Animal House: The Sequel§ 106 Antony Cocooned§ 107 Symbolic Strutting after Caesar § 108 Swords Galore, or: Antony’s Return to Rome§ 109 Playing Fast and Loose with Caesar’s Legislation§ 110 Caesar: Dead Duck or Deified Dictator?§ 111 A Final Look at Antony’s Illoquence§ 112 The Senate Under Armour§ 113 The Res Publica Has Watchers!§ 114 Caesar’s Assassination: A Deed of Unprecedented Exemplarity§ 115 Looking for the Taste of (Genuine) Glory… § 116 Caesar You Are Not! § 117 Once Burnt Lesson Learnt!§ 118 Here I Stand. I Can Do Naught Else§ 119 Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death!Bibliography1. On-line Resources2. Secondary Literatur
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aCicero composed his incendiary Philippics only a few months after Rome was rocked by the brutal assassination of Julius Caesar. In the tumultuous aftermath of Caesar’s death, Cicero and Mark Antony found themselves on opposing sides of an increasingly bitter and dangerous battle for control. Philippic 2 was a weapon in that war.Conceived as Cicero’s response to a verbal attack from Antony in the Senate, Philippic 2 is a rhetorical firework that ranges from abusive references to Antony’s supposedly sordid sex life to a sustained critique of what Cicero saw as Antony’s tyrannical ambitions. Vituperatively brilliant and politically committed, it is both a carefully crafted literary artefact and an explosive example of crisis rhetoric. It ultimately led to Cicero’s own gruesome death.This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, vocabulary aids, study questions, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s volume will be of particular interest to students of Latin studying for A-Level or on undergraduate courses. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Cicero, his oratory, the politics of late-republican Rome, and the transhistorical import of Cicero’s politics of verbal (and physical) violence.
=536  \\$aKing's College, University of Cambridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCicero
=653  \\$aPhilippics
=653  \\$aJulius Caesar
=653  \\$aMark Antony
=653  \\$athe Senate
=653  \\$arhetoric
=653  \\$aoriginal Latin text
=653  \\$avocabulary aids
=653  \\$astudy questions
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$aA-Level
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0156$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0156_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06306nam  22008772  4500
=001  60ca9f14-9160-4674-b20b-cb35778ea983
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020479107
=020  \\$z9781800641464$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641471$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641488$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646452$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641518$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641495$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641501$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0247$2doi
=024  7\$a1276901821$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aK1420.5
=072   7$aLNR$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNRC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNTP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aAV$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGF$2bicssc
=072   7$aAPF$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW050010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO001000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aCirculation and Control :$bArtistic Culture and Intellectual Property in the Nineteenth Century /$cedited by Marie-Stéphanie Delamaire, Will Slauter.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+528 pages): $b114 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributor BiographiesAcknowledgements1. Law, Culture, and Industry: Toward a History of Intellectual Property for Visual Works in the Long Nineteenth CenturyMarie-Stéphanie Delamaire and Will Slauter2. The First Copyright Case under the 1735 Engravings Act: The Germination of Visual Copyright?Isabella Alexander and Cristina S. Martinez3. Who Owns Washington? Gilbert Stuart and the Battle for Artistic Property in the Early American RepublicMarie-Stéphanie Delamaire4. The Scope of Artistic Copyright in Nineteenth-Century EnglandSimon Stern5. The ‘Death of Chatterton’ Case: Reproductive Engraving, Stereoscopic Photography, and Copyright for Paintings circa 1860Will Slauter6. Before an Image Was Worth a Thousand Words: Ben-Hur and Copyright’s Right of DerivativesOren Bracha7. The Frame Maker/Picture Dealer: A Crucial Intermediary in the Nineteenth-Century American Popular Print MarketErika Piola8. Piracy, Copyright, and the Transnational Trade in Illustrations of News in the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyThomas Smits9. (Re)Assembling Reference Books and Recycling Images: The Wood Engravings of the W. & R. Chambers FirmRose Roberto10. Architectural Copyright, Painters and Public Space in Mid-Nineteenth-Century BritainElena Cooper and Marta Iljadica11. Nineteenth-Century American Sculpture and United States Design PatentsKaren Lemmey12. New or Improved? American Photography and Patents ca. 1840s to 1860sShannon Perich13. King Tāwhiao’s Photograph: Copyright, Celebrity, and the Commercial Image in Nineteenth-Century New ZealandJill Haley14. ‘Photography VS the Press’: Copyright Law and the Rise of the Photographically Illustrated PressKatherine MintieList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe nineteenth century witnessed a series of revolutions in the production and circulation of images. From lithographs and engraved reproductions of paintings to daguerreotypes, stereoscopic views, and mass-produced sculptures, works of visual art became available in a wider range of media than ever before. But the circulation and reproduction of artworks also raised new questions about the legal rights of painters, sculptors, engravers, photographers, architects, collectors, publishers, and subjects of representation (such as sitters in paintings or photographs). Copyright and patent laws tussled with informal cultural norms and business strategies as individuals and groups attempted to exert some degree of control over these visual creations. With contributions by art historians, legal scholars, historians of publishing, and specialists of painting, photography, sculpture, and graphic arts, this rich collection of essays explores the relationship between intellectual property laws and the cultural, economic, and technological factors that transformed the pictorial landscape during the nineteenth century.This book will be valuable reading for historians of art and visual culture; legal scholars who work on the history of copyright and patent law; and literary scholars and historians who work in the field of book history. It will also resonate with anyone interested in current debates about the circulation and control of images in our digital age.
=536  \\$aWinterthur Museum, Garden & Library
=536  \\$aFrench National Centre for Scientific Research
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aproduction of images
=653  \\$acirculation of images
=653  \\$alithographs
=653  \\$aengravings
=653  \\$apaintings
=653  \\$adagerreotypes
=653  \\$astereoscopic view
=653  \\$asculpture
=653  \\$avisual art
=653  \\$acopyright
=653  \\$apatents
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$alaw
=653  \\$apublishing
=653  \\$agraphic arts
=653  \\$aintellectual property
=653  \\$aculture
=653  \\$aeconomics
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=653  \\$ahistory
=700  1\$aDelamaire, Marie-Stéphanie,$eeditor.$uWinterthur Museum, Garden & Library.
=700  1\$aSlauter, Will,$eeditor.$uSorbonne Université.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0247$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0247_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05759nam  22007452  4500
=001  fd4d3c2a-355f-4bc0-83cb-1cd6764976e7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447283
=020  \\$z9781800641136$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641143$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641150$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646421$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641181$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641167$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641174$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0242$2doi
=024  7\$a1245927157$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML3916
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC4$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aClassical Music :$bContemporary Perspectives and Challenges /$cedited by Michael Beckerman, Paul Boghossian.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xlviii+204 pages): $b15 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aTable of ContentsList of IllustrationsAuthor BiographiesPreface Paul BoghossianIntroduction Michael Beckerman1. The Enduring Value of Classical Music in the Western Tradition Ellen Harris and Michael Beckerman2. The Live Concert Experience: Its Nature and Value Christopher Peacocke and Kit Fine3. Education and Classical Music Michael Beckerman, Ara Guzelimian, Ellen Harris and Jenny Judge4. Music Education and Child Development Assal Habibi, Hanna Damasio and Antonio Damasio5. A Report on New Music Alex Ross6. The Evolving Role of Music Journalism Zachary Woolfe and Alex Ross7. The Serious Business of the Arts: Good Governance in Twenty-First-Century America Deborah Borda8. Audience Building and Financial Health in the Nonprofit Performing Arts: Current Literature and Unanswered Questions (Executive Summary) Francie Ostrower and Thad Calabrese9. Are Labor and Management (Finally) Working Together to Save the Day? The COVID-19 Crisis in Orchestras Matthew VanBesien10. Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Racial Injustice in the Classical Music Professions: A Call to Action Susan Feder and Anthony McGill11. The Interface between Classical Music and Technology Laurent Bayle and Catherine Provenzano12. Expanding Audiences in Miami: The New World Symphony’s New Audiences Initiative Howard Herring and Craig Hall13. Attracting New Audiences at the BBC Tom Service14. Contemporary Classical Music: A Komodo Dragon? New Opportunities Exemplified by a Concert Series in South Korea Unsuk Chin and Maris Gothoni15. The Philharmonie de Paris, the Démos Project, and New Directions in Classical Music Laurent Bayle16. What Classical Music Can Learn from the Plastic Arts Olivier BerggruenIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis kaleidoscopic collection reflects on the multifaceted world of classical music as it advances through the twenty-first century. With insights drawn from leading composers, performers, academics, journalists, and arts administrators, special focus is placed on classical music’s defining traditions, challenges and contemporary scope. Innovative in structure and approach, the volume comprises two parts. The first provides detailed analyses of issues central to classical music in the present day, including diversity, governance, the identity and perception of classical music, and the challenges facing the achievement of financial stability in non-profit arts organizations. The second part offers case studies, from Miami to Seoul, of the innovative ways in which some arts organizations have responded to the challenges analyzed in the first part. Introductory material, as well as several of the essays, provide some preliminary thoughts about the impact of the crisis year 2020 on the world of classical music.Classical Music: Contemporary Perspectives and Challenges will be a valuable and engaging resource for all readers interested in the development of the arts and classical music, especially academics, arts administrators and organizers, and classical music practitioners and audiences.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aclassical music
=653  \\$acomposers
=653  \\$amusicians
=653  \\$atwenty-first century
=653  \\$aperformers
=653  \\$aacademics
=653  \\$ajournalists
=653  \\$aarts administrators
=653  \\$atraditions
=653  \\$achallenges
=653  \\$adiversity
=653  \\$agovernance
=653  \\$aidentity
=653  \\$aperception
=653  \\$achallenges
=653  \\$afinancial stability
=653  \\$anon-profit arts organizations
=653  \\$acase studies
=700  1\$aBeckerman, Michael,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=700  1\$aBoghossian, Paul,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0242$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0242_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05208nam  22006252  4500
=001  e94b6342-2de7-4160-b25b-ee17eda7bd61
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805110736$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110743$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110750$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110798$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110767$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0353$2doi
=024  7\$a1419383163$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC4$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS041000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVLA$2thema
=072   7$aAVM$2thema
=072   7$aAVA$2thema
=245  00$aClassical Music Futures :$bPractices of Innovation /$cedited by Neil Thomas Smith, Peter Peters, Karoly Molina.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+412 pages): $b32 illustrations, 4 tables, 9 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsClassical Music Futures: An IntroductionWhose Future?    Roundtable 1: Whose Future? Classical Music has a Diversity ProblemRoundtable 2: Documenting Change: The Role of Best-Practice GuidelinesUntil George Floyd: An Afrofuturist Perspective on the Future of Classical Music and OperaThe Voice Party - A New Opera for a New Political EraFuture Musicians    Becoming a Classical Musician of the Future: The Effects of Training and Experience on Performer Attitudes to InnovationThe Global Conservatoire: Towards an integrated Approach to Developing 21st-Century ArtistsMeaningful Music in Healthcare: Professional Development and Discovered Identities of Classical Musicians Working in Hospital WardsInnovating Institutions    Roundtable 3: Orchestras in a Changing ClimateIs it time for Brahms again?The Environmental Sustainability of Symphony Orchestras: Challenges and Potential SolutionsLearning from the Art Museum    The ‘Museum Problem’ Revisited: Learning from Contemporary Art ConservationFuturing Classical Music Through Contemporary Visual Art: Innovative Performance and Listening in the Works of the Artist Anri SalaSpace and Proximity    Changing Rooms: A Diary of Spatial InnovationMonsieur Croche – Concerts at Eye LevelStrategies of Proximity: Breaking Away from the Standard Classical ConcertAudiences of the Future - How can Streamed Music Performance Replicate the Live Music Experience?Artificial Intelligence    Artificial Intelligence and the Symphony OrchestraGhosts of the Hidden LayerList of IllustrationsList of Audio FilesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume brings together contributions from a wide range of international academics and practitioners. It traces innovations within classical music practice, showing how these offer divergent visions for its future. The interdisciplinary contributions to the volume highlight the way contrasting ideas of the future can effect change in the present. A rich balance of theoretical and practical discussion brings authority to this collection, which lays the foundations for timely responses to challenges ranging from the concept of the musical work, and the colonial values within Western musical culture, to unsustainable models of orchestral touring. The authors highlight how labour to meet the demands of particular futures for classical music might impact its creation and consumption, presenting case studies to capture the mediating roles of technology and community engagement.This book will be of interest to scholars and students in the fields of musicology and the sociology of music, as well as a general audience of practitioners, freelance musicians, music administrators and educators.
=536  \\$aMaastricht University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aClassical music
=653  \\$aInnovations
=653  \\$aInterdisciplinary
=653  \\$aDecolonization of classical music
=653  \\$aTechnology
=653  \\$aCommunity engagement
=700  1\$aSmith, Neil Thomas,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.
=700  1\$aPeters, Peter,$eeditor.$uMaastricht University.
=700  1\$aMolina, Karoly,$eeditor.$uMaastricht University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0353$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0353_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04826nam  22006372  4500
=001  9ea10b68-b23c-4562-b0ca-03ba548889a3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452803
=020  \\$z9781906924126$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924133$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924140$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644328$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0005$2doi
=024  7\$a608626377$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4483
=072   7$aLAZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAW060000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHough, Barry,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Portsmouth.
=245  10$aColeridge's Laws :$bA Study of Coleridge in Malta /$cBarry Hough, Howard Davis; translated by Lydia Davis.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxix+ 376 pages): $b15 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction by Michael John Kooy1. The Battle of Self2. Coleridge's Malta3. The Constitutional Position of the Civil Commissioner4. Coleridge's Proclamations and Public Notices5. Thematic Analysis of the Proclamations and Public Notices6. An Assessment of the Proclamations and Public NoticesAppendix 1. Translations of the Proclamations and Public Notices (by Lydia Davis)Appendix 2. The British Occupation of MaltaReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSamuel Taylor Coleridge is best known as a great poet and literary theorist, but for one, quite short, period of his life he held real political power — acting as Public Secretary to the British Civil Commissioner in Malta in 1805. This was a formative experience for Coleridge which he later identified as being one of the most instructive in his entire life. In this book, Barry Hough and Howard Davis show how Coleridge's actions whilst in a position of power differ markedly from the idealism he had advocated before taking office — shedding new light on Coleridge's sense of political and legal morality. Meticulously researched and including newly discovered archival materials, Coleridge's Laws provides detailed analysis of the laws and public notices drafted by Coleridge, together with the first published translations of them. Drawing from a wealth of primary sources, Hough and Davis identify the political challenges facing Coleridge and reveal that, in attempting to win over the Maltese public to support Britain's strategic interests, Coleridge was complicit in acts of government which were both inconsistent with the rule of law and contrary to his professed beliefs. Coleridge's willingness to overlook accepted legal processes and personal misgivings for political expediency is disturbing and, as explained by Michael John Kooy in his extensive introduction, necessarily alters our understanding of the author and his writing. Coleridge's Laws contributes in new ways to the current debates about Coleridge's achievements, British colonialism and its engagement with the rule of law, nationhood and the effectiveness of the British administration of Malta. It provides essential reading for anybody interested in Coleridge specifically and the Romantics more generally, for political and legal historians and for students of colonial government.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSamuel Taylor Coleridge
=653  \\$aMalta
=653  \\$aRomantic literature
=653  \\$alegal history
=653  \\$acolonialism
=653  \\$aMaltese history
=653  \\$aBritish imperial history
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=653  \\$aRomanticism
=653  \\$apolitical history
=653  \\$acolonial government
=700  1\$aDavis, Howard,$eauthor.$uBangor University.
=700  1\$aDavis, Lydia,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aKooy, Micheal John,$eintroduction by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0005$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0005_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04608nam  22006372  4500
=001  98776400-e985-488d-a3f1-9d88879db3cf
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467890
=020  \\$z9781783741120$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741137$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741144$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644861$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746446$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741151$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741168$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0059$2doi
=024  7\$a915725025$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aUA832.5
=072   7$aJPSD$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPSF$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL011010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL054000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aComplexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia :$bForeign Policies and the Korean Peninsula /$cedited by Peter Hayes, Kiho Yi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 456 pages): $b37 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsPreface by Peter Hayes and Kiho Yi1. Introduction by Peter Hayes, Kiho Yi, and Joan Diamond2. Global Problems, Complexity, and Civil Society in East Asia by Peter Hayes and Richard Tanter3. Energy Security and the Role of Green Economies in East Asia by David von Hippel with Yi Wang, Kae Takase, Tetsunari Iida, Myungrae Cho, and Sun-Jin Yun4. Urban Security and Complexity in Northeast Asia by Sanghun Lee and Takayuki Minato with Peter Hayes5. Complexity and Weapons of Mass Destruction in Northeast Asia by Peter Hayes and Roger Cavazos6. The Implications of Civic Diplomacy for ROK Foreign Policy by Kiho Yi and Peter Hayes with Joan Diamond, Steven Denney, Christopher Green, and Jungmin Seo7. Anticipating Complex Northeast Asian Futures by Peter Hayes, Joan Diamond, and Kiho YiBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aComplexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia offers the latest understanding of complex global problems including nuclear weapons, urban insecurity, energy, and climate change in the region. Detailed case studies in China, North and South Korea, and Japan demonstrate the importance of civil society and 'civic diplomacy' in reaching shared solutions to these problems in East Asia and beyond. Each chapter describes regional civil society initiatives that tackle complex challenges to East Asia’s security. In so doing the book presents key pressure points at which civil society can push for constructive changes ― especially ones that reduce the North Korean threat to its neighbors. Unusually, this book is both theoretical and practical. Complexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia identifies strategies that can be led by civil society and negotiated by its diplomats to realize peace, security and sustainability worldwide. It shows that networked civic diplomacy offers solutions to these urgent issues in ways that official ‘complex diplomacy’ cannot. By providing a new theoretical framework based on empirical observation, the book is a must read for diplomats, scholars, students, journalists, activists and individual readers seeking insight into how to solve the crucial issues of our time. 
=536  \\$aThe Nautilus Institute for Security and Sustainability
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCivil society
=653  \\$acivic diplomacy
=653  \\$anuclear weapons
=653  \\$aurban insecurity
=653  \\$aenergy
=653  \\$aclimate change
=653  \\$aChina
=653  \\$aKorea
=653  \\$aJapan
=700  1\$aHayes, Peter,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Sydney.
=700  1\$aYi, Kiho,$eeditor.$uHanshin University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0059$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0059_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04990nam  22007212  4500
=001  296c6880-6212-48d2-b327-2c13b6e28d5f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452860
=020  \\$z9781783747504$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747511$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747528$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645912$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747559$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747535$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747542$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0177$2doi
=024  7\$a1193076125$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH77.A37
=072   7$a1HF$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNC$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aRNC$2thema
=072   7$aRNK$2thema
=072   7$aWNC$2thema
=100  1\$aWilson, John W.,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000272301449$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7230-1449
=245  10$aConservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa /$cJohn W. Wilson, Richard B. Primack.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiv+660 pages): $b223 illustrations, 16 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional material including teaching resources and updates will be made available on the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aContentsList of BoxesForewordPrefaceAcknowledgementsList of AcronymsChapter 1: What is Conservation Biology?Chapter 2: Introduction to Sub-Saharan AfricaChapter 3: What is Biodiversity?Chapter 4: Why Should We Protect Biodiversity?Chapter 5: The Scramble for SpaceChapter 6: Our Warming WorldChapter 7: Pollution, Overharvesting, Invasive Species, and DiseaseChapter 8: Extinction is ForeverChapter 9: Applied Population BiologyChapter 10: Conserving EcosystemsChapter 11: Preventing ExtinctionsChapter 12: Biodiversity and the LawChapter 13: The Importance of Protected AreasChapter 14: Conservation on Unprotected LandsChapter 15: An Agenda for the FutureAppendix A: Selected Sources of InformationAppendix B: Selected Environmental OrganisationsAppendix C: Obtaining Conservation FundingAppendix D: Environmental CalendarGlossaryIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aConservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa comprehensively explores the challenges and potential solutions to key conservation issues in Sub-Saharan Africa.Easy to read, this lucid and accessible textbook includes fifteen chapters that cover a full range of conservation topics, including threats to biodiversity, environmental laws, and protected areas management, as well as related topics such as sustainability, poverty, and human-wildlife conflict. This rich resource also includes a background discussion of what conservation biology is, a wide range of theoretical approaches to the subject, and concrete examples of conservation practice in specific African contexts. Strategies are outlined to protect biodiversity whilst promoting economic development in the region.Boxes covering specific themes written by scientists who live and work throughout the region are included in each chapter, together with recommended readings and suggested discussion topics. Each chapter also includes an extensive bibliography.Conservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa provides the most up-to-date study in the field. It is an essential resource, available on-line without charge, for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a handy guide for professionals working to stop the rapid loss of biodiversity in Sub-Saharan Africa and elsewhere.
=536  \\$aThe Lounsbery Foundation
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSub-Saharan Africa
=653  \\$atextbook
=653  \\$aconservation
=653  \\$abiodiversity
=653  \\$aenvironmental laws
=653  \\$aprotected areas management
=653  \\$asustainability
=653  \\$apoverty
=653  \\$ahuman-wildlife conflict
=653  \\$aAfrica
=653  \\$atextbook
=700  1\$aPrimack, Richard B.,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000237489853$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3748-9853
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0177$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0177_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03684nam  22005532  4500
=001  97dc49bd-eea8-4a4d-8290-974634bc1342
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447505
=020  \\$z9781800642782$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642799$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642805$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646599$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642836$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642812$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642829$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0268$2doi
=024  7\$a1288423145$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBF335
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPC$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBovens, Luc,$eauthor.$uUniversity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.$0(orcid)0000000239371373$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3937-1373
=245  10$aCoping :$bA Philosophical Guide /$cLuc Bovens.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+162 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgmentsAuthor and Illustrator BiographiesWhy This Book? Luc Bovens1. Hope Luc Bovens2. Death Luc Bovens3. Love Luc Bovens4. Reconciliation Luc Bovens5. Self-Management Luc Bovens6. Counsel Luc BovensFinal Words Luc BovensAdditional Teaching Materials Luc BovensDiscussion Questions Luc BovensLinks Luc BovensIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aCoping and Philosophy is a collection of philosophical essays on how we deal with life’s challenges. We hope for better times, but what is hope and is it a good thing to hope? How do we look back and make sense of our lives in the face of death? What is the nature of love and how do we deal with its hardships? What makes for a genuine apology and is there too much or too little apologizing in this world? Can we effect changes in ourselves to adapt to our circumstances? And how can we sense of all the counsel that people have: be grateful, don’t cry over spilled milk, eat well, …This volume is a perfect companion text for courses such as Philosophy of Life, The Meaning of Life, or for a moral psychology component in an Ethics course. The material is written for readers who are new to philosophy and progresses in short blog-style sections. It draws on literature, music, podcasts, and news items. Each chapter has a set of questions for discussion or essay writing and suggestions for material to explore the topic further.
=536  \\$aUniversity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill$eParr Center for Ethics
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aphilosophical essay
=653  \\$alife’s challenges
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0268$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0268_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04826nam  22006132  4500
=001  e5ade02a-2f32-495a-b879-98b54df04c0a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467885
=020  \\$z9781783741328$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741335$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741342$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644946$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746392$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741359$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741366$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0068$2doi
=024  7\$a993988513$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDG249
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMulligan, Bret,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000275936917$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7593-6917
=245  10$aCornelius Nepos, Life of Hannibal :$bLatin Text, Notes, Maps, Illustrations and Vocabulary /$cBret Mulligan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 162 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDickinson College Commentaries ;$vvol. 1.$x2059-5751$x2059-5743
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceAcknowledgementsList of Illustrations1. Life of Nepos2. Reading Nepos3. Historical Context and HannibalBibliographyChronology of Hannibal’s LifeText of Nepos’ Life of HannibalNotesFull Vocabulary for Nepos’ Life of Hannibal and Prologus to the Lives of Outstanding CommandersPrefaceAcknowledgementsList of Illustrations1. Life of Nepos2. Reading Nepos3. Historical Context and HannibalBibliographyChronology of Hannibal’s LifeText of Nepos’ Life of HannibalNotesFull Vocabulary for Nepos’ Life of Hannibal and Prologus to the Lives of Outstanding Commanders
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTrebia. Trasimene. Cannae. With three stunning victories, Hannibal humbled Rome and nearly shattered its empire. Even today Hannibal's brilliant, if ultimately unsuccessful, campaign against Rome during the Second Punic War (218-202 BC) make him one of history's most celebrated military leaders. This biography by Cornelius Nepos (c. 100-27 BC) sketches Hannibal's life from the time he began traveling with his father's army as a young boy, through his sixteen-year invasion of Italy and his tumultuous political career in Carthage, to his perilous exile and eventual suicide in the East.As Rome completed its bloody transition from dysfunctional republic to stable monarchy, Nepos labored to complete an innovative and influential collection of concise biographies. Putting aside the detailed, chronological accounts of military campaigns and political machinations that characterized most writing about history, Nepos surveyed Roman and Greek history for distinguished men who excelled in a range of prestigious occupations. In the exploits and achievements of these illustrious men, Nepos hoped that his readers would find models for the honorable conduct of their own lives. Although most of Nepos' works have been lost, we are fortunate to have his biography of Hannibal. Nepos offers a surprisingly balanced portrayal of a man that most Roman authors vilified as the most monstrous foe that Rome had ever faced.Nepos' straightforward style and his preference for common vocabulary make Life of Hannibal accessible for those who are just beginning to read continuous Latin prose, while the historical interest of the subject make it compelling for readers of every ability.This book contains embedded audio files of the original text read aloud by Christopher Francese.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCornelius Nepos
=653  \\$aHannibal
=653  \\$aChartage
=653  \\$aAncient Rome
=653  \\$aPunic wars
=653  \\$aLatin literature
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDickinson College Commentaries ;$vvol. 1.$x2059-5751$x2059-5743
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0068$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0068_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06272nam  22006852  4500
=001  6c86acc9-89a0-4b17-bcdd-520d33fc4f54
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376759
=020  \\$z9781783749294$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749300$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749317$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646162$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749348$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749324$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749331$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0206$2doi
=024  7\$a1157690379$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP115
=072   7$aC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFDM$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aCreative Multilingualism :$bA Manifesto /$cedited by Katrin Kohl, Rajinder Dudrah, Andrew Gosler, Suzanne Graham, Martin Maiden, Wen-chin Ouyang.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+324 pages): $b38 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsCreative Multilingualism – A ManifestoIntroducing Creative Multilingualism Katrin Kohl and Wen-chin Ouyang1. The Creative Power of Metaphor Katrin Kohl, Marianna Bolognesi and Ana Werkmann Horvat2. Creating a Meaningful World: Nature in Name, Metaphor and Myth Karen Park, Felice S. Wyndham, Andrew Gosler and John Fanshawe3. Not as 'Foreign' as You Think: Creating Bridges of Understanding across Languages Martin Maiden, Chiara Cappellaro and Aditi Lahiri4. A Breath of Fresh Air… Ivan Vyrypaev's Oxygen (2002): From Moscow to Birmingham via Oxford Rajinder Dudrah, Julie Curtis, Philip Ross Bullock and Noah Birksted-Breen5. Multilingualism and Creativity in World Literature Wen-chin Ouyang6. Prismatic Translation Matthew Reynolds, Sowon S. Park and Kate Clanchy7. Getting Creative in the Languages Classroom Suzanne Graham, Linda Fisher, Julia Hofweber and Heike Krüsemann8. Inspiring Language Learners Jane Hiddleston, Laura Lonsdale, Chiara Cappellaro and Daniel Tyler-McTighe9. Languages at Work Katrin Kohl and Jonathan Black10. Creating Languages Katrin KohlWhy Learn a Language? Katrin KohlFind Out MoreBibliographyList of IllustrationsNotes on the Authors and ContributorsAcknowledgementsIndexAbout the publishing team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMultilingualism is integral to the human condition. Hinging on the concept of Creative Multilingualism – the idea that language diversity and creativity are mutually enriching – this timely and thought-provoking volume shows how the concept provides a matrix for experimentation with ideas, approaches and methods.The book presents four years of joint research on Creative Multilingualism conducted across disciplines, from the humanities through to the social and natural sciences. It is structured as a manifesto, comprising ten major statements which are unpacked and explored through various case studies across ten chapters. They encompass areas including the rich relationship between language diversity and diversity of identity, thought and expression; the interaction between language diversity and biodiversity; the ‘prismatic’ unfolding of meaning in translation; the benefits of linguistic creativity in a classroom-setting; and the ingenuity underpinning ‘conlangs’ (‘constructed languages’) such as Tolkien’s Quenya and Sindarin, designed to give imagined peoples a distinctive medium capable of expressing their cultural identity.Creative Multilingualism: A Manifesto is a welcome contribution to the field of modern languages, highlighting the intricate relationship between multilingualism and creativity, and, crucially, reaching beyond an Anglo-centric view of the world. Intended to spark further research and discussion, this book appeals to young people interested in languages, language learning and cultural exchange. It will be a valuable resource for academics, educators, policy makers and parents of bilingual or multilingual children. Its accessible style also speaks to general readers interested in the role of language diversity in our everyday lives, and the untapped creative potential of multilingualism. 
=536  \\$aArts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC)$eOpen World Research Initiative
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMultilingualism
=653  \\$ahuman condition
=653  \\$aCreative Multilingualism
=653  \\$alanguage
=653  \\$ahumanities
=653  \\$asocial sciences
=653  \\$anatural sciences
=700  1\$aKohl, Katrin,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000234855037$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3485-5037
=700  1\$aDudrah, Rajinder,$eeditor.$uBirmingham City University.$0(orcid)000000020295724X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0295-724X
=700  1\$aGosler, Andrew,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000280748064$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8074-8064
=700  1\$aGraham, Suzanne,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Reading.$0(orcid)0000000277433977$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7743-3977
=700  1\$aMaiden, Martin,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aOuyang, Wen-chin,$eeditor.$uSchool of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), University of London.$0(orcid)0000000233567391$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3356-7391
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0206$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0206_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04730nam  22005652  4500
=001  10ddfb3d-3434-46f8-a3bb-14dfc0ce9591
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467786
=020  \\$z9781783740673$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740680$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740697$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644748$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740703$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740710$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0047$2doi
=024  7\$a894506962$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aCC135
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aGM$2bicssc
=072   7$aART056000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL038000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aCultural Heritage Ethics :$bBetween Theory and Practice /$cedited by Sandis Constantine.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx + 208 pages): $b51 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsPreface and AcknowledgmentsIntroductionI. Meaning and Memory1. Constantine Sandis, Culture, Heritage, and Ethics2. James Fox, Poppy Politics: Remembrance of Things Present3. Benjamin Ramm, The Meaning of the Public in an Age of PrivatisationII. History and Archaeology4. Nira Wickramasinghe, History as Heritage: Producing the Present in Post-War Sri Lanka5. William St Clair, Looking at the Acropolis of Athens from Modern Times to Antiquity6. Sudeshna Guha, South Asian Heritage and Archaeological Practices7. Geoffrey Scarre, The Ethics of DiggingIII. Ownership and Restitution8. Sir John Boardman, 'National' Heritage and Scholarship9. Tom Flynn, Fear of Cultural Objects10. Sir Mark Jones, RestitutionIV. Management and Protection11. Michael F. Brown, The Possibilities and Perils of Heritage Management12. Geoffrey Belcher, Values in World Heritage Sites13. Marie Cornu, Safeguarding Heritage: From Legal Rights over Objects to Legal Rights for Individuals and Communities?             AppendixLinks to Selected International Conventions and Charters on Cultural Heritage
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTheory without practice is empty, practice without theory is blind, to adapt a phrase from Immanuel Kant. The sentiment could not be truer of cultural heritage ethics. This intra-disciplinary book bridges the gap between theory and practice by bringing together a stellar cast of academics, activists, consultants, journalists, lawyers, and museum practitioners, each contributing their own expertise to the wider debate of what cultural heritage means in the twenty-first century.Cultural Heritage Ethics provides cutting-edge arguments built on case studies of cultural heritage and its management in a range of geographical and cultural contexts. Moreover, the volume feels the pulse of the debate on heritage ethics by discussing timely issues such as access, acquisition, archaeological practice, curatorship, education, ethnology, historiography, integrity, legislation, memory, museum management, ownership, preservation, protection, public trust, restitution, human rights, stewardship, and tourism.This volume is neither a textbook nor a manifesto for any particular approach to heritage ethics, but a snapshot of different positions and approaches that will inspire both thought and action. Cultural Heritage Ethics provides invaluable reading for students and teachers of philosophy of archaeology, history and moral philosophy – and for anyone interested in the theory and practice of cultural preservation.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCultural Heritage
=653  \\$aCuration
=653  \\$aPreservation
=653  \\$aCultural Heritage Management
=653  \\$aEthics
=700  1\$aConstantine, Sandis,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Hertfordshire.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0047$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0047_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04511nam  22006732  4500
=001  3f8f3736-e9e2-4db6-b232-021e65f952b6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361788
=020  \\$z9781800649736$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649743$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649750$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649798$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649781$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649767$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0339$2doi
=024  7\$a1389615774$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aN6750
=072   7$aHBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aWN$2bicssc
=072   7$aABA$2bicssc
=072   7$a1KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPage, Joanna,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aDecolonial Ecologies :$bThe Reinvention of Natural History in Latin American Art /$cJoanna Page.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+278 pages): $b71 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsAcknowledgmentsIntroduction1. Bestiaries and the Art of Cryptozoology2. New Cabinets of Curiosities3. Floras, Herbaria, and Botanical Illustration4. Retracing Voyages of Science and Conquest5. Albums, Atlases, and their Afterlives6. Taxidermy and Natural History DioramasConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Decolonial Ecologies: The Reinvention of Natural History in Latin American Art, Joanna Page illuminates the ways in which contemporary artists in Latin America are reinventing historical methods of collecting, organizing, and displaying nature in order to develop new aesthetic and political perspectives on the past and the present.Page brings together an entirely new corpus of artistic projects from Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico, and Peru that engage critically and creatively with forms as diverse as the medieval bestiary, baroque cabinets of curiosities, atlases created by European travellers to the New World, the floras and herbaria composed by eighteenth- and nineteenth-century naturalists, and the dioramas designed for natural history museums. She explores how artists develop decolonial and post-anthropocentric perspectives on the collections and expeditions that were central to the evolution of European natural history. Their works forge a critique of the rationalizing approach to nature taken by modern Western science, reconnecting it with forms of popular, indigenous and spiritual knowledge and experience that it has systematically excluded since the Enlightenment.Drawing on photography, video, illustration, sculpture, and installation, this vividly illustrated and lucidly written book (also available in premium quality in hardback edition)  explores how these artworks might also deconstruct the apocalyptic visions of environmental change that often dominate Western thought, developing a renewed understanding of alternative ways in which humans might co-inhabit the natural world.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acontemporary artists
=653  \\$aLatin America
=653  \\$acollecting nature
=653  \\$aorganizing nature
=653  \\$adisplaying nature
=653  \\$anew aesthetic
=653  \\$apolitical perspectives
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0339$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0339_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06101nam  22006732  4500
=001  2b031e1a-678b-4dcb-becb-cbd0f0ce9182
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452613
=020  \\$z9781783743032$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743049$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743056$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645271$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746170$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743063$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743070$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0108$2doi
=024  7\$a979542714$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJF799
=072   7$aJPA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPHV$2bicssc
=072   7$aUBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM079010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aEkenberg, Love,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000206651889$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0665-1889
=245  10$aDeliberation, Representation, Equity :$bResearch Approaches, Tools and Algorithms for Participatory Processes /$cLove Ekenberg, Karin Hansson, Mats Danielson, Göran Cars.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (iv + 376 pages): $b130 illustrations, 13 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsPrologueIntroductionCONCEPTUALISATION1. Interdisciplinarity and Mixed Methods2. The Concept of Democracy3. Art as a Creative and Critical Public Space4. Plural DemocracyELICITATION5. Criteria Weight Elicitation – A Comparative Study6. Cardinal and Rank Ordering of Criteria with Clouds7. Attitude Ranking8. Evaluating ICT and Development9. A Mobile Urban Drama as a Model for Interactive ElicitationCALCULATION10. Multi-Criteria Decision Making11. Comparing MCDA Methods12. Algorithms for Decision AnalysisAPPLICATIONS13. A Model for Flood Risk Management: Bac Hung Hai14. A Model for Flood Risk Management: Tisza15. Roşia Montană Gold Exploitation16. Decision Making in Urban Planning17. Actory: Visualising Reputational Power to Promote Deliberation18. Njaru: Developing Tools for Deliberation in Multiple Public Spheres19. Evaluation of an Online Learning Environment20. A Low Carbon Society by 2050 – The Stockholm-Mälar Region CaseEpiloguePublications
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat can we learn about the development of public interaction in e-democracy from a drama delivered by mobile headphones to an audience standing around a shopping center in a Stockholm suburb?In democratic societies there is widespread acknowledgment of the need to incorporate citizens’ input in decision-making processes in more or less structured ways. But participatory decision making is balancing on the borders of inclusion, structure, precision and accuracy. To simply enable more participation will not yield enhanced democracy, and there is a clear need for more elaborated elicitation and decision analytical tools.This rigorous and thought-provoking volume draws on a stimulating variety of international case studies, from flood risk management in the Red River Delta of Vietnam, to the consideration of alternatives to gold mining in Roșia Montană in Transylvania, to the application of multi-criteria decision analysis in evaluating the impact of e-learning opportunities at Uganda's Makerere University.Editors Love Ekenberg (senior research scholar, International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis [IIASA], Laxenburg, professor of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University), Karin Hansson (artist and research fellow, Department of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University), Mats Danielson (vice president and professor of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University, affiliate researcher, IIASA) and Göran Cars (professor of Societal Planning and Environment, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm) draw innovative collaborations between mathematics, social science, and the arts.They develop new problem formulations and solutions, with the aim of carrying decisions from agenda setting and problem awareness through to feasible courses of action by setting objectives, alternative generation, consequence assessments, and trade-off clarifications.As a result, this book is important new reading for decision makers in government, public administration and urban planning, as well as students and researchers in the fields of participatory democracy, urban planning, social policy, communication design, participatory art, decision theory, risk analysis and computer and systems sciences. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPublic interaction
=653  \\$ae-democracy
=653  \\$aparticipatory decision making
=653  \\$aelicitation
=653  \\$aparticipatory democracy
=653  \\$aurban planning
=653  \\$asocial policy
=653  \\$acommunication design
=653  \\$aparticipatory art
=653  \\$adecision theory
=653  \\$arisk analysis and computer sciences
=700  1\$aHansson, Karin,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.
=700  1\$aDanielson, Mats,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.$0(orcid)0000000165029670$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6502-9670
=700  1\$aCars, Göran,$eauthor.$uKTH Royal Institute of Technology.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0108$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0108_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04661nam  22007332  4500
=001  bc253bff-cf00-433d-89a2-031500b888ff
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452869
=020  \\$z9781783745951$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745968$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745975$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645752$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746927$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745982$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745999$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0157$2doi
=024  7\$a1089420408$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC3731
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$a1KB$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU001030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU036000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aJhaj, Sukhwant,$eauthor.$uArizona State University.
=245  10$aDelivering on the Promise of Democracy :$bVisual Case Studies in Educational Equity and Transformation /$cSukhwant Jhaj.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 80 pages): $b64 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 7.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsForwardJeffrey J. SelingoIntroductionFlorida International UniversityInterview with Mark B. RosenbergFlorida International University Visual Case StudyJohnson C. Smith UniversityInterview with Ronald L. CarterJohnson C. Smith University Visual Case StudyNational Louis UniversityInterview with Nivine MegahedNational Louis University Visual Case StudyGeorgia State UniversityInterview with Mark P. BeckerGeorgia State University Visual Case StudyDelaware State UniversityInterview with Harry L. WilliamsDelaware State University Visual Case StudyMercy CollegeInterview with Tim HallMercy College Visual Case StudyPortland State UniversityInterview with Wim WiewelPortland State University Visual Case Study
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMany educators can recite the faults of their schools or universities, but far fewer can recognize and develop existing strengths to benefit a wider audience. Sukhwant Jhaj has crafted a refreshing new look at how imaginative leadership and a shift in perspective can propel institutions to reach at-risk or underrepresented members of their communities. Delivering on the Promise of Democracy pulls back the curtain on seven high-performing universities to reveal which daily decisions, including listening to the community, embracing conflict, and implementing effective strategies through routine, guide administrators in achieving exceptional results. Through in-depth interviews that offer a close look at these seven universities, Jhaj traces a new trajectory for higher education: a call to question a university's effectiveness through its accessibility to the community it serves.Jhaj's book will inspire anybody interested in widening access to education with its call to renew their institution's mission through powerful and effective leadership. 
=536  \\$aThe Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acolleges
=653  \\$auniversities
=653  \\$astudent success
=653  \\$aracial/ethnic disparities
=653  \\$asocioeconomic disparities
=653  \\$aNational Louis University
=653  \\$aDelaware State University
=653  \\$aFlorida International University
=653  \\$aGeorgia State University
=653  \\$aJohnson C. Smith University
=653  \\$aMercy College
=653  \\$aPortland State University
=653  \\$avisual case study
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 7.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0157$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0157_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03230nam  22006012  4500
=001  517963d1-a56a-4250-8a07-56743ba60d95
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467813
=020  \\$z9781783740925$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740932$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740949$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644779$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740956$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740963$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0050$2doi
=024  7\$a899279978$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJC423
=072   7$aJPHV$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aChomsky, Noam,$eauthor.$uMassachusetts Institute of Technology.
=245  10$aDemocracy and Power :$bThe Delhi Lectures /$cNoam Chomsky.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 174 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction: Chomsky in India by Jean Drèze1. World Orders, Old and New2. The Vicissitudes of Democracy: Part 13. The Vicissitudes of Democracy: Part 24. The Nationality Question in the Contemporary World5. Militarism, Democracy and People’s Right to InformationAppendix: An Interview with Noam Chomsky
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNoam Chomsky visited India in 1996 and 2001 and spoke on a wide range of subjects, from democracy and corporate propaganda to the nature of the world order and the role of intellectuals in society. He captivated audiences with his lucid challenge of dominant political analyses, the engaging style of his talks, and his commitment to social equality as well as individual freedom.Chomsky’s early insights into the workings of power in the modern world remain timely and compelling. Published for the first time, this series of lectures also provides the reader with an invaluable introduction to the essential ideas of one of the leading thinkers of our time.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNoam Chomsky
=653  \\$aIndia
=653  \\$alectures
=653  \\$ademocracy
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$apropaganda
=653  \\$anationality
=700  1\$aDrèze, Jean,$eintroduction by.$uRanchi University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0050$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0050_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05084nam  22007332  4500
=001  a3277d2b-86a7-449e-bef9-aa5c5a70ca6b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392549
=020  \\$z9781800643086$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643093$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643109$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646612$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643130$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643116$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643123$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0273$2doi
=024  7\$a1296689070$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHM520
=072   7$aKCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL045000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMartinez-Vargas, Carmen,$eauthor.$uUniversity of the Free State.
=245  10$aDemocratising Participatory Research :$bPathways to Social Justice from the South /$cCarmen Martinez-Vargas.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+248 pages): $b9 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcronymsAcknowledgements1. IntroductionCarmen Martinez-Vargas2. Coloniality and Decoloniality in the Global South Higher-Education ContextCarmen Martinez-Vargas3. Traditions and Limitations of Participatory ResearchCarmen Martinez-Vargas4. Democratising Participatory Research: A Capabilitarian ConceptualisationCarmen Martinez-Vargas5. Co-Researchers’ Valued CapabilitiesCarmen Martinez-Vargas6. The South African DCR Project: Undergraduates as ResearchersCarmen Martinez-Vargas7. Broadening Our Participatory Evaluations: A Southern Capabilitarian PerspectiveCarmen Martinez-Vargas8. DCR for Socially Just Higher Education: Perspectives from the SouthCarmen Martinez-Vargas9. Redrawing Our Epistemic HorizonCarmen Martinez-VargasList of FiguresList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this book Carmen Martinez-Vargas explores how academic participatory research and the way it is carried out can contribute to more, or less, social justice. Adopting theoretical and empirical approaches, and addressing multiple complex, intersectional issues, this book offers inspiration for scholars and practitioners to open up alternative pathways to social justice, viewed through a Global South lens.Martinez-Vargas examines the colonial roots of research and emphasises the importance of problematising current practices and limitations in order to establish more just and democratic participatory research practices. Although practitioners have been challenging the Western roots of research and participatory research for decades, their goals can be compromised by pluralities and contradictions in the field. This book aims not to replicate past participatory research approaches, but to offer an innovative theoretical foundation—the Capabilities Approach—and an innovative participatory practice called ‘Democratic Capabilities Research’.Democratising Participatory Research is not only timely and relevant in South Africa, but also in the Global North owing to the current crisis of values jeopardising the peaceful existence of diverse societies. The book gives essential recommendations for capabilities and human development scholars to reframe their perspectives and uses of the Capabilities Approach, as well as for participatory practitioners to critically reflect on their practices and their often limited conceptualisation of participation.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aparticipatory research
=653  \\$asocial justice
=653  \\$aintersectionality
=653  \\$aGlobal South
=653  \\$acolonialism
=653  \\$aresearch
=653  \\$ademocracy
=653  \\$aCapabilities Approach
=653  \\$aDemocratic Capabilities Research
=653  \\$aSouth Africa
=653  \\$aGlobal North
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0273$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0273_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05182nam  22006852  4500
=001  60450f84-3e18-4beb-bafe-87c78b5a0159
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452720
=020  \\$z9781909254909$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254916$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254923$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645172$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746316$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781909254930$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254947$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0098$2doi
=024  7\$a1000431277$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=050  00$aPQ1979.A66
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aDiderot, Denis,$eauthor.
=245  10$aDenis Diderot 'Rameau's Nephew' - 'Le Neveu de Rameau' :$bA Multi-Media Bilingual Edition /$cDenis Diderot; edited by Marian Hobson; translated by Kate E. Tunstall, Caroline Warman.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 250 pages): $b101 illustrations, 18 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$a"The translation in this book is from Denis Diderot, "Satyre seconde : le neveu de Rameau", ed. Marian Hobson (Droz : Geneva, 2013"--Verso of title-page. Previous ed. published with slightly different title: Denis Diderot's Rameau's Nephew : a multi-media edition. 2014. This new edition includes: Introduction ; Original text ; English translation ; Embedded audio-files ; Explanatory notes ; Interactive material ; 100 colour illustrations ; Additional online resources.
=505  0\$aList of Musical PiecesPreface to the Second Edition by Marian HobsonRameau’s Nephew translated by Kate E. Tunstall, Caroline WarmanLe Neveu de Rameau French edition ed. by Georges Monval (Paris: Plon, 1891)Notes by Marian HobsonList of IllustrationsContributorsAcknowledgments
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn a famous Parisian chess café, a down-and-out, HIM, accosts a former acquaintance, ME, who has made good, more or less. They talk about chess, about genius, about good and evil, about music, they gossip about the society in which they move, one of extreme inequality, of corruption, of envy, and about the circle of hangers-on in which the down-and-out abides. The down-and-out from time to time is possessed with movements almost like spasms, in which he imitates, he gestures, he rants. And towards half past five, when the warning bell of the Opera sounds, they part, going their separate ways.Probably completed in 1772-73, Denis Diderot’s Rameau’s Nephew fascinated Goethe, Hegel, Engels and Freud in turn, achieving a literary-philosophical status that no other work by Diderot shares. This interactive,  multi-media and bilingual edition offers a brand new translation of Diderot’s famous dialogue, and it also gives the reader much more. Portraits and biographies of the numerous individuals mentioned in the text, from minor actresses to senior government officials, enable the reader to see the people Diderot describes, and provide a window onto the complex social and political context that forms the backdrop to the dialogue. Links to musical pieces specially selected by Pascal Duc and performed by students of the Conservatoire national supérieur de musique et de danse de Paris, illuminate the wider musical context of the work, enlarging it far beyond its now widely understood relation to opéra comique.This new edition includes: - Introduction  - Original text  - English translation  - Embedded audio-files  - Explanatory Notes  - Interactive Material
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDenis Diderot
=653  \\$asatyre
=653  \\$adialogue
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$acomposers
=653  \\$aopera
=700  1\$aHobson, Marian,$eeditor.$uQueen Mary, University of London.
=700  1\$aTunstall, Kate E.,$etranslator.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aWarman, Caroline,$etranslator.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aDuc, Pascal,$emusic editor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0098$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0098_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03970nam  22006012  4500
=001  b3989be1-9115-4635-b766-92f6ebfabef1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783740079$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740086$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740093$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644717$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740109$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740116$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0044$2doi
=024  7\$a953568806$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS028000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aDiderot, Denis,$eauthor.
=245  10$aDenis Diderot's 'Rameau's Nephew' :$bA Multi-media Edition /$cDenis Diderot; edited by Marian Hobson; translated by Kate E. Tunstall, Caroline Warman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi + 147  pages): $b100 illustrations, 18 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsList of IllustrationsList of Musical PiecesAcknowledgmentsPrefaceRameau’s NephewNotes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn a famous Parisian chess café, a down-and-out, HIM, accosts a former acquaintance, ME, who has made good, more or less. They talk about chess, about genius, about good and evil, about music, they gossip about the society in which they move, one of extreme inequality, of corruption, of envy, and about the circle of hangers-on in which the down-and-out abides. The down-and-out from time to time is possessed with movements almost like spasms, in which he imitates, he gestures, he rants. And towards half past five, when the warning bell of the Opera sounds, they part, going their separate ways. Probably completed in 1772-73, Denis Diderot's Rameau's Nephew fascinated Goethe, Hegel, Engels and Freud in turn, achieving a literary-philosophical status that no other work by Diderot shares. This interactive, multi-media edition offers a brand new translation of Diderot's famous dialogue, and it also gives the reader much more. Portraits and biographies of the numerous individuals mentioned in the text, from minor actresses to senior government officials,enable the reader to see the people Diderot describes, and provide a window onto the complex social and political context that forms the backdrop to the dialogue. Links to musical pieces specially selected by Pascal Duc and performed by students of the Conservatoire nationale de musique, Paris, illuminate the wider musical context of the work, enlarging it far beyond its now widely understood relation to opéra comique.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDenis Diderot
=653  \\$asatyre
=653  \\$adialogue
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$acomposers
=653  \\$aopera
=700  1\$aHobson, Marian,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aTunstall, Kate E.,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aWarman, Caroline,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aDuc, Pascal,$emusic editor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0044$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0044_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05636nam  22006972  4500
=001  b1d331d5-3081-4789-ac46-68466c021a48
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361448
=020  \\$z9781805110323$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110330$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110347$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110385$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110378$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110354$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0346$2doi
=024  7\$a1392076774$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ2173.5.W6
=050  00$aPQ149
=072   7$a2ADF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSR$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004290$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aJBSF1$2thema
=072   7$aDSBD$2thema
=072   7$aDSBF$2thema
=100  1\$aIsbell, John Claiborne,$eauthor.$uThe University of Texas Rio Grande Valley.$0(orcid)0000000306449530$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0644-9530
=245  10$aDestins de femmes :$bFrench Women Writers, 1750-1850 /$cJohn Claiborne Isbell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (186+xv pages): $b30 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements viiIntroduction ix1. Marie de Vichy-Chamrond, Marquise du Deffand 12. Marie Jeanne Riccoboni 73. Louise Florence Pétronille Tardieu d’Esclavelles d’Épinay 134. Julie Jeanne Éléonore de Lespinasse 195. Suzanne Necker 236. Isabelle Agnès Élisabeth de Charrière 297. Stéphanie Félicité, Marquise de Sillery, Comtesse de Genlis 338. Marie Olympe Gouze [Olympe de Gouges] 399. Marie Jeanne ‘Manon’ Roland de la Platière 4510. Marie Louise Élisabeth Vigée Le Brun 5111. Adélaïde Marie Émilie de Souza-Botelho 5712. Sophie de Grouchy or Sophie de Condorcet 6313. Beate Barbara Juliane Freifrau von Krüdener 6914. Anne Louise Germaine, Baronne de Staël-Holstein 7515. Constance Marie Pipelet or Constance, Princesse de Salm 8316. Henriette Lucie Dillon, Marquise de La Tour-du-Pin Gouvernet 8717. Marie Sophie Risteau Cottin 9118. Marie Françoise Sophie Gay 9519. Claire Louisa Rose Bonne, Duchesse de Duras 10120. Claire Élisabeth Jeanne, Comtesse de Rémusat 10721. Adélaïde Charlotte Louise Éléonore, Comtesse de Boigne 11122. Marceline Félicité Josèphe Desbordes-Valmore 11723. Hortense Thérèse Sigismonde Sophie Alexandrine Allart de Méritens 12324. Flore Célestine Thérèse Henriette Tristán y Moscoso [Flora Tristan] 12925. Delphine Gay de Girardin [Vicomte de Launay] 13726. Amantine Lucile Aurore Dupin, Baronne Dudevant [George Sand] 14327. Louise Angélique Bertin 15128. Marie Catherine Sophie de Flavigny, Comtesse d’Agoult [Daniel Stern] 15529. Julienne Joséphine Gauvin [Juliette Drouet] 16130. Louise Colet 167Index 173
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDestins de femmes is the first comprehensive overview of French women writers during the turbulent period of 1750-1850. John Isbell provides an essential collection that illuminates the impact women writers had on French literature and politics during a time marked by three revolutions, the influx of Romantic art, and rapid technological change. Each of the book’s thirty chapters introduces a prominent work by a different female author writing in French during the period, from Germaine de Staël to George Sand, from the admired salon libertine Marie du Deffand to Flora Tristan, tireless campaigner for socialism and women’s rights. Isbell draws from multi-genre writers working in prose, poetry and correspondence and addresses the breadth of women’s contribution to the literature of the age. Isbell also details the important events which shaped the writers’ lives and contextualises their work amidst the liberties both given and taken away from women during the period.  This anthology fills a significant gap in the secondary literature on this transformative century, which often overlooks women who were working and active. It invites a further gendered investigation of the impact of revolution and Romanticism on the content and nature of French women’s writing, and will therefore be appropriate for both general readers, students, and academics analysing history and literature through a feminist lens.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFrench women writers
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$arevolutions
=653  \\$aRomantic art
=653  \\$awomen's rights
=653  \\$amulti-genre writers
=653  \\$aRomanticism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0346$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0346_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05465nam  22005652  4500
=001  cdb4338a-df04-425e-a17b-d383d96f2cb3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513475
=020  \\$z9781805114352$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114369$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114376$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0433$2doi
=024  7\$a1468770545$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4527
=072   7$aREL006210$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006630$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$a2CSJ$2thema
=072   7$aQRMF12$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=100  1\$aHornkohl, Aaron D.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aDiachronic Diversity in Classical Biblical Hebrew /$cAaron D. Hornkohl.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+256 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 29.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements.......................................................... viiAbbreviations ................................................................... ixPreface.............................................................................. xiIntroduction....................................................................... 1Part I: Variation Perceptible in the Combined Tiberian biblical Reading-Written tradition .................... 251. The Onomasticon with and without yahu Names........ 272. 1st-person wayyiqṭol Morphology ................................ 393. Qal versus hifʿil Forms of ף"יס ...................................... 5789 ............................. מֵ אָ ה versus Absolute מְ אַ ת 4. Construct5. Qal Internal Passive versus nifʿal Morphology........... 107127 ......................................................... זע"ק versus צע"ק .6139 ................................................. אֲ נַ חְ נו versus נַ חְ נו 7. 1CPLPart II: Variation Limited to the Written Component of the Tiberian Biblical Tradition .................................. 1438. FS הוא versus יא ִה ........................................................ 1459. FPL ן- versus ה ָנ- .......................................................... 15510. נער versus נערה with Feminine Singular Referent .... 16711. Abstract Nouns Ending in -ūt................................... 17712. Orthography ............................................................183Conclusion .....................................................................203References......................................................................209Passage Index.................................................................229Subject Index .................................................................249
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAccording to the standard periodisation of ancient Hebrew, the division of Biblical Hebrew as reflected in the Masoretic tradition is basically dichotomous: pre-exilic Classical Biblical Hebrew (CBH) versus post-Restoration Late Biblical Hebrew (LBH). Within this paradigm, the chronolectal unity of CBH is rarely questioned—this despite the reasonable expectation that the language of a corpus encompassing traditions of various ages and comprising works composed, edited, and transmitted over the course of centuries would show signs of diachronic development. From the perspective of historical evolution, CBH is remarkably homogenous. Within this apparent uniformity, however, there are indeed signs of historical development, sets of alternant features whose respective concentrations seem to divide CBH into two sub-chronolects. The most conspicuous typological division that emerges is between the CBH of the Pentateuch and that of the relevant Prophets and Writings. The present volume investigates a series of features that distinguish the two ostensible CBH sub-chronolects, weighs alternative explanations for distribution patterns that appear to have chronological significance, and considers broader implications for Hebrew diachrony and periodisation and for the composition of the Torah.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aClassical Biblical Hebrew
=653  \\$aDiachronic linguistics
=653  \\$aHistorical Hebrew language
=653  \\$aTextual analysis
=653  \\$aLanguage evolution
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 29.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0433$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0433_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07126nam  22005172  4500
=001  73e2a621-d3c6-486c-b58f-11dd1fe6d948
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386003
=020  \\$z9781800647220$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647237$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647244$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0298$2doi
=024  7\$a1350081765$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aFOR002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMorano, Roberta,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Leeds.$0(orcid)000000025054137X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5054-137X
=245  10$aDiachronic Variation in the Omani Arabic Vernacular of the Al-ʿAwābī District :$bFrom Carl Reinhardt (1894) to the Present Day /$cRoberta Morano.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+296 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 14.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aTable of Contents............................................................... vAcknowledgements.......................................................... viiIntroduction....................................................................... 11.0. Transcription........................................................... 62.0. Glossing System ...................................................... 73.0. Abbreviations.......................................................... 8Chapter 1: Oman, Cornerstone of Arabia......................... 111.0. A Brief History of the Sultanate ............................ 142.0. The Path to the Seventies: The Omani nahḍaand the Building of a New Nation................................ 183.0. Tribalism, Language, and Identity in Modern Oman ........................................................................... 244.0. Linguistic Landscape of Oman and the Arabian Peninsula...................................................................... 285.0. Bibliographical Sources on Omani Arabic............. 336.0. Carl Reinhardt (1894): Strengths and Weaknesses .................................................................. 397.0. The al-ʿAwābī District: In Geographical and Historical Perspective................................................... 448.0. Participants, Metadata, and Methodology............. 47Chapter 2: Phonology ......................................................591.0. Consonants............................................................602.0. Vowels...................................................................653.0. Syllable Inventory .................................................744.0. CCC Cluster ...........................................................755.0. Stress.....................................................................76Chapter 3: Morphology....................................................811.0. Nominal Morphology ............................................822.0. Verbal Morphology .............................................127Chapter 4: Syntax ..........................................................1591.0. Phrases................................................................1612.0. Clauses ................................................................2183.0. Negation..............................................................241Conclusion .....................................................................253References......................................................................259Appendix........................................................................271Sample Text 1.............................................................271Sample Text 2.............................................................275Proverbs .....................................................................279A Traditional Song .....................................................283Index..............................................................................285
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this monograph, Roberta Morano re-examines one of the foundational works of the Omani Arabic dialectology field, Carl Reinhardt’s Ein arabischer Dialekt gesprochen in ‘Oman und Zanzibar (1894). This German-authored work was prolific in shaping our knowledge of Omani Arabic during the twentieth century, until the 1980s when more recent linguistic studies on the Arabic varieties spoken in Oman began to appear. Motivated by an urgent need to expand and reinforce our understanding of Omani Arabic, the book provides a linguistic analysis of the Omani vernacular spoken in the al-ʿAwābī district (northern Oman), based on the speech of fifteen informants recruited throughout the area. It also provides a comparative analysis of the new data with that collected by Carl Reinhardt in 1894. This comparison enables the reader to appreciate the extent of diachronic linguistic variation in the region, and also sheds light on the threats that such variation poses to Omani-specific linguistic features.  Organised in four chapters, the book presents a sociolinguistic analysis of the Omani linguistic landscape followed by an examination of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of the al-ʿAwābī vernacular. Each chapter contains primary data collected by the author in situ compared, when applicable, with Carl Reinhardt’s materials. The appendix includes two sample texts extrapolated from the recordings, fourteen proverbs and one traditional song. This study will be of interest to those working in the fields of Omani Arabic, historical and comparative linguistics, translation and interpretation, or those with an interest in how languages develop over time.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOmani Arabic dialectology
=653  \\$aCarl Reinhardt
=653  \\$aEin arabischer Dialekt gesprochen in ‘Oman und Zanzibar
=653  \\$aal-ʿAwābī district
=653  \\$aOmani Arabic
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 14.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0298$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0298_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05782nam  22005532  4500
=001  594ddcb6-2363-47c8-858e-76af2283e486
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452597
=020  \\$z9781783742233$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742240$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742257$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645110$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746149$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742264$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742271$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0092$2doi
=024  7\$a1167155091$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4588
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLaing, Tony,$eauthor.
=245  10$aDickens’s Working Notes for 'Dombey and Son' /$cTony Laing.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 216 pages): $b62 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aThanksAcknowledgementsForewordAbbreviations, references and cross-referencesGeneral abbreviations used throughout ReferencesCross-referencesSection 1. Introduction to the working notesDickens’s "green cover” novelsHistory of the working notes Materials of the working notes Section 2. Transcribing the worksheetsBasic issuesSpecial issuesComparison with other transcriptionsSection 3. Procedures in the worksheetsFormatting the worksheet Entries on the left-hand half Entries on the right-hand halfEntries in the double numberSection 4. Introduction to the worksheetsIntroduction to the facsimilesNumbering the entries in the transcriptionsDeletion in transcription Dickens’s order of work as shown in the commentariesAbbreviations and other conventions in the commentariesSection 5. The worksheetsWorksheet for No.1 (verso)Worksheet for No.1 (recto)Worksheet for No.2 Worksheet for No.3Worksheet for No.4Worksheet for No.5Worksheet for No.6Worksheet for No.7Worksheet for No.8Worksheet for No.9Worksheet for No.10Worksheet for No.11Worksheet for No.12Worksheet for No.13Worksheet for No.14Worksheet for No.15Worksheet for No.16Worksheet for No.17Worksheet for No.18Worksheet for Nos.19 & 20Section 6. OverviewPreliminary entries and the number of chaptersChapter titles: When and where they are entered and revisedMemory, speech-making and planningChapter descriptions as plansChapter descriptions as summariesDevelopment of number and chapter planning in each quarterAfterwordAppendicesA. Chapter number, title and length by part issue and dateB. Chapter title history with purpose and features of chapter descriptionC. Transcription of the List of Chapter HeadingsD. Revisions to chapter titles in manuscript, worksheet and ListE. False starts in the manuscript at chapter openings F. Use of blue inks in worksheet, manuscript, List and proofsBibliographyEndnotes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis critical edition of the working notes for Dombey and Son (1848) is ideal for readers who wish to know more about Dickens’s craft and creativity. Drawing on the author’s manuscript in the Victoria and Albert Museum, London—and containing hyperlinked facsimiles—Dickens’s Working Notes for Dombey and Son offers a new digital transcription with a fresh commentary by Tony Laing. Unique and innovative, this is the only edition to make Dickens’s working methods visible.John Mullan has called Dombey and Son Dickens’s "first great novel.” Set amid the coming of the railways, it tells the story of a powerful man—typical of the commercial and banking magnates of the period—and the effect he has on his family and those around him. Laing presents the worksheets and other materials (transcribed for the first time) that together grew into the novel. Reading the book alongside this edition of the notes will enlarge the understanding of Dickens’s art among teachers, students, researchers and Dickens enthusiasts.As cultural tastes shift from print to digital, Dickens’s Working Notes will help preserve Dickens’s work for the future. The magnifying and linking functions of the edition mean that the notes are more easily and usefully—not to mention accessibly—exhibited here than elsewhere. Laing gives present-day readers the chance not only to recapture the effect of serial publication but also to gain greater insight into the making of a work which by general agreement, and Dickens’s own admission, has a special place in his development as a novelist.This close analysis of Dickens’s working notes uses Zoomify, allowing the reader of the HTML edition to greatly magnify the manuscript photographs and enabling more detailed examination.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acritical edition
=653  \\$aworking notes
=653  \\$aDombey and Son
=653  \\$atranscription
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$aworksheets
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0092$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0092_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04504nam  22005772  4500
=001  4d3adf77-c72b-4b69-bf5a-a042a38a837a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452886
=020  \\$z9781783741076$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741083$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741090$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644809$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741106$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741113$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0053$2doi
=024  7\$a1120671924$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPE1143
=072   7$aEBD$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFH$2bicssc
=072   7$aCBD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR007000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBrooks, Greg,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Sheffield.$0(orcid)0000000290545156$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9054-5156
=245  10$aDictionary of the British English Spelling System /$cGreg Brooks.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxx + 492 pages): $b38 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of tablesAbout the authorAcknowledgmentsA 40-year gestationHow to use this book1.  Introduction2.  The phonemes of spoken English3.  The phoneme-grapheme correspondences of English, 1: Consonants4.  How do you know when to write a consonant letter double?5.  The phoneme-grapheme correspondences of English, 2: Vowels6.  Some spelling rules for vowels7.  Special processes8.  The graphemes of written English9.  The grapheme-phoneme correspondences of English, 1: Graphemes beginning with consonant letters10. The grapheme-phoneme correspondences of English, 2: Graphemes beginning with vowel letters11. Evaluating some pronunciation rules for vowel graphemesAppendix A: Assumptions and technicalitiesAppendix B: Pedagogically selected lists of phoneme-grapheme and grapheme-phoneme correspondencesReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book will tell all you need to know about British English spelling. It’s a reference work intended for anyone interested in the English language, especially those who teach it, whatever the age or mother tongue of their students. It will be particularly useful to those wishing to produce well-designed materials for teaching initial literacy via phonics, for teaching English as a foreign or second language, and for teacher training.English spelling is notoriously complicated and difficult to learn; it is correctly described as much less regular and predictable than any other alphabetic orthography. However, there is more regularity in the English spelling system than is generally appreciated. This book provides, for the first time, a thorough account of the whole complex system. It does so by describing how phonemes relate to graphemes and vice versa. It enables searches for particular words, so that one can easily find, not the meanings or pronunciations of words, but the other words with which those with unusual phoneme-grapheme/grapheme-phoneme correspondences keep company. Other unique features of this book include teacher-friendly lists of correspondences and various regularities not described by previous authorities, for example the strong tendency for the letter-name vowel phonemes (the names of the letters <a, e, i, o, u>) to be spelt with those single letters in non-final syllables.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBritish English
=653  \\$aspelling
=653  \\$adictionary
=653  \\$aphonetics
=653  \\$aphonics
=653  \\$agraphemes phoneme correspondence
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0053$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0053_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  13391nam  22007092  4500
=001  364c223d-9c90-4ceb-90e2-51be7d84e923
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\ger\d
=020  \\$z9781783743988$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743995$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744008$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645462$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744091$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744015$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744022$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0127$2doi
=024  7\$a1012158679$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDie Europaidee im Zeitalter der Aufklärung /$cedited by Rotraud von Kulessa, Catriona Seth.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 168 pages): $b63 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 8.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aOriginally published in French as: L'idée de l'Europe au Siècle des Lumières / textes réunis par Rotraud von Kulessa et Catriona Seth. Cambridge : Open Book Publishers, 2017. Sister edition to both the English translation "The Idea of Europe : Enlightenment perspectives" and the original French version, "L'idée de l'Europe au Siècle des Lumières", also published by Open Book Publishers. Statement of responsibility on the front cover differs slightly from that on the title-page: Text ausgewählt von Rotraud von Kulessa und Catriona Seth.
=505  0\$aVorwort1. Friedrich Schiller, „Ode an die Freude"Eine Hymne für Europa2. Maximilien de Béthune, Herzog von Sully, DenkwürdigkeitenDas große Projekt des Heinrich IV.3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenEuropa: ein Friedensprojekt4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau,Auszug aus dem Projekt für den ewigen FriedenDie Überprüfung des Projektes von Saint Pierre5. Immanuel Kant, Zum ewigen Frieden. Ein philosophischer EntwurfDer universelle Frieden6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenWelcher Umfang für die europäische Union?7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Urteil über den ewigen FriedenDie Europäische Union—ein unrealistisches Projekt?8. Edward Gibbon, Geschichte des Verfalls und Untergangs des Römischen ReichsDer Blick über die nationalen Grenzen hinaus9. Louis de Jaucourt, Artikel „Europa" in Enzyklopädie oder ein durchdachtes Wörterbuch der Wissenschaften, der Künste und BerufeEuropa in der Enzyklopädie10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, Die fantastische Reise des Großen Piscátor von SalamancaDie Geographie Europas11. Anonym, Ergänzungsband zur EnzyklopädieGeschichte und Politik12. Maximilien de Béthune, Herzog von Sully, DenkwürdigkeitenEin europäisches Parlament avant la lettre?13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenEuropa und der Islam14. Voltaire, Essay über die SittenDer Reichtum Europas: das kulturelle Erbe!15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt der MenschheitRegeln und befrieden16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint-Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenDie Nachbarschaft zu Russland17. Voltaire,Das Zeitalter Ludwig XIV.Das christliche Europa als große Republik?18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaEinheit in der Vielfalt?19. Charles-Louis de Secondat, Baron von La Brède und von Montesquieu, Vom Geist der GesetzeDer europäische Handel20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenDie religiöse Toleranz21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli. Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaDer Reichtum der europäischen Küche22. Charles-Louis de Secondat, Baron von La Brède und von Montesquieu,Persische BriefeEuropa aus Sicht der Perser23. Germaine de Staël, Über LiteraturNordeuropäische und südeuropäische Literaturen: ein Vergleich24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, Vom Geist der NationenNationalcharaktäre25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaSprachliche Vielfalt in Europa26. August Wilhem Schlegel, „Abriss von den europäischen Verhältnissen der Deutschen Literatur" in Kritische SchriftenDie Rolle Deutschlands für die europäische Kultur27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Reise nach Italien und nach HollandDie Entführung der Europa28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenDie Handelsunion?29. Charles de Villers, Verfassungen der drei freien HandelsstädteEin gemeinsamer europäischer Markt30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Gespräch eines Europäers mit einem Inselbewohner des Königreiches von DumocalaDas Reich der Vernunft31. Tomás de Iriarte,„Tee und Salbei"in FabelnVerbreitung des Reichtums32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaEuropäisches Gesellschaftsleben33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenDie Sicherheit der europäischen Grenzen34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, Magazin für junge Leute, besonders junge FrauenzimmerDas koloniale Europa35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, Herzog von Nevers,Die Fabeln des Mancini-NivernoisEin anderer Weg der Erziehung?36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaDie Bedeutung des Handels37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der MenschheitDiversität und Einheit Europas38. Françoise de Graffigny, Briefe einer PeruanerinKritik der europäischen Sitten39. David Hume, Vermischte Schriften über die Handlung, die Manufakturen und die andern Quellen des Reichtums und der Macht eines StaatsDie europäische Zivilisation40. Ludovico Antonio Muratori, Abhandlung über das öffentliche GlückDer Fortschritt des Rechts in Europa41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaAnnäherung der Europäer42. Germaine de Staël, Corinna oder ItalienItalien als Wiege der europäischen Kultur43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Briefe über England, Holland und ItalienEuropa und die französische Mode44. Friedrich Schlegel, „Reise nach Frankreich"in Europa. Eine ZeitschriftEuropa zwischen Niedergang und Erneuerung45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen FriedenSprachlicher Reichtum Europas46. Novalis, Die Christenheit oder EuropaDas spirituelle Erwachen47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaDas Café: ein Ort des gesellschaftlichen Lebens in Europa48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der MenschheitDas Glück in Europa49. Germaine de Staël, DeutschlandDie Ursprünge der europäischen Einigung50. JoséCadalso,Marokkanische BriefeDie europäische Vielfalt aus dem fremdem Blick51. William Robertson, Geschichte der Regierung Kaiser Carls des V.Seefahrt und Handelsbeziehungen52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der MenschheitEuropa und seine lange Migrationsgeschichte53. William Robertson, Auszüge aus der Einleitung zur Geschichte der Regierung Kaiser Carls des V.Einheit in der Vielfalt54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, „Sonnett"Die politische Einheit Europas55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Unterhaltende und moralische Briefe über die zeitgenössischen SittenWem ähneln die Europäer?56. James Boswell, Tagebuch einer Reise nach den Hebridischen Inseln mit Doktor Samuel JohnsonKosmopolitismus57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische EuropaDas französische Europa58. David Hume,Vermischte Schriften über die Handlung, die Manufakturen und die anderen Quellen des Reichtums und der Macht eines StaatsPolitisches Gleichgewicht und der Frieden in der Zukunft59. José Cadalso, Marokkanische BriefeDie Gelehrtenrepublik60. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, Von der Literatur SüdeuropasWird Europa in Zukunft überholt sein?61. Germaine de Staël, DeutschlandGemeinschaft der Philosophen62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, Rede vom 13. ventôse des Jahres IIEine neue Idee in Europa63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt des MenschenEine humanitäre Vision64. Jean-François Melon, Essay zur WirtschaftspolitikDas Gleichgewicht der Mächte herstellen65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Überlegungen zur Regierung von PolenTendenz zu einer kulturellen Vereinheitlichung?66. José Cadalso, Marokkanische BriefeEuropa und Afrika67. Immanuel Kant, Idee zu einer universellen Geschichte in weltbürgerlicher AbsichtDie Erfüllung der Ziele der Natur68. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases in Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt HelenaEuropa regieren69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt des MenschenDie Welt kennen, um sie zu verbessern70. Benjamin Constant, Über den Geist der Eroberung und der widerrechtlichen Aneignung im Zusammenhang mit der europäischen ZivilisationDas Ende der Kriege in Europa?71. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt HelenaZukunftsvisionen72. José Cadalso, Brief an Tomás de IriarteKritik am Eurozentrismus73. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt HelenaPolitische Hegemonie und europäische Einigung74. Alexandre Frédéric Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Abende in der Schweiz, im Elsass und in der Franche-ComtéEuropa ohne Grenzen75. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, Die Literatur SüdeuropsZahlreiche Einflüsse76. Johannes von Müller,Briefe an Carl Victor von BonstettenWelche Zukunft für Europa?77. Benjamin Constant, Die Freiheit der Alten verglichen mit der der ModernenDer Charakter des modernen Austausches78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, Vorstellung des Systems der WeltDie Einheit der Maße79. Victor Hugo, Der RheinDie deutsch-französische Freundschaft als Garant für Frieden in EuropaBibliographie
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAngesichts der aktuellen Herausforderungen – nicht zuletzt politischer Natur – mit denen sich viele europäische Staaten konfrontiert sehen, haben sich die Aufklärungsforscher entschlossen, auf die Geschichte der Europaidee zurückzukommen. Bereits im 18. Jahrhundert und zuvor besann man sich auf gemeinsame Werte und eine gemeinsame Geschichte; die damals gestellten Fragen ähneln in vielen Bereichen den heutigen. Die Autoren und Philosophen der Aufklärung haben so bereits über die Möglichkeiten einer europäischen Einigung zwecks Sicherung des Friedens auf dem Kontinent nachgedacht. Die Texte der vorliegenden Anthologie, verfasst sowohl von den großen Denkern der Zeit (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume oder Germaine de Staël) wie auch von weniger bekannten oder gar in Vergessenheit geratenen, präsentieren, mit einigen chronologischen Exkursen (von Sully bis Victor Hugo), die Ideen der Denker eines weit gefassten 18. Jahrhunderts zu Europa, seiner Geschichte, seiner Vielfalt, aber auch zu den Gemeinsamkeiten der Nationen, die trotz ihrer Vielfalt eine geographische Einheit bilden. Die Texte zeigen uns so die historischen Ursprünge des Projektes der europäischen Einigung, erörtern die Vorteile einer assoziierten Türkei und einer Einbindung des Maghreb sowie die Bedeutung des europäischen Handels. Sie verweisen auch auf die durch die historischen Unruhen verursachten Ängste wie auch auf die Zukunftsperspektiven eines vereinten Europas.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Oxford
=536  \\$aAugsburg University
=536  \\$aThe Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEuropa
=653  \\$aAufklärung
=653  \\$aFrieden
=653  \\$aEuropäische Union
=653  \\$aAnthologie
=653  \\$agemeinsame Werte
=653  \\$aRousseau
=653  \\$aVoltaire
=653  \\$aKant
=653  \\$aHume
=700  1\$avon Kulessa, Rotraud,$eeditor.$uUniversität Augsburg.
=700  1\$aSeth, Catriona,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000260618502$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6061-8502
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 8.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0127$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0127_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05516nam  22006372  4500
=001  0cf03817-370e-4a1a-b754-1f25a49bd074
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513490
=020  \\$z9781805113874$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113881$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112976$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113904$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113898$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0423$2doi
=024  7\$a1467055229$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aAZ195
=072   7$aSOC008020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM079010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$a1F$2thema
=072   7$a1MBF$2thema
=072   7$aUXA$2thema
=072   7$aJBCT1$2thema
=245  00$aDigital Humanities in the India Rim :$bContemporary Scholarship in Australia and India /$cedited by Hart Cohen, Ujjwal Jana, Myra Gurney.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+354 pages): $b30 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsAbout the authorsPreface1. IntroductionPart 1: Digital Humanities: Institutions, Ethics, Politics2. Mapping Digital Humanities at Western Sydney University3. Netflix and the shaping of global politics4. Digital justice: Interactions and rituals in the virtual courtroom5. Artificial Intelligence, ethics and empathy: How empathic AI applications impact humanityPart 2: Digital Humanities and Literature6. Digital hermeneutics: Interpretation and the interpretational 7. ‘Aboutness’ and semantic knowledge: A corpus-driven analysis of Yajnavalkya Smriti on the status and rights of women8. Building a book history database: A novice voice9. Are we ready to ‘screw around’ together? 
Barriers to institutionalisation of DH pedagogy in literature departments10. Literary masterpiece as a literary bank: A digital representation of intertextual references in T. S. Eliot’s The Waste Land11. Hypertext as a ‘palimpsestuous’ construct: Analysing Shelley Jackson’s Patchwork Girl12. Narratives of the self: Comments and confessions on FacebookPart 3: Digital Humanities and Technology: Methods and Methodology13. Code against code: Creative coding as research methodology14. Digital Humanities for a different purpose15. Online dating: Transformations of marriage arrangements through digital media technologies in Australia’s Indian community16. The digital mediation of film archives from the Strehlow Research CentreAfterwordIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis varied collection delves into illuminating examples of Digital Humanities research and practice currently being undertaken by academics in India and Australia, and seeks to understand the shared challenges as well as the points of similarity and difference between them. From the influence of Netflix on International Relations to contemporary digital adaptations of Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, via detours into erobotics (empathic robots) and the cultural specificity of online dating, these essays convey the distinctive breadth and imagination of research in this field.Digital Humanities is a relatively new discipline in the India Rim, and this novelty has created space for innovative research ideas, as well as the use of traditional methodologies and software in different ways within these unique cultural spaces that could potentially influence how Digital Humanities is conceptualised internationally. For example, drawing on Indian classical logic leads to novel designs and applications of computation.This lively volume offers a fresh look at the Digital Humanities and an important overview of the work taking place in a region other than the Western countries that typically dominate the field. It has much to offer both experienced researchers and those new to the Digital Humanities.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDigital Humanities
=653  \\$aIndian and Australian DH
=653  \\$aEthics and Politics in DH
=653  \\$aDH and Literature
=653  \\$aDH Methods and Methodology
=653  \\$aTechnology in DH
=653  \\$aDH and Culture
=653  \\$aDH and Law
=700  1\$aCohen, Hart,$eeditor.$uWestern Sydney University.$0(orcid)0000000186764420$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8676-4420
=700  1\$aJana, Ujjwal,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Delhi.$0(orcid)0000000159408201$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5940-8201
=700  1\$aGurney, Myra,$eeditor.$uWestern Sydney University.$0(orcid)0000000288061726$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8806-1726
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0423$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0423_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05742nam  22006252  4500
=001  1d4812e4-c491-4465-8e92-64e4f13662f1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467804
=020  \\$z9781909254251$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254268$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254275$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644519$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254282$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254299$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0024$2doi
=024  7\$a874358623$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aAZ182
=072   7$aJNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNM$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU029030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM087000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDigital Humanities Pedagogy :$bPractices, Principles and Politics /$cedited by Brett D. Hirsch.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxi + 428 pages): $b35 illustrations, 14 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on ContributorsIntroduction</Parentheses>: Digital Humanities and the Place of PedagogyBrett D. HirschPart 1. PracticesThe PhD in Digital HumanitiesWillard McCartyHands-On Teaching Digital Humanities: A Didactic Analysis of a Summer School Course on Digital EditingMalte Rehbein and Christiane FritzeTeaching Digital Skills in an Archives and Public History CurriculumPeter J. Wosh, Cathy Moran Hajo, and Esther KatzDigital Humanities and the First-Year Writing CourseOlin BjorkTeaching Digital Humanities through Digital Cultural MappingChris Johanson, Elaine Sullivan, Janice Reiff, Diane Favro, Todd Presner and Willeke WendrichLooking for Whitman: A Multi-Campus Experiment in Digital PedagogyMatthew K. GoldAcculturation in the Digital Humanities CommunityGeoffrey Rockwell and Stéfan SinclairPart 2. PrinciplesTeaching Skills or Teaching Methodology?Simon Mahony and Elena PierazzoProgramming with Humanists: Reflections on Raising an Army of Hacker-Scholars in the Digital HumanitiesStephen RamsayTeaching Computer-Assisted Text Analysis: Approaches to Learning New MethodologiesStéfan Sinclair and Geoffrey RockwellPedagogical Principles of Digital HistoriographyJoshua SternfeldNomadic Archives: Remix and the Drift to PraxisVirginia Kuhn and Vicki CallahanPart 3. PoliticsThey Have Come, Why Don’t We Build It? On the Digital Future of HumanitiesJon Saklofske, Estelle Clements and Richard CunninghamOpening Up Digital Humanities EducationLisa Spiro Multiliteracies in the Undergraduate Digital Humanities Curriculum: Skills, Principles and Habits of MindTanya ClementTeaching Digital Rhetoric: Wikipedia, Collaboration and the Politics of Free KnowledgeMelanie KillBibliography 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAcademic institutions are starting to recognize the growing public interest in digital humanities research, and there is an increasing demand from students for formal training in its methods. Despite the pressure on practitioners to develop innovative courses, scholarship in this area has tended to focus on research methods, theories and results rather than critical pedagogy and the actual practice of teaching. The essays in this collection offer a timely intervention in digital humanities scholarship, bringing together established and emerging scholars from a variety of humanities disciplines across the world. The first section offers views on the practical realities of teaching digital humanities at undergraduate and graduate levels, presenting case studies and snapshots of the authors’ experiences alongside models for future courses and reflections on pedagogical successes and failures. The next section proposes strategies for teaching foundational digital humanities methods across a variety of scholarly disciplines, and the book concludes with wider debates about the place of digital humanities in the academy, from the field’s cultural assumptions and social obligations to its political visions. Digital Humanities Pedagogy broadens the ways in which both scholars and practitioners can think about this emerging discipline, ensuring its ongoing development, vitality and long-term sustainability.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Western Australia$eThe University of Western Australia Research Development Award
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDigital humanities
=653  \\$apedagogy
=653  \\$ahumanities
=653  \\$ateaching digital humanities
=653  \\$ahumanities computing
=653  \\$awebsite development
=653  \\$amedia studies
=700  1\$aHirsch, Brett D.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Western Australia.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0024$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0024_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05254nam  22006252  4500
=001  43d96298-a683-4098-9492-bba1466cb8e0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452724
=020  \\$z9781783742387$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742394$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742400$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645141$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746279$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742417$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742424$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0095$2doi
=024  7\$a1030403495$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ286.E43
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM087000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM065000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDigital Scholarly Editing :$bTheories and Practices /$cedited by Matthew James Driscoll, Elena Pierazzo.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 274 pages): $b22 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsForeword by Hans Walter Gabler1. Introduction: Old Wine in New Bottles? By Matthew James Driscoll and Elena PierazzoSECTION 1: THEORIES2. What is a Scholarly Digital Edition? By Patrick Sahle3. Modelling Digital Scholarly Editing: From Plato to Heraclitus. By Elena Pierazzo4. A Protocol for Scholarly Digital Editions? The Italian Point of View. By Marina Buzzoni5. Barely Beyond the Book? By Joris van Zundert6. Exogenetic Digital Editing and Enactive Cognition. By Dirk Van Hulle7. Reading or Using a Digital Edition? Reader Roles in Scholarly Editions. By Krista Stinne Greve RasmussenSECTION 2: PRACTICES8. Building A Social Edition of the Devonshire Manuscript. By Ray Siemens, Constance Crompton, Daniel Powell and Alyssa Arbuckle, with Maggie Shirley and the Devonshire Manuscript Editorial Group9. A Catalogue of Digital Editions. By Greta Franzini, Melissa Terras and Simon Mahony10. Early Modern Correspondence: A New Challenge for Digital Editions. By Camille Desenclos11. Beyond Variants: Some Digital Desiderata for the Critical Apparatus of Ancient Greek and Latin Texts. By Cynthia Damon12. The Battle We Forgot to Fight: Should We Make a Case for Digital Editions? By Roberto Rosselli Del TurcoBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents the state of the art in digital scholarly editing. Drawing together the work of established and emerging researchers, it gives pause  at a crucial moment in the history of technology in order to offer a sustained  reflection on the practices involved in producing, editing and reading digital scholarly editions—and the theories that underpin them.The unrelenting progress of computer technology has changed the nature of textual scholarship at the most fundamental level: the way editors and scholars work, the tools they use to do such work and the research questions they attempt to answer have all been affected.  Each of the essays in Digital Scholarly Editing approaches these changes with a different methodological consideration in mind. Together, they make a compelling case for re-evaluating the foundation of the discipline—one that tests its assertions against manuscripts and printed works from across literary history, and the globe. The sheer breadth of Digital Scholarly Editing, along with its successful integration of theory and practice, help redefine a rapidly-changing field, as its firm grounding and future-looking ambit ensure the work will be an indispensable starting point for further scholarship. This collection is essential reading for editors, scholars, students and readers who are invested in the future of textual scholarship and the digital humanities.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDigital scholarly editing
=653  \\$adigital humanities
=653  \\$atextual scholarship
=653  \\$acomputer technology
=653  \\$atheories
=653  \\$apractices
=700  1\$aDriscoll, Matthew James,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Copenhagen.$0(orcid)0000000196621271$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9662-1271
=700  1\$aPierazzo, Elena,$eeditor.$uGrenoble Alpes University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0095$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0095_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05164nam  22005772  4500
=001  912c2731-3ca1-4ad9-b601-5d968da6b030
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452976
=020  \\$z9781783748396$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748402$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748419$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646049$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748440$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748426$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748433$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0192$2doi
=024  7\$a1139152327$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aAZ186
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC000000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDigital Technology and the Practices of Humanities Research /$cedited by Jennifer Edmond.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+278 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsNotes on the Contributors1. Introduction: Power, Practices, and the Gatekeepers of Humanistic Research in the Digital Age Jennifer Edmond2. Publishing in the Digital Humanities: The Treacle of the Academic Tradition Adriaan van der Weel and Fleur Praal3. Academic Publishing: New Opportunities for the Culture of Supply and the Nature of Demand Jennifer Edmond and Laurent Romary4. The Impact of Digital Resources Claire Warwick and Claire Bailey-Ross5. Violins in the Subway: Scarcity Correlations, Evaluative Cultures, and Disciplinary Authority in the Digital Humanities Martin Paul Eve6. 'Black Boxes' and True Colour — A Rhetoric of Scholarly Code Joris Van Zundert, Smiljana Antonijević and Tara Andrews7. The Evaluation and Peer Review of Digital Scholarship in the Humanities: Experiences, Discussions, and Histories Julianne Nyhan8. Critical Mass: The Listserv and the Early Online Community as a Case Study in the Unanticipated Consequences of Innovation in Scholarly Communication Daniel Paul O'Donnell9. Springing the Floor for a Different Kind of Dance: Building DARIAH as a Twenty-First-Century Research Infrastructure for the Arts and Humanities Jennifer Edmond, Frank Fischer, Laurent Romary and Toma Tasovac10. The Risk of Losing the Thick Description: Data Management Challenges Faced by the Arts and Humanities in the Evolving FAIR Data Ecosystem Erzsébet Tóth-CzifraIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow does technology impact research practices in the humanities? How does digitisation shape scholarly identity? How do we negotiate trust in the digital realm? What is scholarship, what forms can it take, and how does it acquire authority?This diverse set of essays demonstrate the importance of asking such questions, bringing together established and emerging scholars from a variety of disciplines, at a time when data is increasingly being incorporated as an input and output in humanities sources and publications. Major themes addressed include the changing nature of scholarly publishing in a digital age, the different kinds of ‘gate-keepers’ for scholarship, and the difficulties of effectively assessing the impact of digital resources. The essays bring theoretical and practical perspectives into conversation, offering readers not only comprehensive examinations of past and present discourse on digital scholarship, but tightly-focused case studies.This timely volume illuminates the different forces underlying the shifting practices in humanities research today, with especial focus on how humanists take ownership of, and are empowered by, technology in unexpected ways. Digital Technology and the Practices of Humanities Research is essential reading for scholars, students, and general readers interested in the changing culture of research practices in the humanities, and in the future of the digital humanities on the whole.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$ahumanities
=653  \\$adigitisation
=653  \\$ascholarly identity
=653  \\$ascholarship
=653  \\$ascholarly publishing
=653  \\$adigital age
=700  1\$aEdmond, Jennifer,$eeditor.$uTrinity College Dublin.$0(orcid)0000000199911637$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9991-1637
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0192$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0192_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04990nam  22007452  4500
=001  270b51a0-d993-4be6-ae92-d3bb06a68955
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361443
=020  \\$z9781805110606$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110613$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110620$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110668$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110651$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110637$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0350$2doi
=024  7\$a1396698038$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD45
=072   7$aUF$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS063000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS092000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aUFL$2thema
=072   7$aKJC$2thema
=072   7$aKCM$2thema
=100  1\$aCöster, Mathias,$eauthor.$uUppsala University.$0(orcid)0000000224884854$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2488-4854
=245  10$aDigital Transformation :$bUnderstanding Business Goals, Risks, Processes, and Decisions /$cMathias Cöster, Mats Danielson, Love Ekenberg, Cecilia Gullberg, Gard Titlestad, Alf Westelius, Gunnar Wettergren.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+306 pages): $b49 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Introduction2. Organisational Goals, Strategies, and Digitisation3. Business Models and Digitisation4. The Organisation of Digitisation5. Structured Decisions and Decision Processes6. Procurement Competence7. Probability and Risk Management8. Project Portfolios9. Managing Projects10. Globally Sustainable Digital Transformation11. What Is This All About?AppendixList of IllustrationsIndexAbout the Authors
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhilst digitisation is far from a new concept, many assume that simply introducing automation and information systems in various forms will be enough to make their organisation’s operations more efficient. This misconception can often lead to disarray and costly mistakes. Digital Transformation: Understanding Business Goals, Risks, Processes, and Decisions shows how to avoid such issues via careful consideration of what an enterprise really needs. Unlike many other books on digital transformation, the authors do not dwell on database design or the details of implementing information systems. Instead, they emphasise the importance of a clear understanding of all aspects of an organisation in order to effectively implement and manage digital systems, from business goals and strategies to structuring information and making decisions, risk assessments, project management, organising, and procuring services and products. Organised in eleven chapters, and drawing on examples from all over the world, this book will be of interest to university students of business administration, management, information systems, and computer science, as well as practitioners seeking to better understand how to handle digital transformation in their own organisation.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Bergen
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abusiness goals
=653  \\$adecision making
=653  \\$adigitisation
=653  \\$aefficiency
=653  \\$ainformation structure
=653  \\$aorganisations
=653  \\$aprocurement
=653  \\$aproject management
=653  \\$arisk assessment
=653  \\$astrategies
=700  1\$aDanielson, Mats,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.$0(orcid)0000000165029670$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6502-9670
=700  1\$aEkenberg, Love,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.$0(orcid)0000000206651889$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0665-1889
=700  1\$aGullberg, Cecilia,$eauthor.$uSödertörn University.
=700  1\$aTitlestad, Gard,$eauthor.$uInternational Council for Open and Distance Education.
=700  1\$aWestelius, Alf,$eauthor.$uLinköping University.$0(orcid)0000000206716072$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0671-6072
=700  1\$aWettergren, Gunnar,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0350$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0350_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06692nam  22006012  4500
=001  efd4453c-0eba-4f38-b9e1-9cc0e7cbb29f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385930
=020  \\$z9781800649309$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649316$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649323$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649361$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649354$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649330$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800649347$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0332$2doi
=024  7\$a1370497119$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB2806.23
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aVSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGomendio, Montserrat,$eauthor.
=245  10$aDire Straits-Education Reforms :$bIdeology, Vested Interests and Evidence /$cMontserrat Gomendio, José Ignacio Wert.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+344 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the Authors ixPreface xi1. The Functions and Role of Modern Education Systems: A Brief Summary 11.1 The Origins of Modern Education 11.2 The Social Function of Modern Education 51.3 To What Extent Do People Care about Education? 91.4 The Goals of Education in the Knowledge Society 111.5 Digitalisation: A Game Changer 131.6 COVID-19: An Unexpected Disruption and an Accelerator of Change 161.7 Why Are Reforms So Difficult? 182. Education and Ideology (Or Is It the Other Way Around?) 192.1. Ideology and Education: What Do We Mean? 192.2 The Role of the State as an Education Provider 212.3 Equity and the Function of Education: Equaliser or Enabler? 312.4 The Shape of Education: Architecture, Teachers, Curricula and Assessments 402.5 Funding of Education and Ideology 632.6 Conclusions 683. The Governance of Education Systems: How They Constrain or Facilitate the Implementation of Reforms 733.1 Why Governance Matters 733.2 The Power of Governments 743.3 The Dilemmas of Multi-Level States: When Power Is Shared between Different Levels of Government 803.4 The Process of Decentralisation: A Bumpy Road 863.5 Funding. Who Raises the Money and Who Spends it? 893.6 The Role of Stakeholders 963.7 A Special Case: Governance of VET Systems 1063.8. Conclusions 1144. ILSAs: Do They Count? 1194.1 What Do International Metrics Measure? 1194.2. ILSAs: What Do They Tell Us? 122Differences between and within Countries 1224.3. ILSAs: Trends Over Time 1284.4. Evidence from ILSAs on Effective Policies 1344.5. Conclusions 1765. Does the Evidence Count? 1875.1. What Can We Learn from Top-Performing Countries? 1875.2. What Can We Learn from Low Performers? The Latin American Story 2065.3. What Have Countries Learned from the PISA Shock? 2145.4. What Can We Learn from Countries that Improve in Europe? 2225.5. What Can We Learn from Countries where PISA Has a Huge Media Impact but No Policy Reactions? 2335.6 Conclusions 2376. Spain: An Inside Story 2456.1. A Rough Start 2456.2. Laws, Laws, Laws …. Are They Any Good? 2486.3. An Education Reform in the Middle of a Storm 2536.4. Aims, Policies and Impact of the Education Reform 2576.5. Back to the Future 2646.6. What Has Been the Role of PISA? 2667. Education Reforms: The Interaction between Ideology, Governance, Conflicts of Interest and Evidence 2697.1. Who Cares about Education and Why? 2697.2. Ideological Battles: What Are They About? 2707.3. Reform: Who Decides What, Who Funds, Who Has a Say, Who Has the Power to Block 2747.4. International Evidence versus Conflicts of Interest: Who is David and Who is Goliath? 2797.5. The Geography of Education Success 2927.6. Is the World a Better Place with Data? 296References 299Index 331
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aResponding to an ‘educational emergency’ generated largely by the difficulties of implementing education reforms, this book compares education policies around the world in order to understand what works where. To address the key question of why education reforms are so difficult, the authors take into account a broad range of relevant factors, such as governance, ideology, and stakeholder conflicts of interest, and their interactions with one another. Drawing on their experiences as policymakers in the Spanish government and as governmental advisors worldwide, Montserrat Gomendio and Jose Ignacio Wert produce a publication like no other, shifting the usual Eurocentric narrative and shedding light on frequently overlooked educational policies from elsewhere. In this context, they dive deeper into details of educational failures and successes, the processes of implementation and investment priorities in different countries. They provide revealing accounts of stakeholder conflicts of interest and the challenges of implementing educational reform during a financial crisis.The authors also investigate why the evidence from international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) has, contrary to expectation, not generated improvements in most education systems. Gomendio and Wert investigate the evolution of different education systems, closely examining their advances or declines. Gomendio and Wert’s expert voices illuminate the current state of global education systems and the necessary changes to ensure long-awaited improvements. This is a revelatory and informative resource for policymakers, teachers and academics alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aeducational emergency
=653  \\$aeducation reforms
=653  \\$aeducation policies
=653  \\$acomparison
=653  \\$apolicies around the world
=700  1\$aWert, José Ignacio,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0332$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0332_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07885nam  22005892  4500
=001  78bbcc00-a336-4eb6-b4b5-0c57beec0295
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376733
=020  \\$z9781783748518$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748525$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748532$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646148$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748563$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748549$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748556$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0203$2doi
=024  7\$a1206408578$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB1028
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDiscourses We Live By :$bNarratives of Educational and Social Endeavour /$cedited by Hazel R. Wright, Marianne Høyen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+642 pages): $b17 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsOrganization of the BookNotes on ContributorsNarrative, Discourse, and Biography: An Introductory Story Marianne Høyen and Hazel R. WrightI. Discourses we live within: Frameworks that structure1. Truth and Narrative: How and Why Stories Matter Janet Dyson2. From Experience to Language in Narrative Practices in Therapeutic Education in France Hervé Breton3. Narratives of Fundamentalism, Negative Capability and the Democratic Imperative Alan Bainbridge and Linden West4. Understandings of the Natural World from a Generational Perspective Hazel R. WrightII. Discourses we work within: Of the workplace5. Opposing Cultures: Science and Humanities Teaching in Danish Schools Marianne Høyen and Mumiah Rasmusen6. Shaping ‘the Good Teacher’ in Danish and Kenyan Teacher Education Kari Kragh Blume Dahl7. Irish Adult Educators Find Fulfilment amid Poor Employment Conditions Sarah Bates Evoy8. Nurture Groups: Perspectives from Teaching Assistants Who Lead Them in Britain Tristan MiddletonIII. Discourses we work through: Challenges to overcome9. Punishment Discourses in Everyday Life Khum Raj Pathak10. Irish Students Turning First-Year Transition Obstacles into Successful Progression Vera Sheridan11. Care Leavers in Italy: From ‘Vulnerable’ Children to ‘Autonomous’ Adults? Laura Formenti, Andrea Galimberti and Mirella Ferrari12. What Game Are We Playing? Narrative Work that Supports Gamblers Micaela Castiglioni and Carola GirottiIV. Discourses we work around: Managing constraining circumstances13. A Danish Prisoner Narrative: The Tension from a Multifaceted Identity During (Re-)Entry to Society Charlotte Mathiassen14. Inclusion and Exclusion in Colombian Education, Captured through Life Stories Miguel Alberto González González15. Navigating Grades and Learning in the Swedish Upper Secondary School Where Neoliberal Values Prevail Patric Wallin16. Adult Education as a Means to Enable Polish Citizens to Question Media Coverage of Political Messages Marta ZientekV. Discourses that explore or reveal diversity: Facing choice and change17. Examining a Kazakh Student’s Biographical Narrative and the Discourses She Lives By Rob Evans18. The Needs of Low-Literate Migrants When Learning the English Language Monica Mascarenhas19. Uncovering Habitus in Life Stories of Muslim Converts Simone R. Rasmussen20. Participatory Approaches in Critical Migration Research: The Example of an Austrian Documentary Film Annette SprungVI. Discourses to support diversity: Projects that empower21. Decolonizing and Indigenizing Discourses in a Canadian Context Adrienne S. Chan22. Embedding Feminist Pedagogies of Care in Research to Better Support San Youth in South Africa Outi Ylitapio-Mäntylä and Mari Mäkiranta23. From Defender to Offender: British Female Ex-Military Re-Joining Civilian Society Linda Cooper24. UK Senior Citizens Learn Filmmaking as a Creative Pathway to Reflection and Fulfilment Teresa Brayshaw and Jenny GranvilleVII. Discourses through a Self-reflexive lens: Thoughts from researchers25. Diversifying Discourses of Progression to UK Higher Education Through Narrative Approaches Laura Mazzoli Smith26. Using Journaling and Autoethnography to Create Counter-Narratives of School Exclusion in Britain Helen Woodley27. Reflections on a Creative Arts Project to Explore the Resilience of Young Adults with a Muslim Background in Finland Helena Oikarinen-Jabai28. Discourses, Cultural narratives, and Genre in Biographical Narratives: A Personal Overview Marianne HorsdalLearning from Narratives, Discourses and Biographical Research: An Afterword Hazel R. Wright and Marianne HøyenList of IllustrationsIndexAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat are the influences that govern how people view their worlds? What are the embedded values and practices that underpin the ways people think and act?Discourses We Live By approaches these questions through narrative research, in a process that uses words, images, activities or artefacts to ask people – either individually or collectively within social groupings – to examine, discuss, portray or otherwise make public their place in the world, their sense of belonging to (and identity within) the physical and cultural space they inhabit.This book is a rich and multifaceted collection of twenty-eight chapters that use varied lenses to examine the discourses that shape people’s lives. The contributors are themselves from many backgrounds – different academic disciplines within the humanities and social sciences, diverse professional practices and a range of countries and cultures. They represent a broad spectrum of age, status and outlook, and variously apply their research methods – but share a common interest in people, their lives, thoughts and actions. Gathering such eclectic experiences as those of student-teachers in Kenya, a released prisoner in Denmark, academics in Colombia, a group of migrants learning English, and gambling addiction support-workers in Italy, alongside more mainstream educational themes, the book presents a fascinating array of insights.Discourses We Live By will be essential reading for adult educators and practitioners, those involved with educational and professional practice, narrative researchers, and many sociologists. It will appeal to all who want to know how narratives shape the way we live and the way we talk about our lives.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adiscourses that shape people’s lives
=653  \\$anarrative researchers
=700  1\$aWright, Hazel R.,$eeditor.$uAnglia Ruskin University.$0(orcid)0000000235949780$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3594-9780
=700  1\$aHøyen, Marianne,$eeditor.$uAarhus University.$0(orcid)0000000150426024$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5042-6024
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0203$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0203_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04618nam  22006132  4500
=001  1266d1e4-0cfb-41ae-a21a-6bb3d78826a1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513485
=020  \\$z9781805113379$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113386$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113393$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0411$2doi
=024  7\$a1463605613$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ7052
=072   7$aFOR002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS026010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$a2CSR$2thema
=072   7$a5PB-AA-A$2thema
=072   7$aCFB$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=245  00$aDiversity across the Arabian Peninsula :$bLanguage, Culture, Nature /$cedited by Fabio Gasparini, Kamala Russell, Janet C.E. Watson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+278 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 28.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsPrefaceThe Dhaid Oasis: Onomastic Investigations in Northern Emirati VillagesAn Ecolinguistic Approach to Kumzari: Ecocultural Assemblages of Language and Landscape in KumzarThree Shehret Texts: Building with FloraAspects of the Phonology and Morphology of Saudi Varieties of ArabicDistal and Proximal Relative Pronouns in Central Faifi ArabicVerbal Noun Formation in MehriTechnological Support for Endangered/Minority Languages: Creating Cross-Platform Keyboard Layouts for Modern South Arabian Languages
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis edited volume brings together a diverse and rich set of contributions on the Arabian Peninsula. Ranging from history, field linguistics, and cultural studies these essays address the diversity of languages, ways of life, and natural environments that have marked the region throughout its history. The book stems from the intellectual exchange and collaboration fostered by a virtual workshop that met regularly in 2020-21 and which drew participants from within and beyond the academy. The contributions gathered in this volume highlight the need for a better understanding of a region that hosts a vast amount of culturally and linguistically diverse material, often in a precarious state of conservation. Diversity Across the Arabian Peninsula argues for the importance of holistic, community-based, and interdisciplinary approaches to linguistic endangerment and deep social and cultural changes: there is no documentation of language without attention to language use, the material lifeworld and its ecology, and social and cultural setting. Such research is enriched and made more impactful through collaboration with communities and scholars from the Global South. The essays in this volume thus spearhead a contextualized study of South Arabian linguistic varieties and their connection with the natural and cultural world they inhabit.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aArabian Peninsula
=653  \\$aDiversity
=653  \\$aLinguistic endangerment
=653  \\$aCultural studies
=653  \\$aInterdisciplinary approaches
=653  \\$aCommunity-based collaboration
=700  1\$aGasparini, Fabio,$eeditor.$uFreie Universität Berlin.$0(orcid)0000000291968695$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9196-8695
=700  1\$aRussell, Kamala,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Chicago.$0(orcid)0000000209071580$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0907-1580
=700  1\$aWatson, Janet C.E.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Leeds.$0(orcid)0000000229222964$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2922-2964
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 28.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0411$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0411_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05397nam  22006132  4500
=001  1312613f-e01a-499a-b0d0-7289d5b9013d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783749935$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749942$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749959$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646247$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749980$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749966$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749973$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0219$2doi
=024  7\$a1250645974$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aDiversity and Rabbinization :$bJewish Texts and Societies between 400 and 1000 CE /$cedited by Gavin McDowell, Ron Naiweld, Daniel Stökl Ben Ezra.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+478 pages): $b39 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 8.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aContentsContributorsIntroduction Gavin McDowell, Ron Naiweld and Daniel Stökl Ben EzraPart 1. The Synagogue1. Diversity in the Ancient Synagogue of Roman-Byzantine Palestine: Historical Implications Lee I. Levine2. Society and the Self in Early Piyyut Michael D. Swartz3. Some Remarks about Non-Rabbinic Judaism, Rabbinization, and Synagogal Judaism José CostaPart 2. Evidence for Non-Rabbinic Judaism: The Near East4. In Search of Non-Rabbinic Judaism in Sasanian Babylonia Geoffrey Herman5. Varieties of Non-Rabbinic Judaism in Geonic and Contemporaneous Sources Robert Brody6. Karaites and Sadducees DownloadYoram Erder7. The Judaism of the Ancient Kingdom of Ḥimyar in Arabia: A Discreet Conversion Christian Julien RobinPart 3. Evidence for Non-Rabbinic Judaism: Europe8. The Didascalus Annas: A Jewish Political and Intellectual Figure from the West Capucine Nemo-Pekelman9. Rabbis in Southern Italian Jewish Inscriptions from Late Antiquity to the Early Middle Ages Giancarlo Lacerenza10. Jewish Demographics and Economics at the Onset of the European Middle Ages Michael TochPart 4. Rabbinization11. The Rabbinization Tractates and the Propagation of Rabbinic Ideology in the Late Talmudic Period Ron Naiweld12. Who is the Target of Toledot Yeshu? Daniel Stökl Ben Ezra13. Rabbinization of Non-Rabbinic Material in Pirqe de-Rabbi Eliezer Gavin McDowell14. Seder Eliyahu Rabbah: Rabbinic Tradition for a Non-Rabbinic Society Günter StembergerAfterword: Rabbinization and the Persistence of Diversity in Jewish Culture in Late Antiquity Ra‘anan BoustanList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume is dedicated to the cultural and religious diversity in Jewish communities from Late Antiquity to the Early Middle Age and the growing influence of the rabbis within these communities during the same period. Drawing on available textual and material evidence, the fourteen essays presented here, written by leading experts in their fields, span a significant chronological and geographical range and cover material that has not yet received sufficient attention in scholarship.The volume is divided into four parts. The first focuses on the vantage point of the synagogue; the second and third on non-rabbinic Judaism in, respectively, the Near East and Europe; the final part turns from diversity within Judaism to the process of "rabbinization" as represented in some unusual rabbinic texts.Diversity and Rabbinization is a welcome contribution to the historical study of Judaism in all its complexity. It presents fresh perspectives on critical questions and allows us to rethink the tension between multiplicity and unity in Judaism during the first millennium CE.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acultural diversity
=653  \\$areligious diversity
=653  \\$aJewish communities
=653  \\$aLate Antiquity
=653  \\$aEarly Middle Age
=653  \\$arabbis
=700  1\$aMcDowell, Gavin,$eeditor.$uUniversité Laval.
=700  1\$aNaiweld, Ron,$eeditor.$uCentre de Recherches Historiques in Paris.
=700  1\$aStökl Ben Ezra, Daniel,$eeditor.$uÉcole Pratique des Hautes Études, PSL.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 8.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0219$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0219_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04448nam  22006732  4500
=001  02fbde7d-48ca-4515-9dec-8f962960993f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023512118
=020  \\$z9781805111016$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111023$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111030$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111078$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111047$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0357$2doi
=024  7\$a1417637777$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPS3242.B5
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$a1KBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO022040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIB006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDNT$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aDSBF$2thema
=072   7$aQRMF1$2thema
=100  1\$aDobbs-Allsopp, F. W.,$eauthor.$uPrinceton Theological Seminary.
=245  10$aDivine Style :$bWalt Whitman and the King James Bible /$cF. W. Dobbs-Allsopp.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiii+386 pages): $b50 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviationsList of FiguresPrefatory Note on LinksIntroduction1. Whitman on the Bible2. The Bible in Whitman: Quotation, Allusion, Echo3. Whitman’s Line: “Found” in the KJB?4. Parallelism: In the (Hebrew) Bible and in Whitman5. “The Divine Style”: An American Prose Style PoeticizedAfterwordSelected BibliographyIndexWritings of Walt WhitmanBiblical ReferencesSubject Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn exploring the seminal works of Walt Whitman, the great American poet, many commentators have acknowledged the underlying influence of The King James Bible. However, a study has yet to elucidate the precise manner in which the Bible has shaped Whitman’s poetic style.This is the deficit that F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp seeks to address in his new piece of literary scholarship: 'Divine Style: Walt Whitman and the King James Bible'. Dobbs-Allsopp, Professor of Old Testament at Princeton Theological Seminary, explicitly approaches Whitman from the perspective of a biblical scholar.Utilising his wealth of expertise in this field, he constructs a compelling, erudite and methodical argument for the King James Bible’s importance in the evolution of Whitman’s style – from his signature long lines to the prevalence of parallelism and tendency towards parataxis in his works. 'Divine Style' focuses on Whitman’s output in the years preceding the release of his 1855 opus 'Leaves of Grass' through the general period of the book’s first three editions. In this, Dobbs-Allsopp’s exploration of the period is exhaustive – covering not just Leaves of Grass but recently recovered notebooks, newly digitised manuscripts and additions to the corpus, such as the novel 'Life and Adventures of Jack Engle'.This is a work of careful, detailed scholarship, offering an authoritative commentary that will be a valuable resource for students of Whitman, biblical scholars and scholars of literature more generally.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWalt Whitman
=653  \\$aKing James Bible
=653  \\$aNineteenth-Century American poetry
=653  \\$aFree verse
=653  \\$a'Leaves of Grass'
=653  \\$aLiterature scholarship
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0357$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0357_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05558nam  22006012  4500
=001  b31b6f95-4dd4-4fa9-9c55-803ce2fd36ff
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020416971
=020  \\$z9781800641945$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641952$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641969$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646490$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641990$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641976$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641983$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0255$2doi
=024  7\$a1285076842$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN1995.9.D6
=072   7$aAPFR$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aCAL$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER004110$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aReid, Darren R.,$eauthor.$uCoventry University.$0(orcid)0000000257851071$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5785-1071
=245  10$aDocumentary Making for Digital Humanists /$cDarren R. Reid, Brett Sanders.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+288 pages): $b87 illustrations, 10 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Field Guides Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2514-250X$x2514-2496
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders1. The Humanist Auteur Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders2. Learning to Love the Camera Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders3. The Production Process Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders4. Concept and Planning Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders5. Collaboration Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders6. Precedent Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders7. Choosing Your Filmmaking Equipment Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders8. Core Methods Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders9. Settings, Lenses, Focus, and Exposure Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders10. Composing a Shot — Tips and Techniques Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders11. Shots and Compositions Considered Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders12. The Visual Language of Cinema Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders13. Interviews Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders14. Recording Audio and Creating Soundscapes Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders15. Light Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders16. Camera Movement Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders17. The Two-Page Film School Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders18. Post-Mortem: Making a Short Documentary about the 2016 Presidential Election Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders19. Post-Production Workflow Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders20. The Three-Act Structure Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders21. The Protagonist Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders22. Assembly Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders23. Editing Workflow in Adobe Premiere Pro Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders24. Distribution and Dissemination Darren R. Reid and Brett SandersBibliographyIllustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis fluent and comprehensive field guide responds to increased interest, across the humanities, in the ways in which digital technologies can disrupt and open up new research and pedagogical avenues. It is designed to help scholars and students engage with their subjects using an audio-visual grammar, and to allow readers to efficiently gain the technical and theoretical skills necessary to create and disseminate their own trans-media projects.Documentary Making for Digital Humanists sets out the fundamentals of filmmaking, explores academic discourse on digital documentaries and online distribution, and considers the place of this discourse in the evolving academic landscape. The book walks its readers through the intellectual and practical processes of creating digital media and documentary projects. It is further equipped with video elements, supplementing specific chapters and providing brief and accessible introductions to the key components of the filmmaking process.This will be a valuable resource to humanist scholars and students seeking to embrace new media production and the digital landscape, and to those researchers interested in using means beyond the written word to disseminate their work. It constitutes a welcome contribution to the burgeoning field of digital humanities, as the first practical guide of its kind designed to facilitate humanist interactions with digital filmmaking, and to empower scholars and students alike to create and distribute new media audio-visual artefacts.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adigital technologies
=653  \\$ahumanities
=653  \\$adigital documentaries
=653  \\$aonline distribution
=700  1\$aSanders, Brett,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Field Guides Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2514-250X$x2514-2496
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0255$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0255_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04620nam  22006492  4500
=001  2d74b1a9-c3b0-4278-8cad-856fadc6a19d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376735
=020  \\$z9781783744466$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744473$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744480$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645530$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745944$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744497$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744503$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0134$2doi
=024  7\$a1105517255$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hger
=050  00$aPT2473.D5
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSchiller, Friedrich,$eauthor.
=245  10$aDon Carlos Infante of Spain :$bA Dramatic Poem /$cFriedrich Schiller; translated by Flora Kimmich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 208 pages): $b7 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 9.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website. Originally published in German as: Don Karlos : Infant von Spanien. Leipzig : Georg Joachim Göschen, 1804. Includes bibliographical footnotes.
=505  0\$aTranslator’s Note  Additional ResourcesIntroduction by John GuthrieDon Carlos Infante of Spain  Characters  Act One  Act Two  Act Three  Act Four  Act FiveNotes 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSchiller’s Don Carlos, written ten years before his great Wallenstein trilogy, testifies to the young playwright’s growing power. First performed in 1787, it stands at the culmination of Schiller’s formative development as a dramatist and is the first play written in his characteristic iambic pentameter. Don Carlos plunges the audience into the dangerous political and personal struggles that rupture the court of the Spanish King Philip II in 1658. The autocratic king’s son Don Carlos is caught between his political ideals, fostered by his friendship with the charismatic Marquis Posa, and his doomed love for his stepmother Elisabeth of Valois. These twin passions set him against his father, the brooding and tormented Philip, and the terrible power of the Catholic Church, represented in the play by the indelible figure of the Grand Inquisitor.Schiller described Don Carlos as "a family portrait in a princely house.” It interweaves political machinations with powerful personal relationships to create a complex and resonant tragedy. The conflict between absolutism and liberty appealed not only to audiences but also to other artists and gave rise to several operas, not least to Verdi’s great Don Carlos of 1867. The play, which the playwright never finished to his satisfaction, lives on nonetheless among his best-loved works and is translated here with flair and skill by Flora Kimmich. Like her translations of Schiller’s Wallenstein and his Fiesco’s Conspiracy at Genoa, this is a lively and accessible rendering of a classic text. As with all books in the Open Book Classics series, it is supported by an introduction and notes that will inform and enlighten both the student and the general reader.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFrederich Schiller
=653  \\$aDon Carlos Infante of Spain
=653  \\$agerman drama
=653  \\$aiambic pentameter
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$aglossary
=653  \\$aEuropean literature and history
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aGuthrie, John,$eintroduction by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 9.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0134$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0134_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04112nam  22006252  4500
=001  3795e166-413c-4568-8c19-1117689ef14b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467799
=020  \\$z9781909254008$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254015$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254022$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644588$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254039$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254046$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0031$2doi
=024  7\$a878145077$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hita
=050  00$aGT2853.I5
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNDF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHM$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS070120$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRoncaglia, Sara,$eauthor.
=245  10$aFeeding the City :$bWork and Food Culture of the Mumbai Dabbawalas /$cSara Roncaglia; translated by Angela Arnone.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 218 pages): $b13 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a\$iPrint version:$aOriginally published in Italian as: Nutrire la città : i dabbawala di Mumbai nella diversità delle culture alimentari urbane. Milan, Italy : B. Mondadori, 2010.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements Preface Introduction 1. Bombay-Mumbai and the Dabbawalas: Origin and Development of a Parallel Economy 2. Dabbawala Ethics in Transition 3. Nutan Mumbai Tiffin Box Suppliers Charity Trust: The Shaping of Dabbawala Relations Conclusions: Tastes and CulturesAppendix: Theory and Practice for an Ethnography of Diversities Glossary Select Bibliography Index 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEvery day in Mumbai 5,000 dabbawalas (literally translated as "those who carry boxes") distribute a staggering 200,000 home-cooked lunchboxes to the city’s workers and students. Giving employment and status to thousands of largely illiterate villagers from Mumbai's hinterland, this co-operative has been in operation since the late nineteenth century. It provides one of the most efficient delivery networks in the world: only one lunch in six million goes astray. Feeding the City is an ethnographic study of the fascinating inner workings of Mumbai's dabbawalas. Cultural anthropologist Sara Roncaglia explains how they cater to the various dietary requirements of a diverse and increasingly global city, where the preparation and consumption of food is pervaded with religious and cultural significance. Developing the idea of "gastrosemantics" – a language with which to discuss the broader implications of cooking and eating – Roncaglia's study helps us to rethink our relationship to food at a local and global level. The publication of this book is financed by the generous support of interested readers and organisations, who made donations using the crowd-funding website unglue.it
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDabbawalas
=653  \\$aMumbai
=653  \\$aIndia
=653  \\$afood industry
=653  \\$afood distribution
=653  \\$afood culture
=653  \\$aco-operative
=653  \\$a'gastrosemantics'
=700  1\$aArnone, Angela,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aSolinas, Pier Giorgio,$eintroduction by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0031$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0031_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04379nam  22006612  4500
=001  64002b81-bdb2-486b-af25-9175b311e00c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388890
=020  \\$z9781805111948$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111955$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111962$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111993$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111979$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0385$2doi
=024  7\$a1443867933$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDK254.V6155
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHQ$2thema
=072   7$aDNB$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aJPS$2thema
=100  1\$aHughes, Michael,$eauthor.$uLancaster University.$0(orcid)0000000321693451$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2169-3451
=245  10$aFeliks Volkhovskii :$bA Revolutionary Life /$cMichael Hughes.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+340 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Introduction2. The Making of a Revolutionary3. Prison, Poetry and Exile4. Selling Revolution5. Spies and Trials6. Returning to the Revolutionary Fray7. Final Years8. ConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFeliks Volkhovskii (1846-1914) was a significant figure in the Russian revolutionary movement of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. He lived through pivotal changes ranging from the rise of ‘nihilism’ in the 1860s and the growth of populism in the 1870s, through to the creation of the Socialist Revolutionary Party in the early 1900s. Imprisoned three times before he turned thirty, he spent ten years in Siberian exile before fleeing abroad to join the fight against tsarist autocracy from western Europe.Following Volkhovskii’s arrival in Britain in 1890, he played a central role in the campaign to win sympathy for the Russian revolutionary movement, editing newspapers and journals including Free Russia. He also helped to smuggle propaganda into Russia as well as becoming one of the most prominent figures in the émigré leadership of the Socialist Revolutionaries. Throughout his life, Volkhovskii was  also a prolific writer of poetry and short stories, and was on good terms with many leading literary figures of the time including Ford Maddox Ford and Edward and Constance Garnett. Michael Hughes’s groundbreaking new biography provides a vivid history of this notable but hitherto neglected figure of both the political and literary worlds. Based on ten years of research in archives across the world and drawing on sources in multiple languages, this masterful biography explores how Volkhovskii’s life illuminates broader intellectual and historical questions about the Russian revolutionary movement. It is essential reading for anyone interested in late Imperial Russia and the Russian revolution.
=536  \\$aLancaster University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFeliks Volkhovskii (1846-1914)
=653  \\$aRussian revolutionary movement
=653  \\$aSiberian exile
=653  \\$aSocialist Revolutionary Party
=653  \\$aRussian émigrés in England
=653  \\$aImperial Russia
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0385$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0385_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03891nam  22006492  4500
=001  5da7830b-6d55-4eb4-899e-cb2a13b30111
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452882
=020  \\$z9781783740420$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740437$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740444$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644854$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746453$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783740451$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740468$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0058$2doi
=024  7\$a913570904$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hger
=050  00$aPT2468
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aDRA004020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSchiller, Friedrich,$eauthor.
=245  10$aFiesco's Conspiracy at Genoa /$cFriedrich Schiller; translated by Flora Kimmich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 132 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionby John GuthrieFiesco’s Conspiracy at GenoaTranslated by Flora KimmichNotes to the Textby John GuthrieSelect Bibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWithin two years of the success of his first play Die Räuber on the German stage in 1781, Schiller wrote a drama based on a rebellion in sixteenth century Italy, its title: The Conspiracy of Fiesco at Genoa. A Republican Tragedy. At the head of the conspiracy stood Gian Luigi de’ Fieschi (1524–1547), Schiller’s Count Fiesco, a clever, courageous and charismatic figure, an epicurean and unhesitant egoist, politically ambitious, but unsure of his aims and principles. He is one of Schiller’s mysterious, protean characters who secures both our admiration and disgust. With Fiesco as tragic hero Schiller examines the complex entanglement of morality and politics in his own times that was to preoccupy him throughout his career.The play was a moderate success when performed in Mannheim in 1784; it was more popular in Berlin where, during Schiller’s lifetime, it was performed many times in a version by Carl Plümicke, which however radically altered the play’s meaning. There have been some noteworthy productions on the German stage and television, even if it has remained somewhat in the shadow of Schiller’ other works. In the English-speaking world it is all but unknown and very seldom performed. This translation aims to remedy that oversight.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFriedrich Schiller
=653  \\$adrama
=653  \\$aFiesco
=653  \\$aconspiracy
=653  \\$aGenoa
=653  \\$aplay
=653  \\$atranslation
=700  1\$aGuthrie, John,$eintroduction by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0058$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0058_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04820nam  22006372  4500
=001  936e40ed-ea14-48ac-9766-6acae46ba1e3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361257
=020  \\$z9781805112006$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112013$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112020$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112051$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112044$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805112037$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0386$2doi
=024  7\$a1414210799$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHC240
=072   7$aKFFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKFFM$2thema
=072   7$aKCS$2thema
=072   7$aKFFD$2thema
=245  00$aFinancing Investment in Times of High Public Debt :$b2023 European Public Investment Outlook /$cedited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno, Andrew Watt.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+234 pages): $b52 illustrations, 17 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsPrefaceIntroductionPART I. State of the Art1. Europe2. Financing Public Investment in France3. Germany Lacks Political Will to Finance Needed Public-Investment Boost4. Italy’s Public Investments. The NRRP and Beyond5. Public Investment, Deficit and Public Debt in Spain, 1995–2022PART II. Challenges6. Escaping Fragmentation and Secular Stagnation. The EU Policy Mix and Investment Financing7. From Crisis to Crisis, Can Europe Count on National Promotional Banks as Silver Bullets?8. Making Green Public Investments a Reality in the EU Fiscal Framework and the EU Budget9. Financing Climate Investment in the EU: the Role of Monetary and Financial Policies10. In Search of Lost Time: An Ensemble of Policies to Restore Fiscal Progressivity and Address the Climate Challenge11. European Public Goods12. Options for a Permanent EU Sovereign Fund: Meeting the Climate-Investment Challenge and Promoting Macroeconomic StabilityContributor BiographiesList of FiguresList of Tables
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe fourth book in the ‘European Public Investment Outlook’ series focuses on the urgent issue of how to finance needed investment in critical tangible and intangible infrastructure given high levels of public debt, a thorny problem facing many governments across Europe. Drawing on expertise from academics, researchers at public policy institutes and international governance bodies, the contributors analyse the current situation and prospects and propose feasible solutions.Financing Investment in Times of High Public Debt offers a powerful combination of high-level analysis of cross-continental policies and trends, with close examination of specific contexts in France, Italy, Germany and Spain. The chapters in Part II explore challenges including how to finance climate investments, the extent to which national promotional banks can offer solutions, EU budget reform and recent trends in tax progressivity.This book is essential reading for economists, policymakers, and anyone interested in implementing and financing public policy in Europe and wanting to better understand the intricacies of EU governance and institutions.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFinancing
=653  \\$aEuropean economics
=653  \\$aInvestment
=653  \\$aPublic debt
=653  \\$aInfrastructure
=653  \\$aGovernance
=700  1\$aCerniglia, Floriana,$eeditor.$uUniversità Cattolica del Sacro Cuore.$0(orcid)000000019972716X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9972-716X
=700  1\$aSaraceno, Francesco,$eeditor.$uSciences Po, Paris.$0(orcid)0000000301214329$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-4329
=700  1\$aWatt, Andrew,$eeditor.$uHans-Böckler Foundation.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0386$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0386_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04435nam  22006852  4500
=001  a94e57a8-fe20-4100-9796-0b8954a57cc8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361449
=020  \\$z9781805110040$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110057$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110064$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110101$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110095$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110071$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0315$2doi
=024  7\$a1392077571$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR360.M348
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aJBGB$2thema
=100  1\$aHaring, Lee,$eauthor.$uBrooklyn College.
=245  10$aFolktales of Mayotte, an African Island /$cLee Haring.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+192 pages): $b15 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 10.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword1Mark TurinPreface3A Note on the Text91. Mayotte Is Ours112. Varieties of Performing493. Giving an Account of Herself121Works Cited175List of Illustrations183Index185
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe book uncovers the versatility and literary skills of oral narrators in a small African island. Relying on the researches of three French ethnographers who interviewed storytellers in the 1970s-80s, Lee Haring shows a once-colonised people using verbal art to preserve ancient values in the postcolonial world, when the island of Mayotte was transforming itself from a neglected colony to an overseas department of France. The author’s innovation is to read ethnographic researches as play scripts—to see printed folktales as accounts of live performances. One storyteller after another comments symbolically on what it is like to be a formerly colonised population. Storytelling women, in particular, combine diverse plots and characters to create traditional-sounding stories, which could not have been predicted from the African, Malagasy, Indian, and European traditions coexisting in Mayotte. Haring’s account shows them to be particularly skilled at irony and ambiguity, conveying both submissive and rebellious attitudes in their tales. He makes Mayotte storytelling accessible to a new, English-speaking audience and demonstrates that traditional storytellers in those years were preserving, but also critiquing, their inherited social order in a changing world. Their creative intentions, cultural influences and widely different narrative styles constitute Mayotte’s system of the arts of the word.Literary specialists, folklore enthusiasts, and people who like reading stories will find much to appreciate in this engaging and sophisticated book.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aoral narrators
=653  \\$aliterary skills
=653  \\$aversatility
=653  \\$asmall African island
=653  \\$aFrench ethnographer
=653  \\$ainterview
=653  \\$a1970s-80s
=653  \\$aancient values
=653  \\$apreservation
=653  \\$apostcolonial world
=653  \\$aisland of Mayotte
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eforeword by.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 10.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0315$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0315_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  10375nam  22006372  4500
=001  83b7409e-f076-4598-965e-9e15615be247
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467884
=020  \\$z9781783741939$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741946$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741953$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645059$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746385$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741960$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741977$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0085$2doi
=024  7\$a35592990$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD9000
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNU$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH3$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHEA017000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aForests and Food :$bAddressing Hunger and Nutrition Across Sustainable Landscapes /$cedited by Bhaskar Vira, Christoph Wildburger, Stephanie Mansourian.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 280 pages): $b40 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aSeries title added by publisher retrospectively.
=505  0\$aPreface: Connecting the Dots by Alexander BuckAcknowledgementsAcronyms, Units and Symbols1 Introduction: Forests, Trees and Landscapes for Food Security and NutritionCoordinating lead author: Bhaskar ViraLead authors: Bina Agarwal, Ramni Jamnadass, Daniela Kleinschmit, Stepha McMullin, Stephanie Mansourian, Henry Neufeldt, John A. Parrotta, Terry Sunderland and Christoph Wildburger1.1 Problem Statement: Can Forests and Tree-based Systems Contribute to Food Security and Nutrition?1.2 Prevailing Paradigms about Forests, Agriculture, Food Security and Nutrition1.3 Policy Context and Scope1.4 Structure of the Narrative1.5 Forests and Tree-based Landscapes for Food Security and Nutrition: A Brief Preview   1.5.1 Direct and Indirect Contributions of Forests and Tree-based Systems to Food Security and Nutrition   1.5.2 Drivers Affecting the Relationship between Forest-tree Landscapes and Food   1.5.3 Trade-offs, Conflicts and Synergies in Land Use, and Responses1.6 Evidence and Knowledge GapsReferences2 Understanding the Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems in Food ProvisionCoordinating lead authors: Ramni Jamnadass and Stepha McMullinLead authors: Miyuki Iiyama and Ian K. DawsonContributing authors: Bronwen Powell, Celine Termote, Amy Ickowitz, Katja Kehlenbeck, Barbara Vinceti, Nathalie van Vliet, Gudrun Keding, Barbara Stadlmayr, Patrick Van Damme, Sammy Carsan, Terry Sunderland, Mary Njenga, Amos Gyau, Paolo Cerutti, Jolien Schure, Christophe Kouame, Beatrice Darko Obiri, Daniel Ofori, Bina Agarwal, Henry Neufeldt, Ann Degrande and Anca Serban2.1 Introduction2.2 Food Security and Nutrition2.3 The Direct Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems   2.3.1 Foods Provided by Forests and Tree-based Systems   2.3.2 Dietary Choices, Access to Resources and Behavioural Change2.4 The Indirect Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems   2.4.1 Income and other Livelihood Opportunities   2.4.2 Provision of Ecosystem Services2.5 ConclusionsReferences3 The Historical, Environmental and Socio-economic Context of Forests and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and NutritionCoordinating lead author: John A. ParrottaLead authors: Jennie Dey de Pryck, Beatrice Darko Obiri, Christine Padoch, Bronwen Powell and Chris SandbrookContributing authors: Bina Agarwal, Amy Ickowitz, Katy Jeary, Anca Serban, Terry Sunderland and Tran Nam Tu3.1 Introduction3.2 Forests and Tree-based Systems: An Overview   3.2.1 Historical Overview and the Role of Traditional Knowledge   3.2.2 Managed Forests, Woodlands and Parklands   3.2.3 Shifting Cultivation Systems   3.2.4 Agroforestry Systems   3.2.5 Single-species Tree Crop Production Systems3.3 The Influence of Forest Landscape Configuration Management and Use on Food Security and Nutrition   3.3.1 Interactions between Landscape Components   3.3.2 The Influence of Landscape Use and Management of Forests and Tree-Based Systems on Nutrition3.4 The Socio-economic Organisation of Forests and Tree-based Systems   3.4.1 Introduction   3.4.2 Land, Tree and Related Natural Resource Tenure   3.4.3 Gender, Rights to Land and Trees, and Food Security   3.4.4 Human Capital, Control and Decision-making in Forests and Tree-based Systems   3.4.5 Financial Capital and Credit: Using and Investing in Forests and Trees3.5 ConclusionsReferences4 Drivers of Forests and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and NutritionCoordinating lead author: Daniela KleinschmitLead authors: Bimbika Sijapati Basnett, Adrian Martin, Nitin D. Rai and Carsten Smith-HallContributing authors: Neil M. Dawson, Gordon Hickey, Henry Neufeldt, Hemant R. Ojha and Solomon Zena Walelign4.1 Introduction4.2 Environmental Drivers4.3 Social Drivers4.4 Economic Drivers4.5 Governance4.6 ConclusionsReferences5 Response Options Across the LandscapeCoordinating lead author: Terry SunderlandLead authors: Frédéric Baudron, Amy Ickowitz, Christine Padoch, Mirjam Ros-Tonen, Chris Sandbrook and Bhaskar ViraContributing authors: Josephine Chambers, Elizabeth Deakin, Samson Foli, Katy Jeary, John A. Parrotta, Bronwen Powell, James Reed, Sarah Ayeri Ogalleh, Henry Neufeldt and Anca Serban5.1 Introduction5.2 The Role of Landscape Configurations   5.2.1 Temporal Dynamics within Landscapes   5.2.2 Trade-offs and Choices at the Landscape Scale5.3 Land Sparing and Land Sharing5.4 Landscapes and Localised Food Systems5.5 "Nutrition-sensitive” Landscapes5.6 Landscape Governance5.7 ConclusionsReferences6 Public Sector, Private Sector and Socio-cultural Response OptionsCoordinating lead author: Henry NeufeldtLead authors: Pablo Pacheco, Hemant R. Ojha, Sarah Ayeri Ogalleh, Jason Donovan and Lisa FuchsContributing authors: Daniela Kleinschmit, Patti Kristjanson, Godwin Kowero, Vincent O. Oeba and Bronwen Powell6.1 Introduction6.2 Governance Responses to Enhance Linkages between Forests and Tree-based Systems and Food Security and Nutrition   6.2.1 Introduction   6.2.2 Reforms Related to Tenure and Resource Rights   6.2.3 Decentralisation and Community Participation in Forest Management   6.2.4 Regulating Markets   6.2.5 Catalysing Governance Reform6.3 Private Sector-driven Initiatives for Enhancing Governance in Food Systems   6.3.1 Introduction   6.3.2 The Challenges of Sustainability and Inclusiveness in Food Supply   6.3.3 Global Initiatives to Support Sustainable Finance and Supply   6.3.4 Emerging Corporate Sustainability Initiatives   6.3.5 "Hybrid” Models for Sustainable and Inclusive Supply6.4 Socio-cultural Response Options   6.4.1 Introduction   6.4.2 Changing Urban Demand   6.4.3 Behaviour Change and Education to Improve Dietary Choices   6.4.4 Reducing Inequalities and Promoting Gender-responsive Interventions and Policies   6.4.5 Social Mobilisation for Food Security6.5 ConclusionsReferences7 ConclusionsCoordinating lead author: Bhaskar ViraLead authors: Ramni Jamnadass, Daniela Kleinschmit, Stepha McMullin, Stephanie Mansourian, Henry Neufeldt, John A. Parrotta, Terry Sunderland and Christoph Wildburger7.1 Forests and Trees Matter for Food Security and Nutrition7.2 Governing Multi-functional Landscapes for Food Security and Nutrition7.3 The Importance of Secure Tenure and Local Control7.4 Reimagining Forests and Food Security7.5 Knowledge Gaps7.6 Looking Ahead: The Importance of Forest and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and NutritionAppendix 1: GlossaryAppendix 2: List of Panel Members, Authors and Reviewers
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAs population estimates for 2050 reach over 9 billion, issues of food security and nutrition have been dominating academic and policy debates. A total of 805 million people are undernourished worldwide and malnutrition affects nearly every country on the planet. Despite impressive productivity increases, there is growing evidence that conventional agricultural strategies fall short of eliminating global hunger, as well as having long-term ecological consequences. Forests can play an important role in complementing agricultural production to address the Sustainable Development Goals on zero hunger. Forests and trees can be managed to provide better and more nutritionally-balanced diets, greater control over food inputs – particularly during lean seasons and periods of vulnerability (especially for marginalised groups) – and deliver ecosystem services for crop production. However forests are undergoing a rapid process of degradation, a complex process that governments are struggling to reverse.This volume provides important evidence and insights about the potential of forests to reducing global hunger and malnutrition, exploring the different roles of landscapes, and the governance approaches that are required for the equitable delivery of these benefits. Forests and Food is essential reading for researchers, students, NGOs and government departments responsible for agriculture, forestry, food security and poverty alleviation around the globe.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aForests
=653  \\$afood
=653  \\$ahunger
=653  \\$anutrition
=653  \\$amalnutrition
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$aagriculture
=653  \\$aenvironment
=700  1\$aVira, Bhaskar,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000177666773$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7766-6773
=700  1\$aWildburger, Christoph,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aMansourian, Stephanie,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0085$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0085_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04767nam  22007932  4500
=001  36c67121-30a5-431f-a790-053e88f6bb49
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020416970
=020  \\$z9781800642188$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642195$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642201$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646520$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642232$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642218$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642225$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0259$2doi
=024  7\$a1285171908$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB2430.S34
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCF3$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRueda Garrido, Daniel,$eauthor.$uHebei Normal University.$0(orcid)0000000293388061$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9338-8061
=245  10$aForms of Life and Subjectivity :$bRethinking Sartre’s Philosophy /$cDaniel Rueda Garrido.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+338 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroduction1. The Phenomenological Ontology of Forms of Life2. Forms of Life and Ontological Conversion3. Habits, Identification and Forms of Life4. Forms of Life, Imitation and Conscious Will5. Dialectics, Forms of Life and Subjectivity6. The Capitalist Form of Life and its Subjectivity7. Forms of Life and Subjectivities of Other Communities in the Capitalist EraConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a'Forms of Life and Subjectivity: Rethinking Sartre’s Philosophy' explores the fundamental question of why we act as we do. Informed by an ontological and phenomenological approach, and building mainly, but not exclusively, on the thought of Sartre, Daniel Rueda Garrido considers the concept of a "form of life” as a term that bridges the gap between subjective identity and communities.This first systematic ontology of "forms of life” seeks to understand why we act in certain ways, and why we cling to certain identities, such as nationalisms, social movements, cultural minorities, racism, or religion. The answer, as Rueda Garrido argues, depends on an understanding of ourselves as "forms of life” that remains sensitive to the relationship between ontology and power, between what we want to be and what we ought to be.Structured in seven chapters, Rueda Garrido’s investigation yields illuminating and timely discussions of conversion, the constitution of subjectivity as an intersubjective self, the distinction between imitation and reproduction, the relationship between freedom and facticity, and the dialectical process by which two particular ways of being and acting enter into a situation of assimilation-resistance, as exemplified by capitalist and artistic forms of life.This ambitious and original work will be of great interest to scholars and students of philosophy, social sciences, cultural studies, psychology and anthropology. Its wide-ranging reflection on the human being and society will also appeal to the general reader of philosophy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alife
=653  \\$asubjectivity
=653  \\$aSartre
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$aontology
=653  \\$aphenomenology
=653  \\$aforms of life
=653  \\$aidentity
=653  \\$apower
=653  \\$aconversion
=653  \\$aintersubjectivity
=653  \\$afreedom
=653  \\$afacticity
=653  \\$aimitation
=653  \\$areproduction
=653  \\$acapitalism
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$acultural studies
=653  \\$apsychology
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$asocial sciences
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0259$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0259_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05511nam  22007092  4500
=001  dbbf7e0d-95cb-4575-aaad-cd4dcc4964bc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361503
=020  \\$z9781805110255$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110262$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110279$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110316$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110309$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110286$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0345$2doi
=024  7\$a1391693656$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDS119.7
=072   7$a1FBP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FBH$2bicssc
=072   7$aAMA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHG$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=072   7$aNHWR9$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=245  00$aFor Palestine :$bEssays from the Tom Hurndall Memorial Lecture Group /$cedited by Ian Parker.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+274 pages): $b19 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aThe Sixteen Tom Hurndall Memorial LecturesAcknowledgementsContributorsForewordIntroduction1. The Key to Peace: The Return of the RefugeesSalman Abu Sitta2. Human Rights in the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictRichard Kuper3. New-Old Thinking on PalestineIlan Pappe4. Can Palestinians Regain the Initiative for Ending the Occupation?Kamel Hawwash5. Reflections on the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictAvi Shlaim6. Being PalestinianKarma Nabulsi7. Dismantling the Image of the Palestinian Homosexual: Exploring the Role of AlqawsWala AlQaisiya, Ghaith Hilal and Haneen Maikey8. Archaeology, Architecture and the Politics of VerticalityEyal Weizman9. Israeli Apartheid: A Matter of LawDaniel Machover10. Dismantling Racism and Settler Colonialism: Challenges for the BDS MovementRania Masri11. The Oslo Accords and Palestine’s Political Economy in the Shadow of Regional TurmoilAdam Hanieh12. Evicting PalestinePenny Green and Amelia Smith13. Resisting Cybercide, Strengthening Solidarity: Standing up to Israel’s Digital OccupationMiriyam Aouragh14. Israel’s Nation-State Law and Its Consequences for PalestiniansSalma Karmi-Ayyoub15. The Crafting of the News: The British Media and the Israel-Palestine QuestionTim Llewellyn16. Palestine is a Four-letter Word: Psychoanalytic Innocence and Its MalcontentsLara SheehiList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a“I am not afraid to look.” – Tom Hurndall, 2003.On the eve of the invasion of Iraq in February 2003, Tom Hurndall, a photography student at Manchester Metropolitan University, travelled from Manchester to the Middle East to witness the horrors in Iraq and then later in Palestine. Tom was shot in the head by an Israeli soldier on 11 April 2003 whilst attempting to rescue two children trapped by Israeli sniper fire. He later died in hospital on 13 January 2004 without gaining consciousness. He is remembered for his determination to bear witness to the conflict in Palestine and his bravery to capture the atrocities directed towards the suppression of the Palestine people. This book is a collection of lectures written by reputable scholars who offer diverse perspectives on the historical, political and cultural struggles in Palestine. Encompassed in the pages are sixteen chapters produced for the Tom Hurndall Memorial Lecture Group. Unlike predecessors of this topic, this book offers a thought-provoking and comprehensive analysis of Palestine, including architectural, cultural, legal, sociological, and psychological questions, providing a larger scope of study that has not yet been done before. Ultimately, this book explores oppression in  Palestine and beyond in the Middle East.The vast study and in-depth exploration makes this an ideal book for those who are interested in the Palestine conflict, Zionism, Israel and further conflict in the Middle East, as well as a necessity for those who are studying the topic in education settings.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ainvasion of Iraq
=653  \\$aTom Hurndall
=653  \\$aphotography
=653  \\$aMiddle East
=653  \\$aPalestine
=653  \\$aconflict
=653  \\$aZionism
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$asociology
=700  1\$aParker, Ian,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Manchester.$0(orcid)000000015950464X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5950-464X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0345$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0345_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03074nam  22005292  4500
=001  1654967f-82f1-4ed0-ae81-7ebbfb9c183d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781909254442$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254459$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254466$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644564$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254473$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254480$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0029$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHR$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aVelleman, J. David,$eauthor.
=245  10$aFoundations for Moral Relativism /$cJ. David Velleman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 109 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments I. Introduction II. Virtual Selves III. Doables IV. Foundations for Moral Relativism V. Sociality and Solitude VI. Life Absurd? Don’t Be Ridiculous Bibliography Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Foundations for Moral Relativism a distinguished moral philosopher tames a bugbear of current debate about cultural difference. J. David Velleman shows that different communities can indeed be subject to incompatible moralities, because their local mores are rationally binding. At the same time, he explains why the mores of different communities, even when incompatible, are still variations on the same moral themes. The book thus maps out a universe of many moral worlds without, as Velleman puts it, "moral black holes”. The five self-standing chapters discuss such diverse topics as online avatars and virtual worlds, lying in Russian and truth-telling in Quechua, the pleasure of solitude and the fear of absurdity. Accessibly written, Foundations for Moral Relativism presupposes no prior training in philosophy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEthics
=653  \\$aMetaethics
=653  \\$aMoral Philosophy
=653  \\$aSocial Philosophy
=653  \\$aMoral Relativism
=653  \\$aMoral Disagreement
=653  \\$aPerspectivalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0029$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0029_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03344nam  22005892  4500
=001  00766beb-0597-48a8-ba70-dd2b8382ec37
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467883
=020  \\$z9781783740321$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740338$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740345$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645066$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746378$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783740352$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740369$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0086$2doi
=024  7\$a993979402$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ1500.R37
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHR$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aVelleman, J. David,$eauthor.$uNew York University.
=245  10$aFoundations for Moral Relativism :$bSecond Expanded Edition /$cJ. David Velleman.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 144 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aPrevious edition published: 2013.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsI. IntroductionII. Virtual SelvesIII. Morality Here and There1. Kant Among the Sherpas2. Aristotle in BaliIV. DoablesV. Foundations for Moral RelativismVI. Sociality and SolitudeVII. Life Absurd? Don’t Be RidiculousBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this new edition of Foundations for Moral Relativism a distinguished moral philosopher tames a bugbear of current debate about cultural difference. J. David Velleman shows that different communities can indeed be subject to incompatible moralities, because their local mores are rationally binding. At the same time, he explains why the mores of different communities, even when incompatible, are still variations on the same moral themes. The book thus maps out a universe of many moral worlds without, as Velleman puts it, "moral black holes”. The six self-standing chapters discuss such diverse topics as online avatars and virtual worlds, lying in Russian and truth-telling in Quechua, the pleasure of solitude and the fear of absurdity. Accessibly written, this book presupposes no prior training in philosophy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEthics
=653  \\$aMetaethics
=653  \\$aMoral Philosophy
=653  \\$aSocial Philosophy
=653  \\$aMoral Relativism
=653  \\$aMoral Disagreement
=653  \\$aPerspectivalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0086$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0086_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07464nam  22006732  4500
=001  cbf83d93-4076-47c4-896a-30bd90f179cb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386013
=020  \\$z9781800647930$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647947$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647954$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647992$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647985$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647961$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647978$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0311$2doi
=024  7\$a1348935790$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJC330.2
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPSD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPWH$2bicssc
=072   7$aLASD$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL011010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL043000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL041000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$ade Siqueira, Isabel Rocha,$eauthor.$uPontifical Catholic University of Rio de Janeiro.$0(orcid)0000000255576176$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5557-6176
=245  10$a‘Fragile States’ in an Unequal World :$bThe Role of the g7+ in International Diplomacy and Development Cooperation /$cIsabel Rocha de Siqueira.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+238 pages): $b24 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aA link to additional resources is available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aFigures and Illustrations ixForeword xiAcknowledgements xiiiAcronyms and Abbreviations xv1. A Book about People: The Stories of the g7+ 1Behind the Scenes 7The Book 112. How to Find a Voice: On Being an Accidental Diplomat for the New Deal 15The Need to Listen 20Trust is the Most Valuable Currency 24Be Wary of the Annotated Agenda: Donor Pressures and the Problem of Empty Participation 27The Search for a Voice 31Avoid Hoarseness: Trying to Keep Up with SDG 16 38Have your People in the Room: Seeking UN Observer Status 473. How to Use your Survival Skills (to Survive Monitoring and Evaluation): On Patience, Opportunities and Cooperation 57Find Yourself Something Sacred and Go Beyond Survival: Valuing Peace and Solidarity 60Have Patience But Be Strategic About It: The Symbolism of Fragile-to-Fragile Cooperation (F2F) 67Seize and Multiply Opportunities for Yourself and Others: The Paths Towards Greater Equality 76Make Changes and See Things Through 844. How to Work with Passion: On the Value of Doing Things Together 87Togetherness Is a Value and a Practice: Harnessing Commonalities in Order to Move Forward 91Living with Frustration but Leaving No-One Behind: Monitoring the SDGs 96Putting Solidarity into Practice: Conflict Mediation in the Central African Republic 105Challenges to Passion and Solidarity: Seeking Flexibility in the Face of an Obsession with Templates 1135. How to Decide Where your Pride Fits: The ‘Fragile States’ Label and the Need for a Unified Front 119Proud to Start With: Raising the Ownership Flag 124How to Decide Where your Pride Belongs: Shame and the World of International Experts 130The Micro and Macro Challenges to Pride: Geopolitical Negotiations and National Priorities 141What (Then) of Pride? 1496. How to Act Responsibly: On the Sense of Duty 151Advocating for Context and Country Leadership on Peace and Development 165Making Sure Assessments Do Not Become Ends in Themselves 169Multiplying Impacts: Responsibilities Go Up and Down 171Strengthening Within: Finding Cohesion with a Diverse Group 176Engendering Interest and Responsibility in the Next Generations 1797. The Way Forward 181The Next Generations 185Bibliography 189Videos 197g7+ Publications 198ANNEX I: g7+ Statements — A Selection 1991. 10 April 2010, Dili, Timor-Leste 1992. Port-au-Prince 2033. Lomé 2044. Kabul 2055. Lisbon 207ANNEX II: Fragility Spectrum 209ANNEX III: g7+ Fragility Assessments 211ANNEX IV: Chronology of g7+’s Main Events Since 2010 213ANNEX V: 2030 Agenda: Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 215ANNEX VI: 20 Targets Chosen in a 2016 Technical Meeting 217ANNEX VII: g7+ Statement of Solidarity and Cooperation: ‘A call for concerted support in our efforts to curb COVID-19’ (March 2020) 221Index 225
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is a book about people. ‘Fragile States’ in an Unequal World: The Role of the g7+ in International Diplomacy and Development Cooperation introduces the members of the g7+, a group formed by 20 conflict-affected states: why they came to believe in politics and policy; how they feel about their work, their family and their communities; and what they want to leave behind for the next generations. It is the story of their personal and collective values, their mistakes, and the challenges they faced, and it will resonate with anyone who has tried to organize and work with a group of very different people.This book is also a contribution for those seeking to influence international policy, especially from a disadvantageous position. It explores how to find your voice, use your survival skills, work with passion, decide how much to concede and act responsibly. Together, these lessons illuminate the paths that individual members have walked as they found their own voices, as well as how the g7+ fights to speak collectively. The book ends with a glimpse of the way forward, as Isabel Rocha de Siqueira encourages younger generations to engage with politics and policy generously, with hope for the future.Combining literature and hard facts – along with other elements such as illustrations, cartoon strips and photographs to tell the previously untold stories of public servants in poor, conflict-affected countries, the book offers an original (and very human) micro and macro perspective on the politics of development. It will be of interest to professionals in major development organisations, students and professors in development courses, policymakers, public servants, civil society, activists working for major international NGOs, and journalists who report on the development industry, as well as those with a general interest in international development cooperation, international diplomacy and other related fields.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$apeople
=653  \\$ag7+
=653  \\$aInternational Diplomacy and Development Cooperation
=653  \\$aconflict-affected states
=653  \\$afind your voice
=653  \\$ause your survival skills
=653  \\$awork with passion
=653  \\$adecide how much to concede
=653  \\$aact responsibly
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0311$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0311_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06795nam  22006252  4500
=001  3083819d-1084-418a-85d4-4f71c2fea139
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452878
=020  \\$z9781783745494$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745500$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745517$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645707$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747238$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745524$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745531$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0151$2doi
=024  7\$a1107380784$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aNK2115.5.L5
=072   7$aWTHM$2bicssc
=072   7$aA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAB$2bicssc
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aART000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART059000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC007010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aFrom Darkness to Light :$bWriters in Museums 1798-1898 /$cedited by Rosella Mamoli Zorzi, Katherine Manthorne.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+374 pages): $b44 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"This book originated from the international conference "From darkness to light : writers in museusm 1798-1898", organized by the Venice Committee of the Dante Alighieri Society, the Fondazione Musei Civici Veneziani, the Scuola Grande di San Rocco, and the Graduate School of the City University of New York, which took place in Venice between 27-29 April 2016"--Introduction, unnumbered page 1.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on ContributorsIntroduction: From Darkness to Light: Writers in Museums 1798–1898Rosella Mamoli Zorzi and Katherine ManthornePart I: On Light1. Tintoretto: An Unexpected Light. Lightnings, Haloes, Embers and Other Glowing Lights.Melania G. Mazzucco2. The Artificial Lighting Available to European and American Museums, 1800–1915David E. NyePart II: On Light at the Scuola Grande di San Rocco and in Venice3. Tintoretto in San Rocco Between Light and DarknessMaria Agnese Chiari Moretto Wiel4. John Ruskin and Henry James in the Enchanting Darkness of the Scuola Grande di San RoccoRosella Mamoli Zorzi5. Light at the Scuola Grande di San RoccoDemetrio Sonaglioni6. The Light in the Venice Ducal PalaceCamillo Tonini7. Latent in Darkness: John Ruskin’s Virtual Guide to the Academy of Fine Arts in VeniceEmma Sdegno8. Venice, Art and Light in French Literature: 1831–1916Cristina BeltramiPart III: On Light in American Museums9. One Hundred Gems of Light: The Peale Family Introduces Gaslight to AmericaBurton K. Kummerow10. Illuminating the Big Picture: Frederic Church’s Heart of the Andes Viewed by WritersKatherine Manthorne11. Italian Genius in American Light: The James Jackson Jarves Collection at YaleKathleen Lawrence12. Shedding Light on the History of Lighting at the Isabella Stewart Gardner MuseumHolly Salmon13. Seeing Beauty: Light and Design at the Freer Gallery, ca. 1923Lee GlazerPart IV: On Light in Museum and Mansions in England, France, and Spain14. Lighting up the Darkness: The National Gallery, LondonSarah Quill15. Sir John SoaneHelen Dorey16. Chatsworth, a Modern English MansionMarina Coslovi17. Daylight and Gold: In the Galleries With Henry JamesPaula Deitz18. Remarks on Illumination in Nineteenth-Century American Travel Writings on Madrid’s Prado MuseumPere Gifra-AdroherPart V: On Light in Italian Museums19. To Look (and to See) in the Nineteenth Century: At the Uffizi and ElsewhereCristina Acidini20. Ways of Perceiving: The Passionate Pilgrims’ Gaze in Nineteenth-Century ItalyMargherita Ciacci21. ‘In the Quiet Hours and the Deep Dusk, These Things too Recovered Their Advantage’: Henry James on Light in European MuseumsJoshua Parker22. ‘Shedding Light on Old Italian Masters’: Timothy Cole’s Series for the CenturyPage S. Knox23. ‘Into the Broad Sunlight’: Anne Hampton Brewster’s Chronicle of Gilded Age RomeAdrienne Baxter BellPart VI: On Light in Museums in Japan24. In Praise of Shadows: Ernest Fenollosa and the Origins of Japanese Museum CultureDorsey Kleitz and Sandra LucorePostscript25. Premonitions: Shakespeare to JamesSergio Perosa26. The Museum on Stage: From Plato’s Myth to Today’s PerceptionAlberto Pasetti Bombardella27. Time and LightAntonio FoscariBibliographyList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFrom Darkness to Light explores from a variety of angles the subject of museum lighting in exhibition spaces in America, Japan, and Western Europe throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.Written by an array of international experts, these collected essays gather perspectives from a diverse range of cultural sensibilities. From sensitive discussions of Tintoretto’s unique approach to the play of light and darkness as exhibited in the Scuola Grande di San Rocco in Venice, to the development of museum lighting as part of Japanese artistic self-fashioning, via the story of an epic American painting on tour, museum illumination in the work of Henry James, and lighting alterations at Chatsworth (to name only a few topics) this book is a treasure trove of illuminating contributions.The collection is at once a refreshing insight for the enthusiastic museum-goer, who is brought to an awareness of the exhibit in its immediate environment, and a wide-ranging scholarly compendium for the professional who seeks to proceed in their academic or curatorial work with a more enlightened sense of the lighted space.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amuseum lighting
=653  \\$aexhibition spaces
=653  \\$aAmerica
=653  \\$aJapan
=653  \\$aWestern Europe
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=653  \\$atwentieth century
=700  1\$aMamoli Zorzi, Rosella,$eeditor.$uUniversità Ca' Foscari di Venezia.$0(orcid)0000000227786168$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2778-6168
=700  1\$aManthorne, Katherine,$eeditor.$uCity University of New York.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0151$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0151_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06167nam  22005772  4500
=001  5bf6450f-99a7-4375-ad94-d5bde1b0282c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783740628$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740635$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740642$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644793$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740659$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740666$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0052$2doi
=024  7\$a904562444$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ701.3.D54
=072   7$aGLP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aART056000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aFrom Dust to Digital :$bTen Years of the Endangered Archives Programme /$cedited by Maja Kominko.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lxviii + 654  pages): $b230 illustrations, 18 tables, 28 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsList of illustrationsList of recordingsNotes on contributorsIntroductionby Lisbet Rausing and Peter BaldwinPreserving the past: creating the Endangered Archives Programmeby Barry SuppleThe Endangered Archives Programme after ten yearsby Anthea CaseWhat the Endangered Archives Programme doesCrumb trails, threads and traces: endangered archives and historyby Maja KominkoPART I. INSCRIPTIONS1. The “written landscape” of the central Sahara: recording and digitising the Tifinagh inscriptions in the Tadrart Acacus Mountainsby Stefano Biagetti, Ali Ait Kaci and Savino di LerniaPART II. MANUSCRIPTS2. Metadata and endangered archives: lessons from the Ahom manuscripts projectby Stephen Morey3. Unravelling Lepcha manuscriptsby Heleen Plaisier4. Technological aspects of the monastic manuscript collection at May Wäyni, Ethiopiaby Jacek Tomaszewski and Michael Gervers5. Localising Islamic knowledge: acquisition and copying of the Riyadha Mosque manuscript collection in Lamu, Kenyaby Anne Bang6. In the shadow of Timbuktu: the manuscripts of Djennéby Sophie SarinPART III. DOCUMENTARY ARCHIVES7. The first Gypsy/Roma organisations, churches and newspapersby Elena Mariushakova and Veselin Popov8. Sacred boundaries: parishes and the making of space in the colonial Andesby Gabriela Ramos9. Researching the history of slavery in Colombia and Brazil through ecclesiastical and notarial archivesby Jane Landers, Pablo Gómez, José Polo Acuña and Courtney J. Campbell10. Convict labour in early colonial Northern Nigeria: a preliminary studyby Mohammed Bashir Salau11. Murid Ajami sources of knowledge: the myth and the realityby Fallou Ngom12. Digitisation of Islamic manuscripts and periodicals in Jerusalem and Acreby Qasem Abu HarbPART IV. PHOTOGRAPHIC ARCHIVES13. A charlatan’s album: cartes-de-visite from Bolivia, Argentina and Paraguay (1860-1880)by Irina Podgorny14. Hearing images, tasting pictures: making sense of Christian mission photography in the Lushai Hills District, Northeast India (1870-1920)by Kyle Jackson15. The photographs of Baluev: capturing the “socialist transformation” of the Krasnoyarsk northern frontier, 1938-1939by David Anderson, Mikhail S. Batashev and Craig Campbell16. Archiving a Cameroonian photographic studioby David ZeitlynPART V. SOUND ARCHIVES17. Music for a revolution: the sound archives of Radio Télévision Guinéeby Graeme Counsel18. Conservation of the Iranian Golha radio programmes and the heritage of Persian classical poetry and musicby Jane Lewisohn19. The use of sound archives for the investigation, teaching and safeguarding of endangered languages in Russiaby Tjeerd De Graaf and Victor DenisovIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMuch of world’s documentary heritage rests in vulnerable, little-known and often inaccessible archives. Many of these archives preserve information that may cast new light on historical phenomena and lead to their reinterpretation. But such rich collections are often at risk of being lost before the history they capture is recorded. This volume celebrates the tenth anniversary of the Endangered Archives Programme at the British Library, established to document and publish online formerly inaccessible and neglected archives from across the globe. From Dust to Digital showcases the historical significance of the collections identified, catalogued and digitised through the Programme, bringing together articles on 19 of the 244 projects supported since its inception. These contributions demonstrate the range of materials documented — including rock inscriptions, manuscripts, archival records, newspapers, photographs and sound archives — and the wide geographical scope of the Programme. Many of the documents are published here for the first time, illustrating the potential these collections have to further our understanding of history.
=536  \\$aBritish Library
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aArchives
=653  \\$adocumentary heritage
=653  \\$apreservation
=653  \\$adigitisation
=653  \\$aEndangered Archives Programme
=653  \\$acultural heritage
=653  \\$aBritish Library
=700  1\$aKominko, Maja,$eeditor.$uArcadia Fund.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0052$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0052_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05002nam  22006492  4500
=001  d16896b7-691e-4620-9adb-1d7a42c69bde
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019458252
=020  \\$z9781800642126$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642133$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642140$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646513$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642171$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642157$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642164$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0258$2doi
=024  7\$a1266225733$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR2971.G3
=050  00$aP39
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCX$2bicssc
=072   7$aFC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DFG$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ACG$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC102000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPaulin, Roger,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000249284513$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4928-4513
=245  10$aFrom Goethe to Gundolf :$bEssays on German Literature and Culture /$cRoger Paulin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+412 pages): $b27 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForewordGoethe and Schiller: Goethezeit1. Goethe: Die Leiden des jungen Werthers Roger Paulin2. Goethe and Stolberg in Italy: The Consequences for Romantic Art Roger Paulin3. Schiller: Wallenstein Roger Paulin4. Laocoon, Dante, Shakespeare, August Wilhelm Schlegel and the Overcoming of Tragedy Roger Paulin5. Adding Stones to the Edifice: Patterns of German Biography Roger Paulin6. Kleist’s Metamorphoses: Some Remarks on the Use of Mythology in Penthesilea Roger Paulin7. Goethe, the Brothers Grimm and Academic Freedom Roger PaulinROMANTICISM8. Fairy Stories for Very Sophisticated Children: Ludwig Tieck’s Phantasus Roger Paulin9. Gundolf’s Romanticism Roger PaulinNINETEENTH CENTURY10. Some Remarks on the New Edition of the Works of Wilhelm Müller Roger Paulin11. Heine and Shakespeare DownloadRoger Paulin12. The ‘Schillerfeier’ of 1859 and the ‘Shakespearefest’ of 1864: With Some Remarks on Theodor Fontane’s Contributions Roger Paulin13. Under the Horse’s Tail: The Poets, Statuary and the Literary Canon in Nineteenth-Century Germany Roger PaulinPOETRY14. Friedrich Gottlieb Klopstock: ‘Der Zürchersee’ Roger Paulin15. Annette von Droste-Hülshoff Roger Paulin16. Rilke: Duino Elegy Ten: In memoriam Leslie Seiffert, 1934–90 Roger PaulinBOOKS17. Julius Hare’s German Books in Trinity College Library, Cambridge Roger PaulinBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFrom Goethe to Gundolf: Essays on German Literature and Culture is a collection of Roger Paulin’s groundbreaking essays, spanning the last forty years. The work represents his major research interests of Romanticism and the reception of Shakespeare in Germany, but also explores a broader range of themes, from poetry and the public memorialization of poets to fairy stories - all meticulously researched, yet highly accessible.As a comprehensive examination of German literary history in the period 1700-1900, the collection not only includes accounts of the lives and work of Goethe, Schiller, the Schlegels, and Gundolf (amongst others), serving to nuance our understanding of these figures in history, but also considers diverse (and often underexplored) topics, from academic freedom to the rise of travel literature.The essays have been reformulated, corrected, and updated to add references to recent works. However, the core foundations of the originals remain, and just as when they were first published, the value of these essays – to researchers, students, and all those who are interested in German literary history – cannot be overstated.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGerman Literature
=653  \\$aGerman Culture
=653  \\$aGoethe
=653  \\$aSchiller
=653  \\$aSchlegels
=653  \\$aGundolf
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0258$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0258_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05132nam  22006012  4500
=001  bd95a164-305c-45ac-a67c-e8ed1b5f3ca3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361499
=020  \\$z9781805110873$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110880$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110897$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0355$2doi
=024  7\$a1391693611$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ110.R4
=072   7$aGM$2bicssc
=072   7$aGLP$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNPG$2bicssc
=072   7$aART056000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI092000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aABC$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aRNPG$2thema
=100  1\$aBaillot, Anne,$eauthor.$uLe Mans Université.$0(orcid)000000024593059X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4593-059X
=245  10$aFrom Handwriting to Footprinting :$bText and Heritage in the Age of Climate Crisis /$cAnne Baillot.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+171 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction 11 Archiving text 51.1 What archives do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1.1 Institutionalisation of archiving . . . . . . . . . . . 81.1.2 Digital archiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2 From writing to reading to archiving: becoming text . . . 321.2.1 Temporality and text as media: the power of genesis 331.2.2 Traces of the past in the present . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Publishing, editing, and their digital transformation 552.1 From text to book to œuvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562.1.1 The deal between writer and publisher . . . . . . 582.1.2 Negotiating the œuvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682.2 Text quality from scan to digital edition . . . . . . . . . . 782.2.1 Emancipation from the page? . . . . . . . . . . . . 792.2.2 Access made Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953 What the climate crisis does to text 1113.1 The environmental cost of access to text . . . . . . . . . . 1133.1.1 Assessing the environmental footprint of text . . . 1143.1.2 Archiving text for tomorrow . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253.2 Trying to make this book an environmental lightweight . 1343.2.1 Writing, printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353.2.2 Distributing, archiving — and the readers . . . . . 142Conclusion 151Index 154Bibliography 155
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow do we currently preserve and access texts, and will our current methods be sustainable in the future?In From Handwriting to Footprinting, Anne Baillot seeks to answer this question by offering a detailed analysis of the methods that enable access to textual materials, in particular, access to books of literary significance. Baillot marshals her considerable expertise in the field of digital humanities to establish a philological overview of the changing boundaries of ‘access’ to literary heritage over centuries, deconstructing the western tradition of archiving and how it has led to current digital dissemination practices. Rigorously examining the negative environmental impact of digital publishing and archiving, Baillot proposes an alternative model of preservation and dissemination which reconciles fundamental traditions with the values of social responsibility and sustainability in an era of climate crisis. Integrating historical, archival and environmental perspectives, From Handwriting to Footprinting illuminates the impact that digitisation has had on the dissemination and preservation of textual heritage and reflects on what its future may hold. It is invaluable reading for anyone interested in textual history from a linguistic or philological perspective, as well as those working on publishing, archival and infrastructure projects that require the storing and long-term preservation of texts, or who want to know how to develop a more mindful attachment to digitised material.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$apreservation
=653  \\$aaccess
=653  \\$asustainability
=653  \\$adigital humanities
=653  \\$aarchiving
=653  \\$adigital dissemination
=653  \\$aclimate crisis
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0355$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0355_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05083nam  22006012  4500
=001  3a167e24-36b5-4d0e-b55f-af6be9a7c827
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467808
=020  \\$z9781906924874$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924881$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924898$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644533$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924904$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924911$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0026$2doi
=024  7\$a820809829$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDS740.5.R8
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRGCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS003000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL011010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aFrontier Encounters :$bKnowledge and Practice at the Russian, Chinese and Mongolian Border /$cedited by Franck Billé, Grégory Delaplace, Caroline Humphrey.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 281 pages): $b44 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. A Slightly Complicated Door: The Ethnography and Conceptualisation of North Asian BordersGrégory Delaplace2. On Ideas of the Border in the Russian and Chinese Social ImaginariesFranck Billé3. Rethinking Borders in Empire and Nation at the Foot of the Willow PalisadeUradyn E. Bulag4. Concepts of "Russia" and their Relation to the Border with ChinaCaroline Humphrey5. Chinese Migrants and Anti-Chinese Sentiments in Russian SocietyViktor Dyatlov6. The Case of the Amur as a Cross-Border Zone of IllegalityNatalia Ryzhova7. Prostitution and the Transformation of the Chinese Trading Town of EreenGaëlle Lacaze8. Ritual, Memory and the Buriad Diaspora Notion of HomeSayana Namsaraeva9. Politicisation of Quasi-Indigenousness on the Russo-Chinese FrontierIvan Peshkov10. People of the Border: The Destiny of the Shenehen BuryatsMarina Baldano11. The Persistence of the Nation-State at the Chinese-Kazakh BorderRoss Anthony12. Neighbours and their Ruins: Remembering Foreign Presences in MongoliaGrégory DelaplaceAppendix 1: Border-Crossing Infrastructure: The Case of the Russian-Mongolian BorderValentin BatomunkuevAppendix 2: Maps
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aChina and Russia are rising economic and political powers that share thousands of miles of border. Yet, despite their proximity, their practical, local interactions with each other — and with their third neighbour Mongolia — are rarely discussed. The three countries share a boundary, but their traditions, languages and worldviews are remarkably different. Frontier Encounters presents a wide range of views on how the borders between these unique countries are enacted, produced, and crossed. It sheds light on global uncertainties: China’s search for energy resources and the employment of its huge population, Russia’s fear of Chinese migration, and the precarious economic independence of Mongolia as its neighbours negotiate to extract its plentiful resources. Bringing together anthropologists, sociologists and economists, this timely collection of essays offers new perspectives on an area that is currently of enormous economic, strategic and geo-political relevance. This collective volume is the outcome of a network project funded by the ESRC (RES-075-25_0022) entitled "Where Empires Meet: The Border Economies of Russia, China and Mongolia”. The project, based at the Mongolia and Inner Asia Studies Unit (University of Cambridge), ran from 28 January 2010 to 27 January 2011. That project formed the foundation for a new and ongoing research project "The life of borders: where China and Russia meet" which commenced in October 2012.
=536  \\$aThe Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cambridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$aChina
=653  \\$aMongolia
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$aAsia
=653  \\$ainternational relations
=700  1\$aBillé, Franck,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000200072931$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0007-2931
=700  1\$aDelaplace, Grégory,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aHumphrey, Caroline,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0026$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0026_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04257nam  22005892  4500
=001  1471f4c3-a88c-4301-b98a-7193be6dde4b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020438734
=020  \\$z9781783748877$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748884$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748891$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646094$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748624$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748600$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748617$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0198$2doi
=024  7\$a1155117247$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hita
=050  00$aN7570
=050  00$aG35
=072   7$aACND$2bicssc
=072   7$aABA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMP$2bicssc
=072   7$aART015080$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHutson, James,$eauthor.$uLindenwood University.$0(orcid)0000000205786052$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0578-6052
=245  10$aGallucci's Commentary on Dürer’s 'Four Books on Human Proportion' :$bRenaissance Proportion Theory /$cJames Hutson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+212 pages): $b19 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgmentsOn the TranslationIntroduction James HutsonOn the Symmetry of Human BodiesGiovanni Paolo GallucciBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex of Proper Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn 1591, Giovanni Paolo Gallucci published his Della simmetria dei corpi humani, an Italian translation of Albrecht Dürer’s Four Books on Human Proportion. While Dürer’s treatise had been translated earlier in the sixteenth-century into French and Latin, it was Gallucci’s Italian translation that endured in popularity as the most cited version of the text in later Baroque treatises, covering topics that were seen as central to arts education, connoisseurship, patronage, and the wider appreciation of the studia humanitatis in general.The text centres on the relationships between beauty and proportion, macrocosm and microcosm: relationships that were not only essential to the visual arts in the early modern era, but that cut across a range of disciplines – music, physiognomics and humoral readings, astronomy, astrology and cosmology, theology and philosophy, even mnemonics and poetry. In his version of the text, Gallucci expanded the educational potential of the treatise by adding a Preface, a Life of Dürer, and a Fifth Book providing a philosophical framework within which to interpret Dürer’s previous sections.This translation is the first to make these original contributions by Gallucci accessible to an English-speaking audience. Gallucci’s contributions illuminate the significance of symmetry and proportion in the contemporary education of the early modern era, informing our understanding of the intellectual history of this period, and the development of art theory and criticism. This is a valuable resource to early modern scholars and students alike, especially those specialising in history of art, philosophy, history of science, and poetry.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGiovanni Paolo Gallucci
=653  \\$aAlbrecht Dürer
=653  \\$aFour Books on Human Proportion
=653  \\$aarts education
=653  \\$arelationships between beauty and proportion
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0198$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0198_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04327nam  22006012  4500
=001  812c14fc-2289-4e18-b3a6-abe2286b27f4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446249
=020  \\$z9781800648845$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648852$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648869$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648906$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648876$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0325$2doi
=024  7\$a1423523858$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR6019.O9
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBH$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDSB$2thema
=072   7$aDSBH$2thema
=072   7$aPSAK$2thema
=100  1\$aGabler, Hans Walter,$eauthor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.
=245  10$aGenetic Inroads into the Art of James Joyce /$cHans Walter Gabler.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+452 pages): $b9 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionTowards a Critical Text of James Joyce’s A Portrait of the Artist as a Young ManThe Genesis of A Portrait of the Artist as a Young ManJames Joyce’s Dubliners Critical Edition 1993James Joyce’s A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man Critical Edition 1993Seeing James Joyce’s Ulysses into the Digital Age: Forty Years of Steering an Edition Through Turbulences of Scholarship and ReceptionJames Joyce’s Text in ProgressThe Rocky Road to UlyssesJames Joyce’s Hamlet ChapterFrom Hamlet to Scylla & Charybdis: Experience into ArtEmergence of James Joyce’s Dialogue PoeticsStructures of Memory and Orientation:Steering a Course Through Wandering RocksComposing Penelope Towards the Condition of MusicUlysses 1922 and the Golden Mean: Shaping His Text Into Book‘Love, yes. Word known to all men.’Ulysses 1984: To Edit and Read in Flow of Composition
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is a treasure trove comprising core writings from Hans Walter Gabler‘s seminal work on James Joyce, spanning fifty years from the analysis of composition he undertook towards a critical text of A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, through the Critical and Synoptic Edition of Ulysses, to Gabler‘s latest essays on (appropriately enough) Joyce’s sustained artistic innovation. Not only does this span of essays trace the evolution of Gabler’s thinking about Joyce’s originality and creative energy. It also reflects the development and maturation of Gabler‘s own genetic criticism and his methodology of genetic editing, which grows in depth and complexity across the collection. The reader will explore Joyce’s life and works through Gabler’s incisive eye, while also examining a progress of his reflections on his edition of Ulysses and the past controversy that beset it.This classic compendium combining well-seasoned scholarship and fresh criticism is an essential read for critics of Modernism, digital humanists, scholars and students of James Joyce, and anyone interested in the art of literary analysis.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJames Joyce
=653  \\$aComposition analysis
=653  \\$aGenetic editing
=653  \\$aJoyce's Ulysses
=653  \\$aLiterary analysis
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0325$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0325_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05459nam  22005772  4500
=001  3a1cb594-e934-4490-9fb2-cb05881db59b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805113997$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114000$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114017$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805114031$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805114024$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0426$2doi
=024  7\$a1479770541$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aLIT006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN005050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aGTD$2thema
=072   7$aFX$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aDSA$2thema
=245  00$aGenetic Narratology :$bAnalysing Narrative across Versions /$cedited by Dirk Van Hulle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+306 pages): $b12 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on Contributors1. An Introduction to Genetic Narratology: Geneses of Narratives and Narratives of Geneses2. Metagenesis: Manuscripts, and How Metanarration and Metafiction Contribute to Their Analysis3.The Structures of Narrative Imagination: Reading an Outline of Theodor Fontane’s Novel Die Poggenpuhls as a Test Case for Genetic Narratology4. A Lodger Returns: Change in Narrative Voice Across Epigenetic Versions and Works5. Melville’s Cancelled Note-to-Self: The Development of a ‘Ragged’ Narrative Across the Drafts of Billy Budd6. ‘The puzzle pieces fit too late’: Posthumous Narratological Changes in Arthur Quiller-Couch and Daphne Du Maurier’s Castle Dor7. Prototyping the Narrative Skeleton: Story Structure, Types of Narration and Vestigial Elements in the Genesis of James Joyce’s ‘Ithaca’ Episode8. Drafting ‘Anon’ and Killing Anon: Virginia Woolf and the Genesis of English Literary Language9. Beckett’s ‘Arabian Nights of the Mind’: Unnarratability, Denarrat(ivisat)ion and Narrative Closure in the Radio Play Cascando10. A Genetic and Biographical Analysis of Barbara Pym’s Companion Character11. Also for Irony: Historical Realism and the Move of a Chapter for the Final Version of V. (1963), by Thomas Pynchon12. You Don’t Get Scared of Monsters, You Get Scared for People: Creating Suspense across Versions in Stephen King’s IT13. Genetic Narratology and the Novelistic Cycle across Versions14. ‘Indolence, interruption, business, and pleasure’: Narratological Rupture in The Last Samurai15. Nanogenetic Econarratology: Where Narratology Meets Keystroke Logging Data16. On the Value of Variants and Textual Genesis for Interpretation: Some Remarks on a New Relationship between Historical-Critical Editing, Genetic Criticism and NarratologyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aGenetic Narratology is the first full-length volume to merge genetic criticism with narratology, offering an innovative approach to understanding literature. By examining the creative process behind literary works through drafts, manuscripts and revisions, this book reveals how narratives are shaped in real time.Through diverse case studies—from Charlotte Brontë to Stephen King—this collection demonstrates how the material processes of writing influence narrative structure, pacing, and even the ‘untold’. By integrating genetic criticism with narratological methods, contributors explore how stories evolve, providing fresh insights into time, space, character, and suspense.Bridging the gap between the production and reception of texts, this volume makes a compelling case for incorporating genetic methods into broader narratological frameworks, enhancing not only our understanding of the genesis of literary works, ultimately enriching the reading experience, but also our awareness of the ways we narrativise this genesis.The book will be of interest to students and researchers alike, offering a new set of tools for analysing narrative across different versions.
=536  \\$aResearch Foundation Flanders (FWO)$cG007422N$fCreating Suspense Across Versions: Genetic Narratology and Stephen King’s IT
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGenetic Narratology
=653  \\$aNarrative Theory
=653  \\$aWriting Process
=653  \\$aTextual Variants
=653  \\$aManuscript Studies
=653  \\$aStory Genesis
=700  1\$aVan Hulle, Dirk,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000270666313$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7066-6313
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0426$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0426_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05086nam  22007092  4500
=001  101eb7c2-f15f-41f9-b53a-dfccd4b28301
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394519
=020  \\$z9781783749591$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749607$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641259$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646186$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749409$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749386$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749393$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0212$2doi
=024  7\$a1227026979$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQC981.8.G56
=072   7$aRN$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=245  00$aGlobal Warming in Local Discourses :$bHow Communities around the World Make Sense of Climate Change /$cedited by Michael Brüggemann, Simone Rödder.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+274 pages): $b12 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 1.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsAuthor BiographiesWe are Climate Change: Climate Debates Between Transnational and Local Discourses Michael Brüggemann and Simone RödderThe Case of "Costa del Nuuk”: Greenlanders Make Sense of Global Climate Change Freja C. EriksenCommunication and Knowledge Transfer on Climate Change in the Philippines: The Case of Palawan Thomas FriedrichSense-Making of COP 21 among Rural and City Residents: The Role of Space in Media Reception Imke Hoppe, Fenja De Silva-Schmidt, Michael Brüggemann and Dorothee ArltWhat Does Climate Change Mean to Us, the Maasai? How Climate-Change Discourse is Translated in Maasailand, Northern Tanzania Sara de WitLiving on the Frontier: Laypeople’s Perceptions and Communication of Climate Change in the Coastal Region of Bangladesh Shameem MahmudExtreme Weather Events and Local Impacts of Climate Change: The Scientific Perspective Friederike E. L. OttoList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aGlobal news on anthropogenic climate change is shaped by international politics, scientific reports and voices from transnational protest movements. This timely volume asks how local communities engage with these transnational discourses.The chapters in this volume present a range of compelling case studies drawn from a broad cross-section of local communities around the world, reflecting diverse cultural and geographical contexts. From Greenland to northern Tanzania, it illuminates how different understandings evolve in diverse cultural and geographical contexts while also revealing some common patterns of how people make sense of climate change. Global Warming in Local Discourses constitutes a significant, new contribution to understanding the multi-perspectivity of our debates on climate change, further highlighting the need for interdisciplinary study within this area.It will be a valuable resource to those studying climate and science communication; those interested in understanding the various roles played by journalism, NGOs, politics and science in shaping public understandings of climate change, as well as those exploring the intersections of the global and the local in debates on the sustainable transformation of societies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aclimate change
=653  \\$ainternational politics
=653  \\$alocal communities
=653  \\$atransnational discourses
=653  \\$aGreenland
=653  \\$aTanzania
=653  \\$aculture
=653  \\$ageography
=653  \\$asense-making
=653  \\$asustainability
=700  1\$aBrüggemann, Michael,$eeditor.$uUniversität Hamburg.$0(orcid)0000000179943914$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7994-3914
=700  1\$aRödder, Simone,$eeditor.$uUniversität Hamburg.$0(orcid)0000000340136183$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4013-6183
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 1.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0212$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0212_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04856nam  22005532  4500
=001  b190b3c5-88c0-4e4a-939a-26995b7ff95c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020414212
=020  \\$z9781783748457$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748464$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748471$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646056$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748501$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748488$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748495$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0193$2doi
=024  7\$a1154460896$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGE149
=050  00$aE26
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aEarth 2020 :$bAn Insider’s Guide to a Rapidly Changing Planet /$cedited by Philippe D. Tortell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 278 pages): $b15 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aLinks to accompanying media kit are available from the publisher's website. Links to the following additional resources are available from the publisher's website: Ice Core Walk / Philippe Tortell, Chris Chafe and Greg Niemeyer ; Earth Symphony / Chris Chafe, with Phillipe Tortell and Jonathan Girard.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction Philippe D. TortellEarth Sounds Philippe D. TortellImpatient Earth John Harte and Robert SocolowClimate 1970-2020 Tapio SchneiderPolitics and Law Elizabeth MayCarbon David ArcherEveryday Biodiversity Jeffrey R. Smith and Gretchen C. DailyEnergy Elizabeth J. Wilson and Elias Grove NielsenForests Sally N. AitkenEnvironmental Economics Don FullertonAir Jon AbbattGeoengineering Douglas G. MacMartin and Katharine L. RickeIce Julian DowdeswellImaging Earth Edward BurtynskyMother Earth Deborah McGregorSea Level Rise, 1970-2070: A View from the Future Robert E. KoppClimate Negotiation Rosemary LysterWeather Neville NichollsKnowing Earth Sheila JasanoffFish U. Rashid Sumaila and Daniel PaulyThe Global Chemical Experiment Elsie Sunderland and Charlotte WagnerLand Navin Ramankutty and Hannah WittmanOceans 2020 David M. KarlEarth and Plastic Roland GeyerFresh Water Janet G. HeringMedia Candis CallisonSpace Junk Alice GormanSaving the Boat Zoe Craig-Sparrow and Grace Nosek-SparrowIndexAuthor Biographies
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFifty years have passed since the first Earth Day, on 22 April 1970. This accessible, incisive, and timely collection of essays brings together a diverse set of expert voices to examine how the Earth’s environment has changed over this past half century, and what lies in store for our planet over the coming fifty years.Earth 2020: An Insider’s Guide to a Rapidly Changing Planet responds to a public increasingly concerned about the deterioration of Earth’s natural systems, offering readers a wealth of perspectives on our shared ecological past, and on the future trajectory of planet Earth.Written by world-leading thinkers on the front-lines of global change research and policy, this multi-disciplinary collection maintains a dual focus: some essays investigate specific facets of the physical Earth system, while others explore the social, legal and political dimensions shaping the human environmental footprint. In doing so, the essays collectively highlight the urgent need for collaboration across diverse domains of expertise in addressing one of the most significant challenges facing us today.Earth 2020 is essential reading for everyone seeking a deeper understanding of the past, present and future of our planet, and the role of humanity in shaping this trajectory.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEarth Day
=653  \\$aEarth’s environment
=653  \\$aEarth’s natural systems
=700  1\$aTortell, Philippe D.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000302122151$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0212-2151
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0193$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0193_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04402nam  22006372  4500
=001  4b0a4b51-a5b3-46fe-8029-b1a11a0039d3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390253
=020  \\$z9781800643147$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643154$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643161$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646803$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643192$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643178$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643185$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0274$2doi
=024  7\$a1321790655$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTănăsescu, Mihnea,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Mons.$0(orcid)0000000158294644$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5829-4644
=245  10$aEcocene Politics /$cMihnea Tănăsescu.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+200 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsContents1. Introduction: Thinking Politically through the New EraMihnea Tănăsescu2. Volumes, Part IMihnea TănăsescuIntermezzo I: Loss and Recomposition Part IMihnea Tănăsescu2. Volumes, Part IMihnea Tănăsescu4. Renovative PracticeMihnea Tănăsescu5. Ecopolitical Ethics, Part IMihnea Tănăsescu5. Ecopolitical Ethics, Part IMihnea TănăsescuIntermezzo I: Loss and Recomposition Part IMihnea Tănăsescu7. MutualismMihnea TănăsescuOutroMihnea TănăsescuBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAnchored in the diverse ecological practices of communities in southern Italy and Aotearoa/New Zealand, this book devises a unique and considered theoretical response to the shortcomings of global politics in the Ecocene—a new temporal epoch characterised by the increasingly frequent intrusion of ecological processes into political life.Dismantling the use of the term ‘Anthropocene’ as a descriptor for our current ecological and political paradigm, this bold and resolutely original contribution proposes a restorative ethics of mutualism. An emancipatory theory intended to re-invigorate human agency in the face of contemporary ecological challenges, it posits an effective means to combat the environmental destruction engendered by modernity.Using ecology alongside European moral and Māori philosophies to re-conceptualise the ecological remit of politics, this book’s granular approach questions the role played by contemporary political ontologies in the separation of humans and environments, offering an in-depth view of their renewed interrelation under mutualism.Ecocene Politics will be essential to researchers and students in the fields of politics, philosophy, sociology, anthropology, and geography. It will be of further interest to those working in the fields of political ecology, environmental humanities, and Anthropocene studies, as well as to general readers seeking a theoretical approach to the political issues posed by current ecological crises.
=536  \\$aVrije Universiteit Brussel
=536  \\$aResearch Foundation Flanders (FWO)
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$aEcocene
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$aethics
=653  \\$amutualism
=653  \\$amodernity
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$aMāori
=653  \\$aAnthropocene
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0274$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0274_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03899nam  22005412  4500
=001  a5e6aa48-02ba-48e4-887f-1c100a532de8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452716
=020  \\$z9781906924775$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781906924799$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644472$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924805$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924812$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0020$2doi
=024  7\$a941463843$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB71
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO021000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uNew York University.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=245  10$aEconomic Fables /$cAriel Rubinstein.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 258 pages): $b8 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aChapter 0: IntroductionChapter 1: Rational, IrrationalChapter 2: Game Theory: A Beautiful MindChapter 3: The Jungle Tale and the Market TaleChapter 4: Economics, Pragmatics and Seven TrapsChapter 5: (Sort of) Economic PolicyBibliographical NotesAcknowledgements
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aI had the good fortune to grow up in a wonderful area of Jerusalem, surrounded by a diverse range of people: Rabbi Meizel, the communist Sala Marcel, my widowed Aunt Hannah, and the intellectual Yaacovson. As far as I'm concerned, the opinion of such people is just as authoritative for making social and economic decisions as the opinion of an expert using a model. Part memoir, part crash-course in economic theory, this deeply engaging book by one of the world's foremost economists looks at economic ideas through a personal lens. Together with an introduction to some of the central concepts in modern economic thought, Ariel Rubinstein offers some powerful and entertaining reflections on his childhood, family and career. In doing so, he challenges many of the central tenets of game theory, and sheds light on the role economics can play in society at large. The book is as thought-provoking for seasoned economists as it is enlightening for newcomers to the field. Sylvia Nasar, author of A Beautiful Mind, describes Economics Fables as a "wonderfully inviting introduction to game theory, rich in personalities, history and sense of place. Ariel Rubinstein is not only a brilliant theorist with a knack for lucid exposition, but a gifted storyteller. Students will find the ideas surprisingly accessible. Aspiring scholars, wondering whether a life of the mind is worth pursuing, will find his personal journey of intellectual discovery thrilling."
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMicroeconomics
=653  \\$aeconomic models
=653  \\$aeconomic theory
=653  \\$agame theory
=653  \\$aJohn Nash
=653  \\$aHotelling's Game
=653  \\$aBeautiful Mind
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0020$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0020_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04368nam  22006612  4500
=001  667003ac-b7c4-416e-9bb1-412c09dd895d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446246
=020  \\$z9781805112334$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112341$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112358$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112389$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112365$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0392$2doi
=024  7\$a1426006311$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aKD632.O76
=072   7$aBGH$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD1$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDNB$2thema
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aJBSF1$2thema
=072   7$aJPL$2thema
=100  1\$aHowsam, Leslie,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Windsor.$0(orcid)0000000171609436$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7160-9436
=245  10$aEliza Orme’s Ambitions :$bPolitics and the Law in Victorian London /$cLeslie Howsam.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+166 pages): $b9 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorList of IllustrationsPrologue1. An Unthinkable Job for a Woman2. Before Law, 1848 to 18713. The Commitment to Law: 1872 to 18884. Private Life5. Public Figure: 1888 to about 19036. Journalism and Authorship7. Last Years8. Who Was Eliza Orme?AppendicesEliza Orme: A Partial BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhy are some figures hidden from history? Eliza Orme, despite becoming the first woman in Britain to earn a university degree in Law in 1888, leading both a political organization and a labour investigation in 1892, and participating actively in the women’s suffrage movement into the early twentieth century, is one such figure. Framed as a ‘research memoir’, Eliza Orme’s Ambitions fills out earlier scant accounts of this intriguing life, while speculating about why it has been overlooked. Established historian Leslie Howsam shapes the story around her own persistent curiosity in the context of a transformed research landscape, where important letters and explosive newspaper accounts have only recently come to light. These materials show how Orme’s career ambitions brought her into conflict with the male-dominated legal community of her time, while her political ambitions were cut short by disputes with other women activists whose notions of political strategy she repudiated. In public, Orme was a formidable debater for the causes she supported and against opponents whose strategies—even for women’s suffrage—she repudiated. In private, she was generous, warm, and witty, close to friends, family, and her female partner. Howsam’s account of uncovering Orme’s professional and personal trajectory will appeal to academic and non-academic readers interested in the progress and setbacks women experienced in the late-Victorian and Edwardian decades.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEliza Orme
=653  \\$aHistory of British women in higher education
=653  \\$aWomen's suffrage
=653  \\$alate-Victorian and Edwardian ages
=653  \\$aLegal community
=653  \\$aWomen's professional lives
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0392$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0392_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05260nam  22007092  4500
=001  2b63a26d-0db1-4200-983f-8b69d9821d8b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452874
=020  \\$z9781783747979$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747986$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747993$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645974$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748020$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748006$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748013$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0185$2doi
=024  7\$a1193042399$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQ180.55.E4
=072   7$aGPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aGP$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJMV6$2bicssc
=072   7$aUNC$2bicssc
=072   7$aUNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM021030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI043000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREF020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aEngaging Researchers with Data Management :$bThe Cookbook /$cedited by Connie Clare, Maria Cruz, Elli Papadopoulou, James Savage, Marta Teperek, Yan Wang.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xv+155 pages): $b25 illustrations, 23 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 8.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAdditional links to further material on publisher's website.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsForewordI. IntroductionII. MethodologyIII. How to Use this CookbookCASE STUDIES    Research Data Management Policy: The Holy Grail of Data Management Support?    Finding Triggers for Engagement    Engagement through Training    Dedicated Events to Gauge Interest and Build Networks    Networks of Data Champions    Dedicated Consultants to Offer One-to-One Support with Data    Interviews and Case Studies    Engage with Senior Researchers through Archiving ContributorsList of Illustrations and Tables
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEffective Research Data Management (RDM) is a key component of research integrity and reproducible research, and its importance is increasingly emphasised by funding bodies, governments, and research institutions around the world. However, many researchers are unfamiliar with RDM best practices, and research support staff are faced with the difficult task of delivering support to researchers across different disciplines and career stages. What strategies can institutions use to solve these problems?Engaging Researchers with Data Management is an invaluable collection of 24 case studies, drawn from institutions across the globe, that demonstrate clearly and practically how to engage the research community with RDM. These case studies together illustrate the variety of innovative strategies research institutions have developed to engage with their researchers about managing research data. Each study is presented concisely and clearly, highlighting the essential ingredients that led to its success and challenges encountered along the way. By interviewing key staff about their experiences and the organisational context, the authors of this book have created an essential resource for organisations looking to increase engagement with their research communities.This handbook is a collaboration by research institutions, for research institutions. It aims not only to inspire and engage, but also to help drive cultural change towards better data management. It has been written for anyone interested in RDM, or simply, good research practice. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEffective Research Data Management
=653  \\$aRDM
=653  \\$adata
=653  \\$aresearch integrity
=653  \\$areproducible research
=653  \\$asupport to researchers
=700  1\$aClare, Connie,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.$0(orcid)000000024369196X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4369-196X
=700  1\$aCruz, Maria,$eeditor.$uVU Amsterdam.$0(orcid)000000019111182X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9111-182X
=700  1\$aPapadopoulou, Elli,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aSavage, James,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000247375673$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4737-5673
=700  1\$aTeperek, Marta,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.$0(orcid)0000000185205598$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8520-5598
=700  1\$aWang, Yan,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 8.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0185$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0185_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04930nam  22006252  4500
=001  cedb58f1-b88f-476c-b7c8-bc5869a2a6ba
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386010
=020  \\$z9781800643925$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643932$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643949$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646728$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643970$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643956$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643963$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0288$2doi
=024  7\$a1352989697$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBF323.L5
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aTTA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPX$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS054000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aCobussen, Marcel,$eauthor.$uLeiden University.$0(orcid)0000000336777076$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3677-7076
=245  10$aEngaging with Everyday Sounds /$cMarcel Cobussen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (118 pages): $b36 illustrations, 24 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAudio examples available from the text and also on the publisher's website. Includes 24 audio examples.
=505  0\$a1 Introduction9 Welcome 10 On a Trip 2 Framing15 Towards a Sonic Materialism #1:Rethinking Space Through Sound 17 Why Bother About Sounds? 19 Objectives21 Disclaimers 23 Methodology 26 Towards a Sonic Materialism #2:Beyond Philosophy 27 Towards a Sonic Materialism #3:The World as Movement 30 Field Recordings 32 Photos 33 Towards a Sonic Materialism #4: Auditory Ontoepistemology 36 Towards a Sonic Materialism #5: Deconstructing Identity3 The Familiarity of Everyday Sounds 41 The DomesticSonic Ambiance45 John Cage 47 Towards a Sonic Materialism #6:Deconstructing Anthropocentrism 49 The Trap51 Disciplining Everyday Sounds 53 Windows and Doors 55 Documenting Ordinary Sonic Ambiances58 Aural Lingering4 The Unfamiliarity of Everyday Sounds 61 Meeting the Unfamiliar Accidentally 63 Meeting the Unfamiliar in the Familiar 64 Meeting the Unfamiliar in Audio Files 66 Meeting the Unfamiliar Abroad 72 Meeting the Unfamiliar through Apparatuses 75 Meeting the Unfamiliar through Aesthetics 77 Towards a Sonic Materialism #7: Possibilities5 The Ethics and Politics of Everyday Sounds81 Sonic Solastalgia 83 Everyday Soundsand the Social 87 Everyday Soundsand Politics 90 Everyday Soundsand Ethics 93 Everyday Soundsand Listening 6 Coda99 The Role of (Non-)Art 103 (Non-)Art at Home 105 (Non-)Art Outside109 Acknowledgments 111 Goodbye 113 Index114 References
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a'Engaging With Everyday Sounds' is a rich and inspiring exploration of the role of sounds in everyday life, including their impact on human actions, emotions, and imagination. Marcel Cobussen intertwines sonic studies with philosophy, sound art, sociology and more to create an impressively lucid and innovative guide to sonic materialism, calling for a re-sensitization to our acoustic environment and arguing that everyday sounds have (micro)political, social, and ethical impact to which we should attend. Exploring the intellectual history of sound studies as well as local, global, and temporal sonic geographies, Cobussen weaves audio files, images, and journal excerpts into his work to create a multimodal monograph that explores the relationships of humans, nonhumans, and their environments through sound. This accessible and interdisciplinary collection of short, powerful essays will be valuable reading for both academics and the general reader interested in sound studies, sound art, philosophy, or the sociology of everyday life—and for anyone keen to think about the sonic in new and engaging ways.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aexploration
=653  \\$asounds in everyday life
=653  \\$ahuman actions
=653  \\$aemotions
=653  \\$aimagination
=653  \\$asonic studies
=653  \\$asonic materialism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0288$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0288_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03691nam  22006012  4500
=001  57e78b54-1a77-4f57-8179-87034682ee9e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386015
=020  \\$z9781800642843$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642850$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642867$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646605$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642898$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642874$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642881$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0269$2doi
=024  7\$a1288666102$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hlat
=050  00$aPA6570.E6
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTracy, Catherine,$eauthor.$uBishop's University.
=245  10$aEpidicus by Plautus :$bAn Annotated Latin Text, with a Prose Translation /$cCatherine Tracy.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+188 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgmentsIntroduction Catherine TracyLatin Text of Epidicus with Language Notes Catherine TracyThe Play in LatinTranslation of Plautus’s EpidicusThe Play in English Catherine TracyWorks CitedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEpidicus, a light-hearted comedy by Plautus about the machinations of a trickster slave and the inadequacies of his bumbling masters, appears here in both its original Latin and a sparkling new translation by Catherine Tracy. Epidicus, the cunning slave, is charged with finding his master’s illegitimate daughter and the secret girlfriend of his master’s son, but a comedy of mistaken identities and competing interests ensues. Amid the mayhem, Epidicus aims to win his freedom whilst risking some of the grislier punishments the Romans inflicted on their unfortunate slaves.This parallel edition in both Latin and English, with its accessible introduction and comprehensive notes, guides the reader through this popular Roman play. Tracy explores Epidicus’s roots in Greek drama, its rich social resonances for a Roman audience and its life in performance. She transforms Plautus' colloquial Latin poetry into lively modern English prose, illuminating the play’s many comedic references to the world of the Roman republic.This fine introduction to an enduring play will be of great use and enjoyment for undergraduate students of Latin drama and the general reader alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEpidicus
=653  \\$acomedy
=653  \\$aPlautus
=653  \\$aLatin
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aRoman play
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0269$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0269_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05396nam  22006012  4500
=001  af162e8a-23ab-49e6-896d-e53b9d6c0039
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467788
=020  \\$z9781783741472$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741489$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741496$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644830$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746477$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741502$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741519$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0056$2doi
=024  7\$a910908803$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aKDC433.A75
=072   7$aLNS$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNSH5$2bicssc
=072   7$aLN$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW074000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAW021000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aEssays in Conveyancing and Property Law in Honour of Professor Robert Rennie /$cedited by Frankie McCarthy, James Chalmers, Stephen Bogle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 410 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsPreface1. Robert Rennie: A Career Retrospectiveby Lord BonomyACQUIRING PROPERTY2. "Tell Me, Don’t Show Me” and the Fall and Rise of the Conveyancerby Professor Kenneth G C Reid3. A Puzzling Case about Possessionby Lord Hope of Craighead4. "It’s in the Post”: Distance Contracting in Scotland 1681-1855by Professor Hector L MacQueen5. Assignation of All Sums Securitiesby Dr Ross AndersonDEFECTS IN ACQUISITION AND HOW TO FIX THEM6. Property Law, Fiduciary Obligations and the Constructive Trustby Lord Hodge7. The Offside Goals Rule and Fraud on Creditorsby Dr John MacLeod8. A New Era in Conveyancing: Advance Notices and the Land Registration etc. (Scotland) Act 2012by Ann Stewart9. Bona Fide Acquisition: New in Scottish Land Law?by Professor David Carey MillerENJOYING PROPERTY10. Res merae facultatis: Through a Glass Darklyby Sheriff Douglas J Cusine11. The Use of Praedial Servitudes to Benefit Land outside the Dominant Tenementby Professor Roderick R M Paisley12. Enforcing Repairing Obligations by Specific Implementby Professor Angus McAllister13. Two Questions in the Law of Leasesby Lord GillTHE FUTURE OF PROPERTY LAW14. Conveyancing: A Bright Digital Future?by Professor Stewart Brymer15. Islamic Mortgages and Scots Lawby Professor George Gretton16. Completion of the Land Register: The Scottish Approachby John KingPROFESSIONAL NEGLIGENCE IN PRINCIPLE AND PRACTICE17. Primary Clients, Secondary Clients, Surrogate Clients and Non-clients: The Expanding Duty of Care of Scottish Solicitorsby Kenneth Swinton18. The Court and the Conveyancing Expertby Lady Paton19. The Role of the Expert Witness in Professional Negligence Litigationby Gerald F Hanretty QC20. Robert Rennie: A Bibliographyby Bernadette O’NeillIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aProfessor Robert Rennie has been one of the most influential voices in Scots private law over the past thirty years. Highly respected as both an academic and a practitioner, his contribution to the development of property law and practice has been substantial and unique. This volume celebrates his retirement from the Chair of Conveyancing at the University of Glasgow in 2014 with a selection of essays written by his peers and colleagues from the judiciary, academia and legal practice.Each chapter covers a topic of particular interest to Professor Rennie during his career, from the historical development of property law rules through to the latest developments in conveyancing practice and the evolution of the rules of professional negligence. Although primarily Scottish in focus, the contributions will have much of interest to lawyers in any jurisdiction struggling with similar practical problems, particularly those with similar legal roots including the Netherlands and South Africa.  As a whole, the collection is highly recommended to students, practitioners and academics. 
=536  \\$aThe Clark Foundation for Legal Education and the School of Law, University of Glasgow
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConveyancing
=653  \\$aProperty Law
=653  \\$aProfessor Robert Rennie
=653  \\$aScotland
=653  \\$aScottish Law
=700  1\$aMcCarthy, Frankie,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Glasgow.
=700  1\$aChalmers, James,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Glasgow.$0(orcid)0000000254238917$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5423-8917
=700  1\$aBogle, Stephen,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Glasgow.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0056$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0056_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06113nam  22006132  4500
=001  98d053d6-dcc2-409a-8841-9f19920b49ee
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452610
=020  \\$z9781783741779$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741786$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741793$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645028$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741809$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741816$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0081$2doi
=024  7\$a1166907681$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5906
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=245  00$aEssays in Honour of Eamonn Cantwell :$bYeats Annual No. 20 /$cedited by Warwick Gould.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xlv + 464 pages): $b56 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 20.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsAbbreviationsEditorial BoardNotes on ContributorsIntroductionAcknowledgements and Editorial InformationESSAYS IN HONOUR OF EAMONN CANTWELLYeats and his Books by Warwick Gould‘Philosophy and Passion’: W. B. Yeats, Ireland and Europe by R. F. FosterYeats the Love Poet by Bernard O’DonoghueThe Puzzle of Sequence: Two Political Poems by Helen VendlerMoving on Silence: Yeats and the Refrain as Symbol by Paul MuldoonEliot and Yeats by John KellyThe Cantwell Collection by Crónán Ó DoibhlinRESEARCH UPDATES AND OBITUARIESW. B. Yeats’s Mosada by Colin SmytheYeats and the Flying Dutchman by Warwick GouldYeats and Tukaram: ‘An Asylum for my Affections’ by Geert Lernout‘I am sitting in a café with two French-Americans’: W. B. Yeats, Max Dauthendey, James and Theodosia Durand. Durand’s ‘Communistic Manifesto’ by Günther SchmigalleThree Letters from Yeats to the Anarchist, Augustin Hamon  by Deirdre ToomeyGhost-writing for Sara Allgood  by John KellyJon Stallworthy (1935–2014) by Nicolas BarkerKatharine Worth (1922–2015)  by Richard Allen Cave‘MASTERING WHAT IS MOST ABSTRACT’: A FORUM ON A VISIONA Vision: The Revised 1937 Edition, edited by Margaret Mills Harper and Catherine E. Paul, The Collected Works of W. B. Yeats, Vol. XIV. A Review Essay by Colin McDowellAn Afterword: The Macmillan Archive and Editorial Policy by Warwick GouldGod-appointed Berkeley and W. J. Mc Cormack’s ‘We Irish’ in Europe: Yeats, Berkeley and Joseph Hone. A Review Essay by Colin McDowellWinifred Dawson, The Porter’s Daughter: The Life of Amy Audrey Locke by Jad AdamsBrian Arkins, The Thought of W. B. Yeats; J. P. Mahaffy, Rambles & Studies in Greece, with an Introduction and Commentary by Brian Arkins by Michael EdwardsOlivia Shakespear, Beauty’s Hour, edited by Anne Margaret Daniel by Deirdre ToomeyPublications Received
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis number of Yeats Annual collects the essays resulting from the University College Cork/ESB International Annual W. B. Yeats Lectures Series (2003-2008) by Roy Foster, Warwick Gould, John Kelly, Paul Muldoon, Bernard O’Donoghue and Helen Vendler. Those that were available in pamphlet form are now collectors’ items, but here is the complete series.These revised essays cover such themes as Yeats and the Refrain, Yeats as a Love Poet, Yeats, Ireland and Europe, the puzzles he created and solved with his art of poetic sequences, and his long and crucial interaction with the emerging T. S. Eliot. The series was inaugurated by a study of Yeats and his Books, which marked the gift to the Boole Library, Cork, of Dr Eamonn Cantwell’s collection of rare editions of books by Yeats (here catalogued by Crónán Ó Doibhlin). Many of the volume’s fifty-six plates offer images of artists’ designs and resulting first editions.This bibliographical theme is continued with Colin Smythe’s census of surviving copies of Yeats’s earliest separate publication, Mosada (1886) and a resultant piece by Warwick Gould on that dramatic poem’s source in the legend of the Phantom Ship. John Kelly reveals Yeats’s ghost-writing for Sarah Allgood; Geert Lernout discovers the source for Yeats’s ‘Tulka’, Günther Schmigalle unearths his surprising connexions with American communist colonists in Virginia, while Deirdre Toomey edits some new letters to the French anarchist, Auguste Hamon—all providing new annotation for standard editions. The volume is rounded with review essays by Colin McDowell (on A Vision, and Yeats, Hone and Berkeley), shorter reviews of current studies by Michael Edwards, Jad Adams and Deirdre Toomey, and obituaries of Jon Stallworthy (Nicolas Barker) and Katharine Worth (Richard Cave).
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Butler Yeats
=653  \\$aIreland
=653  \\$aIrish poetry
=653  \\$aEliot
=653  \\$aYeats Annual
=653  \\$aWarwick Gould
=653  \\$aEamonn Cantwell
=653  \\$aInstitute of English Studies
=653  \\$arare books
=700  1\$aGould, Warwick,$eeditor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 20.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0081$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0081_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04302nam  22005772  4500
=001  24689aa7-af74-4238-ad75-a9469f094068
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452856
=020  \\$z9781783747566$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747573$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747580$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645929$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747610$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747597$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747603$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0178$2doi
=024  7\$a1193075914$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aN7133.R44
=072   7$aAFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPSL$2bicssc
=072   7$aVFVX$2bicssc
=072   7$aART037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL007000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLisboa, Maria Manuel,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aEssays on Paula Rego :$bSmile When You Think about Hell /$cMaria Manuel Lisboa.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+494 pages): $b181 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsA Note on ImagesPrologue: A Patriot for Me1. Past History and Deaths Foretold: A Map of Memory2. (He)art History or a Death in the Family: The Late 80s3. The Sins of the Fathers: Mother and Land Revisited in the Late 90s4. An Interesting Condition: The Abortion Pastels5. Brave New Worlds: The Birthing of Nations in First Mass in Brazil6. I Am Coming to Your Kingdom, Prince Horrendous: Scary Stories for Baby, Perfect Stranger and Me7. Paula and the Madonna: Who’s That Girl?8. Epilogue: Let Me Count the Ways I Love YouAppendix ATranslation of Alexandre Herculano’s A Dama Pé de Cabra (The Lady with a Cloven Hoof)Appendix BTranslation of Hélia Correia’s ‘Fascinação’ (‘Enchantment’)Works CitedList of IllustrationsE-figuresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn these powerful and stylishly written essays, Maria Manuel Lisboa dissects the work of Paula Rego, the Portuguese-born artist considered one of the greatest artists of modern times. Focusing primarily on Rego’s work since the 1980s, Lisboa explores the complex relationships between violence and nurturing, power and impotence, politics and the family that run through Rego’s art.Taking a historicist approach to the evolution of the artist’s work, Lisboa embeds the works within Rego’s personal history as well as Portugal’s (and indeed other nations’) stories, and reveals the interrelationship between political significance and the raw emotion that lies at the heart of Rego’s uncompromising iconographic style. Fundamental to Lisboa’s analysis is an understanding that apparent opposites – male and female, sacred and profane, aggression and submissiveness – often co-exist in Rego’s work in a way that is both disturbing and destabilising.This collection of essays brings together both unpublished and previously published work to make a significant contribution to scholarship about Paula Rego. It will also be of interest to scholars and students of contemporary painting, Portuguese and British feminist art, and the political and ideological aspects of the visual arts.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPaula Rego
=653  \\$aPortugual
=653  \\$aartist
=653  \\$apersonal history
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0178$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0178_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  10138nam  22006612  4500
=001  f76ab190-35f4-4136-86dd-d7fa02ccaebb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452598
=020  \\$z9781783743889$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743896$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743902$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645448$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744084$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743919$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743926$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0125$2doi
=024  7\$a1166300757$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ66
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPC$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aDimmock, Mark,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000323270743$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2327-0743
=245  10$aEthics for A-Level /$cMark Dimmock, Andrew Fisher.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 250 pages): $b14 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aCover title has subtitle: Ethics for A-level : for AQA Philosophy and OCR Religious Studies.
=505  0\$aPREFACE1. Exam Specification Details2. Book StructureReferencesINTRODUCTION1. Philosophy, Ethics and Thinking2. Respecting Ethics3. The A-Level Student4. Doing Ethics Well: Legality versus Morality5. Doing Ethics Well: Prudential Reasons versus Moral Reasons6. Doing Ethics Well: Prescriptive versus Descriptive Claims7. Doing Ethics Well: Thought-Experiments8. Doing Ethics Well: Understanding DisagreementSummaryQuestions and TasksReferencesPART I - NORMATIVE ETHICSCHAPTER 1: UTILITARIANISM1. Utilitarianism: An Introduction2. Hedonism3. Nozick’s Experience Machine4. The Foundations of Bentham’s Utilitarianism5. The Structure of Bentham’s Utilitarianism6. Hedonic Calculus7. Problems with Bentham’s Utilitarianism8. Mill’s Utilitarian Proof9. Mill’s Qualitative Utilitarianism10. Mill’s Rule Utilitarianism versus Bentham’s Act Utilitarianism11. Strong versus Weak Rule Utilitarianism12. Comparing the Classical Utilitarians13. Non-Hedonistic Contemporary Utilitarianism: Peter Singer and Preference UtilitarianismSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 2: KANTIAN ETHICS1. An Introduction to Kantian Ethics2. Some Key Ideas3. Acting for the Sake of Duty and Acting in Accordance with Duty4. Categorical and Hypothetical Imperatives5. The First Formulation of the Categorical Imperative6. Perfect and Imperfect Duties7. Second Formulation of the Categorical Imperative8. The Third Formulation of the Categorical Imperative and Summary9. Kant on Suicide10. Problems and Responses: Conflicting Duties11. Problems and Responses: The Role of Intuitions12. Problem and Responses: Categorical Imperatives and Etiquette13. Problems and Responses: The Domain of MoralitySummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 3: ARISTOTELIAN VIRTUE ETHICS1. Aristotelian Virtue Ethics Introduction2. The Function Argument3. Aristotelian Goodness4. Eudaimonia and Virtue5. Developing the Virtues6. Practical Wisdom (Phronesis)7. Voluntary Actions, Involuntary Actions and Moral Responsibility8. Objection: Unclear Guidance9. Objection: Clashing Virtues10. Objection: Circularity11. Objection: Contribution to Eudaimonia12. Moral Good and Individual GoodSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 4: AQUINAS’S NATURAL LAW THEORY1. Introduction to Aquinas2. Motivating Natural Law Theory: The Euthyphro Dilemma and Divine Command Theory3. Natural Law Theory4. Summary of Aquinas’s Natural Law Theory5. Putting this into Practice: The Doctrine of Double Effect (DDE)6. Some Thoughts about Natural Law TheorySummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 5: FLETCHER’S SITUATION ETHICS1. Situation Ethics Introduction2. Fletcher’s Overall Framework3. The Four Working Principles of Situationism4. How to Work out What to Do: Conscience as a Verb not a Noun5. The Six Propositions of Situation Ethics6. Problems with Fletcher’s SituationismSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesPART II - METAETHICSCHAPTER 6: METAETHICAL THEORIES1. Metaethics: Introduction2. The Value of Metaethics3. Cognitivism versus Non-Cognitivism4. Realism versus Anti-Realism5. The Metaethical Map6. Cognitivist and Realist Theory One: Naturalism7. Objections to Naturalism8. Cognitivist and Realist Theory Two: Non-Naturalism9. Objections to Intuitionism10. Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory One: Moral Error Theory11. Objections to Moral Error Theory12. Non-Cognitivism13. Non-Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory One: Emotivism14. Objections to Emotivism15. Non-Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory Two: Prescriptivism16. Objections to PrescriptivismSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesPART III - APPLIED ETHICSCHAPTER 7: EUTHANASIA1. Euthanasia Introduction2. Key Terms3. Case One: Persistent Vegetative State4. Case Two: Incurable and Terminal Illness5. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument One6. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument Two7. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument Three8. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument One9. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Two10. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Three11. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Four12. Allowing versus DoingSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 8: BUSINESS ETHICS1. Introduction to Business Ethics2. Employers and Employees3. Businesses and Customers4. A Business and the Environment5. Business and GlobalizationSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 9: CONSCIENCE1. Introduction2. The History of Conscience3. Aquinas on Conscience4. Freud and the Conscience5. Freud’s Psychosexual Development TheorySummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 10: SEXUAL ETHICS1. Philosophy of Sex Introduction2. What Is It to "Have Sex”?3. Natural Law and Sex4. Kant and Sex5. Sex and Utilitarianism6. Sex and the Virtue TheorySummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 11: STEALING1. Stealing: Introduction2. Defining Stealing3. Kantian Ethics on Stealing4. Act and Preference Utilitarianism on Stealing5. Rule Utilitarianism on Stealing6. Virtue Ethics on Stealing7. Metaethics and StealingSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 12: SIMULATED KILLING1. Introduction2. Utilitarianism and Simulated Killing3. The Kantian and the Virtue Ethics Approach4. Films and Plays5. The Paradox of Tragedy (or More Correctly the Paradox of "Negative Emotions”)SummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 13: TELLING LIES1. Introduction2. What Is It to Lie?3. Utilitarianism4. The Kantian and Lying5. Some Final Thoughts about the Political ContextSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesCHAPTER 14: EATING ANIMALS1. Eating Animals Introduction2. Justifying Meat Eating3. Act Utilitarianism4. Challenges to Bentham5. Utilitarian Reasons for Eating Animals6. Kantian Ethics and Eating Animals7. Virtue Ethics and Eating Animals8. Cora DiamondSummaryCommon Student MistakesIssues to ConsiderKey TerminologyReferencesGLOSSARY
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat does pleasure have to do with morality? What role, if any, should intuition have in the formation of moral theory? If something is ‘simulated’, can it be immoral? This accessible and wide-ranging textbook explores these questions and many more. Key ideas in the fields of normative ethics, metaethics and applied ethics are explained rigorously and systematically, with a vivid writing style that enlivens the topics with energy and wit. Individual theories are discussed in detail in the first part of the book, before these positions are applied to a wide range of contemporary situations including business ethics, sexual ethics, and the acceptability of eating animals. A wealth of real-life examples, set out with depth and care, illuminate the complexities of different ethical approaches while conveying their modern-day relevance.This concise and highly engaging resource is tailored to the Ethics components of AQA Philosophy and OCR Religious Studies, with a clear and practical layout that includes end-of-chapter summaries, key terms, and common mistakes to avoid. It should also be of practical use for those teaching Philosophy as part of the International Baccalaureate. Ethics for A-Level is of particular value to students and teachers, but Fisher and Dimmock’s precise and scholarly approach will appeal to anyone seeking a rigorous and lively introduction to the challenging subject of ethics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atextbook
=653  \\$aA-Level
=653  \\$amorality
=653  \\$amoral theory
=653  \\$anormative ethics
=653  \\$ametaethics
=653  \\$aapplied ethics
=653  \\$abusiness ethics
=653  \\$asexual ethics
=653  \\$aAQA Philosophy
=653  \\$aOCR Religious Studies
=700  1\$aFisher, Andrew,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Nottingham.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0125$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0125_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04940nam  22007452  4500
=001  58c9b3ee-6fa7-480d-943d-c2e81baca4bb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361311
=020  \\$z9781805110163$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110170$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110576$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649873$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110507$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747894$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0366$2doi
=024  7\$a1401619156$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ59
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aT$2bicssc
=072   7$aTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aUBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQDTQ$2thema
=072   7$aTB$2thema
=072   7$aPDR$2thema
=245  00$aEthics of Socially Disruptive Technologies :$bAn Introduction /$cedited by Ibo van de Poel, Lily Eva Frank, Julia Hermann, Jeroen Hopster, Dominic Lenzi, Sven Nyholm, Behnam Taebi, Elena Ziliotti.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+178 pages): $b8 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of abbreviationsContributor BiographiesAcknowledgementsForeword1: Introduction2. Social Media and Democracy3. Social Robots and Society4. Climate Engineering and the Future of Justice5. Ectogestative Technology and the Beginning of Life6. Conceptual Disruption and the Ethics of TechnologyGlossaryIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTechnologies shape who we are, how we organize our societies and how we relate to nature. For example, social media challenges democracy; artificial intelligence raises the question of what is unique to humans; and the possibility to create artificial wombs may affect notions of motherhood and birth. Some have suggested that we address global warming by engineering the climate, but how does this impact our responsibility to future generations and our relation to nature?This book shows how technologies can be socially and conceptually disruptive and investigates how to come to terms with this disruptive potential.Four technologies are studied: social media, social robots, climate engineering and artificial wombs. The authors highlight the disruptive potential of these technologies, and the new questions this raises. The book also discusses responses to conceptual disruption, like conceptual engineering, the deliberate revision of concepts.
=536  \\$aDutch Research Council$c024.004.031$eGravitation Program of the Dutch Ministry of Education, Culture, and Science
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$aartificial wombs
=653  \\$aclimate engineering
=653  \\$asocial media
=653  \\$asocial robots
=653  \\$aartificial intelligence
=700  1\$avan de Poel, Ibo,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.$0(orcid)0000000295535651$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9553-5651
=700  1\$aFrank, Lily Eva,$eeditor.$uEindhoven University of Technology.$0(orcid)0000000186592390$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8659-2390
=700  1\$aHermann, Julia,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Twente.$0(orcid)0000000199904736$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9990-4736
=700  1\$aHopster, Jeroen,$eeditor.$uUtrecht University.$0(orcid)0000000192393048$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9239-3048
=700  1\$aLenzi, Dominic,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Twente.$0(orcid)0000000343884427$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4388-4427
=700  1\$aNyholm, Sven,$eeditor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.$0(orcid)0000000238365932$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3836-5932
=700  1\$aTaebi, Behnam,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.$0(orcid)0000000222442083$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2244-2083
=700  1\$aZiliotti, Elena,$eeditor.$uTechnische Universiteit Delft.$0(orcid)0000000289299728$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8929-9728
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0366$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0366_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06729nam  22006612  4500
=001  79014435-af8c-43a7-b570-1781b6a452fe
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388893
=020  \\$z9781805112969$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781805112983$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113010$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112990$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0402$2doi
=024  7\$a1450859900$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aS934.N3
=050  00$aS934.N3
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNF$2bicssc
=072   7$a1HFM$2bicssc
=072   7$a1HFMN$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aRNK$2thema
=072   7$aRND$2thema
=072   7$aRNF$2thema
=072   7$a1HFMN$2thema
=245  00$aEtosha Pan to the Skeleton Coast :$bConservation Histories, Policies and Practices in North-west Namibia /$cedited by Sian Sullivan, Ute Dieckmann, Selma Lendelvo.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+566 pages): $b156 illustrations, 16 tables, 5 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsNote on OrthographyThe AuthorsList of AbbreviationsPreface Etosha-Kunene conservation conversations: An introduction  I. CONSERVATION HISTORIES IN ETOSHA-KUNENE1. Etosha-Kunene, from “pre-colonial” to German colonial times2. Spatial severance and nature conservation: Apartheid histories in Etosha-Kunene3. CBNRM and landscape approaches to conservation in Etosha-Kunene, post-IndependenceII. SOCIAL LIVES OF ETOSHA-KUNENE CONSERVATION, POST-INDEPENDENCE4. Haiǁom resettlement, legal action and political representation5. Environmentalities of Namibian conservancies: How communal area residents govern conservation in return6. The politics of authority, belonging and mobility in disputing land in southern KaokoElsemi 7. The emergence of a hybrid hydro-scape in northern Kunene8. Eliciting empathy and connectedness toward different species in north-west Namibia III. ETOSHA-KUNENE ECOLOGIES9. Giraffes and their impact on key tree species in the Etendeka Tourism Concession, north-west Namibia10. Are mountain and plains zebra hybridising in north-west Namibia?11. Communities and elephants in the northern highlands, Kunene Region, NamibiaIV. HISTORICISING CONSERVATION AND COMMUNITY TERRITORIES IN ETOSHA-KUNENE12. Cultural heritage and histories of the Northern Namib / Skeleton Coast National Park 13. Historicising the Palmwag Tourism Concession, north-west Namibia14. Living next to Etosha National Park: The case of Ehi-Rovipuka15. ‘Walking through places’: Exploring the former lifeworld of Haiǁom in Etosha16. History and social complexities for San at Tsintsabis resettlement farm, NamibiaV. PEOPLE, LIONS AND CBNRM17. Integrating remote sensing data with CBNRM for desert-adapted lion conservation18. Lion Rangers’ use of SMART for lion conservation in Kunene19. Relationships between humans and lions in wildlife corridors through CBNRM in north-west NamibiaConclusion: Realising conservation in Etosha-Kunene Appendix: Chronology of conservation legislation and key policies relevant for “Etosha-Kunene”, NamibiaList of Images and Videos List of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEtosha Pan to the Skeleton Coast examines the conservation histories and concerns of one of southern Africa’s most iconic conservation regions: the variously connected ‘Etosha-Kunene’ areas of north-central and north-west Namibia. This cross-disciplinary volume brings together contributions from a Namibian and international group of scholars and conservation practitioners, working on topics ranging from colonial histories to water management, perceptions of ‘wildlife’ and the politics of belonging. Together, these essays confront a critical question: how can the conservation of biodiversity-rich landscapes be reconciled with historical injustices of social exclusion and marginalisation?The book is organised in five parts: the first provides a historical backdrop for the book’s detailed case studies, focusing on environmental and conservation policy and legislation; the second investigates post-Independence approaches to conservation; the third focuses on ‘Etosha-Kunene’ ecologies and related management issues; the fourth explores how historical circumstances shape present conservation and cultural landscapes; and the fifth addresses contemporary complexities of lion conservation and community-based natural resource management (CBNRM).By offering a comprehensive overview of evolving conservation boundaries, policies and practices in the region, this timely volume paves the way for the future design of conservation initiatives that more fully consider and integrate historical and cultural knowledge and diversity. Essential reading for conservation practitioners, policymakers, and academic researchers alike, this volume also serves as a valuable resource for university students interested in conservation studies and histories of conservation.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aconservation
=653  \\$aEtosha-Kunene, Namibia
=653  \\$abiodiversity
=653  \\$ahistorical injustices
=653  \\$aenvironmental policy
=653  \\$acommunity-based natural resource management (CBNRM)
=700  1\$aSullivan, Sian,$eeditor.$uBath Spa University.$0(orcid)0000000205228843$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0522-8843
=700  1\$aDieckmann, Ute,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cologne.$0(orcid)0000000196406942$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9640-6942
=700  1\$aLendelvo, Selma,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Namibia.$0(orcid)0000000297936950$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9793-6950
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0402$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0402_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06217nam  22005892  4500
=001  d90e1915-1d2a-40e6-a94c-79f671031224
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\ger\d
=010  \\$a2020376736
=020  \\$z9781783744411$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744428$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744435$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645523$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745647$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744442$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744459$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0133$2doi
=024  7\$a1043375956$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB3317
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aStegmaier, Werner,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000257261450$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5726-1450
=245  10$aEuropa im Geisterkrieg. Studien zu Nietzsche /$cWerner Stegmaier; edited by Andrea C. Bertino.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 620 pages): $b1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aVorwort des HerausgebersDetailliertes InhaltsverzeichnisZitierte Editionen und SiglenEinleitungI. Wahrheit und Philosophie1. Nietzsches Neubestimmung der Wahrheit2. Nietzsches Neubestimmung der PhilosophieII. Zeit, Evolution und Verzeitlichung des Denkens3. Zeit der Vorstellung. Nietzsches Vorstellung der Zeit4. Darwin, Darwinismus, Nietzsche. Zum Problem der Evolution5. Geist. Hegel, Nietzsche und die Gegenwart6. Nietzsches Verzeitlichung des DenkensIII. Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft‘ bei der Bestimmung des Menschen7. Nietzsches Zeichen8. Nietzsches und Luhmanns Aufklärung der Aufklärung: Der Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft’9. zusammen mit Andrea Christian Bertino: Nietzsches AnthropologiekritikIV. Zarathustras Anti-Lehren10. Anti-Lehren. Szene und Lehre in Friedrich Nietzsches Also sprach Zarathustra11. Der See des Menschen, das Meer des Übermenschen und der Brunnen des Geistes. Fluss und Fassung einer Metapher Friedrich Nietzsches12. Oh Mensch! Gieb Acht! Kontextuelle Interpretation des Mitternachts-Lieds aus Nietzsches Also sprach ZarathustraV. Ethik für gute Europäer13. Affekte und Moral. Nietzsches Umwertung auch der Affekte14. Die Nöte des Lebens und die Freiheit für andere Moralen. Nietzsches Moralkritik und Nietzsches Ethik15. Schuld und Rang. Nietzsches Vorschlag zur Überwindung des Schuldkomplexes16. Nietzsche, die Juden und Europa17. Nietzsches Kritik der Toleranz18. Zum zeitlichen FriedenVI. Nietzsches Zukunft19. Schicksal Nietzsche? Zu Nietzsches Selbsteinschätzung als Schicksal der Philosophie und der Menschheit (Ecce homo, Warum ich ein Schicksal bin 1)20. Nietzsches ZukunftNachklang21. Nietzsches ScherzeAnhangNachweis der ErstveröffentlichungenVeröffentlichungen von Werner Stegmaier zur Philosophie NietzschesPersonenregister
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDer Band vereinigt 20 Studien zu Nietzsche von Werner Stegmaier, der in den vergangenen drei Jahrzehnten der internationalen Nietzsche-Forschung starke Impulse gegeben und zuletzt achtzehn Jahre lang, zusammen mit Günter Abel, die Nietzsche-Studien, das international führende Organ der Nietzsche-Forschung, geleitet und die Monographien und Texte zur Nietzsche-Forschung herausgegeben hat. Die Studien handeln von Grundfragen der Philosophie Nietzsches. Sie setzen ein (I) mit seiner Neubestimmung der Wahrheit und der Philosophie und (II) seiner Verzeitlichung des Denkens unter (III) Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft‘ bei der Bestimmung des Menschen, interpretieren von hier aus (IV) die Anti-Lehren von Nietzsches Zarathustra, umreißen (V) Nietzsches Ethik für ,gute Europäer‘ und schließen (VI) mit der Interpretation von Nietzsches Selbsteinschätzung als Schicksal der Philosophie und der Menschheit (Ecce Homo, Warum ich ein Schicksal bin 1) und einer Einschätzung von Nietzsches Zukunft, die schon seit über einem Jahrhundert begonnen hat.  Werner Stegmaier, Jahrgang 1946, war Gründungsdirektor des Instituts für Philosophie der Universität Greifswald nach dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion und baute das Nord- und osteuropäische Forum für Philosophie auf, das Institute für Philosophie rund um die Ostsee neu miteinander ins Gespräch brachte und dort zu philosophischen Neuorientierungen beitrug. Er hat auf vielfältigen Gebieten gearbeitet, unter anderem zur Metaphysik und ihrem Grundbegriff der Substanz, zu großen Philosophen von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart, zur philosophischen Aktualität der jüdischen Tradition, vor allem aber zur Philosophie Nietzsches. Dabei ging es ihm stets um Fragen der Ersten Philosophie, insbesondere die, was unsere Realität ausmacht, wie sie durch Zeichen und Kommunikation vermittelt wird, wie Begriffe in der Zeit existieren und womit man es beim Denken zu tun hat. Er führte den Begriff der Orientierung als elementaren Begriff der Philosophie ein und entwickelte eine umfassende Philosophie der Orientierung.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNietzsche
=653  \\$aPhilosophie
=653  \\$aWahrheit
=653  \\$aZarathustra
=653  \\$aVernunft
=653  \\$agute Europäer
=700  1\$aBertino, Andrea C.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)000000025080036X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5080-036X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0133$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0133_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05725nam  22006132  4500
=001  a0a8d5f1-12d0-4d51-973d-ed1dfa73f01f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2018404467
=020  \\$z9781783743933$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743940$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743957$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645455$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745289$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743964$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743971$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0126$2doi
=024  7\$a1043409881$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN751
=050  00$aG88
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCX$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGuthke, Karl S.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.
=245  10$aExploring the Interior :$bEssays on Literary and Cultural History /$cKarl S. Guthke.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 360 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroduction: From the Interior of Continents to the Interior of the MindI. "THE GREAT MAP OF MANKIND UNROLLED”1. Faust and the Cannibals: Geographical Horizons in the Sixteenth Century2. "Errand into the Wilderness”: The American Careers of Some Cambridge Divines in the Pre-Commonwealth Era3. At Home in the World: Scholars and Scientists Expanding Horizons4. In the Wake of Captain Cook: Global versus Humanistic Education in the Age of Goethe5. Opening Goethe’s Weimar to the World: Travellers from Great Britain and America6. In a "Far-Off Land”: B. Traven’s Mexican StoriesII. WORLDS IN THE STARRY SKIES7. Nightmare and Utopia: Extraterrestrials from Galileo to Goethe8. Lessing’s Science: Exploring Life in the UniverseIII. THE UNIVERSE WITHIN9. A Saint with Blood on her Hands: Schiller’s Joan of Arc10. The Curse of Good Deeds: Schiller’s William Tell11. Revelation or Deceit? Last Words in Detective Novels12. Genius and Insanity: Nietzsche’s Collapse as Seen from ParaguayAcknowledgementsSelective Bibliography for Further ReadingIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this fascinating collection of essays Harvard Emeritus Professor Karl S. Guthke examines the ways in which, for European scholars and writers of the eighteenth and early nineteenth century, world-wide geographical exploration led to an exploration of the self. Guthke explains how in the age of Enlightenment and beyond intellectual developments were fuelled by excitement about what Ulrich Im Hof called "the grand opening-up of the wide world”, especially of the interior of the non-European continents. This outward turn was complemented by a fascination with "the world within” as anthropology and ethnology focused on the humanity of the indigenous populations of far-away lands – an interest in human nature that suggested a way for Europeans to understand themselves, encapsulated in Gauguin’s Tahitian rumination "What are we?”The essays in the first half of the book discuss first- or second-hand, physical or mental encounters with the exotic lands and populations beyond the supposed cradle of civilisation. The works of literature and documents of cultural life featured in these essays bear testimony to the crossing not only of geographical, ethnological, and cultural borders but also of borders of a variety of intellectual activities and interests. The second section examines the growing interest in astronomy and the engagement with imagined worlds in the universe, again with a view to understanding homo sapiens, as compared now to the extra-terrestrials that were confidently assumed to exist. The final group of essays focuses on the exploration of the landscape of what was called "the universe within”; featuring, among a variety of other texts, Schiller’s plays The Maid of Orleans and William Tell, these essays observe and analyse what Erich Heller termed "The Artist’s Journey into the Interior.”This collection, which travels from the interior of continents to the interior of the mind, is itself a set of explorations that revel in the discovery of what was half-hidden in language. Written by a scholar of international repute, it is eye-opening reading for all those with an interest in the literary and cultural history of (and since) the Enlightenment.
=536  \\$aAnne and Jim Rothenberg Fund for Humanities Research, Harvard University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aEnlightenment
=653  \\$ageographical exploration
=653  \\$aindigenous populations
=653  \\$ainterest in human nature
=653  \\$aexploration of the self
=653  \\$aliterary and cultural history
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0126$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0126_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04186nam  22005892  4500
=001  32e99c61-2352-4a88-bb9a-bd81f113ba1e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467785
=020  \\$z9781783740529$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740536$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740543$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644755$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740550$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740567$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0048$2doi
=024  7\$a993953124$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQP251
=072   7$aHRAM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG3$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL012030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMcKeown, John,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000347536382$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4753-6382
=245  10$aGod's Babies :$bNatalism and Bible Interpretation in Modern America /$cJohn McKeown.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 250 pages): $b12 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aA recording of the drama in German made available by the LibriVox project is available at the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsForeword by David Clough1. Natalism: A Popular Use of the Bible2. Protestant Natalism in the U.S.3. Martin Luther: Forerunner of Natalism?4. The Old Testament Context5. Augustine on Fruitfulness6. An Ecological Critique of Natalism7. ConclusionAppendixAbbreviationsWorks CitedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe human population's annual total consumption is not sustainable by one planet. This unprecedented situation calls for a reformation in religious cultures that promote a large ideal family size. Many observers assume that Christianity is inevitably part of this problem because it promotes "family values" and statistically, in America and elsewhere, has a higher birthrate than nonreligious people. This book explores diverse ideas about human reproduction in the church past and present. It investigates an extreme fringe of U.S. Protestantism, including the Quiverfull movement, that use Old Testament "fruitful" verses to support natalist ideas explicitly promoting higher fecundity. It also challenges the claim by some natalists that Martin Luther in the 16th century advocated similar ideas. This book argues that natalism is inappropriate as a Christian application of Scripture, especially since rich populations’ total footprints are detrimental to biodiversity and to human welfare. It explores the ancient cultural context of the Bible verses quoted by natalists. Challenging the assumption that religion normally promotes fecundity, the book finds surprising exceptions among early Christians (with a special focus on Saint Augustine) since they advocated spiritual fecundity in preference to biological fecundity. Finally the book uses a hermeneutic lens derived from Genesis 1, and prioritising the modern problem of biodiversity, to provide ecological interpretations of the Bible's "fruitful" verses.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aChristianlity
=653  \\$aNatalism
=653  \\$afamily
=653  \\$afecundity
=653  \\$aBible
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$abiodiversity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0048$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0048_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09966nam  22006852  4500
=001  660325d3-5730-426e-b900-eee7a7a6fa4c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385928
=020  \\$z9781800649057$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649064$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649071$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649118$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649101$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649088$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800649095$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0328$2doi
=024  7\$a1357154908$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGE190.E85
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aKFFM$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aGreening Europe :$b2022 European Public Investment Outlook /$cedited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi+218 pages): $b57 illustrations, 17 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional resources available on the publisher's website. Previous edition published: The great reset : 2021 European public investment outlook / edited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno and Andrew Watt. 2021.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements xiPreface xiiiFranco Bassanini, Alberto Quadrio Curzio, and Xavier RagotIntroduction xviiFloriana Cerniglia and Francesco SaracenoReferences xxvPart I: Outlook 11. Challenges for Public Investment in the EU: The Role of Policy, Energy Security and Climate Transition 3Andrea Brasili, Atanas Kolev, Debora Revoltella, and Jochen SchanzIntroduction 31.1 Public Investment in the EU: Trends and Outlook 41.4 Capital Transfers Are Set to Remain above Average 121.5 Security of Energy Supply and the Climate Transition 131.6 Energy Dependence Indicators 131.7 Improving Security of Energy Supply in the EU: REPowerEU 171.8 Conclusion 20References 212. Public Investment and Low-carbon Transition in France: Not Enough of a Good Thing? 23Meriem Hamdi-Cherif, Paul Malliet, Mathieu Plane, Frederic Reynes, Francesco Saraceno, and Alexandre Tourbah Introduction 232.1 Public Investment before the Pandemic: On a Downwards Trend since 2010 232.2 Public Investment during the Pandemic 292.3 Challenges and Perspectives of Low-carbon Investment: The Case of Infrastructures 302.4 Modelling Framework: The ThreeME Model 342.5 Macroeconomic Consequences of Additional Investment in Low-carbon Infrastructure 34Conclusion 38References 393. Public Investment in Germany: Squaring the Circle 41Katja Rietzler and Andrew Watt3.1 A Decade of Investment 413.2 Some Progress since 2019 423.3 War in Ukraine and High Inflation 443.4 Stability Programme Suggests that Additional Investment Is Mostly Military 453.5 The Critical Issue of Local Government Financing 473.6 The German Recovery and Resilience Plan 493.7 The Way to Sufficient Investment Spending 50References 514. NRRP—Italy’s Strategic Reform and Investment Programme: Sustaining an Ecological Transition 55Giovanni Barbieri, Floriana Cerniglia, Giuseppe F. Gori, and Patrizia LattaruloIntroduction 554.1 Public Investment and the NRRP-Italian Public Works Schedule 564.2 Ecological Transition and Green Investments in the Italian NRRP 604.3 Related Reforms 654.4 Multilevel Governance and the Role of Local Governments 664.5 Conclusions 68References 705. Current Challenges in the Spanish Energy Market 71José Villaverde, Lucía Ibáñez Luzon, Daniel Balsalobre-Lorente, and Adolfo MazaIntroduction 715.1 Evolution of the Spanish Energy Sector: A Retrospective Review 715.2 Public Policies for a Green Transition (2020–2030) 755.3 Current Scenario after the COVID-19 Pandemic and the Russian Invasion of Ukraine 795.4 REPowerEU 805.5 Final Conclusions and Policy Recommendations 83References 84Part II: Challenges 856. How Big Are Green Spending Multipliers? 87Nicoletta Batini, Mario Di Serio, Matteo Fragetta, Giovanni Melina, and Anthony WaldronIntroduction 876.1 Results 886.2 Green Energy versus Non-Green Energy Spending Multipliers 896.3 Green Land Use versus Non-Green Land Use Multipliers 916.4 Conclusions 93References 947. Europe’s Green Investment Requirements and the Role of Next Generation EU 97Klaas Lenaerts, Simone Tagliapietra, and Guntram B. WolffIntroduction 977.1 Overall Priorities 987.2 A More Detailed Examination 1007.3 Conclusion 104References 1058. The Public Spending Needs of Reaching the EU’s Climate Targets 107Claudio BacciantiIntroduction 1078.1 A Sectoral View of the Public Spending Needs in the EU 1088.2 Conclusion 124References 1259. The Investment Needs for REPowerEU 129Miguel Gil Tertre and Bert SaveynIntroduction 1299.1 Drivers of Natural Gas Demand Reduction in REPowerEU 1319.2. Investment Needs 1329.3 Why Should the Potential for Natural Gas Reduction Be Higher than 155 bcm? 1409.4 Conclusion 141References 142Annex on Price Trajectories between 2020 and 2050 for Gas, Oil and Coal 14210. Public Spending for Future Generations: Recent Trends in EU Countries 145Lorenzo Ferrari and Valentina MelicianiIntroduction 14510.1 GFCF and EFG in the EU 14710.2 Trends in the EFG in the EU and Comparisons with the GFCF 14810.3. Comparative and Absolute Advantage: International Comparisons 15610.4 Conclusions and Policy Considerations 162References 16411. Assessing the Quality of Green Finance Standards 165Xi Liang and Hannah Gao11.1 What Are Green Finance Standards? 16611.2 What Are the Differences between Green Finance Standards? 17011.3 Nuclear and Natural Gas as Green Investments? 17111.4 Does Green Finance Product Deserve Public Financial Incentive? 172References 17512. Green Investments: Two Possible Interpretations of the “Do No Significant Harm” Principle 177Claudio De VincentiIntroduction 17712.1 The DNSH Principle in the EU Documents 17712.2 An Evaluation: The Need to Get out of an Impasse 17912.3 An Open Mind Approach to the DNSH Principle 18212.4 The War, REPowerEU and Taxo4 18312.5 We Need a Flapping of Wings 185References 18513. Towards a Socially Just Green Transition: The Role of Welfare States and Public Finances 187Cinzia Alcidi, Francesco Corti, Daniel Gros, and Alessandro LiscaiIntroduction 18713.1 The EU Initiatives to Address the Socio-Ecological Transition 18913.2 How to Tackle the Persisting Social Infrastructural Gap in the EU 19013.3 A European Golden Rule for Social Investment 19213.4 Amortisation of Public Investments 19513.5 Conclusions 196References 197Contributor Biographies 201List of Illustrations 211List of Tables 213
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe third installment of the ‘European Public Investment Outlook’ series is an important and timely publication that draws together recent analyses to recommend significant increases in public investment in green ventures. Compelling data from key economists affiliated with international organizations like the International Monetary Fund, European Investment Bank and the European Commission, as well as academic departments and policy institutes are a clarion call for green investment to boost the economy and put the planet on a sustainable path.Like its predecessors, the book presents the issues in a lucid and navigable manner. Part I explores the EU’s current levels of green public investment, as well as the challenges ahead in achieving net zero carbon emissions after years of decreasing funding and the obstacles presented by the COVID-19 pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine. The public investment trends of France, Germany, Italy and Spain are systematically evaluated, as well as the REPowerEU policy – accelerated in Spring 2022 – to move away from Russia’s supply of fossil fuels. Part II focuses on the investment needed for green transition; the important economic and fiscal effects and benefits this would bring; and the reality of what is required before 2030 to achieve the EU’s carbon-neutral targets by 2050.Greening Europe is essential reading for economists, environmentalists, and policymakers. It should also be of interest to anyone who wants to understand the cost implications of the ‘carbon-neutral’ policies that governments have promised, and the urgent need to change our approach towards energy usage.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEuropean Public Investment Outlook
=653  \\$apublic investment
=653  \\$agreen ventures
=653  \\$ainternational organizations
=653  \\$aInternational Monetary Fund
=653  \\$aEuropean Investment Bank
=653  \\$aEuropean Commission
=653  \\$aacademic departments
=653  \\$apolicy institutes
=653  \\$aeconomy
=653  \\$asustainable path
=700  1\$aCerniglia, Floriana,$eeditor.$uUniversità Cattolica del Sacro Cuore.$0(orcid)000000019972716X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9972-716X
=700  1\$aSaraceno, Francesco,$eeditor.$uSciences Po, Paris.$0(orcid)0000000301214329$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-4329
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0328$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0328_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03982nam  22005892  4500
=001  d3cbec05-fe9d-462a-8658-ad68fd17a1f8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513482
=020  \\$z9781805113454$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113461$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113478$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113492$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113485$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0413$2doi
=024  7\$a1461946199$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aNC242.B3
=072   7$aART015100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART015030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aABA$2thema
=072   7$aAFH$2thema
=072   7$aAF$2thema
=072   7$aAFF$2thema
=100  1\$aStead, Evanghelia,$eauthor.$uUniversité de Versailles Saint-Quentin-en-Yvelines.$0(orcid)0000000257377947$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5737-7947
=245  10$aGrotesque and Performance in the Art of Aubrey Beardsley /$cEvanghelia Stead.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+280 pages): $b134 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of AbbreviationsIntroductory Note and AcknowledgementsIntroduction: Breaking the Mould of Victorianism1. Grotesque Vignettes and the “All Margin” Book2. A Foetal Laboratory and Its Influence3. A Dandy’s Portico of Portraits4. Beardsley Images and the “Europe of Reviews”5. Paris Performance Alive and DeadBibliography and IconographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a“If I am not grotesque, I am nothing.”This insightful study illuminates previously unexplored aspects of Aubrey Beardsley’s relationship to the grotesque and his use of media, particularly his manipulation of the periodical press. For the first time and with keen intelligence, Evanghelia Stead fully reveals the aesthetic importance of Beardsley’s Bon-Mots vignettes, as well as the relationship between Darwinism, his innovative foetus motif, and Decadence itself.Beautifully illustrated throughout, the book calls on histories of culture and aesthetics to show how the artist reworked traditional imagery and manipulated it beyond recognition—revealing for instance the influence of cathedral grotesques on Beardsley’s own grotesque performances. Stead also demonstrates his major impact on Italian, French, American and German creative minds through the periodical press.Rich in original thought and detailed, comparative analysis, this book is an invigorating and enlightening read for scholars of Aubrey Beardsley, as well as for anyone interested in nineteenth-century visual culture, art history, art criticism, print culture, illustration, grotesque iconography, and cultural history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAubrey Beardsley
=653  \\$agrotesque
=653  \\$amedia and print culture
=653  \\$amedia performance
=653  \\$afin-de-siècle
=653  \\$aBritish and comparative art
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0413$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0413_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04535nam  22006132  4500
=001  ab3a9d7f-c9b9-42bf-9942-45f68b40bcd6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452975
=020  \\$z9781783745807$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745814$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745821$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645738$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746088$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745838$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745845$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0155$2doi
=024  7\$a1082988925$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQ175.55
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSX$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI080000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI008000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aNettle, Daniel,$eauthor.$uNewcastle University.
=245  10$aHanging on to the Edges :$bEssays on Science, Society and the Academic Life /$cDaniel Nettle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 256 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionPART ONE1.    How my theory explains everything: and can make you happier, healthier, and wealthier2.    What we talk about when we talk about biology3.    The cultural and the agentic4.    What is cultural evolution like?5.    Is it explanation yet?PART TWO6.    The mill that grinds young people old 7.    Why inequality is bad8.    Let them eat cake!9.    The worst thing about poverty is not having enough money10.    Getting your head around the Universal Basic IncomePART THREE11.    The need for discipline12.    Waking up and going out to work in the uncanny valley13.    Staying in the game14.    Morale is high (since I gave up hope)Acknowledgements}Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat does it mean to be a scientist working today; specifically, a scientist whose subject matter is human life? Scientists often overstate their claim to certainty, sorting the world into categorical distinctions that obstruct rather than clarify its complexities. In this book Daniel Nettle urges the reader to unpick such distinctions—biological versus social sciences, mind versus body, and nature versus nurture—and look instead for the for puzzles and anomalies, the points of connection and overlap. These essays, converted from often humorous, sometimes autobiographical blog posts, form an extended meditation on the possibilities and frustrations of the life scientific. Pragmatically arguing from the intersection between social and biological sciences, Nettle reappraises the virtues of policy initiatives such as Universal Basic Income and income redistribution, highlighting the traps researchers and politicians are liable to encounter. This provocative, intelligent and self-critical volume is a testament to the possibilities of interdisciplinary study—whose virtues Nettle stridently defends—drawing from and having implications for a wide cross-section of academic inquiry. This will appeal to anybody curious about the implications of social and biological sciences for increasingly topical political concerns. It comes particularly recommended to Sciences and Social Sciences students and to scholars seeking to extend the scope of their field in collaboration with other disciplines.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ascience
=653  \\$asocial science
=653  \\$ainterdisciplinary studies
=653  \\$abiology
=653  \\$ascientific theories
=653  \\$aacademic research
=653  \\$ahuman behaviour
=653  \\$abehavioural studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0155$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0155_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04688nam  22007092  4500
=001  6cd799a2-9eae-4264-8b89-d5b7adc667eb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361494
=020  \\$z9781800649668$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649675$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649682$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649729$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649712$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649699$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0338$2doi
=024  7\$a1390452292$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB105.L44
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQD$2thema
=072   7$aQDTS$2thema
=072   7$aKCP$2thema
=072   7$aRND$2thema
=245  00$aHaving Too Much :$bPhilosophical Essays on Limitarianism /$cedited by Ingrid Robeyns.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+404 pages): $b4 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceviiIngrid Robeyns1. Introducing the Philosophy of Limitarianism1Ingrid Robeyns2. Having Too Much15Ingrid Robeyns3. Limits to Wealth in the History of Western Philosophy61Matthias Kramm and Ingrid Robeyns4. Autonomy-Based Reasons for Limitarianism91Danielle Zwarthoed5. Limitarianism: Pattern, Principle, or Presumption?129Dick Timmer6. The Limits of Limitarianism151Robert Huseby7. Why Limitarianism?175Ingrid Robeyns8. Presumptive Limitarianism: A Reply to Huseby203Dick Timmer9. Sufficiency, Limits, and Multi-Threshold Views219Colin Hickey10. A Neo-Republican Argument for Limitarianism247Elena Icardi11. The Self-Respect Argument for Limitarianism271Christian Neuhäuser12: Climate Change, Distributive Justice, and “Pre-Institutional” Limits on Resource Appropriation297Colin Hickey13: Ecological Limits: Science, Justice, Policy, and the Good Life335Fergus Green14: Limitarianism and Future Generations361Tim MeijersContributor Biographies391Index395
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHaving Too Much is the first academic volume devoted to limitarianism: the idea that the use of economic or ecosystem resources should not exceed certain limits. This concept has deep roots in economic and political thought. One can find similar statements of such limits in thinkers such as Plato, Aquinas, and Spinoza. But Having Too Much is the first time in contemporary political philosophy that limitarianism is explored at length and in detail. Bringing together in one place the best writing from key theorists of limitarianism, this book is an essential contribution to political philosophy in general, and theories of distributive justice in particular. Including some of the key published articles as well as new chapters, Having Too Much is necessary reading for scholars and students of political theory and philosophy, as well as anyone interested in questions of distributive justice.
=536  \\$aEuropean Research Council$c726153$eEuropean Union’s Horizon 2020 Research and Innovation Programme$fERC Consolidators Grant
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alimitarianism
=653  \\$amaterial resources
=653  \\$aeconomic limitarianism
=653  \\$aecological limitarianism
=653  \\$afuture generations
=653  \\$apolitical thought
=653  \\$adistributive justice
=653  \\$aintergenerational justice
=700  1\$aRobeyns, Ingrid,$eeditor.$uUtrecht University.$0(orcid)0000000228931814$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2893-1814
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0338$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0338_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04562nam  22006732  4500
=001  192a1dd3-738d-4092-80b8-b8eb367d07bb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361260
=020  \\$z9781800649521$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649538$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649545$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649583$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649576$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649552$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0335$2doi
=024  7\$a1410495971$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aR858
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJKS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI102000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED078000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED106000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED058090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSAX$2thema
=072   7$aTCB$2thema
=072   7$aMBN$2thema
=072   7$aMBGR$2thema
=100  1\$aIngram, David,$eauthor.
=245  10$aHealth Care in the Information Society :$bVolume 1 - From Adventure of Ideas to Anarchy of Transition /$cDavid Ingram.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiv+476 pages): $b11 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthor’s BiographyPrefaceProloguePART ONE—ADVENTURE OF IDEAS 1. Introduction—Connecting for Health2 Knowledge, Language and Reason—From Ancient Times to the Information Age3. Observation and Measurement—From Cubits to Qubits4. Models and Simulations—The Third Arm of Science5. Information and Engineering—The Interface of Science and SocietyAcknowledgementsDonorsContents in DetailList of InukbooksList of FiguresInitial List of Additional ResourcesReferencesIndex of Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this fascinating book David Ingram traces the history of information technology and health informatics from its pioneers in the middle of the twentieth century to its latest developments. The book is distinctive in its broad scope and coverage and as the eyewitness account of an author who became the first UK professor appointed with the mission to bridge information technology with everyday medicine, health, and care. In this role, he has been a co-founder and leader of two rapidly growing initiatives, openEHR and OpenEyes, which stem from international collaborations of universities, health services and industries. These open source and open platform technologies have struck a widely resonant chord worldwide through their focus on community interest endeavours and open access to their methods and outputs. Set against the history of extremely costly, burdensome, and serially unsuccessful top-down attempts of governments to tackle the domain, the book argues for a greater focus on shared endeavours of this kind, contributing towards a standardized care information utility that incorporates methods and resources evolved, shared, and sustained in the public domain. As information technologies are now at the very core of health care, shaping the relationship between medical services and communities, professions, organisations and industries this book  is important reading for politicians, health care academics, administrators and providers, and to anybody interested in the future of health services in the digital age.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aInformation technology
=653  \\$aHealth informatics
=653  \\$aUK's National Health Service
=653  \\$aOpenEHR
=653  \\$apublic domain
=653  \\$aStandardized care information utility
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0335$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0335_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04703nam  22006732  4500
=001  757336e7-a85e-4707-91ea-7476f363c993
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361260
=020  \\$z9781800648036$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648050$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648067$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111931$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111924$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805111917$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0384$2doi
=024  7\$a1410494574$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aR858
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJKS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI102000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED078000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED106000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED058090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSAX$2thema
=072   7$aTCB$2thema
=072   7$aMBN$2thema
=072   7$aMBGR$2thema
=100  1\$aIngram, David,$eauthor.
=245  10$aHealth Care in the Information Society :$bVolume 2 - From Anarchy of Transition to Programme for Reform /$cDavid Ingram.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vii+612 pages): $b47 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPART TWO—ANARCHY OF TRANSITION6. Life and Information—Co-evolving Sciences7. Health Care and Information Technology—Co-evolving ServicesPART THREE—PROGRAMME FOR REFORM8. Care Information as a Utility—What Is Needed and Why?8½. Halfway Houses towards openCare—Stories of GEHR, openEHR and OpenEyes9. Creating and Sustaining the Care Information Utility—How, Where and by Whom?10. Half and Whole—Halfway between Information Age and Information SocietyPostscriptAcknowledgementsDonorsContents in DetailList of InukbooksList of FiguresList of TablesInitial List of Additional ResourcesReferencesIndex of Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this fascinating book David Ingram traces the history of information technology and health informatics from its pioneers in the middle of the twentieth century to its latest developments.The book is distinctive in its broad scope and coverage and as the eyewitness account of an author who became the first UK professor appointed with the mission to bridge information technology with everyday medicine, health, and care. In this role, he has been a co-founder and leader of two rapidly growing initiatives, openEHR and OpenEyes, which stem from international collaborations of universities, health services and industries. These open source and open platform technologies have struck a widely resonant chord worldwide through their focus on community interest endeavours and open access to their methods and outputs.Set against the history of extremely costly, burdensome, and serially unsuccessful top-down attempts of governments to tackle the domain, the book argues for a greater focus on shared endeavours of this kind, contributing towards a standardized care information utility that incorporates methods and resources evolved, shared, and sustained in the public domain.As information technologies are now at the very core of health care, shaping the relationship between medical services and communities, professions, organisations and industries this book is important reading for politicians, health care academics, administrators and providers, and to anybody interested in the future of health services in the digital age.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aInformation technology
=653  \\$aHealth informatics
=653  \\$aUK's National Health Service
=653  \\$aOpenEHR
=653  \\$apublic domain
=653  \\$aStandardized care information utility
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0384$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0384_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04463nam  22006132  4500
=001  d677775d-99a8-49a2-b752-cb9afb9134bb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446239
=020  \\$z9781783749560$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749584$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649774$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110439$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643901$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0373$2doi
=024  7\$a1429614663$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD9506.A2
=072   7$aRB$2bicssc
=072   7$aRBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aRBGD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aRNK$2thema
=072   7$aRBK$2thema
=072   7$aRBG$2thema
=245  00$aHeavy Metal :$bEarth’s Minerals and the Future of Sustainable Societies /$cedited by Philippe D. Tortell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+254 pages): $b24 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsContributor BiographiesIntroductionColonialism and MiningThe Future Demand and Supply of Critical MineralsWhere We Find MetalsOcean MineralsMines in the SkyMining in Icy WorldsLandscapes of ExtractionBlack Panther and an Afrofuturist Vision for MiningThe Face of MiningIndigenous Mining: Ancient Wisdom and Modern PracticeCan Small Mining Be Beautiful?A Closer Relationship with Our MetalsA Matter of TrustThe Heavy Metal SuiteThe Copper Supply Gap: Mining Bigger and DeeperLithiumMetal and WaterMine WasteMicrobial MiningA New Life for Old MetalsThe End of EndlessnessIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHeavy Metal: Earth’s Minerals and the Future of Sustainable Societies brings together world-leading experts from across the globe to reimagine the future of mineral exploration and mining in a post-fossil fuel world.Minerals and metals – for batteries, circuit boards, wiring and other components – are essential to a digital, carbon-neutral economy. But how can we grapple with the environmental, social and geopolitical challenges caused by the extraction and use of these critical resources?Concise, accessible, and engaging, the essays in this timely collection intertwine a broad spectrum of disciplines to help us understand and reimagine our relationship with minerals. Exploring a wide range of themes, from the colonial history of mining and Indigenous resistance, to new frontiers in exploration geology, waste management and recycling, this book draws on experts from fields as diverse as geology, mining engineering, law, economics and public policy.  The book also explores mineral resources through an artistic lens, with a collection of stunning images from the Canadian photographer Edward Burtynsky, and excerpts of a new musical work, the Heavy Metal Suite. This thought-provoking and ultimately hopeful book guides us towards a more responsible, ethical and sustainable use of metals and minerals. It is essential reading for anyone interested in how we supply the resources needed for a carbon-neutral economic future.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aminerals
=653  \\$amining
=653  \\$aenvironmental sustainability
=653  \\$ageology
=653  \\$aengineering
=653  \\$aIndigenous resistance
=700  1\$aTortell, Philippe D.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000302122151$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0212-2151
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0373$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0373_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05405nam  22006372  4500
=001  9d5ac1c6-a763-49b4-98b2-355d888169be
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452795
=020  \\$z9781906924362$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924379$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924386$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644403$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0013$2doi
=024  7\$a794698071$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPS2124
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aHenry James's Europe :$bHeritage and Transfer /$cedited by Dennis Tredy, Annick Duperray, Adrian Harding.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv + 294 pages): $b5 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceDennis TredyOn ‘The European Society of Jamesian Studies’Adrian HardingPart 1: Ethics and Aesthetics1. Henry James on Opening the Door to the DevilJean Gooder2. From Romance to Redemption: James and the Ethics of GlobalizationRoxana Oltean3. James’s Sociology of Taste: The Ambassadors, Commodity Consumption and Cultural CritiqueEsther Sanchez-Pardo4. Bad InvestmentsEric SavoyPart 2: French and Italian Hours5. ‘The Crash of Civilization’: James and the Idea of France, 1914-15Hazel Hutchison6. The Citizens of Babylon and the Imperial Imperative: James’s Modern Parisian WomenClaire Garcia7. French as the Fantasmal Idiom of Truth in What Maisie KnewAgnès Derail-Imbert8. Figures of Fulfilment: James and ‘a Sense of Italy’Jacek Gutorow9. The Aspern Papers: from Florence to an Intertextual City, VeniceRosella Mamoli Zorzi10. The Wavering Ruins of The AmericanEnrico BottaPart 3: Appropriating European Thematics11. Balzacian Intertextuality and Jamesian Autobiography in The AmbassadorsKathleen Lawrence12. A Discordance Between the Self and the World: The Collector in Balzac’s Cousin Pons and James’s ‘Adina’ Simone Francescato13. ‘Déjà vu’ in ‘The Turn of the Screw’Max DuperrayPart 4: Allusion14. Some Allusions in the Early StoriesAngus Wrenn15. C’est strictement confidentiel: Buried Allusions in Confidence (1879)Rebekah Scott16. James and the Habit of AllusionOliver HerfordPart 5: Performance17. The Absent Writer in The Tragic MuseNelly Valtat-Comet18. James and the ‘Paradox of the Comedian’Richard Anker19. Benjamin Britten’s Appropriation of James in ‘Owen Wingrave’Hubert TeyssandierPart 6: Authorship and Self-Representation20. Narrative Heterogeneity as an Adjustable Fictional Lens in The American SceneEleftheria Arapoglou21. James’s Faces: Appearance, Absorption and the Aesthetic Significance of the FaceJakob Stougaard-Nielson22. From Copying to Revision: The American to The AmbassadorsPaula Marantz Cohen23. Friction with the Publishers, or How James Manipulated his Editors in the Early 1870’sPierre A. Walker24. Losing Oneself: Autobiography, Memory, VisionJohn HollandBibliography of works citedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAs an American author who chose to live in Europe, Henry James frequently wrote about cultural differences between the Old and New World. The plight of bewildered Americans adrift on a sea of European sophistication became a regular theme in his fiction.This collection of twenty-four papers from some of the world’s leading James scholars offers a comprehensive picture of the author’s cross-cultural aesthetics. It provides detailed analyses of James’s perception of Europe—of its people and places, its history and culture, its artists and thinkers, its aesthetics and its ethics—which ultimately lead to a profound reevaluation of his writing.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHenry James
=653  \\$aEuropean reception of Henry James
=653  \\$aauthorship
=653  \\$aEnglish literature
=653  \\$aEuropean Society of Jamesian Studies
=653  \\$aAmericans in Europe
=653  \\$aAmerican literature
=653  \\$aThe Ambassadors
=653  \\$aWhat Maisie Knew
=653  \\$aThe American
=653  \\$aPortrait of a Lady
=653  \\$anovel
=700  1\$aTredy, Dennis,$eeditor.$uSorbonne Nouvelle University.
=700  1\$aDuperray, Annick,$eeditor.$uAix-Marseille Université.
=700  1\$aHarding, Adrian,$eeditor.$uAmerican University of Paris.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0013$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0013_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07628nam  22006252  4500
=001  116a814c-5ccb-484f-9a1c-a17f3003c083
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361345
=020  \\$z9781805111276$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111283$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111290$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111337$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111320$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805111306$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781805114710$q(MP3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0363$2doi
=024  7\$a1406069655$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC191.9
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJNF$2thema
=072   7$aJNFC$2thema
=072   7$aJNA$2thema
=245  00$aHigher Education for Good :$bTeaching and Learning Futures /$cedited by Laura Czerniewicz, Catherine Cronin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+648 pages): $b52 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of ArtworkAbout the editorsAbout the authors and artistsList of peer-reviewersAcknowledgementsForewordJonathan JansenPrefaceCarolina Guzmán-ValenzuelaSECTION I Finding Fortitude and HopeHigher education for goodCatherine Cronin and Laura Czerniewicz1. Writing from the wreckage: Austerity and the public universityRobin DeRosa2. Counters to despairSherri SpelicSECTION IIMaking Sense of the Unknown and Emergent3. On public goods, cursing, and finding hope in the (neoliberal) twilight zoneSu-Ming Khoo4. Imagining higher education as infrastructures of careLeslie Chan, Mona Ghali, and Paul Prinsloo5. Why decolonising “knowledge” matters: Deliberations for educators on that made fragileDina Zoe Belluigi6. Closing the factory: Reimagining higher education as commonsJim Luke7. Fostering the gift: On property regimes and teaching pedagogies in higher educationAndreas Wittel8. A meditation on global further education, in haiku formJess Auerbach Jahajeeah9. Artificial intelligence for good? Challenges and possibilities  of AI in higher education from a data justice perspectiveEkaterina Pechenkina10. HE4Good assemblages: FemEdTech Quilt of Care and Justice in Open EducationFrances Bell, Lorna Campbell, Giulia Forsythe, Lou Mycroft, and Anne-Marie ScottSECTION IIIConsidering Alternative Futures11. Calm in the stormPaola Corti and Chrissi Nerantzi12. Visioning futures of higher education for the common goodMpine Makoe13. Speculative futures for higher education:  weaving perspectives for goodElizabeth Childs, George Veletsianos, Amber Donahue, Tamara Leary, Kyla McLeod, and Anne-Marie Scott14. “Vibrant, open and accessible”: Students’ visions of higher education futuresSharon Flynn, Julie Byrne, Maeve Devoy, Jonathon Johnston, Rob Lowney, Eimer Magee, Kate Molloy, David Moloney, Morag Munro, Fernandos Ongolly, Jasmine Ryan, Suzanne Stone, Michaela Waters, and Kyle Wright15. Vulnerability and generosity: The good future for Australian higher educationKate BowlesSECTION IVMaking Change through Teaching, Assessment and Learning Design16. A design justice approach to Universal Design for Learning: Perspectives from the Global SouthAleya Ramparsad Banwari, Philip Dambisya, Benedict Khumalo, and Kristin van Tonder17. Humanising learning design with digital pragmatismKate Molloy and Clare Thomson18. Advancing ‘openness’ as a strategy against platformisation in educationTel Amiel and Janaina do Rozário Diniz19. Imagination and justice: Teaching the future(s) of higher education through Africanfuturist speculative fictionFelicitas Macgilchrist and Eamon Costello20. One-one coco full basket — on the value of critical pedagogy of caring for learning and teaching in higher educationCarol Hordatt Gentles21. Critical data literacies for goodCaroline Kuhn, Judith Pete, and Juliana E. Raffaghelli22. Collaboratively reimagining teaching and learningFlora Fabian, Jonathan Harle, Perpetua Kalimasi, Rehema Kilonzo, Gloria Lamaro, Albert Luswata, David Monk, Edwin Ngowi, Femi Nzegwu, and Damary Sikalieh23. The only way is ethics: A dialogue of assessment and social goodTim Fawns and Juuso Nieminen, but not necessarily in that orderSECTION V(Re)making HE Systems and Structures24. Cultivating sustainable blended and open learning ecosystemsPatricia Arinto, Primo Garcia, and Ana Katrina Marcial25. Making higher education institutions as open knowledge institutionsPradeep Kumar Misra and Sanjaya Mishra26. “It’s about transforming lives!”: Supporting students in post pandemic higher educationVicki Trowler27. Who cares about procurement?Anne-Marie Scott and Brenna Clarke GrayAfterword: Higher education for goodRaewyn ConnellThe last word: “Making noises through our work”Jyoti AroraIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAfter decades of turbulence and acute crises in recent years, how can we build a better future for Higher Education?Thoughtfully edited by Laura Czerniewicz and Catherine Cronin, this rich and diverse collection by academics and professionals from across 17 countries and many disciplines offers a variety of answers to this question. It addresses the need to set new values for universities, trapped today in narratives dominated by financial incentives and performance indicators, and examines those “wicked” problems which need multiple solutions, resolutions, experiments, and imaginaries.This mix of new and well-established voices provides hopeful new ways of thinking about Higher Education across a range of contexts, and how to concretise initiatives to deal with local and global challenges. In an unusual and refreshing way, the contributors provide insights about resilience tactics and collective actions across different levels of higher education using an array of styles and formats including essays, poetry, and speculative fiction. With its interdisciplinary appeal, this book presents itself as a provocative and inspiring resource for universities, students, and scholars. Higher Education for Good courageously offers critique, hope, and purpose for the practice and the trajectory of Higher Education.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHigher Education
=653  \\$aperformance indicators
=653  \\$aresilience tactics
=653  \\$aUniversities
=653  \\$aHE system
=700  1\$aCzerniewicz, Laura,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cape Town.$0(orcid)0000000212397493$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1239-7493
=700  1\$aCronin, Catherine,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000192667598$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9266-7598
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0363$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0363_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04277nam  22007212  4500
=001  b7790cae-1901-446e-b529-b5fe393d8061
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452864
=020  \\$z9781783740222$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740239$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740246$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644984$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747788$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783740253$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740260$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0074$2doi
=024  7\$a1135530383$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJZ1305
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS039000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRingmar, Erik,$eauthor.$uIbn Haldun University.$0(orcid)0000000281106514$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8110-6514
=245  10$aHistory of International Relations :$bA Non-European Perspective /$cErik Ringmar.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+206 pages): $b9 illustrations, 14 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional material and updates available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aThe AuthorAcknowledgmentsThis book    Introduction    China and East Asia    India and Indianization    The Muslim Caliphates    The Mongol Khanates    Africa    The Americas    European ExpansionAfterthoughts: Walls and Bridges
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a Existing textbooks on international relations treat history in a cursory fashion and perpetuate a Euro-centric perspective. This textbook pioneers a new approach by historicizing the material traditionally taught in International Relations courses, and by explicitly focusing on non-European cases, debates and issues.The volume is divided into three parts. The first part focuses on the international systems that traditionally existed in Europe, East Asia, pre-Columbian Central and South America, Africa and Polynesia. The second part discusses the ways in which these international systems were brought into contact with each other through the agency of Mongols in Central Asia, Arabs in the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean, Indic and Sinic societies in South East Asia, and the Europeans through their travels and colonial expansion. The concluding section concerns contemporary issues: the processes of decolonization, neo-colonialism and globalization – and their consequences on contemporary society.History of International Relations provides a unique textbook for undergraduate and graduate students of international relations, and anybody interested in international relations theory, history, and contemporary politics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ainternational relations
=653  \\$anon-European perspective
=653  \\$aInternational Relations courses
=653  \\$aEast Asia
=653  \\$apre-Columbian Central and South America
=653  \\$aAfrica
=653  \\$aPolynesia
=653  \\$aMongols in Central Asia
=653  \\$aArabs in the Mediterranean
=653  \\$athe Indian Ocean
=653  \\$aIndic and Sinic societies in South East Asia
=653  \\$athe Europeans
=653  \\$acolonial expansion
=653  \\$adecolonization
=653  \\$aneo-colonialism
=653  \\$aglobalization
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0074$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0074_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03996nam  22006612  4500
=001  40602082-0711-4126-8046-4d21df9ca1b3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392547
=020  \\$z9781800642669$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642676$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642683$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646575$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642713$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642690$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642706$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0266$2doi
=024  7\$a1292356768$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB188
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI046000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPotter, Thea,$eauthor.
=245  10$aHoros :$bAncient Boundaries and the Ecology of Stone /$cThea Potter.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiii+315 pages): $b8 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbbreviationsList of IllustrationsAcknowledgementsPrologueIntroductionThea Potter1. A New Ancient PetrographyThea Potter2. Does the Letter Matter?Thea Potter3. Breaking the LawThea Potter4. Terminological HorizonsThea Potter5. The Presence of the LithicThea Potter6. Geophilia Entombed or the Boundary of a Woman’s MindThea Potter7. Solon’s Petromorphic BiopoliticsThea Potter8. I Am the Boundary of the MarketThea PotterBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Horos, Thea Potter explores the complex relationship between classical philosophy and the ‘horos’, a stone that Athenians erected to mark the boundaries of their marketplace, their gravestones, their roads and their private property.Potter weaves this history into a meditation on the ancient philosophical concept of horos, the foundational project of determination and definition, arguing that it is central to the development of classical philosophy and the marketplace.Horos challenges many significant interpretations of ancient thought. With nuance and insight, Potter combines the works of Aristotle, Plato, Homer and archaic Greek inscriptions with the twentieth-century continental philosophy of Heidegger, Derrida and Walter Benjamin. The result is a powerful study of the theme of boundaries in classical Athenian society as evidenced by boundary stones, law and exchange, ontology, insurgency and occupation.The innovative book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of ancient Greek social history, philosophy, and literature, as well as to the general reader who is curious to know more about classical life and philosophy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ahoros
=653  \\$aAthenians
=653  \\$aconcept of horos
=653  \\$aAristotle
=653  \\$aPlato
=653  \\$aHomer
=653  \\$aclassical Athenian society
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0266$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0266_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04282nam  22006732  4500
=001  66364150-35ae-4741-848f-45b56752fdd3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446251
=020  \\$z9781805111580$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111597$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111603$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111634$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111610$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0378$2doi
=024  7\$a1422039773$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aN7956.A1
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aART015070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART035000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAGA$2thema
=072   7$aAB$2thema
=072   7$aQR$2thema
=072   7$aNH$2thema
=100  1\$aTarasov, Oleg,$eauthor.
=245  10$aHow Divine Images Became Art :$bEssays on the Rediscovery, Study and Collecting of Medieval Icons in the Belle Époque /$cOleg Tarasov; translated by Stella Rock.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+220 pages): $b35 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction 1. Fashion, Taste and Form 2. From Images of Italy to Early Russian Art 3. The New Museum of Medieval Icons 4. Florenskii, Metaphysics and Reverse PerspectiveConclusionBibliographyList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow Divine Images Became Art tells the story of the parallel ‘discovery’ of Russian medieval art and of the Italian ‘primitives’ at the beginning of the twentieth century. While these two developments are well-known, they are usually studied in isolation. Tarasov’s study has the great merit of showing the connection between the art world in Russia and the West, and its impact in the cultural history of the continent in the pre-war period. Drawing on a profound familiarity with Russian sources, some of which are little known to Western scholars, and on equally expert knowledge of Western material and scholarship, Oleg Tarasov presents a fresh perspective on early twentieth-century Russian and Western art. The author demonstrates that during the Belle Époque, the interest in medieval Russian icons and Italian ‘primitives’ lead to the recognition of both as distinctive art forms conveying a powerful spiritual message. Formalist art theory and its influence on art collecting played a major role in this recognition of aesthetic and moral value of ‘primitive’ paintings, and was instrumental in reshaping the perception of divine images as artworks.Ultimately, this monograph represents a significant contribution to our understanding of early twentieth-century art; it will be of interest to art scholars, students and anyone interested in the spiritual and aesthetic revival of religious paintings in the Belle Époque.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDivine Images
=653  \\$aArt history
=653  \\$aRussian medieval art
=653  \\$aItalian primitives
=653  \\$aBelle Epoque
=653  \\$aFormalist art theory
=700  1\$aRock, Stella,$etranslator.$uThe Open University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0378$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0378_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05648nam  22006252  4500
=001  7b9b68c6-8bb6-42c5-8b19-bf5e56b7293e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467798
=020  \\$z9781909254053$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254060$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254077$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644618$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254084$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254091$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0034$2doi
=024  7\$a1086429597$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR357
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHaring, Lee,$eauthor.$uCity University of New York.
=245  10$aHow to Read a Folktale :$bThe 'Ibonia' Epic from Madagascar /$cLee Haring.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 153 pages): $b4 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword to IboniaPreface1. Introduction: What Ibonia is and How to Read it2. How to Read Ibonia: Folkloric Restatement3. What it is: Texts, Plural4. Texture and Structure: How it is Made5. Context, History, Interpretation6. Ibonia, He of the Clear and Captivating Glance    There Is No Child    Her Quest for Conception    The Locust Becomes a Baby    The Baby Chooses a Wife and Refuses Names    His Quest for a Birthplace    Yet Unnamed    Refusing Names from Princes    The Name for a Perfected Man    Power    Stone Man Shakes    He Refuses More Names    Games    He Arms Himself    He Is Tested    He Combats Beast and Man    He Refuses Other Wives    The Disguised Flayer    An Old Man Becomes Stone Man’s Rival    Victory: "Dead, I Do Not Leave You on Earth; Living, I Give You to No Man”    Return of the Royal Couple    Ibonia Prescribes Laws and Bids FarewellAppendix: Versions and Variants    Text 0, "Rasoanor”. Antandroy, 1650s. Translated from Étienne de Flacourt (1661)    Text 2, "Ibonia”. Merina tale collected in 1875–1877. James Sibree Jr. (1884)    Text 3, Merina tale collected in 1875–1877. Summary by John Richardson (1877)    Text 6, "The king of the north and the king of the south”. Merina tale collected in 1907–1910 at Alasora, region of Antananarivo. Translated from Charles Renel, Charles (1910)    Text 7, "Iafolavitra the adulterer”. Tanala tale collected in 1907–1910 in Ikongo region, Farafangana province. Translated from Charles Renel (1910)    Text 8, "Soavololonapanga”. Bara tale, ca. 1934. Translated from Raymond Decary (1964)    Text 9, "The childless couple”. Antankarana tale, collected in 1907–1910 at Manakana, Vohemar province. Translated from Charles Renel (1910)    Text 14, "The story of Ravato-Rabonia”. Sakalava, 1970s. Translated from Suzanne Chazan-Gillig (1991)Works CitedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow to Read a Folktale offers the first English translation of Ibonia, a spellbinding tale of old Madagascar. Ibonia is a folktale on epic scale. Much of its plot sounds familiar: a powerful royal hero attempts to rescue his betrothed from an evil adversary and, after a series of tests and duels, he and his lover are joyfully united with a marriage that affirms the royal lineage. These fairytale elements link Ibonia with European folktales, but the tale is still very much a product of Madagascar. It contains African-style praise poetry for the hero; it presents Indonesian-style riddles and poems; and it inflates the form of folktale into epic proportions. Recorded when the Malagasy people were experiencing European contact for the first time, Ibonia proclaims the power of the ancestors against the foreigner. Through Ibonia, Lee Haring expertly helps readers to understand the very nature of folktales. His definitive translation, originally published in 1994, has now been fully revised to emphasize its poetic qualities, while his new introduction and detailed notes give insight into the fascinating imagination and symbols of the Malagasy. Haring’s research connects this exotic narrative with fundamental questions not only of anthropology but also of literary criticism.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aIbonia
=653  \\$aMadagascar
=653  \\$afolktale
=653  \\$aMalagasy people
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aliterary criticism
=653  \\$aWorld Oral Literature Projec
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eforeword by.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0034$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0034_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04670nam  22006252  4500
=001  23651a20-a26e-4253-b0a9-c8b5bf1409c7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452731
=020  \\$z9781783742981$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742998$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743001$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645264$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744886$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743018$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743025$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0107$2doi
=024  7\$a1042278523$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB105.C477
=072   7$aHPM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aUYQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMT$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI089000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aOCC000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGamez, David,$eauthor.$uMiddlesex University.$0(orcid)000000023075655X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3075-655X
=245  10$aHuman and Machine Consciousness /$cDavid Gamez.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 222 pages): $b26 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Illustrations1. Introduction2. The Emergence of the Concept of Consciousness3. The Philosophy and Science of Consciousness4. The Measurement of Consciousness5. From Correlates to Theories of Consciousness6. Physical Theories of Consciousness7. Information Theories of Consciousness8. Computation Theories of Consciousness9. Predictions and Deductions about Consciousness10. Modification and Enhancement of Consciousness11. Machine Consciousness12. ConclusionAppendix: Definitions, Assumptions, Lemmas and ConstraintsEndnotesBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aConsciousness is widely perceived as one of the most fundamental, interesting and difficult problems of our time. However, we still know next to nothing about the relationship between consciousness and the brain and we can only speculate about the consciousness of animals and machines. Human and Machine Consciousness presents a new foundation for the scientific study of consciousness. It sets out a bold interpretation of consciousness that neutralizes the philosophical problems and explains how we can make scientific predictions about the consciousness of animals, brain-damaged patients and machines. Gamez interprets the scientific study of consciousness as a search for mathematical theories that map between measurements of consciousness and measurements of the physical world. We can use artificial intelligence to discover these theories and they could make accurate predictions about the consciousness of humans, animals and artificial systems. Human and Machine Consciousness also provides original insights into unusual conscious experiences, such as hallucinations, religious experiences and out-of-body states, and demonstrates how ‘designer’ states of consciousness could be created in the future.Gamez explains difficult concepts in a clear way that closely engages with scientific research. His punchy, concise prose is packed with vivid examples, making it suitable for the educated general reader as well as philosophers and scientists. Problems are brought to life in colourful illustrations and a helpful summary is given at the end of each chapter. The endnotes provide detailed discussions of individual points and full references to the scientific and philosophical literature.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ascientific study of consciousness
=653  \\$abrain
=653  \\$aartificial intelligence
=653  \\$aexperience
=653  \\$astates of consciousness
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0107$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0107_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05477nam  22006852  4500
=001  27def25d-48ad-470d-9fbe-1ddc8376e1cb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447491
=020  \\$z9781800642065$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642072$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642089$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800642119$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642096$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642102$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0257$2doi
=024  7\$a1260172364$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGN502
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI080000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI086000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBoyer, Pascal,$eauthor.$uWashington University in St. Louis.$0(orcid)0000000209111212$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0911-1212
=245  10$aHuman Cultures through the Scientific Lens :$bEssays in Evolutionary Cognitive Anthropology /$cPascal Boyer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+284 pages): $b10 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aThe Naturalness of (Many) Social Institutions: Evolved Cognition as their Foundation Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang PetersenWhy Ritualized Behavior?: Precaution Systems and Action Parsing in Developmental, Pathological and Cultural Rituals Pascal Boyer and Pierre LiénardSafety, Threat, and Stress in Intergroup Relations: A Coalitional Index Model Pascal Boyer, Rengin Firat and Florian van LeeuwenFolk-Economic Beliefs: An Evolutionary Cognitive Model Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen1. Anthropology, Useful and Scientific: An Introduction Pascal Boyer2. Institutions and Human Nature DownloadPascal BoyerThe Naturalness of (Many) Social Institutions: Evolved Cognition as their Foundation Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen3. Why Ritualized Behavior? Pascal BoyerWhy Ritualized Behavior?: Precaution Systems and Action Parsing in Developmental, Pathological and Cultural Rituals Pascal Boyer and Pierre Liénard4. Social Groups and Adapted Minds Pascal BoyerSafety, Threat, and Stress in Intergroup Relations: A Coalitional Index Model Pascal Boyer, Rengin Firat and Florian van Leeuwen5. How People Think about the Economy Pascal BoyerFolk-Economic Beliefs: An Evolutionary Cognitive Model Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen6. Detecting Mental Disorder Pascal BoyerIntuitive Expectations and the Detection of Mental Disorder: A Cognitive Background to Folk-Psychiatries Pascal Boyer7. The Ideal of Integrated Social Science Pascal BoyerModes of Scholarship in the Study of Culture Pascal BoyerList of Tables and Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume brings together a collection of seven articles previously published by the author, with a new introduction reframing the articles in the context of past and present questions in anthropology, psychology and human evolution. It promotes the perspective of ‘integrated’ social science, in which social science questions are addressed in a deliberately eclectic manner, combining results and models from evolutionary biology, experimental psychology, economics, anthropology and history.  It thus constitutes a welcome contribution to a gradually emerging approach to social science based on E. O. Wilson’s concept of ‘consilience’.Human Cultures through the Scientific Lens spans a wide range of topics, from an examination of ritual behaviour, integrating neuro-science, ethology and anthropology to explain why humans engage in ritual actions (both cultural and individual), to the motivation of conflicts between groups. As such, the collection gives readers a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the applications of an evolutionary paradigm in the social sciences.This volume will be a useful resource for scholars and students in the social sciences (particularly psychology, anthropology, evolutionary biology and the political sciences), as well as a general readership interested in the social sciences.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$apsychology
=653  \\$ahuman evolution
=653  \\$asocial science
=653  \\$aevolutionary biology
=653  \\$aexperimental psychology
=653  \\$aeconomics
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aritual
=653  \\$aneuroscience
=653  \\$aethology
=653  \\$apolitical science
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0257$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0257_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07768nam  22006612  4500
=001  15df404f-ab6a-491a-8fb0-1293fe105097
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388887
=020  \\$z9781800641709$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641716$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641723$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646827$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641730$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0251$2doi
=024  7\$a1440483536$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH355
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJB$2thema
=072   7$aJHM$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aJHBD$2thema
=245  00$aHuman Evolutionary Demography /$cedited by Oskar Burger, Ronald Lee, Rebecca Sear.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+768 pages): $b49 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements1. Human Evolutionary Demography: Introduction and RationaleSection 1: The Rationale, Motivations and Questions in Human Evolutionary Demography2. Evolution in the History of Population Thought3. A Biologist’s Perspective on Human Evolutionary Demography4. Anthropological and Evolutionary DemographySection 2: Evolutionary Ecology and Demography5. Controversies and Unfinished Business in Hadza Demography and Evolutionary Ecology6. Ecological Evolutionary Demography: Understanding Variation in Demographic Behaviour7. Contextual Effects on Fertility and Mortality: Complementary Contributions from Demography and Evolutionary Life History TheorySection 3: Evolutionary Demography Through Tinbergen’s Eyes8. Why Do We Do What We Do? Analysing the Evolutionary Function of Reproductive Behaviour9. My Family and Other Animals: Human Demography Under a Comparative Cross-Species Lens10. The Role of Ontogeny in Understanding Human Demographic Behaviour11. How It Works: The Biological Mechanisms that Generate Demographic DiversitySection 4: Genetic Evolutionary Demography12. Genetic Evolutionary Demography13. Genetics and Reproductive Behaviour: A ReviewSection 5: The Measurement and Interpretation of Selection and Fitness14. Measuring Selection for Quantitative Traits in Human Populations15. Demographic Sources of Variation in Fitness16. Ageing in the Wild, Residual Demography and Discovery of a Stationary Population Equality17. Human Mortality from Beginning to End: What Does Natural Selection Have to Do with It?Section 6: Evolution of the Human Life Cycle18. Sociality, Food Sharing, and the Evolution of Life Histories19. Evolutionary Demography of the Great Apes20. Did Grandmothers Enhance Reproductive Success in Historic Populations?: Testing Evolutionary Theories on Historical Demographic Data in Scandinavia and North America21. The Challenges of Evolutionary Biodemography and the Example of MenopauseSection 7: Evolutionary Demography of Family Structures, Households and Cultural Transmission22. A Theory of Culture for Evolutionary Demography23. Bateman’s Principles and the Study of Evolutionary Demography24. What Are Couples Made of? Union Formation in High-income Societies25. Cooperation and Competition Begin at Home: Bridging Household Ecology and Human Evolutionary Demography26. Historical Family Reconstitution Databases in the Study of Kinship Influences on Demographic OutcomesSection 8: Evolutionary Demography of Population Health and Human Well-Being27. The Impact of Social Dynamics on Life History Trajectory and Demographic Traits: Insights from the “Producer-Scrounger” Game28. Pathways of Density Dependence and Natural Selection in Modern Humans29. Evolutionary Approaches to Population Health: Insights on Polygynous Marriage, “Child Marriage” and Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting30. The Biodemography of Human Health in Contemporary Non-industrial Populations: Insights from the Tsimane Health and Life History Project31. Trade-Offs between Mortality Components in Life History Evolution: The Case of Cancers32. Human Evolutionary Demography: Closing ThoughtsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHuman evolutionary demography is an emerging field blending natural science with social science. This edited volume provides a much-needed, interdisciplinary introduction to the field and highlights cutting-edge research for interested readers and researchers in demography, the evolutionary behavioural sciences, biology, and related disciplines. By bridging the boundaries between social and biological sciences, the volume stresses the importance of a unified understanding of both in order to grasp past and current demographic patterns. Demographic traits, and traits related to demographic outcomes, including fertility and mortality rates, marriage, parental care, menopause, and cooperative behavior are subject to evolutionary processes. Bringing an understanding of evolution into demography therefore incorporates valuable insights into this field; just as knowledge of demography is key to understanding evolutionary processes. By asking questions about old patterns from a new perspective, the volume—composed of contributions from established and early-career academics—demonstrates that a combination of social science research and evolutionary theory offers holistic understandings and approaches that benefit both fields. Human Evolutionary Demography introduces an emerging field in an accessible style. It is suitable for graduate courses in demography, as well as upper-level undergraduates. Its range of research is sure to be of interest to academics working on demographic topics (anthropologists, sociologists, demographers), natural scientists working on evolutionary processes, and disciplines which cross-cut natural and social science, such as evolutionary psychology, human behavioral ecology, cultural evolution, and evolutionary medicine. As an accessible introduction, it should interest readers whether or not they are currently familiar with human evolutionary demography.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHuman evolutionary demography
=653  \\$aInterdisciplinary
=653  \\$aDemographic patterns
=653  \\$aEvolutionary processes
=653  \\$aSocial science
=653  \\$aEvolutionary theory
=700  1\$aBurger, Oskar,$eeditor.$uOMNI Institute.$0(orcid)0000000275525851$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7552-5851
=700  1\$aLee, Ronald,$eeditor.$uUniversity of California, Berkeley.$0(orcid)0000000197550436$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9755-0436
=700  1\$aSear, Rebecca,$eeditor.$uBrunel University.$0(orcid)0000000243150223$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4315-0223
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0251$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0251_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03868nam  22006132  4500
=001  859a1313-7b02-4c66-8010-dbe533c4412a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452867
=020  \\$z9781783746552$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746569$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746576$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645783$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746675$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746583$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746590$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0160$2doi
=024  7\$a1089990788$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hger
=050  00$aPT2359.H2
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aFQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC032000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aHyperion, or the Hermit in Greece /$ctranslated by Howard Gaskill.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 224 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 10.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aHyperion, or the Hermit in GreeceVolume OneForewordBook OneBook TwoVolume TwoBook OneBook TwoAfterwordAcknowledgmentsAppendix AAppendix BAppendix CIndex of Proper Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFriedrich Hölderlin’s only novel, Hyperion (1797–99), is a fictional epistolary autobiography that juxtaposes narration with critical reflection. Returning to Greece after German exile, following his part in the abortive uprising against the occupying Turks (1770), and his failure as both a lover and a revolutionary, Hyperion assumes a hermitic existence, during which he writes his letters. Confronting and commenting on his own past, with all its joy and grief, the narrator undergoes a transformation that culminates in the realisation of his true vocation.Though Hölderlin is now established as a great lyric poet, recognition of his novel as a supreme achievement of European Romanticism has been belated in the Anglophone world. Incorporating the aesthetic evangelism that is a characteristic feature of the age, Hyperion preaches a message of redemption through beauty. The resolution of the contradictions and antinomies raised in the novel is found in the act of articulation itself. To a degree remarkable in a prose work of any length, what it means is inseparable from how it means. In this skilful translation, Gaskill conveys the beautiful music and rhythms of Hölderlin’s language to an English-speaking reader.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFriedrich Hölderlin
=653  \\$anovel
=653  \\$aHyperion
=653  \\$afictional epistolary autobiography
=653  \\$aEuropean Romanticism
=700  1\$aGaskill, Howard,$etranslator.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.$0(orcid)0000000151369607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5136-9607
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 10.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0160$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0160_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05792nam  22005532  4500
=001  1f591391-7497-4447-8c06-d25006a1b922
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783745166$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745173$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745180$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645646$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747252$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745197$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745203$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0145$2doi
=024  7\$a1193079598$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRLC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRudy, Kathryn M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000216337607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1633-7607
=245  10$aImage, Knife, and Gluepot :$bEarly Assemblage in Manuscript and Print /$cKathryn M. Rudy.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+358 pages): $b137 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"This work was supported by the Royal Society of Edinburgh"--Back of title-page.
=505  0\$aAbbreviationsAcknowledgmentsBibliographical NoteA Note on ImagesIntroduction: Hybrid Books in Flux    Cut, Pasted, and Cut Again:    The Fate of 140 German and Netherlandish Single-Leaf Prints at the Hands of a Limburg Franciscan and a Modern Connoisseur        The Beghards of Maastricht and their Commercial Pursuits        Israhel’s Roundels        The Logic of Accession Numbers        The Knife as a Tool for Creativity        Silhouettes and Doubles        The Thin Red Line        Foliation        A Group of Woodcuts, Possibly Netherlandish        Appropriating German Engravings        Painted Prints from the Circle of Israhel van Meckenem        Monogrammist A        Attributions        Recapitulation        Book Production        A Sheaf of Drawings        Revolutionary Upheavals and the Dispersal of the Prints        The Missing Images: In Paris?        Rothschild        Tross, Again        Holes and Patterns        Conclusions    A Novel Function for the Calendar in Add. Ms. 24332        Calendars and the Principle of Interchangeable Parts        Book Technologies and Social Networks        A Book for Children        Jan van Emmerick        Conclusions    The Beghards in the Sixteenth Century        Another Hoard of Prints From Maastricht        The Calendar of Add. 31002        Similarities Between Add. 24332 and Add. 31002        25 Years Later        Dating the Later Manuscript        Israhel van Meckenem        Conclusion: Changes Over Three Decades    Manuscripts with Prints: A Sticky Idea        Patterns        Hiding in Plain Sight: Prints from Another Drugulin Manuscript        The Dregs in Paris        Berlin        Bleeding into a Chalice        Manuscripts Still Intact        Israhel van Meckenem as a Master of Self-Promotion        Conclusions: Some Assembly RequiredList of IllustrationsE-figuresBibliographyGeneral IndexIndex of Manuscripts and Prints
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this ingenious study, Kathryn Rudy takes the reader on a journey to trace the birth, life and afterlife of a Netherlandish book of hours made in 1500. Image, Knife, and Gluepot painstakingly reconstructs the process by which this manuscript was created and discusses its significance as a text at the forefront of fifteenth-century book production, when the invention of mechanically-produced images led to the creation of new multimedia objects. Rudy then travels to the nineteenth century to examine the phenomenon of manuscript books being pillaged for their prints and drawings: she has diligently tracked down the dismembered parts of this book of hours for the first time. Image, Knife, and Gluepot also documents Rudy’s twenty-first-century research process, as she hunts through archives while grappling with the logistics and occasionally the limits of academic research.This is a timely volume, focusing on questions of materiality at the forefront of medieval and literary studies. Beautifully illustrated throughout, its use of original material and its striking interdisciplinary approach, combining book and art history, make it a significant academic achievement.Image, Knife, and Gluepot is a valuable text for any scholar in the fields of medieval studies, the history of early books and publishing, cultural history or material culture. Written in Rudy’s inimitable style, it will also be rewarding for any student enrolled in a course on manuscript production, as well as non-specialists interested in the afterlives of manuscripts and prints.
=536  \\$aRoyal Society of Edinburgh
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMedieval manuscripts
=653  \\$aNetherlandish book of hours
=653  \\$a1500
=653  \\$amanuscript
=653  \\$ahistory of early books
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0145$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0145_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05400nam  22006012  4500
=001  50516c2a-154e-4758-9b94-586987af2b7f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2017433308
=020  \\$z9781783743735$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743742$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743759$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645417$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744527$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743766$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743773$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0122$2doi
=024  7\$a1167489297$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP92.R8
=050  00$aI54
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS032000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aInformation and Empire :$bMechanisms of Communication in Russia, 1600-1854 /$cedited by Simon Franklin, Katherine Bowers.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 436 pages): $b48 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on ContributorsIntroduction by Simon FranklinI. MAP-MAKING1. Early Mapping: The Tsardom in Manuscript by Valerie Kivelson2. New Technology and the Mapping of Empire: The Adoption of the Astrolabe by Aleksei GolubinskiiII. INTERNATIONAL NEWS AND POST3. Muscovy and the European Information Revolution: Creating the Mechanisms for Obtaining Foreign News by Daniel C. Waugh and Ingrid Maier4. How Was Western Europe Informed about Muscovy? The Razin Rebellion in Focus by Ingrid MaierIII. NEWS AND POST IN RUSSIA5. Communication and Obligation: The Postal System of the Russian Empire, 1700–1850 by John Randolph6. Information and Efficiency: Russian Newspapers, ca.1700–1850 by Alison K. Smith7. What Was News and How Was It Communicated in Pre-Modern Russia? by Daniel C. WaughIV. INSTITUTIONAL KNOWLEDGE AND COMMUNICATION8. Bureaucracy and Knowledge Creation: The Apothecary Chancery by Clare Griffin9. What Could the Empress Know About Her Money? Russian Poll Tax Revenues in the Eighteenth Century by Elena Korchmina10. Communication and Official Enlightenment: The Journal of the Ministry of Public Education, 1834–1855 by Ekaterina BasarginaV. INFORMATION AND PUBLIC DISPLAY11. Information in Plain Sight: The Formation of the Public Graphosphere by Simon Franklin12. Experiencing Information: An Early Nineteenth-Century Stroll Along Nevskii Prospekt by Katherine BowersSelected Further ReadingList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFrom the mid-sixteenth to the mid-nineteenth century Russia was transformed from a moderate-sized, land-locked principality into the largest empire on earth. How did systems of information and communication shape and reflect this extraordinary change?Information and Mechanisms of Communication in Russia, 1600-1850 brings together a range of contributions to shed some light on this complex question. Communication networks such as the postal service and the gathering and circulation of news are examined alongside the growth of a bureaucratic apparatus that informed the government about its country and its people. The inscription of space is considered from the point of view of mapping and the changing public ‘graphosphere’ of signs and monuments. More than a series of institutional histories, this book is concerned with the way Russia discovered itself, envisioned itself and represented itself to its people.Innovative and scholarly, this collection breaks new ground in its approach to communication and information as a field of study in Russia. More broadly, it is an accessible contribution to pre-modern information studies, taking as its basis a country whose history often serves to challenge habitual Western models of development. It is important reading not only for specialists in Russian Studies, but also for students and non-Russianists who are interested in the history of information and communications.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussian Empire
=653  \\$acommunication
=653  \\$ainformation
=653  \\$apostal service
=653  \\$anews circulation
=653  \\$amaps and atlases
=653  \\$asigns and monuments
=653  \\$ahistory of communication
=700  1\$aFranklin, Simon,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000205147314$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0514-7314
=700  1\$aBowers, Katherine,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000237475160$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3747-5160
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0122$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0122_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06298nam  22006852  4500
=001  1549f31d-4783-4a63-a050-90ffafd77328
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452875
=020  \\$z9781783748211$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748228$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748235$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646018$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748266$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748242$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748259$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0189$2doi
=024  7\$a1203939651$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHE560.I5
=072   7$aKFFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aTNFH$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FMN$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRPT$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS013000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aInfrastructure Investment in Indonesia :$bA Focus on Ports /$cedited by Colin Duffield, Felix Kin Peng Hui, Sally Wilson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii+362 pages): $b103 illustrations, 41 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsPrefaceForewordAuthor biographies    Infrastructure Investment in Indonesia — The Economic Context    C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson    Infrastructure Planning, Challenges and Risks    C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson    Funding and Financing Infrastructure: Indonesia and Australia    C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson    Efficient Facilitation of Major Infrastructure Projects    C. F. Duffield, F. K. P. Hui, and V. Behal    Port and Hinterlands    J. Black and V. Roso    Comparative Efficiency Analysis of Australian and Indonesian Ports    F. K. P. Hui, C. F. Duffield, A. Chin, and H. Huang    Innovation in Port Development    S. Wahyuni    Revealing Indonesian Port Competitiveness    S. Wahyuni, A. Azadi Taufik, F. K. P. Hui    Initial Investigation into the Effectiveness of Australian Ports’ Governance and Management Structures    H. Al-Daghlas, F. K. P. Hui, and C. F. Duffield    Alternative Ways to Finance Major Port Projects    W. W. Galih and R. Prijadi    The Critical Importance of Land Transport when Considering Port Development    D. Parikesit, S. Basalim, and W. W. Wibowo    Potential Infrastructure Enhancements for Ports and Cities    C. F. Duffield, S. Wahyuni, D. Parikesit, F.Hui, and S. WilsonAppendixList of Illustrations and Tables
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aInfrastructure Investment in Indonesia: A Focus on Ports presents an important and original collation of current material investigating the efficient facilitation of major infrastructure projects in Indonesia and Australia, with an emphasis on infrastructure investment and a focus on port planning and development.This interdisciplinary collection—spanning the disciplines of engineering, law and planning—draws helpfully on a range of practical and theoretical perspectives. It is the collaborative effort of leading experts in the fields of infrastructure project initiation and financing, and is based on international research conducted by the University of Melbourne, Universitas Indonesia and Universitas Gadjah Mada.The volume opens with a macroscopic perspective, outlining the broader economic situations confronting Indonesia and Australia, before adopting a more microscopic perspective to closely examine the issues surrounding major infrastructure investment in both countries. Detailed case studies are provided, key challenges are identified, and evidence-based solutions are offered. These solutions respond to such topical issues as how to overcome delays in infrastructure project initiation; how to enhance project decision-making for the selection and evaluation of projects; how to improve overall efficiency in the arrangement of project finance and governance; and how to increase the return provided by investment in infrastructure. Special focus is given to proposed improvements to the portal cities of Indonesia in the areas of major infrastructure project governance, policies, engagement, operation and processes.By rigorously investigating the economic, transport, finance and policy aspects of infrastructure investment, this book will be a valuable resource for policy makers and government officials in Indonesia and Australia, infrastructure investment organisations, and companies involved in exporting services between Indonesia and Australia. This book will also be of interest to researchers and students of infrastructure planning and financing, setting a solid foundation for subsequent investigations of financing options for large-scale infrastructure developments.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aInfrastructure
=653  \\$aIndonesia
=653  \\$aPorts
=653  \\$amajor infrastructure projects
=653  \\$aAustralia
=653  \\$ainfrastructure investment
=653  \\$aport planning and development
=653  \\$aengineering
=653  \\$alaw
=653  \\$aplanning
=700  1\$aDuffield, Colin,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Melbourne.$0(orcid)0000000164977759$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6497-7759
=700  1\$aHui, Felix Kin Peng,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Melbourne.$0(orcid)0000000248009130$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4800-9130
=700  1\$aWilson, Sally,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Melbourne.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0189$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0189_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04894nam  22006252  4500
=001  057a6d56-a7ef-4d6f-9c19-fe8a4930629c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513484
=020  \\$z9781805110903$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110910$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110927$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0359$2doi
=024  7\$a1463606172$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBC21.I64
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI012000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aNHDJ$2thema
=072   7$aQDHF$2thema
=100  1\$aSegrave, Walter,$eauthor.
=245  10$aInsolubles :$bCritical Edition with English Translation /$cWalter Segrave; edited by Barbara Bartocci, Stephen Read.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+130 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aThe Medieval Text Consortium Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2754-0642$x2754-0634
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroductionConspectus SignorumGualteri Segrave InsolubiliaCapitulum Primum: De diffinitione insolubiliumCapitulum Secundum: Solventes secundum peccatum in materiaCapitulum Tertium: Solventes secundum peccatum in formaCapitulum Quartum: Solutio auctorisCapitulum Quintum: Obiectiones contra positionem auctoris et responsiones eiusdemCapitulum Sextum: Solutio insolubilium cathegoricorum et ypotheticorumCapitulum Septimum: De apparentibus insolubilibusBibliographyWalter Segrave, InsolublesChapter 1: Definition of insolublesChapter 2: Solutions according to errors in matterChapter 3: Solutions according to defects in formChapter 4: The author's solutionChapter 5: Objections to the author's solution and his repliesChapter 6: Solutions to subject-predicate and compound insolublesChapter 7: On merely apparent insolubles
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aParadoxes, such as the Liar (‘What I am saying is false’), fascinated medieval thinkers. What I said can’t be true, for if it were, it would be false. So it must be false—but then it would be true after all. Attempts at a solution to this contradiction led such thinkers to develop their theories of meaning, reference and truth. A popular response, until it was attacked at length by Thomas Bradwardine in the early 1320s, was to dismiss such self-reference as impossible: no term (here, ‘false’) could refer to (or in medieval terms, “supposit for”) a whole, e.g., a proposition, of which it is part. In light of Bradwardine’s criticisms, Walter Segrave, writing around 1330, defended so-called restrictivism (restrictio) by claiming that such paradoxes exhibited a fallacy of accident. The classic example of this fallacy, the first of Aristotle’s fallacies independent of language, is the Hidden Man puzzle: you know Coriscus, Coriscus is the one approaching, but you don’t know the one approaching since, e.g., he is wearing a mask. But Aristotle’s account is unclear and Segrave, building on ideas of Giles of Rome and Walter Burley, shows how the fallacy turns on an equivocation over the supposition of the middle term or one of the extremes in a syllogism. Thereby, Segrave is able to counter Bradwardine’s arguments one by one and defend the restrictivist solution. In this volume, Segrave’s text is edited from the three extant manuscripts, is translated into English, and is preceded by a substantial Introduction.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMedieval Paradoxes
=653  \\$aLiar Paradox
=653  \\$aRestrictivism
=653  \\$aSupposition Theory
=653  \\$aThomas Bradwardine
=653  \\$aFallacy of Accident
=700  1\$aBartocci, Barbara,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aRead, Stephen,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aThe Medieval Text Consortium Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2754-0642$x2754-0634
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0359$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0359_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08900nam  22006132  4500
=001  1692a92d-f86a-4155-9e6c-16f38586b7fc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452719
=020  \\$z9781783742288$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742295$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742301$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645127$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746323$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742318$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742325$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0093$2doi
=024  7\$a1129851935$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aRM671.5.D44
=072   7$aLNR$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNRD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNTM2$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBGR$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW050020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAW093000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED078000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aAzam, Monirul,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.
=245  10$aIntellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World /$cMonirul Azam.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv + 324 pages): $b3 illustrations, 15 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceList of TablesList of FiguresAbbreviationsAbstract1. Setting the Scene1.1 Background1.2 The Advent of TRIPS and Pharmaceutical Patents1.3 The Requirements of TRIPS1.4 TRIPS Flexibilities and the Doha Declaration1.5 The Experiences of Brazil, China, India and South Africa1.6 The Role of the WHO1.7 Research Questions and Methodology1.8 Chapter Summary2. Case Study on Bangladesh’s Pharmaceutical Industry, Legislative and Institutional Framework and Pricing of Pharmaceuticals2.1 Introduction2.2 Legislative Framework: Pharmaceutical Patents and Pharmaceutical Regulation2.2.1 Patent Regime: Patent Law and the Patent Office2.2.2 Pharmaceutical Regulations: Relevant Laws and the Regulatory Body2.2.3 Changes Required in Patent Law and Pharmaceutical Regulation in Bangladesh2.3 The Pharmaceutical Industry in Bangladesh2.3.1 The Nature and Size of Firms2.3.2 Competitive Scenario2.3.3 Local Sales, Export and Import2.3.4 Production Capacity and Range2.3.5 Use of Technology2.3.6 Innovation Capacity and Research and Development2.3.7 Government Incentives for Supply of Raw Materials and Exports2.3.8 Human Resources2.4 (Potential) Effects of Pharmaceutical Patents on the Pricing of Drugs in Bangladesh2.5 Waiver for the Least Developed Countries and the Pharmaceutical Industry in Bangladesh: Opportunities and Challenges2.6 Which Way for Bangladesh?3. The Experiences of TRIPS-compliant Patent Law Reform in Brazil, China, India and South Africa—Lessons for Bangladesh3.1 Background3.2 The Journey Towards TRIPS and Obligations for Patent Law Reforms3.2.1 Patentable Subject Matter3.2.2 Rights and Obligations of Patentees3.2.3 The Term of Patent Protection3.2.4 Enforcement Obligations3.2.5 Exceptions and Limitations of Exclusive Rights3.2.6 Provisions on August 30 Decision (Implementation of Para. 6 of the Doha Declaration)3.3 The Experience of Brazil3.4 The Experience of China3.5 The Experience of India3.6 The Experience of South Africa3.7 Comparative Review and Lessons for the LDCs, including Bangladesh3.8 Concluding Remarks4. The Globalising Standard of Patent Protection in WTO Law and Policy Options for the LDCs: The Context of Bangladesh4.1 Introduction4.2 Legislative Options for Bangladesh4.2.1 A High Threshold and Exclusion Clause4.2.2 Best Mode Disclosure and Disclosure of the Source of Genetic Resources and Traditional Knowledge4.2.3 Narrowing the Scope of Patent Claims4.2.4 Exceptions to Product Patent Rights4.2.5 Early Working (or Bolar Exceptions), Research and Experimental Use4.2.6 Parallel Imports4.2.7 Strong Compulsory Licensing Mechanisms4.2.8 Prior Use Exceptions4.2.9 Pre-grant and Post-grant Opposition4.2.10 Duration of Patent Protection4.2.11 Do Not Adopt Overprotective Enforcement Provisions4.3 Government Intervention Options4.3.1 Drug Price Control4.3.2 National Competition Law4.3.3 Patent Prize System4.3.4 Limit Data Protection4.3.5 Patent Pool on Country-specific Diseases4.3.6 Avoiding Bilateral Investment Treaties or Free Trade Agreements that Erode TRIPS Flexibilities4.3.7 Utilisation of the Transitional Period for Pharmaceutical Patents4.3.8 Provision for Process Patent during the Transitional Period and Adoption of a Utility Model Law4.3.9 Special Investment Protection Regime, Open Drug Innovation Model and Promotion of Social Business Model in the Pharmaceutical Sector4.4 Conclusion5. Has the TRIPS Waiver Helped the Least Developed Countries Progress Towards Innovation and Compliance?5.1 Background: TRIPS Waivers for the LDCs and Designing a Plan of Action for Graduation and Progression Towards Innovation and Compliance5.2 Extending the LDC Transition Period: Is it a Measure for Making a Viable Technological Base or Simply a Waste of Time?5.3 The Case of Bangladesh: Has the Country Gained from its LDC Status and the Transition Period?5.4 Progress Towards Graduation and Compliance5.4.1 When and How Might LDCs Graduate from this Category?5.4.2 Competitiveness of the Local (Pharmaceutical) Industry and a Plan for Graduation from the LDC Category and Progress towards TRIPS Compliance: The Context of Bangladesh5.5 Progress towards Graduation and Compliance: Institutional and Infrastructural Issues in Bangladesh5.5.1 Capacity Building in the Department of Patents, Designs and Trademarks, and Intellectual Property-related Institutional and Infrastructural Issues5.5.2 Capacity Building in the Directorate of Drug Administration and Public Health-related Institutional and Infrastructural Issues5.6 Adopting a National Development-centred Intellectual Property Policy and a National Health Strategy Integrating Long-term Innovation and Access Objectives5.7 Collaboration between Univeristies, Industry and Government and Public-Private Partnerships5.8 Limitations and Further Research5.9 Concluding RemarksBibliographyAppendicesAppendix 1: Status of Patents in Bangladesh (1972–2012)Appendix 2: Relevant Provisions of the TRIPS AgreementIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAcross the world, developing countries are attempting to balance the international standards of intellectual property concerning pharmaceutical patents against the urgent need for accessible and affordable medicines. In this timely and necessary book, Monirul Azam examines the attempts of several developing countries to walk this fine line. He evaluates the experiences of Brazil, China, India, and South Africa for lessons to guide Bangladesh and developing nations everywhere. Azam's legal expertise, concern for public welfare, and compelling grasp of principal case studies make Intellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World a definitive work.The developing world is striving to meet the requirements of the World Trade Organization's TRIPS Agreement on intellectual property. This book sets out with lucidity and insight the background of the TRIPS Agreement and its implications for pharmaceutical patents, the consequences for developing countries, and the efforts of certain representative nations to comply with international stipulations while still maintaining local industry and public health. Azam then brings the weight of this research to bear on the particular case of Bangladesh, offering a number of specific policy recommendations for the Bangladeshi government—and for governments the world over.Intellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World is a must-read for public policy-makers, academics and students, non-governmental organizations, and readers everywhere who are interested in making sure that developing nations meet the health care needs of their people.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aIntellectual property
=653  \\$apharmaceutical patents
=653  \\$apatent protection
=653  \\$adeveloping World
=653  \\$aBangladesh
=653  \\$apublich health
=653  \\$aTRIPS
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0093$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0093_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04436nam  22005652  4500
=001  d6850e99-33ce-4cae-ac7c-bd82cf23432b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467792
=020  \\$z9781783740574$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740581$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740598$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644694$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740604$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740611$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0042$2doi
=024  7\$a1057426565$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ2508
=072   7$aGBCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aWTL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aREF004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTRV023000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aCross, Anthony,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000226116090$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2611-6090
=245  10$aIn the Lands of the Romanovs :$bAn Annotated Bibliography of First-hand English-language Accounts of the Russian Empire (1613-1917) /$cAnthony Cross.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 422 pages): $b45 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsPrefaceIntroduction1. Reigns of the First Romanovs: Mikhail Fedorovich (1613-1645), Aleksei Mikhailovich (1645-1676), and Fedor Alekseevich (1676-1682)2. Reigns of Peter I (1682-1725), including joint reign with Ivan V (1682-1696) and regency of Sophia (1686-1689), and Catherine I (1725-1727)3. Reigns of Peter II (1727-1730), Anna Ivanovna (1730-1740), Ivan VI (1740-1741), and Elizabeth (1741-1762)4. Reigns of Peter III (1762) and Catherine II (1762-1796)5. Reign of Paul I (1796-1801)6. Reign of Alexander I (1801-1825)7. Reign of Nicholas I (1825-1855)8. The Crimean War (28 March 1854-27 April 1856)9. Reign of Alexander II (1855-1881)10. Reign of Alexander III (1881-1894)11. Reign of Nicholas II (1894-1917)Bibliography of BibliographiesIndex of Authors
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aOver the course of more than three centuries of Romanov rule in Russia, foreign visitors and residents produced a vast corpus of literature conveying their experiences and impressions of the country. The product of years of painstaking research by one of the world’s foremost authorities on Anglo-Russian relations, In the Lands of the Romanovs is the realization of a major bibliographical project that records the details of over 1200 English-language accounts of the Russian Empire. Ranging chronologically from the accession of Mikhail Fedorovich in 1613 to the abdication of Nicholas II in 1917, this is the most comprehensive bibliography of first-hand accounts of Russia ever to be published. Far more than an inventory of accounts by travellers and tourists, Anthony Cross’s ambitious and wide-ranging work includes personal records of residence in or visits to Russia by writers ranging from diplomats to merchants, physicians to clergymen, gardeners to governesses, as well as by participants in the French invasion of 1812 and in the Crimean War of 1854-56.Providing full bibliographical details and concise but informative annotation for each entry, this substantial bibliography will be an invaluable tool for anyone with an interest in contacts between Russia and the West during the centuries of Romanov rule.
=536  \\$aCambridge University Library
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBibliography
=653  \\$aRomanovs
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$aRussian Tsars
=653  \\$aTravel Accounts
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0042$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0042_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05257nam  22006372  4500
=001  4455a769-d374-4eed-8e6a-84c220757c0d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020416637
=020  \\$z9781783749027$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749034$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749041$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646117$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749072$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749058$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749065$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0200$2doi
=024  7\$a1203922771$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP96.A83
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aUD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM060140$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=245  00$aIntroducing Vigilant Audiences /$cedited by Daniel Trottier, Rashid Gabdulhakov, Qian Huang.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+346 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsNotes on ContributorsIntroducing Vigilant Audiences‘For the Greater Good?’ Vigilantism in Online Pop Culture FandomsContesting the Vulgar Hanmai Performance from Kuaishou: Online Vigilantism toward Chinese Underclass Youths on Social Media Platforms‘I don’t think that’s very funny’: Scrutiny of Comedy in the Digital AgeCriticism of Moral Policing in Russia: Controversies around Lev Protiv in MoscowFar-Right Digital Vigilantism as Technical Mediation: Anti-Immigration Activism on YouTubeEmpowerment, Social Distrust or Co-production of Security: A Case Study of Digital Vigilantism in Morocco‘This Web Page Should Not Exist’: A Case Study of Online Shaming in Slovenia‘Make them famous’: Digital Vigilantism and Virtuous Denunciation after CharlottesvilleDoxing as Audience Vigilantism against Hate SpeechCitizens as Aides or Adversaries? Police Responses to Digital VigilantismMore Eyes on Crime?: The Rhetoric of Mediated MugshotsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ground-breaking collection of essays examines the scope and consequences of digital vigilantism – a phenomenon emerging on a global scale, which sees digital audiences using social platforms to shape social and political life. Longstanding forms of moral scrutiny and justice seeking are disseminated through our contemporary media landscape, and researchers are increasingly recognising the significance of societal impacts effected by digital media.The authors engage with a range of cross-disciplinary perspectives in order to explore the actions of a vigilant digital audience – denunciation, shaming, doxing – and to consider the role of the press and other public figures in supporting or contesting these activities. In turn, the volume illuminates several tensions underlying these justice seeking activities – from their capacity to reproduce categorical forms of discrimination, to the diverse motivations of the wider audiences who participate in vigilant denunciations.This timely volume presents thoughtful case studies drawn both from high-profile Anglo-American contexts, and from developments in regions that have received less coverage in English-language scholarship. It is distinctive in its focus on the contested boundary between policing and entertainment, and on the various contexts in which the desire to seek retribution converges with the desire to consume entertainment.Introducing Vigilant Audiences will be of great value to researchers and students of sociology, politics, criminology, critical security studies, and media and communication. It will be of further interest to those who wish to understand recent cases of citizen-led justice seeking in their global context.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adigital vigilantism
=653  \\$adigital audience
=653  \\$asocial platform
=653  \\$asocial life
=653  \\$apolitical life
=653  \\$acontemporary media landscape
=653  \\$adigital media
=700  1\$aTrottier, Daniel,$eeditor.$uErasmus University Rotterdam.$0(orcid)000000018476673X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8476-673X
=700  1\$aGabdulhakov, Rashid,$eeditor.$uErasmus University Rotterdam.
=700  1\$aHuang, Qian,$eeditor.$uErasmus University Rotterdam.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0200$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0200_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04389nam  22006252  4500
=001  8a6a8237-95c7-4e99-a2f2-d5941b57b9ae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361864
=020  \\$z9781800644106$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800644113$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644120$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0291$2doi
=024  7\$a1374256419$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH324.2
=072   7$aGPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aGP$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJMV6$2bicssc
=072   7$aUNC$2bicssc
=072   7$aUNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM021030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI043000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREF020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI102000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSauter, Thomas,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Luxembourg.$0(orcid)0000000182252954$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8225-2954
=245  10$aIntroduction to Systems Biology :$bWorkbook for Flipped-classroom Teaching /$cThomas Sauter, Marco Albrecht.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+162 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface (pp. v–vi)Thomas Sauter Marco AlbrechtIntroduction (pp. 1–14)Thomas Sauter Marco AlbrechtChapter 1: Biochemical networks in the matrix form (pp. 15–38)Thomas Sauter Marco AlbrechtChapter 2: Metabolic modeling (pp. 39–68)Thomas Sauter Marco AlbrechtChapter 3: The magic of change and how to find it (pp. 69–124)Thomas Sauter Marco AlbrechtChapter 4: Physical modeling and non-linear enzyme (pp. 125–160)Thomas Sauter Marco Albrecht
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is an introduction to the language of systems biology, which is spoken among many disciplines, from biology to engineering. Authors Thomas Sauter and Marco Albrecht draw on a multidisciplinary background and evidence-based learning to facilitate the understanding of biochemical networks, metabolic modeling and system dynamics.Their pedagogic approach briefly highlights core ideas of concepts in a broader interdisciplinary framework to guide a more effective deep dive thereafter. The learning journey starts with the purity of mathematical concepts, reveals its power to connect biological entities in structure and time, and finally introduces physics concepts to tightly align abstraction with reality.This workbook is all about self-paced learning, supports the flipped-classroom concept, and kick-starts with scientific evidence on studying. Each chapter comes with links to external YouTube videos, learning checklists, and Integrated real-world examples to gain confidence in thinking across scientific perspectives. The result is an integrated approach that opens a line of communication between theory and application, enabling readers to actively learn as they read.This overview of capturing and analyzing the behavior of biological systems will interest adherers of systems biology and network analysis, as well as related fields such as bioinformatics, biology, cybernetics, and data science.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asystems biology
=653  \\$aintroduction
=653  \\$ainterdisciplinary framework
=653  \\$amathematical concepts
=653  \\$abiological entities
=653  \\$aphysics concepts
=700  1\$aAlbrecht, Marco,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000211560623$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1156-0623
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0291$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0291_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03479nam  22006132  4500
=001  e414ca1b-a7f2-48c7-9adb-549a04711241
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447493
=020  \\$z9781800641761$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781800641778$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0252$2doi
=024  7\$a1255461993$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aTS160
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBWL$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJMV$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS001010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRossi, Roberto,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.$0(orcid)0000000172471010$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7247-1010
=245  10$aInventory Analytics /$cRoberto Rossi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (184 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroduction Roberto RossiInventory Systems Roberto RossiDeterministic Inventory Control Roberto RossiDemand Forecasting Roberto RossiStochastic Inventory Control Roberto RossiMulti-echelon Inventory Systems Roberto RossiAppendix Roberto RossiBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aInventory Analytics provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the theory and practice of inventory control – a significant research area central to supply chain planning. The book outlines the foundations of inventory systems and surveys prescriptive analytics models for deterministic inventory control. It further discusses predictive analytics techniques for demand forecasting in inventory control and also examines prescriptive analytics models for stochastic inventory control.Inventory Analytics is the first book of its kind to adopt a practicable, Python-driven approach to illustrating theories and concepts via computational examples, with each model covered in the book accompanied by its Python code. Originating as a collection of self-contained lectures, Inventory Analytics will be an indispensable resource for practitioners, researchers, teachers, and students alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ainventory control
=653  \\$asupply chain planning
=653  \\$ainventory systems
=653  \\$adeterministic inventory control
=653  \\$ademand forecasting
=653  \\$astochastic inventory control
=653  \\$aPython
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0252$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0252_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04793nam  22005892  4500
=001  a5a08fcc-4060-4738-abe7-c93ec292e390
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513492
=020  \\$z9781805114383$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114390$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114406$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805114420$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805114413$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0434$2doi
=024  7\$a1478292248$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD3616.E8
=072   7$aBUS039000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS068000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLBBM3$2thema
=072   7$aKCB$2thema
=072   7$a1D$2thema
=245  00$aInvesting in the Structural Transformation :$b2024 European Public Investment Outlook /$cedited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+198 pages): $b44 illustrations, 10 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of FiguresList of TablesAcknowledgementsPrefaceIntroductionPART I—STATE OF THE ART1. Public Investment and Industrial Policy: A Case for More European Union Coordination2. Public Investment and Industrial Policy in France3. Germany: Additional Investment Needs Require Reform of the Debt Brake4. Italy, NRRP, and Industrial Policy5. Public Investment and Structural Transformation in SpainPART II—CHALLENGES6. A New Industrial Policy as the Key to the Green Transition7. A “True” Industrial Policy for Europe is a Technology and Innovation Policy8. Industrial Policy and Security. The European Union and the Double Challenge: Strengthening Competitiveness and Enhancing Economic Security9. Trends in Defence Spending in the European Union10. Sustainable Mobility and Industrial Policy11. Financing Structural Investment after 2027Contributor Biographies
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe fifth volume in the European Public Investment Outlook series explores how Europe can drive structural transformation through strategic public investment. Reflecting on the lessons from the 2008–2020 polycrisis and recent economic challenges, this timely book examines fiscal policy's role in both stabilization and long-term economic development.Part I, ‘State of the Art’, reviews current public investment and industrial policies in major European economies, including France, Germany, Italy, and Spain. It provides detailed analyses of each country's approach to fostering structural transformation through public investment.Part II, ‘Challenges’, addresses the diverse obstacles and opportunities facing Europe’s industrial policy. It emphasizes a multidimensional strategy to overcome bottlenecks in key sectors and drive transformation. Topics include the role of industrial policy in the green transition, creating a cohesive strategy for Europe, enhancing economic security, trends in European Union defence spending, sustainable mobility, and financing structural investment beyond 2027.This volume is essential reading for researchers, economists, and policymakers focused on understanding and implementing effective public policy in Europe, and will further appeal to anyone interested in EU governance and public investment strategies more broadly.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPublic investment
=653  \\$aStructural transformation
=653  \\$aEuropean economy
=653  \\$aFiscal policy
=653  \\$aSustainable growth
=700  1\$aCerniglia, Floriana,$eeditor.$uUniversità Cattolica del Sacro Cuore.$0(orcid)000000019972716X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9972-716X
=700  1\$aSaraceno, Francesco,$eeditor.$uSciences Po, Paris.$0(orcid)0000000301214329$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-4329
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0434$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0434_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03515nam  22005532  4500
=001  ad55c2c5-9769-4648-9c42-dc4cef1f1c99
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467805
=020  \\$z9781906924928$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924935$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924942$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644489$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924959$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924966$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0021$2doi
=024  7\$a849917882$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB74.P8
=072   7$aKCC$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLevine, David K.,$eauthor.$uEuropean University Institute.
=245  10$aIs Behavioral Economics Doomed? :$bThe Ordinary versus the Extraordinary /$cDavid K. Levine.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (ix + 143 pages): $b14 illustrations, 29 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Introduction2. Does Economic Theory Work?3. Why Is The World So Irrational?4. Does Economic Theory Fail?5. You Can Fool Some Of The People...6. Behavioral Theories I: Biases and Irrationality7. Behavioral Theories II: Time and Uncertainty8. Learning and Friends9. Conclusion: Psychology, Neuroscience and Economics
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIt is fashionable to criticize economic theory for focusing too much on rationality and ignoring the imperfect and emotional way in which real economic decisions are reached. All of us facing the global economic crisis wonder just how rational economic men and women can be. Behavioral economics—an effort to incorporate psychological ideas into economics—has become all the rage. This book by well-known economist David K. Levine questions the idea that behavioral economics is the answer to economic problems. It explores the successes and failures of contemporary economics both inside and outside the laboratory. It then asks whether popular behavioral theories of psychological biases are solutions to the failures. It not only provides an overview of popular behavioral theories and their history, but also gives the reader the tools for scrutinizing them. Levine’s book is essential reading for students and teachers of economic theory and anyone interested in the psychology of economics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-SA 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEconomics
=653  \\$aMicroeconomics
=653  \\$aEconomic models
=653  \\$aEconomic theory
=653  \\$aGame theory
=653  \\$aRationality
=653  \\$aPsychology
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0021$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0021_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04193nam  22006732  4500
=001  2ceb72f2-ddde-45a7-84a9-27523849f8f5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020445301
=020  \\$z9781783749751$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749768$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749775$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646216$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749805$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749782$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749799$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0216$2doi
=024  7\$a1237379298$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4037
=050  00$aB37
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aFIC027070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBartlett, Nora,$eauthor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.
=245  10$aJane Austen :$bReflections of a Reader /$cNora Bartlett; edited by Jane Stabler.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+234 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsPreface Jane StablerA Note on Texts1. Reading Pride and Prejudice over Fifty Years Nora Bartlett2. Sense and Sensibility Nora Bartlett3. Mothers and Daughters in Jane Austen Nora Bartlett4. Mrs. Jennings Nora Bartlett5. Lady Susan Nora Bartlett6. In Sickness and in Health: Courting and Nursing in Some Jane Austen Novels Nora Bartlett7. Food in Jane Austen’s Fiction Nora Bartlett8. Emma and Harriet: Walking Companions Nora Bartlett9. Emma in the Snow Nora Bartlett10. What’s Wrong with Mansfield Park Nora Bartlett11. Jane Austen and Grandparents Nora Bartlett12. Jane Austen and Burns Nora Bartlett13. Sanditon and Suspense Nora BartlettBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents an exhilarating and insightful collection of essays on Jane Austen – distilling the author’s deep understanding and appreciation of Austen’s works across a lifetime. The volume is both intra- and inter-textual in focus, ranging from perceptive analysis of individual scenes to the exploration of motifs across Austen’s fiction.Full of astute connections, these lively discussions hinge on the study of human behaviour – from family relationships to sickness and hypochondria – highlighting Austen’s artful literary techniques and her powers of human observation.Jane Austen: Reflections of a Reader by (the late) Nora Bartlett is a brilliant contribution to the field of Jane Austen studies, both in its accessible style (which preserves the oral register of the original lectures), and in its foregrounding of the reader in a warm, compelling and incisive conversation about Austen’s works. As such, it will appeal widely to all lovers of Jane Austen, whether first-time readers, students or scholars.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJane Austen
=653  \\$afiction
=653  \\$ahuman behaviour
=653  \\$afamily relationships
=653  \\$asickness
=653  \\$ahypochondria
=653  \\$alove
=653  \\$aromance
=653  \\$aliterary criticism
=653  \\$aregency
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=700  1\$aStabler, Jane,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0216$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0216_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04373nam  22006012  4500
=001  b0f368a7-40d5-45f1-9f01-45a84f14da85
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388868
=020  \\$z9781800648180$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749577$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110019$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800643079$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643055$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0371$2doi
=024  7\$a1432557271$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBT304.3
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQRAX$2thema
=072   7$aQRAC$2thema
=072   7$aNHDJ$2thema
=100  1\$aClossey, Luke,$eauthor.$uSimon Fraser University.
=245  10$aJesus and the Making of the Modern Mind, 1380-1520 /$cLuke Clossey.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+786 pages): $b131 illustrations, 13 tables, 6 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviationsINTRODUCTION1. The Book in a Nutshell2. The Two Kens3. The Development of the Jesus Cult4. The Many Lives of JesusSPACES5. Jesus Places6. Internal Frontiers between Jews, Christians, Muslims7. Expansion of the Jesus CultTANGIBLES8. Jesus Objects9. The Eucharist in Its Liturgical Context10. Making CanonIDEAS11. Interpreting Canon12. Ways of Knowing13. Nicholas of Cusa’s JesusSIGHTS14. Art and the Deep Ken15. Art and the Plain Ken16. Extraordinary Jesus ImagesSOUNDS17. Language and Power18. Elevated Speech and SongORIENTATIONS19. Resembling Jesus20. Intimacy with Jesus21. Ethics, Pacifism, Vegetarianism22. Afterword: History between the KensList of IllustrationsList of TablesList of Audio ClipsGlossaryAppendix A: Historiographical ContextAppendix B: Historical Development of the Plain Ken in ChristianityAppendix C: The Plain and Deep KensSelect BibliographyList of ManuscriptsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFor his fifteenth-century followers, Jesus was everywhere – from baptism to bloodcults to bowling. This sweeping and unconventional investigation looks at Jesus across one hundred forty years of social, cultural, and intellectual history.  Mystics married him, Renaissance artists painted him in three dimensions, Muslim poets praised his life-giving breath, and Christopher (“Christ-bearing”) Columbus brought the symbol of his cross to the Americas.  Beyond the European periphery, this global study follows Jesus across – and sometimes between – religious boundaries, from Greenland to Kongo to China.Amidst this diversity, Jesus and the Making of the Modern Mind, 1380-1520 offers readers sympathetic and immersive insight into the religious realities of its subjects. To this end, this book identifies two perspectives: one uncovers hidden meanings and unexpected connections, while the other restricts Jesus to the space and time of human history. Minds that believed in Jesus, and those that opposed him, made use of both perspectives to make sense of their worlds.This book includes over one hundred images, tables and audio clips.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJesus
=653  \\$aMedieval
=653  \\$aRenaissance
=653  \\$aReligion
=653  \\$aSocial and intellectual history
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0371$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0371_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06525nam  22006132  4500
=001  5b542db8-c128-48ff-a48c-003c95eaca25
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394518
=020  \\$z9781783749676$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749683$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749690$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0214$2doi
=024  7\$a1190712757$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDS119.7
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL037010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aJewish-Muslim Intellectual History Entangled :$bTextual Materials from the Firkovitch Collection, Saint Petersburg /$cedited by Adang Camilla, Bruno Chiesa, Omar Hamdan, Wilferd Madelung, Sabine Schmidtke, Jan Thiele.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+496 pages): $b18 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 4.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aCONTENTSLIST OF ILLUSTRATIONSIntroduction Camilla Adang, Bruno Chiesa, Omar Hamdan, Wilferd Madelung, Sabine Schmidtke and Jan Thiele    1 ʿAbd al-Ǧabbār al-Hamaḏānī commenting on Abū Hāšim al-Ǧubbāʾī    2 ʿAbd al-Ǧabbār al-Hamaḏānī commenting on al-Ṣāḥib b. ʿAbbād: Addenda    3 Nukat al-Muġnī (vols 1–3), an anonymous abbreviated recension of ʿAbd al-Ǧabbār al-Hamaḏānī’s K. al-Muġnī    4 ʿAbd Allāh b. Saʿīd al-Labbād on Natural Philosophy    5 Al-Uṣūl al-muhaḏḏabiyya, by Sahl b. Faḍl al-Tustarī    6 K. Laḏḏāt al-ḏāt fī iṯbāt waḥdat al-ṣifāt, by al-Faḍl b. Mufarraǧ    7 Radd Ifḥām al-Yahūd, by an anonymous Rabbanite author REFERENCESILLUSTRATIONSفهرس المحتويات قطع من شرح عبد الجبّار الهمذاني لكتاب مجهول العنوان من تأليف أبي هاشم الجبّائي    I قطع من شرح عبد الجبّار الهمذاني لكتاب مجهول العنوان من تأليف الصاحب بن عبّاد    I    II    III    IV    V    VI    VII    VIII    IX نكت المغني (قطع من المجلّدات ١-٣) مُنْتَقًى مهذّب من كتاب المغني لعبد الجبّار الهمذاني    I    II    III    IV    V    VI    VII    VIII    IX    X    XI    XII    XIII    XIV    XV    XVI    XVII    XVIII قطع من كتاب مجهول العنوان في لطيف الكلام (أحكام الجواهر والأعراض) من تأليف عبد الله بن سعيد اللبّاد    I    II    III    IV    V    VI    VII    VIII    IX    X    XI    XII    XIII    XIV    XV    XVI    XVII    XVIII    XIX قطع من الأصول المهذّبية من تأليف سهل بن فضل التستريّ    I    II قطع من كتاب لذّات الذات تأليف الفضل بن مُفَرَّج    I    II    III    IV    V    VI    VII    VIII    IX    X    XI    XII قطع من رد إفحام اليهود لمؤلّف ربّانيّ مجهول    I    II    III    IV    V    VI    VII
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aJewish-Muslim Intellectual History Entangled unearths forgotten texts that once belonged to the library of the Karaite community in Cairo. Consigned to oblivion for centuries, many of these manuscripts were sold in the second half of the nineteenth century to the National Library of Russia in St Petersburg, where they remained inaccessible to most scholars until the end of the Cold War.The texts from the Karaite library cover a remarkable spectrum of medieval literary genres and scholarly disciplines, spanning works by Jewish, Muslim and Christian authors, in both Hebrew and Arabic. As such, they provide unique access to an otherwise lost body of literature from the medieval Islamicate world.This timely volume presents, for the first time, edited fragments of six texts by adherents of the Muʿtazila, a school of rational theology that emerged in the eighth century CE, including Karaite copies and recensions of works by Muslim authors, notably ʿAbd al-Jabbār al-Hamadhānī and ʿAbd Allāh b. Saʿīd al-Labbād, as well as original Jewish Muʿtazilī treatises. The collection is concluded by an anonymous Rabbanite refutation of the highly influential polemical tract against Judaism, entitled Ifḥām al-yāhūd.This collection offers unprecedented insights into the intellectual crossroads between Muslims and Jews of the Eastern Mediterranean and the Middle East. It will be an invaluable resource to students and scholars engaged with this period of history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alibrary of the Karaite
=653  \\$aCairo
=653  \\$amanuscript
=653  \\$amedieval literary genres
=653  \\$aHebrew
=653  \\$aArabic
=700  1\$aCamilla, Adang,$eeditor.$uTel Aviv University.$0(orcid)0000000312962605$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1296-2605
=700  1\$aChiesa, Bruno,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=700  1\$aHamdan, Omar,$eeditor.$uEberhard Karls Universität Tübingen.
=700  1\$aMadelung, Wilferd,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aSchmidtke, Sabine,$eeditor.$uPrinceton University.$0(orcid)0000000261815065$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6181-5065
=700  1\$aThiele, Jan,$eeditor.$uConsejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas.$0(orcid)0000000288655997$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8865-5997
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 4.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0214$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0214_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03999nam  22006732  4500
=001  df7eb598-914a-49eb-9cbd-9766bd06be84
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452601
=020  \\$z9781783743230$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743247$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743254$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645318$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744176$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743261$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743278$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0112$2doi
=024  7\$a1089438578$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHC260.P6
=072   7$aKCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC050000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aO'Brien, Mark,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Liverpool.
=245  10$aJust Managing? :$bWhat it Means for the Families of Austerity Britain /$cMark O'Brien, Paul Kyprianou.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 237 pages): $b24 illustrations, 20 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 5.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefacePART I: BACK TO THE FUTURE?1. Understanding Poverty: Then and Now2. The Getting By? StudyPART II: THE BIG ISSUES3. Money Matters4. Working Life5. Meeting Basic Needs6. Home and Family LifePART III: JUST MANAGING? PERSPECTIVES ON POVERTY7. Family Views: ‘Who’s to Blame?’8. Liars, Thieves and Honest ScousersAppendix I: How the Research Was ConductedAppendix II: Family Circumstances and SpendingReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe 'just about managing'. 'Hardworking families'. 'Alarm-clock Britain'. In recent years British political discourse has been filled with these slogans, as politicians claim to speak on behalf of families who are in work, but struggling to get by. This book allows us to hear from some of these families directly.At a time when the impact of austerity is more relevant than ever, Just Managing? cuts through the debates and sloganeering to give some of the real people behind the headlines and statistics a chance to tell their stories. It tracks the lives of thirty working families in Liverpool over one year, as they struggle to manage on incomes at or around the National Minimum Wage. Their accounts are placed within the economic and political context that has shaped their experiences and that of millions of other working families across the country.This book is required reading for anyone seeking to understand what life is like at the sharp end of 'austerity Britain’.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBritain
=653  \\$aBritish politics
=653  \\$aausterity
=653  \\$astatistics
=653  \\$aLiverpool
=653  \\$aNational Minimun Wage
=653  \\$alow income
=700  1\$aKyprianou, Paul,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 5.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0112$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0112_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04246nam  22005892  4500
=001  485fd9ca-2628-4b5c-b428-986e88b237e3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513473
=020  \\$z9781805113942$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113959$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113966$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113980$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113973$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0425$2doi
=024  7\$a551282237$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBD183
=072   7$aPHI004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQDTK$2thema
=072   7$aJBCC9$2thema
=072   7$aQDTL$2thema
=100  1\$aWeatherson, Brian,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Michigan–Ann Arbor.$0(orcid)000000020830141X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0830-141X
=245  10$aKnowledge :$bA Human Interest Story /$cBrian Weatherson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+276 pages): $b16 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=504  \\$aBrian Weatherson is the Marshall M. Weinberg Professor of Philosophy at the University of Michigan. His previous books are Normative Externalism (OUP, 2019), and A History of Philosophy Journals, Volume 1: Evidence from Topic Modeling, 1876-2013 (Michigan Publishing, 2022). Brian has over 80 journal articles and book chapters; information about them is at https://brian.weatherson.org/.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Overture2. Interests3. Belief4. Knowledge5. Inquiry6. Ties7. Changes8. Rationality9. Evidence10. PowerReferencesList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this book the author argues for a groundbreaking perspective that knowledge is inherently interest-relative. This means that what one knows is influenced not just by belief, evidence, and truth, but crucially by the purposes those beliefs serve. Drawing from classical Nyāya epistemologies, the book asserts that knowledge rationalizes action: if you know something, it is sensible to act on it—and the best way to square this with an anti-sceptical epistemology is to say that knowledge is interest-relative.While versions of this view have been debated, they haven’t gained wide acceptance. The author addresses common objections with a refined formulation and explores how this perspective elucidates the role of knowledge in inquiry, daily life, and the history of thought. Key distinctions include the impact of “long odds” situations on knowledge, the distinctive role knowledge has a starting point for inquiry, and the importance of using non-ideal models in theorising about knowledge.Building on decades of scholarship, the author offers a cohesive theory that integrates and clarifies previous works, demonstrating that not only knowledge but also belief, rational belief, and evidence are interest-relative. This book is essential for those seeking a deeper understanding of the intricate relationship between knowledge and practical interests.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aInterest-Relative Epistemology
=653  \\$aNyāya Epistemology
=653  \\$aRational Action
=653  \\$aKnowledge and Belief
=653  \\$aInquiry and Reasoning
=653  \\$aHigh-Stakes Scenarios
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0425$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0425_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04073nam  22006252  4500
=001  c5e415c4-1ed1-4c58-abae-b1476689a867
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452836
=020  \\$z9781783741830$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741847$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741854$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645035$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746330$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741861$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741878$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0083$2doi
=024  7\$a1129912022$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP95.55
=072   7$aHPK$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI090000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI038000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTurri, John,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Waterloo.
=245  10$aKnowledge and the Norm of Assertion :$bAn Essay in Philosophical Science /$cJohn Turri.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 116 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsIntroduction1. Evidence and ArgumentObservational DataExperimental DataThe ArgumentThe Explanation2. Extensions and ConnectionsKnow HowGuaranteed KnowledgeKnowledge ValuedOutstanding QuestionsReaching UnderstandingLiar’s Knowledge3. Objections and RepliesIgnorant AssertionsExcuses, ExcusesIrrelevant AssessmentsWeak ChallengesPre-Theoretic DataApocryphal ParadoxUnbelievable ObjectionsCertain CompetitionNo Contest4. Prospects and HorizonsWhat "Should”?Good Enough?Super Norm?Why Knowledge?CodaReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLanguage is a human universal reflecting our deeply social nature. Among its essential functions, language enables us to quickly and efficiently share information. We tell each other that many things are true—that is, we routinely make assertions. Information shared this way plays a critical role in the decisions and plans we make. In Knowledge and the Norm of Assertion, a distinguished philosopher and cognitive scientist investigates the rules or norms that structure our social practice of assertion. Combining evidence from philosophy, psychology, and biology, John Turri shows that knowledge is the central norm of assertion and explains why knowledge plays this role.Concise, comprehensive, non-technical, and thoroughly accessible, this volume quickly brings readers to the cutting edge of a major research program at the intersection of philosophy and science. It presupposes no philosophical or scientific training. It will be of interest to philosophers and scientists, is suitable for use in graduate and undergraduate courses, and will appeal to general readers interested in human nature, social cognition, and communication.
=536  \\$aThe Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLanguage
=653  \\$aknowledge
=653  \\$aassertion
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$apsychology
=653  \\$acognitive science
=653  \\$abiology
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0083$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0083_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04011nam  22006252  4500
=001  9fc774fa-3a18-42d8-89e3-b5a23d822dd6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452959
=020  \\$z9781783747795$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747801$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747818$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645950$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747849$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747825$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747832$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0182$2doi
=024  7\$a1193041473$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ1474.5
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS039000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aScrepanti, Ernesto,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Siena.
=245  10$aLabour and Value :$bRethinking Marx’s Theory of Exploitation /$cErnesto Screpanti.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+134 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsIntroduction1. Abstract Labour as a Natural Substance2. Abstract Labour as a Historical Reality3. Labour Subsumption and Exploitation4. Values and Prices5. Measures of ExploitationConclusions: Rethinking ExploitationAppendix 1. Reproduction ConditionsAppendix 2. Advanced or Postponed Wage Payments?ReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this book Ernesto Screpanti provides a rigorous examination of Marx’s theory of exploitation, one of the cornerstones of Marxist thought. With precision and clarity, he identifies the holes in traditional readings of Marx’s theory before advancing his own original interpretation, drawing on contemporary philosophy and economic theory to provide a refreshingly interdisciplinary exegesis.Screpanti’s arguments are delivered with perspicuity and verve: this is a book that aims to spark a debate. He exposes ambiguities present in Marx’s exposition of his own theory, especially when dealing with the employment contract and the notions of ‘abstract labor’ and ‘labor value’, and he argues that these ambiguities have given rise to misunderstandings in previous analyses of Marx’s theory of exploitation. Screpanti’s own interpretation is a meticulously argued counterpoint to these traditional interpretations.Labour and Value is a significant contribution to the theory of economics, particularly Marxist economics. It will also be of great interest to scholars in other disciplines including sociology, political science, and moral and political philosophy. Screpanti’s clear and engaging writing style will attract the interested general reader as well as the academic theorist.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMarx’s theory of exploitation
=653  \\$aMarxist thought
=653  \\$acontemporary philosophy
=653  \\$aeconomic theory
=653  \\$aabstract labor
=653  \\$alabor value
=653  \\$aMarxist economics
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0182$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0182_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06599nam  22006972  4500
=001  a60caa40-2ce7-4044-afdd-721c94ed5617
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385926
=020  \\$z9781800648210$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648227$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648234$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648272$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648265$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648241$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800648258$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0316$2doi
=024  7\$a1357153562$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA11.2
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNAM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNU$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT027000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU060020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLandscapes of Investigation :$bContributions to Critical Mathematics Education /$cedited by Miriam Godoy Penteado, Ole Skovsmose.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+348 pages): $b26 illustrations, 14 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aStudies on Mathematics Education and Society ;$vvol. 1.$x2755-2624$x2755-2616
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsMiriam Godoy Penteado and Ole SkovsmosePrefaceMiriam Godoy Penteado and Ole Skovsmose1. Entering Landscapes of InvestigationOle Skovsmose2. Let’s Go Shopping Fanny Gutiérrez and Yael Rodríguez3. Media and Racism Reginaldo Ramos de Britto4. Bringing the Debate over Marijuana Legalisation into the Mathematics Classroom Agustín Méndez Andrade and Mario Sánchez Aguilar5. Mathematics Embedded in Community-Based Practices: Landscape of Investigation for Examining Social (In)Justice? Arindam Bose6. Aspects of Democracy in Different Contexts of Mathematics ClassesRaquel Milani, Ana Carolina Faustino, Lessandra Marcelly Sousa da Silva, Débora Vieira de Souza Carneiro, Jeimy Marcela Cortés Suaréz and Reginaldo Ramos de Britto7. Collaborative Learning within Critical Mathematics Education Bülent Avcı8. Global CitizenshipManuella Heloisa de Souza Carrijo9. About Unfinishedness, Dreams and Landscapes of InvestigationDaniela Alves Soares10. Dialogue in Eternity: Children, Mathematics, and Landscapes of InvestigationAna Carolina Faustino11. Inclusive Landscapes of InvestigationOle Skovsmose12. Meetings amongst Deaf and Hearing Students in the Mathematics ClassroomAmanda Queiroz Moura and Miriam Godoy Penteado13. Inclusion and Landscapes of Investigation: A Case of Elementary EducationÍria Bonfim Gaviolli and Miriam Godoy Penteado14. Landscapes of Investigation with Seniors Guilherme Henrique Gomes da Silva, Rejane Siqueira Julio and Rafaela Nascimento da Silva15. The Investigative Approach to Talking about Inclusion in Mathematics Teacher EducationDenner Dias Barros16. Opening an Exercise: Prospective Mathematics Teachers Entering into Landscapes of InvestigationRaquel Milani17. The Impact of Income Tax on the Teaching Profession: A Debate Involving Social Justice Renato Douglas Ribeiro, Daniela Alves Soares, Adriana de Souza Lima, Lucicleide Bezerra and Edyenis Frango18. Critical Mathematics Education in Action: To Be or Not to Be Paula Andrea Grawieski Civiero and Fátima Peres Zago de OliveiraContributor Biographies List of FiguresList of TablesSubject Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aCreating landscapes of investigation is a primary concern of critical mathematics education. It enables us to organise educational processes so that students and teachers are able to get involved in explorations guided by dialogical interactions. It attempts to address explicit or implicit forms of social injustice by means of mathematics, and also to promote a critical conception of mathematics, challenging the assumption that the subject represents objectivity and neutrality. Landscapes of Investigation provides many illustrations of how this can be done in primary, secondary, and university education. It also illustrates how exploring landscapes of investigation can contribute to mathematics teacher education programmes.This edited volume is the result of a collaboration established through the Colloquium in Research in Critical Mathematics Education, which took place in 2016, 2018, and 2019 in Brazil. Its twenty-eight contributors are young researchers from Brazil, Chile, Colombia, India, Mexico and the USA, who are dedicated to the further development of critical mathematics education.Organised in eighteen chapters, the volume presents examples of engaging students from a diversity of social and economic backgrounds, age ranges, and abilities across different countries. The chapters present original findings on the social aspects of all levels of mathematics education. Landscapes of Investigation is of particular relevance to those with an interest in the potential of mathematics education to challenge social injustices.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asocial injustice
=653  \\$amathematics
=653  \\$aprimary education
=653  \\$asecondary education
=653  \\$auniversity
=653  \\$ateacher education
=700  1\$aGodoy Penteado, Miriam,$eeditor.$uSão Paulo State University.$0(orcid)000000030458275X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0458-275X
=700  1\$aSkovsmose, Ole,$eeditor.$uSão Paulo State University.$0(orcid)000000021528796X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1528-796X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aStudies on Mathematics Education and Society ;$vvol. 1.$x2755-2624$x2755-2616
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0316$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0316_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06891nam  22006372  4500
=001  fb82dd5f-fc55-4bda-9a0e-d890bb2a70d2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390256
=020  \\$z9781800642003$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642010$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642027$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646506$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642058$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642034$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642041$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0256$2doi
=024  7\$a1305397458$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC213
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNFN$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFG$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU001030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU036000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLearning, Marginalization, and Improving the Quality of Education in Low-income Countries /$cedited by Daniel A. Wagner, Nathan M. Castillo, Suzanne Grant Lewis.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+466 pages): $b44 illustrations, 38 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"This volume is the second in a series on "learning at the bottom of the pyramid." The first conference, LBOP1, was held at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia on March 2-3, 2017, and resulted in the 2018 book Learning at the bottom of the pyramid: Science, measurement and policy in low-income countries, published by IIEP-UNESCO"--Preface, page 5.
=505  0\$aPrefaceContentsContributor BiographiesAcknowledgementsIntroductionDaniel A. Wagner1. Diversity and Equity in Education: Policy, Practice, and Options for Reaching Children at the Bottom of the PyramidLauren Pisani and Amy Jo Dowd2. Education on the Move: How Migration Affects Learning OutcomesJo Kelcey, Ozen Guven and Dana Burde3. Teaching at the Bottom of the Pyramid: Teacher Education in Poor and Marginalized CommunitiesKwame Akyeampong4. Improving the Impact of Educational Technologies on Learning Within Low-Income ContextsNathan M. Castillo, Taskeen Adam and Björn Haßler5. Reducing Inequality in Education Using “Smaller, Quicker, Cheaper” AssessmentsLuis Crouch and Timothy S. Slade6. Not All Pyramids Are the Same: Relative Learning Exclusion and Its Evolution Over TimeDirk Van Damme, Tijana Prokic-Breuer and Stan Vermeulen7. Financing Education at the Bottom of the PyramidSamer Al-Samarrai and Luis Benveniste8. Mexico: Education and Learning at the Bottom of the PyramidSylvia Schmelkes del Valle, Héctor Robles Vásquez and Annette Santos del Real9. India: Learning in the Margin: Reflections on Indian Policies and Programs for Education of the DisadvantagedRangachar Govinda10. India: Learning Challenges for the MarginalizedUdaya Narayana Singh, Rajarshi Singh and Padmakali Banerjee11. India: The Role of Civil Society Organizations and Scalable Technology Solutions for Marginalized CommunitiesLorie Novak12. Ivory Coast: Children at the Bottom of the Pyramid and Government PoliciesFrançois Joseph Azoh and Zamblé Théodore Goin Bi13. Ivory Coast: Promoting Learning Outcomes at the Bottom of the PyramidKaja Jasińska and Sosthène Guei14. Kenya: Education, Learning and Policy-Framing for Children at the Bottom of the PyramidSara Ruto, Ann Gachoya and Virginia Ngindiru15. Kenya: Free Primary and Day Secondary Education Policies and Their Contributions to Learning at the Bottom of the PyramidEmmanuel O. Manyasa and Mercy G. Karogo16. Kenya: Disability and Learning at the Bottom of the PyramidJohn K. Mugo, Diana Makau and David K. Njengere17. Kenya: Education in Marginalized CommunitiesJoyce KinyanjuiAfterword: The Challenge Ahead for Learning at the Bottom of the PyramidRachel Hinton and Asyia KazmiList of IllustrationsList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aImproving learning evidence and outcomes for those most in need in developing countries is at the heart of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal on Education (SDG4). This timely volume brings together contributions on current empirical research and analysis of emerging trends that focus on improving the quality of education through better policy and practice, particularly for those who need improved 'learning at the bottom of the pyramid' (LBOP).This volume brings together academic research experts, government officials and field-based practitioners. National and global experts present multiple broad thematic papers – ranging from the effects of migration and improving teaching to the potential of educational technologies, and better metrics for understanding and financing education. In addition, local experts, practitioners and policymakers describe their own work on LBOP issues being undertaken in Kenya, India, Mexico and Ivory Coast. The contributors argue persuasively that learning equity is a moral imperative, but also one that will have educational, economic and social impacts. They further outline how achieving SDG4 will take renewed and persistent effort by stakeholders to use better measurement tools to promote learning achievement among poor and marginalized children.This volume builds on the second international conference on Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid (LBOP2).* It will be an indispensable resource for policymakers, researchers and government thinktanks, and local experts, as well as any readers interested in the implementation of learning equity across the globe.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Pennsylvania
=536  \\$aIIEP-UNESCO
=536  \\$aBill & Melinda Gates Foundation
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alearning
=653  \\$aSustainable Development Goal on Education
=653  \\$aLearning at the Bottom of the Pyramid
=653  \\$aquality of education
=700  1\$aWagner, Daniel A.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Pennsylvania.
=700  1\$aCastillo, Nathan M.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Illinois Urbana-Champaign.
=700  1\$aGrant Lewis, Suzanne,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0256$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0256_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04000nam  22005412  4500
=001  30867526-73f3-4e55-8afd-ffb5066de761
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20252025\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800649378$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649385$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649392$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0333$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aMAT029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM021030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY045010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPBT$2thema
=072   7$aUNC$2thema
=072   7$aJHBC$2thema
=072   7$aJMAL$2thema
=100  1\$aNavarro, Danielle,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000176486578$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7648-6578
=245  10$aLearning Statistics with jamovi :$bA Tutorial for Beginners in Statistical Analysis /$cDanielle Navarro, David Foxcroft.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2025.
=264  \4$c©2025
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+476 pages): $b210 illustrations, 99 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceI BEGINNINGS1 Why do we learn statistics 2 A brief introduction to research designII AN INTRODUCTION TO JAMOVI 3 Getting started with jamovi III WORKING WITH DATA4 Descriptive statistics5 Drawing graphs6 Pragmatic mattersIV STATISTICAL THEORYPrelude7 Introduction to probability8 Estimating unknown quantities from a sample 9 Hypothesis testingV STATISTICAL TOOLS10 Categorical data analysis11 Comparing two means12 Correlation and linear regression 13 Comparing several means (one-way ANOVA) 14 Factorial ANOVA15 Factor AnalysisVI ENDINGS, ALTERNATIVES AND PROSPECTS 16 Bayesian statisticsEpilogueReferencesChapter notes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBased on Danielle Navarro’s widely acclaimed and prize-winning book Learning Statistics with R, this elegantly designed textbook offers undergraduate students a thorough and accessible introduction to jamovi, as well as how to get to grips with statistics and data manipulation.Lucid and easy to understand, Learning Statistics with jamovi covers the analysis of contingency tables, t-tests, correlation, regression, ANOVA and factor analysis, while also giving students a firm grounding in descriptive statistics and graphing. It includes learning aids for applying statistical principles using the jamovi interface, as well as embedded data files to accompany the book, and comprehensive chapters on probability theory, sampling and estimation, and null hypothesis testing.Freely available in open access, Learning Statistics with jamovi is an ideal introduction for undergraduate and postgraduate students of psychology, as well as behavioural and health science students and anyone who needs to understand and use statistical analysis in their work.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International license (CC BY-SA 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aStatistics
=653  \\$ajamovi
=653  \\$aData Analysis
=653  \\$aDescriptive Statistics
=653  \\$aHypothesis Testing
=653  \\$aPsychology and Health Sciences
=700  1\$aFoxcroft, David,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000197527527$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9752-7527
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0333$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0333_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04732nam  22006012  4500
=001  29e28ee7-c52d-43f3-95da-f99f33f0e737
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\fre\d
=010  \\$a2019452805
=020  \\$z9781906924225$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924218$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924232$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644335$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0006$2doi
=024  7\$a1086407706$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ3939.L58
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ADF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLes Bienveillantes de Jonathan Littell :$bÉtudes réunies par Murielle Lucie Clément /$cedited by Murielle Lucie Clément.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vii+345 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction by Murielle Lucie Clément1. La réception des Bienveillantes dans les milieux intellectuels français en 2006Thierry Laurent2. «Frères humains…»: Les Bienveillantes, une histoire de famillesWladimir Troubetzkoy3. Les Bienveillantes: une parole qui donne la voix au bourreauJulie Delorme4. La dentellerie du reelAntoine Jurga5. Les silences des BienveillantesBruno Viard6. Max aux enfers. Esquisses «topographiques»…Denis Briand7. La connaissance du narrateurDominique Bocage-Lefebvre8. Rêves et fantasmes dans Les BienveillantesEdith Perry9. Maximilien Aue: une homosexualité de rigueur?Éric Levéel10. L’homosexualité dans Les Bienveillantes: crise de l’identité, crise de l’HistoireStéphane Roussel11. La Shoah en flânant?J. Marina Davies12. À propos des Bienveillantes. Variations autour de la perversionPatrice Imbaud13. Le «curieux exercice»: voyeurisme et conscience du meurtre dans Les BienveillantesPauline de Tholozany14. Lieux réels et lieux imaginaires dans Les BienveillantesPeter Tame15. Un langage impossibleSerge Zenkine16. Max Aue manufacture de la dentelle. La lecture dans Les BienveillantesYolanda Viñas del Palacio17. Les Bienveillantes: Le National-socialisme comme mal métaphysiqueYoussef Ferdjani18. Les Bienveillantes: une position ironiqueYves Boisseleau19. Max Aue, un nazi peu typique? L’abjection comme moteur de la Shoah: une lecture kristevienne des BienveillantesHelena Duffy20. À propos des corps liquidsSabine van WesemaelBibliographieIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLes Bienveillantes (The Kindly Ones), caused a literary sensation in 2006. Described as "deliberately repellent" by The New York Times, Jonathan Littell’s novel tells the story of World War II through the eyes of former SS officer Maximilien Aue. This is the first academic study of this controversial, best-selling work.Twenty-one leading scholars discuss the aesthetics, themes and characters of the novel, as well as formal aspects of Littell’s writing. They tackle ideas surrounding parricide, genocide, ant-Semitism and the Holocaust as well as Littell’s portrayal of both historical and fictional characters. The collection offers a deeply varied range of approaches to Littell’s work and is essential reading for anyone interested in representations of World War II, the Holocaust and contemporary French literature. All the essays in this collection are written in French.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFrench literature
=653  \\$aFrench novel
=653  \\$aLes Bienveillantes
=653  \\$aThe Kindly Ones
=653  \\$aMaximilien Aue
=653  \\$aJonathan Littell
=653  \\$aHolocaust
=653  \\$aWorld War II
=653  \\$aSecond World War
=653  \\$aNazism
=653  \\$aJudaism
=653  \\$aanti-Semitism
=653  \\$ahistory and fiction
=700  1\$aClément, Murielle Lucie,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0006$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0006_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05212nam  22006972  4500
=001  d9e671dd-ab2a-4fd0-ada3-4925449a63a8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467809
=020  \\$z9781906924560$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924577$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924584$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644441$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924591$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924607$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0017$2doi
=024  7\$a939888771$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPT9876.26.R5
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DNS$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOE005030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPrintz-Påhlson, Göran,$eauthor.
=245  10$aLetters of Blood and Other Works in English /$cGöran Printz-Påhlson; edited by Robert Archambeau.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxvi + 226 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsContributorsForeword by Elinor ShafferInbetween: Locating Göran Printz-Påhlson by Robert Archambeau'The Overall Wandering of Mirroring Mind': Some Notes on Göran Printz-Påhlson by Lars-Håkan SvenssonThe Words of the Tribe: Primitivism, Reductionism, and Materialism in Modern PoeticsPart One: Linguistic Primitivism in Modernism and RomanticismPart Two: Linguistic Reductionism in Poetry CriticismPart Three: The Material Word: From Imagism to New Criticism to IntertextualismPart Four: The Polity of Metaphor and the Purity of DictionOther ProsePart Five: Style, Irony, Metaphor and MeaningPart Six: Realism as NegationPart Seven: Historical Drama and Historical Fiction: The Example of StindbergPart Eight: The Canon of Literary Modernism: A Note on Abstraction in the Poetry of Erik LindegrenPart Nine: The Tradition of Contemporary Swedish PoetryPart Ten: Kierkegaard the PoetPart Eleven: Surface and Accident: John AshberyPart Twelve: The Voyages of John MatthiasLetters of Blood: PoemsOne:My Interview with I.A. RichardsGenerationTelevisiondreamroutinesThe Longest-Running Show on TelevisionThe Enormous ComicsPoem UnnamedBotchuanaTwo:Aelius Lamia: Tanka for Robert HassOdradekTuring MachineBroendalTwo Prose PoemsSir Charles Babbage Returns to Trinity CollegeMan-Made Monster Surreptitiously Regarding Idyllic SceneJoe Hill in PrisonRemember the RosenbergsWhen Beaumont and Tocqueville First Visited Sing-SingThree Baroque Arias from GradivaThree:ComediansAcrobats on the RadioTo John at Summer Solstice, Before His ReturnPart Four:The Green-Ey’d MonsterSelect Bibliography of Works by Göran Printz-PåhlsonA Note on the Text 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection brings together for the first time select works in English by the major Swedish modernist poet and critic Göran Printz-Påhlson. It was Printz-Påhlson who introduced poetic modernism to Scandinavia, and his essays and poems delve deeply into English, American, and continental modernist traditions. As well as Letters of Blood, the collection includes the full text of "The Words of the Tribe", a major statement on modern poetics, in which Printz-Påhlson explores the significance of primitivism in Romanticism and Modernism, and the nature of metaphor and literary materialism. The collection also includes essays on style, irony, realism, and the relationship between historical drama and historical fiction, as well as studies of American poetry. Printz-Påhlson’s poetry in English continues to explore these themes by different, often surprisingly innovative, means.
=536  \\$aSwedish Academy
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPoetry
=653  \\$aSwedish poetry
=653  \\$aSwedish literature
=653  \\$aSweden
=653  \\$aThe Words of the Tribe
=653  \\$amodernism
=653  \\$aScandinavia
=653  \\$aScandinavian literature
=653  \\$aAmerican poetry
=653  \\$aprimitivism
=653  \\$aliterary theory
=653  \\$aliterary materialism
=653  \\$aliterary criticism
=700  1\$aArchambeau, Robert,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aSvensson, Lars-Håkan,$epreface by.$uLinköping University.
=700  1\$aShaffer, Elinor,$eforeword by.$uUniversity of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0017$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0017_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  14162nam  22007212  4500
=001  c699f257-f3e4-4c98-9a3f-741c6a40b62a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452603
=020  \\$z9781783743438$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743445$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743452$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645356$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746156$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743469$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743476$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0116$2doi
=024  7\$a1089440873$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aCB411
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aL’idée de l’Europe :$bau Siècle des Lumières /$cedited by Rotraud von Kulessa, Catriona Seth.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 162 pages): $b63 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPréface1. Friedrich Schiller, « Ode à la joie »Un hymne pour l’Europe2. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, MémoiresLe grand dessein d’Henri IV3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleL’Europe : un projet pour la paix4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Extrait du Projet de paix perpétuelleExamen du projet de l’abbé de Saint-Pierre5. Emmanuel Kant, Essai philosophique sur la paix perpétuelleLa paix universelle6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleQuelle dimension donner à l’Union européenne ?7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Jugement sur la paix perpétuelleL’Union européenne : un projet peu réaliste ?8. Edward Gibbon, Histoire de la décadence et de la chute de l’Empire romainVoir au-delà des limites nationales9. Louis de Jaucourt, Article « Europe » dans l’Encyclopédie ou Dictionnaire raisonné des sciences, des arts et des métiersL’Europe dans l’Encyclopédie10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, Voyage fantastique du Grand Piscátor de SalamanqueLa géographie de l’Europe11. Anonyme, Supplément à l’EncyclopédieHistoire et enjeux politiques12. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, MémoiresUn Parlement européen avant la lettre ?13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleL’Europe et l’Islam14. Voltaire, Essai sur les mœursLa richesse de l’Europe : son héritage culturel !15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humainRégler pour apaiser16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleLe voisinage de la Russie17. Voltaire, Le siècle de Louis XIVL’Europe chrétienne comme grande République ?18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseL’unité dans la diversité ?19. Charles-Louis de Secondat, baron de La Brède et de Montesquieu, L’Esprit des loisLe commerce européen20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleLa tolérance religieuse21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseLa richesse de la cuisine européenne22. Charles-Louis de Secondat, baron de La Brède et de Montesquieu, Lettres persanesL’Europe vue par les Persans23. Germaine de Staël, De la littérature considérée dans ses rapports avec les institutions socialesLa littérature du Nord au Sud24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, Esprit des nationsDes caractères nationaux25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseLa diversité linguistique en Europe26. August Wilhem Schlegel, Résumé des rapports européens de la littérature allemandeLe rôle de l’Allemagne dans la culture européenne27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Voyage d’Italie et de HollandeL’enlèvement d’Europe28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleL’union économique ?29. Charles de Villers, Constitutions des trois villes libres-hanséatiquesUn marché commun européen30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Entretien d’un Européen avec un insulaire du Royaume de DumocalaL’empire de la raison31. Tomás de Iriarte, « Le Thé et la Sauge », Fables littérairesLa circulation des richesses32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseLa sociabilité européenne33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleLa Sûreté des frontières de l’Europe34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, Magasin des adolescentesL’Europe coloniale35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, duc de Nevers, Fables de Mancini-NivernoisUne autre voie pour l’éducation ?36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseL’importance du commerce37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanitéDiversité et unité de l’Europe38. Françoise de Graffigny, Lettres d’une PéruvienneCritique des mœurs européennes39. David Hume, Discours politiquesLa civilisation européenne40. Louis-Antoine Muratori, Traité sur le bonheur publicLe progrès de la justice en Europe41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseRapprochement des Européens42. Germaine de Staël, Corinne ou l’ItalieL’Italie et les origines de la culture européenne43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Lettres sur l’Angleterre, la Hollande et l’ItalieL’Europe et la mode française44. Friedrich Schlegel, Voyage en FranceL’Europe entre déclin et renouveau45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelleRichesse linguistique de l’Europe46. Novalis, La Chrétienté ou l’EuropeUn avènement spirituel47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseLe café : endroit de sociabilité européen48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanitéLe bonheur en Europe49. Germaine de Staël, De l’AllemagneAux origines de l’unité européenne50. José Cadalso, Lettres marocainesLa diversité européenne à travers le regard étranger51. William Robertson, Histoire du règne de l’empereur Charles-QuintNavigation et échanges commerciaux52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanitéL’Europe et sa longue histoire de migrations53. William Robertson, Extraits de l’Introduction à l’histoire de Charles-QuintL’union dans la diversité54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, « Sonnet », Divertissements de la MuseL’Europe, unité politique55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Lettres récréatives et morales sur les mœurs du tempsÀ quoi ressemblent les Européens ?56. James Boswell, Journal d’un tour des Hébrides avec Samuel JohnsonSe vouloir cosmopolite57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe françaiseL’Europe à l’heure française58. David Hume, Discours politiques de Monsieur HumeÉquilibre des pouvoirs et paix future59. José Cadalso, Lettres marocainesUne république des savants60. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, De la littérature du Midi de l’EuropeL’Europe dépassée à l’avenir ?61. Germaine de Staël, De l’AllemagneL’union des philosophes62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, « Discours de 1794 »Une idée neuve en Europe63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humainUne vision humanitaire64. Jean-François Melon, Essai Politique sur le CommerceAtteindre l’équilibre des pouvoirs65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Considérations sur le Gouvernement de PologneVers une uniformisation culturelle ?66. José Cadalso, Lettres marocainesL’Europe et l’Afrique67. Emmanuel Kant, Idée d’une histoire universelle du point de vue cosmopolitiqueL’accomplissement des buts de la Nature68. Napoléon, cité par Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Mémorial de Sainte-HélèneGouverner l’Europe?69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humainConnaître le monde pour le rendre meilleur70. Benjamin Constant, De l’esprit de conquête et de l’usurpation dans leurs rapports avec la civilisation européenneLa fin des guerres en Europe ?71. Napoléon, cité par Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Mémorial de Sainte-HélèneVisions d’avenir72. José Cadalso, Lettre à Tomás de IriarteCritique de l’eurocentrisme73. Napoléon, Correspondance de Napoléon IerHégémonie politique et union européenne74. Alexandre-Frédéric-Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Les soirées Helvétiennes, Alsaciennes et Franc-ComtoisesL’Europe sans frontières75. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, De la littérature du Midi de l’EuropeDes Influences multiples76. Jean de Müller, Lettres de Jean de Müller à ses amis MM. de Bonstetten et GleimQuel avenir pour l’Europe ?77. Benjamin Constant, De la liberté des anciens comparée à celle des modernesLe caractère des échanges modernes78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, Exposition du système du mondeL’Unité par les mesures79. Victor Hugo, « Le Rhin »Le couple franco-allemand comme pilier de la paix en EuropeBibliographie
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFace aux défis – entre autres politiques – auxquels sont confrontés différents pays européens, les chercheurs dix-huitiémistes ont souhaité revenir sur des expressions anciennes de valeurs partagées et les interrogations passées sur des questions qui restent souvent d’actualité. Au Siècle des Lumières, nombre d’hommes et de femmes de lettres ont envisagé l’avenir du continent en particulier pour entériner leur souhait de garantir la paix en Europe. Les textes, réunis dans cette anthologie, et signés des grands écrivains du temps (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume ou encore Staël), comme d’oubliés de l’histoire, présentent, avec quelques excursus chronologiques (de Sully à Hugo) les réflexions de penseurs d’un dix-huitième siècle aux bornes chronologiques étendues – l’émergence et la chute de l’Empire engendrent des bouleversements nombreux –, sur l’Europe, son histoire, sa diversité, mais aussi sur ce qu’ont en commun les nations qui composent, dans leur variété, un ensemble géographique. Ils mettent en évidence les origines historiques d’un projet d’union européenne, le souhait de consolider les liens du continent avec le Maghreb ou la Turquie, l’importance accordée au commerce et les inquiétudes suscitées par les sursauts de l’histoire, mais aussi l’espoir placé dans les générations futures.La Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle, l’Université d’Augsburg, l’Université d’Oxford ont généreusement contribué à la publication de ce volume.In view of the challenges—many of which are political—that different European countries are currently facing, scholars who work on the 18th century have compiled this anthology which includes earlier recognitions of common values and past considerations of questions which often remain pertinent nowadays. During the Enlightenment, many men and women of letters envisaged the continent’s future in particular when stressing their hope that peace could be secured in Europe. The texts gathered here, and signed by major thinkers of the time (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume or Staël for instance), as well as by writers history has forgotten, present the reflections, with a couple of chronological extensions (from Sully to Victor Hugo) of authors from the long eighteenth century—the French Empire and the fall of Napoleon generated numerous upheavals—on Europe, its history, its diversity, but also on what the nations, which, in all their diversity, make up a geographical unit, have in common. They show the historical origins of the project of a European union, the desire to consolidate the continent’s ties to the Maghreb or to Turkey, the importance granted to commerce and the worries engendered by history’s convulsions, but also the hope vested in future generations.
=536  \\$aThe Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle
=536  \\$aAugsburg University
=536  \\$aUniversity of Oxford
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aSiècle des Lumières
=653  \\$apaix
=653  \\$aunion européenne
=653  \\$aanthologie
=653  \\$aRousseau
=653  \\$aVoltaire
=653  \\$aKant
=653  \\$aHume
=700  1\$avon Kulessa, Rotraud,$eeditor.$uAugsburg University.
=700  1\$aSeth, Catriona,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000260618502$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6061-8502
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0116$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0116_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04891nam  22006372  4500
=001  a795aafb-d189-4d15-8e64-b9a3fbfa8e09
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452868
=020  \\$z9781783745449$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745456$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745463$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645691$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746859$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745470$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745487$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0150$2doi
=024  7\$a1091708551$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGN585.F6
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLife Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and Beyond /$cedited by David G. Anderson, Dmitry V Arzyutov, Sergei S. Alymov.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (XX+428 pages): $b97 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsAcknowledgments1. Grounding Etnos Theory: An IntroductionDavid G. Anderson, Sergei S. Alymov and Dmitry V. Arzyutov2. Etnos Thinking in the Long Twentieth CenturySergei S. Alymov, David G. Anderson and Dmitry V. Arzyutov3. Ukrainian Roots of the Theory of EtnosSergei S. Alymov4. Mapping Etnos: The Geographic Imagination of Fёdor Volkov and his StudentsSergei S. Alymov and Svetlana V. Podrezova5. Notes from His "Snail’s Shell”: Shirokogoroff’s Fieldwork and the Groundwork for Etnos ThinkingDavid G. Anderson6. Order out of Chaos: Anthropology and Politics of Sergei M. ShirokogoroffDmitry V. Arzyutov7. Chasing Shadows: Sharing Photographs from Former Northwest ManchuriaJocelyne Dudding8. "The Sea is Our Field”: Pomor Identity in Russian EthnographyMasha Shaw and Natalie Wahnsiedler9. Epilogue: Why Etnos (Still) MattersNathaniel KnightList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe idea of etnos came into being over a hundred years ago as a way of understanding the collective identities of people with a common language and shared traditions. In the twentieth century, the concept came to be associated with Soviet state-building, and it fell sharply out of favour. Yet outside the academy, etnos-style arguments not only persist, but are a vibrant part of regional anthropological traditions. Life Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and Beyond makes a powerful argument for reconsidering the importance of etnos in our understanding of ethnicity and national identity across Eurasia. The collection brings to life a rich archive of previously unpublished letters, fieldnotes, and photographic collections of the theory’s early proponents. Using contemporary fieldwork and case studies, the volume shows how the ideas of these ethnographers continue to impact and shape identities in various regional theatres from Ukraine to the Russian North to the Manchurian steppes of what is now China. Through writing a life history of these collectivist concepts, the contributors to this volume unveil a world where the assumptions of liberal individualism do not hold. In doing so, they demonstrate how notions of belonging are not fleeting but persistent, multi-generational, and bio-social.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aetnos
=653  \\$acollective identities
=653  \\$alanguage
=653  \\$atraditions
=653  \\$aethnicity
=653  \\$anational identity
=653  \\$aEurasia
=700  1\$aAnderson, David G.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aberdeen.$0(orcid)0000000296245867$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9624-5867
=700  1\$aArzyutov, Dmitry V,$eeditor.$uKTH Royal Institute of Technology.$0(orcid)0000000337829296$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3782-9296
=700  1\$aAlymov, Sergei S.,$eeditor.$uRussian Academy of Sciences.$0(orcid)0000000199889556$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9988-9556
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0150$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0150_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07373nam  22007092  4500
=001  a3cc91bc-258f-4d24-bc12-45f662cbe22f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386012
=020  \\$z9781800647497$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647503$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647510$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647558$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647541$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647527$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647534$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0303$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN55
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFKP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART060000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLife, Re-Scaled :$bThe Biological Imagination in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Performance /$cedited by Liliane Campos, Pierre-Louis Patoine.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+402 pages): $b60 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsNotes on ContributorsList of Illustrations1. IntroductionLiliane Campos and Pierre-Louis PatoineImagination, Science and PowerQuestions of ScaleAesthetic TrendsChapter PresentationWorks Cited2. Human Environmental Aesthetics: The Molecular Sublime and the Molecular GrotesquePaul Hamann-RoseThe Molecular SublimeImagining Microbes: From the Molecular Sublime to the Molecular GrotesqueMolecular Landscapes: New Ways of Reading the AnthropoceneConclusion: The Big Moment of the Very SmallWorks Cited3. Still Life and Vital Matter in Gillian Clarke’s PoetrySophie Laniel-MusitelliThe Poetry of StonePlaying with ScaleImages of Metamorphosis and DevelopmentSounding the FleshScience in the LandscapeWorks Cited4. Mycoaesthetics: Weird Fungi and Jeff VanderMeer’s AnnihilationDerek WoodsWeird Ecology, Weird FictionWood Wide Web as Ecological GenomeThe Fungal KingdomWorks Cited5. To Be or Not to Be a Patient: Challenging Biomedical Categories in Joshua Ferris’s The UnnamedPascale AntolinChallenging Medical Knowledge and ClassificationsChallenging Neurological ReductionChallenging Social and Literary Categories Works Cited6. Neurocomics and Neuroimaging: David B.’s Epileptic and Matteo Farinella and Hana Roš’s NeurocomicJason TougawThe Tools of ComicsThe Tools of NeuroimagingA Person Surrounds This BrainWorks Cited7. The Fiction of the Empty Pandemic City: Race and Diaspora in Ling Ma’s SeveranceRishi GoyalWorks Cited8. Dead Gods and Geontopower: An Ecocritical Reading of Jeff Lemire’s Sweet ToothKristin M. FerebeeWorks Cited9. Depopulating the Novel: Post-Catastrophe Fiction, Scale, and the Population UnconsciousPieter VermeulenThe Population Unconscious Cosy CatastrophePopulation between Science and Speculation in Science FictionSurvival at Scale in Post-Catastrophe Science Fiction Utopian and Realist FictionsConclusion: Downscaling Survival Works Cited 10. The Everyday Pluriverse: Ecosystem Modelling in Reservoir 13Ben De BruynIntroduction: The Rural MesocosmNoticing Nonhuman NarrativesVisualising Coexistence, Part IModelling Interspecies AssemblagesVisualising Coexistence, Part IIConclusion: Scale and Stoicism in the Everyday AnthropoceneWorks Cited11. The Narrative and Aesthetic Strategies of Climate Change ComicsSusan M. SquierMaking the Global Threat PersonalAnthropomorphic FiguresBiography and AutobiographyScientific Distance Versus Intimate ExperienceWorks Cited12. Displacing the Human: Representing Ecological Crisis on StageKirsten E. Shepherd-Barr and Hannah Simpson‘It’s Actually Not About Us’: The Paradox of Human-Centric Ecological DramaShifting the Boundaries: The Spatial, the Temporal, and the Sensory‘Fragments, Shards, Whispers’: Imagining the Impossible OtherConclusionWorks Cited13. Staging Larger Scales and Deep Entanglements: The Choice of Immersion in Four Ecological PerformancesEliane BeaufilsIntermingling Life Forms and ScalesForms of Displacement by ImmersionReading SignsThe Place of the Spectator A Diplomatic Theatre Works CitedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis edited volume explores new engagements with the life sciences in contemporary fiction, poetry, comics and performance. The gathered case studies investigate how recent creative work reframes the human within microscopic or macroscopic scales, from cellular biology to systems ecology, and engages with the ethical, philosophical, and political issues raised by the twenty-first century’s shifting views of life. The collection thus examines literature and performance as spaces that shape our contemporary biological imagination.Comprised of thirteen chapters by an international group of academics, Life, Re-Scaled: The Biological Imagination in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Performance engages with four main areas of biological study: ‘Invisible scales: cells, microbes and mycelium’, ‘Neuro-medical imaging and diagnosis’, ‘Pandemic imaginaries’, and ‘Ecological scales’. The authors examine these concepts in emerging forms such as plant theatre, climate change art, ecofiction and pandemic fiction, including the work of Jeff Vandermeer, Jon McGregor, Jeff Lemire, and Extinction Rebellion’s Red Rebel Brigade performances.This valuable resource moves beyond the biological paradigms that were central to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, to outline the specificity of a contemporary imagination. Life, Re-Scaled is crucial reading for academics, scholars, and authors alike, as it proposes an unprecedented overview of the relationship between literature, performance and the life sciences in the twenty-first century.
=536  \\$aSorbonne Nouvelle University$ePRISMES laboratory
=536  \\$aInstitut Universitaire de France
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alife sciences
=653  \\$afiction
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$acomics
=653  \\$aperformance
=653  \\$aethics
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$abiological imagination
=700  1\$aCampos, Liliane,$eeditor.$uSorbonne Nouvelle University.$0(orcid)0000000308393120$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0839-3120
=700  1\$aPatoine, Pierre-Louis,$eeditor.$uSorbonne Nouvelle University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0303$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0303_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05015nam  22005892  4500
=001  5c55effb-2a3e-4e0d-a46d-edad7830fd8e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452961
=020  \\$z9781783747177$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747184$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747191$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645868$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747221$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747207$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747214$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0171$2doi
=024  7\$a1128978645$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDK757.3
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North /$cedited by Joachim Otto Habeck.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+468 pages): $b52 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote on transliterationNotes on ContributorsPreface    Introduction: Studying Lifestyle in Russia    Joachim Otto Habeck    Implications of Infrastructure and Technological Change for Lifestyles in Siberia    Dennis Zuev and Joachim Otto Habeck    Lifestyle and Creative Engagement with Rural Space in Northwest Russia    Masha Shaw (née Maria Nakhshina)    Holiday Convergences, Holiday Divergences: Siberian Leisure Mobilities Under Late Socialism and After    Luděk Brož and Joachim Otto Habeck    Spatial imaginaries and personal topographies in Siberian life stories: analysing movement and place in biographical narratives    Joseph J. Long    Something like Happiness: Home Photography in the Inquiry of Lifestyles    Jaroslava Panáková    Soviet Kul’tura in Post-Soviet Identification: The Aesthetics of Ethnicity in Sakha (Yakutia)    Eleanor Peers    Ethnicity on the Move: National-Cultural Organisations in Siberia    Artem Rabogoshvili    "We are not Playing Life, We Live Here”: Playful Appropriation of Ancestral Memory in a Youth Camp in Western Siberia    Ina Schröder    A Taste for Play: Lifestyle and Live-Action Role-playing in Siberia and the Russian Far East    Tatiana Barchunova and Joachim Otto HabeckConclusionsJoachim Otto HabeckAppendix: On Research Design and MethodsJoachim Otto Habeck and Jaroslava PanákováList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North breaks new ground by exploring the concept of lifestyle from a distinctly anthropological perspective. Showcasing the collective work of ten experienced scholars in the field, the book goes beyond concepts of tradition that have often been the focus of previous research, to explain how political, economic and technological changes in Russia have created a wide range of new possibilities and constraints in the pursuit of different ways of life.Each contribution is drawn from meticulous first-hand field research, and the authors engage with theoretical questions such as whether and how the concept of lifestyle can be extended beyond its conventionally urban, Euro-American context and employed in a markedly different setting. Lifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North builds on the contributors’ clear commitment to diversifying the field and providing a novel and intimate insight into this vast and dynamic region.This book provides inspiring reading for students and teachers of Anthropology, Sociology and Cultural Studies and for anyone interested in Russia and its regions. By providing ethnographic case studies, it is also a useful basis for teaching anthropological methods and concepts, both at graduate and undergraduate level. Rigorous and innovative, it marks an important contribution to the study of Siberia and the Russian North.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alifestyle
=653  \\$aSiberia
=653  \\$aRussian North
=653  \\$aAnthropology
=700  1\$aHabeck, Joachim Otto,$eeditor.$uUniversität Hamburg.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0171$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0171_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04032nam  22006012  4500
=001  6090bfc8-3143-4599-b0dd-17705f754e8c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447276
=020  \\$z9781800641075$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641082$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641099$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646414$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641129$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641105$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641112$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0240$2doi
=024  7\$a1240278626$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB2342
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$a1KB$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU001030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aComrie, Andrew C.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Arizona.$0(orcid)0000000235660004$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3566-0004
=245  10$aLike Nobody's Business :$bAn Insider's Guide to How US University Finances Really Work /$cAndrew C. Comrie.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+474 pages): $b217 illustrations, 10 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContents1. Introduction Andrew Comrie2. Institutional Revenues Andrew Comrie3. Institutional Expenditures Andrew Comrie4. Public Funding: Grant Aid, Loans and Appropriations Andrew Comrie5. Human Resources Andrew Comrie6. Academic Affairs Andrew Comrie7. Student Affairs Andrew Comrie8. Research Andrew Comrie9. Public Service, Cooperative Extension, and Community Engagement Andrew Comrie10. Facilities & Finance Andrew Comrie11. Health Sciences, Hospitals & Medical Schools Andrew Comrie12. Athletics Andrew Comrie13. Fundraising Andrew Comrie14. Outcomes & Futures Andrew ComrieEpilogue Andrew ComrieAcknowledgementsAbout the AuthorAppendicesReferencesFiguresBox FiguresTablesBoxesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow do university finances really work?From flagship public research universities to small, private liberal arts colleges, there are few aspects of these institutions associated with more confusion, myths or lack of understanding than how they fund themselves and function in the business of higher education. Using simple, approachable explanations supported by clear illustrations, this book takes the reader on an engaging and enlightening tour of how the money flows. How does the university really pay for itself? Why do tuition and fees rise so fast? Why do universities lose money on research? Do most donations go to athletics?Grounded in hard data, original analyses, and the practical experience of a seasoned administrator, this book provides refreshingly clear answers and comprehensive insights for anyone on or off campus who is interested in the business of the university: how it earns its money, how it spends it, and how it all works.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$auniversity finances
=653  \\$atuition fees
=653  \\$aresearch
=653  \\$adonations
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0240$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0240_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04957nam  22007092  4500
=001  25a2f70a-832d-4c8d-b28f-75f838b6e171
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394527
=020  \\$z9781783749874$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749881$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749898$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646230$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749928$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749904$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749911$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0218$2doi
=024  7\$a1202477200$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aF2381
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLiminal Spaces :$bMigration and Women of the Guyanese Diaspora /$cedited by Grace Aneiza Ali.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+218 pages): $b72 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsNotes on the ContributorsIntroduction: Liminal Spaces Grace AliPart I: Mothering Lands Grace Ali1. Surrogate Skin: Portrait of Mother (Land) Keisha Scarville2. Until I Hear from You Erika DeFreitas3. Electric Dreams Natalie Hopkinson and Serena HopkinsonPart II: The Ones Who Leave… The Ones Who Are Left Grace Ali4. The Geography of Separation Grace Ali5. Transplantation Dominique Hunter6. Those Who Remain: Portraits of Amerindian Women Khadija BennPart III: Transitions Grace Ali8. So I Pick Up Me New-World-Self Grace Nichols10. Memories from Yonder Christie Neptune11. A Trace | Evidence of Time Past Sandra BrewsterPart IV: Returns, Reunions, and Rituals Grace Ali12. Concrete and Filigree Michelle Joan Wilkinson13. A Daughter’s Journey from Indenture to Windrush Maria del Pilar KaladeenPostface: A Brief History of Migration from Guyana Grace AliList of IllustrationsAcknowledgments
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLiminal Spaces is an intimate exploration into the migration narratives of fifteen women of Guyanese heritage. It spans diverse inter-generational perspectives – from those who leave Guyana, and those who are left – and seven seminal decades of Guyana’s history – from the 1950s to the present day – bringing the voices of women to the fore. The volume is conceived of as a visual exhibition on the page; a four-part journey navigating the contributors’ essays and artworks, allowing the reader to trace the migration path of Guyanese women from their moment of departure, to their arrival on diasporic soils, to their reunion with Guyana.Eloquent and visually stunning, Liminal Spaces unpacks the global realities of migration, challenging and disrupting dominant narratives associated with Guyana, its colonial past, and its post-colonial present as a ‘disappearing nation’. Multimodal in approach, the volume combines memoir, creative non-fiction, poetry, photography, art and curatorial essays to collectively examine the mutable notion of ‘homeland’, and grapple with ideas of place and accountability.This volume is a welcome contribution to the scholarly field of international migration, transnationalism, and diaspora, both in its creative methodological approach, and in its subject area – as one of the only studies published on Guyanese diaspora. It will be of great interest to those studying women and migration, and scholars and students of diaspora studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amigration
=653  \\$amigration narratives
=653  \\$awomen
=653  \\$aGuyana
=653  \\$aGuyanese women
=653  \\$afrom the 1950s
=653  \\$avisual exhibition
=653  \\$aessays
=653  \\$aartworks
=653  \\$amemoir
=653  \\$acreative non-fiction
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$aphotography
=653  \\$aart and curatorial essays
=653  \\$anotion of homeland
=653  \\$aaccountability
=700  1\$aAli, Grace Aneiza,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0218$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0218_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05034nam  22006372  4500
=001  f30544e1-3c12-4569-9072-4ba0d99faa12
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361356
=020  \\$z9781805111085$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111092$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111108$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0358$2doi
=024  7\$a1401575995$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP125
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CS$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIB000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCF$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aQRMF1$2thema
=072   7$a2CSJ$2thema
=245  00$aLinguistic Theory and the Biblical Text /$cedited by William A. Ross, Elizabeth Robar.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+352 pages): $b8 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 20.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbbreviations and SymbolsContributorsPrefaceAbstracts and Keywords IntroductionGenerative Linguistics as a Theoretical Framework for the Explanation of Problematic Constructions in Biblical HebrewFunctional Grammar and the Pragmatics of Information Structure for Biblical Languages Cognitive Linguistic Theory and the Biblical LanguagesHistorical Linguistics and the Biblical LanguagesComputational Linguistic Analysis of the Biblical TextEmerging from Silos of Analysis: A Complexity Theory Approach to the Study of Biblical TextsGlossaryIndices
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume is the result of the 2021 session of the Linguistics and the Biblical Text research group of the Institute for Biblical Research, which addresses the history, relevance, and prospects of broad theoretical linguistic frameworks in the field of biblical studies. Cognitive Linguistics, Functional Grammar, generative linguistics, historical linguistics, complexity theory, and computational analysis are each allotted a chapter, outlining the key theoretical commitments of each approach, their major concepts and/or methods, and their important contributions to contemporary study of the biblical text. As academic disciplines and academic publishing proliferate and become more complex in a digital and global context, synthesising volumes such as this one have taken on new importance for both specialists and generalists alike. That is particularly the case in interdisciplinary areas of research. This volume therefore sets out to make linguistic theory clearer and more accessible to biblical scholars in particular, not only by careful explanation but also by specific illustration, drawing upon ancient Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages within the Christian biblical corpus. The volume assists the reader in distinguishing the separate assumptions and scope of study for the separate theories, recognising methods of approach that can be applied to any of the theories, and the role of an umbrella theory to enable all the others to fruitfully interact.The bibliographies provided are structured for the non-specialist, noting handbooks, companions, and glossaries, general introductions, and foundational texts. In so doing, this volume presents not only a fully up-to-date cross-section of linguistic research in biblical scholarship but also an explicit path into the field, while highlighting important avenues for continued investigation and collaboration.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBiblical Text
=653  \\$aCognitive Linguistics
=653  \\$aFunctional Grammar
=653  \\$aGenerative linguistics
=653  \\$aAncient Hebrew
=653  \\$aComputational Linguistics
=700  1\$aRoss, William A.,$eeditor.$uReformed Theological Seminary.$0(orcid)0000000167063135$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6706-3135
=700  1\$aRobar, Elizabeth,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 20.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0358$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0358_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03860nam  22006492  4500
=001  9845c8a9-b283-4cb8-8961-d41e5fe795f1
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452727
=020  \\$z9781783742738$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742745$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742752$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645219$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746231$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742769$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742776$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0102$2doi
=024  7\$a970399821$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004020$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aEve, Martin Paul,$eauthor.$uBirkbeck, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000255898511$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5589-8511
=245  10$aLiterature Against Criticism :$bUniversity English and Contemporary Fiction in Conflict /$cMartin Paul Eve.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 240 pages): $b1 illustration, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorStyleAcknowledgementsPart I: Introduction1. Authors, Institutions, and Markets2. What, Where?Part II: Critique3. Aesthetic Critique4. Political CritiquePart III: Legitimation5. Sincerity and Truth6. Labour and TheoryPart IV: Discipline7. Genre and Class8. Discipline and PublishPart V: The End9. ConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is a book about the power game currently being played out between two symbiotic cultural institutions: the university and the novel. As the number of hyper-knowledgeable literary fans grows, students and researchers in English departments waiver between dismissing and harnessing voices outside the academy. Meanwhile, the role that the university plays in contemporary literary fiction is becoming increasingly complex and metafictional, moving far beyond the ‘campus novel’ of the mid-twentieth century.Martin Paul Eve’s engaging and far-reaching study explores the novel's contribution to the ongoing displacement of cultural authority away from university English. Spanning the works of Jennifer Egan, Ishmael Reed, Tom McCarthy, Sarah Waters, Percival Everett, Roberto Bolaño and many others, Literature Against Criticism forces us to re-think our previous notions about the relationship between those who write literary fiction and those who critique it.
=536  \\$aBirkbeck, University of London
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aContemporary fiction
=653  \\$aAcademia
=653  \\$aUniversity English
=653  \\$ametafiction
=653  \\$aJennifer Egan
=653  \\$aIshmael Reed
=653  \\$aTom McCarthy
=653  \\$aSarah Waters
=653  \\$aPercival Everett
=653  \\$aRoberto Bolaño
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0102$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0102_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06238nam  22006732  4500
=001  f957ab3d-c925-4bf2-82fa-9809007753e7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020414140
=020  \\$z9781783748037$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748044$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748051$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645981$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748082$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748068$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748075$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0186$2doi
=024  7\$a1155880239$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGF41
=050  00$aL577
=072   7$aRN$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAF$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLiving Earth Community :$bMultiple Ways of Being and Knowing /$cedited by Sam Mickey, Mary Evelyn Tucker, John Grim.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxviii+248 pages): $b9 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes index.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgmentsNotes on the ContributorsPrefaceDownloadSam MickeyIntroduction: Ways of Knowing, Ways of Valuing Nature John Grim and Mary Evelyn TuckerSection I: Presences in the More-Than-Human World1. Creaturely Migrations on a Breathing Planet: Some Reflections David Abram2. Learning a Dead Birdsong: Hopes' echoEscape.1 in 'The Place Where You Go to Listen' Julianne Lutz Warren3. Humilities, Animalities, and Self-Actualizations in a Living Earth Community Paul WaldauSection II: Thinking in Latin American Forests4. Anthropology as Cosmic Diplomacy: Toward an Ecological Ethics for Times of Environmental Fragmentation Eduardo Kohn5. Reanimating the World: Amazonian Shamanism Frédérique Apffel-Marglin6. The Obligations of a Biologist and Eden No More Thomas E. LovejoySection III: Practices from Contemporary Asian Traditions and Ecology7. Fluid Histories: Oceans as Metaphor and the Nature of History Prasenjit Duara8. Affectual Insight: Love as a Way of Being and Knowing David L. Haberman9. Confucian Cosmology and Ecological Ethics: Qi, Li, and the Role of the Human Mary Evelyn TuckerSection IV: Storytelling: Blending Ecology and Humanities10. Contemplative Studies of the 'Natural' World DownloadDavid Haskell11. Science, Storytelling, and Students: The National Geographic Society's On Campus Initiative Timothy Brown12. Listening for Coastal Futures: The Conservatory Project Willis Jenkins13. Imaginal Ecology Brooke WilliamsSection V: Relationships of Resilience within Indigenous Lands14. An Okanagan Worldview of Society Jeannette Armstrong15. Indigenous Language Resurgence and the Living Earth Community Mark Turin16. Sensing, Minding, and Creating John Grim17. Land, Indigeneity, and Hybrid OntologiesPaul Burow, Samara Brock, Download and Michael DoveSection VI: The Weave of Earth and Cosmos18. Gaia and a Second Axial Age Sean Kelly19. The Human Quest to Live in a Cosmos Heather Eaton20. Learning to Weave Earth and Cosmos Mitchell ThomashowList of IllustrationIndexAbout the team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLiving Earth Community: Multiple Ways of Being and Knowing is a celebration of the diversity of ways in which humans can relate to the world around them, and an invitation to its readers to partake in planetary coexistence. Innovative, informative, and highly accessible, this interdisciplinary anthology of essays brings together scholars, writers and educators across the sciences and humanities, in a collaborative effort to illuminate the different ways of being in the world and the different kinds of knowledge they entail – from the ecological knowledge of Indigenous communities, to the scientific knowledge of a biologist and the embodied knowledge communicated through storytelling.This anthology examines the interplay between Nature and Culture in the setting of our current age of ecological crisis, stressing the importance of addressing these ecological crises occurring around the planet through multiple perspectives. These perspectives are exemplified through diverse case studies – from the political and ethical implications of thinking with forests, to the capacity of storytelling to motivate action, to the worldview of the Indigenous Okanagan community in British Columbia.Living Earth Community: Multiple Ways of Being and Knowing synthesizes insights from across a range of academic fields, and highlights the potential for synergy between disciplinary approaches and inquiries. This anthology is essential reading not only for researchers and students, but for anyone interested in the ways in which humans interact with the community of life on Earth, especially during this current period of environmental emergency.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEarth
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$ascholars
=653  \\$aecosystems
=653  \\$aecological knowledge
=653  \\$ascientific knowledge
=653  \\$aecological crisis
=700  1\$aMickey, Sam,$eeditor.$uUniversity of San Francisco.
=700  1\$aTucker, Mary Evelyn,$eeditor.$uYale University.
=700  1\$aGrim, John,$eeditor.$uYale University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0186$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0186_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04942nam  22006612  4500
=001  545f9f42-87c0-415e-9086-eee27925c85b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452594
=020  \\$z9781783743834$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743841$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743858$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645431$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744398$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743865$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743872$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0124$2doi
=024  7\$a1167356899$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPL431.M67
=050  00$aL66
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCQ$2bicssc
=072   7$a2GD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT008000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLong Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet :$bTexts in Mongghul, Chinese, and English /$ctranslated by Li Dechun; edited by Gerald Roche.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 458 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 8.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aWith 7 audio tracks embedded in the text.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAuthors’ biographiesPreface by Mark TurinIntroduction: Translanguaging in Song– Orature and Plurilingualism in Northeast Tibet by Gerald Roche1. The Ballad of Taipinggoor2. The Ballad of Marshal Qi3. Laarimbu and Qiimunso4. The Song of the Dildima Bird5. The Song of the Calf6. The Crop-Planting Song7. The Song of the SheepAbout the TextsReferencesSelected Non-English Terms
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aContaining ballads of martial heroism, tales of tragic lovers and visions of the nature of the world, Long Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet: Texts in Mongghul, Chinese, and English is a rich repository of songs collected amongst the Mongghul of the Seven Valleys, on the northeast Tibetan Plateau in western China. These songs represent the apogee of Mongghul oral literature, and they provide valuable insights into the lives of Mongghul people—their hopes, dreams, and worries. They bear testimony to the impressive plurilingual repertoire commanded by some Mongghul singers: the original texts in Tibetan, Mongghul, and Chinese are here presented in Mongghul, Chinese, and English.The kaleidoscope of stories told in these songs include that of Marshall Qi, a chieftain from the Seven Valleys who travels to Luoyang with his Mongghul army to battle rebels; Laarimbu and Qiimunso, a pair of star-crossed lovers who take revenge from beyond the grave on the families that kept them apart; and the Crop-Planting Song and the Sheep Song, which map the physical and spiritual terrain of the Mongghul people, vividly describing the physical and cosmological world in which they exist.This collection of songs is supported by an Introduction by Gerald Roche that provides an understanding of their traditional context, and shows that these works offer insights into the practices of multilingualism in Tibet. Long Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet is vital reading for researchers and others working on oral literature, as well as those who study Inner Asia, Tibet, and China’s ethnic minorities. Finally, this book is of interest to linguistic anthropologists and sociolinguists, particularly those working on small-scale multilingualism and pre-colonial multilingualism.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Melbourne
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMongghul oral literature
=653  \\$anarrative songs
=653  \\$amultilingualism
=653  \\$aTibet
=653  \\$aChina’s ethnic minorities
=653  \\$apre-colonial multilingualism
=700  1\$aDechun, Li,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aRoche, Gerald,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Melbourne.
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eintroduction by.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 8.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0124$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0124_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04666nam  22006852  4500
=001  734b7fea-08d8-41a9-aa78-ff28a796db9b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452968
=020  \\$z9781783747382$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747399$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747405$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645899$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747436$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747412$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747429$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0175$2doi
=024  7\$a1135847654$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hger
=050  00$aPT2468.K2
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aLove and Intrigue :$bA Bourgeois Tragedy /$ctranslated by Flora Kimmich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+120 pages): $b7 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 11.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website differs: Translated by Flora Kimmich. First appeared in print: Kabale und Liebe : ein bürgerliches Trauerspiel in fünf Aufzügen. Mannheim : in der Schwanischen Hofbuchhandlung, 1784.
=505  0\$aTranslator’s NoteIntroductionRoger PaulinLove And Intrigue. A Bourgeois TragedyAct OneAct TwoAct ThreeAct FourAct FiveNotes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSchiller’s play Kabale und Liebe, usually translated into English as Love and Intrigue, represents the disastrous consequences that follow when social constraint, youthful passion, and ruthless scheming collide in a narrow setting. Written between 1782 and 1784, the play bears the marks of life at the court of the despotic Duke of Württemberg, from which Schiller had just fled, and of a fraught liaison he entered shortly after his flight. It tells the tale of a love affair that crosses the boundaries of class, between a fiery and rebellious young nobleman and the beautiful and dutiful daughter of a musician. Their affair becomes entangled in the competing purposes of malign and not-so-malign figures present at an obscure and sordid princely court somewhere in Germany. It all leads to a climactic murder–suicide.Love and Intrigue, the third of Schiller’s canonical plays (after The Robbers and Fiesco’s Conspiracy at Genoa), belongs to the genre of domestic tragedy, with a small cast and an action indoors.  It takes place as the highly conventional world   of the late eighteenth century stands poised to erupt, and these tensions pervade its setting and emerge in its action. This lively play brims with comedy and tragedy expressed in a colorful, highly colloquial, sometimes scandalous prose well captured in Flora Kimmich’s skilled and informed translation. An authoritative essay by Roger Paulin introduces the reader to the play.As with all books in the Open Book Classics series, this translation is supported by an introduction and notes that situate an old text in its period and help both the student and the general reader read it with ease and with pleasure.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFriedrich Schiller
=653  \\$aplay
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aKabale und Liebe
=653  \\$asocial constraint
=653  \\$ayouthful passion
=653  \\$aDuke of Württemberg
=653  \\$alove affair
=653  \\$aclass
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$adomestic tragedy
=653  \\$aRoger Paulin
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aPaulin, Roger,$eintroduction by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000249284513$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4928-4513
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 11.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0175$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0175_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06969nam  22006732  4500
=001  7e1baee7-9aa3-47b2-b857-2c8296051c5c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452599
=020  \\$z9781783743483$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743490$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743506$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645363$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746163$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743513$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743520$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0117$2doi
=024  7\$a1004188258$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN56.L6
=072   7$aDSGS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT019000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBryson, Michael,$eauthor.$uCalifornia State University Northridge.$0(orcid)0000000333838101$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3383-8101
=245  10$aLove and its Critics :$bFrom the Song of Songs to Shakespeare and Milton’s Eden /$cMichael Bryson, Arpi Movsesian.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 566 pages): $b16 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsA Note on Sources and Languages1. Love and Authority: Love Poetry and its CriticsI. The Poetry of LoveII. Love’s Nemesis: Demands for ObedienceIII. Love’s Critics: The Hermeneutics of Suspicion and the Authoritarian Approach to CriticismIV. The Critics: Poetry Is About PoetryV. The Critics: The Author Is Dead (or Merely Irrelevant)2. Channeled, Reformulated, and Controlled: Love Poetry from the Song of Songs to Aeneas and DidoI. Love Poetry and the Critics who Allegorize: The Song of SongsII. Love Poetry and the Critics who Reduce: Ovid’s Amores and Ars AmatoriaIII. Love or Obedience in Virgil: Aeneas and DidoIV. Love or Obedience in Ovid: Aeneas, Dido, and the Critics who Dismiss3. Love and its Absences in Late Latin and Greek PoetryI. Love in the Poetry of Late Antiquity: LatinII. Love in the Poetry of Late Antiquity: Greek4. The Troubadours and Fin’amor: Love, Choice, and the IndividualI. Why "Courtly Love” Is Not LoveII. The Troubadours and Their CriticsIII. The Troubadours and Love5. Fin’amor Castrated: Abelard, Heloise, and the Critics who Deny6. The Albigensian Crusade and the Death of Fin’amor in Medieval French and English PoetryI. The Death of Fin’amor: The Albigensian Crusade and its AftermathII. Post-Fin’amor French Poetry: The Roman de la RoseIII. Post-Fin’amor English Romance: Love of God and Country in Havelok the Dane and King HornIV. Post-Fin’amor English Poetry: Mocking "Courtly Love” in Chaucer—the Knight and the MillerV. Post-Fin’amor English Poetry: Mocking "Auctoritee” in Chaucer—the Wife of Bath7. The Ladder of Love in Italian Poetry and Prose, and the Reactions of the Sixteenth-Century SonneteersI. The Platonic Ladder of LoveII. Post-Fin’amor Italian Poetry: The Sicilian School to Dante and PetrarchIII. Post-Fin’amor Italian Prose: Il Libro del Cortegiano (The Book of the Courtier)IV. The Sixteenth-Century: Post-Fin’amor Transitions in Petrarchan-Influenced Poetry8. Shakespeare: The Return of Fin’amorI. The Value of the Individual in the SonnetsII. Shakespeare’s Plays: Children as PropertyIII. Love as Resistance: Silvia and HermiaIV. Love as Resistance: Juliet and the Critics who Disdain9. Love and its Costs in Seventeenth-Century LiteratureI. Carpe Diem in Life and Marriage: John Donne and the Critics who DistanceII. The Lyricist of Carpe Diem: Robert Herrick and the Critics who Distort10. Paradise Lost: Love in Eden, and the Critics who ObeyEpilogue. Belonging to Poetry: A Reparative ReadingBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is a history of love and the challenge love offers to the laws and customs of its times and places, as told through poetry from the Song of Songs to John Milton’s Paradise Lost. It is also an account of the critical reception afforded to such literature, and the ways in which criticism has attempted to stifle this challenge.Bryson and Movsesian argue that the poetry they explore celebrates and reinvents the love the troubadour poets of the eleventh and twelfth centuries called fin’amor: love as an end in itself, mutual and freely chosen even in the face of social, religious, or political retribution. Neither eros nor agape, neither exclusively of the body, nor solely of the spirit, this love is a middle path. Alongside this tradition has grown a critical movement that employs a 'hermeneutics of suspicion', in Paul Ricoeur’s phrase, to claim that passionate love poetry is not what it seems, and should be properly understood as worship of God, subordination to Empire, or an entanglement with the structures of language itself – in short, the very things it resists.The book engages with some of the seminal literature of the Western canon, including the Bible, the poetry of Ovid, and works by English authors such as William Shakespeare and John Donne, and with criticism that stretches from the earliest readings of the Song of Songs to contemporary academic literature. Lively and enjoyable in its style, it attempts to restore a sense of pleasure to the reading of poetry, and to puncture critical insistence that literature must be outwitted.  It will be of value to professional, graduate, and advanced undergraduate scholars of literature, and to the educated general reader interested in treatments of love in poetry throughout history.
=536  \\$aCalifornia State University Northridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$alove
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$aWestern canon
=653  \\$ahermeneutics
=653  \\$acritical reception
=653  \\$atroubadour poets
=653  \\$afin’amor
=700  1\$aMovsesian, Arpi,$eauthor.$uUniversity of California, Santa Barbara.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0117$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0117_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04312nam  22006732  4500
=001  6a925328-3ee3-430c-9efd-874369445548
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452857
=020  \\$z9781783747108$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747115$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747122$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645851$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747153$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747139$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747146$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0170$2doi
=024  7\$a1110259940$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR275.P65
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO009000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGray, Douglas,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=245  10$aMake We Merry More and Less :$bAn Anthology of Medieval English Popular Literature /$cDouglas Gray; edited by Jane Bliss.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx + 398 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviationsEditor’s PrefaceIntroductionChapter 1: Voices from the PastChapter 2: BalladsChapter 3: RomancesChapter 4: Tales and LegendsChapter 5: Merry TalesChapter 6: Animal TalesChapter 7: Proverbs and RiddlesChapter 8: SatireChapter 9: SongsChapter 10: DramaAppendixBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aConceived as a companion volume to the well-received Simple Forms: Essays on Medieval English Popular Literature (2015), Make We Merry More and Less is a comprehensive anthology of popular medieval literature from the twelfth century onwards. Uniquely, the book is divided by genre, allowing readers to make connections between texts usually presented individually.This anthology offers a fruitful exploration of the boundary between literary and popular culture, and showcases an impressive breadth of literature, including songs, drama, and ballads. Familiar texts such as the visions of Margery Kempe and the Paston family letters are featured alongside lesser-known works, often oral. This striking diversity extends to the language: the anthology includes Scottish literature and original translations of Latin and French texts.The illuminating introduction offers essential information that will enhance the reader’s enjoyment of the chosen texts. Each of the chapters is accompanied by a clear summary explaining the particular delights of the literature selected and the rationale behind the choices made. An invaluable resource to gain an in-depth understanding of the culture of the period, this is essential reading for any student or scholar of medieval English literature, and for anyone interested in folklore or popular material of the time.The book was left unfinished at Gray's death; it is here edited by Jane Bliss.
=536  \\$aThe Faculty of English, University of Oxford
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEssays on Medieval English Popular Literature
=653  \\$aanthology
=653  \\$apopular medieval literature
=653  \\$atwelfth century
=653  \\$aliterary and popular culture
=653  \\$asongs
=653  \\$adrama
=653  \\$aballads
=653  \\$aDouglas Gray
=653  \\$aJane Bliss
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=700  1\$aBliss, Jane,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0170$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0170_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05596nam  22007932  4500
=001  481a87ba-d5ad-481b-9e95-f578757d50c3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019471375
=020  \\$z9781800643208$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643215$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643222$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646629$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643253$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643239$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643246$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0275$2doi
=024  7\$a1292364259$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5907
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKeane, Patrick J.,$eauthor.
=245  10$aMaking the Void Fruitful :$bYeats as Spiritual Seeker and Petrarchan Lover /$cPatrick J. Keane.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+258 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAbbreviationsAcknowledgmentsPart One - W. B. Yeats as Spiritual SeekerGeneral Prologue: The Thinking of the BodyPatrick Keane1. Introduction: Bodily Decrepitude and the ImaginationPatrick Keane2. Hermeticism, Theosophy, GnosticismPatrick Keane3. The SeekerPatrick Keane4. The Byzantium Poems; Apocalypse in ‘The Secret Rose’ and ‘The Second Coming’Patrick Keane5. Gnosis and Self-RedemptionPatrick Keane6. Sex, Philosophy, and the OccultPatrick Keane7. Mountain Visions and Other Last ThingsPatrick KeanePart Two - Love’s Labyrinth: Yeats as Petrarchan Poet (The Maud Gonne Poems)Preface to Part TwoPatrick Keane8. Poet and MusePatrick Keane9. Maud Gonne, and Yeats as Petrarchan LoverPatrick Keane10. The Poems: A SamplingPatrick Keane11. Rose, Wind, and the Seven WoodsPatrick Keane12. Maud as Helen: The Green Helmet PoemsPatrick Keane13. Responsibilities and The Wild Swans at CoolePatrick Keane14. ‘A Bronze Head’ and BeyondPatrick Keane15. Thought Distracted: ‘Man and the Echo,’ ‘Politics,’ and ConclusionPatrick KeaneEulogy: Harold Bloom (1930–2019)Patrick KeaneSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aShedding fresh light on the life and work of William Butler Yeats—widely acclaimed as the major English-language poet of the twentieth century—this new study by leading scholar Patrick J. Keane questions established understandings of the Irish poet’s long fascination with the occult: a fixation that repelled literary contemporaries T.S. Eliot and W.H. Auden, but which enhanced Yeats’s vision of life and death.Through close reading of selected poems, the first section of Making the Void Fruitful assesses Yeats’s spiritualised treatment of corporeal themes, exploring sex and eroticism as the expression of a duality inherent to his ontological and supernatural convictions. The power-producing tension in Yeats’s work is not only intellectual but emotional. At its vital centre is his Muse: the beautiful political firebrand, Maud Gonne, whose activist Republican politics he considered his one real rival. Through close engagement with the poems and plays she inspired, the second section explores Yeats’s complex relationship with Maud, an obsessive and unrequited love which he sublimated and transformed into the greatest body of Muse poetry since Petrarch, in whose tradition of spiritualized eroticism Yeats, perhaps the last of the great Romantics, was consciously writing.Shaped by the conviction that no modern poet exceeded Yeats in animating the enduring themes of love and spirituality through poetry, this book emphasises the influence, of Blake, Nietzsche, and John Donne, on what Yeats called ‘the thinking of the body’. Grounded firmly in the textual materiality of Yeats’s oeuvre, this book will be of interest to researchers and students of W.B. Yeats, as well as to those in the fields of Anglophone literatures and cultures, and philosophy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Butler Yeats
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$atwentieth century
=653  \\$aIreland
=653  \\$athe occult
=653  \\$aT. S. Eliot
=653  \\$aW. H. Auden
=653  \\$alife
=653  \\$adeath
=653  \\$aclose reading
=653  \\$aeroticism
=653  \\$aMuse
=653  \\$aMaud Gonne
=653  \\$aplays
=653  \\$apoems
=653  \\$aPetrarch
=653  \\$aRomantics
=653  \\$aspirituality
=653  \\$aBlake
=653  \\$aNietzsche
=653  \\$aDonne
=653  \\$athe thinking of the body
=653  \\$aAnglophone literature
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0275$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0275_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04445nam  22005412  4500
=001  00ad5bb9-299a-406a-89dd-dcaf9d436b50
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394523
=020  \\$z9781800640955$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640962$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640979$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0236$2doi
=024  7\$a1226545401$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA21
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT027000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKopp, Ekkehard,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Hull.
=245  10$aMaking up Numbers :$bA History of Invention in Mathematics /$cEkkehard Kopp.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+268 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefacePrologue: Naming Numbers Ekkehard KoppChapter 1.: Arithmetic in Antiquity Ekkehard KoppChapter 2.: Writing and Solving Equations Ekkehard KoppChapter 3.: Construction and Calculation Ekkehard KoppChapter 4.: Coordinates and Complex Numbers Ekkehard KoppChapter 5.: Struggles with the Infinite Ekkehard KoppChapter 6.: From Calculus to Analysis Ekkehard KoppChapter 7.: Number Systems Ekkehard KoppChapter 8.: Axioms for number systems Ekkehard KoppChapter 9.: Counting beyond the finite Ekkehard KoppChapter 10.: Solid Foundations? Ekkehard KoppEpilogue Ekkehard KoppBibliographyName IndexIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMaking up Numbers: A History of Invention in Mathematics offers a detailed but accessible account of a wide range of mathematical ideas. Starting with elementary concepts, it leads the reader towards aspects of current mathematical research.The book explains how conceptual hurdles in the development of numbers and number systems were overcome in the course of history, from Babylon to Classical Greece, from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, and so to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The narrative moves from the Pythagorean insistence on positive multiples to the gradual acceptance of negative numbers, irrationals and complex numbers as essential tools in quantitative analysis.Within this chronological framework, chapters are organised thematically, covering a variety of topics and contexts: writing and solving equations, geometric construction, coordinates and complex numbers, perceptions of ‘infinity’ and its permissible uses in mathematics, number systems, and evolving views of the role of axioms.Through this approach, the author demonstrates that changes in our understanding of numbers have often relied on the breaking of long-held conventions to make way for new inventions at once providing greater clarity and widening mathematical horizons. Viewed from this historical perspective, mathematical abstraction emerges as neither mysterious nor immutable, but as a contingent, developing human activity.Making up Numbers will be of great interest to undergraduate and A-level students of mathematics, as well as secondary school teachers of the subject. In virtue of its detailed treatment of mathematical ideas, it will be of value to anyone seeking to learn more about the development of the subject.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amathematical ideas
=653  \\$adevelopment of numbers
=653  \\$adevelopment number systems
=653  \\$anegative numbers
=653  \\$airrationals numbers
=653  \\$acomplex numbers
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0236$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0236_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04592nam  22006492  4500
=001  e8709199-42c9-48b2-b127-1ffc6b1b7a6f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020438733
=020  \\$z9781783748815$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748822$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748839$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646209$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748860$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748846$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748853$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0215$2doi
=024  7\$a1152957827$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHQ1595.S65
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGT$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH4$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO032000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPollard, Lucy,$eauthor.
=245  10$aMargery Spring Rice :$bPioneer of Women’s Health in the Early Twentieth Century /$cLucy Pollard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+200 pages): $b27 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentPreface and AcknowledgementsNote on SourcesFamily Trees1. Cherished daughter (1887–1907) Lucy Pollard2. Independence (1907–1912) Lucy Pollard3. Loss (1912–1916) Lucy Pollard4. False Starts (1916–1924) Lucy Pollard5. Finding a Cause (1924–1931) Lucy Pollard6. A Single Woman (1931–1936) Lucy Pollard7. War Again (1936–1945) Lucy Pollard8. Matriarch (1945–1956) Lucy Pollard9. Running down (1956–1970) Lucy PollardBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book vividly presents the story of Margery Spring Rice, an instrumental figure in the movements of women’s health and family planning in the first half of the twentieth century. Margery Spring Rice, née Garrett, was born into a family of formidable female trailblazers – niece of physician and suffragist Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, and of Millicent Fawcett, a leading suffragist and campaigner for equal rights for women. Margery Spring Rice continued this legacy with her co-founding of the North Kensington birth control clinic in 1924, three years after Marie Stopes founded the first clinic in Britain.Engaging and accessible, this biography weaves together Spring Rice’s personal and professional lives, adopting a chronological approach which highlights how the one impacted the other. Her life unfolds against the turbulent backdrop of the early twentieth century – a period which sees the entry of women into higher education, and the upheaval and societal upshots of two world wars. Within this context, Spring Rice emerges as a dynamic figure who dedicated her life to social causes, and whose actions time and again bear out her habitual belief that, contrary to the Shakespearian dictum, ‘valour is the better part of discretion’.This is the first biography of Margery Spring Rice, drawing extensively on letters, diaries and other archival material, and equipping the text with family trees and photographs. It will be of great interest to a range of social historians, especially those researching the birth control movement; female friendships, female philanthropists, and feminist activism in the twentieth century; and the history of medicine and public health.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMargery Spring Rice
=653  \\$awomen’s health
=653  \\$afamily planning
=653  \\$asuffragist
=653  \\$aNorth Kensington birth control clinic
=653  \\$abirth control
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aletters
=653  \\$adiaries
=653  \\$afamily tree
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0215$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0215_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04418nam  22006492  4500
=001  856d73cf-af87-4a0e-a56f-d7f43d9240ba
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394573
=020  \\$z9781783749812$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749829$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749836$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646223$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749867$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749843$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749850$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0217$2doi
=024  7\$a1232719023$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hger
=050  00$aPN2093
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=245  00$aMaria Stuart /$ctranslated by Flora Kimmich; introduction by Roger Paulin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+124 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 12.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aOriginally published in German as: Maria Stuart.
=505  0\$aContentsTranslator’s Note Flora KimmichIntroduction Roger PaulinMaria Stuart Friedrich Schiller and Flora Kimmich    Characters    Act One    Act Two    Act Three    Act Four    Act Five Short Life of Mary Stuart Flora KimmichEndnotes Flora Kimmich
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMaria Stuart, described as Schiller’s most perfect play, is a finely balanced, inventive account of the last day of the captive Queen of Scotland, caught up in a great contest for the throne of England after the death of Henry VIII and over the question of England’s religious confession. Hope for and doubt about Mary’s deliverance grow in the first two acts, given to the Scottish and the English queen respectively, reach crisis at the center of the play, where the two queens meet in a famous scene in a castle park, and die away in acts four and five, as the action advances to its inevitable end. The play is at once classical tragedy of great fineness, costume drama of the highest order—a spectacle on the stage—and one of the great moments in the long tradition of classical rhetoric, as Elizabeth’s ministers argue for and against execution of a royal prisoner.Flora Kimmich’s new translation carefully preserves the spirit of the original: the pathos and passion of Mary in captivity, the high seriousness of Elizabeth’s ministers in council, and the robust comedy of that queen’s untidy private life. Notes to the text identify the many historical figures who appear in the text, describe the political setting of the action, and draw attention to the structure of the play.Roger Paulin’s introduction discusses the many threads of the conflict in Maria Stuart and enriches our understanding of this much-loved, much-produced play.Maria Stuart is the last of a series of five new translations of Schiller’s major plays, accompanied by notes to the text and an authoritative introduction.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFriedrich Schiller
=653  \\$aplay
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aMaria Stuart
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$asuccession
=653  \\$aclassical tragedy
=653  \\$ahistoric drama
=653  \\$aRoger Paulin
=653  \\$aFlora Kimmich
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aPaulin, Roger,$eintroduction by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000249284513$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4928-4513
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 12.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0217$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0217_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04161nam  22006492  4500
=001  98af0a55-8014-499e-8e51-6b0fa74ae1d7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392555
=020  \\$z9781800643383$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643390$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643406$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646643$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643437$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643413$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643420$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0278$2doi
=024  7\$a1288664564$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB1674.W3354
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGT$2bicssc
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGraham, Philip,$eauthor.
=245  10$aMary Warnock :$bEthics, Education and Public Policy in Post-War Britain /$cPhilip Graham.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+354 pages): $b12 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsPrefacePhilip Graham1. Changing Times for Women (1950–2000): Two Views from the TopPhilip Graham2. Blissful BeginningsPhilip Graham3. EmergingPhilip Graham4. The Good LifePhilip Graham5. Fitting It All InPhilip Graham6. What Are Schools For?Philip Graham7. All Change for Special EducationPhilip Graham8. InfertilityPhilip Graham9. What Are Universities For?Philip Graham10. Art and NaturePhilip Graham11. The Manner of Our DeathsPhilip GrahamList of FiguresBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis biography illuminates the life and thought of Baroness Mary Warnock, whose active years spanned the second half of the twentieth century, a period during which opportunities for middle-class women rapidly and vastly improved.Warnock was described as ‘probably the most celebrated philosopher in Britain.’ She began her career as an Oxford University philosophy don and went on to become headmistress of an independent girls’ school. Warnock subsequently chaired two select committees which produced reports of lasting significance, first to children with special needs, and second to childless couples. She then became Mistress of Girton College, Cambridge, and an active member of the House of Lords. Alongside these positions, Warnock wrote twenty books, ranging from the fields of philosophy to education and medical ethics. Her ideas were largely in tune with contemporary progressive thinking but late in life Warnock’s extreme championing of assisted dying for older people won her enemies even among progressives.This authorised biography, written by a friend of the subject, will be of great value to the general reader with an interest in philosophy, ethics, twentieth-century cultural history, and the changing role of women from the 1950s onwards.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aethics
=653  \\$acultural history
=653  \\$aEducation
=653  \\$aSocial Sciences
=653  \\$aBiography
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0278$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0278_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04039nam  22006132  4500
=001  7b9888c3-ccb1-41a2-aff9-a2103e688ae3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452829
=020  \\$z9781909254541$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254558$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254565$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644786$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254572$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254589$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0051$2doi
=024  7\$a900407883$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hnor
=050  00$aGN50.45.N6
=072   7$aJHMP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC031000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKyllingstad, Jon Røyne,$eauthor.$uNorsk Teknisk Museum.
=245  10$aMeasuring the Master Race :$bPhysical Anthropology in Norway 1890-1945 /$cJon Røyne Kyllingstad.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii + 254 pages): $b27 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aA reworked and expanded English version of the original Norwegian: Kortskaller og langskaller : fysisk antropologi i Norge og striden om det nordiske herremennesket. Oslo : SAP, 2004.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsForewordIntroduction1. The Origin of the Long-Skulled Germanic Race2. The Germanic Race and Norwegian Nationalism3. The Germanic Race and Norwegian Anthropology, 1880-19104. Norwegian Nationhood and the Germanic Race, 1890-19105. Racial Hygiene and the Nordic Race, 1900-19336. Halfdan Bryn and the Nordic Race7. The Schreiners and the Science of Race8. From Collaboration to Conflict: The Racial Survey of 1923-19299. Science and Ideology, 1925–194510. The Fall of the Nordic Master RaceSelected BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe notion of a superior ‘Germanic’ or ‘Nordic’ race was a central theme in the ideology of the Nazis. But it was also a commonly accepted idea in the early twentieth century, and an actual scientific concept originating from anthropological research on the physical characteristics of Europeans. The Scandinavian Peninsula was considered to be the historical cradle and the core area of this ‘master race’.This book investigates the role played by Scandinavian scholars in inventing this so-called superior race, and discusses how this concept put its stamp on Norwegian physical anthropology, prehistory, national identity, and on the Norwegian eugenics movement. It also explores the decline and scientific disputation of these ideas in the 1930s as they came to be associated with the ‘genetic cleansing’ of Nazi Germany.This is the first comprehensive study on Norwegian physical anthropology, and its findings shed new light on current political and scientific debates about race across the globe.
=536  \\$aNorsk Teknisk Museum
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRace
=653  \\$aideology
=653  \\$aNazism
=653  \\$aNorwegian physical anthropology
=653  \\$aScandinavia
=653  \\$anationalism
=653  \\$anational identity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0051$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0051_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03967nam  22007212  4500
=001  b56b58e5-a98c-4eb8-826d-b3a7e515eef8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800640771$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640788$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640795$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646360$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640825$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640801$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640818$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0233$2doi
=024  7\$a1227388521$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hyid
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DFG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=245  00$aMendl Mann’s 'The Fall of Berlin' /$ctranslated by Maurice Wolfthal.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+240 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aPublisher's website title: Mendl Mann's The fall of Berlin.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroduction Maurice WolfthalAt the Gates of Moscow Maurice WolfthalAt the Vistula Maurice WolfthalThe Fall of Berlin Mendl Mann and Maurice WolfthalIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMendl Mann’s autobiographical novel The Fall of Berlin tells the painful yet compelling story of life as a Jewish soldier in the Red Army. Menakhem Isaacovich is a Polish Jew who, after fleeing the Nazis, finds refuge in the USSR. Translated into English from the original Yiddish by Maurice Wolfthal, the narrative follows Menakhem as he fights on the front line in Stalin’s Red Army against Hitler and the Nazis who are destroying his homeland of Poland and exterminating the Jews. Menakhem encounters anti-Semitism on various occasions throughout the novel, and struggles to comprehend how seemingly normal people could hold such appalling views. As Mann writes, it is odd that "vicious, insidious anti-Semitism could reside in a person with elevated feelings, an average person, a decent person”. The Fall of Berlin is both a striking and timelylook at the struggle that many Jewish soldiers faced.An affecting and unique book, which eloquently explores a variety of themes – such as anti-Semitism, patriotism, Stalinism and life as a Jewish soldier in the Second World War – this is essential reading for anyone interested in the Yiddish language, Jewish history, and the history of World War II. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aautobiography
=653  \\$afiction
=653  \\$aJewish
=653  \\$aRed Army
=653  \\$aPoland
=653  \\$aNazis
=653  \\$aUSSR
=653  \\$aYiddish
=653  \\$aanti-Semitism
=653  \\$aBerlin
=653  \\$apatriotism
=653  \\$aStalinism
=653  \\$aSecond World War
=653  \\$aJewish history
=653  \\$aWorld War II
=653  \\$aYiddish language
=653  \\$aEastern Europe
=700  1\$aWolfthal, Maurice,$etranslator.$0(orcid)0000000345229936$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4522-9936
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0233$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0233_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03841nam  22005412  4500
=001  6010b178-c36c-4f77-8e10-ca850eba2d55
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452838
=020  \\$z9781783741984$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741991$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742004$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645073$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746354$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742011$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742028$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0087$2doi
=024  7\$a1058443721$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBJ1012
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWilson, Catherine,$eauthor.$uUniversity of York.
=245  10$aMetaethics from a First Person Standpoint :$bAn Introduction to Moral Philosophy /$cCatherine Wilson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 124 pages): $b1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"Suggestions for further study": pages 117-122.
=505  0\$aIntroduction and AcknowledgementsEnquiry IEnquiry IIEnquiry IIIEnquiry IVEnquiry VEnquiry VIEnquiry VIIEnquiry VIIIEnquiry IXSummaryEndnotesSuggestions for Further Study
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMetaethics from a First Person Standpoint addresses in a novel format the major topics and themes of contemporary metaethics, the study of the analysis of moral thought and judgement. Metathetics is less concerned with what practices are right or wrong than with what we mean by ‘right’ and ‘wrong.’Looking at a wide spectrum of topics including moral language, realism and anti-realism, reasons and motives, relativism, and moral progress, this book engages students and general readers in order to enhance their understanding of morality and moral discourse as cultural practices. Catherine Wilson innovatively employs a first-person narrator to report step-by-step an individual’s reflections, beginning from a position of radical scepticism, on the possibility of objective moral knowledge. The reader is invited to follow along with this reasoning, and to challenge or agree with each major point. Incrementally, the narrator is led to certain definite conclusions about ‘oughts’ and norms in connection with self-interest, prudence, social norms, and finally morality. Scepticism is overcome, and the narrator arrives at a good understanding of how moral knowledge and moral progress are possible, though frequently long in coming. Accessibly written, Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint presupposes no prior training in philosophy and is a must-read for philosophers, students and general readers interested in gaining a better understanding of morality as a personal philosophical quest.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMetaethics
=653  \\$amoral philosophy
=653  \\$amoral judgement
=653  \\$amoral knowledge
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0087$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0087_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07930nam  22006492  4500
=001  049c7cf2-2a0c-4c27-9129-84f132fd7cee
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513481
=020  \\$z9781805112242$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112259$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112266$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112297$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112273$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0390$2doi
=024  7\$a1460256848$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML410.X45
=072   7$aAVGC6$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGW$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART015110$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVN$2thema
=072   7$aAGA$2thema
=072   7$aQDTN$2thema
=072   7$aAVM$2thema
=245  00$aMeta-Xenakis :$bNew Perspectives on Iannis Xenakis’s Life, Work, and Legacies /$cedited by Sharon Kanach, Peter Nelson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii+802 pages): $b272 illustrations, 19 tables, 28 audio tracks, 23 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsAcknowledgementsPrefaceThe Meta-Xenakis Team LeadersIntroduction: Meta-XenakisProlegomenon: Meta-materiality in the Thought and Creative Activity of Iannis XenakisXENAKIS BEFORE XENAKIS1. Iannis Xenakis’s Theater Studies: An Unknown Aspect of the Composer’s Life during the Occupation2. Iannis Xenakis through his Letters at the KSYME ArchiveXENAKIS WITHOUT BORDERS3. Iannis Xenakis in Berlin4. Debating the Noise: The Reception of Iannis Xenakis’s Music in Serbia as a Part of the SFRY (1960–90)5. Iannis Xenakis in Japan: Productive Performances and Reception of TextsNEW CONTEXTS FOR UNDERSTANDING XENAKIS6. Iannis Xenakis’s Free Stochastic Music Program as an Aid to Analysis7. Continuum versus Disruptum: A Poetic-philosophical Approach to the Instrumental and Vocal Worksof Iannis Xenakis8. Iannis Xenakis’s Materialism: On the Dialectic of Real-time Computation9. Iannis Xenakis’s Philosophy of Music, Stochastics, and the Postmodern Sublime10. Jean-Étienne Marie and Iannis Xenakis: The Vision of an Artistic Engineer and a Theorist of Microtonal Music11. On the Link between the Exact Sciences and Music in Iannis Xenakis’s Creative Work12. Activating Sound Phenomena in the Music of Iannis Xenakis13. Spatial Movement of Sound VectorsNEW PERSPECTIVES ON XENAKIS’S WORKS14. The CIX Archives: Revalorizations and Hidden Treasures15. Game Theory and Formal Structure in Iannis Xenakis’s Duel (1959)16. A Myth of Recurrence in Iannis Xenakis’s La Légende d’Eer17. Iannis Xenakis’s Hibiki Hana Ma and the Japanese Team for Tekkhokan (Steel Pavilion) at Expo ’70, Osaka18. Iannis Xenakis’s Pithoprakta: A Phenomenological Approach19. Performing Iannis Xenakis’s Polyrhythms: A Perception-informed Approach to Renotation20. An Approach to the Epistemic Potential of the UPICXENAKIS AND ARCHITECTURE21. Seeing Music and Listening to Architecture: Iannis Xenakis and La Philharmonie de Paris22. Iannis Xenakis/Le Corbusier:A Confrontation en sol dur23. Polytropos: Iannis Xenakis, Engineer in Music and ArchitectureLIVING TESTIMONY24. Liberated Music. A Loving Testimony25. La Légende de Xenakis: Meta Xenakis26. Creating and Learning with UPIC27. Music, Science, Architecture: Two Conversations with Iannis Xenakis28. The Pythagorean Wall: A Visual and Auditory Drama29. Iannis Xenakis, Inventor of Music—Composer, Engineer, and Architect: The Voice of the “Inexpressible” and of “Revelation”30. The UPIC System of Iannis Xenakis: Autoethnography as RapprochementMETA-XENAKIS (OR WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE?)31. UPISketch: New Perspectives32. Somax2 and Reinterpreting Iannis Xenakis33. Xenos: A Xenharmonic Dynamic Stochastic Synthesis Virtual Instrument34. Light Tectonics: The New Aesthetics in Iannis Xenakis’s Work35. Phoenix-Albatross: An Approach to Iannis Xenakis’s Work on Game Theory through Live Coding and Networked Dance36. Mapping the Influence: Iannis Xenakis’s GENDYN Algorithms as a Means for Creative Explorations in Live Improvised Feedback Music37. Notes on A Catalog of Difference38. The Algorithmic Music of Iannis Xenakis—What’s Next?39. The Process of Creating a Computational System: A Collective Audiovisual Composition40. The Xenakis Networked Performance Marathon 2022: An Experiment in Networked Performance CollaborationInspired by Iannis XenakisMETA-XENAKIS: SUSTAINABLE RESOURCES41. The Xenakis Networked Performance Marathon 2022 (Sustainable Resources)42. Japanese Society for Electronic Music (JSEM) Concert—A Tribute Celebrating Iannis Xenakis’s Centennial43. Meta-Xenakis Concert at Suntory Hall, Tokyo44. The Establishment of the CMRC—KSYME in Athens: A Virtual Exhibit45. In Memoriam, Joel Chadabe46. A New Documentary: Iannis Xenakis: Music of the Universe47. Reportage of a UPISketch Workshop in Japan48. Polytope XXI: A Tribute to Iannis Xenakis49. An Architecture of Alchemy: A Cinematic Painting50. The Iranian Context of Iannis Xenakis’s Persepolis51. Iannis Xenakis, 1922–2001AppendixList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMeta-Xenakis offers readers a comprehensive collection of insights into the history, works and legacy of Iannis Xenakis, one of the twentieth century’s most significant creative figures. It presents a transcontinental engagement with his life and output, focusing as much on the impact of the questions he posed as on the accomplishments of his body of work. This volume evolved out of the multi-modal, international Meta-Xenakis Consortium’s artistic and scholarly events commemorating his centenary. Informative and comprehensive, contributions span subjects including music composition, creative pedagogy, aesthetics, game theory, architecture, and the social and political contexts in which Xenakis operated. The book is organized in eight sections, centered on different facets of Xenakis’s work and reception. It includes a digital archive of audio and visual media from the events staged throughout 2022, as well as computer software.Bringing into conversation the diverse perspectives and insights of researchers, musicians and artists, this volume serves as a foundational resource for future research on the life and work of Xenakis. It will be of interest to students, scholars, and practitioners across a range of disciplines including music, architecture, cybernetics and computation, and the digital arts.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aIannis Xenakis
=653  \\$amusic composition
=653  \\$aaesthetics
=653  \\$aarchitecture
=653  \\$atwentieth century’s European culture
=700  1\$aKanach, Sharon,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Rouen.
=700  1\$aNelson, Peter,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0390$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0390_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03779nam  22005772  4500
=001  53591faf-c78d-43c4-938d-bdab951e875e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447280
=020  \\$z9781800641587$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641594$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641600$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646476$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641631$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641617$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641624$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0249$2doi
=024  7\$a1245925968$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN6081
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aFIC027070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRoberts, Adam,$eauthor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000316211964$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1621-1964
=245  10$aMiddlemarch :$bEpigraphs and Mirrors /$cAdam Roberts.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+154 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroduction Adam Roberts1. Eliot’s Double Mirror Adam Roberts2. Sappho’s Apple Adam Roberts3. Lydgate Winces: Character and Realism Adam Roberts4. Hypocrisy and the Judgment of Men Adam Roberts5. Ladislaw Adam Roberts6. Myth, Middlemarch and the Mill: Out in Mid-Sea Adam Roberts7. Epigraphy: Beginnings and Ends Adam RobertsPostscript: The Flute inside the Bell Adam RobertsBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Middlemarch, George Eliot draws a character passionately absorbed by abstruse allusion and obscure epigraphs. Casaubon’s obsession is a cautionary tale, but Adam Roberts nonetheless sees in him an invitation to take Eliot’s use of epigraphy and allusion seriously, and this book is an attempt to do just that.Roberts considers the epigraph as a mirror that refracts the meaning of a text, and that thus carries important resonances for the way Eliot’s novels generate their meanings. In this lively and provoking study, he tracks down those allusions and quotations that have hitherto gone unidentified by scholars, examining their relationship to the text in which they sit to unfurl a broader argument about the novel – both this novel, and the novel form itself.Middlemarch: Epigraphs and Mirrors is both a study of George Eliot and a meditation on the textuality of fiction. It is essential reading for specialists and students of George Eliot, the nineteenth century novel, and intertextuality. It will also richly reward anyone who has ever taken pleasure in Middlemarch.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMiddlemarch
=653  \\$aGeorge Eliot
=653  \\$aepigraph
=653  \\$aCasaubon
=653  \\$aAdam Roberts
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0249$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0249_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06840nam  22007332  4500
=001  d3aa6575-216f-42fe-86a9-c7105b841a96
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361803
=020  \\$z9781800649231$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649248$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649255$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649293$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649286$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649262$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0331$2doi
=024  7\$a1385453015$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB1778.4.E85
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBPK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSL1$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED102000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aMigrant Academics’ Narratives of Precarity and Resilience in Europe /$cedited by Olga Burlyuk, Ladan Rahbari.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii+248 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction ixLadan Rahbari and Olga Burlyuk(Non)Belonging xxxi1. A Journey to the ‘Self’: From Precarity as Non-belonging to the Search for Common Ground 1Vera Axyonova2. Unbelonging as a Postcolonial Predicament: My Tryst With European Academia 9Sanam Roohi3. Unlearning 21Mihnea Tănăsescu(In)Visible Inclusions and Exclusions 314. Who Do the Dead Belong to? Considering the (In)Visibility of Death as an Outsider in France 33Norah Kiereri5. The Invisible Migrant: The (Im)Possibility of Getting Behind the Iron Curtain of Western Academia as an Eastern European Academic 43Martina Vitáčková6. Of Academia, Status, and Knowing Your Place 51Dragana Stojmenovska7. A Stroll through the Darkness: The Mental Health Struggles of a Migrant Academic 61Anonymous ContributorBorders, Mobility, and Academic ‘Nomadism’ 698. Eighty Dates around the World: On Gender, Academic Mobility, and Reproductive Pressure 71Maryna Shevtsova9. Have You Ever Heard of British Hospitality? Neither Have I 83Vjosa Musliu10. On Being a ‘Migrant Academic,’ Precarious Passports, and Invisible Struggles 95Tara AsgarilalehThe Complexities of Privilege and Precarity 10311. Becoming White? 105Apostolos Andrikopoulos12. Academic Mobility the ‘Other’ Way: Embodying Simultaneous Privilege and Precarity 117Karolina Kluczewska13. ‘A Small Plot of New Land at All Times’: A Narrative of a Vulnerability Mortified 129Bojan Savić14. Conversation with San Precario 137Alexander StrelkovGendered Precarity and Sexualization 14315. Survival in Silence: Of Guilt and Grief at the Intersection of Precarity, Exile, and Womanhood in Neoliberal Academia 145Aslı Vatansever16. To the Center and Back: My Journey Through the Odds of Gendered Precarity in Academia 155Emanuela Mangiarotti17. A Smart Hot Russian Girl from Odessa: When Gender Meets Ethnicity in Academia 163Olga BurlyukEmbodied Differences and (Non)Whiteness 18118. Wiping the Smudge off the Window: The Darkest Time as a Student in Europe 183Lydia Namatende-Sakwa19. A Letter to Future Adoptee Researchers: On Being a Researcher of Color in Belgium 191Atamhi Cawayu20. Inside the Migrant Academic’s Body: Strategic Outsider within Toxic Substructures 201Sama Khosravi Ooryad21. ‘Who Deserves a Chair?’ Performative Kinships and Microaggressions in the European Academy 213Ladan RahbariAfterword: Reflections on Migrant Academics’ Narratives 225Umut ErelAuthors’ Biographies 231Index 241
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume consists of narratives of migrant academics from the Global South within academia in the Global North. The autobiographic and autoethnographic contributions to this collection aim to decolonise the discourse around academic mobility by highlighting experiences of precarity, resilience, care and solidarity in the academic margins. The authors use precarity to analyse the state of affairs in the academy, from hiring practices to ‘culturally’ accepted division of labour, systematic forms of discrimination, racialisation, and gendered hierarchies, etc. Building on precarity as a critical concept for challenging social exclusion or forming political collectives, the authors move away from conventional academic styles, instead adopting autobiography and autoethnography as methods of intersectional scholarly analysis. This approach creatively challenges the divisions between the system and the individual, the mind and the soul, the objective and the subjective, as well as science, theory, and art.This volume will be of interest not only to scholars within the field of migration studies, but also to instructors and students of sociology, postcolonial studies, gender and race studies, and critical border studies. The volume’s interdisciplinary approach also seeks to address university diversity officers, managers, key decision-makers, and other readers directly or indirectly involved in contemporary academia. The format and style of its contributions are wide-ranging (including poetry and creative prose), thus making it accessible and readable for a general audience.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$anarratives
=653  \\$amigrant academics
=653  \\$aautobiography
=653  \\$aautoethnography
=653  \\$amobility
=653  \\$aprecarity
=653  \\$aresilience
=653  \\$acare
=653  \\$asolidarity
=653  \\$adiscrimination
=653  \\$aexclusion
=653  \\$aintersectionality
=653  \\$agender
=653  \\$arace
=700  1\$aBurlyuk, Olga,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Amsterdam.$0(orcid)0000000274771655$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7477-1655
=700  1\$aRahbari, Ladan,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Amsterdam.$0(orcid)000000023840708X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3840-708X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0331$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0331_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03418nam  22005772  4500
=001  5ae6e275-b5ad-44c1-9f6d-d315c0559028
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361343
=020  \\$z9781800648814$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740512$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111382$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0367$2doi
=024  7\$a1408804092$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP96.M56
=072   7$aKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS069000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKC$2thema
=072   7$aKCK$2thema
=100  1\$aWeizsäcker, Georg,$eauthor.$uHumboldt-Universität zu Berlin.
=245  10$aMisunderstandings :$bFalse Beliefs in Communication /$cGeorg Weizsäcker.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+128 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1 Introduction: Should we talk?2 Having a conversation3 Seeing what we don’t see4 Talking5 Listening6 Seeing what they don’t see7 Perceiving how they talk8 Perceiving how they listen9 In higher order: Seeing their view of our view10 Conclusion11 Bibliography and further readingIndexAuthor’s acknowledgements
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat do we expect when we say something to someone, and what do they expect when they hear it? When is a conversation successful? The book considers a wide set of two-person conversations, and a bit of game theory, to show how conversational statements and their interpretations are governed by beliefs. Thinking about beliefs is suitable for communication analysis because beliefs are well-defined and measurable, allowing to differentiate between successful understandings and their less successful counterparts: misunderstandings.The book describes the theoretical framework and empirical measurements of misunderstandings – written by an economist, but in simple words and using interdisciplinary concepts. The material will benefit students and researchers of behavioural economics and its neighbouring fields, and anyone interested in human language.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International license (CC BY-SA 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConversational Expectations
=653  \\$aSuccessful Communication
=653  \\$aGame Theory
=653  \\$aMisunderstandings
=653  \\$aLanguage and Human Interaction
=653  \\$aBehavioral Economics
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0367$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0367_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06127nam  22006372  4500
=001  711883c2-5b8d-498e-a7e0-9525bcf95a00
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452617
=020  \\$z9781783743339$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743346$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743353$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645332$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744992$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743360$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743377$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0114$2doi
=024  7\$a1105430983$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJV6121
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aRGCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC015000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aMobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas :$bRethinking Translocality Beyond Central Asia and the Caucasus /$cedited by Manja Stephan-Emmrich, Philipp Schröder.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 374 pages): $b38 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceForewordNathan LightIntroduction: Mobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas Beyond Central Asia and the Caucasus: A Translocal PerspectiveManja Stephan-Emmrich and Philipp SchröderPart 1: Crossing Boundaries: Mobilities Then and Now1. Emigration Within, Across, and Beyond Central Asia in the Early Soviet Period from a Perspective of TranslocalityKamoludin Abdullaev2. Crossing Economic and Cultural Boundaries: Tajik Middlemen in the Translocal ‘Dubai Business’ SectorAbdullah Mirzoev and Manja Stephan-EmmrichPart 2: Travelling Ideas: Sacred and Secular3. Sacred Lineages in Central Asia: Translocality and IdentityAzim Malikov4. Explicating Translocal Organization of Everyday Life: Stories From Rural UzbekistanElena Kim5. A Sense of Multiple Belonging: Translocal Relations and Narratives of Change Within a Dungan CommunityHenryk AlffPart 3: Movements from Below: Economic and Social6. ‘New History’ as a Translocal FieldSvetlana Jacquesson7. Informal Trade and Globalization in the Caucasus and Post-Soviet EurasiaSusanne Fehlings8. The Economics of Translocality — Epistemographic Observations from Fieldwork on Traders In(-Between) Russia, China, and KyrgyzstanPhilipp SchröderPart 4: Pious Endeavours: Near and Far9. iPhones, Emotions, Mediations: Tracing Translocality in the Pious Endeavours of Tajik Migrants in the United Arab EmiratesManja Stephan-Emmrich10. Translocality and the Folding of Post-Soviet Urban Space in Bishkek: Hijrah from ‘Botanika’ to ‘Botanicheskii Jamaat’Emil NasritdinovAfterword: On Transitive Concepts and Local Imaginations — Studying Mobilities from a Translocal PerspectiveBarak KalirNotes on ContributorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection brings together a variety of anthropological, historical and sociological case studies from Central Asia and the Caucasus to examine the concept of translocality. The chapters scrutinize the capacity of translocality to describe, in new ways, the multiple mobilities, exchange practices and globalizing processes that link places, people and institutions in Central Asia and the Caucasus with others in Russia, China and the United Arab Emirates.Illuminating translocality as a productive concept for studying cross‐regional connectivities and networks, this volume is an important contribution to a lively field of academic discourse. Following new directions in Area Studies, the chapters aim to overcome ‘territorial containers’ such as the nation‐state or local community, and instead emphasize the significance of processes of translation and negotiation for understanding how meaningful localities emerge beyond conventional boundaries.Structured by the four themes ‘crossing boundaries’, ‘travelling ideas’, ‘social and economic movements’ and ‘pious endeavours’, this volume proposes three conceptual approaches to translocality: firstly, to trace how it is embodied, narrated, virtualized or institutionalized within or in reference to physical or imagined localities; secondly, to understand locality as a relational concept rather than a geographically bounded unit; and thirdly, to consider cross‐border traders, travelling students, business people and refugees as examples of non-elite mobilities that provide alternative ways to think about what ‘global’ means today.Mobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas will be of interest to students and scholars of the anthropology, history and sociology of Central Asia and the Caucasus, as well as for those interested in new approaches to Area Studies.
=536  \\$aVolkswagen Foundation
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atranslocality
=653  \\$aCentral Asia
=653  \\$aCaucasus
=653  \\$alocality
=653  \\$aglobalization
=653  \\$across‐regional networks
=653  \\$aArea Studies
=700  1\$aStephan-Emmrich, Manja,$eeditor.$uHumboldt-Universität zu Berlin.
=700  1\$aSchröder, Philipp,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Freiburg.$0(orcid)0000000152280858$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5228-0858
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0114$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0114_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04166nam  22006372  4500
=001  2a057156-7370-4741-afa1-a5b19fb11da6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361238
=020  \\$z9781805110989$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648111$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648463$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649705$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648951$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0369$2doi
=024  7\$a1415825344$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aAZ105
=072   7$aCFK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM079010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aGLM$2thema
=072   7$aJHBC$2thema
=072   7$aUYZ$2thema
=100  1\$aCiula, Arianna,$eauthor.$uKing's College London.$0(orcid)0000000342471073$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4247-1073
=245  10$aModelling Between Digital and Humanities :$bThinking in Practice /$cArianna Ciula, Øyvind Eide, Cristina Marras, Patrick Sahle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+230 pages): $b61 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. Model and Modelling in DH: Towards a Renewed Language2. Metaphoric Reasoning and Pragmatic Modelling3. Modelling as Semiotic Process4. Modelling as Media Transformations5. Modelling Text – A Case StudyBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents an exploration of Digital Humanities (DH), a field focused on the reciprocal transformation of digital technologies and humanities scholarship. Central to DH research is the practice of modelling, which involves translating intricate knowledge systems into computational models. This book addresses a fundamental query: How can an effective language be developed to conceptualize and guide modelling in DH?Modelling, with its historical roots, carries multifaceted meanings influenced by various disciplinary contexts. Modelling Between Digital and Humanities innovatively connects DH with the historical tradition of model-based thinking in the humanities, cultural studies, and the sciences. It endeavors to reshape interpretative frameworks by contextualizing DH's modelling practices within a broader conceptual landscape.Through an exploration of digital, visual and data models, the book asserts that DH holds the potential to be a cornerstone of a novel cultural literacy paradigm. By probing the interplay between technology and thought, the book ultimately positions DH as a catalyst for transformative cultural insights.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aModelling
=653  \\$aComputational models
=653  \\$aLanguage
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$aliterature
=700  1\$aEide, Øyvind,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cologne.$0(orcid)0000000277666287$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7766-6287
=700  1\$aMarras, Cristina,$eauthor.$uNational Research Council.$0(orcid)000000015927897X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5927-897X
=700  1\$aSahle, Patrick,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wuppertal.$0(orcid)0000000286482033$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8648-2033
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0369$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0369_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04433nam  22006252  4500
=001  ce526966-5722-4206-83c1-6578bf46d0a5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361504
=020  \\$z9781805111245$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111252$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111269$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0362$2doi
=024  7\$a1150169822$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB172
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKCA$2thema
=072   7$aKCC$2thema
=100  1\$aOsborne, Martin J.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.$0(orcid)0000000185846176$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8584-6176
=245  10$aModels in Microeconomic Theory :$bExpanded Second Edition (He) /$cMartin J. Osborne, Ariel Rubinstein.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvii+362 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1 Preferences and utility 32 Choice 173 Preferences under uncertainty 314 Consumer preferences 455 Consumer behavior 576 Producer behavior 757 Monopoly 898 A jungle 1059 A market 12110 An exchange economy 13711 Variants of an exchange economy 15712 A market with consumers and producers 17513 Equilibrium with prices and expectations 18714 A market with asymmetric information 20315 Strategic games 21716 Extensive games 25717 Mechanism design 29718 Matching 30519 Socialism 31720 Aggregating preferences 329
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aModels in Microeconomic Theory covers basic models in current microeconomic theory. Part I (Chapters 1-7) presents models of an economic agent, discussing abstract models of preferences, choice, and decision making under uncertainty, before turning to models of the consumer, the producer, and monopoly. Part II (Chapters 8-14) introduces the concept of equilibrium, beginning, unconventionally, with the models of the jungle and an economy with indivisible goods, and continuing with models of an exchange economy, equilibrium with rational expectations, and an economy with asymmetric information. Part III (Chapters 15-16) provides an introduction to game theory, covering strategic and extensive games and the concepts of Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect equilibrium. Part IV (Chapters 17-20) gives a taste of the topics of mechanism design, matching, the axiomatic analysis of economic systems, and social choice.The book focuses on the concepts of model and equilibrium. It states models and results precisely, and provides proofs for all results. It uses only elementary mathematics (with almost no calculus), although many of the proofs involve sustained logical arguments. It includes about 150 exercises.With its formal but accessible style, this textbook is designed for undergraduate students of microeconomics at intermediate and advanced levels.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amicroeconomic theory
=653  \\$abasic models
=653  \\$amodels of an economic agent
=653  \\$aequilibrium
=653  \\$agame theory
=653  \\$amechanism design
=653  \\$amatching
=653  \\$aaxiomatic analysis of economic systems
=653  \\$asocial choice
=653  \\$aundergraduate students
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uTel Aviv University.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0362$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0362_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04434nam  22006252  4500
=001  27f481ed-0592-4bb5-a814-116627030e53
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361505
=020  \\$z9781805111214$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111221$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111238$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0361$2doi
=024  7\$a1150169822$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB172
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKCA$2thema
=072   7$aKCC$2thema
=100  1\$aOsborne, Martin J.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.$0(orcid)0000000185846176$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8584-6176
=245  10$aModels in Microeconomic Theory :$bExpanded Second Edition (She) /$cMartin J. Osborne, Ariel Rubinstein.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvii+362 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1 Preferences and utility 32 Choice 173 Preferences under uncertainty 314 Consumer preferences 455 Consumer behavior 576 Producer behavior 757 Monopoly 898 A jungle 1059 A market 12110 An exchange economy 13711 Variants of an exchange economy 15712 A market with consumers and producers 17513 Equilibrium with prices and expectations 18714 A market with asymmetric information 20315 Strategic games 21716 Extensive games 25717 Mechanism design 29718 Matching 30519 Socialism 31720 Aggregating preferences 329
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aModels in Microeconomic Theory covers basic models in current microeconomic theory. Part I (Chapters 1-7) presents models of an economic agent, discussing abstract models of preferences, choice, and decision making under uncertainty, before turning to models of the consumer, the producer, and monopoly. Part II (Chapters 8-14) introduces the concept of equilibrium, beginning, unconventionally, with the models of the jungle and an economy with indivisible goods, and continuing with models of an exchange economy, equilibrium with rational expectations, and an economy with asymmetric information. Part III (Chapters 15-16) provides an introduction to game theory, covering strategic and extensive games and the concepts of Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect equilibrium. Part IV (Chapters 17-20) gives a taste of the topics of mechanism design, matching, the axiomatic analysis of economic systems, and social choice.The book focuses on the concepts of model and equilibrium. It states models and results precisely, and provides proofs for all results. It uses only elementary mathematics (with almost no calculus), although many of the proofs involve sustained logical arguments. It includes about 150 exercises.With its formal but accessible style, this textbook is designed for undergraduate students of microeconomics at intermediate and advanced levels.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amicroeconomic theory
=653  \\$abasic models
=653  \\$amodels of an economic agent
=653  \\$aequilibrium
=653  \\$agame theory
=653  \\$amechanism design
=653  \\$amatching
=653  \\$aaxiomatic analysis of economic systems
=653  \\$asocial choice
=653  \\$aundergraduate students
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uTel Aviv University.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0361$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0361_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05379nam  22006012  4500
=001  d841f7a6-7501-4a18-a908-fd7b8f86214c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452876
=020  \\$z9781783749201$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749218$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749225$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0204$2doi
=024  7\$a1148094465$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB172
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aOsborne, Martin J.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.$0(orcid)0000000185846176$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8584-6176
=245  10$aModels in Microeconomic Theory ('He' Edition) /$cMartin J. Osborne, Ariel Rubinstein.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+344 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"This book is available in two versions, one that uses feminine pronouns and one that uses masculine pronouns. This version uses masculine"--Back of title-page. A solution manual for "Models in microeconomic theory" is available to instructors. Please go to Additional Resources tab on publisher's website to request an electronic copy.
=505  0\$aPersonal notePrefacePart I Individual behaviorPreferences and utility Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinChoice Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPreferences under uncertainty Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinConsumer preferences Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinConsumer behavior Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinProducer behavior Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinMonopoly Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart II EquilibriumA jungle Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinAn exchange economy Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinVariants of an exchange economy Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market with consumers and producers Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinEquilibrium with prices and expectations Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market with asymmetric information Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart III Game theoryStrategic games Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinExtensive games Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart IV TopicsMechanism design Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinMatching Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinSocialism Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinAggregating preferences Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aModels in Microeconomic Theory covers basic models in current microeconomic theory.  Part I (Chapters 1-7) presents models of an economic agent, discussing abstract models of preferences, choice, and decision making under uncertainty, before turning to models of the consumer, the producer, and monopoly.  Part II (Chapters 8-14) introduces the concept of equilibrium, beginning, unconventionally, with the models of the jungle and an economy with indivisible goods, and continuing with models of an exchange economy, equilibrium with rational expectations, and an economy with asymmetric information.  Part III (Chapters 15-16) provides an introduction to game theory, covering strategic and extensive games and the concepts of Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect equilibrium.  Part IV (Chapters 17-20) gives a taste of the topics of mechanism design, matching, the axiomatic analysis of economic systems, and social choice.The book focuses on the concepts of model and equilibrium.  It states models and results precisely, and provides proofs for all results.  It uses only elementary mathematics (with almost no calculus), although many of the proofs involve sustained logical arguments.  It includes about 150 exercises. With its formal but accessible style, this textbook is designed for undergraduate students of microeconomics at intermediate and advanced levels.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amicroeconomic theory
=653  \\$abasic models
=653  \\$amodels of an economic agent
=653  \\$aequilibrium
=653  \\$agame theory
=653  \\$amechanism design
=653  \\$amatching
=653  \\$aaxiomatic analysis of economic systems
=653  \\$asocial choice
=653  \\$aundergraduate students
=653  \\$amicroeconomics
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0204$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0204_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05390nam  22006012  4500
=001  0319d840-6196-4c93-b444-0b8650a2698e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452865
=020  \\$z9781783748921$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748938$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748945$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0211$2doi
=024  7\$a1148080558$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB172
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aOsborne, Martin J.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.$0(orcid)0000000185846176$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8584-6176
=245  10$aModels in Microeconomic Theory ('She' Edition) /$cMartin J. Osborne, Ariel Rubinstein.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 344 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"This book is available in two versions, one that uses feminine pronouns and one that uses masculine pronouns. This version uses feminine pronouns"--Back of title-page. A solution manual for "Models in microeconomic theory" is available to instructors. Please go to Additional Resources tab on publisher's website to request an electronic copy.
=505  0\$aPersonal notePrefacePart I Individual behaviorPreferences and utility Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinChoice Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPreferences under uncertainty Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinConsumer preferences Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinConsumer behavior Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinProducer behavior Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinMonopoly Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart II EquilibriumA jungle Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinAn exchange economy Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinVariants of an exchange economy Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market with consumers and producers Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinEquilibrium with prices and expectations Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinA market with asymmetric information Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart III Game theoryStrategic games Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinExtensive games Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinPart IV TopicsMechanism design Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinMatching Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinSocialism Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinAggregating preferences Martin Osborne and Ariel RubinsteinIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aModels in Microeconomic Theory covers basic models in current microeconomic theory.  Part I (Chapters 1-7) presents models of an economic agent, discussing abstract models of preferences, choice, and decision making under uncertainty, before turning to models of the consumer, the producer, and monopoly.  Part II (Chapters 8-14) introduces the concept of equilibrium, beginning, unconventionally, with the models of the jungle and an economy with indivisible goods, and continuing with models of an exchange economy, equilibrium with rational expectations, and an economy with asymmetric information.  Part III (Chapters 15-16) provides an introduction to game theory, covering strategic and extensive games and the concepts of Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect equilibrium.  Part IV (Chapters 17-20) gives a taste of the topics of mechanism design, matching, the axiomatic analysis of economic systems, and social choice.The book focuses on the concepts of model and equilibrium.  It states models and results precisely, and provides proofs for all results.  It uses only elementary mathematics (with almost no calculus), although many of the proofs involve sustained logical arguments.  It includes about 150 exercises. With its formal but accessible style, this textbook is designed for undergraduate students of microeconomics at intermediate and advanced levels.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amicroeconomic theory
=653  \\$abasic models
=653  \\$amodels of an economic agent
=653  \\$aequilibrium
=653  \\$agame theory
=653  \\$amechanism design
=653  \\$amatching
=653  \\$aaxiomatic analysis of economic systems
=653  \\$asocial choice
=653  \\$aundergraduate students
=653  \\$amicroeconomics
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0211$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0211_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05624nam  22006012  4500
=001  2ce85fcb-0438-4f80-b8f7-29b84c0ddd87
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452593
=020  \\$z9781783743384$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743391$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743407$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645349$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744510$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743414$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743421$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0115$2doi
=024  7\$a1167735778$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aN6987
=072   7$aABA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aART049000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART035000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aModernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art :$bNew Perspectives /$cedited by Louise Hardiman, Nicola Kozicharow.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 312 pages): $b89 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAbstracts of contributions on publisher's website.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsNotes on Transliteration and ConventionsNotes on Contributors1. Introduction: Modernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art by Louise Hardiman and Nicola Kozicharow2. From Angels to Demons: Mikhail Vrubel and the Search for a Modernist Idiom by Maria Taroutina3. ‘The Loving Labourer through Space and Time’: Aleksandra Pogosskaia, Theosophy, and Russian Arts and Crafts, c. 1900–1917 by Louise Hardiman4. Kazimir Malevich, Symbolism, and Ecclesiastic Orthodoxy by Myroslava M. Mudrak5. Spirituality and the Semiotics of Russian Culture: From the Icon to Avant-Garde Art by Oleg Tarasov6. Re-imagining the Old Faith: Larionov, Goncharova, and the Spiritual Traditions of Old Believers by Nina Gurianova7. ‘Russian Messiah’: On the Spiritual in the Reception of Vasily Kandinsky’s Art in Germany, c. 1910–1937 by Sebastian Borkhardt8. Ellis H. Minns and Nikodim Kondakov’s The Russian Icon (1927) by Wendy Salmond9. Stelletsky’s Murals at Saint-Serge: Orthodoxy and the Neo-Russian Style in Emigration by Nicola Kozicharow10. The Role of the ‘Red Commissar’ Nikolai Punin in the Rediscovery of Icons by Natalia Murray11. Ucha Japaridze, Lado Gudiashvili, and the Spiritual in Painting in Soviet Georgia by Jennifer BrewinSelect BibliographyIllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn 1911 Vasily Kandinsky published the first edition of ‘On the Spiritual in Art’, a landmark modernist treatise in which he sought to reframe the meaning of art and the true role of the artist. For many artists of late Imperial Russia – a culture deeply influenced by the regime’s adoption of Byzantine Orthodoxy centuries before – questions of religion and spirituality were of paramount importance. As artists and the wider art community experimented with new ideas and interpretations at the dawn of the twentieth century, their relationship with ‘the spiritual’ – broadly defined – was inextricably linked to their roles as pioneers of modernism.This diverse collection of essays introduces new and stimulating approaches to the ongoing debate as to how Russian artistic modernism engaged with questions of spirituality in the late nineteenth to mid-twentieth centuries. Ten chapters from emerging and established voices offer new perspectives on Kandinsky and other familiar names, such as Kazimir Malevich, Mikhail Larionov, and Natalia Goncharova, and introduce less well-known figures, such as the Georgian artists Ucha Japaridze and Lado Gudiashvili, and the craftswoman and art promoter Aleksandra Pogosskaia.Prefaced by a lively and informative introduction by Louise Hardiman and Nicola Kozicharow that sets these perspectives in their historical and critical context, Modernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art: New Perspectives enriches our understanding of the modernist period and breaks new ground in its re-examination of the role of religion and spirituality in the visual arts in late Imperial Russia. Of interest to historians and enthusiasts of Russian art, culture, and religion, and those of international modernism and the avant-garde, it offers innovative readings of a history only partially explored, revealing uncharted corners and challenging long-held assumptions.
=536  \\$aScouloudi Foundation, Institute of Historical Research
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$areligion
=653  \\$amodernism
=653  \\$aspirituality
=653  \\$ahistory of art
=700  1\$aHardiman, Louise,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000205442372$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0544-2372
=700  1\$aKozicharow, Nicola,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0115$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0115_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04894nam  22006252  4500
=001  2ac39072-546d-4747-8d07-fd7a35e3f453
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467889
=020  \\$z9781783740970$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740987$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740994$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644915$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746422$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741007$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741014$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0065$2doi
=024  7\$a921879692$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPS1631
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS036040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aMr. Emerson's Revolution /$cedited by Jean McClure Mudge.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv + 466 pages): $b166 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsForeword: Emerson’s Renewing PowerJohn Stauffer and Steven BrownIntroduction: Emerson as Spiritual and Social RevolutionaryJean McClure MudgeThe Making of a Protester1.1 A Legacy of Revolt, 1803-1821Phyllis Cole1.2 Becoming an American "Adam,” 1822-1835Wesley T. MottPublic and Private Revolutions2.1 The "New Thinking”: Nature, Self, and Society, 1836-1850David M. Robinson2.2 Dialogues with Self and Society, 1835-1860Jean McClure MudgeEmerson the Reformer3. A Pragmatic Idealist in Action, 1850-1865Len GougeonEmerson’s Evolving Emphases4. Actively Entering Old Age, 1865-1882Jean McClure MudgeEmerson’s Legacy in America5. Spawning a Wide New ConsciousnessJean McClure MudgeEmerson in the West and East6.1 Europe in Emerson and Emerson in EuropeBeniamino Soressi6.2 Asia in Emerson and Emerson in AsiaAlan HodderEmerson: A ChronologySelected BibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume traces the life, thought and work of Ralph Waldo Emerson, a giant of American intellectual history, whose transforming ideas greatly strengthened the two leading reform issues of his day: abolition and women’s rights. A broad and deep, yet cautious revolutionary, he spoke about a spectrum of inner and outer realities—personal, philosophical, theological and cultural—all of which gave his mid-career turn to political and social issues their immediate and lasting power.This multi-authored study frankly explores Emerson's private prejudices against blacks and women while he also publicly championed their causes. Such a juxtaposition freshly charts the evolution of Emerson's slow but steady application of his early neo-idealism to emancipating blacks and freeing women from social bondage. His shift from philosopher to active reformer had lasting effects not only in America but also abroad.In the U.S. Emerson influenced such diverse figures as Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson and William James and in Europe Mickiewicz, Wilde, Kipling, Nietzsche, and Camus in Europe as well as many leading followers in India and Japan. The book includes over 170 illustrations, among them eight custom-made maps of Emerson's haunts and wide-ranging lecture itineraries as well as a new four-part chronology of his life placed alongside both national and international events as well as major inventions.Mr. Emerson's Revolution provides essential reading for students and teachers of American intellectual history, the abolitionist and women’s rights movement―and for anyone interested in the nineteenth-century roots of these seismic social changes. 
=536  \\$aThe Ralph Waldo Emerson Society
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRalph Waldo Emerson
=653  \\$aabolition
=653  \\$awomen's rights
=653  \\$aUnited States
=653  \\$aemancipation
=653  \\$asocial change
=700  1\$aMcClure Mudge, Jean,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0065$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0065_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05672nam  22006252  4500
=001  94c92bfe-5893-4c4d-95b0-9ea2d380b030
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805113027$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113034$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113041$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113072$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113058$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0403$2doi
=024  7\$a1443868876$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS048010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL055000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVLK$2thema
=072   7$aAVLA$2thema
=072   7$aAVA$2thema
=072   7$aQRVJ1$2thema
=245  00$aMusic and Spirituality :$bTheological Approaches, Empirical Methods, and Christian Worship /$cedited by George Corbett, Sarah Moerman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+464 pages): $b18 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on ContributorsIntroductionForeword: A Composer’s PerspectiveI. THEOLOGICAL APPROACHES1. Encountering the Uncontrollable: Music’s Resistance to Reductionism and Its Theological Ramifications2. Cross and Consolation: Music’s Empathic Spirituality3. Music, Breath, and Spirit4. An Adorative Posture towards Music and Spiritual Realities 5. Religion, Science, and Music: An Augustinian Trinity6. Dissonant Spirituality: A Hermeneutical Aesthetics of Outlaw CountryII. EMPIRICAL METHODS7. From the Sacred to the Ordinary through the Lens of Psychological Science8. An Inquiry into Musical Trance9. An Ethnomusicology of Spiritual Realities10. The Concept of ‘Atmosphere’ as a Bridge between Music and Spirituality11. Spiritual Subjects: Musicking, Biography, and the Connections We Make12. The Impetus to Compose: Where is Fantasy Bred?III. CHRISTIAN WORSHIP13. Music in Christian Services as a Means to Induce Religious Feelings14. Spiritual Cultures: Innovations in Choral and Classical Music 15. Listening to the Lived Experiences of Worshippers: A Study of Post-Pandemic Mixed Ecology Worship16. An Abductive Study of Digital Worship through the Lenses of Netnography and Digital Ecclesiology17. Choral Singers and Spiritual Realities:A Perspective from St Mary’s Catholic Cathedral18. Music and Spirituality in Communal Song: Methodists and Welsh Sporting CrowdsAfterword: A Psychologist’s PerspectiveList of Figures and TablesBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe composer Sir James MacMillan has often referred to music as ‘the most spiritual of the arts’, and for many people, regardless of religious affiliation, this rings true. In listening to music, we are drawn to dimensions of human experience beyond the material. This collection brings together leading scholars from various disciplines – including Christian theology, musicology, and psychology and neuroscience – to interrogate the intimate relationship between music and spirituality. Organised in three parts – theological approaches, empirical methods, and Christian worship – the volume covers a vibrant array of topics. From examining how the Covid-19 pandemic has reshaped the profile of contemporary worship to investigating the spiritual effects of bodily positioning in liturgical spaces, from exploring spiritual experience through heart and breathing activity, electrodermal activity, and saliva samples to comparing the spiritual experiences of British Methodists with Welsh sporting fans, these essays attend to the lived reality of people’s perceived spiritual experiences through music.This collection will be an invaluable resource for scholars in the growing field of Christian theology and music, and will serve as a cornerstone for future research at the intersection of theology, music, and psychology and neuroscience. It will also appeal to anyone curious about why music consistently, across cultures, occupies a unique space bridging the material and spiritual dimensions of human life.
=536  \\$aUniversity of St Andrews$eUniversity of St Andrews’ Institutional Open Access Fund
=536  \\$aTempleton Religion Trust
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSpiritual
=653  \\$aWestern culture
=653  \\$aChristianity
=653  \\$aMusicology
=653  \\$aEthnomusicology
=653  \\$aNeuroscience
=700  1\$aCorbett, George,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000270433253$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7043-3253
=700  1\$aMoerman, Sarah,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000322799274$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2279-9274
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0403$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0403_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06459nam  22006372  4500
=001  8b44755b-1c10-45be-8b87-9266d1df59fc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800642522$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648395$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643840$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649279$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647053$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0374$2doi
=024  7\$a1436679507$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$a1FPJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS038000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL038000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVLA$2thema
=072   7$aAGA$2thema
=072   7$aABA$2thema
=072   7$aAVM$2thema
=100  1\$aMehl, Margaret,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Copenhagen.$0(orcid)0000000165129970$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6512-9970
=245  10$aMusic and the Making of Modern Japan :$bJoining the Global Concert /$cMargaret Mehl.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+456 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements  Introduction: Music and Japan  Overview and Chapters of the Book  A Note on Terminology  Japanese Names  Part One: Global History, Modernity, and Western Music  1. Global History, Musical Modernity, and the Globalization of Western Music     Global Modernity     Musical Modernity     The Globalization of Western Music     Transnational Circulation in Northeast Asia     ‘Western’ versus ‘Modern’  2. Under Reconstruction: Japan, the United States, and the European Model     The Beginnings of Music Education in America     Concerts and the Veneration of European Art Music     The Quest for a National Music  3. The Case of Japan     Western Music and Musical Reform     Traditional Musical Genres and the Meiji Reforms     The Meiji Reforms and the Introduction of Western Music     The Expansion of the Musical Infrastructure     Globalization, Sound Technology, and the Quest for a Japanese Sound     The Postwar ‘Musical Miracle’ and Its Critics  Part Two: Music for the Nation  4. From Rites and Music to National Music  5. Isawa Shūji: Music, Movement, Science, and Language     Keeping Them Together in Time: Froebel’s Movement Games     Music, Language, and Science     Music Education  6. Civilizing Citizens: Music Reform     Isawa Shūji and the Tokyo Academy of Music     The Debate about the Existence of the Tokyo Academy of Music     Shikama Totsuji’s Contribution  7. Shikama Totsuji: Music Reform and a Nationwide Network     Global Ambitions and a Nationwide Network: The Musical Magazine (Ongaku zasshi)     Shikama Totsuji’s Other Publications     Shikama Totsuji as a Performer, Collector and Inventor of Musical Instruments, and Band Instructor  8. Playing Modern: Blending Japanese and Western Music     Music Reform in Practice: Graduates of the Tokyo Academy of Music and Blended Music     Blended Music as a Commercial Enterprise  Part Three: The World, Japan, and Sendai  9. Local Pioneers and the Beginnings of Western Music in Sendai     The Shikama Brothers in Sendai     Music in the Second High School     Sendai’s Concert Culture around 1907  10. Foreign Actors: Kate I. Hansen     A Transnational Life and a Musical Mission     Kate Hansen and the Music of Others: Sendai’s Concert Culture Through Foreign Ears     Teaching Japanese Girls to Sing  11. The World in Sendai     Tōhoku Ongakuin     The Second High School     Miyagi Normal School     Miyagi College     Other Institutions     Representing the Nation and the World in Sendai  Conclusion  Appendix: Chronological List of Concerts in Sendai Reported in Ongakukai  Bibliography  Index  About the Author
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aJapan was the first non-Western nation to compete with the Western powers at their own game. The country’s rise to a major player on the stage of Western music has been equally spectacular. The connection between these two developments, however, has never been explored.How did making music make Japan modern? How did Japan make music that originated in Europe its own? And what happened to Japan’s traditional music in the process? Music and the Making of Modern Japan answers these questions. Discussing musical modernization in the context of globalization and nation-building, Margaret Mehl argues that, far from being a side-show, music was part of the action on centre stage. Making music became an important vehicle for empowering the people of Japan to join in the shaping of the modern world. In only fifty years, from the 1870s to the early 1920s, Japanese people laid the foundations for the country’s post-war rise as a musical as well as an economic power. Meanwhile, new types of popular song, fuelled by the growing global record industry, successfully blended inspiration from the West with musical characteristics perceived as Japanese. Music and the Making of Modern Japan represents a fresh contribution to historical research on making music as a major cultural, social, and political force.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJapan in the 1870s-early 1920s
=653  \\$aWestern powers
=653  \\$aMusic
=653  \\$aModernization
=653  \\$aGlobalization
=653  \\$aTraditional Japanese music
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0374$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0374_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03982nam  22005652  4500
=001  422d4720-b975-4892-afb4-b4972109ef0a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800647350$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647367$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647374$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647411$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647404$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647381$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647398$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0301$2doi
=024  7\$a1361809219$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMH$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI027000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aJan, Steven,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Huddersfield.
=245  10$aMusic in Evolution and Evolution in Music /$cSteven Jan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiii + 773 pages): $b61 illustrations, 17 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional resources available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aPreface(pp. xxv–xxx)Steven Jan1 Introduction: Music and Darwinism(pp. 1–62)Steven Jan2 The Evolution of Human Musicality(pp. 63–164)Steven Jan3 Music-Cultural Evolution in the Light of Memetics(pp. 165–290)Steven Jan4 Evolutionary Metaphors in Discourse on Music(pp. 291–390)Steven Jan5 Animal “Musicality” and Animal “Music”(pp. 391–472)Steven Jan6 Computer Simulation of Musical Evolution(pp. 473–564)Steven Jan7 Conclusion: Music, Evolution and Consciousness(pp. 565–626)Steven Jan
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMusic in Evolution and Evolution in Music by Steven Jan is a comprehensive account of the relationships between evolutionary theory and music. Examining the ‘evolutionary algorithm’ that drives biological and musical-cultural evolution, the book provides a distinctive commentary on how musicality and music can shed light on our understanding of Darwin’s famous theory, and vice-versa.  Comprised of seven chapters, with several musical examples, figures and definitions of terms, this original and accessible book is a valuable resource for anyone interested in the relationships between music and evolutionary thought. Jan guides the reader through key evolutionary ideas and the development of human musicality, before exploring cultural evolution, evolutionary ideas in musical scholarship, animal vocalisations, music generated through technology, and the nature of consciousness as an evolutionary phenomenon.A unique examination of how evolutionary thought intersects with music, Music in Evolution and Evolution in Music is essential to our understanding of how and why music arose in our species and why it is such a significant presence in our lives.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aevolutionary theory
=653  \\$amusic
=653  \\$arelationships between music and evolutionary thought
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0301$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0301_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07299nam  22007332  4500
=001  0ca65e36-38be-4ebd-92ab-10e98792da72
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020416930
=020  \\$z9781800642607$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642614$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642621$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646568$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642652$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642638$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642645$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0265$2doi
=024  7\$a1269507130$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQC903
=072   7$aRN$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAF$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=245  00$aNegotiating Climate Change in Crisis /$cedited by Steffen Böhm, Sian Sullivan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lxx+402 pages): $b21 illustrations, 1 table, 1 video.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Images and VideosAcknowledgementsThe AuthorsIntroduction: Climate Crisis? What Climate Crisis? Steffen Böhm and Sian SullivanI PARADIGMS1. One Earth, Many Futures, No Destination Mike Hulme2. From Efficiency to Resilience: Systemic Change towards Sustainability after COVID-19 Pandemic Minna Halme, Eeva Furman, Eeva-Lotta Apajalahti, Jouni Jaakkola, Lassi Linnanen, Jari Lyytimäki, Mikko Mönkkänen, Arto O. Salonen, Katriina Soini, Katriina Siivonen, Tuuli Toivonen and Anne Tolvanen3. On Climate Change Ontologies and the Spirit(s) of Oil Sian SullivanII WHAT COUNTS?4. Why Net Zero Policies Do More Harm than Good James G. Dyke, Wolfgang Knorr and Robert Watson5. The Carbon Bootprint of the US Military and Prospects for a Safer Climate Patrick Bigger, Cara Kennelly, Oliver Belcher and Ben Neimark6. Climate Migration Is about People, Not Numbers David Durand-Delacre, Giovanni Bettini, Sarah L. Nash, Harald Sterly, Giovanna Gioli, Elodie Hut, Ingrid Boas, Carol Farbotko, Patrick Sakdapolrak, Mirjam de Bruijn, Basundhara Tripathy Furlong, Kees van der Geest, Samuel Lietaer and Mike Hulme7. We’ll Always Have Paris Mike Hannis8. The Atmospheric Carbon Commons in Transition Bruce LankfordIII PARADIGMS9. The Mobilisation of Extractivism: The Social and Political Influence of the Fossil Fuel Industry Christopher Wright and Daniel Nyberg10. End the ‘Green’ Delusions: Industrial-Scale Renewable Energy is Fossil Fuel+ Alexander Dunlap11. I’m Sian, and I’m a Fossil Fuel Addict: On Paradox, Disavowal and (Im)Possibility in Changing Climate Change Sian SullivanIV DISPATCHES FROM A CLIMATE CHANGE FRONTLINE COUNTRY—NAMIBIA, SOUTHERN AFRICA12. Gendered Climate Change-Induced Human-Wildlife Conflicts (HWC) amidst COVID-19 in the Erongo Region, Namibia Selma Lendelvo, Romie Nghitevelekwa and Mechtilde Pinto13. Environmental Change in Namibia: Land-Use Impacts and Climate Change as Revealed by Repeat Photography Rick Rohde, M. Timm Hoffman and Sian Sullivan14. On Climate and the Risk of Onto-Epistemological Chainsaw Massacres: A Study on Climate Change and Indigenous People in Namibia Revisited Ute DieckmannV GOVERNANCE15. Towards a Fossil Fuel Treaty Peter Newell16. How Governments React to Climate Change: An Interview with the Political Theorists Joel Wainwright and Geoff Mann Joel Wainwright and Geoff Mann17. Inside Out COPs: Turning Climate Negotiations Upside Down Shahrin Mannan, Saleemul Huq and Mizan R. Khan18. Local Net Zero Emissions Plans: How Can National Governments Help? Ian Bailey19. Reversing the Failures of Climate Governance: Radical Action for Climate Justice Paul G. HarrisVI FINANCE20. Climate Finance and the Promise of Fake Solutions to Climate Change Sarah Bracking21. The Promise and Peril of Financialised Climate Governance Rami Kaplan and David LevyVII ACTION(S)22. What Is to Be Done to Save the Planet? Peter North23. Climate Politics between Conflict and Complexity Matthew Paterson24. Sustainable Foodscapes: Hybrid Food Networks Creating Food Change Rebecca Sandover25. Telling the ‘Truth’: Communication of the Climate Protest Agenda in the UK Legacy Media Sharon Gardham26. Climate Justice Advocacy: Strategic Choices for Glasgow and Beyond Patrick Bond27. Public Engagement with Radical Climate Change Action Lorraine Whitmarsh28. Five Questions whilst Walking: For Those that Decided to Participate in Agir Pour le Vivant Isabelle Fremeaux and Jay JordanIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aClimate change negotiations have failed the world. Despite more than thirty years of high-level, global talks on climate change, we are still seeing carbon emissions rise dramatically. This edited volume, comprising leading and emerging scholars and climate activists from around the world, takes a critical look at what has gone wrong and what is to be done to create more decisive action.Composed of twenty-eight essays—a combination of new and republished texts—the anthology is organised around seven main themes: paradigms; what counts?; extraction; dispatches from a climate change frontline country; governance; finance; and action(s). Through this multifaceted approach, the contributors ask pressing questions about how we conceptualise and respond to the climate crisis, providing both ‘big picture’ perspectives and more focussed case studies.This unique and extensive collection will be of great value to environmental and social scientists alike, as well as to the general reader interested in understanding current views on the climate crisis.
=536  \\$aBath Spa University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aclimate change
=653  \\$acarbon emissions
=653  \\$aclimate activism
=653  \\$aparadigms
=653  \\$aextraction
=653  \\$aclimate change frontline country
=653  \\$agovernance
=653  \\$afinance
=653  \\$aaction
=653  \\$aclimate crisis
=653  \\$acase studies
=653  \\$asocial sciences
=653  \\$aclimate change negotiation
=700  1\$aBöhm, Steffen,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000208881362$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0888-1362
=700  1\$aSullivan, Sian,$eeditor.$uBath Spa University.$0(orcid)0000000205228843$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0522-8843
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0265$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0265_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06246nam  22006972  4500
=001  85330cd5-3962-4026-985a-6342a15b6747
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386029
=020  \\$z9781800647664$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647671$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647688$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0306$2doi
=024  7\$a1334726116$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hkur$hsyr
=050  00$aGR295.I7
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FBQ$2bicssc
=072   7$a2BXK$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS026030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=245  10$aNeo-Aramaic and Kurdish Folklore from Northern Iraq :$bA Comparative Anthology with a Sample of Glossed Texts, Volume 1 /$cGeoffrey Khan, Masoud Mohammadirad, Dorota Molin, Paul M. Noorlander.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxiv+338 pages): $b1 illustration, 12 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aLIST OF TABLES AND MAPS .............................................xLIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS.......................xiCONTRIBUTORS AND COLLABORATORS..................... xiiiPREFACE .......................................................................xviiREFERENCES..................................................................xxiPROLEGOMENAPaul M. Noorlander and Dorota Molin1. Introduction to a Comparative Corpus of OralLiterature................................................................... 1Dorota Molin2. The Folkloristic Heritage of Kurds, Jews andSyriac Christians of Northern Iraq........................... 35Paul M. Noorlander and Masoud Mohammadirad 3. Narrative Style and Discourse in Kurdish andNeo-Aramaic Oral Literature ................................... 85Geoffrey KhanChA. Dure (Text 8).................................................... 159ChA. Shaqlawa (Text 28) .......................................... 165Dorota MolinChA. Duhok (Text 14) ............................................... 179JA. Duhok (Text 16).................................................. 196ChA. Enishke (Text 6) ............................................... 205JA. Zakho (Text 25) .................................................. 216ChA. Zakho (Text 10)................................................ 222Paul M. NoorlanderChA. Harmashe (Text 33).......................................... 234KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradNK. Duhok (Text 30)................................................. 248NK. Dure (Text 20).................................................... 274NK. Khizava (Text 7)................................................. 286NK. Zakho (Text 11).................................................. 302CK. Shaqlawa (Text 19)............................................. 316INDEX .....................................................................331
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis comparative anthology showcases the rich and mutually intertwined folklore of three ethno-religious communities from northern Iraq: Aramaic-speaking (‘Syriac’) Christians, Kurdish Muslims and—to a lesser extent—Aramaic-speaking Jews. The first volume contains several introductory chapters on language, folkore motifs and narrative style, followed by samples of glossed texts in each language variety. The second volume is the anthology proper, presenting folklore narratives in several distinct varieties of North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic and Northern and Central Kurdish. The stories are accompanied by English translations. The material includes different genres such as folktales, legends, fables and anecdotes, and is organised into seven thematic units. The folkloristic material of these three communities is shared to a large extent. The anthology is, therefore, a testament to the intimate and long-standing relations between these three ethno-religious communities—relations that existed in a multilingual environment centuries before the modern era of nationalism.
=536  \\$aBritish Academy$cHDV190229$eHeritage, Dignity and Violence
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAramaic-speaking Jews
=653  \\$aAramaic-speaking ('Syriac') Christians
=653  \\$aethno-religious communities
=653  \\$afolklore narratives
=653  \\$aKurdish Muslims
=653  \\$aNorth-Eastern Neo-Aramaic
=653  \\$aNorthern and Central Kurdish
=653  \\$anorthern Iraq
=700  1\$aMohammadirad, Masoud,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000285315524$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8531-5524
=700  1\$aMolin, Dorota,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=700  1\$aNoorlander, Paul M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000294071453$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9407-1453
=700  1\$aHabeeb Hanna, Lourd,$econtributions by.
=700  1\$aEliya Al-Zebari, Aziz Emmanuel,$econtributions by.
=700  1\$aAbraham, Salim,$econtributions by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0306$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0306_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09156nam  22006732  4500
=001  1bfc741a-1429-48f9-92a9-048a42bf3563
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800647695$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647701$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647718$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0307$2doi
=024  7\$a1337589893$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  0\$aeng$akur$asyr
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FBQ$2bicssc
=072   7$a2BXK$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS026030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=245  10$aNeo-Aramaic and Kurdish Folklore from Northern Iraq :$bA Comparative Anthology with a Sample of Glossed Texts, Volume 2 /$cGeoffrey Khan, Masoud Mohammadirad, Dorota Molin, Paul M. Noorlander.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+590 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aTHEME I: ZAMBILFROSHNEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):4. Zambilfrosh Narrated by A. Sher.............................. 35. Zambilfrosh Narrated by W. Toma ......................... 23Dorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Enishke (Northwest Iraq): 6. The Joseph Story or Zambilfrosh............................ 35KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern Dialect of Khizava (Northwest Iraq): 7. Zanbilfirosh—The Basket-Seller.............................. 41THEME II: THE BRIDGE OF DALALENEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Dure (Northwest Iraq):8. The Bridge of Zakho................................................ 63Dorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):9. The Bridge of Dalale Narrated by M. Nagara.......... 69The Christian Dialect of Zakho (Northwest Iraq):10. The Bridge of Dalale Narrated by A. Shamoun ..... 77KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern Dialect of Zakho (Northwest Iraq):11. The Bridge of Dalal ............................................... 95THEME III: ANIMALS AND HUMANS A: A ‘PIOUS’ FOXNEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):12. A ‘Pious’ Fox ....................................................... 107KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northwest Iraq):13. A ‘Pious’ Fox ....................................................... 123B: A HUMAN AND A BEASTNEO-ARAMAICDorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):14. A Man and a Lion ............................................... 13315. A Man and a Snake............................................. 143The Jewish Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq): 16. A Man and a Wolf............................................... 149KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq): 17. A Woman and a Leopard..................................... 161C: A EWE AND A WOLFNEO-ARAMAICDorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):18. A Dog, a Ewe and a Wolf .................................... 179KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northwest Iraq): 19. A Ewe and a Wolf ............................................... 187D: MISCELLANEOUSKURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern dialect of Dure (Northwest Iraq):20. A Family Horse ................................................... 199The Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northwest Iraq):21. A Man and His Dog............................................. 20722. A Talking Goat.................................................... 215THEME IV: SOCIAL STATUSNEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):23. The Poor Girl and Her Horse .............................. 223Dorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):24. A Woman Builds Her Home ................................ 235Oz Aloni and Dorota MolinThe Jewish Dialect of Zakho (Northwest Iraq):25. As Precious As Salt ............................................. 255KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):26. Dindik Hinar—A Girl Called PomegranateGrain...................................................................... 277The Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):27. The Indecent Neighbour ..................................... 341THEME V: FAMILY RELATIONSNEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):28. Two Mullahs ....................................................... 349KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):29. Two Mullahs ....................................................... 359The Northern dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):30. The Girl, Her Evil Stepmother and the Old Witch ..................................................................... 367The Northern dialect of Khizava (Northwest Iraq):31. Firyat and Khajija ............................................... 423THEME VI: MIRZA MUHAMMADNEO-ARAMAICPaul M. NoorlanderThe Christian Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq) : 32. Mirza Muhammad and the Forty Monsters......... 437The Christian Dialect of Harmashe (NW Iraq): 33. Mirza Muhammad and the Three Princesses ...... 493KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern Dialect of Duhok (Northwest Iraq):34. Mirza Muhammad’s Adventures ......................... 505THEME VII: RELIGIOUS LEGENDSNEO-ARAMAICGeoffrey KhanThe Christian Dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):35. Mar Yohanan (St. John)...................................... 549Dorota MolinThe Christian Dialect of Enishke (Northwest Iraq):36. Mar Giwargis (St. George) .................................. 563KURDISHMasoud MohammadiradThe Northern dialect of Dure (Northwest Iraq):37. The Prophet’s Horse............................................ 571The Central dialect of Shaqlawa (Northeast Iraq):38. The Foul-Mouthed Priest..................................... 579
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis comparative anthology showcases the rich and mutually intertwined folklore of three ethno-religious communities from northern Iraq: Aramaic-speaking (‘Syriac’) Christians, Kurdish Muslims and—to a lesser extent—Aramaic-speaking Jews. The first volume contains several introductory chapters on language, folkore motifs and narrative style, followed by samples of glossed texts in each language variety. The second volume is the anthology proper, presenting folklore narratives in several distinct varieties of North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic and Northern and Central Kurdish. The stories are accompanied by English translations. The material includes different genres such as folktales, legends, fables and anecdotes, and is organised into seven thematic units. The folkloristic material of these three communities is shared to a large extent. The anthology is, therefore, a testament to the intimate and long-standing relations between these three ethno-religious communities—relations that existed in a multilingual environment centuries before the modern era of nationalism.
=536  \\$aBritish Academy$cHDV190229$eHeritage, Dignity and Violence
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aethno-religious communities
=653  \\$anorthern Iraq
=653  \\$aAramaic-speaking (‘Syriac’) Christians
=653  \\$aKurdish Muslims
=653  \\$aAramaic-speaking Jews
=653  \\$afolklore narratives
=653  \\$aNorth-Eastern Neo-Aramaic
=653  \\$aNorthern and Central Kurdish
=700  1\$aMohammadirad, Masoud,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000285315524$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8531-5524
=700  1\$aMolin, Dorota,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=700  1\$aNoorlander, Paul M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000294071453$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9407-1453
=700  1\$aHabeeb Hanna, Lourd,$econtributions by.
=700  1\$aEliya Al-Zebari, Aziz Emmanuel,$econtributions by.
=700  1\$aAbraham, Salim,$econtributions by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0307$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0307_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05391nam  22005172  4500
=001  703bbdfe-d984-4807-8a80-26a196cfd0f0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447281
=020  \\$z9781800641648$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641655$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641662$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0250$2doi
=024  7\$a1247662161$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aNew Perspectives in Biblical and Rabbinic Hebrew /$cedited by Aaron D. Hornkohl, Geoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xl+766 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 7.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aContentsContributorsPreface Aaron D. Hornkohl and Geoffrey KhanAbstractsThe Alphabetic Revolution, Writing Systems, and Scribal Training in Ancient Israel Aaron KollerHissing, Gnashing, Piercing, Cracking: Naming Vowels in Medieval Hebrew Nick PosegayIII-y Imperatives in Ancient Hebrew Steven E. FassbergFrequency, Analogy, and Suppletion: √hlk in the Semitic Languages Jorik (F. J.) GroenOn the Morphology of the Guttural Verbs in Sephardic Traditions in the Early Modern Period Ariel GabbayComparative Semitic and Hebrew Plural Morphemes Na’ama Pat-ElProper Names as Predicates in Biblical Hebrew Elisheva JeffayThe Shift from the Biblical Hebrew Far Demonstrative ההוא to Mishnaic Hebrew אותו Chanan ArielBiblical Hebrew Short Yiqṭol and the ‘Consecutive Tenses’ Bo IsakssonThe Rise of Wayyiqṭol Elizabeth RobarNotes on the Lengthened Imperfect Consecutive in Late Biblical Hebrew Ambjörn SjörsThe Coding of Discourse Dependency in Biblical Hebrew Consecutive Weqaṭal and Wayyiqṭol Geoffrey KhanA Tense Question: Does Hebrew Have a Future? Aaron D. HornkohlOn Pragmatics and Grammar in Biblical Hebrew: Predicate Adjectives and Stative Verbs Ethan JonesNifʿal Verbs in the Book of Genesis and Their Contribution to Meaning Ellen van Woldeהָיָה in Biblical Hebrew Daniel WilsonThe Coordination of Biblical Hebrew Finite Verb Forms and Infinitives in Comparative Semitic and Typological Perspective Lutz EdzardParts of Speech in Biblical Hebrew Time Phrases: A Cognitive-Statistical Analysis Cody KinghamPolysemous Adverbial Conjunctions in Biblical Hebrew: An Application of Diachronic Semantic Maps Christian LocatellDifferentiating Left Dislocation Constructions in Biblical Hebrew Cynthia L. Miller-Naudé and Jacobus A. NaudéBiblical Hebrew and Cognitive Linguistics: A General Orientation Christo H. J. van der MerweFrom לוּ חַ to סֵפֶר and Back: An Episode in Biblical Hebrew Historical Linguistics Tania NotariusIsraelian Hebrew in the Book of Amos Gary A. RendsburgAttitudes towards Rabbinic Hebrew as Reflected in Hebrew Grammars during the Jewish Enlightenment Yehonatan WormserIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMost of the papers in this volume originated as presentations at the conference Biblical Hebrew and Rabbinic Hebrew: New Perspectives in Philology and Linguistics, which was held at the University of Cambridge, 8–10th July, 2019. The aim of the conference was to build bridges between various strands of research in the field of Hebrew language studies that rarely meet, namely philologists working on Biblical Hebrew, philologists working on Rabbinic Hebrew and theoretical linguists.This volume is the published outcome of this initiative. It contains peer-reviewed papers in the fields of Biblical and Rabbinic Hebrew that advance the field by the philological investigation of primary sources and the application of cutting-edge linguistic theory. These include contributions by established scholars and by students and early career researchers.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHebrew language studies
=653  \\$aBiblical Hebrew
=653  \\$aRabbinic Hebrew
=700  1\$aHornkohl, Aaron D.,$eeditor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.
=700  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 7.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0250$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0250_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05409nam  22007092  4500
=001  ebc98c6e-bec5-4869-b5c9-c1162fd00710
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446242
=020  \\$z9781800649453$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649460$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649477$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649514$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649484$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0334$2doi
=024  7\$a1428180616$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDS134.4
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL042030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC066000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=072   7$aNHWR7$2thema
=072   7$aJPHX$2thema
=072   7$aDND$2thema
=072   7$aDNC$2thema
=245  00$aNo Life Without You :$bRefugee Love Letters from the 1930s /$cedited by Franklin Felsenstein.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+622 pages): $b88 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the EditorIllustrationsPreface and AcknowledgementsRefugees: A Contextual Introduction by Rachel PistolPART 1: THENOne: Familien HirschTwo: Mainly MopeThree: VictoriaschuleFour: “And So What?”Five: HeisingSix: Of Books And Arts (1): Max SchwimmerSeven: Of Books And Arts (2): Thomas MannEight: “I Will Give Up Medicine!!!!!”Nine: Under The SwastikaTen: “Did I Do the Right Thing?”Eleven: ZionismTwelve: GretelThirteen: Marks and MitjaPART 2: NOWFourteen: “I Stole a Kiss From You at the Train Station”Fifteen: Mope in PalestineSixteen: Palestine or Vera?Seventeen: DoverEighteen: “Happy and Sad at the Same Time”Nineteen: Letters From a Wretched Coffee House SitterTwenty: “More of a Stranger Here Now”Twenty-one: “The Letter Writing Last Guest”Twenty-two: “Human Beings Are Good!”Twenty-three: “Every Turn of the Wheel”Twenty-four: “I Will Come to London Directly”Twenty-five: “The Alpha and Omega of My Life”Twenty-six: “This Ever So Long Time of Insatiable Longing”Twenty-seven: “10,108 white foxes”Twenty-eight: Visas, Visas, VisasTwenty-nine: “Today, For the First Time in My Life, I Wished I Were a Man!”Thirty: “The Little Fruit That Fell From the Tree”Thirty-one: “No Life Without You”Thirty-two: AfterwordGlossary of NamesSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe letters and journals of Ernst Moritz and Vera Hirsch Felsenstein, two German Jewish refugees caught in the tumultuous years leading to the Second World War, form the core of this book. Abridged in English from the original German, the correspondence and diaries have been expertly compiled and annotated by their only son who preserves his parents’ love story in their own words. Their letters, written from Germany, England, Russia, and Palestine capture their desperate efforts to save themselves and their family, friends and businesses from the fascist tyranny. The book begins by contextualizing the early lives of Moritz and Vera.Because the letters are written to each other almost daily, they are incredibly immediate. Most centrally, the letters recount an astonishing love story, sensual in its intimate detail, and full of dramatic pathos in revealing the anxieties of being apart as the Nazi threat unfolds and broadens. It is told through the voices of two exceptionally articulate letter writers.This volume offers insights into the moral and psychological dilemmas faced by German Jews as a targeted community. It affords a unique appreciation of the impact of historical and socio-political upheavals on the lives of a persecuted minority.A scholarly introduction by Rachel Pistol draws out the main themes raised by this correspondence, observing its relevance to contemporary debates about migration and political authority.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPersonal correspondence
=653  \\$aRefugees
=653  \\$aWorld War 2
=653  \\$a1930s Germany
=653  \\$aJewish persecution
=653  \\$aEngland
=700  1\$aFelsenstein, Franklin,$eeditor.$uBall State University.
=700  1\$aPistol, Rachel,$eintroduction by.$uKing's College London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0334$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0334_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05772nam  22006252  4500
=001  81fd0c37-9aa1-4e3d-ae06-1d52e2c87d86
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452971
=020  \\$z9781783748631$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748648$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748655$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646063$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748686$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748662$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748679$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0195$2doi
=024  7\$a1132418494$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aRA441
=072   7$aMB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBN$2bicssc
=072   7$aMED000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED076000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aNon-communicable Disease Prevention :$bBest Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys /$cedited by Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai, Rachel A. Archer, Yot Teerawattananon, Anthony J. Culyer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxx+184 pages): $b10 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional resources including a media kit for this book are available on the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aForewordsAcknowledgementsNotes on Contributors    Introduction    Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai, Rachel A. Archer and Anthony J. Culyer    Non-Communicable Diseases, NCD Program Managers and the Politics of Progress    Sumithra Krishnamurthy Reddiar and Jesse B. Bump    Framework for Implementing Best Buys and Avoiding Wasted Buys    Yot Teerawattananon, Alia Luz, Manushi Sharma and Waranya Rattanavipapong    Best Buys    Tazeem Bhatia, Arisa Shichijo and Ryota Nakamura    Wasted Buys    Yot Teerawattananon, Manushi Sharma, Alia Luz, Waranya Rattanavipapong and Adam G. Elshaug    Assessing the Transferability of Economic Evaluations: A Decision Framework    David D. Kim, Rachel L. Bacon and Peter J. Neumann    Finding the Best Evidence    Thunyarat Anothaisintawee    Cross-Sectoral Policies to Address Non-Communicable Diseases    Melitta Jakab and Peter C. Smith    Deliberative Processes in Decisions about Best Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys: Uncertainty and Credibility    Kalipso Chalkidou and Anthony J. Culyer    Summing Up    Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai, Rachel A. Archer and Anthony J. CulyerGlossary of AbbreviationsList of Illustrations and Tables
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNon-communicable diseases (NCDs) are the leading cause of death worldwide, contributing to over 73% of all deaths annually. Each day NCDs cause more than 100,000 deaths, 80% of which occur in low- and middle-income countries. NCDs, however, are largely preventable, and a great deal of technical knowledge exists about how to prevent and manage them. Why, then, have we, as a global community, not been more successful at reducing this NCD burden? Does a universal problem not have a universal solution?Created by an international consortium of experts, this informative and accessible book provides practical guidelines, key learning points, and dynamic, real-world case studies to aid NCD program managers, policy officers and decision-makers in low- and middle-income countries, so that they can assess interventions for the prevention and control of NCDs.The book was commissioned by the Prince Mahidol Award Conference (PMAC), an annual international conference centred on policy of global significance related to public health. NCD Prevention: Best Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys emphasises the importance of context in NCD control and prevention, arguing that the success of an intervention lies in an ability to respond to local needs and environments. The book comprises ten chapters, which collectively explore the reasons behind, and strategies for, preventing and managing the NCD burden. It spans key themes such as political economy, the transferability of economic evidence, the role of cross-sectoral policies, the importance of deliberative processes, and health technology assessment.This book is written for the benefit of the global health community, and is primarily targeted at those individuals who are involved in NCD programs. This book will also be of interest to NCD champions, policy advocates, and educators spearheading the movement for increased visiblity of NCDs.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNon-communicable diseases
=653  \\$aNCDs
=653  \\$adeath
=653  \\$apractical guidelines
=653  \\$aPrince Mahidol Award Conference
=653  \\$aPMAC
=700  1\$aIsaranuwatchai, Wanrudee,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aArcher, Rachel A.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000309519020$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0951-9020
=700  1\$aTeerawattananon, Yot,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aCulyer, Anthony J.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of York.$0(orcid)0000000288968491$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8896-8491
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0195$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0195_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03488nam  22005652  4500
=001  76ca6d0b-6539-484b-a2a7-d872e064fdae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513474
=020  \\$z9781805114581$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114598$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114604$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0438$2doi
=024  7\$a1431223605$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB135
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKC$2thema
=072   7$aKCA$2thema
=072   7$aKCK$2thema
=100  1\$aRichter, Michael,$eauthor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000252209995$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5220-9995
=245  10$aNo Prices No Games! :$bFour Economic Models /$cMichael Richter, Ariel Rubinstein.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xi+143 pages): $b13 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPersonal NoteNotation and Terminology0. Introduction1. Equilibrium in the Jungle2. The Permissible and the Forbidden3. Status and Indoctrination4. Biased Preferences Equilibrium5. A Comparison to Game TheoryReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhile current economic theory focuses on prices and games, this book models economic settings where harmony is established through one of the following societal conventions:• A power relation according to which stronger agents are able to force weaker ones to do things against their will.• A norm that categorizes actions as permissible or forbidden.• A status relation over alternatives which limits each agent's choices.• Systematic biases in agents' preferences.These four conventions are analysed using simple and mathematically straightforward models, without any pretensions regarding direct applied usefulness. While we do not advocate for the adoption of any of these conventions specifically – we do advocate that when modelling an economic situation, alternative equilibrium notions should be considered, rather than automatically reaching for the familiar approaches of prices or games.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEconomic Theory
=653  \\$aModels
=653  \\$aPrices
=653  \\$aGames
=653  \\$aAgents
=653  \\$aEquilibrium
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uTel Aviv University.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0438$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0438_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03446nam  22005532  4500
=001  7d861db5-22f6-4ef8-abbb-b56ab8397624
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388882
=020  \\$z9781805113089$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113096$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113102$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0404$2doi
=024  7\$a1431223605$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHB135
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS069040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aKC$2thema
=072   7$aKCA$2thema
=072   7$aKCK$2thema
=100  1\$aRichter, Michael,$eauthor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000252209995$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5220-9995
=245  10$aNo Prices No Games! :$bFour Economic Models /$cMichael Richter, Ariel Rubinstein.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (ix+143 pages): $b13 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPersonal NoteNotation and Terminology0 Introduction1 Equilibrium in the Jungle2 The Permissible and the Forbidden3 Status and Indoctrination4 Biased Preferences Equilibrium5 A Comparison to Game TheoryReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhile current economic theory focuses on prices and games, this book models economic settings where harmony is established through one of the following societal conventions:•A power relation according to which stronger agents are able to force weaker ones to do things against their will.•A norm that categorizes actions as permissible or forbidden.•A status relation over alternatives which limits each agent's choices.•Systematic biases in agents' preferences.These four conventions are analysed using simple and mathematically straightforward models, without any pretensions regarding direct applied usefulness. While we do not advocate for the adoption of any of these conventions specifically – we do advocate that when modelling an economic situation, alternative equilibrium notions should be considered, rather than automatically reaching for the familiar approaches of prices or games.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEconomic Theory
=653  \\$aModels
=653  \\$aPrices
=653  \\$aGames
=653  \\$aAgents
=653  \\$aEquilibrium
=700  1\$aRubinstein, Ariel,$eauthor.$uTel Aviv University.$0(orcid)0000000315742659$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1574-2659
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0404$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0404_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05759nam  22006012  4500
=001  118649cf-cc18-44ed-8375-15c90855749a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\fre\d
=020  \\$z9781805112846$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112853$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112860$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112891$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112877$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0400$2doi
=024  7\$a1460256915$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aANF$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DDF$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER011010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER011020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aATD$2thema
=072   7$aATDF$2thema
=072   7$a1DDF$2thema
=245  00$aNouvelles études sur les lieux de spectacle de la première modernité /$cedited by Pauline Beaucé, Jeffrey M. Leichman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+210 pages): $b113 illustrations, 6 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSt Andrews Studies in French History and Culture ;$vvol. 1.$x2755-2640$x2755-2632
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aRemerciementsIntroduction. Des archives au virtuel (aller-retour)I – PERFORMANCES1. Recréation 3D et création théâtrale contemporaine : enjeux et perspectives du spectacle 1759. Ça commence la Comédie !2. La scène de l’Hôtel de Bourgogne en 1630. L’iconographie relue au prisme de l’infographie3. Reconstituer les décors d’un théâtre de la première moitié du XIXe siècle. Enjeux de la recherche en scénographieII - ARCHIVES4. Les lieux de spectacle forains de Maurice Vonderbeck et Jeanne Godefroy au tournant du XVIIIe siècleBrève de méthodologie 1. Une « rétro-architecture » pour l’histoire des spectacles : l’exemple de VESPACE5. Étudier les wauxhalls parisiens (1766-1798) : la quête d’éléments connexesIII - PÉDAGOGIES6. Théâtres éphémères du XVIe siècle à l’épreuve du virtuelBrève de méthodologie 2. Archéologie théâtrale en Bretagne. Tentative de reconstitution en 3D du « Vieux Théâtre » de Morlaix (29)7. Confronter nos savoirs : retour sur l’expérience Montaigne in GameIV - THÉÂTRES IMAGINÉS8. Exposition virtuelle : les théâtres virtuels de Bordeaux (XVIIIe-XXe siècle)9. Les salles de spectacle nantaises jamais construites de Vigné de Vigny et Ceineray (1755-1765) 10. Zones de conflit : imagination de l’expérience théâtrale militarisée en France au XVIIIe siècle 11. Un théâtre virtuel pour la Nouvelle Orléans : modélisation du Projet d’une salle de spectacle pour la Nouvelle Orléans de Jean-Hyacinthe Laclotte12. Les humanités à l’âge du numérique : comme de la pâte à modeler Biographies des contributeurs
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLes théâtres du passé : des théâtres virtuels ? C’est une des questions passionnantes explorée dans ce livre par des chercheurs et chercheuses en littérature, musicologie, histoire, études théâtrales, histoire de l’art, architecture et sciences du numérique. Ces Nouvelles études sur les lieux de spectacle de la première modernité proposent de relever un défi épistémologique autour de la notion de virtuel pour la recherche en histoire du théâtre en engageant différents formats de réflexion : entretiens, articles multimédia, brèves de méthodologie, exposition virtuelle. L’objectif de ce volume est de situer le lieu de spectacle aussi largement que possible au carrefour des imaginaires et de ses usages pratiques. Ancrées dans le concret des archives, les contributions s’inscrivent dans la volonté d’un renouveau interprétatif en partant d’hypothèses rendues possibles par des perspectives contemporaines - nouvelles technologies, revalorisation d’objets autrefois jugés mineurs, intérêt pour les approches contrefactuelles. La diversité des objets de recherche, des méthodes et des résultats rassemblés éclaire non seulement l’histoire matérielle des spectacles de la première modernité, mais illustre aussi la nécessité de croiser les approches scientifiques pour renouveler la compréhension et la transmission des pratiques culturelles du passé.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aThéâtres virtuels
=653  \\$aPremière modernité
=653  \\$aPratiques culturelles du passé
=653  \\$aEarly modern performing arts
=653  \\$aMaterial history
=653  \\$ainterdisciplinary approach
=700  1\$aBeaucé, Pauline,$eeditor.$uUniversité Bordeaux-Montaigne.$0(orcid)000000022102148X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2102-148X
=700  1\$aLeichman, Jeffrey M.,$eeditor.$uLouisiana State University.$0(orcid)0009000368114565$1https://orcid.org/0009-0003-6811-4565
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSt Andrews Studies in French History and Culture ;$vvol. 1.$x2755-2640$x2755-2632
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0400$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0400_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04779nam  22006612  4500
=001  f8a1849c-0be0-4600-9653-83b0dc6de3ae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467797
=020  \\$z9781909254701$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254718$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254725$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644632$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254732$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254749$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0036$2doi
=024  7\$a960769020$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=050  00$aD21
=072   7$aHBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBAH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS013000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS016000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMichelet, Jules,$eauthor.
=245  10$aOn History :$bIntroduction to World History (1831); Opening Address at the Faculty of Letters, 9 January 1834; Preface to History of France (1869) /$cJules Michelet; translated by Lionel Gossman, Edward K. Kaplan, Flora Kimmich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 168 pages): $b4 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsAcknowledgments1. Foreword by Lionel Gossman2. Chronology of Jules Michelet3. Michelet, Introduction to World History (1831)Translated by Flora KimmichNotes and Clarifications4. Michelet, Opening Address at the Faculty of Letters, 9 January 1834Translated by Lionel Gossman5. Michelet, Preface to History of France (1869), with Introduction by Edward K. KaplanTranslated by Edward K. Kaplan6. Select Bibliography of Critical Writing on Michelet
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEdited by Lionel Gossman, this volume contains three programmatic essays by Michelet. The first two are available here for the first time in English translation. The third, the Preface to the 1869 edition of the Histoire de France, originally published in its first English translation by Edward K. Kaplan in his Michelet’s Poetic Vision (1977), has been revised by the translator for this volume. Curated by leading scholars and translators this volume provides essential reading for anybody interested in modern French and European history. One of the greatest Romantic historians and immensely popular during his lifetime, Jules Michelet (1798-1874) fell into disfavour among the positivist historians who came after him and who regarded his work with disdain as "literature." In the 1920s and 30s, however, he began to be rediscovered and rehabilitated by the members of the influential Annales school. The objects of Michelet’s interest—living conditions, popular mentalities, laws and the arts, the historian’s relation to the objects of his study, no less than political history—have since come to occupy a central place in modern historical research. A free online-only supplement contains an essay on Michelet by John Stuart Mill from the Edinburgh Review (January 1844) and several studies of Michelet by Lionel Gossman. The University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences of Princeton University has generously contributed to the publication of this volume.
=536  \\$aThe University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJules Michelet
=653  \\$aHistory of France
=653  \\$aWorld History
=653  \\$aFrench Historiography
=653  \\$aRomantic Historiography
=653  \\$aEnglish translation
=700  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$etranslator.$uPrinceton University.
=700  1\$aKaplan, Edward K.,$etranslator.$uBrandeis University.
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0036$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0036_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05586nam  22008172  4500
=001  1535743d-3e4a-4f91-b5bd-f79c6a07751d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447499
=020  \\$z9781783747696$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747702$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747719$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645943$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747740$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747726$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747733$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0180$2doi
=024  7\$a1255690748$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPT3805
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCX$2bicssc
=072   7$aFC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aNisbet, Hugh Barr,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aOn the Literature and Thought of the German Classical Era :$bCollected Essays /$cHugh Barr Nisbet.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+336 pages): $b11 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsForeword1. Lucretius in Eighteenth-Century Germany: With a Commentary on Goethe’s Poem ‘Metamorphosis of Animals’ Hugh Barr Nisbet2. On the Rise of Toleration in Europe: Lessing and the German Contribution Hugh Barr Nisbet3. On the Function of Mystification in Lessing’s Masonic Dialogues Ernst and Falk Hugh Barr Nisbet4. The Rationalisation of the Holy Trinity from Lessing to Hegel Hugh Barr Nisbet5. Lessing and Misogyny: Die Matrone von Ephesus Hugh Barr Nisbet6. The German Reception of an Irish Eccentric: The Controversy over Thomas Amory’s The Life of John Buncle, Esq. (1778–79) Hugh Barr Nisbet7. Herder’s The Oldest Document of the Human Race and his Philosophy of Religion and History Hugh Barr Nisbet8. The Ethical Foundation of Goethe’s Scientific Thought Hugh Barr Nisbet9. Natural History and Human History in Goethe, Herder, and Kant Hugh Barr Nisbet10. Schiller’s ‘Ode to Joy’: A Reappraisal Hugh Barr Nisbet11. Laocoön in Germany: The Reception of the Group since Winckelmann Hugh Barr NisbetList of IllustrationsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis elegant collection of essays ranges across eighteenth and nineteenth-century thought, covering philosophy, science, literature and religion in the ‘Age of Goethe.’ A recognised authority in the field, Nisbet grapples with the major voices of the Enlightenment and gives pride of place to the figures of Lessing, Herder, Goethe and Schiller.These eleven essays range widely in their compass of thought and intellectual discourse, dealing incisively with themes including the philosophical implications of literature and the relationship between religion, science and politics. The result is an accomplished reflection on German thought, but also on its rebirth, as Nisbet argues for the relevance of these Enlightenment thinkers for the readers of today.The first half of this collection focuses predominantly on eighteenth-century thought, where names like Lessing, Goethe and Herder, but also Locke and Voltaire, feature. The second has a wider chronological scope, discussing authors such as Winckelmann and Schiller, while branching out from discussions of religion, philosophy and literature to explore the sciences. Issues of biology, early environmentalism, and natural history also form part of this volume. The collection concludes with an examination of changing attitudes towards art in the aftermath of the ‘Age of Goethe.’The essays in this volume have been previously published separately, but are brought together in this collection to present Nisbet’s widely-acclaimed perspectives on this fascinating period of German thought. It will be of interest to scholars and students of the intellectual life of Europe during the Enlightenment, while its engaging and lucid style will also appeal to the general reader.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aeighteenth-century
=653  \\$anineteenth-century
=653  \\$athought
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$ascience
=653  \\$aliterature
=653  \\$areligion
=653  \\$aGoethe
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$aEnlightenment
=653  \\$aLessing
=653  \\$aHerder
=653  \\$aSchiller
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$aGerman thought
=653  \\$aLocke
=653  \\$aVoltaire
=653  \\$aWinckelmann
=653  \\$abiology
=653  \\$aenvironmentalism
=653  \\$anatural history
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$a'Age of Goethe'
=653  \\$aEurope
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0180$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0180_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05145nam  22006012  4500
=001  ac95136f-f19d-44fe-a3a1-621212381cec
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452608
=020  \\$z9781783742783$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742790$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742806$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645226$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746187$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742813$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742820$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0103$2doi
=024  7\$a969036388$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC5803.C65
=072   7$aJNQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU041000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aOpen Education :$bInternational Perspectives in Higher Education /$cedited by Patrick Blessinger, TJ Bliss.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii + 356 pages): $b21 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsForewordDavid WileyPrefacePatrick Blessinger and TJ Bliss1. Introduction to Open Education: Towards a Human Rights TheoryPatrick Blessinger and TJ Bliss2. Emancipation through Open Education: Rhetoric or Reality?Andy Lane3. Technology Strategies for Open Educational Resource DisseminationPhil Barker and Lorna M. Campbell4. Identifying Categories of Open Educational Resource UsersMartin Weller, Beatriz de los Arcos, Rob Farrow, Rebecca Pitt and Patrick McAndrew5. Situated Learning in Open Communities: The TED Open Translation ProjectLidia Cámara de la Fuente and Anna Comas-Quinn6. Educational Policy and Open Educational Practice in Australian Higher EducationAdrian Stagg and Carina Bossu7. The Identified Informal Learner: Recognizing Assessed Learning in the OpenPatrina Law8. Transformation of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education towards Open Learning Arenas: A Question of QualityEbba Ossiannilsson, Zehra Altinay, and Fahriye Altinay9. Three Approaches to Open Textbook DevelopmentRajiv S. Jhangiani, Arthur G. Green, and John D. Belshaw10. What Does It Mean to Open Education? Perspectives on Using Open Educational Resources at a US Public UniversityLinda Vanasupa, Amy Wiley, Lizabeth Schlemer, Dana Ospina, Peter Schwartz, Deborah Wilhelm, Catherine Waitinas and Kellie Hall11. Expanding Access to Science Field-Based Research Techniques for Students at a Distance through Open Educational ResourcesAudeliz Matias, Kevin Woo, and Nathan Whitley-Grassi12. A Practitioner’s Guide to Open Educational Resources: A Case StudyHoward Miller13. Open Assessment Resources for Deeper LearningDavid Gibson, Dirk Ifenthaler, and Davor Orlic14. Promoting Open Science and Research in Higher Education: A Finnish PerspectiveIlkka Väänänen and Kati Peltonen15. Credentials for Open Learning: Scalability and ValidityMika Hoffman and Ruth Olmsted16. Open Education Practice at the University of Southern QueenslandKen Udas, Helen Partridge and Adrian StaggIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis insightful collection of essays explores the ways in which open education can democratise access to education for all. It is a rich resource that offers both research and case studies to relate the application of open technologies and approaches in education settings around the world. Global in perspective, this book argues strongly for the value of open education in both the developed and developing worlds. Through a mixture of theoretical and practical approaches, it demonstrates that open education promotes ideals of inclusion, diversity, and social justice to achieve the vision of education as a fundamental human right.A must-read for practitioners, policy-makers, scholars and students in the field of education.
=536  \\$aHewlett Foundation
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aopen education
=653  \\$ademocratisation
=653  \\$aopen technologies
=653  \\$aopen access
=653  \\$ainclusion
=653  \\$asocial justice
=700  1\$aBlessinger, Patrick,$eeditor.$uSt. John’s University.$0(orcid)0000000233985825$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3398-5825
=700  1\$aBliss, TJ,$eeditor.$uHewlett Foundation.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0103$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0103_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07231nam  22006252  4500
=001  80204dff-c8a9-4155-a539-7ee980102875
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467807
=020  \\$z9781906924706$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924713$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924720$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644526$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924737$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924744$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0025$2doi
=024  7\$a969711848$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPL8010
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTD$2bicssc
=072   7$a1H$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDRA011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aFinnegan, Ruth,$eauthor.$uBritish Academy.
=245  10$aOral Literature in Africa /$cRuth Finnegan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xliv + 570  pages): $b39 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$a\$iPrint version:$aOriginal edition published as part of the series: Oxford library of African literature. London : Clarendon Press, 1970.
=505  0\$aContents Online ResourcesIllustrationsForward by Mark TurinPrefacesAcknowledgementsAbbreviationsNote on Sources and ReferencesI • INTRODUCTION 1. The 'oral' nature of African unwritten literature   The significance of performance in actualization, transmission, and composition. Audience and occasion. Implications for the study of oral literature. Oral art as literature.2. The perception of African oral literature    Nineteenth-century approaches and collections. Speculations and neglect in the twentieth century. Recent trends in African studies and the revival of interest in oral literature.3. The social, linguistic, and literary background        Social and literary background. The linguistic basis — the example of Bantu. Some literary tools. Presentation of the material. The literary complexity of African cultures.II • POETRY4. Poetry and patronage    Variations in the poet's position. Court poets. Religious patronage. Free-lance and wandering poets. Part-time poets. A note on 'epic'.5. Panegyric        Introductory: nature and distribution; composers and reciters; occasions. Southern Bantu praise poetry: form and style; occa­sions and delivery; traditional and contemporary significance.6. Elegiac poetry General and introductory. Akan funeral dirges: content and themes; structure, style, and delivery; occasions and functions; the dirge as literature.7. Religious poetry            Introductory. Didactic and narrative religious poetry and the Islamic tradition; the Swahili tenzi. Hymns, prayers, and incanta­tions: general survey; the Fante Methodist lyric. Mantic poetry: Sotho divining praises; odu Ifa (Yoruba).8. Special purpose poetry — war, hunting, and work     Military poetry: Nguni; Akan. Hunting poetry: Yoruba ijala; Ambo hunters' songs. Work songs.9. Lyric  Occasions. Subject-matter. Form. Composition.10. Topical and political songs         Topical and local poetry. Songs of political parties and movements: Mau Mau hymns; Guinea R.D.A. songs; Northern Rhodesian party songs.11. Children's songs and rhymes      Lullabies and nursery rhymes. Children's games and verses; Southern Sudanese action songs.III • PROSE12. Prose narratives I. Problems and theoriesIntroductory. Evolutionist interpretations. Historical-geographi­cal school. Classification and typologies. Structural-functional approach. Conclusion.13. Prose narratives II. Content and form.       What is known to date: content and plot; main characters. Types of tales: animal stories; stories about people; 'myths'; ‘legends' and historical narratives. What demands further study: occasions; role of narrators; purpose and function; literary conventions; per­formance; originality and authorship. Conclusion.14. Proverbs       The significance and concept of the proverb. Form and style. Content. Occasions and functions. Specific examples: Jabo; Zulu; Azande. Conclusion.15. Riddles           Riddles and related forms. Style and content. Occasions and uses. Conclusion.16. Oratory, formal speaking, and other stylized forms  Oratory and rhetoric: Burundi; Limba. Prayers, curses, etc. Word play and verbal formulas. Names.IV • SOME SPECIAL FORMS17. Drum language and literature      Introductory — the principle of drum language. Examples of drum literature: announcements and calls; names; proverbs; poetry. Conclusion.18. Drama    Introductory. Some minor examples: Bushman 'plays'; West African puppet shows. Mande comedies. West African masquerades: South-Eastern Nigeria; Kalabari. Conclusion.ConclusionMapsBibliography Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aRuth Finnegan’s Oral Literature in Africa was first published in 1970, and since then has been widely praised as one of the most important books in its field. Based on years of fieldwork, the study traces the history of storytelling across the continent of Africa. This revised edition makes Finnegan’s ground-breaking research available to the next generation of scholars. It includes a new introduction, additional images and an updated bibliography, as well as its original chapters on poetry, prose, "drum language" and drama, and an overview of the social, linguistic and historical background of oral literature in Africa. Oral Literature in Africa has been accessed by hundreds of readers in over 60 different countries, including Ethiopia, Kenya, Rwanda and numerous other African countries. The digital editions of this book are free to download thanks to the generous support of interested readers and organisations, who made donations using the crowd-funding website Unglue.it. Oral Literature in Africa is part of our World Oral Literature Series in conjunction with the World Oral Literature Project.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOral literature
=653  \\$aAfrican culture
=653  \\$aOrality
=653  \\$aUnglue.it
=653  \\$aStorytelling
=653  \\$aLimba
=653  \\$aSierra Leone
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eforeword by.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0025$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0025_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04929nam  22006372  4500
=001  b244f05b-a313-4d98-9549-711648813475
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467802
=020  \\$z9781909254305$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254312$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254329$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644595$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254336$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254343$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0032$2doi
=024  7\$a1133285149$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR72
=072   7$aHBTD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSL9$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFB$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aOral Literature in the Digital Age :$bArchiving Orality and Connecting with Communities /$cedited by Mark Turin, Claire Wheeler, Eleanor Wilkinson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv + 166 pages): $b36 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsEditorsContributorsIntroduction by Mark Turin, Claire Wheeler and Eleanor WilkinsonI. Principles and Methods of Archiving and Conservation 1. The Archive Strikes Back: Effects of Online Digital Language Archiving on Research Relations and Property Rights    Thomas Widlok2. Access and Accessibility at ELAR, A Social Networking Archive for Endangered Languages Documentation    David Nathan3. Multiple Audiences and Co-Curation: Linking an Ethnographic Archive of Endangered Oral Traditions to Contemporary Contexts    Judith Aston and Paul MatthewsII. Engagements and Reflections from the Field 4. Researchers as Griots? Reflections on Multimedia Fieldwork in West Africa    Daniela Merolla and Felix Ameka in collaboration with Kofi Dorvlo5. American Indian Oral Literature, Cultural Identity and Language Revitalisation: Some Considerations for Researchers    Margaret Field6. Ecuador's Indigenous Cultures: Astride Orality and Literacy    Jorge Gómez Rendón7. From Shrine to Stage: A Personal Account of the Challenges of Archiving the Tejaji Ballad of Rajasthan    Madan Meena8. Mongghul Ha Clan Oral History Documentation    Ha Mingzong, Ha Mingzhu, and C.K. StuartIndex 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThanks to ever-greater digital connectivity, interest in oral traditions has grown beyond that of researcher and research subject to include a widening pool of global users. When new publics consume, manipulate and connect with field recordings and digital cultural archives, their involvement raises important practical and ethical questions. This volume explores the political repercussions of studying marginalised languages; the role of online tools in ensuring responsible access to sensitive cultural materials; and ways of ensuring that when digital documents are created, they are not fossilized as a consequence of being archived. Fieldwork reports by linguists and anthropologists in three continents provide concrete examples of overcoming barriers—ethical, practical and conceptual—in digital documentation projects. Oral Literature in the Digital Age is an essential guide and handbook for ethnographers, field linguists, community activists, curators, archivists, librarians, and all who connect with indigenous communities in order to document and preserve oral traditions.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOral literature
=653  \\$aorality
=653  \\$aonline tools
=653  \\$adigital cultural archives
=653  \\$amarginalised languages
=653  \\$aethnography
=653  \\$alinguistics
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=700  1\$aWheeler, Claire,$eeditor.$uKing's College London.
=700  1\$aWilkinson, Eleanor,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0032$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0032_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05142nam  22006612  4500
=001  f47b7d98-56cb-4d8c-a313-0d0e09d06352
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452718
=020  \\$z9781783741625$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741632$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741649$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644939$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744190$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741656$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741663$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0067$2doi
=024  7\$a951659425$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6537
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE023020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR016000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTurpin, William,$eauthor.$uSwarthmore College.
=245  10$aOvid, Amores (Book 1) /$cWilliam Turpin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 254 pages): $b35 illustrations, 16 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDickinson College Commentaries ;$vvol. 2.$x2059-5751$x2059-5743
=500  \\$aThis book contains embedded audio files of the original text read aloud by Aleksandra Szypowska.
=505  0\$aPrefaceAbbreviations1. The Life of Ovid2. The Amores3. The Manuscript Tradition of Ovid’s Amores by Bart Huelsenbeck, with the assistance of Dan Plekhov4. Select Bibliography5. Scansion6. Epigram: preface from the author7. Amores 1.1: Ovid finds his muse8. Amores 1.2: Conquered by Cupid9. Amores 1.3: Just give me a chance10. Amores 1.4: Secret signs11. Amores 1.5: The siesta12. Amores 1.6: On the doorstep13. Amores 1.7: Violence and love14. Amores 1.8: The bad influence15. Amores 1.9: Love and war16. Amores 1.10: Love for sale17. Amores 1.11: Sending a message18. Amores 1.12: Shooting messengers19. Amores 1.13: Oh how I hate to get up in the morning20. Amores 1.14: Bad hair21. Amores 1.15: Poetic immortalityFull vocabulary for Ovid’s Amores, Book 1
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFrom Catullus to Horace, the tradition of Latin erotic poetry produced works of literature which are still read throughout the world. Ovid’s Amores, written in the first century BC, is arguably the best-known and most popular collection in this tradition. This book contain embedded audio files of the original text read aloud by Aleksandra Szypowska.Born in 43 BC, Ovid was educated in Rome in preparation for a career in public services before finding his calling as a poet. He may have begun writing his Amores as early as 25 BC. Although influenced by poets such as Catullus, Ovid demonstrates a much greater awareness of the funny side of love than any of his predecessors. The Amores is a collection of romantic poems centered on the poet’s own complicated love life: he is involved with a woman, Corinna, who is sometimes unobtainable, sometimes compliant, and often difficult and domineering. Whether as a literary trope, or perhaps merely as a human response to the problems of love in the real world, the principal focus of these poems is the poet himself, and his failures, foolishness, and delusions.By the time he was in his forties, Ovid was Rome’s most important living poet; his Metamorphoses, a kaleidoscopic epic poem about love and hatred among the gods and mortals, is one of the most admired and influential books of all time. In AD 8, Ovid was exiled by Augustus to Romania, for reasons that remain obscure. He died there in AD 17.The Amores were originally published in five books, but reissued around 1 AD in their current three-book form. This edition of the first book of the collection contains the complete Latin text of Book 1, along with commentary, notes and full vocabulary. Both entertaining and thought-provoking, this book will provide an invaluable aid to students of Latin and general readers alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOvid
=653  \\$aAmores
=653  \\$aerotic poetry
=653  \\$aRome
=653  \\$alatin literature
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$avocabulary
=653  \\$anotes
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDickinson College Commentaries ;$vvol. 2.$x2059-5751$x2059-5743
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0067$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0067_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05040nam  22006372  4500
=001  a292bc0f-f026-4759-acd0-da081c2b9f1d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452726
=020  \\$z9781783740826$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740833$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740840$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644977$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746262$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783740857$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740864$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0073$2doi
=024  7\$a959329498$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6519.M3
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR016000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aOvid, Metamorphoses, 3.511-733 :$bLatin Text with Introduction, Commentary, Glossary of Terms, Vocabulary Aid and Study Questions /$cIngo Gildenhard, Andrew Zissos.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 250 pages): $b8 illustrations, 9 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviationsSymbols and TermsReference WorksGrammatical TermsAncient LiteratureIntroduction1. Ovid and His Times2. Ovid’s Literary Progression: Elegy to Epic3. The Metamorphoses: A Literary Monstrum3a. Genre Matters3b. A Collection of Metamorphic Tales3c. A Universal History3d. Anthropological Epic3e. A Reader’s Digest of Greek and Latin Literature4. Ovid’s Theban Narrative5. The Set Text: Pentheus and Bacchus5a. Sources and Intertexts5b. The Personnel of the Set Text6. The Bacchanalia and Roman CultureTextCommentary511–26: Tiresias’ Warning to Pentheus527–71: Pentheus’ Rejection of Bacchus531–63: Pentheus’ Speech572–691: The Captive Acoetes and his Tale692–733: Pentheus’ Gruesome DemiseAppendices1. Versification2. Glossary of Rhetorical and Syntactic FiguresBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis extract from Ovid's 'Theban History' recounts the confrontation of Pentheus, king of Thebes, with his divine cousin, Bacchus, the god of wine. Notwithstanding the warnings of the seer Tiresias and the cautionary tale of a character Acoetes (perhaps Bacchus in disguise), who tells of how the god once transformed a group of blasphemous sailors into dolphins, Pentheus refuses to acknowledge the divinity of Bacchus or allow his worship at Thebes. Enraged, yet curious to witness the orgiastic rites of the nascent cult, Pentheus conceals himself in a grove on Mt. Cithaeron near the locus of the ceremonies. But in the course of the rites he is spotted by the female participants who rush upon him in a delusional frenzy, his mother and sisters in the vanguard, and tear him limb from limb.The episode abounds in themes of abiding interest, not least the clash between the authoritarian personality of Pentheus, who embodies 'law and order', masculine prowess, and the martial ethos of his city, and Bacchus, a somewhat effeminate god of orgiastic excess, who revels in the delusional and the deceptive, the transgression of boundaries, and the blurring of gender distinctions.This course book offers a wide-ranging introduction, the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Gildenhard and Zissos's incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at AS and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Ovid's poetry and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOvid
=653  \\$aMetamorphoses
=653  \\$amyth
=653  \\$alatin literature
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$avocabulary
=700  1\$aZissos, Andrew,$eauthor.$uUniversity of California, Irvine.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0073$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0073_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04391nam  22006612  4500
=001  25c7dcab-45e2-4625-9d2f-de09ccc01668
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467812
=020  \\$z9781906924393$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924409$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924416$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644410$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924485$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924492$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0014$2doi
=024  7\$a1086515017$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJZ5538
=072   7$aJPA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPV$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL003000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL035000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC051000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aPeace and Democratic Society /$cedited by Amartya Sen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vii + 158 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAt foot of title: Commonwealth Secretariat.
=505  0\$aPart I. VIOLENCE AND CIVIL SOCIETY by Amartya SenPart II. CIVIL PATHS TO PEACE: Report of the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and UnderstandingMembers of the CommissionExecutive Summary1. Why do Respect and Understanding Matter?    2. The Nature and Nurture of Violence   3. Poverty, Inequality and Humiliation   4. History, Grievance and Conflict   5. Political Participation6. The Role of Media and Communication   7. Young People and Education   8. Multilateralism and the International Order   9. The Way Forward and ConclusionsAfterward: Original preface and letter of presentation to the ReportReferences    BibliographyAppendix: Written submissions to the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and UnderstandingIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aRecent acts of terrorism and the current unrest in the Middle East remind us how important it is to understand the relationship between violence, peace and democracy. In a challenging and insightful essay, Amartya Sen explores ideas around 'organised violence' (such as war, genocide and terrorism) and violence against the individual. Highlighting the inadequacies of some of the widely accepted explanations for violence—including the idea that the world is experiencing a 'clash of civilisations'—Sen makes a plea for a global, multilateral debate on the causes of conflict, and an understanding of the multiple identities of the individuals involved. The introductory essay draws on the findings of the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding, which was chaired by Sen, and established to promote mutual communication and understanding among all faiths and communities in the Commonwealth. Its timely report, "Civil Paths to Peace", suggests that governments, media and educators—indeed, everyone—must take the time to understand the complexities around violent behaviour and its causes, without prejudging what these might be.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAmartya Sen
=653  \\$apeace
=653  \\$ademocracy
=653  \\$aviolence
=653  \\$aCommonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding
=653  \\$aterrorism
=653  \\$aorganised violence
=653  \\$awar
=653  \\$aCivil Paths to Peace
=653  \\$aCommonwealth Secretariat
=653  \\$aprejudice
=653  \\$aidentity
=700  1\$aSen, Amartya,$eeditor.$uHarvard University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0014$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0014_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03521nam  22006372  4500
=001  528973a6-7d98-410c-b23f-92787840e491
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392552
=020  \\$z9781800646902$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800646919$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800646926$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646964$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800646957$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800646933$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800646940$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0295$2doi
=024  7\$a1323253964$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBF1623
=050  00$aBF1623
=072   7$aUB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHX$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFKP$2bicssc
=072   7$aASZG$2bicssc
=072   7$aTEC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTRU004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART060000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRappert, Brian,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)000000016883531X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6883-531X
=245  10$aPerforming Deception :$bLearning, Skill and the Art of Conjuring /$cBrian Rappert.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+214 pages): $b5 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface: Attention, Attention, Attention!Brian RappertTranscription Notes1. A Kind of MagicBrian Rappert2. Self and OtherBrian Rappert3. Control and CooperationBrian Rappert4. Natural and ContrivedBrian Rappert5. Proficiency and InabilityBrian Rappert6. Truth and DeceptionBrian Rappert7. Control and CareBrian Rappert8. Learning and UnlearningBrian RappertIndexBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Performing Deception, Brian Rappert  reconstructs the practice of entertainment magic by analysing it through the lens of perception, deception and learning, as he goes about studying conjuring himself.Through this novel meditation on reasoning and skill, Rappert elevates magic from the undertaking of mere trickery to an art that offers the basis for rethinking our possibilities for acting in the modern world.Performing Deception covers a wide range of theories in sociology, philosophy, psychology and elsewhere in order to offer a striking assessment of the way secrecy and deception are woven into social interactions, as well as the illusionary and paradoxical status of expertise.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Exeter
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aentertainment magic
=653  \\$aperception
=653  \\$adeception
=653  \\$alearning
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0295$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0295_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05106nam  22005892  4500
=001  c48877a0-51d3-4c74-adeb-86c52eb7ba9b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513483
=020  \\$z9781805113799$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113805$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113812$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113836$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113829$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0421$2doi
=024  7\$a1461946101$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aT14
=072   7$aPHI018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI013000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQDHR5$2thema
=072   7$aQDTJ$2thema
=072   7$aPDR$2thema
=072   7$a3M$2thema
=245  00$aPhenomenology and the Philosophy of Technology /$cedited by Bas de Boer, Jochem Zwier.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+292 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the ContributorsIntroduction: Articulating the Phenomenological Legacy of the Philosophy of TechnologyPart I: The Phenomenological Method in the Philosophy of Technology1. Ecological Hermeneutic Phenomenology: A Method to Explore the Ontic and Ontological Structures of Technologies in the World2. Towards a Hermeneutic Phenomenology of Technology3. The Institution of TechnologyPart II: The Phenomenon of Technology4. The Activist Potential of Postmodern Phenomenology of Technology5. Technological Mediation without Empirical Borders6. Seeing the Phenomenon: The Radical Disembodiment of In Vitro Human Reproduction7. Artificial Intelligence and the Need to Redefine Human TraitsPart III: Phenomenology and Technological Practices8. Nothing in Practice: Entanglements of Sartre’s Nothingness and Social Media Practice9. Attending to the Online Other: A Phenomenology of Attention on Social Media Platforms10. Three Embodied Dimensions of Communication: Phenomenological Lessons for and from the Field of Augmented and Alternative Communication TechnologyEpilogueList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aOur contemporary world is undeniably intertwined with technology, influencing every aspect of human life. This edited volume delves into why modern philosophical approaches to technology closely align with phenomenology and explores the implications of this relationship. Over the past two decades, scholars have emphasized users’ lived experiences and their interactions with technological practices, arguing that technologies gain meaning and shape within specific contexts, actively shaping those contexts in return. This book investigates the phenomenological roots of contemporary philosophy of technology, examining how phenomenology informs analyses of temporality, use, cognition, embodiment, and environmentality.Divided into three sections, the volume begins by exploring the role of phenomenological methods in the philosophy of technology, and further investigates the methodological implications of combining phenomenology with other philosophical schools. The second section examines technology as a phenomenon, debating whether it should be analysed as a whole or through individual artifacts. The final section addresses the practical applications of phenomenological insights in design practices and democratic engagement.By offering a systematic exploration of the connection between phenomenology and technology, this volume provides valuable insights for scholars, students, and researchers in related fields, highlighting the continued relevance of phenomenological perspectives in understanding our technologically mediated world.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTechnological artifacts
=653  \\$aContemporary life
=653  \\$aPostphenomenology
=653  \\$aTemporality
=653  \\$aPhilosophy of technology
=700  1\$ade Boer, Bas,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Twente.$0(orcid)0000000220092198$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2009-2198
=700  1\$aZwier, Jochem,$eeditor.$uWageningen University & Research.$0(orcid)000000026602019X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6602-019X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0421$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0421_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04793nam  22006132  4500
=001  9e8b481c-615e-4c16-bffb-222652dc079c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020476686
=020  \\$z9781783749140$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749157$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749164$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646131$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749195$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749171$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749188$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0202$2doi
=024  7\$a1232011644$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aTR73
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJB$2bicssc
=072   7$aAP$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aPhotography in the Third Reich :$bArt, Physiognomy and Propaganda /$cedited by Christopher Webster.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+296 pages): $b67 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsForeword Eric KurlanderIntroductionEditor’s Introduction Christopher WebsterPhoto Lessons: Teaching Physiognomy during the Weimar Republic Pepper StetlerSTATEDark Sky, White Costumes: The Janus State of Modern Photography in Germany 1933–1945 Rolf SachsseLEADERS‘The Deepest Well of German Life’: Hierarchy, Physiognomy and the Imperative of Leadership in Erich Retzlaff’s Portraits of the National Socialist Elite Christopher WebsterWORKERSThe Timeless Imprint of Erna Lendvai-Dircksen’s Das deutsche Volksgesicht (Face of the German Race) Andrés Mario ZervigónHEIMATPhotography, Heimat, Ideology Ulrich HägeleMYTH‘Transmissions from an Extrasensory World’ — Ethnos and Mysticism in the Photographic Nexus Christopher WebsterSCIENCEScience and Ideology: Photographic ‘Economies of Demonstration’ in Racial Science Amos Morris ReichConclusion DownloadChristopher WebsterBibliographyList of IllustrationsAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis lucid and comprehensive collection of essays by an international group of scholars constitutes a photo-historical survey of select photographers who embraced National Socialism during the Third Reich. These photographers developed and implemented physiognomic and ethnographic photography, and, through a Selbstgleichschaltung (a self-co-ordination with the regime), continued to practice as photographers throughout the twelve years of the Third Reich.The volume explores, through photographic reproductions and accompanying analysis, diverse aspects of photography during the Third Reich, ranging from the influence of Modernism, the qualitative effect of propaganda photography, and the utilisation of technology such as colour film, to the photograph as ideological metaphor. With an emphasis on the idealised representation of the German body and the role of physiognomy within this representation, the book examines how select photographers created and developed a visual myth of the ‘master race’ and its antitheses under the auspices of the Nationalist Socialist state.Photography in the Third Reich approaches its historical source photographs as material culture, examining their production, construction and proliferation. This detailed and informative text will be a valuable resource not only to historians studying the Third Reich, but to scholars and students of film, history of art, politics, media studies, cultural studies and holocaust studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aphoto-historical survey
=653  \\$aphotographers
=653  \\$aNational Socialism
=653  \\$aThird Reich
=653  \\$aphysiognomic photography
=653  \\$aethnographic photography
=653  \\$aSelbstgleichschaltung
=653  \\$aphotography
=700  1\$aWebster, Christopher,$eeditor.$uAberystwyth University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0202$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0202_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07648nam  22006372  4500
=001  d58f3e57-88c2-44ed-8b57-89cf2790973a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452725
=020  \\$z9781783742332$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742349$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742356$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645134$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746224$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742363$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742370$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0094$2doi
=024  7\$a1030365080$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ105
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRLC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRudy, Kathryn M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000216337607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1633-7607
=245  10$aPiety in Pieces :$bHow Medieval Readers Customized their Manuscripts /$cKathryn M. Rudy.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 394 pages): $b213 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes to the readerAbbreviations used in this bookIntroduction: A new approach to codicology    Types of augmentationsPart I: The modular method    A. Modular and non-modular, compared    B. The hierarchy of decoration    C. Modules and blank space    D. Precursors of book modules    E. Implications of the modular method    F. Adopters of the modular method    G. Complicated stratigraphyPart II: Changes that did not require rebinding    A. Correcting the text    B. Adding text to the blank folios and interstices        1. Noting who owned, commissioned, and paid for items        2. Adding family information        3. Adding legal documents        4. Adding a gloss        5. Adding calendrical data        6. Changing a text to reflect updated circumstances        7. Adding text to make a book appropriate as a didactic tool        8. Adding prayers    C. Augmenting the existing decoration    D. Drawing or painting images directly onto bound parchment    E. Adding physical material superficially        1. Attaching parchment sheets to blank areas of the book        2. Adding other objects to blank parchmentPart III: Changes that required rebinding    Rebinding    A. Adding leaves bearing texts    B. Adding leaves bearing images        1. Images for the most common offices        2. Images for indulgences        3. Portraits and personalizing details        4. Images for adding value        5. Images for missals        6. Other single-leaf miniatures        7. Packages of images        8. Images removed from one manuscript and inserted into another    C. Adding quires        1. Adding a bifolium        2. Adding one or more full quiresPart IV: Complicated interventions and complete overhauls    Building a book out of disparate quires    A. An atelier in Bruges    B. Unica    C. The convent of St. Ursula        1. Oxford, Bodleian Library, Ms. Rawl. Liturg. E.9*        2. The Hague, Koninklijke Bibliotheek, Ms. 132 G        3. Uppsala, Universitetsbiblioteket, Ms. C 517 k    D. The convent of St. Agnes in Delft    E. The Masters of the Dark Eyes        1. Alongside the Master of Gijsbrecht van Brederode        2. Leeds, Brotherton Ms. 7 with an added bookletPart V: Patterns of desire    A. Desire to personalize the book    B. Desire to commemorate a changed family situation    C. Desire to store small precious objects    D. Desire for more embellishment    E. Recycling and refurbishing    F. Desire to make foreign-produced manuscripts locally relevant    G. Desire to incorporate new prayers    H. Fear of hell    I. Desire to reflect wealth    J. Changes, social and codicologicalBibliographyList of illustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMedieval manuscripts resisted obsolescence. Made by highly specialised craftspeople (scribes, illuminators, book binders) with labour-intensive processes using exclusive and sometimes exotic materials (parchment made from dozens or hundreds of skins, inks and paints made from prized minerals, animals and plants), books were expensive and built to last. They usually outlived their owners. Rather than discard them when they were superseded, book owners found ways to update, amend and upcycle books or book parts.These activities accelerated in the fifteenth century. Most manuscripts made before 1390 were bespoke and made for a particular client, but those made after 1390 (especially books of hours) were increasingly made for an open market, in which the producer was not in direct contact with the buyer. Increased efficiency led to more generic products, which owners were motivated to personalise. It also led to more blank parchment in the book, for example, the backs of inserted miniatures and the blanks ends of textual components. Book buyers of the late fourteenth and throughout the fifteenth century still held onto the old connotations of manuscripts—that they were custom-made luxury items—even when the production had become impersonal.Owners consequently purchased books made for an open market and then personalised them, filling in the blank spaces, and even adding more components later. This would give them an affordable product, but one that still smacked of luxury and met their individual needs. They kept older books in circulation by amending them, attached items to generic books to make them more relevant and valuable, and added new prayers with escalating indulgences as the culture of salvation shifted.Rudy considers ways in which book owners adjusted the contents of their books from the simplest (add a marginal note, sew in a curtain) to the most complex (take the book apart, embellish the components with painted decoration, add more quires of parchment). By making sometimes extreme adjustments, book owners kept their books fashionable and emotionally relevant. This study explores the intersection of codicology and human desire.Rudy shows how increased modularisation of book making led to more standardisation but also to more opportunities for personalisation. She asks: What properties did parchment manuscripts have that printed books lacked? What are the interrelationships among technology, efficiency, skill loss and standardisation?
=536  \\$aLeverhulme Trust
=536  \\$aUniversity of Edinburgh
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMedieval manuscripts
=653  \\$acodicology
=653  \\$abook personalisation
=653  \\$amaterial culture of the book
=653  \\$acustomization
=653  \\$areligion
=653  \\$adevotional
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0094$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0094_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04604nam  22006252  4500
=001  77577544-6a20-414c-b752-caa819978656
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394571
=020  \\$z9781800640535$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640542$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640559$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646339$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640580$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640566$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640573$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0229$2doi
=024  7\$a1224954874$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB395
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMcAleer, Sean,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wisconsin–Eau Claire.
=245  10$aPlato's 'Republic' :$bAn Introduction /$cSean McAleer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+320 pages): $b21 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aTable of ContentsAcknowledgmentsIntroduction Sean McAleer1. Fathers and Sons: Book I Sean McAleer2. Taming the Beast: Socrates versus Thrasymachus, Book I Sean McAleer3. A Fresh Start: Book II Sean McAleer4. Blueprints for a Platonic Utopia: Education and Culture, Books II and III Sean McAleer5. Starting to Answer the First Question: The Political Virtues, Book IV Sean McAleer6. The Republic’s First Question Answered at Last: Personal Justice, Book IV Sean McAleer7. Questions about the Ideal Polis: The Three Waves, Book V Sean McAleer8. Surfing the Third Wave: Plato’s Metaphysical Elevator, the Powers Argument, and the Infallibility of Knowledge, Book V Sean McAleer9. The Philosopher’s Virtues: Book VI Sean McAleer10. Metaphors to Think by: The Sun and Divided Line Analogies, Book VI Sean McAleer11. The Allegory of the Cave: Book VII Sean McAleer12. The Decline and Fall of the Ideal City-Soul: Books VIII–IX Sean McAleer13. The Republic’s Second Question Answered: Three and a Half Arguments that the Just Life is Happier, Book IX Sean McAleer14. Are We There Yet?: Tying up Loose Ends in Book X Sean McAleerAfterword Sean McAleerList of IllustrationsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is a lucid and accessible companion to Plato’s Republic, throwing light upon the text’s arguments and main themes, placing them in the wider context of the text’s structure. In its illumination of the philosophical ideas underpinning the work, it provides readers with an understanding and appreciation of the complexity and literary artistry of Plato’s Republic.  McAleer not only unpacks the key overarching questions of the text – What is justice? And Is a just life happier than an unjust life? – but also highlights some fascinating, overlooked passages which contribute to our understanding of Plato’s philosophical thought.Plato’s 'Republic': An Introduction offers a rigorous and thought-provoking analysis of the text, helping readers navigate one of the world’s most influential works of philosophy and political theory. With its approachable tone and clear presentation, it constitutes a welcome contribution to the field, and will be an indispensable resource for philosophy students and teachers, as well as general readers new to, or returning to, the text.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPlato
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$aclassical philosophy
=653  \\$aancient philosophy
=653  \\$apolitical theory
=653  \\$ajustice
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$asociety
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0229$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0229_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07294nam  22007212  4500
=001  7958d750-15e3-4f45-aefa-f25016b7dada
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361778
=020  \\$z9781800648913$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648920$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648937$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648975$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648944$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0326$2doi
=024  7\$a1385454677$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHQ782
=072   7$aJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNC$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC047000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY012000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY002000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aPlay in a Covid Frame :$bEveryday Pandemic Creativity in a Time of Isolation /$cedited by Anna Beresin, Julia Bishop.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii+490 pages): $b81 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Illustrations and RecordingsIntroductionAnna Beresin and Julia BishopSection 1: Landscapes1. ‘Tag, You’ve Got Coronavirus!’ Chase Games in a Covid FrameJulia Bishop2. Gathered in Play: Play as the Common Space during the Covid-19 Lockdown in SerbiaŽivka Krnjaja and Nevena Mitranić3. Up, Down, Stop, Go, and Everything In Between: Promoting a Resident-Driven Play-based Agenda during a Global Pandemic in Rochester, New YorkHolly Sienkiewicz, Jenn Beideman, Beatriz LeBron, Shanielia Lewis, Emma Morrison, Lydia Rivera, and Dina Faticone4. ‘Let Them Play’: Exploring Class, the Play Divide and the Impact of Covid-19 in the Republic of IrelandMaria O’Dwyer, Carmel Hannan, and Patricia Neville5. How Playwork in the United Kingdom Coped with Covid-19 and the 23 March LockdownPete King6. Playworkers’ Experiences, Children’s Rights and Covid-19: A Case Study of Kodomo Yume Park, JapanMitsunari Terada, Mariia Ermilova, and Hitoshi ShimamuraSection 2: Portraits7. Objects of Resilience: Plush Perspectives on Pandemic Toy Play in FinlandKatriina Heljakka8. ‘This Is the Ambulance, This Truck’: Covid as Frame, Theme and Provocation in Philadelphia, USAAnna Beresin9. Parents’ Perspectives on Their Children’s Play and Friendships during the Covid-19 Pandemic in EnglandCaron Carter10. Digital Heroes of the Imagination: An Exploration of Disabled-Led Play in England during the Covid-19 PandemicWilliam Renel and Jessica Thom11. Play and Vulnerability in Scotland during the Covid-19 PandemicNicolas Le Bigre12. How Young Children Played during the Covid-19 Lockdown in 2020 in Ireland: Findings from the Play and Learning in the Early Years (PLEY) Covid-19 StudySuzanne M. Egan, Jennifer Pope, Chloé Beatty, and Clara Hoyne13. Children’s Emerging Play and Experience in the Covid-19 Era: Educational Endeavours and Changes in South KoreaPool Ip Dong14. The Observatory of Children’s Play Experiences during Covid-19: A Photo EssayJohn Potter and Michelle CannonSection 3: Shifting Frames15. Happy Yardi Gras! Playing with Carnival in New Orleans during the Covid-19 PandemicMartha Radice16. ‘We Stayed Home and Found New Ways to Play’: A Study of Playfulness, Creativity and Resilience in Australian Children during the Covid-19 PandemicJudy McKinty, Ruth Hazleton, and Danni von der Borch17. Techno-Mischief: Negotiating Exaggeration Online in QuarantineAnna Beresin18. What’s behind the Mask? Family, Fandoms and Playful Caring around Children’s Masks during the Covid-19 PandemicYinka Olusoga and Catherine Bannister19. Art in the Streets: Playful Politics in the Work of The Velvet Bandit and SudaLoveHeather ShireyConclusion: Covid in a Play FrameAnna Beresin and Julia BishopAuthor BiographiesPostscript: Suggestions for Those Who Work and Play with Children, Youth and AdultsAnna Beresin, Julia Bishop, with Chloé Beatty, Caron Carter, Suzanne Egan, Beatriz LeBron, Ruth Hazleton, Katriina Heljakka, Nicolas Le Bigre, Shanielia Lewis, Judy McKinty, Nevena Mitranić, Emma Morrison, Patricia Neville, John Potter, Martha Radice, Holly Sienkiewicz, and Danni von der Borch AcknowledgementsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDuring the international coronavirus lockdowns of 2020–2021, millions of children, youth, and adults found their usual play areas out of bounds and their friends out of reach. How did the pandemic restrict everyday play and how did the pandemic offer new spaces and new content? This unique collection of essays documents the ways in which communities around the world harnessed play within the limiting frame of Covid-19.  Folklorists Anna Beresin and Julia Bishop adopt a multidisciplinary approach to this phenomenon, bringing together the insights of a geographically and demographically diverse range of scholars, practitioners, and community activists.  The book begins with a focus on social and physical landscapes before moving onto more intimate portraits of play among the old and young, including coronavirus-themed games and novel toy inventions. Finally, the co-authors explore the creative shifts observed in frames of play, ranging from Zoom screens to street walls.This singular chronicle of coronavirus play will be of interest to researchers and students of developmental psychology, childhood studies, education, playwork, sociology, anthropology and folklore, as well as to toy, museum, and landscape designers. This book will also be of help to parents, professional organizations, educators, and urban planners, with a postscript of concrete suggestions advocating for the essential role of play in a post-pandemic world.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acoronavirus
=653  \\$alockdowns
=653  \\$aplay
=653  \\$apandemic
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$apsychology
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$aeducation
=653  \\$aplaywork
=700  1\$aBeresin, Anna,$eeditor.$uUniversity of the Arts.
=700  1\$aBishop, Julia,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Sheffield.$0(orcid)0000000319269715$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1926-9715
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0326$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0326_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04070nam  22005292  4500
=001  f5749fc6-fb0d-4195-b984-183f868905e6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392546
=020  \\$z9781800642966$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642973$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642980$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0271$2doi
=024  7\$a1291009708$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ5414
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPosegay, Nick,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000313369520$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1336-9520
=245  10$aPoints of Contact :$bThe Shared Intellectual History of Vocalisation in Syriac, Arabic, and Hebrew /$cNick Posegay.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+378 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 10.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements1. IntroductionNick Posegay2. Conceptualising VowelsNick Posegay3. Early Relative Vowel PhonologyNick Posegay4. The Development of Absolute Vowel NamingNick Posegay5. ConclusionNick Posegay6. Glossary of Selected Vocalisation TerminologyNick PosegayReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn the first few centuries of Islam, Middle Eastern Christians, Muslims, and Jews alike all faced the challenges of preserving their holy texts in the midst of a changing religious landscape. This situation led Syriac, Arabic, and Hebrew scholars to develop new fields of linguistic science in order to better analyse the languages of the Bible and the Qurʾān.Part of this work dealt with the issue of vocalisation in Semitic scripts, which lacked the letters required to precisely record all the vowels in their languages. Semitic scribes thus developed systems of written vocalisation points to better record vowel sounds, first in Syriac, then soon after in Arabic and Hebrew. These new points opened a new field of linguistic analysis, enabling medieval grammarians to more easily examine vowel phonology and explore the relationships between phonetics and orthography.Many aspects of this new field of vocalisation crossed the boundaries between religious communities, first with the spread of ‘relative’ vocalisation systems prior to the eighth century, and later with the terminology created to name the discrete vowels of ‘absolute’ vocalisation systems.This book investigates the theories behind Semitic vocalisation and vowel phonology in the early medieval Middle East, tracing their evolution to identify points of intellectual contact between Syriac, Arabic, and Hebrew linguists before the twelfth century.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSyriac scholars
=653  \\$aArabic scholars
=653  \\$aHebrew scholars
=653  \\$aBible
=653  \\$aQurʾān
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 10.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0271$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0271_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05639nam  22005772  4500
=001  773bfb1f-565d-4481-af24-ed882c584d64
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447490
=020  \\$z9781800641327$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641334$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641341$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646445$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641372$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641358$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641365$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0244$2doi
=024  7\$a1262131675$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDJK51
=072   7$aRNKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aPolitics and the Environment in Eastern Europe /$cedited by Eszter Krasznai Kovacs.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+330 pages): $b27 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsContributorsIntroduction: Political Ecology in Eastern Europe Eszter Krasznai KovacsPart I1. The Dismantling of Environmentalism in Hungary Eszter Krasznai Kovacs and György Pataki2. The Making of the Environmental and Climate Justice Movements in the Czech Republic Arnošt Novák3. The Construction of Climate Justice Imaginaries through Resistance in the Czech Republic and Poland Mikulás Černìk4. Gaps of Warsaw: Urban Environmentalism through Green Interstices Jana HrckovaPart II5. Far-right Grassroots Environmental Activism in Poland and the Blurry Lines of ‘Acceptable’ Environmentalisms Balsa Lubarda6. Contorted Naturalisms: The Concept of Romanian Nationalist Mountains Alexandra Coțofană7. A (Hi)Story of Dwelling in a (Post)Mining Town in Romania Imola PüsökPart III8. The Shifting Geopolitical Ecologies of Wild Nature Conservation in Romania George Iordăchescu9. Domesticating the Taste of Place: Post-Socialist Terroir and Policy Landscapes in Tokaj, Hungary June Brawner10. A Geographical Political Ecology of Eastern European Food Systems Renata Blumberg11. What is Not Known about Rural Development? Village Experiences from Serbia Jovana Dikovic12. Failure to Hive. A Co-narrated Story of a Failed Social Co-operative from the Hungarian Countryside Éva Mihalovics and Zsüli FehérConcluding Thoughts Eszter Krasznai Kovacs, György Pataki, Arnošt Novák, Mikulás Černìk, Jana Hrckova, Balsa Lubarda, Alexandra Coțofană, Imola Püsök, George Iordăchescu, June Brawner, Renata Blumberg, Jovana Dikovic, Éva Mihalovics and Zsüli FehérList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEurope remains divided between east and west, with differences caused and worsened by uneven economic and political development. Amid these divisions, the environment has become a key battleground. The condition and sustainability of environmental resources are interlinked with systems of governance and power, from local to EU levels. Key challenges in the eastern European region today include increasingly authoritarian forms of government that threaten the operations and very existence of civil society groups; the importation of locally-contested conservation and environmental programmes that were designed elsewhere; and a resurgence in cultural nationalism that prescribes and normalises exclusionary nation-building myths.This volume draws together essays by early-career academic researchers from across eastern Europe. Engaging with the critical tools of political ecology, its contributors provide a hitherto overlooked perspective on the current fate and reception of ‘environmentalism’ in the region. It asks how emergent forms of environmentalism have been received, how these movements and perspectives have redefined landscapes, and what the subtler effects of new regulatory regimes on communities and environment-dependent livelihoods have been.Arranged in three sections, with case studies from Czechia, Hungary, Lithuania, Poland, Romania and Serbia, this collection develops anthropological views on the processes and consequences of the politicisation of the environment. It is valuable reading for human geographers, social and cultural historians, political ecologists, social movement and government scholars, political scientists, and specialists on Europe and European Union politics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEast Europe
=653  \\$aWest Europe
=653  \\$aEnvironment
=653  \\$aPolitical ecology
=653  \\$aEnvironmentalism
=700  1\$aKrasznai Kovacs, Eszter,$eeditor.$uUniversity College London.$0(orcid)0000000335167786$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3516-7786
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0244$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0244_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07372nam  22006372  4500
=001  55f121ce-5da4-4b87-b96f-90d768850551
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447278
=020  \\$z9781783749614$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749621$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749638$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646193$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749669$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749645$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749652$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0213$2doi
=024  7\$a1250577094$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGF75
=072   7$aGP$2bicssc
=072   7$aGPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aRight Research :$bModelling Sustainable Research Practices in the Anthropocene /$cedited by Chelsea Miya, Oliver Rossier, Geoffrey Rockwell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi+532 pages): $b96 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aLinks to additional resources are available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aContentsContributor BiographiesEditors’ Preface Oliver Rossier, Chelsea Miya and Geoffrey RockwellSECTION ONE: RE-DEFINING SUSTAINABILITY1. Why Should We Try to Be Sustainable?: Expected Consequences and the Ethics of Making an Indeterminate Difference Howard Nye2. Sustainability in the Anthropocene: From Forests to the Globe Petra Dolata3. Academia, Abstraction and the Anthropocene: Changing the Story for Right Relationship Kristine Kowalchuk4. Kitting the Digital Humanities for the Anthropocene: Digital Metabolism and Eco-Critical DH Amanda Starling Gould5. Impact of the Digital Revolution on Worldwide Energy Consumption Doug Barlage and Gem Shoute6. Sustainable DNA: In Conversation Mél Hogan and Deb VerhoevenSECTION TWO: ART AND/IN THE ANTHROPOCENE7. Design Education in the Anthropocene: Teaching Systems Thinking Eric Benson and Priscilla Ferronato8. Inspiration from Goethe’s Tender Empiricism: How to be the Person Collecting, Analyzing and Visualizing Data Joshua Korenblat9. Solidarity Seeds: Situated Knowledges in Bishan Village, Wang Chau Village and Aarey Forest Michael Leung10. e-Waste Peep Show: A Research-Creation Project on the (In)visibility of Technological Waste  Lai-Tze Fan11. Art, Ecology, and the Politics of Form: A Panel RevisitedNatalie Loveless, Andrew S. Yang, Karin Bolender, Christa Donner, Scott Smallwood, Leanne Olson and Jesse Beier    Art and/in the Anthropocene     Natalie Loveless    The Aesthetics of Hidden Ecologies     Andrew S. Yang    R.A.W. Arts of Barnyard Becomings     Karin Bolender    From Repulsion to Care     Leanne Olson    Nurture/Future/Sculpture     Christa Donner    Thoughts on an Unfinished Composition...     Scott Smallwood    Against Frontier Sustainability (or, Breaking Up with The High Frontier)     Jessie Beier    Aesthetic Attunements     Natalie LovelessSECTION THREE: SUSTAINABLE CAMPUSES12. The Weight of The Digital: Experiencing Infrastructure with InfraVU Ted Dawson13. Asking Why: Cultivating Eco-Consciousness in Research Labs Allison Paradise14. Sustainability, Living Labs and Repair: Approaches to Climate Change Mitigation Hart Cohen, Francesca Sidoti, Alison Gill, Abby Mellick Lopes, Maryella Hatfield and Jonathon Allen    A Decade of Design-led Sustainability Projects at Western Sydney     Abby Mellick Lopes and Jonathon Allen    Case Studies in Sustainability: The South Vineyard Creek Story     Maryella Hatfield    Re-pair: An Open Project for Cultures and Economies of Repair in Western Sydney     Alison Gill, Abby Mellick Lopes and Francesca Sidoti    Coda     Hart Cohen15. An Intro to Econferences Geoffrey Rockwell, Oliver Rossier and Chelsea Miya16. Econferences Are Not the Same, but Are They Good Enough? Terry Anderson17. Online Conferences: Some History, Methods and Benefits Nick Byrd18. ‘Greening’ Academic Gatherings: A Case for Econferences Oliver Rossier, Chelsea Miya and Geoffrey RockwellList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aEducational institutions play an instrumental role in social and political change, and are responsible for the environmental and social ethics of their institutional practices. The essays in this volume critically examine scholarly research practices in the age of the Anthropocene, and ask what accountability educators and researchers have in ‘righting’ their relationship to the environment. The volume further calls attention to the geographical, financial, legal and political barriers that might limit scholarly dialogue by excluding researchers from participating in traditional modes of scholarly conversation.As such, Right Research is a bold invitation to the academic community to rigorous self-reflection on what their research looks like, how it is conducted, and how it might be developed so as to increase accessibility and sustainability, and decrease carbon footprint. The volume follows a three-part structure that bridges conceptual and practical concerns: the first section challenges our assumptions about how sustainability is defined, measured and practiced; the second section showcases artist-researchers whose work engages with the impact of humans on our environment; while the third section investigates how academic spaces can model eco-conscious behaviour.This timely volume responds to an increased demand for environmentally sustainable research, and is outstanding not only in its interdisciplinarity, but its embrace of non-traditional formats, spanning academic articles, creative acts, personal reflections and dialogues. Right Research will be a valuable resource for educators and researchers interested in developing and hybridizing their scholarly communication formats in the face of the current climate crisis.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Alberta
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEducational institutions
=653  \\$asocial change
=653  \\$apolitical change
=653  \\$ainstitutional practices
=653  \\$ascholarly research practices
=653  \\$aage of the Anthropocene
=653  \\$arelationship to the environment
=700  1\$aMiya, Chelsea,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Alberta.
=700  1\$aRossier, Oliver,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Alberta.
=700  1\$aRockwell, Geoffrey,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Alberta.$0(orcid)0000000174304742$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7430-4742
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0213$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0213_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04646nam  22006372  4500
=001  90fa37a3-d511-43fa-9b2e-4d0ec2394a53
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805111498$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111504$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111511$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0376$2doi
=024  7\$a1437948335$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aHRAM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aHR$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC039000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQRAX$2thema
=072   7$aJBSR$2thema
=072   7$aQRAC$2thema
=072   7$aQRAM1$2thema
=100  1\$aCanu Højgaard, Christian,$eauthor.$uFjellhaug Internasjonale Høgskole.$0(orcid)0000000218551017$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1855-1017
=245  10$aRoles and Relations in Biblical Law :$bA Study of Participant Tracking, Semantic Roles, and Social Networks in Leviticus 17-26 /$cChristian Canu Højgaard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+452 pages): $b34 illustrations, 16 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 25.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviations1. Introduction: Law as Literature—Literature as Social Network2. Towards a Social Network Analysis of the Holiness Code3. Tracking the Participants4. Semantic Roles and Decomposition of Agency5. Dynamicity: A Collostructional Approach6. Causation: Instigation, Volition, Affectedness, and a Hierarchy of Agency7. Participants in Social Networks8. Conclusion: The Social Networkof Leviticus 17–26BibliographyIndices
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLeviticus 17–26, an ancient law text known as the Holiness Code, prescribes how particular persons are to behave in concrete, everyday situations. The addressees of the law text must revere their parents, respect the elderly, fear God, take care of their fellow, provide for the sojourner, and so on. The sojourner has his own obligations, as do the priests. Even God is said to behave in various ways towards various persons. Thus, the law text forms an intricate web of persons and interactions.There is a growing awareness that ancient law texts were not arbitrary collections of legal paragraphs but articulations of certain world views. The laws were rational in their own respect and were based on the lawgiver’s ethos. However, since the ethical values of the lawgiver rarely—if ever—surface in the text itself, it has proven difficult to grasp with traditional, exegetical methods. This study offers a novel approach to mapping out the ethos of an ancient law text like Leviticus 17–26. By employing social network analysis, the participants and their interactions are mapped to scrutinize the ethical roles embodied by the persons of the law.To accomplish this, the study undertakes meticulous research into both the participants and the interactions of Leviticus 17–26. The book investigates a semi-automatic approach to extracting participant information from a text and offers new methods for analysing Hebrew interactions (realised as verbal predicates) in terms of dynamicity, causation, and agency.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLeviticus 17–26
=653  \\$aHoliness Code
=653  \\$aLaw text
=653  \\$aEthical roles
=653  \\$aSocial network analysis
=653  \\$aHebrew textual interactions
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 25.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0376$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0376_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06018nam  22009012  4500
=001  672517b6-6b6d-4447-ac2f-06ee8238e484
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447284
=020  \\$z9781800640719$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640726$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640733$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646353$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640764$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640740$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640757$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0232$2doi
=024  7\$a1242458997$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN603
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aRomanticism and Time :$bLiterary Temporalities /$cedited by Sophie Laniel-Musitelli, Céline Sabiron.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+290 pages): $b12 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroduction: The Times of Romanticism Sophie Laniel-Musitelli and Céline SabironSection I: Restoration, Revival, and Revolution across Romantic Europe1. Future Restoration Paul Hamilton2. Anthropocene Temporalities and British Romantic Poetry Evan Gottlieb3. Beethoven: Revolutionary Transformations Gregory DartSection II: Romantic Conceptions of Time4. The Temporality of the Soul: Immanent Conceptions of Time in Wordsworth and Byron Ralf Haekel5. ‘Footing slow across a silent plain’: Time and Walking in Keatsian Poetics Oriane MonthéardSection III: The Poetics of Time6. Contracting Time: John Clare’s The Shepherd’s Calendar Lily Dessau7. Book-Time in Charles Lamb and Washington Irving Matthew Redmond8. ‘A disciple of Albertus Magnus [...] in the eighteenth century’: Anachronism and Anachrony in Frankenstein Anne RouhetteSection IV: Persistence and Afterlives9. Heaps of Time in Beckett and Shelley Laura Quinney10. ‘Thy Wreck a Glory’: Venice, Subjectivity, and Temporality in Byron and Shelley and the Post-Romantic Imagination Mark SandySection V: Romanticism and PeriodisationRomanticism and Periodisation: A Roundtable David Duff, Nicholas Halmi, Fiona Stafford, Martin Procházka and Laurent Folliot
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a‘Eternity is in love with the productions of time’. This original edited volume takes William Blake’s aphorism as a basis to explore how British Romantic literature creates its own sense of time. It considers Romantic poetry as embedded in and reflecting on the march of time, regarding it not merely as a reaction to the course of events between the late-eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries, but also as a form of creative engagement with history in the making.The authors offer a comprehensive overview of the question of time from a literary perspective, applying a diverse range of critical approaches to Romantic authors from William Blake and Percy Shelley to John Clare and Samuel Rodgers. Close readings uncover fresh insights into these authors and their works, including Frankenstein, the most familiar of Romantic texts.Revising current thinking about periodisation, the authors explore how the Romantic poetics of time bears witness to the ruptures and dislocations at work within chronological time. They consider an array of topics, such as ecological time, futurity, operatic time, or the a-temporality of Venice. As well as surveying the Romantic canon’s evolution over time, these essays approach it as a phenomenon unfolding across national borders. Romantic authors are compared with American or European counterparts including Beethoven, Irving, Nietzsche and Beckett.Romanticism and Time will be of great value to literary scholars and students working in Romantic Studies. It will be of further interest to philosophers and historians working on the connections between philosophy, history and literature during the nineteenth century.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atime
=653  \\$aWilliam Blake
=653  \\$aBritish
=653  \\$aRomantic
=653  \\$aliterature
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$aeighteenth century
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aPercy Shelley
=653  \\$aJohn Clare
=653  \\$aSamuel Rodgers
=653  \\$aFrankenstein
=653  \\$aperiodisation
=653  \\$apoetics of time
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$afuturity
=653  \\$aopera
=653  \\$aatemporality
=653  \\$aVenice
=653  \\$aAmerica
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aBeethoven
=653  \\$aIrving
=653  \\$aNietzsche
=653  \\$aBeckett
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=700  1\$aLaniel-Musitelli, Sophie,$eeditor.$uUniversité Catholique de Lille.$0(orcid)0000000166229455$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6622-9455
=700  1\$aSabiron, Céline,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Lorraine.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0232$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0232_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04726nam  22005772  4500
=001  92b5a6a0-36c4-4a98-8840-1716d374ad69
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020445909
=020  \\$z9781783746934$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746941$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746958$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645820$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746989$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746965$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746972$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0167$2doi
=024  7\$a1182808058$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aVM16
=050  00$aS25
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aSailing from Polis to Empire :$bShips in the Eastern Mediterranean during the Hellenistic Period /$cedited by Emmanuel Nantet.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+130 pages): $b48 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreliminary NotesAuthorsPreface Alain Bresson1. The Hellenistic Merchantmen: A Contribution to the Study of the Mediterranean Economies Emmanuel Nantet2. Evolutions of the Representation of the Eastern Mediterranean in the Hellenistic Period Jean-Marie Kowalski3. Naval Architecture. The Hellenistic Hull Design: Origin and Evolution Patrice Pomey4. Naves Pingere: 'Painting Ships' in the Hellenistic Period Martin Galinier and Emmanuel Nantet5. The Rise of the Tonnage in the Hellenistic Period Emmanuel Nantet6. A Note on the Navigation Space of the Baris-Type Ships from Thonis-Heracleion Alexander BelovBibliographyList of Tables and IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book represents a significant contribution to the fields of Hellenistic archaeology, Hellenistic economy, naval architecture and shipping in the eastern Mediterranean. It asks (and answers) questions that are often simply assumed and not systematically investigated.— Dr. Conor Trainor, University of WarwickWhat can the architecture of ancient ships tell us about their capacity to carry cargo or to navigate certain trade routes? How do such insights inform our knowledge of the ancient economies that depended on maritime trade across the Mediterranean?These and similar questions lie behind Sailing from Polis to Empire, a fascinating insight into the practicalities of trading by boat in the ancient world. Allying modern scientific knowledge with Hellenistic sources, this interdisciplinary collection brings together experts in various fields of ship archaeology to shed new light on the role played by ships and sailing in the exchange networks of the Mediterranean. Covering all parts of the Eastern Mediterranean, these outstanding contributions delve into a broad array of data – literary, epigraphical, papyrological, iconographic and archaeological – to understand the trade routes that connected the economies of individual cities and kingdoms.Unique in its interdisciplinary approach and focus on the Hellenistic period, this collection digs into the questions that others don’t think to ask, and comes up with (sometimes surprising) answers. It will be of value to researchers in the fields of naval architecture, Classical and Hellenistic history, social history and ancient geography, and to all those with an interest in the ancient world or the seafaring life.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHellenistic archaeology
=653  \\$aHellenistic economy
=653  \\$anaval architecture
=653  \\$ashipping in the eastern Mediterranean
=653  \\$amaritime trade
=653  \\$athe Mediterranean
=700  1\$aNantet, Emmanuel,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Haifa.$0(orcid)0000000200036615$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0003-6615
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0167$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0167_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03573nam  22006132  4500
=001  6b03a31a-3b84-4063-a8c9-ed239b5b0e43
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388823
=020  \\$z9781805111412$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111429$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111436$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111474$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111443$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0365$2doi
=024  7\$a645149985$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR6025.U675
=050  00$aPR6025.U675
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD1$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aDSBH$2thema
=072   7$aDSK$2thema
=245  00$aSaki (H.H. Munro) :$bOriginal and Uncollected Stories /$cedited by Bruce Gaston.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vii+98 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionChronologyEsméTobermoryMrs Packletide’s TigerThe BackgroundThe Jesting of Arlington StringhamAdrianThe ChapletWratislavFilboid StudgeMinisters of GraceMrs Pendercoet’s Lost IdentityThe OptimistThe Romance of BusinessFurther ReadingTextual Variants
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe short stories of Hector Hugh Munro, better known by his pen name Saki, have remained in print continuously for over a hundred years. This collection is the first of its kind to present his stories as they were originally published in newspapers and magazines, preserving their internal consistency and contemporary references lost in revisions for The Chronicles of Clovis and subsequent collected editions. A trove of annotations and carefully sourced bibliographical information illuminates the Edwardian context behind the thirteen selected stories, of which three (‘Mrs. Pendercoet’s Lost Identity’, ‘The Romance of Business’ and ‘The Optimist’) were only recently rediscovered.Saki: Original and Uncollected Stories will be essential reading for scholars interested in these textual variants of this inimitable writer’s works and their publication histories. Spanning literary genres, this collection will also appeal to a general audience of any interested readers.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSaki
=653  \\$aShort stories
=653  \\$aHector Hugh Munro
=653  \\$aEdwardian England
=653  \\$aPeriodical publications
=700  1\$aGaston, Bruce,$eeditor.$uHeidelberg University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0365$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0365_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06626nam  22005892  4500
=001  27a32643-96a0-45d6-9bc9-dbfa76d2fe00
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020394870
=020  \\$z9781783744107$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744114$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744121$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645486$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744602$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744138$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744145$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0129$2doi
=024  7\$a1188714624$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB3279.H49
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKochan, Jeff,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Konstanz.
=245  10$aScience as Social Existence :$bHeidegger and the Sociology of Scientific Knowledge /$cJeff Kochan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 436 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionChapter One - The Sociology of Scientific Knowledge, Phenomenology,and the Problem of the External World1. Introduction2. Scepticism and SSK3. SSK and External-World Realism4. Phenomenology and the ‘Natural Attitude’5. The Phenomenology of Subjectivity in Heidegger’s Being and Time6. Heidegger’s Response to External-World Scepticism7. A Heideggerian Critique of SSK’s Response to External-World Scepticism8. ConclusionChapter Two - A Minimal Realism for Science Studies1. Introduction2. Heidegger’s Existential Conception of Science3. Getting at the Real4. A Phenomenological Reformulation of SSK’s Residual Realism5. Rouse on Heidegger and Realism6. Minimal Realism and Scientific Practice7. ConclusionAppendixChapter Three - Finitude, Humility, and the Bloor-Latour Debate1. Introduction2. Kantian Humility and the Thing-in-Itself3. Latour’s Attack on Social Constructivism4. Bloor’s Defence of Social Constructivism5. Where the Dust Settles in the Debate6. Heidegger and the Thing-in-Itself7. Putting the Bloor-Latour Debate to Rest8. The Humility of Science Studies9. ConclusionChapter Four - Things, Thinking, and the Social Foundations of Logic1. Introduction2. Heidegger on the Unity of Things and Thinking3. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Plato4. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Aristotle5. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Descartes6. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Kant7. ‘The Argument Lives and Feeds on Something’8. Time and Tradition at the Existential Root of Logic9. From the Phenomenology of Thinking to the Sociology of Knowledge10. The Social Foundations of Logic11. ConclusionChapter Five - Mathēsis and the Emergence of Early-Modern Science1. Introduction2. Modern Science as Mathēsis3. Renaissance Regressus and the Logic of Discovery4. From Renaissance Regressus to Early-Modern Mathēsis5. Mathematics and Metaphysics at the Cusp of the Early-Modern Period6. Nature, Art, and Final Causes in Early-Modern Natural Philosophy7. ConclusionChapter Six - Mathematics, Experiment, and the Ends of Scientific Practice1. Introduction2. The Galilean First Thing and the Aims of Experiment3. Releasing Experimental Things4. Boyle versus Line: A Study in Experimental Fact-Making5. Social Imagery and Early-Modern Science6. ConclusionChapter Seven - Conclusion: Subjects, Systems, and Other Unfinished BusinessAppendixAcknowledgementsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this bold and original study, Jeff Kochan constructively combines the sociology of scientific knowledge (SSK) with Martin Heidegger’s early existential conception of science. Kochan shows convincingly that these apparently quite different approaches to science are, in fact, largely compatible, even mutually reinforcing. By combining Heidegger with SSK, Kochan argues, we can explicate, elaborate, and empirically ground Heidegger’s philosophy of science in a way that makes it more accessible and useful for social scientists and historians of science. Likewise, incorporating Heideggerian phenomenology into SSK renders SKK a more robust and attractive methodology for use by scholars in the interdisciplinary field of Science and Technology Studies (STS). Kochan’s ground-breaking reinterpretation of Heidegger also enables STS scholars to sustain a principled analytical focus on scientific subjectivity, without running afoul of the orthodox subject-object distinction they often reject.Science as Social Existence is the first book of its kind, unfurling its argument through a range of topics relevant to contemporary STS research. These include the epistemology and metaphysics of scientific practice, as well as the methods of explanation appropriate to social scientific and historical studies of science. Science as Social Existence puts concentrated emphasis on the compatibility of Heidegger’s existential conception of science with the historical sociology of scientific knowledge, pursuing this combination at both macro- and micro-historical levels.Beautifully written and accessible, Science as Social Existence puts new and powerful tools into the hands of sociologists and historians of science, cultural theorists of science, Heidegger scholars, and pluralist philosophers of science.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asociology of scientific knowledge
=653  \\$aMartin Heidegger
=653  \\$aexistential conception of science
=653  \\$aphilosophy of science
=653  \\$asocial science
=653  \\$ahistory of science
=653  \\$aScience and Technology Studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0129$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0129_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04396nam  22006492  4500
=001  85a6d1e6-d1b1-41e1-ad55-307e888af96c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361429
=020  \\$z9781805110118$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110125$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110132$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0343$2doi
=024  7\$a1396699938$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQL678.55
=072   7$aR$2bicssc
=072   7$aRN$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNP$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNPG$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSVW6$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QSAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI092000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI070040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTQ$2thema
=072   7$aRNPG$2thema
=072   7$aPSVJ$2thema
=100  1\$aHäkkinen, Henry,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000314045798$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1404-5798
=245  10$aSeabirds in the North-East Atlantic :$bClimate Change Vulnerability and Potential Conservation Actions /$cHenry Häkkinen, Silviu O. Petrovan, Nigel G. Taylor, William J. Sutherland, Nathalie Pettorelli.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (277 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction Auks (Alcidae) Ducks and Phalaropes (Anatidae and Scolopacidae) Gannets and Cormorants (Sulidae and Phalacrocoracidae) Gulls (Laridae) Loons/Divers and Grebes (Gaviidae and Podicipedidae) Petrels and Shearwaters (Hydrobatidae and Procellariidae) Skuas (Stercorariidae) Terns (Laridae) Appendices
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book was produced by the Zoological Society of London and the University of Cambridge with two aims: to assess seabirds’ vulnerability to climate change in the North-East Atlantic, and to identify potential conservation actions that could reduce this vulnerability. 'Seabirds in the North-East Atlantic' collates information from the scientific literature, non-governmental organisations’ reports, conservation practitioner input and online databases into a single volume, and provides a reference manual to assist conservation planning. It is intended to be used by anyone who wishes to identify climate change threats to seabirds; to compare threats between different areas of the North-East Atlantic; to start a quantitative climate change vulnerability assessment for a local population; or to review options for conservation action in response to climate change.This book stems from research published in December 2022, but assessments may be updated based on feedback and newly available information. To check for updates to our assessments, please visit our website at: www.ZSL.org/seabird-guidelines.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aclimate change
=653  \\$aconservation actions
=653  \\$aconservation threats
=653  \\$aNorth-East Atlantic
=653  \\$aseabirds
=700  1\$aPetrovan, Silviu O.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000239842403$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3984-2403
=700  1\$aTaylor, Nigel G.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)000000028643826X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8643-826X
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aPettorelli, Nathalie,$eauthor.$uZoological Society of London.$0(orcid)0000000215946208$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1594-6208
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0343$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0343_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05051nam  22007092  4500
=001  a097a036-44ea-43d0-9d00-58619be354a4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452602
=020  \\$z9781783743186$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743193$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743209$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645301$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744183$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743216$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743223$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0111$2doi
=024  7\$a993391021$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR350
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aUG$2bicssc
=072   7$a2H$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN025060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC005000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aSearching for Sharing :$bHeritage and Multimedia in Africa /$cedited by Daniela Merolla, Mark Turin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 152 pages): $b4 illustrations, 1 table, 2 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsIntroductionBy Daniela Merolla1. The Mara Cultural Heritage Digital Library: The Implications of the Digital Return of Oral TraditionBy Jan Bender Shetler2. Technauriture as a Platform to Create an Inclusive Environment for the Sharing of ResearchBy Russell H. Kaschula3. From Restitution to Redistribution of Ewe Heritage: Challenges and ProspectsBy Kofi Dorvlo4. YouTube in Academic Teaching: A Multimedia Documentation of Siramori Diabaté’s Song "Nanyuman”By Brahima Camara, Graeme Counsel and Jan Jansen5. New Electronic Resources for Texts in Manding LanguagesBy Valentin Vydrin6. Questioning "Restitution”: Oral Literature in MadagascarBy Brigitte Rasoloniaina and Andriamanivohasina RakotomalalaAfterword: Sharing LocatedBy Mark Turin
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn a world where new technologies are being developed at a dizzying pace, how can we best approach oral genres that represent heritage? Taking an innovative and interdisciplinary approach, this volume explores the idea of sharing as a model to construct and disseminate the knowledge of literary heritage with the people who are represented by and in it.Expert contributors interweave sociological analysis with an appraisal of the transformative impact of technology on literary and cultural production. Does technology restrict, constraining the experience of an oral performance, or does it afford new openings for different aesthetic experiences? Topics explored include the Mara Cultural Heritage Digital Library, the preservation of Ewe heritage material, new eresources for texts in Manding languages, and the possibilities of technauriture.This timely and necessary collection also examines to what extent digital documents can be and have been institutionalised in archives and museums, how digital heritage can remain free from co-option by hegemonic groups, and the roles that exist for community voices.A valuable contribution to a fast-developing field, this book is required reading for scholars and students in the fields of heritage, anthropology, linguistics, history and the emerging disciplines of multi-media documentation and analysis, as well as those working in the field of literature, folklore, and African studies. It is also important reading for museum and archive curators.
=536  \\$aLeiden University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOral literature
=653  \\$aAfrica
=653  \\$atechnology
=653  \\$amultimedia
=653  \\$asharing
=653  \\$aliterary heritage
=653  \\$adigital heritage
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$alinguistic
=653  \\$ahistory
=700  1\$aMerolla, Daniela,$eeditor.$uSorbonne Paris-Cité.
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0111$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0111_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04328nam  22006492  4500
=001  333eccd0-8bdf-45a7-9637-ee6fa9549f85
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386017
=020  \\$z9781800643741$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643758$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643765$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646704$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643796$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643772$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643789$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0285$2doi
=024  7\$a1343160811$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aN6797.R5765
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMRM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAGB$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART065000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO011010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRosengarten, Ruth,$eauthor.
=245  10$aSecond Chance :$bMy Life in Things /$cRuth Rosengarten.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xi+281 pages): $b39 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aSituatingObjects and ThingsEvocative ObjectsMy WorldHairTracks, Traces, EvidenceIn ExtremisReading and Writing ObjectsOrphanedFayLegacyAbjectMy Father’s HairbrushNatureSmokingLighterAlbumDigression: My ParentsPhotographsPhotograph AlbumPhotographDear FusiaListStainUnforgottenStill(ed) LifeThese Are Works that Move MeTimeThe Book of Our HistoryStudioStillDeclutterWays of SeeingHappinessThe Museum of InnocenceShameLostHairGorgeous NothingsMeAfterwordReadingIndexAcknowledgements
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this intimate memoir, Ruth Rosengarten explores the subject of evocative objects through a series of interconnected essays.Evocative objects reflect our attitudes to our own lives and how we seek to display ourselves to ourselves. They are therefore, closely linked to our memories, and how we filter, process and reconstruct them. Rosengarten explores the themes and associations invoked by her own evocative objects, which are frequently shabby things of no material value. They are, importantly, often objects that, in their materiality, bear traces of actions, of something-having-been.  Through the associative pathways that these objects have paved, she discusses her experiences with the losses she has undergone, her family’s migrations, and what it means to be a childless woman. This leads her to address the question of what will become of her storied objects and the memories attached to them when she is no longer in existence.This memoir offers an interdisciplinary approach to collecting and compiling fragments of one’s life, paying close attention to the evocative objects that embody us. In doing so, these essays explore loss, memory, childlessness, longing, family history, literature and art theory through material entities which reveal the immaterial ‘things’ at the heart of this study. This book is sure to be of interest to anyone stimulated by memory work and the relationship between humans and their possessions.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aevocative objects
=653  \\$amemories
=653  \\$amateriality
=653  \\$aloss
=653  \\$amigration
=653  \\$achildless woman
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0285$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0285_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05759nam  22006492  4500
=001  7b23dbc9-0b00-4016-bdfe-1e09c07292c2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452605
=020  \\$z9781783742684$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742691$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742707$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645011$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745869$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742714$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742721$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0078$2doi
=024  7\$a1132077510$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDA765
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPRB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPSL$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL012000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aSecurity in a Small Nation :$bScotland, Democracy, Politics /$cedited by Andrew W. Neal.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 240 pages): $b3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$a"This book is the product of a seminar series funded by the UK Economic and Social Research Council entitled "Security in Scotland, with or without constitutional change", which ran from 2013-2015 at the University of Edinburgh. The reports from this seminar series can be found on the title page [of this book under Additional Resources] on the Open Book Publishers website ..."--Acknowledgements, unnumbered page viii.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsNotes on ContributorsIntroduction by Andrew W. Neal1. Perspectives on Small State Security in the Scottish Independence Debate by Juliet Kaarbo and Daniel Kenealy2. Do Small States Need ‘Alliance Shelter’? Scotland and the Nordic Nations by Baldur Thorhallsson and Alyson J. K. Bailes3. Security, Privacy and Oversight by Charles D. Raab4. Parliamentary Oversight of Intelligence Agencies: Lessons from Westminster by Hugh Bochel and Andrew Defty5. Scotland and the Politics of Intelligence Accountability by Colin Atkinson, Nick Brooke and Brian Harris6. ‘Hardly a Moment’s Discussion’? Intelligence and the Scottish Referendum by Sandy Hardie7. Press Scrutiny and the Proposals for Security and Intelligence in an Independent Scotland by Eamonn P. O’Neill8. To Speak Security or Not to Speak Security? Responsibility and Deference in the Scottish Independence Debate by Andrew W. NealConcluding Remarks: The Narrative of Security and Pathways of Transition by Thierry Balzacq
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe 2014 Referendum on Scottish independence sparked debate on every dimension of modern statehood. Levels of public interest and engagement were unprecedented, as demonstrated by record-breaking voter turnout. Yet aside from Trident, the issue of security was relatively neglected in the campaigns, and there remains a lack of literature on the topic. In this volume Andrew Neal has collated a variety of interdisciplinary perspectives on security and constitutional change in Scotland and the UK, including writing from experts in foreign policy analysis, intelligence studies, parliamentary studies, and journalism.Security in a Small Nation provides an illuminating analysis of the politics of security. Its authors reflect on a number of related issues including international comparisons, alliances, regional cooperation, terrorism, intelligence sharing, democratic oversight, and media coverage. It has a particular focus on what security means for small states and democratic politics. The book draws on current debates about the extent of intelligence powers  and their implications for accountability, privacy, and human rights. It examines the foreign and security policy of other small states through the prism of Scottish independence, providing unique insight into the bureaucratic and political processes associated with multi-level security governance. These contributions provide a detailed picture of the changing landscape of security, including the role of diverse and decentralised agencies, and new security interdependencies within and between states.The analysis presented in this book will inform ongoing constitutional debates in the UK and the study of other secessionist movements around the world. Security in a Small Nation is essential reading for any follower of UK and Scottish politics, and those with an interest in security and nationhood on a global scale.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Edinburgh
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aScotland
=653  \\$aindependence
=653  \\$aReferendum
=653  \\$asecurity
=653  \\$aintelligence
=653  \\$aregional cooperation
=653  \\$aterrorism
=653  \\$asmall states
=653  \\$aconstitutional debates
=653  \\$anationhood
=700  1\$aNeal, Andrew W.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 4.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0078$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0078_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04642nam  22006012  4500
=001  de4d3343-5304-4a6f-8edb-a8eff851a4b3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386000
=020  \\$z9781800647251$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647268$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647275$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0299$2doi
=024  7\$a1338201410$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hheb
=072   7$a2CSJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOE000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTorollo, David,$eauthor.$uUniversidad Complutense de Madrid.
=245  10$aSefer ha-Pardes by Jedaiah ha-Penini :$bA Critical Edition with English Translation /$cDavid Torollo.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+174 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 13.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ......................................................... viiA NOTE ON TRANSLATION AND TRANSLITERATION ........... ixINTRODUCTION....................................................................... 11.0. Transmission and Reception of Sefer ha-Pardes......... 22.0. Didacticism: What to Know and How to Feel about It..................................................................... 83.0. Wisdom Epigrams in Provence ............................... 114.0. Conclusion.............................................................. 17PARALLEL TEXT .................................................................... 19REFERENCES ....................................................................... 161INDEX .................................................................................. 167
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis groundbreaking new work is the first full critical edition and English translation of the Hebrew book Sefer ha-Pardes [The Book of the Orchard], written at the end of the thirteenth century by the Provençal Jewish author Jedaiah ha-Penini. It is purportedly an example of musar: a compilation of wise epigrams and meshalim [parables] that teach moral lessons on different topics, such as the service of God, friendship, the deceitfulness of the world, medicine, logic, music, magic, and poetry. However, it is in reality a compendium of sayings that reveal the author’s personal views and feelings on a variety of religious topics, secular sciences, and their practitioners. David Torollo presents a fluent and illuminating English-Hebrew parallel text based on four sixteenth-century witnesses: three manuscripts and a printed edition. A rigorous study accompanies and contextualises the Hebrew work, exploring Sefer ha-Pardes’s transmission and reception in different places over time; its structure and content; its place in the intellectual environment and literary tradition of Provence; and possible lines of enquiry for future research. This essential new work offers a significant contribution to scholarship in the field of Medieval Hebrew Hispano-Provencal literature.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSefer ha-Pardes
=653  \\$aProvençal Jewish author
=653  \\$aJedaiah ha-Penini
=653  \\$amusar
=653  \\$awise epigrams
=653  \\$ameshalim
=653  \\$aEnglish-Hebrew parallel text
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 13.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0299$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0299_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06007nam  22006132  4500
=001  43291d43-a02b-489f-8c3e-f281c557862f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447498
=020  \\$z9781800640986$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640993$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641006$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646407$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641037$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641013$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641020$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0239$2doi
=024  7\$a1251445745$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ692.E42
=072   7$aJNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aCAL$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC000000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aShaping the Digital Dissertation :$bKnowledge Production in the Arts and Humanities /$cedited by Virginia Kuhn, Anke Finger.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+276 pages): $b33 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsContributor BiographiesIntroduction: Shedding Light on the Processof Digital Knowledge Production Anke Finger and Virginia Kuhn1. Dissertating in Public Kathleen Fitzpatrick2. Publication Models and Open Access Cheryl E. Ball3. The Digital Monograph? Key Issues in Evaluation Virginia Kuhn4. #DigiDiss: A Project Exploring Digital Dissertation Policies, Practices and Archiving Kathie Gossett and Liza Potts5. The Gutenberg Galaxy will be Pixelated or How to Think of Digital Scholarship as The Present: An Advisor’s Perspective Anke Finger6. Findable, Impactful, Citable, Usable, Sustainable (FICUS): A Heuristic for Digital Publishing Nicky Agate, Cheryl E. Ball, Allison Belan, Monica McCormick and Joshua Neds-Fox7. Navigating Institutions and Fully Embracing the Interdisciplinary Humanities: American Studies and the Digital Dissertation Katherine Walden and Thomas Oates8. MADSpace: A Janus-Faced Digital Companion to a PhD Dissertation in Chinese History Cécile Armand9. Publish Less, Communicate More! Reflecting the Potentials and Challenges of a Hybrid Self-Publishing Project Sarah-Mai Dang10. #SocialDiss: Transforming the Dissertation into Networked Knowledge Production Erin Rose Glass11. Highly Available Dissertations: Open Sourcing Humanities Scholarship Lisa Tagliaferri12. The Digital Thesis as a Website: SoftPhD.com, from Graphic Design to Online Tools Anthony Masure13. Writing a Dissertation with Images, Sounds and Movements: Cinematic Bricolage Lena Redman14. Precarity and Promise: Negotiating Research Ethics and Copyright in a History Dissertation Celeste Tường Vy Sharpe15. Lessons from the Sandbox: Linking Readership, Representation and Reflection in Tactile Paths Christopher WilliamsList of illustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDigital dissertations have been a part of academic research for years now, yet there are still many questions surrounding their processes. Are interactive dissertations significantly different from their paper-based counterparts? What are the effects of digital projects on doctoral education? How does one choose and defend a digital dissertation? This book explores the wider implications of digital scholarship across institutional, geographic, and disciplinary divides.The volume is arranged in two sections: the first, written by senior scholars, addresses conceptual concerns regarding the direction and assessment of digital dissertations in the broader context of doctoral education. The second section consists of case studies by PhD students whose research resulted in a natively digital dissertation that they have successfully defended. These early-career researchers have been selected to represent a range of disciplines and institutions.Despite the profound effect of incorporated digital tools on dissertations, the literature concerning them is limited. This volume aims to provide a fresh, up-to-date view on the digital dissertation, considering the newest technological advances. It is especially relevant in the European context where digital dissertations, mostly in arts-based research, are more popular.Shaping the Digital Dissertation aims to provide insights, precedents and best practices to graduate students, doctoral advisors, institutional agents, and dissertation committees. As digital dissertations have a potential impact on the state of research as a whole, this edited collection will be a useful resource for the wider academic community and anyone interested in the future of doctoral studies.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Connecticut
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adigital dissertation
=653  \\$aacademic research
=653  \\$ainteractive dissertation
=653  \\$apaper dissertation
=653  \\$adigital projects
=700  1\$aKuhn, Virginia,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Southern California.
=700  1\$aFinger, Anke,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Connecticut.$0(orcid)000000018448314X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8448-314X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0239$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0239_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05551nam  22007692  4500
=001  b9db4ecc-942b-4446-8062-6fb4501c7159
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\chi\d
=010  \\$a2022361354
=020  \\$z9781800648005$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648012$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648029$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0312$2doi
=024  7\$a1402804683$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  0\$achi$aeng$atib
=050  00$aPL3735
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTD$2bicssc
=072   7$a2GD$2bicssc
=072   7$a2GDT$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FPC$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FPCT$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVLT$2thema
=072   7$aCFP$2thema
=072   7$aFNM$2thema
=100  1\$aTso, Bendi,$eauthor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.
=245  10$aShépa :$bThe Tibetan Oral Tradition in Choné /$cBendi Tso, Marnyi Gyatso, Naljor Tsering, Mark Turin, Members of the Choné Tibetan Community.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+782 pages): $b7 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 11.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements / ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེད་ཞུ། / 致谢Preface / འགོ་བརྗོད། / 序言Introduction / སྔོན་གླེང་གི་གཏམ། / 导论Khyung / ཁྱུང་། / 鹏Rübel / རུས་སྦལ། / 龟说Jikten Chakluk / འཇིག་རྟེན་ཆགས་གླུ། / 成世说Chémar / ཕྱེ་མར། / 切玛Da / མདའ། / 箭Lönpo Garchen / བློན་པོ་མགར་ཆེན། / 大臣噶尔东赞Zhanglu and Tsalu / ཞང་གླུ་དང་ཚ་གླུ། / 送亲辞和迎亲辞Illustrations / དཔེ་རིས། / 图片References / དཔྱད་གཞི་ཡིག་ཆ། / 参考文献
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aShépa: ‘explanation’ or ‘elucidation’ in Tibetan.A form of oral poetry sung antiphonally in a question-and-answer style.This book contains a unique collection of Tibetan oral narrations and songs known as Shépa, as these have been performed, recorded and shared between generations of Choné Tibetans from Amdo living in the eastern Tibetan Plateau. Presented in trilingual format — in Tibetan, Chinese and English — the book reflects a sustained collaboration with and between members of the local community, including narrators, monks, and scholars, calling attention to the diversity inherent in all oral traditions, and the mutability of Shépa in particular.From creation myths to Bon and Buddhist cosmologies and even wedding songs, Shépa engages with and draws on elements of religious traditions, historical legacies and deep-seated cultural memories within Choné and Tibet, revealing the multi-layered conceptualization of the Tibetan physical world and the resilience of Tibetan communities within it. This vital and unique collection, part of the World Oral Literature Series, situates Shépa in its ethnographic context, offering insights into the preservation and revitalization of intangible cultural heritage in the context of cultural Tibet, Indigenous studies and beyond.Scholars and students in the fields of anthropology, linguistics, ethnic and minority relations, critical Indigenous studies, Tibetan studies, Himalayan studies, Asian studies and the broader study of China will find much to reward them in this book, as will all readers interested in the documentation and preservation of endangered oral traditions, intangible cultural heritage, performance and textuality, and Tibetan literature and religions.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOral poetry
=653  \\$acommunity-led edition
=653  \\$alinguistics
=653  \\$aTibetan oral literature
=653  \\$aChoné
=653  \\$aanthropology
=700  1\$aGyatso, Marnyi,$eauthor.$uYale University.
=700  1\$aTsering, Naljor,$eauthor.$uÉcole Pratique des Hautes Études, PSL.
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eauthor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=700  0\$aMembers of the Choné Tibetan Community,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 11.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0312$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0312_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08813nam  22006372  4500
=001  9c6c8c83-8efc-402b-8ebe-872f4230b305
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376731
=020  \\$z9781783749232$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749249$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749256$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646155$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749287$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749263$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749270$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0205$2doi
=024  7\$a1182807790$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHV2741
=072   7$aC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBonvillian, John D.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Virginia.
=245  10$aSimplified Signs :$bA Manual Sign-Communication System for Special Populations, Volume 1. /$cJohn D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley, Filip T. Loncke.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+626 pages): $b50 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aVisit the official website for this book at http://www.simplifiedsigns.net to access tutorials designed to help people, especially parents and teachers, learn to use the signs. 

You can access a transcript of the interview with William B. Bonvillian: https://www.openbookpublishers.com/shopimages/resources/Bill%20Bonvillian%20Simplified%20Signs%20Interview%20Transcript.pdf 

You can access a transcript of the Online Book Launch of Simplified Signs: A Manual Sign-Communication System for Special Populations: https://www.openbookpublishers.com/shopimages/resources/Simplified%20Signs%20Book%20Launch%20Transcript.pdf
=505  0\$aContentsPreface and Acknowledgments John D. Bonvillian and William Boone Bonvillian    Postscript 1. Introduction John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Addressing Concerns about Sign-Communication Training and Teaching    Special Populations    The Simplified Sign System    Goals, Clarifications, and Recommendations    Other Potential Users of the Simplified Sign System    Contents and Structure of the Two Volumes 2. Use of Manual Signs and Gestures by Hearing Persons: Historical Perspectives John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    The Origins of Language    Signs as a Natural and Universal Form of Communication    Gestural and Sign Use Cross-Culturally    Sign Communication in North America    Europeans in the New World and their Communicative Interactions through Signs    Early European Gestural Communication    Concluding Remarks 3. Deaf Persons and Sign Languages John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Deaf Education and the Recognition of Sign Languages    Sign Production    Different Sign Languages and Obstacles to Sign Communication Worldwide    Unique Aspects of Sign Languages    Iconic Signs    Sign Language Acquisition    Concluding Remarks 4. Sign Communication in Persons with an Intellectual Disability or with Cerebral Palsy John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    An Early Study    Intellectual Disability    Cerebral Palsy    Recommendations for Enhancing the Sign-Learning Environment    Selecting Signs 5. Childhood Autism and Sign Communication John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Childhood Autism    Sign-Communication Training and Teaching    Dispelling Myths    Teaching Generalization and Spontaneous Communication Skills    Motor and Imitation Abilities    Other Non-Oral Approaches    Evaluative Comments 6. Sign-Communication Intervention in Adults and Children with Aphasia John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Introduction to Aphasia and Apraxia    Sign-Communication Training Outcomes    Sign Facilitation of Spoken Language    Acquired Childhood Aphasia and Landau-Kleffner Syndrome    Developmental Language Disorder and Childhood Apraxia of Speech    Concluding Remarks 7. Use of Manual Signs and Gestures by Hearing Persons: Contemporary Perspectives John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Teaching Signs to Hearing Infants of Hearing Parents    Socioeconomic Intervention Programs and Language    Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in Academic Settings    Using Manual Signs to Improve Reading Comprehension    Facilitating Foreign Language Vocabulary Acquisition    Learning to Sign May Positively Affect One’s Cognitive Abilities    Concluding Remarks 8. Development of the Simplified Sign System John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Background Information    Step One: Iconic Sign Selection    Step Two: Sign Formation Modification    Step Three: Testing of Simplified Signs with Undergraduate Students    Step Four: Comparison Testing of Simplified Signs    Step Five: Feedback from Users    Step Six: Memory Aids    Concluding Remarks 9. Application and Use of the Simplified Sign System with Persons with Disabilities John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Approaches to Teaching the Simplified Sign System    Guidelines for Using the Simplified Sign System    Frequently Asked Questions    Concluding Remarks Appendix A: Sign Language Dictionaries and Other SourcesAppendix B: Handshapes John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. LonckeAppendix C: Palm, Finger, and Knuckle Orientation John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke    Palm Orientation    Finger/Knuckle Orientation GlossaryReferencesAuthor BiographiesName IndexSubject IndexAbout the publishing team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSimplified Signs presents a system of manual sign communication intended for special populations who have had limited success mastering spoken or full sign languages. It is the culmination of over twenty years of research and development by the authors. The Simplified Sign System has been developed and tested for ease of sign comprehension, memorization, and formation by limiting the complexity of the motor skills required to form each sign, and by ensuring that each sign visually resembles the meaning it conveys.Volume 1 outlines the research underpinning and informing the project, and places the Simplified Sign System in a wider context of sign usage, historically and by different populations. Volume 2 presents the lexicon of signs, totalling approximately 1000 signs, each with a clear illustration and a written description of how the sign is formed, as well as a memory aid that connects the sign visually to the meaning that it conveys.While the Simplified Sign System originally was developed to meet the needs of persons with intellectual disabilities, cerebral palsy, autism, or aphasia, it may also assist the communication needs of a wider audience – such as healthcare professionals, aid workers, military personnel, travellers or parents, and children who have not yet mastered spoken language.  The system also has been shown to enhance learning for individuals studying a foreign language.Lucid and comprehensive, this work constitutes a valuable resource that will enhance the communicative interactions of many different people, and will be of great interest to researchers and educators alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amanual sign communication
=653  \\$amastering spoken languages
=653  \\$amastering full sign languages
=653  \\$aintellectual disabilities
=653  \\$acerebral palsy
=653  \\$aautism
=653  \\$aaphasia
=700  1\$aLee, Nicole Kissane,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aDooley, Tracy T.,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aLoncke, Filip T.,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0205$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0205_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04486nam  22006372  4500
=001  e5ba6be6-72ee-479e-812f-2d6e588e1a3c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394619
=020  \\$z9781783749997$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640009$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640016$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646254$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640047$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640023$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640030$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0220$2doi
=024  7\$a1193308432$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHV2741
=072   7$aC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBonvillian, John D.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Virginia.
=245  10$aSimplified Signs :$bA Manual Sign-Communication System for Special Populations, Volume 2. /$cJohn D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley, Filip T. Loncke.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+1120 pages): $b1062 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes indexes.
=505  0\$aContentsPreface John D. Bonvillian10. Introduction to the Simplified Sign System John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke11. The Simplified Sign System Lexicon John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. LonckeAuthor BiographiesSubject IndexSign IndexAbout the publishing team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSimplified Signs presents a system of manual sign communication intended for special populations who have had limited success mastering spoken or full sign languages. It is the culmination of over twenty years of research and development by the authors. The Simplified Sign System has been developed and tested for ease of sign comprehension, memorization, and formation by limiting the complexity of the motor skills required to form each sign, and by ensuring that each sign visually resembles the meaning it conveys.Volume 1 outlines the research underpinning and informing the project, and places the Simplified Sign System in a wider context of sign usage, historically and by different populations. Volume 2 presents the lexicon of signs, totalling approximately 1000 signs, each with a clear illustration and a written description of how the sign is formed, as well as a memory aid that connects the sign visually to the meaning that it conveys.While the Simplified Sign System originally was developed to meet the needs of persons with intellectual disabilities, cerebral palsy, autism, or aphasia, it may also assist the communication needs of a wider audience – such as healthcare professionals, aid workers, military personnel, travellers or parents, and children who have not yet mastered spoken language.  The system also has been shown to enhance learning for individuals studying a foreign language.Lucid and comprehensive, this work constitutes a valuable resource that will enhance the communicative interactions of many different people, and will be of great interest to researchers and educators alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amanual sign communication
=653  \\$amastering spoken languages
=653  \\$amastering full sign languages
=653  \\$aintellectual disabilities
=653  \\$acerebral palsy
=653  \\$aautism
=653  \\$aaphasia
=700  1\$aLee, Nicole Kissane,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aDooley, Tracy T.,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aLoncke, Filip T.,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0220$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0220_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09159nam  22009132  4500
=001  fafcd81d-cc87-47fc-8397-a75b57aa3edb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361261
=020  \\$z9781800648425$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648432$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648449$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648487$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648470$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648456$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0319$2doi
=024  7\$a1409541102$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4167.J5
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aFIC098040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFBC$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aDSBF$2thema
=072   7$aDSM$2thema
=100  1\$aReynolds, Matthew,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000172950687$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7295-0687
=245  10$aPrismatic Jane Eyre :$bClose-Reading a World Novel Across Languages /$cMatthew Reynolds, Andrés Claro, Annmarie Drury, Mary Frank, Paola Gaudio, Rebecca Ruth Gould, Jernej Habjan, Yunte Huang, Eugenia Kelbert, Ulrich Timme Kragh, Abhishek Jain, Ida Klitgård, Léa Rychen, Madli Kütt, Ana Teresa Marques dos Santos, Cláudia Pazos-Alonso, Eleni Philippou, Yousif M. Qasmiyeh, Céline Sabiron, Kayvan Tahmasebian, Giovanni Pietro Vitali.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+888 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsPrefatory NoteIllustrationsIntroductionMatthew ReynoldsI. Prismatic Translation and Jane Eyre as a World WorkMatthew ReynoldsII. The World Work in Language(s)Matthew Reynolds1. Jane, Come with Me to India: The Narrative Transformation of Janeeyreness in the Indian Reception of Jane EyreUlrich Timme Kragh and Abhishek Jain2. Who Cares What Shape the Red Room is? Or, On the Perfectibility of the Source TextPaola Gaudio3. Jane Eyre’s Prismatic Bodies in ArabicYousif M. Qasmiyeh4. Translating the French in the French Translations of Jane EyreCéline SabironIII. Locating the TranslationsMatthew Reynolds5. Representation, Gender, Empire: Jane Eyre in SpanishAndrés Claro6. Commissioning Political Sympathies: The British Council’s Translation of Jane Eyre in GreeceEleni Philippou7. Searching for Swahili JaneAnnmarie Drury8. The Translatability of Love: The Romance Genre and the Prismatic Reception of Jane Eyre in Twentieth-Century IranKayvan Tahmasebian and Rebecca Ruth GouldIV Close-Reading the Multiplicitous Text Through Language(s)Matthew ReynoldsV. ‘Passion’ through Language(s)Matthew Reynolds9. A Mind of her Own: Translating the ‘volcanic vehemence’ of Jane Eyre into PortugueseAna Teresa Marques dos Santos and Cláudia Pazos-Alonso10. The Movements of Passion in the Danish Jane Eyre Ida Klitgård11. Emotional Fingerprints: Nouns Expressing Emotions in Jane Eyre and its Italian TranslationsPaola GaudioVI. ‘Plain’ through Language(s)Matthew Reynolds12. Proper Nouns and Not So Proper Nouns: The Poetic Destiny of Jane Eyre in ChineseYunte Huang13. Formality of Address and its Representation of Relationships in Three German Translations of Jane EyreMary Frank14. Biblical Intertextuality in the French Jane EyreLéa RychenVII. ‘Walk’ and ‘Wander’ through Language(s); Prismatic Scenes; and Littoral ReadingMatthew Reynolds15. Free Indirect Jane Eyre: Brontë’s Peculiar Use of Free Indirect Speech, and German and Slovenian Attempts to Resolve ItJernej Habjan16. ‘Beside myself; or rather out of myself’: First Person Presence in the Estonian Translation of Jane EyreMadli Kütt17. Appearing Jane, in RussianEugenia KelbertVIII. ConclusionsMatthew ReynoldsLives of Some TranslatorsList of TranslationsData and CodeNotes on the Co-AuthorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aJane Eyre, written by Charlotte Brontë and first published in 1847, has been translated more than six hundred times into over sixty languages. Prismatic Jane Eyre argues that we should see these many re-writings, not as simple replications of the novel, but as a release of its multiple interpretative possibilities: in other words, as a prism.  Prismatic Jane Eyre develops the theoretical ramifications of this idea, and reads Brontë’s novel in the light of them: together, the English text and the many translations form one vast entity, a multilingual world-work, spanning many times and places, from Cuba in 1850 to 21st-century China; from Calcutta to Bologna, Argentina to Iran. Co-written by many scholars, Prismatic Jane Eyre traces the receptions of the novel across cultures, showing why, when and where it has been translated (and no less significantly, not translated – as in Swahili), and exploring its global publishing history with digital maps and carousels of cover images. Above all, the co-authors read the translations and the English text closely, and together, showing in detail how the novel’s feminist power, its political complexities and its romantic appeal play out differently in different contexts and in the varied styles and idioms of individual translators. Tracking key words such as ‘passion’ and ‘plain’ across many languages via interactive visualisations and comparative analysis, Prismatic Jane Eyre opens a wholly new perspective on Brontë’s novel, and provides a model for the collaborative close-reading of world literature.   Prismatic Jane Eyre is a major intervention in translation and reception studies and world and comparative literature. It will also interest scholars of English literature, and readers of the Brontës.
=536  \\$aArts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC)
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aadaptation studies
=653  \\$acomparative analysis
=653  \\$afeminism
=653  \\$aJane Eyre
=653  \\$apublishing history
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$atranslation studies
=700  1\$aClaro, Andrés,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Chile.
=700  1\$aDrury, Annmarie,$eauthor.$uCity University of New York.$0(orcid)0000000334111633$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3411-1633
=700  1\$aFrank, Mary,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aGaudio, Paola,$eauthor.$uUniversità degli Studi di Bari Aldo Moro.$0(orcid)0000000262230587$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6223-0587
=700  1\$aGould, Rebecca Ruth,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Birmingham.$0(orcid)0000000221985406$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2198-5406
=700  1\$aHabjan, Jernej,$eauthor.$uResearch Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts.$0(orcid)0000000197073158$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9707-3158
=700  1\$aHuang, Yunte,$eauthor.$uUniversity of California, Santa Barbara.
=700  1\$aKelbert, Eugenia,$eauthor.$uUniversity of East Anglia.$0(orcid)0000000265857588$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6585-7588
=700  1\$aKragh, Ulrich Timme,$eauthor.$uApabhramsha Sahitya Academy.$0(orcid)0000000160003666$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6000-3666
=700  1\$aJain, Abhishek,$eauthor.$uLoyola Marymount University.$0(orcid)0000000159367067$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5936-7067
=700  1\$aKlitgård, Ida,$eauthor.$uRoskilde University.$0(orcid)0000000219633137$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1963-3137
=700  1\$aRychen, Léa,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aKütt, Madli,$eauthor.$uEstonian Military Academy.
=700  1\$aMarques dos Santos, Ana Teresa,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Aveiro.
=700  1\$aPazos-Alonso, Cláudia,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)000000030464683X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0464-683X
=700  1\$aPhilippou, Eleni,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000202118673$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0211-8673
=700  1\$aQasmiyeh, Yousif M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aSabiron, Céline,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Lorraine.
=700  1\$aTahmasebian, Kayvan,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Birmingham.
=700  1\$aPietro Vitali, Giovanni,$eauthor.$uUniversité de Versailles Saint-Quentin-en-Yvelines.$0(orcid)0000000327226766$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2722-6766
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0319$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0319_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05916nam  22006492  4500
=001  8c4476de-67ab-47d1-a06f-557fa74ba0e5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452802
=020  \\$z9781906924188$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924195$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924201$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644342$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0007$2doi
=024  7\$a763132366$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aK1440
=072   7$aLNRC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW050010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aPrivilege and Property :$bEssays on the History of Copyright /$cedited by Ronan Deazley, Martin Kretschmer, Lionel Bently.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiii +441 pages): $b11 illustrations, 12 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroductionThe History of Copyright History: Notes from an Emerging Discipline by Martin Kretschmer, with Lionel Bently and Ronan Deazley1. From Gunpowder to Print: The Common Origins of Copyright and PatentJoanna Kostylo2. ‘A Mongrel of Early Modern Copyright’: Scotland in European PerspectiveAlastair J. Mann3. The Public Sphere and the Emergence of Copyright: Areopagitica, the Stationers’ Company, and the Statute of AnneMark Rose4. Early American Printing Privileges. The Ambivalent Origins of Authors’ Copyright in AmericaOren Bracha5. Author and Work in the French Print Privileges System: Some MilestonesLaurent Pfister6. A Venetian Experiment on Perpetual CopyrightMaurizio Borghi7. Copyright Formalities and the Reasons for their Decline in Nineteenth Century EuropeStef van Gompel8. The Berlin Publisher Friedrich Nicolai and the Reprinting Sections of the Prussian Statute Book of 1794Friedemann Kawohl9. Nineteenth Century Controversies Relating to the Protection of Artistic Property in FranceFrédéric Rideau10. Maps, Views and Ornament: Visualising Property in Art and Law: The Case of Pre-modern FranceKatie Scott11. Breaking the Mould? The Radical Nature of the Fine Arts Copyright Bill 1862Ronan Deazley12. ‘Neither Bolt nor Chain, Iron Safe nor Private Watchman, Can Prevent the Theft of Words’: The Birth of the Performing Right in BritainIsabella Alexander13. The Return of the Commons – Copyright History as a Common SourceKarl-Nikolaus Peifer14. The Significance of Copyright History for Publishing History and HistoriansJohn Feather15. Metaphors of Intellectual PropertyWilliam St ClairBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat can and can’t be copied is a matter of law, but also of aesthetics, culture, and economics. The act of copying, and the creation and transaction of rights relating to it, evokes fundamental notions of communication and censorship, of authorship and ownership—of privilege and property. This volume conceives a new history of copyright law that has its roots in a wide range of norms and practices. The essays reach back to the very material world of craftsmanship and mechanical inventions of Renaissance Italy where, in 1469, the German master printer Johannes of Speyer obtained a five-year exclusive privilege to print in Venice and its dominions. Along the intellectual journey that follows, we encounter John Milton who, in 1644 accused the English parliament of having been deceived by the ‘fraud of some old patentees and monopolizers in the trade of bookselling’ (i.e. the London Stationers’ Company). Later revisionary essays investigate the regulation of the printing press in the North American colonies as a provincial and somewhat crude version of European precedents, and how, in the revolutionary France of 1789, the subtle balance that the royal decrees had established between the interests of the author, the bookseller, and the public, was shattered by the abolition of the privilege system. Some of the essays also address the specific evolution of rights associated with the visual and performing arts. The volume is a companion to the digital archive Primary Sources on Copyright (1450-1900), funded by the UK Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC). Privilege and Property is recommended in the Times Higher Education Textbook Guide (November, 2010).
=536  \\$aArts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC)
=536  \\$aThe Jessica E. Smith and Kevin R. Brine Charitable Trust
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLaw
=653  \\$aaesthetics
=653  \\$acultural studies
=653  \\$aJohn Milton
=653  \\$alegal history
=653  \\$acopyright history
=653  \\$acopyright law
=653  \\$acreative commons
=653  \\$apatent
=653  \\$aintellectual property
=653  \\$apublic domain
=653  \\$abook history
=653  \\$acensorship
=700  1\$aDeazley, Ronan,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Glasgow.
=700  1\$aKretschmer, Martin,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aBently, Lionel,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0007$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0007_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05612nam  22006372  4500
=001  bc907159-c6ee-46be-8feb-c959d7140b8a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452962
=020  \\$z9781783748099$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748105$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748112$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645998$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748143$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748129$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748136$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0187$2doi
=024  7\$a1133285419$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN212
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQE$2bicssc
=072   7$aFYB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNM$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029050$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRibó, Ignasi,$eauthor.$uMae Fah Luang University.$0(orcid)000000017821316X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7821-316X
=245  10$aProse Fiction :$bAn Introduction to the Semiotics of Narrative /$cIgnasi Ribó.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+144 pages): $b45 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the authorAcknowledgementsPreface1. Introduction1.1 What Is Narrative?1.2 Genres1.3 Prose Fiction1.4 Story and Discourse1.5 Beyond LiteratureSummaryReferences2. Plot2.1 The Thread of Narrative2.2 Emplotment2.3 Beginnings, Middles, and Ends2.4 Conflict and Resolution2.5 Suspense and SurpriseSummaryReferences3. Setting3.1 The World of Narrative3.2 Topography and Atmosphere3.3 Kinds of Setting3.4 Description3.5 VerisimilitudeSummaryReferences4. Characterisation4.1 The Actants of Narrative4.2 Individuation4.3 Kinds of Character4.4 Representing Characters4.5 DialogueSummaryReferences5. Narration5.1 The Expression of Narrative5.2 Narrators and Narratees5.3 Focalisation5.4 Telling and Showing5.5 CommentarySummaryReferences6. Language6.1 The Style of Narrative6.2 Foregrounding6.3 Figures of Speech6.4 Symbolism6.5 TranslationSummaryReferences7. Theme7.1 The Meaning of Narrative7.2 Identity7.3 Ideology7.4 Morality7.5 Art and PoliticsSummaryReferencesBibliographyIllustrationsExamples of Short Stories and NovelsGlossary of Narrative Terms
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a This concise and highly accessible textbook outlines the principles and techniques of storytelling. It is intended as a high-school and college-level introduction to the central concepts of narrative theory – concepts that will aid students in developing their competence not only in analysing and interpreting short stories and novels, but also in writing them.This textbook prioritises clarity over intricacy of theory, equipping its readers with the necessary tools to embark on further study of literature, literary theory and creative writing. Building on a ‘semiotic model of narrative,’ it is structured around the key elements of narratological theory, with chapters on plot, setting, characterisation, and narration, as well as on language and theme – elements which are underrepresented in existing textbooks on narrative theory. The chapter on language constitutes essential reading for those students unfamiliar with rhetoric, while the chapter on theme draws together significant perspectives from contemporary critical theory (including feminism and postcolonialism).This textbook is engaging and easily navigable, with key concepts highlighted and clearly explained, both in the text and in a full glossary located at the end of the book. Throughout the textbook the reader is aided by diagrams, images, quotes from prominent theorists, and instructive examples from classical and popular short stories and novels (such as Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice, Franz Kafka’s ‘The Metamorphosis,’ J. K. Rowling’s Harry Potter, or Dostoyevsky’s The Brothers Karamazov, amongst many others).Prose Fiction: An Introduction to the Semiotics of Narrative can either be incorporated as the main textbook into a wider syllabus on narrative theory and creative writing, or it can be used as a supplementary reference book for readers interested in narrative fiction. The textbook is a must-read for beginning students of narratology, especially those with no or limited prior experience in this area. It is of especial relevance to English and Humanities major students in Asia, for whom it was conceived and written.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atextbook
=653  \\$astorytelling
=653  \\$anarrative theory
=653  \\$ahigh-school
=653  \\$acollege
=653  \\$aliterature
=653  \\$aliterary theory
=653  \\$acreative writing
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0187$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0187_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07259nam  22007332  4500
=001  fa7895bf-22f2-4a9f-8361-8e74c9798670
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805112181$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112198$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112204$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112235$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112211$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0389$2doi
=024  7\$a1442806047$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMAN$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY030000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVA$2thema
=072   7$aJMB$2thema
=072   7$aGTM$2thema
=245  00$aPsychological Perspectives on Musical Experiences and Skills :$bResearch in the Western Balkans and Western Europe /$cedited by Blanka Bogunović, Renee Timmers, Sanela Nikolić.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+400 pages): $b13 illustrations, 16 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsNotes on EditorsNotes on ContributorsList of FiguresList of TablesList of Statistical Abbreviations and Symbols1. Introduction: Music Psychology Research in the Western Balkans and Western EuropeBlanka Bogunović, Renee Timmers, and Sanela NikolićPART I: AESTHETIC AND EMOTIONAL EXPERIENCES OF MUSIC2. The Role of Affective Dimensions in the Aesthetic Experience of MusicDragan Janković and Maja Mađarev3. Aesthetic Experiences of Contemporary Music from the Perspectives of a Composer, a Performer, and a MusicologistSanela Nikolić and Ivana Miladinović Prica4. Aesthetic Emotions in Music: Theory, Measurements, and Cross-cultural ComparisonRenee Timmers, Scott Bannister, and Thomas M. LenniePART II: MUSIC LISTENING IN CONTEXT5. Sound Experience and Imagination at Early School Age: An Opportunity for Unleashing Children’s Creative PotentialMirsada Zećo, Marina Videnović, and Lejla Silajdžić6. Adolescent Musical Preferences and their Relationship with Schwartz’s Basic ValuesIvana Stepanović Ilić, Marina Videnović, Zora Krnjaić, and Ksenija Krstić7. How Professional Musicians Can Better Connect to Audiences for Live Classical Music: Assessing Theory And Practice in the Light of the COVID-19 CrisisJohn SlobodaPART III: MUSIC COGNITION IN PERFORMANCE AND PRACTICE8. Influences of Physical and Imagined Others in Music Students’ Experiences of Practice and PerformanceAndrea Schiavio, Henrique Meissner, and Renee Timmers9. 4E Music Cognition in Theory and PracticeAndrea Schiavio and Dylan van der Schyff10. Memorisation of Twentieth-Century Piano Music: A Longitudinal Case StudyValnea Žauhar, Dunja Crnjanski, and Igor Bajšanski11. Memory for Music: Research and Practice for PerformersJane GinsborgPART IV: PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSICIANS—FROM MOTIVATION AND PERSONALITY TO ADDRESSING CHALLENGES AND ANXIETY12. Motivation and Personality as Factors of Musical Accomplishments: A Developmental and Cultural PerspectiveBlanka Bogunović13. The Lived Experience of Radical Acceleration in the Biographical Narratives of Exceptionally Gifted Adult MusiciansOlja Jovanović, Ana Altaras Dimitrijević, Dejana Mutavdžin, and Blanka Bogunović14. The Personality of Music Students with Diverse Vocal and Instrumental SkillsAna Butković15. Theoretical and Practical Challenges in Dealing with Music Performance AnxietyKatarina Habe and Michele Biasutti16. How do European and Western Balkans Conservatoires Help Music Students with their Health and Well-being?Raluca Matei and Jane Ginsborg17. Conclusion: Progressing the State of the Art of Music PsychologyRenee Timmers, Blanka Bogunović, and Sanela NikolićIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aPsychology of Music is a flourishing area of research in the Western Balkans. However, much of its findings and insights have remained relatively unknown outside the region. Psychological Perspectives on Musical Experiences and Skills features recent research from the Western Balkans, foregrounding its specific topics, methods, and influences, and bringing it into productive conversation with complementary research from Western Europe and further afield.The essays in this collection investigate the psychology of listening and performance and their relevance to music practice. Employing a range of research methodologies, they address divergent themes, from a cross-cultural understanding of aesthetic experiences and innovations to attract new audiences, to developmental perspectives on musical growth and the challenges of mastering performance skills.  Authors reflect independently and collaboratively on how these psychological processes are shaped by the different traditions and geopolitical conditions inside and outside the Western Balkans. The result is a volume that emphasizes how musical experiences and practices happen not in isolation but in socio-cultural environments that contribute to their definition. This work will appeal to musicians, music educators, students, researchers, and psychologists with an interest in the psychology of music and exemplify ways forward in decolonizing academia.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPsychology of Music
=653  \\$aWestern Balkans
=653  \\$aMusic Appreciation
=653  \\$aAesthetic Experiences
=653  \\$aPerformance Skills
=653  \\$aMusic preferences
=653  \\$aMusic perception and cognition
=653  \\$aMusicians’  personality, motivation and well-being
=653  \\$aWestern Europe
=653  \\$aMusic education and expertise
=653  \\$aCreative, Performance and Listening Skills
=653  \\$aMusical audiences
=653  \\$aCross-cultural studies
=653  \\$aSocio-cultural context
=700  1\$aBogunović, Blanka,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Arts in Belgrade.$0(orcid)0000000292358389$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9235-8389
=700  1\$aTimmers, Renee,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Sheffield.$0(orcid)0000000219810834$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1981-0834
=700  1\$aNikolić, Sanela,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Arts in Belgrade.$0(orcid)0000000330619317$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3061-9317
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0389$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0389_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05376nam  22006492  4500
=001  b23d8abf-4114-4472-8a84-30bbe88de0c4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800648074$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$a9781800648098$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648135$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648104$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0313$2doi
=024  7\$a1458589178$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAV$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGE$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FKA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVX$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAVLA$2thema
=072   7$aAVM$2thema
=072   7$aAVA$2thema
=072   7$aAVX$2thema
=072   7$aNHF$2thema
=100  1\$aClarke, David,$eauthor.$uNewcastle University.$0(orcid)0000000313654188$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1365-4188
=245  10$aRāgs Around the Clock :$bA Handbook for North Indian Classical Music, with Online Recordings in the Khayāl Style /$cDavid Clarke; music edited by Vijay Rajput.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv + 238 pages): $b50 illustrations, 63 audio tracks.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aOnline Albums: Track ListRāg Samay CakraTwilight Rāgs from North IndiaPreface and AcknowledgementsBiographical NotesTransliteration and Other Textual ConventionsPrologue: First EncountersIntroduction: Origins, Overview, Contexts1. CONCEPTS, CONVENTIONS, HISTORY AND CULTURE1.1 Elements of Indian Classical Music1.2 Sargam Notation1.3 Rāg1.4 Tāl1.5 Tānpurā Drone, Svar1.6 Rāg and Time: Samay Cakra1.7 Khayāl: Stylistic and Performance Conventions1.8 Khayāl: Ornamentation1.9 Khayāl: Origins1.10 V. N. Bhatkhande1.11 The Guru-Śiṣyā Paramparā1.12 Riyāz2. A CYCLE OF RĀGS: RĀG SAMAY CAKRA2.1 The Album and Its Supporting Materials2.2 The Song Texts2.3 Notating the Bandiśes (and Performing Them)2.4 Terminology Used in the Rāg Specifications2.5 The Rāgs3. EXPLORATIONS AND ANALYSES (I): RĀG SAMAY CAKRA3.1 Introduction3.2 How Do You Sing an Ālāp?3.3 How Do You Sing a Choṭā Khayāl?4. EXPLORATIONS AND ANALYSES (II): TWILIGHT RĀGS FROM NORTH INDIA4.1 Introduction4.2 Rāg Bhairav: Texts, Notations and Commentaries4.3 How Do You Sing a Baṛā Khayāl? Performance Conventions, Aesthetics, Temporality Epilogue: Laya/PralayaGlossary of Terms Used in Hindustani Classical MusicReferencesList of Audio ExamplesList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aRāgs Around the Clock is a rich and vibrant compendium for the discovery and study of North Indian classical music. The theory and practice of rāg are explored through two interlinked resources: a handbook of essays and analyses offering technical, historical, cultural and aesthetic perspectives; and two online albums – Rāg samay cakra and Twilight Rāgs from North India – featuring khayāl singer Vijay Rajput and accompanists.Extracts from the albums are also embedded into the text to enhance learning and understanding. Each rāg is accompanied by a description of its chief characteristics and technical features, a notation of the song (bandiś) on which the performance is based, and a transliteration and translation of the song text. Distinctively, Rāg samay cakra also includes spoken renditions of each of the texts, helping non-Hindavi speakers to achieve the correct pronunciation.Sharing insights from both theory and practice, this collection draws on recent scholarship while also showcasing the vocal idiom – the gāyakī – of Vijay Rajput, a disciple of the late Pandit Bhimsen Joshi. It offers invaluable reading for students and researchers of Indian classical music, world music and ethnomusicology, and a rich repository for teacher and student practitioners of the khayāl vocal style. The combination of an aural and written exploration of rāg will appeal to anyone drawn to this form of music – whether newcomer, student (śiṣyā) or aficionado (rasika).
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRāgs
=653  \\$aNorth Indian classical music
=653  \\$aHandbook
=653  \\$aSongs (music and text)
=653  \\$aworld music
=653  \\$aethnomusicology
=700  1\$aRajput, Vijay,$emusic editor.$uNewcastle University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0313$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0313_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05599nam  22007932  4500
=001  d2982949-7f7c-4527-8a55-6e4115adee99
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447494
=020  \\$z9781800641198$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641204$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641211$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800641242$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641228$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641235$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0241$2doi
=024  7\$a1257479703$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPG2925
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO008010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004240$2bisacsh
=245  00$aReading Backwards :$bAn Advance Retrospective on Russian Literature /$cedited by Timothy Langen, Muireann Maguire.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+274 pages): $b11 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributor BiographiesAcknowledgementsIntroduction: Countersense and InterpretationMuireann Maguire and Timothy LangenI. Gogol1. Something for Nothing: Imagination and Collapse in O’Brien, Krzhizhanovsky, and GogolTimothy Langen2.Seeing Backwards: Raphael’s Portrait of Nikolai Vasil’evich GogolIlya VinitskyII. Dostoevsky3. The Voice of Ivan: Ethical Plagiarism in Dostoevsky and CoetzeeMichael Bowden4. Foretelling the Past: Fyodor Dostoevsky Follows Guzel’ Yakhina into the Heart of DarknessDavid Gillespie and Marina Korneeva5. Notes from the Other Side of the Chronotope: Dostoevsky Anticipating PetrushevskaiaInna TigountsovaIII. Tolstoy6. Master and Manxman: Reciprocal Plagiarism in Tolstoy and Hall CaineMuireann Maguire7. The Posteriority of the Anterior: Levinas, Tolstoy, and Responsibility for the OtherSteven Shankman8. From Sky to Sea: When Andrei Bolkonsky Voiced AchillesSvetlana YefimenkoAfterword: But Seriously, Folks…. (Pierre Bayard and the Russians)Eric NaimanList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis edited volume employs the paradoxical notion of ‘anticipatory plagiarism’—developed in the 1960s by the ‘Oulipo’ group of French writers and thinkers—as a mode for reading Russian literature. Reversing established critical approaches to the canon and literary influence, its contributors ask us to consider how reading against linear chronologies can elicit fascinating new patterns and perspectives.Reading Backwards: An Advance Retrospective on Russian Literature re-assesses three major nineteenth-century authors—Gogol, Dostoevsky and Tolstoy—either in terms of previous writers and artists who plagiarized them (such as Raphael, Homer, or Hall Caine), or of their own depredations against later writers (from J.M. Coetzee to Liudmila Petrushevskaia).Far from suggesting that past authors literally stole from their descendants, these engaging essays, contributed by both early-career and senior scholars of Russian and comparative literature, encourage us to identify the contingent and familiar within classic texts. By moving beyond rigid notions of cultural heritage and literary canons, they demonstrate that inspiration is cyclical, influence can flow in multiple directions, and no idea is ever truly original.This book will be of great value to literary scholars and students working in Russian Studies. The introductory discussion of the origins and context of ‘plagiarism by anticipation’, alongside varied applications of the concept, will also be of interest to those working in the wider fields of comparative literature, reception studies, and translation studies.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Exeter$eInstitutional Open Access Fund
=536  \\$aUniversity of Missouri$eResearch Council
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aanticipatory plagiarism
=653  \\$aOulipo
=653  \\$aFrench literature
=653  \\$aRussian literature
=653  \\$aliterary canon
=653  \\$aliterary influence
=653  \\$anineteenth-century literature
=653  \\$aGogol
=653  \\$aDostoevsky
=653  \\$aTolstoy
=653  \\$aRaphael
=653  \\$aHomer
=653  \\$aHall Caine
=653  \\$aCoetzee
=653  \\$aPetrushevskaia
=653  \\$aclassics
=653  \\$acultural heritage
=653  \\$aRussian Studies
=653  \\$acomparative literature
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$atranslation studies
=700  1\$aLangen, Timothy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Missouri.
=700  1\$aMaguire, Muireann,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000176156720$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7615-6720
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0241$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0241_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04738nam  22006132  4500
=001  0bdf8479-ab91-4d79-9936-587bd97277fe
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386028
=020  \\$z9781800643680$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643697$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643703$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646698$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643734$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643710$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643727$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0284$2doi
=024  7\$a1338166528$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  10$aReading the Juggler of Notre Dame :$bMedieval Miracles and Modern Remakings /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+452 pages): $b55 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aOverviewPart 1: “Our Lady’s Tumbler”: Sources and Analogues, Medieval to ModernIntroduction1. The Medieval StoryA. “Our Lady’s Tumbler” B. The Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical Order: “Joy”2. The Bible and ApocryphaA. “The Dancing of David before the Ark”B. “The Dancing of Mary before the Altar”C. “The Widow’s Mite”3. The Life of the FathersA. “Miserere”B. “Goliard”4. The Pious Sweat of MonksA. Cistercian Miracles of Monks WorkingB. Gautier de Coinci, The Miracles of Our Lady: “A Monk of Chartreuse”5. The Jongleur and the Black Virgin of RocamadourA. The Miracles of Our Lady of Rocamadour: “On the Wax Form That Came Down upon a Viol”B. Gautier de Coinci, The Miracles of Our Lady: “Of the Candle that Came Down to the Jongleur”C. Alfonso X the Wise, Songs of Holy Mary: “The Jongleur of Rocamadour”6. The Jongleurs and the Holy Candle of ArrasA. “The Foundation of the Jongleur Confraternity in Arras” (in Latin)
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this two-part anthology, Jan M. Ziolkowski builds on themes uncovered in his earlier The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity. Here he focuses particularly on the performing arts.Part one contextualises Our Lady’s Tumbler, a French poem of the late 1230s, by comparing it with episodes in the Bible and miracles in a wide variety of medieval European sources. It relates this material to analogues and folklore across the ages from, among others, Persian, Jewish and Hungarian cultures. Part two scrutinizes the reception and impact of the poem with reference to modern European and American literature, including works by the Nobel prize-winner Anatole France, professor-poet Katharine Lee Bates, philosopher-historian Henry Adams and poet W.H. Auden.This innovative collection of sources introduces readers to many previously untranslated texts, and invites them to explore the journey of Our Lady’s Tumbler across both sides of the Atlantic.Reading the Juggler of Notre Dame: Medieval Miracles and Modern Remakings will benefit scholars and students alike. The short introductions and numerous annotations shed light on unusual beliefs and practices of the past, making the readings accessible to anyone with an interest in the arts and an openness to the Middle Ages.
=536  \\$aHarvard University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOur Lady’s Tumbler
=653  \\$aFrench poem
=653  \\$amedieval dance
=653  \\$amedieval folklore
=653  \\$amedieval iconography
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0284$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0284_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05387nam  22007212  4500
=001  fca7ec1d-2329-4331-b468-3f5caba29cb6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388886
=020  \\$z9781805112396$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112402$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112419$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112440$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112426$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0393$2doi
=024  7\$a1433109251$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH31.S29
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRQA5$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL042040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aRBX$2thema
=072   7$aQRYA5$2thema
=072   7$aNHB$2thema
=072   7$aJNB$2thema
=100  1\$aDesmond, Adrian,$eauthor.
=245  10$aReign of the Beast :$bThe Atheist World of W. D. Saull and his Museum of Evolution /$cAdrian Desmond.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+664 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorAbbreviationsPreface1. Evolution Underground – Setting the Stage2. Introducing SaullPart I — 1820s: Dirty Dives and Subversive Origins3. From Eternity to Here: Blasphemy, Eternalism, and the Emerging Question of Origins4. From the Devil’s Chaplain to That Dirty Little JacobinPart II — 1830s: The Shaven Ape at New Jerusalem’s Gate5. Perfectibility6. Founding the Museum — June 18317. Monkey-Man —The Bristol Lecture 18338. The Antichrist and the Shaven Monkey9. Damned Monkeys10. An Appeal to the Revolutionary Enemy11. Creation on the Cheap12. Making Sense of the Museum13. A Purpose-built Museum — 183514. Satires on Saull15. Martyrs, Churches, and Vestries16. Lease-holder of the New Moral World Part III — 1840s: Atheists and Aborigines17. Halls of Science18. The Atheist Breakaway19. Backlash20. Peace and Harmony21. Secularism and Salvage22. British Aborigines23. Reforming Scientific Society24. Museum and Pantheon for the Masses25. Celebrating the DeadPart IV — 1850s: Destruction26. Provisions for the Afterlife27. Death and DissolutionAppendix 1: The Authorship of “D.”. 1826. “Letter From A Friend: On Fossil Exuviae and Planetary Motion.” Republican 14 (8 September 1826): 265–67Appendix  2: The Authorship of “D.”. 1832. Letter from a Student in the Sciences to a Student of Theology. London: John BrooksAppendix 3: Saull’s PublicationsAppendix 4: The Major London Lecture Venues of Freethought, Radicalism, and Owenism in the 1830sAppendix 5: Geology Lecturers in Owenite, Radical, and Mutual Instruction InstitutionsAppendix 6: Saull’s Close CoterieBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn the 1830s, decades before Darwin published the Origin of Species, a museum of evolution flourished in London. Reign of the Beast pieces together the extraordinary story of this lost working-man's institution and its enigmatic owner, the wine merchant W. D. Saull. A financial backer of the anti-clerical Richard Carlile, the ‘Devil's Chaplain’ Robert Taylor, and socialist Robert Owen, Saull outraged polite society by putting humanity’s ape ancestry on display. He weaponized his museum fossils and empowered artisans with a knowledge of deep geological time that undermined the Creationist base of the Anglican state. His geology museum, called the biggest in Britain, housed over 20,000 fossils, including famous dinosaurs. Saull was indicted for blasphemy and reviled during his lifetime. After his death in 1855, his museum was demolished and he was expunged from the collective memory. Now multi-award-winning author Adrian Desmond undertakes a thorough reading of Home Office spy reports and subversive street prints to re-establish Saull's pivotal place at the intersection of the history of geology, atheism, socialism, and working-class radicalism.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEvolution theories
=653  \\$aW. D. Saull
=653  \\$aScience Museums in London
=653  \\$aGeology
=653  \\$a1830s radical thinking
=653  \\$aAtheism
=653  \\$aCo-Operation
=653  \\$aFossils
=653  \\$aDinosaurs
=653  \\$aPrehistoric Archaeology
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0393$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0393_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04436nam  22006732  4500
=001  67a02374-4e51-43b5-830b-c85e4c3a7b08
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452733
=020  \\$z9781783744732$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744749$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744756$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645578$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746132$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744763$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744770$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0138$2doi
=024  7\$a1037803538$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ701.3.C65
=072   7$aAJG$2bicssc
=072   7$aGM$2bicssc
=072   7$aGP$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREF020000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aRemote Capture :$bDigitising Documentary Heritage in Challenging Locations /$cedited by Patrick Sutherland, Adam Farquhar, Jody Butterworth, Andrew Pearson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 184 pages): $b48 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Field Guides Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2514-250X$x2514-2496
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of figuresList of tablesContributorsForewordAcknowledgementsA note on the text boxesBrands and manufacturersDigital resourcesIntroduction1. Planning the project2. Equipment and skills for digitising in the field3. Image standards4. Collection care and document handling5. A workflow for digitisation6. On the groundConclusionFurther resourcesUseful downloadsOther readingGlossaryIndexDigital Appendices
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is a must-read how-to guide if you are planning to embark on a scholarly digitisation project. Tailored to the specifications of the British Library’s EAP (Endangered Archives Programme) projects, it is full of sound, practical advice about planning and carrying out a successful digitisation project in potentially challenging conditions.From establishing the scope of the project, via practical considerations about equipment, work routines, staffing, and negotiating local politics, to backing up your data and successfully completing your work, Remote Capture walks you through every stage. Bursting with helpful hints, advice and experiences from people who have completed projects everywhere around the globe from Latin America to Africa to Asia, this book offers a taste of the challenges you might encounter and the best ways to find solutions.With a particular focus on the process of digitisation, whether using a camera or a scanner, Remote Capture is invaluable reading for anybody considering such a project. It will be particularly useful to those who apply for an EAP grant, but the advice in these pages is necessary for anyone wondering how to go about digitising an archive.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ascholarly digitisation project
=653  \\$aguide
=653  \\$aBritish Library
=653  \\$aEndangered Archives Programme
=653  \\$aEAP
=653  \\$aarchive digitisation
=653  \\$aendangered archives
=700  1\$aSutherland, Patrick,$eeditor.$uUniversity of the Arts London.
=700  1\$aFarquhar, Adam,$eeditor.$uBritish Library.$0(orcid)0000000153316592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5331-6592
=700  1\$aButterworth, Jody,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aPearson, Andrew,$eeditor.$uBrunel University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Field Guides Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2514-250X$x2514-2496
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0138$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0138_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04480nam  22005652  4500
=001  c6884d68-2305-4fc3-887c-70d28a3fdf90
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\spa\d
=020  \\$z9781800642423$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642430$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642447$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646544$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642478$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642454$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642461$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0263$2doi
=024  7\$a1296675884$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aspa$heng
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBaker, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000213155680$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1315-5680
=245  10$aReplanteando la acción social por la música :$bla búsqueda de la convivencia y la ciudadanía en la Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín /$cGeoffrey Baker; translated by Claudia García.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lviii+452 pages): $b31 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aLinks to additional resources are available from the publisher's website. Originally published in English as: Rethinking social action through music : the search for coexistence and citizenship in Medellín's music schools. Cambridge : Open Book Publishers, 2021.
=505  0\$aTabla de contenidoLista de acrónimosAgradecimientosIntroducciónGeoffrey BakerParte 11. Creación, Redirección y Reforma de La RedGeoffrey Baker2. La Red Reacciona: Tensiones, Debates y ResistenciaGeoffrey Baker3. La Red a través de un Lente SocialGeoffrey Baker4. La Nueva Imagen de Medellín para el MundoGeoffrey BakerParte 25. CambioGeoffrey Baker6. DesafíosGeoffrey Baker7. Posibilidades de TransformaciónGeoffrey BakerEpílogoGeoffrey BakerBibliografíaLista de figurasÍndice
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a¿Cómo podemos comprender mejor el pasado, el presente y el futuro de la Acción Social por la Música (ASPM)?Este libro pionero examina el desarrollo de La Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín, una red de 27 escuelas fundada en 1996 en la segunda ciudad principal de Colombia como respuesta a su reputación como la ciudad más peligrosa en la Tierra. Inspirada en El Sistema, el programa venezolano fundacional de educación musical, La Red es, no obstante, notablemente diferente: su historia es una de múltiples reinvenciones y de una búsqueda continua para mejorar su oferta educativa y alcanzar mejor sus objetivos sociales. Sus reflexiones internas e intentos de transformación arrojan luz valiosa sobre el pasado, el presente y el  futuro de ASPM.Basado en un año de trabajo de campo intensivo en Colombia y escrito por Geoffrey Baker, autor de El Sistema: Orchestrating Venezuela’s Youth (2014), este importante volumen ofrece nuevas perspectivas sobre ASPM y su evolución tanto en el ámbito académico como en la práctica. Será de interés para un público muy variado: empleados y líderes de programas ASPM; educadores musicales; patrocinadores y responsables políticos; y estudiantes y académicos de campos como ASPM, la educación musical, la etnomusicología y otros campos relacionados.
=536  \\$aRoyal Holloway, University of London$eMusic & Letters Trust
=536  \\$aMusic & Letters Trust$eMusic & Letters Trust
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a custom license. For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode.es
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aacción social
=653  \\$amúsica
=700  1\$aGarcía, Claudia,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0263$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0263_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04313nam  22006252  4500
=001  2f56f49c-cf69-453b-8fb9-b3bd35759bae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361433
=020  \\$z9781805110941$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110958$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110965$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111009$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110996$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110972$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0356$2doi
=024  7\$a1395069057$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN146
=072   7$aGPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU037000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU041000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJN$2thema
=072   7$aJNT$2thema
=072   7$aJNQ$2thema
=245  00$aResearch, Writing, and Creative Process in Open and Distance Education :$bTales from the Field /$cedited by Dianne Conrad.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xi+226 pages): $b4 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementContributing AuthorsForeword: The Way of Academic Writing1. Introduction and Welcome2. The Way of Academic Writing: Reflections of a Traveller3. On Being Written4. What Lies Beneath5. Reminiscences and Reflections: No Regrets6. Intrinsic Motivation, Agency, and Self-Efficacy: Journeying From “Quasi-University” Student to Steward of the ODE Community7. 1001 Nights of Research: The Good, Bad, and the Ugly Magic Carpet Ride8. Creative Academic Writing and Anatomy of a Scholarly Paper9. Writing and Making the World10. A Collaborative Approach to Research and Writing11. Serendipity: Becoming a Specialist in Online Learning12. Writing in the Margins: Maintaining a Scholarly Voice as an Executive13. Indigenous, Settler, Diasporic, and Post-colonial: The Identities Woven Through our Academic Writing14. Born Curious and in Trouble: Making Sense of Writing15. A Few Words in ConclusionIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection of reflective essays is a treasure trove of advice, reflection and hard-won experience from experts in the field of open and distance education. Each chapter offers tried-and-tested advice for nascent academic writers, delivered with personal, rich, and wonderful stories of the authors’ careers, their process, their research and their writing, and the struggles and triumphs they have encountered in the course of their careers.The contributors explore the philosophies that guide their work, the conflicts and barriers they have overcome and the mentors and opportunities that sustain and stimulate them, always focused on making their experiences relevant and useful for scholars who are in the early stages of their writing lives. These rich and informative essays will appeal to anyone who wants to learn more about the crafts of research and writing, and the unseen struggles involved in publishing and “being heard.”
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOpen and Distance Education
=653  \\$aAcademic writing
=653  \\$aAcademic publishing
=653  \\$aCovid-19
=653  \\$aeducational emergency
=700  1\$aConrad, Dianne,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000182827092$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8282-7092
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0356$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0356_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06314nam  22006012  4500
=001  2c349332-fbfb-41f0-b34a-40ae8423dd4f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467787
=020  \\$z9781783740727$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740734$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740741$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644731$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740758$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740765$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0046$2doi
=024  7\$a993960652$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB105.R4
=072   7$aCFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPN$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI038000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI015000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBlumson, Ben,$eauthor.$uNational University of Singapore.
=245  10$aResemblance and Representation :$bAn Essay in the Philosophy of Pictures /$cBen Blumson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 212  pages): $b7 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of illustrationsAcknowledgementsNote on the text1. Introduction1.1 An ostensive definition of depiction1.2 The analysis of resemblance as sharing properties1.3 An intuitive taxonomy of representation1.4 The methodology of analysis1.5 Conclusion2. Defining Depiction2.1 Grice’s analysis of speaker meaning2.2 The intended effect in Grice’s analysis2.3 The salient feature in Grice’s analysis2.4 Abell’s analysis of depiction2.5 Conclusion3. Depiction and Intention3.1 Objections to the necessity of intention3.2 Objections to the necessity of an audience3.3 Objections to the sufficiency of intention3.4 Objections to the necessity of reasons3.5 Conclusion4. Depiction and Convention4.1 Goodman’s definition of symbol systems4.2 Formal definition of languages4.3 Lewis’ analysis of convention4.4 Analysis of depictive symbol systems4.5 Conclusion5. Symbol Systems5.1 Analysis of conventional language5.2 Analysis of symbol systems in use5.3 Depiction outside of symbol systems5.4 Meaning outside conventional language5.5 Conclusion6. Depiction and Composition6.1 Theories of representation6.2 The finite axiomatization constraint6.3 The mirror constraint6.4 The structural constraint6.5 Conclusion7. Interpreting Images7.1 Compositionality and language understanding7.2 Compositionality and understanding pictures7.3 Understanding pictures without compositionality7.4 Understanding language without compositionality7.5 Conclusion8. Intentionality and Inexistence8.1 Analysing depiction in intentional terms8.2 Denying depiction is relational8.3 Denying relations are between existents8.4 Depiction of states of affairs8.5 Conclusion9. Perspective and Possibility9.1 The possible worlds analysis of content9.2 Centred properties and possible worlds9.3 The two-dimensional analysis of content9.4 Structured intensions and impossible worlds9.5 Conclusion10. Pictures and Properties10.1 Predicate nominalism10.2 Class nominalism10.3 Scientific realism10.4 Inegalitarian nominalism10.5 ConclusionReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIt’s a platitude – which only a philosopher would dream of denying – that whereas words are connected to what they represent merely by arbitrary conventions, pictures are connected to what they represent by resemblance. The most important difference between my portrait and my name, for example, is that whereas my portrait and I are connected by my portrait’s resemblance to me, my name and I are connected merely by an arbitrary convention. The first aim of this book is to defend this platitude from the apparently compelling objections raised against it, by analysing depiction in a way which reveals how it is mediated by resemblance. It’s natural to contrast the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance, which emphasises the differences between depictive and descriptive representation, with an extremely close analogy between depiction and description, which emphasises the similarities between depictive and descriptive representation. Whereas the platitude emphasises that the connection between my portrait and me is natural in a way the connection between my name and me is not, the analogy emphasises the contingency of the connection between my portrait and me. Nevertheless, the second aim of this book is to defend an extremely close analogy between depiction and description. The strategy of the book is to argue that the apparently compelling objections raised against the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance are manifestations of more general problems, which are familiar from the philosophy of language. These problems, it argues, can be resolved by answers analogous to their counterparts in the philosophy of language, without rejecting the platitude. So the combination of the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance with a close analogy between depiction and description turns out to be a compelling theory of depiction, which combines the virtues of common sense with the insights of its detractors.
=536  \\$aNational University of Singapore
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDepiction
=653  \\$aRepresentation
=653  \\$aResemblance
=653  \\$aPictorial Representation
=653  \\$aPictures
=653  \\$aLanguage
=653  \\$aIntentionality
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0046$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0046_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05334nam  22006252  4500
=001  d0845f09-2d72-4ae9-bdc1-a3cdadfa2ad4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385932
=020  \\$z9781800648630$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648647$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648654$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648692$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648685$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648661$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800648678$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0322$2doi
=024  7\$a1365390867$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD9018.M44
=072   7$aJFCV$2bicssc
=072   7$aMBNH3$2bicssc
=072   7$aWBH$2bicssc
=072   7$aWBHS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QRM$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC055000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC008060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHEA048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHEA034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCKB055000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aAl-Jawaldeh, Ayoub,$eauthor.$uWorld Health Organization.$0(orcid)0000000173878277$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7387-8277
=245  10$aReshaping Food Systems to improve Nutrition and Health in the Eastern Mediterranean Region /$cAyoub Al-Jawaldeh, Alexa Meyer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+294 pages): $b24 illustrations, 34 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the Authors ixIntroduction xvPart 1: Food Systems: Concept, Definitions, and Approaches xxi1.1. The Food Systems Approach: Definitions and Concept 11.2 Challenges to Current Food Systems 71.3 Food Waste and Losses and Water Use 131.4 Sustainable Food Systems for Healthy Diets of the Future 23Part 2: The Nutritional and Health Situation in the Countries of the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region 292.1 Undernourishment in the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region 312.2 The Increasing Problem of Overweight and Obesity 432.3 Micronutrient Deficiencies 532.4 Young Children and Infant Feeding Practices: Rate of Exclusive Breastfeeding, Early Breastfeeding Initiation and Complementary Feeding 632.5 Dietary Intake and Consumption Patterns of Adults and Adolescents 71Part 3: Food System Actions as ‘Game Changers’ with a Special Focus on Regional Aspects and Effects 79Goals and Objectives: Improving Food Environments and Empowering Consumers in their Food Demands to Make Diets Healthier and More Sustainable 813.1 Fiscal Policies for Healthy and Sustainable Diets 833.2 Regulation of Marketing of Foods and Non-Alcoholic Beverages as well as Breastmilk Substitutes through Traditional and Digital Media 953.3 Food Labelling with Focus on Front-of-Pack Labelling 1253.4 Reformulating Food Products 1433.5 Public Food Procurement and Service Policies to Support Healthy Sustainable Diets 1773.6 Food Fortification, Including Biofortification 2054. Conclusion and Outlook 243References 247Index 283
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis detailed and comprehensive study examines nutrition and health in the World Health Organization (WHO) Eastern Mediterranean Region, presenting the six game-changing food systems actions proposed by the WHO and the progress of their implementation in the region.The WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region is a particularly complex place to study: an area of economic contrasts with changing dietary patterns and stark differences between high levels of malnutrition and a prevalence of overweight and obesity. As a result, actions to improve the nutritional situation of the population are urgently sought. The strategies explored in this book offer a unique opportunity to change food systems all over the world, addressing aspects including sustainable food production, the impact of marketing and labelling on behaviour, and the effect of global events such as climate change, war and the COVID-19 pandemic.Reshaping Food Systems is an essential read at a time when malnutrition in all its forms, including undernourishment, micronutrient deficiencies and overweight and obesity, pose a serious threat to global health, and is of particular interest for policymakers working in nutrition and public health.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$anutrition
=653  \\$ahealth
=653  \\$aWorld Health Organization (WHO) Eastern Mediterranean Region
=653  \\$afood systems actions
=700  1\$aMeyer, Alexa,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000288527899$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8852-7899
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0322$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0322_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03745nam  22006732  4500
=001  b6e54855-16d6-492a-9ac5-a3d22a3a0fde
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447279
=020  \\$z9781800641266$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641273$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641280$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646438$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641310$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641297$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641303$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0243$2doi
=024  7\$a1247663442$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBaker, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uRoyal Holloway, University of London.$0(orcid)0000000213155680$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1315-5680
=245  10$aRethinking Social Action through Music :$bThe Search for Coexistence and Citizenship in Medellín’s Music Schools /$cGeoffrey Baker.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+460 pages): $b31 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aLinks to additional resources are available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aList of AcronymsAcknowledgementsIntroductionPART I1. Creating, Redirecting, and Reforming the Red2. The Red Pushes Back: Tensions, Debates, and Resistance3. The Red through a Social Lens4. The New Image of Medellín to the WorldPART II5. Change6. Challenges7. Possibilities of TransformationAfterwordBibliographyList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow can we better understand the past, present and future of Social Action through Music (SATM)?This ground-breaking book examines the development of the Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín (the Network of Music Schools of Medellín), a network of 27 schools founded in Colombia’s second city in 1996 as a response to its reputation as the most dangerous city on Earth. Inspired by El Sistema, the foundational Venezuelan music education program, the Red is nonetheless markedly different: its history is one of multiple reinventions and a continual search to improve its educational offering and better realise its social goals. Its internal reflections and attempts at transformation shed valuable light on the past, present, and future of SATM.
=536  \\$aMusic & Letters Trust
=536  \\$aRoyal Holloway, University of London
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amusic
=653  \\$asocial action
=653  \\$aRed de Escuelas de Música de Medellín
=653  \\$aColombia
=653  \\$aEl Sistema
=653  \\$aVenezuela
=653  \\$amusic education
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$aSATM
=653  \\$apolicy-making
=653  \\$aethnomusicology
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0243$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0243_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06101nam  22006132  4500
=001  d619b261-c2c2-48cf-a644-c0606b13692b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452881
=020  \\$z9781783746682$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746699$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746705$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645806$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746736$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746712$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746729$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0162$2doi
=024  7\$a1110002674$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB2395.7
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aUBW$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM060140$2bisacsh
=245  00$aSocial Media in Higher Education :$bCase Studies, Reflections and Analysis /$cedited by Chris Rowell.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+282 pages): $b43 illustrations, 25 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsContributorsPart One Introduction    From a Tweet to a Blog, to a Podcast, to a Book    Chris Rowell    Social Media in Higher Education – The Podcast    Chris RowellPart Two Professional Practice    Developing a Professional Online Presence and Effective Network    Sue Beckingham    Re-Engineered CPD and Modelled Use of Cloud Tools and Social Media by Academic Developers    Martin Compton and Timos Almpanis    Ten Days of Twitter    Mark Warnes    Open and Networked Scholarship    Suzan KoseogluPart Three Teaching and Learning    Exploring the Use of Social Media in the Higher Education Classroom    Alex Avramenko and Chrissi Nerantzi    The Use of Social Media Tools and Their Application to Creative Students    Serena Gossain    Role of Social Media in Learning: Benefits and Drawbacks — How Social Presence Theory Explains Conflicting Findings    Paul Kawachi    Bursting Out of the Bubble: Social Media, Openness and Higher Education    Jennie Blake, Chris Millson and Sam Aston    Cambridge Analytica, Facebook, and Understanding Social Media Beyond the Screen    Zoetanya SujonPart Four Leadership    Leadership and Social Media    Julie Hall    Leadership and Social Media: Challenges and Opportunities    Donna M. Lanclos and Lawrie PhippsPart Five Building Networks    Building Cohort Identity through Social Media    David Webster    Creating a Sense of Belonging and Connectedness for the Student Arrival Experience in a School of Arts and Humanities    Rachel Challen    Joint Reflection on Twitter, Phenomenography and Learning Friendships    Margy MacMillan and Chrissi Nerantzi    PressEd — Where the Conference Is the Hashtag    Pat Lockley and Natalie LaffertyPart Six Innovation    Expertise in Your Ears; Why You Should Jump on the Podcasting Bandwagon    Dave Musson    Etiquette for the Anthropocene    Jane Norris    Learning to Twalk: An Analysis of a New Learning Environment    Andrew Middleton and Alex Spiers    Academics’ Understanding of Learning Spaces: Attitudes, Practices and Outcomes Explored through the Use of Social Media    Santanu VasantPart Seven The Personal Journey    Somewhere in Between: My Experience of Twitter as a Tool for Continuous Personal Development    Andy Horton    The ‘Healthy Academic’, Social Media, and a Personal and Professional Journey    Neil WithnellGlossaryList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow does social media affect working life in Higher Education? How are universities harnessing its power to aid student learning? This innovative collection brings together academics and those working in professional services to examine these questions and more. The diverse and expert contributors analyse the many ways social media can be used to enhance teaching and learning, research, professional practice, leadership, networking and career development. The impact of social media is evaluated critically, with an eye both to the benefits and the problems of using these new forms of digital communication.This is the first volume to give such detailed attention to this area of high interest. Its innovative approach extends to its creation, with contributors found via their presence on Twitter. The short and impactful chapters are accessible while retaining an academic focus through their application of relevant learning theory and educational context.Social Media and Higher Education is essential reading for any professional working in higher education, including lecturers teaching education courses. It is also significant for researchers looking at more recent developments in higher education and what it means to work in a modern higher education environment.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asocial media
=653  \\$aHigher Education
=653  \\$auniversity
=653  \\$astudent learning
=653  \\$aenhance teaching and learning
=653  \\$adigital communication
=653  \\$aTwitter
=700  1\$aRowell, Chris,$eeditor.$uLondon South Bank University.$0(orcid)0000000245017522$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4501-7522
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0162$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0162_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05530nam  22006012  4500
=001  f28abf1f-68c0-437b-8440-660b3685cfe2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452839
=020  \\$z9781909254855$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254862$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254879$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644762$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254886$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254893$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0049$2doi
=024  7\$a906935170$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aE99.Y94
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$a2J$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004060$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHalpern, A.M.,$eauthor.
=245  10$aStories from Quechan Oral Literature /$cA.M. Halpern, Amy Miller.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii +536 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$a"In deference to traditional views, biographies of contributors who are no longer living (including narrators and one translator) have been withheld from this page. Biographical information which has been released by the relevant families may be found in the book".--Publisher's website. Statement of responsibility on front cover: Narrated by Rosita Carr, John Comet, Jessie Webb Escalante, Mary Kelly Escalant, Joesfa Hartt, Tom Kelly and Anonymous ; linguistic work by A.M. Halpern and Amy Miller. The stories are presented here in a bilingual format, with the original Quechan on the even-numbered pages and a line-matched English translation on the facing (odd-numbered) pages.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsForeword by Mark TurinIntroduction by Amy MillerPart I: The stories and their cultural contextPart II: How this volume came aboutAcknowledgmentsReferences1. The Man Who Bothered AntsThe Man Who Bothered Ants, told by Jessie Webb Escalante2. Two Stories about the Orphan Boy and the Monster‘Aréey, told by an anonymous Quechan elderTsakwshá Kwapaaxkyée (Seven Heads), told by John Comet3. XarathóXarathó, told by Jessie Webb Escalante4. Three Stories about KwayúuKwayúu, told by Mary Kelly EscalantiKwayúu, told by Josefa HarttPúk Atsé, told by Rosita Carr5. Three Stories about Old Lady Sanyuuxáv‘Aakóoy Sanyuuxáv, told by an anonymous Quechan elder‘Aakóoy Sanyuuxáv, told by Josefa Hartt  Shakwatxót, told by John Comet6. ‘Aavém Kwasám‘Aavém Kwasám, told by Tom Kelly
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Quechan are a Yuman people who have traditionally lived along the lower part of the Colorado River in California and Arizona. They are well known as warriors, artists, and traders, and they also have a rich oral tradition. The stories in this volume were told by tribal elders in the 1970s and early 1980s. The eleven narratives in this volume take place at the beginning of time and introduce the reader to a variety of traditional characters, including the infamous Coyote and also Kwayúu the giant, Old Lady Sanyuuxáv and her twin sons, and the Man Who Bothered Ants. This book makes a long-awaited contribution to the oral literature and mythology of the American Southwest, and its format and organization are of special interest. Narratives are presented in the original language and in the storytellers’ own words. A prosodically-motivated broken-line format captures the rhetorical structure and local organization of the oral delivery and calls attention to stylistic devices such as repetition and syntactic parallelism. Facing-page English translation provides a key to the original Quechan for the benefit of language learners. The stories are organized into "story complexes”, that is, clusters of narratives with overlapping topics, characters, and events, told from diverse perspectives. In presenting not just stories but story complexes, this volume captures the art of storytelling and illuminates the complexity and interconnectedness of an important body of oral literature. Stories from Quechan Oral Literature provides invaluable reading for anyone interested in Native American cultural heritage and oral traditions more generally.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aQuechan mythology
=653  \\$aQuechan language
=653  \\$aWorld Oral Literature Series
=653  \\$aOral tradition
=653  \\$aStorytelling
=700  1\$aMiller, Amy,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 6.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0049$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0049_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04840nam  22006252  4500
=001  dc555850-7655-4fe0-b6b5-421fc76b8d6d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467800
=020  \\$z9781909254596$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254602$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254619$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644601$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254626$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254633$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0033$2doi
=024  7\$a878145068$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLB1042
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$a2H$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aCancel, Robert,$eauthor.$uUniversity of California, San Diego.
=245  10$aStorytelling in Northern Zambia :$bTheory, Method, Practice and Other Necessary Fictions /$cRobert Cancel.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii + 276 pages): $b30 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAudio-Visual ResourcesAcknowledgementsForeword by Mark TurinI. Writing Oral Narrative: The Role and Description of Self in Recording Living TraditionsII. The Tabwa Context: Mature Shifting of Frames and Adolescent AssertionIII. Chiefs, Tricksters and Christians: Bemba Tales and LessonsIV. Bisa Storytelling: The Politics of Hunting, Beer-Drinks, and ElvisV. Telling Tales While Keeping Secrets: Two Lunda Storytelling SessionsVI. Stories on Demand: A Performance Session Among the BwileVII. Conclusion: Lessons from Frozen MomentsWorks citedIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aMore than just a book, Storytelling in Northern Zambia lets you watch videos of the storytellers while you read. Storytelling plays an important part in the vibrant cultural life of Zambia and in many other communities across Africa. This innovative book provides a collection and analysis of oral narrative traditions as practiced by five Bemba-speaking ethnic groups in Zambia. The integration of newly digitalised audio and video recordings into the text enables the reader to encounter the storytellers themselves and hear their narratives as they were recounted during Robert Cancel’s research trips to Zambia. Robert Cancel's thorough critical interpretation, combined with these newly digitalised audio and video materials, makes Storytelling  in Northern Zambia a much needed addition to the slender corpus of African folklore studies that deal with storytelling performance. Cancel threads his way between the complex demands of African fieldwork studies, folklore theory, narrative modes, reflexive description and simple documentation and succeeds in bringing to the reader a set of performers and their performances that are vivid, varied and instructive. He illustrates this living narrative tradition with a wide range of examples, and highlights the social status of narrators and the complex local identities that are at play. Cancel’s innovative study tells us not only about storytelling but sheds light on the study of oral literatures throughout Africa and beyond. Its innovative format, meanwhile, explores new directions in the integration of primary source material into scholarly texts. This book is part of our World Oral Literature Series in conjunction with the World Oral Literature Project.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aZambian stories
=653  \\$astorytelling
=653  \\$aoral history
=653  \\$aoral literature
=653  \\$aAfrican folklore studies
=653  \\$aAfrican storytelling
=653  \\$aBemba language
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eforeword by.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0033$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0033_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04135nam  22006012  4500
=001  e47bf0e6-1baf-4119-b845-2f69decc6859
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376760
=020  \\$z9781783746804$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746811$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746828$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645813$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747689$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746835$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746842$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0164$2doi
=024  7\$a1155481578$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4908
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aStudies in Rabbinic Hebrew /$cedited by Shai Heijmans.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+230 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 2.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aIntroduction Shai Heijmans1. Rabba and Rava, ʾAbba and ʾAva: Spelling, Pronunciation and Meaning Yochanan Breuer2. The Vocalisation of MS Cambridge of the Mishnah: An Encounter Between Traditions Yehudit Henshke3. Adjacency Pairs and Argumentative Steps in The Halakhic Give-and-Take Conversations in The Mishnah Rivka Shemesh-Raiskin4. Tannaitic Aramaic: Methodological Remarks and a Test Case Christian Stadel5. Rabbinic Entries in R. Judah Ibn-Tibbon's Translation of Duties of the Hearts Barak Avirbach6. The Distinction Between Branches of Rabbinic Hebrew in Light of the Hebrew of the Late Midrash Yehonatan Wormser7. Two Textual Versions of Psiqata of the Ten Commandments Shlomi Efrati8. Vowel Reduction in Greek Loanwords in the Mishnah: The Phenomenon and Its Significance Shai HeijmansContributorsAbout the Publishing TeamIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents a collection of articles centring on the language of the Mishnah and the Talmud – the most important Jewish texts (after the Bible), which were compiled in Palestine and Babylonia in the latter centuries of Late Antiquity. Despite the fact that Rabbinic Hebrew has been the subject of growing academic interest across the past century, very little scholarship has been written on it in English.Studies in Rabbinic Hebrew addresses this lacuna, with eight lucid but technically rigorous articles written in English by a range of experienced scholars, focusing on various aspects of Rabbinic Hebrew: its phonology, morphology, syntax, pragmatics and lexicon. This volume is essential reading for students and scholars of Rabbinic studies alike, and constitutes the first in a new series, Studies in Semitic Languages and Cultures, in collaboration with the Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies at the University of Cambridge.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMishnah
=653  \\$aTalmud
=653  \\$aJewish text
=653  \\$aPalestine
=653  \\$aBabylonia
=653  \\$aRabbinic Hebrew
=700  1\$aHeijmans, Shai,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 2.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0164$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0164_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05159nam  22006252  4500
=001  ff10a672-857b-4adb-b6bb-c54104eb277d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394570
=020  \\$z9781783749355$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749362$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749379$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0207$2doi
=024  7\$a1156322478$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ3023
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aStudies in Semitic Vocalisation and Reading Traditions /$cedited by Aaron D. Hornkohl, Geoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+687 pages): $b4 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 3.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aContentsContributorsPreface Aaron D. Hornkohl and Geoffrey KhanRobert Crellin and Lucia Tamponi - Vowel Quantity and Quality in Neo-Punic and Latin Inscriptions Robert Crellin and Lucia TamponiBenjamin Kantor - The Development of the Hebrew Wayyiqṭol Benjamin KantorPeter Myers - The Representation of Gutturals by Vowels in the LXX Peter MyersDorota Molin - Biblical Quotations in the Aramaic Incantation Bowls Dorota MolinBenjamin D. Suchard - The Reflexes of *i and *u Benjamin D. SuchardNick Posegay - Shared Tradition in Syriac, Arabic, and Hebrew Vocalisation Nick PosegayAaron D. Hornkohl - Discord between Tiberian Written and Reading Traditions Aaron D. HornkohlJoseph Habib - Qere and Ketiv in the Exegesis of the Karaites and Saadya Joseph HabibVincent DeCaen and B. Elan Dresher - Pausal Forms and Prosodic Structure in Tiberian Hebrew Vincent DeCaen and B. Elan DresherKim Phillips - Samuel ben Jacob’s Treatment of Exceptional Vocalic Shewas Kim PhillipsBenjamin Outhwaite - The Tiberian Tradition in Common Bibles from the Genizah Benjamin OuthwaiteEstara Arrant - Near-Model and Non-Standard Tiberian Torah Manuscripts Estara ArrantGeoffrey Khan - The Imperfect Oral Performance of the Tiberian Tradition Geoffrey KhanÉlodie Attia - Variants in Ashkenazic Biblical Manuscripts Élodie AttiaJosé Martínez Delgado - The Prosodic Models of Andalusi Hebrew Metrics José Martínez DelgadoMichael Rand - Marginalia to the Qillirian Rhyme System Michael RandIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume brings together papers relating to the pronunciation of Semitic languages and the representation of their pronunciation in written form. The papers focus on sources representative of a period that stretches from late antiquity until the Middle Ages. A large proportion of them concern reading traditions of Biblical Hebrew, especially the vocalisation notation systems used to represent them. Also discussed are orthography and the written representation of prosody.Beyond Biblical Hebrew, there are studies concerning Punic, Biblical Aramaic, Syriac, and Arabic, as well as post-biblical traditions of Hebrew such as piyyuṭ and medieval Hebrew poetry. There were many parallels and interactions between these various language traditions and the volume demonstrates that important insights can be gained from such a wide range of perspectives across different historical periods.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$apronunciation of Semitic languages
=653  \\$arepresentation of Semitic languages pronunciation
=653  \\$afrom late antiquity until the Middle Ages
=653  \\$areading traditions of Biblical Hebrew
=653  \\$avocalisation notation systems
=653  \\$aPunic traditions of Hebrew
=653  \\$aBiblical Aramaic traditions of Hebrew
=653  \\$aSyriac traditions of Hebrew
=653  \\$aArabic traditions of Hebrew
=653  \\$apost-biblical traditions of Hebrew
=653  \\$apiyyuṭ
=653  \\$amedieval Hebrew poetry
=700  1\$aHornkohl, Aaron D.,$eeditor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.
=700  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 3.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0207$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0207_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05431nam  22006012  4500
=001  cd8be6da-bcc3-48fa-8e32-16d508617513
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447270
=020  \\$z9781783749478$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749485$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749492$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646179$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749522$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749508$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749515$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0209$2doi
=024  7\$a1233023312$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ5282
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aStudies in the Grammar and Lexicon of Neo-Aramaic /$cedited by Geoffrey Khan, Paul M. Noorlander.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi+514 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 5.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures. Includes examples of Neo-Aramaic.
=505  0\$aContentsGlossing AbbreviationsContributorsPreface Geoffrey Khan and Paul M. NoorlanderAbstractsA History of the Intransitive Preterite of Ṭuroyo: From a Property Adjective to a Finite Tense Eugene Barsky and Sergey LoesovTowards a Typology of Possessors and Experiencers in Neo-Aramaic: Non-Canonical Subjects as Relics of a Former Dative Case Paul M. NoorlanderThe Jewish Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Dohok: Two Folktales and Selected Features of Verbal Semantics Dorota MolinVerbal Forms Expressing Discourse Dependency in North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic Geoffrey KhanConditional Patterns in the Jewish Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Zakho Eran CohenLanguage Contact and Ṭuroyo: The Case of the Circumstantial Clause Michael WaltisbergThe Morphosyntactic Conservatism of Western Neo-Aramaic despite Contact with Syrian Arabic Ivri BunisOn the Afel Stem in Western Neo-Aramaic Steven E. FassbergThe Re-Emergence of the Genitive in North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic Ariel GutmanModelling Variation in the Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Azran with Articulatory Phonology Lidia NapiorkowskaOn the Origin of Some Plant Names in Ṣūrayt/Ṭūrōyo in Ṭūr ʿAbdīn Aziz TezelRemarks on Selected Exponents of the 208-Swadesh List in Ṭuroyo Eugene Barsky and Yulia FurmanNeo-Aramaic Animal Names Hezy MutzafiA Corpus-Based Swadesh Word List for Literary Christian Urmi (New Alphabet Texts) Alexey LyavdanskyLexical Items relating to Material Culture in the NENA Dialects of the Aqra Region Aziz Emmanuel Eliya Al-ZebariArabic Loanwords in the Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Ankawa Salam Neamah Hirmiz HakeemLanguage Loss in the Ṣūrayt/Ṭūrōyo-speaking Communities of the Diaspora in Sweden Sina TezelAbout the publishing teamIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Neo-Aramaic dialects are modern vernacular forms of Aramaic, which has a documented history in the Middle East of over 3,000 years. Due to upheavals in the Middle East over the last one hundred years, thousands of speakers of Neo-Aramaic dialects have been forced to migrate from their homes or have perished in massacres. As a result, the dialects are now highly endangered. The dialects exhibit a remarkable diversity of structures. Moreover, the considerable depth of attestation of Aramaic from earlier periods provides evidence for pathways of change. For these reasons the research of Neo-Aramaic is of importance for more general fields of linguistics, in particular language typology and historical linguistics.The papers in this volume represent the full range of research that is currently being carried out on Neo-Aramaic dialects. They advance the field in numerous ways. In order to allow linguists who are not specialists in Neo-Aramaic to benefit from the papers, the examples are fully glossed.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNeo-Aramaic dialects
=653  \\$aAramaic
=653  \\$aMiddle East
=653  \\$amigration
=653  \\$alanguage typology
=653  \\$ahistorical linguistics
=700  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=700  1\$aNoorlander, Paul M.,$eeditor.$uLeiden University.$0(orcid)0000000294071453$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9407-1453
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 5.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0209$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0209_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05432nam  22006972  4500
=001  66f38984-04bd-4d59-ac4f-4f137c6ad6b4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386020
=020  \\$z9781800649194$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649200$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649217$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0330$2doi
=024  7\$a1357503527$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBS718
=072   7$a2CSJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG7$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRJS$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTD$2bicssc
=072   7$aFOR011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006410$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL040030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009050$2bisacsh
=245  00$aStudies in the Masoretic Tradition of the Hebrew Bible /$cedited by Daniel J. Crowther, Aaron D. Hornkohl, Geoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+428 pages): $b22 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 15.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aCONTRIBUTORS .................................................................... viiPREFACE................................................................................. xiABSTRACTS.............................................................................xvElvira Martín-ContrerasUsing the Masora for Interpreting the Vocalisation and Accentuation of the Biblical Text.............................. 1Kim PhillipsThe Masoretic Notes in RNL EVR II B 80+: An Initial Report................................................................. 23Vincent D. BeilerThe Marginal nun/zayin: Meaning, Purpose,Localisation................................................................... 75Aaron D. HornkohlTiberian ketiv-qere and the Combined SamaritanWritten-Reading Tradition: Points of Contact and Contrast....................................................................... 115Estara J. ArrantA Further Analysis of the ‘Byzantine (Italian Levantine) Triad’ of Features in Common Torah Codices........................................................................ 163Geoffrey KhanHebrew Vocalisation Signs in Karaite Transcriptions of the Hebrew Bible into Arabic Script........................ 203Yochanan BreuerDissonance between Masoretic Vocalisation and Cantillation in Biblical Verse Division..........................243Daniel J. CrowtherWhy are there Two Systems of Tiberian Ṭeʿamim? ......289Benjamin Williams“Some Fanciful Midrash Explanation”: Derash on the Ṭeʿamim in the Middle Ages and Early ModernPeriod ..........................................................................329Joseph HabibDoes Saadya Refer to the Accents in his Introduction to the Pentateuch? .......................................................377INDEX...................................................................................417
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume brings together papers on topics relating to the transmission of the Hebrew Bible from Late Antiquity to the Early Modern period. We refer to this broadly in the title of the volume as the ‘Masoretic Tradition’. The papers are innovative studies of a range of aspects of this Masoretic tradition at various periods, many of them presenting hitherto unstudied primary sources. They focus on traditions of vocalisation signs and accent signs, traditions of oral reading, traditions of Masoretic notes, as well as Rabbinic and exegetical texts. The contributors include established scholars of the field and early-career researchers.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHebrew Bible
=653  \\$aLate Antiquity
=653  \\$aEarly Modern period
=653  \\$aMasoretic Tradition
=653  \\$avocalisation signs
=653  \\$aaccent signs
=653  \\$aoral reading
=653  \\$aMasoretic notes
=653  \\$aRabbinic texts
=653  \\$aExegetical texts
=700  1\$aCrowther, Daniel J.,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aHornkohl, Aaron D.,$eeditor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.
=700  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 15.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0330$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0330_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04277nam  22006612  4500
=001  a37498d0-9a5f-40b4-ae31-a496a3ced985
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385333
=020  \\$z9781800647152$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647169$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647176$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647213$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647206$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647183$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647190$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0297$2doi
=024  7\$a741968808$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBF109.I75
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aJM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNC$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGT$2bicssc
=072   7$aJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI075000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGraham, Philip,$eauthor.$uUniversity College London.
=245  10$aSusan Isaacs :$bA Life Freeing the Minds of Children /$cPhilip Graham.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+354 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsPrefacePreface to Second EditionIntroduction1. Damaged Roots2. Our Star Student3. An Academic Marriage4. Finding A Place on the Couch5. The Malting House School: A Dream Becomes Reality6. Rise and Fall of The Malting House School7. Resurfacing8. Settled on the Couch9. The Wisdom of Ursula Wise10. Teaching the Teachers11. Psychoanalysis in the 1930s: Building up to War12. Battling for the Minds of Children13. Legacies14. PostscriptReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis revised and expanded edition of Susan Isaacs: A Life Freeing the Minds of Children by Philip Graham, provides a comprehensive biography of a highly influential educationist and psychoanalyst.  The book covers Isaacs’ childhood through to the end of her life, making it of great interest to historians of British education and of psychoanalysis as well as to practicing early years teachers and psychoanalysts.Graham describes the origins of the theories behind Isaacs’ work while also placing her contribution into context with other contemporary educationists. He draws on a range of sources including her own published and unpublished papers, multiple archives and intimate letters. Such wealth of information and anecdotes gives an insight into her childhood, marriage, and career creating a deeper understanding of both Isaacs’ personal life and her achievements.As only the second biography on Isaacs, this book is a valuable resource that shines a light on the life of a figure who has often been neglected in this field of study. It provides a shift away from the various male-dominated accounts currently prevalent within this area of research. Susan Isaacs is crucial reading to raise our awareness and appreciation of the person behind the work, while also highlighting and celebrating the impact she has made on today’s education and psychoanalytic practice.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSusan Isaacs
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aeducationist
=653  \\$apsychoanalyst
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0297$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0297_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04956nam  22006492  4500
=001  069d918a-4fa5-41de-a035-1537a1a438b6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023512116
=020  \\$z9781805111184$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649163$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111481$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0375$2doi
=024  7\$a1415825306$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN56.L54
=072   7$aHBJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL017000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDSBB$2thema
=072   7$aNHC$2thema
=072   7$aQRAC$2thema
=245  00$aSynopses and Lists :$bTextual Practices in the Pre-Modern World /$cedited by Teresa Bernheimer, Ronny Vollandt.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+386 pages): $b28 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 22.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsIntroductionQuotations for Lexical Lists and Other Texts in Later Mesopotamian CommentariesA Rabbinic Epistemic Genre: Creating Knowledge through Lists and CataloguesThe Unruly Books of Abdisho of Nisibis: Book Lists, Canon Discourse, and the Quest for Lost WritingsA List in Three Versions: Revisiting al-Kindi’s On DefinitionsA Syriac List of the Names of the Wives of the Patriarchs in BL Add 14620Revisiting Lists in Early Islamic HistoriographyA List in Three Dimensions: The Case of Eusebius’s Canon Tables of the GospelsList of the Songs of Ascents (Pss 120-134) in the Cairo Genizah: Their Form and Its ImplicationsRegularity and Variation in Islamic Chains of TransmissionChapter Lists in Giant and Beneventan Bibles: Some Preliminary RemarksBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTextual practices in pre-modern societies cover a great range of representations, from the literary to the pictorial. Among the most intriguing are synopses and lists. While lists provide a complete enumeration of ideas, people, events, or terms, synopses juxtapose one against the other. To understand how they were planned, produced, and consumed, is to gain insight into the practices of what one can call management of knowledge in a time before our own. The present volume is the product of two workshops held in 2019 and 2021 as part of the research focus Textual Practices in the Pre-Modern World: Texts and Ideas between Aksum, Constantinople, and Baghdad, which was generously supported and funded by the Centre for Advanced Study (CAS) at Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität (LMU), Munich. Aiming to understand how synopses and lists function in the literatures of the great intellectual traditions of late antiquity—the ancient Near East, ancient philosophy, and the three monotheistic religions Judaism, Christianity, and Islam—the volume offers a historical and transcultural perspective on synopses and lists, highlighting the centrality of these textual practices to allow storing, retrieving, selecting, and organising this knowledge. Both make deliberate – yet not always explicit – choices as to what is included and excluded, thereby creating lasting hierarchies and canons.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTextual practices
=653  \\$aPre-Modern Societies
=653  \\$aSynopses and Lists
=653  \\$aAksum, Constantinople, and Baghdad
=653  \\$aLate Antiquity
=653  \\$aIntellectual Traditions
=700  1\$aBernheimer, Teresa,$eeditor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.$0(orcid)0009000420353505$1https://orcid.org/0009-0004-2035-3505
=700  1\$aVollandt, Ronny,$eeditor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.$0(orcid)0000000337019429$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3701-9429
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 22.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0375$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0375_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05869nam  22006372  4500
=001  26928aa4-c6b9-42ca-9ffb-12fbbea7f06d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452794
=020  \\$z9781783740000$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740017$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740024$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644625$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740031$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740048$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0035$2doi
=024  7\$a1086537339$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hlat
=050  00$aPA6705.A9
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aOwen, Mathew,$eauthor.
=245  10$aTacitus, Annals, 15.20-23, 33-45 :$bLatin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary /$cMathew Owen, Ingo Gildenhard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 272 pages): $b2 illustrations, 11 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Preface and acknowledgements 2. Introduction    2.1 Tacitus: life and career    2.2 Tacitus’ times: the political system of the principate    2.3 Tacitus’ oeuvre: opera minora and maiora    2.4 Tacitus’ style (as an instrument of thought)    2.5 Tacitus’ Nero-narrative: Rocky-Horror-Picture Show and Broadway on the Tiber    2.6 Thrasea Paetus and the so-called ‘Stoic opposition’ 3. Latin text with study questions and vocabulary aid 4. Commentary    Section 1: Annals 15.20–23      (i) 20.1–22.1: The Meeting of the Senate      (ii) 22.2: Review of striking prodigies that occurred in AD 62      (iii) 23.1–4: Start of Tacitus’ account of AD 63: the birth and death of Nero’s daughter by Sabina Poppaea, Claudia Augusta    Section 2: Annals 15.33–45 (AD 64)      (i) 33.1–34.1: Nero’s coming-out party as stage performer      (ii) 34.2–35.3: A look at the kind of creatures that populate Nero’s court – and the killing of an alleged rival      (iii) 36: Nero considers, but then reconsiders, going on tour to Egypt      (iv) 37: To show his love for Rome, Nero celebrates a huge public orgy that segues into a mock-wedding with his freedman Pythagoras      (v) 38–41: The fire of Rome      (vi) 42–43: Reconstructing the Capital: Nero’s New Palace      (vii) 44: Appeasing the Gods, and Christians as Scapegoats      (viii) 45: Raising of Funds for Buildings 5. Bibliography 6. Visual aids    6.1 Map of Italy    6.2 Map of Rome    6.3 Family Tree of Nero and Junius Silanus    6.4 Inside the Domus Aurea
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe emperor Nero is etched into the Western imagination as one of ancient Rome’s most infamous villains, and Tacitus’ Annals have played a central role in shaping the mainstream historiographical understanding of this flamboyant autocrat. This section of the text plunges us straight into the moral cesspool that Rome had apparently become in the later years of Nero’s reign, chronicling the emperor’s fledgling stage career including his plans for a grand tour of Greece; his participation in a city-wide orgy climaxing in his publicly consummated ‘marriage’ to his toy boy Pythagoras; the great fire of AD 64, during which large parts of central Rome went up in flames; and the rising of Nero’s ‘grotesque’ new palace, the so-called ‘Golden House’, from the ashes of the city. This building project stoked the rumours that the emperor himself was behind the conflagration, and Tacitus goes on to present us with Nero’s gruesome efforts to quell these mutterings by scapegoating and executing members of an unpopular new cult then starting to spread through the Roman empire: Christianity. All this contrasts starkly with four chapters focusing on one of Nero’s most principled opponents, the Stoic senator Thrasea Paetus, an audacious figure of moral fibre, who courageously refuses to bend to the forces of imperial corruption and hypocrisy. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and a commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Owen’s and Gildenhard’s incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both A2 and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis and historical background to encourage critical engagement with Tacitus’ prose and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTacitus
=653  \\$aNero
=653  \\$aAnnales
=653  \\$ahistoriography
=653  \\$aancient Rome
=653  \\$aLatin
=653  \\$aancient literature
=700  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0035$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0035_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03925nam  22006372  4500
=001  a2855a5c-88c1-4a90-970a-29c01996a3ae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452732
=020  \\$z9781783744688$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744695$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744701$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645561$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745050$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744718$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744725$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0137$2doi
=024  7\$a1096897095$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hkha
=050  00$aPL4451.9.T46
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE009000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTham, Soso,$eauthor.
=245  10$aTales of Darkness and Light :$bSoso Tham's The Old Days of the Khasis /$cSoso Tham; translated by Janet Hujon.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 92 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 9.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aWith 10 embedded audio tracks.
=505  0\$aPrefaceMark TurinAcknowledgements1. Introduction2. A Short Biographical Note3. Khasi Folktales About Darkness and Light4. Ki Symboh Ksiar (Grains of Gold)5. Ka Persyntiew (The Flower Garden)6. Pyrthei Mariang (The Natural World)7. U Lyoh (The Cloud)8. U Rngiew (The Dark One)9. U Simpyllieng (The Rainbow)10. Ka Ïing I Mei (Home)11. Ka Meirilung (Gentle Motherland)12. Lum Lamare (Lamare Peak)13. Ka Aïom Ksiar (Season of Gold)Bibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSoso Tham (1873–1940), the acknowledged poet laureate of the Khasis of northeastern India, was one of the first writers to give written poetic form to the rich oral tradition of his people.Poet of landscape, myth and memory, Soso Tham paid rich and poignant tribute to his tribe in his masterpiece The Old Days of the Khasis. Janet Hujon’s vibrant new translation presents the English reader with Tham’s long poem, which keeps a rich cultural tradition of the Khasi people alive through its retelling of old narratives and acts as a cultural signpost for their literary identity.This book is essential reading for anyone with an interest in Indian literature and culture and in the interplay between oral traditions and written literary forms.This edition includes:• Original text • English translation• Critical apparatus • Embedded audio recordings of the original text
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSoso Tham
=653  \\$aKhasi
=653  \\$along poem
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$anortheastern India
=700  1\$aHujon, Janet,$etranslator.$0(orcid)0000000339071394$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3907-1394
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$epreface by.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 9.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0137$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0137_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05231nam  22006612  4500
=001  d7add46b-f9b3-4565-9496-28b6c8ed9ace
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388811
=020  \\$z9781805112129$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112136$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112143$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112174$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112150$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0388$2doi
=024  7\$a1429614548$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aCC135
=072   7$aAMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRPC$2bicssc
=072   7$aTNKX$2bicssc
=072   7$aABC$2bicssc
=072   7$aARC014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS039000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAM$2thema
=072   7$aTNKX$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aRPC$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=245  00$aTangible and Intangible Heritage in the Age of Globalisation /$cedited by Lilia Makhloufi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxi+236 pages): $b31 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aScientific and review committeesNotes on contributorsList of illustrationsPrefaceIntroduction: Tangible and Intangible HeritageI. BUILT HERITAGE AND RESIDENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS1. Socio-Spatial Practices of a Community Living Beneath the Land in Beni Zelten, South-Eastern Tunisia2. Impact of Jurisprudential Heritage in the Organisation of the Medina of Tunis: Joint Ownership, Social Practices and CustomsII. CULTURAL HERITAGE AND INTANGIBLE COMPONENTS3. Revisiting Definitions and Challenges of Intangible Cultural Heritage: The Case of the Old Centre of Mashhad4. Promoting the Role of Egyptian Museums in Nurturing and Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage5. Syrian Intangible Cultural Heritage: Characteristics and Challenges of PreservationIII. LIVING HERITAGE AND CULTURAL TOURISM POTENTIAL6. Mutrah Old Market, Oman: Analysis to Enhance a Living Heritage Site7. Study on the Visual Perception of Historical Streetscapes Using Kansei Engineering: Cherchell City, Algeria8. Western Churches in Nagasaki and Amakusa as Sites of MemoryIV. HERITAGE SITES AND PRESERVATION CHALLENGES9. Tradition Versus Modernity in Heritage Preservation Discourse in Postcolonial Morocco: Jemaa el-Fna Plaza, Marrakesh 10. Integrity and Authenticity: Humberstone and Santa Laura Saltpeter Works (Chile)11. (Identity) Politics and the National Museum of Bosnia and HerzegovinaConclusion: Heritage in the Age of GlobalisationIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book offers a rich collection of perspectives on the complex interplay between tangible and intangible heritage. Offering a close and critical examination of heritage preservation in countries including Algeria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Chile, Egypt, Iran, Japan, Morocco, Oman, Syria and Tunisia, these essays illustrate the need to redefine heritage as an interdisciplinary and intercultural concept. They interrogate heritage paradigms while also providing concrete recommendations to promote the preservation of physical heritage spaces, and the cultural practices and social relationships that depend on them.Rich in detail and broad in relevance, this book emphasises specific cultural realities while also reflecting on the impact of global historical, social, economic and political trends to heritage conservation, scrutinising the conditions of the past to adapt them to the needs of the present and future. It will be of great relevance to all those interested in the preservation and management of heritage sites, including architects, urban planners, landscape architects, historians, sociologists and archaeologists, as well as heritage marketing, museum and cultural tourism professionals.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHeritage studies
=653  \\$aArchitecture and sociology
=653  \\$aUrban planning
=653  \\$aPreservation of built environment
=653  \\$aGlobalisation
=700  1\$aMakhloufi, Lilia,$eeditor.$uÉcole Polytechnique d'Architecture et d'Urbanisme.$0(orcid)0000000287785132$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8778-5132
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0388$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0388_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03826nam  22006132  4500
=001  71d2f379-5ebe-4f20-a125-89c567ca336e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467790
=020  \\$z9781783741373$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741380$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741397$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644960$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741403$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741410$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0071$2doi
=024  7\$a946613586$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA11.2
=072   7$aJNT$2bicssc
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT030000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU029010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGardiner, Tony,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Birmingham.
=245  10$aTeaching Mathematics at Secondary Level /$cTony Gardiner.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 318 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 2.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the authorIntroduction and summaryI.Background: Why focus on Key Stage 3?II.The general advice in the Key Stage 3 programme of study1.Aims2.Working mathematicallyIII.The listed subject content for Key Stage 31.Number (and ratio and proportion)2.Algebra3.Geometry and measures4.Probability and StatisticsIV.A sample curriculum for all—written from a humane mathematical viewpoint1.Very Brief version2.Brief version
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTeaching Mathematics is nothing less than a mathematical manifesto. Arising in response to a limited National Curriculum, and engaged with secondary schooling for those aged 11 ̶ 14 (Key Stage 3) in particular, this handbook for teachers will help them broaden and enrich their students’ mathematical education. It avoids specifying how to teach, and focuses instead on the central principles and concepts that need to be borne in mind by all teachers and textbook authors—but which are little appreciated in the UK at present.This study is aimed at anyone who would like to think more deeply about the discipline of ‘elementary mathematics’, in England and Wales and anywhere else. By analysing and supplementing the current curriculum, Teaching Mathematics provides food for thought for all those involved in school mathematics, whether as aspiring teachers or as experienced professionals. It challenges us all to reflect upon what it is that makes secondary school mathematics educationally, culturally, and socially important.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTeaching
=653  \\$asecondary school
=653  \\$amathematics
=653  \\$aKey Stage 3
=653  \\$asecondary education
=653  \\$aprinciples and concepts
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 2.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0071$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0071_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05802nam  22005892  4500
=001  15fd0c6f-5674-4c9a-aafe-695fe451e8ab
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388822
=020  \\$z9781805112723$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112730$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112747$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112778$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112754$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0398$2doi
=024  7\$a1436684859$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aMT18
=072   7$aEDU029050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU057000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS041000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aYPAD$2thema
=072   7$aAVS$2thema
=245  00$aTeaching Music Performance in Higher Education :$bExploring the Potential of Artistic Research /$cedited by Helen Julia Minors, Stefan Östersjö, Gilvano Dalagna, Jorge Salgado Correia.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+332 pages): $b34 illustrations, 11 tables, 11 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroductionPART I: ARTISTIC RESEARCH IN HIGHER MUSIC EDUCATION1. A Swedish Perspective on Artistic Research Practices in First and Second Cycle Education in Music2. Experimentation as a Learning Method: A Case Study Exploring Affordances of a Musical Instrument 3. Finding Voice: Developing Student Autonomy from Imitation to Performer Agency4. Teaching Musical Performance from an Artistic Research-Based Approach: Reporting on a Pedagogical Intervention in PortugalPART II: NOVEL APPROACHES TO TEACHING INTERPRETATION AND PERFORMANCE5. Artistic Practice as Embodied Learning: Reconnecting Pedagogy, Improvisation, and Composition6. Working Together Well: Amplifying Group Agency and Motivation in Higher Music Education7. Score-Based Learning and Improvisation in Classical Music Performance8. Intercultural Musicking: Reflection in, on, and for Situated Klezmer Ensemble PerformancePART III: CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES OF MUSIC PERFORMANCE EDUCATION IN SOCIETY9. The Musical Object in Deep Learning10. Rethinking Music Performance Education Through the Lens of Today’s Society11. Experience, Understanding and Intercultural Competence: The Ethno Programme12. Employability Skills within an Inclusive Undergraduate and Postgraduate Performance Curriculum in the UK13. Conclusion: Probing, Positioning, (Re)ActingAbout the ContributorsList of FiguresList of TablesList of Audio and Video Musical ExamplesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHigher Music Performance Education, as taught and learned in universities and conservatoires in Europe, is undergoing transformation. Since the nineteenth century, the master-apprentice pedagogical model has dominated, creating a learning environment that emphasises the development of technical skills rather than critical and creative faculties. This book contributes to the renewal of this field by being the first to address the potential of artistic research in developing student-centred approaches and greater student autonomy. This potential is demonstrated in chapters illustrating artistic research projects that are embedded within higher music education courses across Europe, with examples ranging from instrumental tuition and ensemble work to the development of professional employability skills and inclusive practices. Bringing together diverse and experienced voices working within Higher Music Education but often also as professional performers, this edited collection pairs critical reflection with artistic insight to present new approaches to curricula for teaching interpretation and performance. It calls for greater collaboration between Higher Education and professional music institutions to create closer bonds with music industries and, thereby, improve students’ career opportunities. Teaching Music Performance in Higher Education will appeal to scholars, performers, teachers, but also students whose interests centre on innovative practices in conservatoires and music departments.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHigher Music Performance Education
=653  \\$aMusic pedagogy
=653  \\$aInterpretation and performance research
=653  \\$aStudent-centred approaches
=653  \\$aMusic industry
=653  \\$aStudent-centered approaches
=700  1\$aMinors, Helen Julia,$eeditor.$uYork St John University.$0(orcid)0000000202129030$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0212-9030
=700  1\$aÖstersjö, Stefan,$eeditor.$uLuleå University of Technology.$0(orcid)0000000247045420$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4704-5420
=700  1\$aDalagna, Gilvano,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aveiro.$0(orcid)0000000191231733$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9123-1733
=700  1\$aSalgado Correia, Jorge,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aveiro.$0(orcid)0000000222552063$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2255-2063
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0398$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0398_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05177nam  22006732  4500
=001  0d1b85bd-17a8-43c5-8fb0-888895909913
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800641822$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641839$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641846$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646483$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641877$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641853$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641860$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0253$2doi
=024  7\$a1256260600$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP96.M4
=072   7$aJNV$2bicssc
=072   7$aUBW$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aCOM060140$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC041000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLewis, Richard S.,$eauthor.$uUniversité Catholique de Lille.$0(orcid)0000000223922169$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2392-2169
=245  10$aTechnology, Media Literacy, and the Human Subject :$bA Posthuman Approach /$cRichard S. Lewis.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+252 pages): $b20 illustrations, 4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aThe original dissertation upon which this Open Access title is based is the winner of the 2020 The Harold A. Innis Award for Outstanding Thesis or Dissertation in the Field of Media Ecology.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements1. Introduction: Problematizing our Relations with Media Technologies Richard S. LewisPart I: Situating the Interdisciplinary Concepts2. Situating Media Literacy Richard S. Lewis3. Understanding the Medium Through the Technological Relation Richard S. Lewis4. The Posthuman: Situating the Subject in Human-Tech Relations Richard S. LewisPart II: Developing a Posthuman Approach: A Framework and Instrument5. Developing the Intrasubjective Mediating Framework Richard S. Lewis6. Developing an Instrument to Leverage the Framework Richard S. Lewis7. Conclusion Richard S. LewisReferencesList of Tables and IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat does it mean to be media literate in today’s world? How are we transformed by the many media infrastructures around us? We are immersed in a world mediated by information and communication technologies (ICTs). From hardware like smartphones, smartwatches, and home assistants to software like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and Snapchat, our lives have become a complex, interconnected network of relations. Scholarship on media literacy has tended to focus on developing the skills to access, analyze, evaluate, and create media messages without considering or weighing the impact of the technological medium—how it enables and constrains both messages and media users. Additionally, there is often little attention paid to the broader context of interrelations which affect our engagement with media technologies.This book addresses these issues by providing a transdisciplinary method that allows for both practical and theoretical analyses of media investigations. Informed by postphenomenology, media ecology, philosophical posthumanism, and complexity theory the author proposes both a framework and a pragmatic instrument for understanding the multiplicity of relations that all contribute to how we affect—and are affected by—our relations with media technology. The author argues persuasively that the increased awareness provided by this posthuman approach affords us a greater chance for reclaiming some of our agency and provides a sound foundation upon which we can then judge our media relations. This book will be an indispensable tool for educators in media literacy and media studies, as well as academics in philosophy of technology, media and communication studies, and the post-humanities.
=536  \\$aUniversité Catholique de Lille
=536  \\$aVrije Universiteit Brussel
=536  \\$aPrescott College
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amedia literate
=653  \\$amedia infrastructures
=653  \\$ainformation and communication technologies (ICTs)
=653  \\$amedia investigations
=653  \\$apostphenomenology
=653  \\$amedia ecology
=653  \\$aphilosophical posthumanism
=653  \\$acomplexity theory
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0253$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0253_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05796nam  22006252  4500
=001  eb027f72-c08a-4538-911f-8eb3771f2bfd
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467888
=020  \\$z9781783741021$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741038$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741045$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644892$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746415$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741052$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741069$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0062$2doi
=024  7\$a993949330$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR72.3
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FM$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT008020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=245  00$aTellings and Texts :$bMusic, Literature and Performance in North India /$cedited by Francesca Orsini, Katherine Butler Schofield.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx + 546 pages): $b11 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments   Note on Translation and Transliteration   Introduction by Francesca Orsini and Katherine Butler SchofieldI: Between Texts and Practices1. The Example in Dadupanthi Homiletics by Monika Horstmann2. Making it Vernacular in Agra: The Practice of Translation by Seventeenth-Century Jains by John E. Cort3. World Enough and Time: Religious Strategy and Historical Imagination in an Indian Sufi Tale by Muzaffar Alam4. Hearing Mo‘jizat in South Asian Shi‘ism by Amy BardII: Books and Performances, Books for Performance5. Note to Self: What Marathi Kirtankars’ Notebooks Suggest about Literacy, Performance, and the Travelling Performer in Pre-Colonial Maharashtra by Christian Lee Novetzke6. A Handbook for Storytellers: The Ṭirāz al-akhbār and the Qissa Genre by Pasha M. Khan7. Did Surdas Perform the Bhāgavata Purāṇa? by John Stratton Hawley8. Text, Orality, and Performance in Newar Devotional Music by Richard WiddessIII: Written Clues about Performed Texts9. Listening for the Context: Tuning in to the Reception of Riti Poetry by Allison Busch10. Reading the Acts and Lives of Performers in Mughal Persian Texts by Sunil Sharma11. Persian Poets on the Streets: The Lore of Indo-Persian Poetic Circles in Late Mughal India by Stefano Pellò12. Texts and Tellings: Kathas in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries by Francesca Orsini13. A Curious King, a Psychic Leper, and the Workings of Karma: Bajid’s Entertaining Narratives by Imre BanghaIV: Musical Knowledge and Aesthetics14. Raga in the Early Sixteenth Century by Allyn Miner15. Learning to Taste the Emotions: The Mughal Rasika by Katherine Butler Schofield16. Paradigms of Performance and Poetical Composition in the Seventeenth-Century Bengali Literature of Arakan by Thibaut d’Hubert17. The Shi‘i Faces of Nizamuddin: Nizami Drumming and Texts in Delhi and Karachi by Richard K. WolfNotes on Contributors   Select Bibliography   Index   
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aExamining materials from early modern and contemporary North India and Pakistan, Tellings and Texts brings together seventeen first-rate papers on the relations between written and oral texts, their performance, and the musical traditions these performances have entailed. The contributions from some of the best scholars in the field cover a wide range of literary genres and social and cultural contexts across the region. The texts and practices are contextualized in relation to the broader social and political background in which they emerged, showing how religious affiliations, caste dynamics and political concerns played a role in shaping social identities as well as aesthetic sensibilities. By doing so this book sheds light into theoretical issues of more general significance, such as textual versus oral norms; the features of oral performance and improvisation; the role of the text in performance; the aesthetics and social dimension of performance; the significance of space in performance history and important considerations on repertoires of story-telling.Tellings and Texts is essential reading for anyone with an interest in South Asian culture and, more generally, in the theory and practice of oral literature, performance and story-telling.
=536  \\$aKing's College London
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNorth India
=653  \\$aPakistan
=653  \\$astorytelling
=653  \\$aoral performances
=653  \\$atexts
=653  \\$aimprovisation
=653  \\$asocial identity
=700  1\$aOrsini, Francesca,$eeditor.$uSchool of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), University of London.$0(orcid)000000033608005X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3608-005X
=700  1\$aButler Schofield, Katherine,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000274339117$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7433-9117
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0062$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0062_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03778nam  22005412  4500
=001  19c8c38c-9262-4f37-891a-18f767dbf61c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452804
=020  \\$z9781906924096$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924102$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924119$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644311$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0004$2doi
=024  7\$a1086502696$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR129.G3
=072   7$aDSY$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBlamires, David,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Manchester.
=245  10$aTelling Tales :$bThe Impact of Germany on English Children’s Books 1780-1918 /$cDavid Blamires.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2009.
=264  \4$c©2009
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiii + 463 pages): $b34 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. The Adventures of Baron Munchausen2. A World of Discovery: Joachim Heirich Campe3. Elements of Morality: Salzmann and Wollstonecraft4. Musäus and the Beginnings of the Fairytale5. Discovering Germany6. The Swiss Family Robinson7. Moral, Didactic and Religious Tales8. Friedrich de la Motte Fouqué: Undine and Sintram9. Adelbert von Chamisso’s Peter Schlemihl10. The Fairytales of the Brothers Grimm11. The Fairytales of Wilhelm Hauff12. The Folktale Tradition in Germany13. E. T. A. Hoffmann’s Nutcracker and Mouse King14. Lesser Fairytales Authors15. Clemens Brentano’s Fairytales16. Learning about German History17. The Thirty Years War18. Historical Tales and Adventure Stories19. Picture Books20. Sigfried and the Nibelungenlied21. The Franco-Prussian War22. German Books for Girls23. Children’s Books and the First World WarPrimary TextsSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aGermany has had a profound influence on English stories for children. The Brothers Grimm, The Swiss Family Robinson and Johanna Spyri’s Heidi quickly became classics but, as David Blamires clearly articulates in this volume, many other works have been fundamental in the development of English children’s stories during the 19th century and beyond. Telling Tales is the first comprehensive study of the impact of Germany on English children’s books, covering the period from 1780 to the First World War. Beginning with The Adventures of Baron Munchausen, moving through the classics and including many other collections of fairytales and legends, it covers a wealth of translated and adapted material.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aChildren's literature
=653  \\$aGerman literature
=653  \\$aBaron Munchausen
=653  \\$aHeidi
=653  \\$aSwiss Family Robinson
=653  \\$aNutcracker
=653  \\$aBrothers Grimm
=653  \\$afairytales
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0004$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0004_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04903nam  22006732  4500
=001  2e013a64-935f-4be4-9c51-3eac22929627
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\spa\d
=020  \\$z9781805110804$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110811$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110828$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110866$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110835$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0354$2doi
=024  7\$a1422929642$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aspa$heng
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aQD$2thema
=072   7$aQDTS$2thema
=072   7$aKCP$2thema
=072   7$aRND$2thema
=245  00$aTener Demasiado :$bEnsayos Filosóficos sobre el Limitarismo /$cedited by Ingrid Robeyns; translated by Héctor Iñaki Larrínaga Márquez.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+448 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefacio del traductorviiHéctor Iñaki Larrínaga MárquezPrefacioixIngrid Robeyns1. Introducción a la filosofía del limitarismo1Ingrid Robeyns2. Tener demasiado17Ingrid Robeyns3. Los límites a la riqueza en la historia de la filosofía occidental69Matthias Kramm e Ingrid Robeyns4. Razones basadas en la autonomía a favor del limitarismo103Danielle Zwarthoed5. Limitarismo: ¿Patrón, principio o presunción?147Dick Timmer6. Los límites del limitarismo171Robert Huseby7. ¿Por qué el limitarismo?197Ingrid Robeyns8. Limitarismo presuntivo: Una respuesta a Robert Huseby227Dick Timmer9. Suficiencia, límites y perspectivas de umbrales múltiples245Colin Hickey10. Un argumento neorrepublicano a favor del limitarismo277Elena Icardi11. El argumento del autorrespeto a favor del limitarismo303Christian Neuhäuser12. Cambio climático, justicia distributiva y límites “preinstitucionales” a la apropiación de recursos331Colin Hickey13. Límites ecológicos: Ciencia, justicia, políticas y la vida buena373Fergus Green14. Limitarismo y generaciones futuras401Tim MeijersBiografías de los colaboradores435Índice analítico
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a'Tener demasiado' es el primer volumen académico dedicado al limitarismo: la idea de que el uso de los recursos económicos o de los ecosistemas no sobrepasen ciertos límites. Se trata de un concepto profundamente arraigado en el pensamiento económico y político, por lo que es posible encontrar premisas similares en pensadores como Platón, Aquino o Spinoza. No obstante, 'Tener demasiado' es el primer ejemplar en el campo de la filosofía política contemporánea en el que el limitarismo se explora en profundidad y con detalle.Asimismo, este estudio reúne por primera vez los mejores escritos de los principales teóricos del limitarismo, lo que le convierte en una contribución esencial al campo de la filosofía política, en general, y de las teorías sobre la justicia distributiva, en particular. Incluye tanto artículos seminales ya publicados como nuevos capítulos y se presenta como lectura indispensable para académicos y estudiantes de teoría política y filosofía, así como para todos aquellos interesados en cuestiones relacionadas con la justicia distributiva.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aLimitarismo
=653  \\$aRecursos materiales
=653  \\$aLimitarismo económico
=653  \\$aLimitarismo ecológico
=653  \\$aGeneraciones futuras
=653  \\$aJusticia distributiva
=653  \\$aJusticia intergeneracional
=700  1\$aRobeyns, Ingrid,$eeditor.$uUtrecht University.$0(orcid)0000000228931814$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2893-1814
=700  1\$aLarrínaga Márquez, Héctor Iñaki,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0354$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0354_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09985nam  22005892  4500
=001  4dda5bc2-7368-4dcb-b982-c314cfc00c5f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452969
=020  \\$z9781783746613$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746620$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746637$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645790$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746668$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746644$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746651$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0161$2doi
=024  7\$a1101155078$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5553
=072   7$aDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWinnick, R. H.,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000324553323$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2455-3323
=245  10$aTennyson’s Poems :$bNew Textual Parallels /$cR. H. Winnick.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 296 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"Numbers and alphanumerics (such as '1A') before poem titles are those assigned by Christopher Ricks in his 1987 edition of Tennyson's complete poems (see Preface). An asterisk following a poem number indicates that the poem appears in both the selected and the complete Ricks edition; its absence, that the poem appears only in the latter."--Note at head of contents. Includes indexes.
=505  0\$aNumbers and alphanumerics (such as ‘1A’) before poem titles are those assigned by Christopher Ricks in his 1987 edition of Tennyson’s complete poems (see Preface). An asterisk following a poem number indicates that the poem appears in both the selected and the complete Ricks edition; its absence, that the poem appears only in the latter.Preface1A Three Translations of Horace1 Translation of Claudian’s ‘Rape of Proserpine’2 The Devil and the Lady3 Armageddon4 The Coach of Death, A Fragment5 Memory [Memory! dear enchanter!]8 Remorse9 The Dell of E—10 Anthony and Cleopatra16 ‘Did not thy roseate lips outvie’26 On Sublimity27 Time: An Ode30 The Walk at Midnight45 ‘Oh! ye wild winds, that roar and rave’46 Babylon47 Love [Almighty Love!]48 Exhortation to the Greeks50 ‘Come hither, canst thou tell me if this skull’51 The Dying Man to His Friend54A ‘The musky air was mute’55 The Outcast58A The Invasion of Russia by Napoleon Buonaparte59 Playfellow Winds61 Home62 ‘Among some Nations Fate hath placed too far’63 To Poesy [O God, make this age great]64 The Lark67 Timbuctoo73* Mariana75 Madeline78* Supposed Confessions of a Second-Rate Sensitive Mind79 The Burial of Love83 Recollections of the Arabian Nights84 Ode to Memory87 Adeline88* A Character91 The Poet95 Hero to Leander99 The Grasshopper101 Chorus, in an Unpublished Drama, Written Very Early106 To a Lady Sleeping107 Sonnet [Could I outwear my present state of woe]108 Sonnet [Though Night hath climbed her peak of highest noon]109 Sonnet [Shall the hag Evil die with child of Good]110 Sonnet [The pallid thunderstricken sigh for gain]124 Amy126 Memory [Ay me!]127 Ode: O Bosky Brook128 Perdidi Diem130 Sense and Conscience132 ‘In deep and solemn dreams’140 Lines on Cambridge of 1830143 A Fragment [Where is the Giant of the Sun]144 ‘O wake ere I grow jealous of sweet Sleep’145 ‘The constant spirit of the world exults’146 Sonnet [When that rank heat of evil’s tropic day]151 Sonnet [There are three things which fill my heart with sighs]153 The Lover’s Tale155 ‘My life is full of weary days’158 ‘If I were loved, as I desire to be’159* The Lady of Shalott160* Mariana in the South161 Eleänore162 The Miller’s Daughter163* Fatima164* Œnone166* To — . With the Following Poem [The Palace of Art]167* The Palace of Art169 The Hesperides170* The Lotos-Eaters171 Rosalind172 ‘My Rosalind, my Rosalind’173* A Dream of Fair Women174 Song [Who can say]175 Margaret176 Kate179 To — [As when with downcast eyes]185 Sonnet [Alas! how weary are my human eyes]190 ‘Pierced through with knotted thorns of barren pain’192 The Ruined Kiln193 The Progress of Spring194 ‘Hail Briton!’200 Early Spring [1833]207 The Ante-Chamber208 The Gardener’s Daughter; Or, The Pictures209* The Two Voices210* St Simeon Stylites212 St Agnes’ Eve214 ‘Hark! the dogs howl!’215 Whispers216* On a Mourner217* Ulysses218* Tithon219 Tiresias220 Semele223 Youth225* The Epic [Morte d’Arthur]227* ‘Oh! that ’twere possible’233 ‘Fair is that cottage in its place’238 ‘I loving Freedom for herself’240 The Blackbird241* The Day-Dream246 Lady Clara Vere de Vere250 Sonnet [Ah, fade not yet from out the green arcades]251 To Rosa254 Three Sonnets to a Coquette255 Sonnet [How thought you that this thing could captivate?]257 The Voyage259 The Flight263 ‘The tenth of April! is it not?’265* A Farewell267 Will Waterproof’s Lyrical Monologue270 Amphion271* Locksley Hall275* Edwin Morris or, The Lake276* The Golden Year276A ‘Wherefore, in these dark ages of the Press’277* The Vision of Sin279 Love and Duty285B The Wanderer286* The Princess, A Medley289 To — , After Reading a Life and Letters290 The Losing of the Child291 The Sailor Boy296* In Memoriam A. H. H.297 To the Vicar of Shiplake299* To the Queen300 ‘Little bosom not yet cold’301* To E. L., on His Travels in Greece306 The Third of February, 1852307 Hands All Round! [1852]308 Suggested by Reading an Article in a Newspaper310* Will311* The Daisy312* To the Rev. F. D. Maurice313 The Brook316* Maud, A Monodrama317 The Letters324* Tithonus329 Ode Sung at the Opening of the International Exhibition330* Enoch Arden337 Aylmer’s Field 1793339 A Dedication353 The Higher Pantheism355 Lucretius363 To the Rev. W. H. Brookfield367 Prefatory Sonnet to the ‘Nineteenth Century’377* Prefatory Poem to My Brother’s Sonnets383 De Profundis386 Sir John Oldcastle, Lord Cobham390 Prologue to General Hamley [The Charge of the Heavy Brigade]392 Epilogue [The Charge of the Heavy Brigade]394* To Virgil395 The Throstle398* To E. FitzGerald399 Poets and their Bibliographies400* The Dead Prophet407 Freedom410 The Fleet413 Vastness415 The Ancient Sage417* Locksley Hall Sixty Years After420 Demeter and Persephone424 Happy, The Leper’s Bride425* To Mary Boyle426* Far — Far — Away427* To the Marquis of Dufferin and Ava431 Merlin and the Gleam441 The Death of Œnone443 St Telemachus454 Kapiolani462* Crossing the BarIdylls of the King464* The Coming of Arthur465* Gareth and Lynette466* The Marriage of Geraint467* Geraint and Enid468* Balin and Balan469* Merlin and Vivien470* Lancelot and Elaine471* The Holy Grail472* Pelleas and Ettarre473* The Last Tournament474* Guinevere475* The Passing of ArthurAlphabetical Index of Tennyson Poems DiscussedIndex of Antecedent Writers and Works Discussed
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn Tennyson’s Poems: New Textual Parallels, R. H. Winnick identifies more than a thousand previously unknown instances in which Tennyson phrases of two or three to as many as several words are similar or identical to those occurring in prior works by other hands—discoveries aided by the proliferation of digitized texts and the related development of powerful search tools over the three decades since the most recent major edition of Tennyson’s poems was published.Each of these instances may be deemed an allusion (meant to be recognized as such and pointing, for definable purposes, to a particular antecedent text), an echo (conscious or not, deliberate or not, meant to be noticed or not, meaningful or not), or merely accidental. Unless accidental, Winnick writes, these new textual parallels significantly expand our knowledge both of Tennyson’s reading and of his thematic intentions and artistic technique. Coupled with the thousand-plus textual parallels previously reported by Christopher Ricks and other scholars, he says, they suggest that a fundamental and lifelong aspect of Tennyson’s art was his habit of echoing any work, ancient or modern, which had the potential to enhance the resonance or deepen the meaning of his poems.The new textual parallels Winnick has identified point most often to the King James Bible and to such canonical authors as Shakespeare, Milton, Dryden, Pope, Thomson, Cowper, Shelley, Byron, and Wordsworth. But they also point to many authors rarely if ever previously cited in Tennyson editions and studies, including Michael Drayton, Richard Blackmore, Isaac Watts, Erasmus Darwin, John Ogilvie, Anna Lætitia Barbauld, Letitia Elizabeth Landon, John Wilson, and—with surprising frequency—Felicia Hemans.Tennyson’s Poems: New Textual Parallels is thus a major new resource for Tennyson scholars and students, an indispensable adjunct to the 1987 edition of Tennyson’s complete poems edited by Christopher Ricks.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTennyson
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$atextual parallels
=653  \\$aantecedent texts
=653  \\$adigitized texts
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0161$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0161_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08315nam  22006612  4500
=001  4c68161b-5e01-4fde-9ca7-31da46ab9962
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394522
=020  \\$z9781800640832$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640849$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640856$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646377$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640887$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640863$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640870$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0234$2doi
=024  7\$a1231606755$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQL703
=072   7$aRNKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLittlewood, Nick A.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000344618833$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4461-8833
=245  10$aTerrestrial Mammal Conservation :$bGlobal Evidence for the Effects of Interventions for Terrestrial Mammals Excluding Bats and Primates /$cNick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi+1068 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes index.
=505  0\$aContentsAdvisory BoardAbout the authorsAcknowledgements1. About this book Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland2. Threat: Residential and commercial development Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland3. Threat: Agriculture and Aquaculture Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland4. Threat: Energy production and mining Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland5. Threat: Transportation and service corridors Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland6. Threat: Biological resource use Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland7. Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland8. Threat: Natural system modifications Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland9. Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland10. Threat: Pollution Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland11. Threat: Climate change and severe weather Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland12. Habitat protection Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland13. Habitat restoration and creation Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland14. Species management Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland15. Education and awareness raising Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. SutherlandAppendix 1: Journals (and years) searchedIndexAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTerrestrial Mammal Conservation provides a thorough summary of the available  scientific evidence of what is known, or not known, about the effectiveness of all of the conservation actions for wild terrestrial mammals across the world (excluding bats and primates, which are covered in separate synopses). Actions are organized into categories based on the International Union for Conservation of Nature classifications of direct threats and conservation actions. Over the course of fifteen chapters, the authors consider interventions as wide ranging as creating uncultivated margins around fields, prescribed burning, setting hunting quotas and removing non-native mammals.This book is written in an accessible style and is designed to be an invaluable resource for anyone concerned with the practical conservation of terrestrial mammals.The authors consulted an international group of terrestrial mammal experts and conservationists to produce this synopsis. Funding was provided by the MAVA Foundation, Arcadia and National Geographic Big Cats Initiative.Terrestrial Mammal Conservation is the seventeenth publication in the Conservation Evidence Series, linked to the online resource www.ConservationEvidence.com. Conservation Evidence Synopses are designed to promote a more evidence-based approach to biodiversity conservation. Others in the series include Bat Conservation, Primate Conservation, Bird Conservation and Forest Conservation and more are in preparation. Expert assessment of the evidence summarised within synopses is provided online and within the annual publication What Works in Conservation.
=536  \\$aMAVA Foundation
=536  \\$aArcadia Fund
=536  \\$aNational Geographic Big Cats Initiative
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTerrestrial mammals
=653  \\$aconservation actions
=653  \\$abiodiversity
=653  \\$aInternational Union for Conservation of Nature classification
=653  \\$aevidence-based approach
=700  1\$aRocha, Ricardo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=700  1\$aMartin, Philip A.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=700  1\$aLockhart, Sarah L.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Florida.
=700  1\$aSchoonover, Rebecca F.,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0234$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0234_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04177nam  22006732  4500
=001  5865bc7a-13ca-439e-b454-03f4a936f4af
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452801
=020  \\$z9781906924249$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924256$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924263$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644359$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0008$2doi
=024  7\$a794698069$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA76.9.C66
=072   7$aUBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aH$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM087000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM065000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aText and Genre in Reconstruction :$bEffects of Digitalization on Ideas, Behaviours, Products and Institutions /$cedited by Willard McCarty.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xi + 246 pages): $b16 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction by Willard McCarty1. Never Say Always Again: Reflections on the Numbers GameJohn Burrows2. Cybertextuality by the NumbersIan Lancashire3. Textual PathologyPeter Garrard4. The Human Presence in Digital ArtefactsAlan Galey5. Defining Electronic Editions: A Historical and Functional PerspectiveEdward Vanhoutte6. Electronic Editions for EveryonePeter Robinson7. How Literary Works Exist: Implied, Represented, and InterpretedPeter Shillingsburg8. Text as Algorithm and as ProcessPaul Eggert9. ‘I Read the News Today, Oh Boy!’: Newspaper Publishing in the Online WorldMarilyn Deegan and Kathryn SutherlandReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this broad-reaching, multi-disciplinary collection, leading scholars investigate how the digital medium has altered the way we read and write text. In doing so, it challenges the very notion of scholarship as it has traditionally been imagined. Incorporating scientific, socio-historical, materialist and theoretical approaches, this rich body of work explores topics ranging from how computers have affected our relationship to language, whether the book has become an obsolete object, the nature of online journalism, and the psychology of authorship. The essays offer a significant contribution to the growing debate on how digitization is shaping our collective identity, for better or worse. Text and Genre in Reconstruction will appeal to scholars in both the humanities and sciences and provides essential reading for anyone interested in the changing relationship between reader and text in the digital age.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDigitization
=653  \\$acybertext
=653  \\$aidentity
=653  \\$acomputers
=653  \\$aelectronic editions
=653  \\$anewspapers
=653  \\$apublishing
=653  \\$aonline journalism
=653  \\$adigital text
=653  \\$alinguistics
=653  \\$ainformation technology
=700  1\$aMcCarty, Willard,$eeditor.$uKing's College London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 1.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0008$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0008_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04786nam  22006012  4500
=001  ca9bf45b-fa62-4b06-af91-c7e5bda64622
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452730
=020  \\$z9781783743636$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743643$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743650$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645394$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744879$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743667$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743674$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0120$2doi
=024  7\$a1042278328$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP47
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aU$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM087000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGabler, Hans Walter,$eauthor.$uLudwig-Maximilians-Universität München.
=245  10$aText Genetics in Literary Modernism and Other Essays /$cHans Walter Gabler.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 404 pages): $b46 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword1. The Rocky Road to Ulysses2. ‘He chronicled with patience’: Early Joycean Progressions Between Non-Fiction and Fiction3. James Joyce Interpreneur4. Structures of Memory and Orientation: Steering a Course Through Wandering Rocks5. Editing Text—Editing Work6. Theorizing the Digital Scholarly Edition7. Thoughts on Scholarly Editing8. Beyond Author-Centricity in Scholarly Editing9. Sourcing and Editing Shakespeare: The Bibliographical Fallacy10. The Draft Manuscript as Material Foundation for Genetic Editing and Genetic Criticism11. A Tale of Two Texts: Or, How One Might Edit Virginia Woolf’s To the Lighthouse12. Auto-Palimpsests: Virginia Woolf’s Late Drafting of Her Early Life13. From Memory to Fiction: An Essay in Genetic Criticism14. Johann Sebastian Bach’s Two-Choir Passion15. Argument into Design: Editions as a Sub-Species of the Printed Book16. Cultural versus Editorial Canonising: The Cases of Shakespeare, of JoyceBibliographyAcknowledgmentsList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis collection of essays from world-renowned scholar Hans Walter Gabler contains writings from a decade and a half of retirement spent in exploration of textual criticism, genetic criticism, and literary criticism. In these sixteen stimulating contributions, he develops theories of textual criticism and editing that are inflected by our advance into the digital era; structurally analyses arts of composition in literature as well as music; and traces the cultural implications discernible in book design, and in the societal processes of the canonisation of works of literature and their authors.Distinctive and ambitious, these essays move beyond the development of concerns voiced in the community of critics and scholars. Gabler responds innovatively to the issues involved and often endeavours to re-think their urgencies through allowing orthodox tenets of national schools of textual criticism to converge and merge. He moves between a variety of topics, ranging from fresh genetic approaches to the work of James Joyce and Virginia Woolf, to significant contributions to the theorisation of scholarly editing in the digital age.Written in Gabler’s fluent style, these rich and elegant compositions are essential reading for literary and textual critics, scholarly editors, readers of James Joyce, New Modernism specialists, and all those interested in textual scholarship and digital editing within the encompassing framework of Digital Humanities.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atextual criticism
=653  \\$agenetic criticism
=653  \\$aliterary criticism
=653  \\$acomposition
=653  \\$acanonisation
=653  \\$abook design
=653  \\$adigital scholarly editing
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0120$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0120_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04564nam  22006132  4500
=001  9787df40-8b86-4d8c-8a23-8260ec90011a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20082008\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467305
=020  \\$z9781906924003$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924010$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924027$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644281$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924027$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924027$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0001$2doi
=024  7\$a794698064$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDF807
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVG$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSt Clair, William,$eauthor.$uUniversity of London.
=245  10$aThat Greece Might Still Be Free :$bThe Philhellenes in the War of Independence /$cWilliam St Clair.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2008.
=264  \4$c©2008
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxi + 419 pages): $b35 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"First edition published in 1972 by Oxford University Press"--T.p. verso.
=505  0\$aIntroduction by Roderick Beaton1. The Outbreak2. The Return of the Ancient Hellenes3. The Regiment4. Two Kinds of War5. The Cause of Greece, the Cause of Europe6. The Road to Marseilles7. Chios8. The Battalion of Philhellenes9. The Battle of Peta10. The Triumph of the Captains11. The Return Home12. The German Legion13. Knights and Crusaders14. Secrets of State15. Enter the British16. Lord Byron joins the Cause17. 'To bring Freedom and Knowledge to Greece'18. Arrivals at Missolonghi19. The Byron Brigade20. Essays in Regeneration21. The New Apostles22. The English Gold23. The Coming of the Arabs24. The Shade of Napoleon25. 'No freedom to fight for at home'26. French Idealism and French Cynicism27. Regulars Again28. A New Fleet29. Athens and Navarino30. America to the Rescue31. LaterAppendix I: Remarks on NumbersAppendix II: The Principal Philhellenic ExpeditionsNotes on the Select BibliographySelect BibliographyBibliography of Primary and Secondary Material Since 1972NotesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhen in 1821, the Greeks rose in violent revolution against the rule of the Ottoman Turks, waves of sympathy spread across Western Europe and the United States. More than a thousand volunteers set out to fight for the cause. The Philhellenes, whether they set out to recreate the Athens of Pericles, start a new crusade, or make money out of a war, all felt that Greece had unique claim on the sympathy of the world. As Lord Byron wrote, "I dreamed that Greece might still be Free"; and he died at Missolonghi trying to translate that dream into reality. William St Clair's meticulously researched and highly readable account of their aspirations and experiences was hailed as definitive when it was first published. Long out of print, it remains the standard account of the Philhellenic movement and essential reading for any students of the Greek War of Independence, Byron, and European Romanticism. Its relevance to more modern ethnic and religious conflicts is becoming increasingly appreciated by scholars worldwide. This revised edition includes a new introduction by Roderick Beaton, an updated bibliography and many new illustrations.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGreece
=653  \\$aGreek History
=653  \\$aLord Byron
=653  \\$aWar of Independence
=653  \\$aPhilhellenes
=653  \\$awar
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aRomanticism
=700  1\$aBeaton, Roderick,$eintroduction by.$uKing's College London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0001$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0001_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03309nam  22005652  4500
=001  6125b7d1-35eb-450c-ad74-16e5edcf7f3f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20092009\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467304
=020  \\$z9781906924034$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924041$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924058$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644298$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0002$2doi
=024  7\$a1086426124$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN1995
=072   7$aAPFA$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER004030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER004010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKolker, Robert Phillip,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Maryland.$0(orcid)000000019820800X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9820-800X
=245  14$aThe Altering Eye :$bContemporary International Cinema /$cRobert Phillip Kolker.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2009.
=264  \4$c©2009
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx + 327 pages): $b51 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"First edition published in 1983 by Oxford University Press"--Verso of t.p.
=505  0\$aNew PrefaceIntroduction1. The Validity of the Image2. The Substance of Form3. Politics, Psychology, and MemoryNotesAnnotated BibliographySelected Bibliography on European Cinema Since 1983Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Altering Eye covers a "golden age" of international cinema from the end of WWII through to the New German Cinema of the 1970s. Combining historical, political, and textual analysis, Kolker develops a pattern of cinematic invention and experimentation from neorealism through the modernist interventions of Jean-Luc Godard and Rainer Maria Fassbinder, focusing along the way on such major figures as Luis Buñuel, Joseph Losey, the Brazilian director Glauber Rocha, and the work of major Cuban filmmakers. Kolker’s book has become a much quoted classic in the field of film studies providing essential reading for anybody interested in understanding the history of European and international cinema. This new and revised edition includes a substantive new Preface by the author and an updated Bibliography.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCinema
=653  \\$afilm
=653  \\$amovies
=653  \\$afilm studies
=653  \\$aJean-Luc Godard
=653  \\$aRainer Maria Fassbinder
=653  \\$aGlauber Rocha
=653  \\$aJoseph Losey
=653  \\$aNew German Cinema
=653  \\$aEuropean film
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0002$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0002_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03572nam  22005532  4500
=001  2de0dafa-1843-47cc-a55f-0e557fa87cf9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467793
=020  \\$z9781783740277$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740284$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740291$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644687$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740307$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740314$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0041$2doi
=024  7\$a1193032532$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR507
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aAtkinson, David,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Aberdeen.
=245  14$aThe Anglo-Scottish Ballad and its Imaginary Contexts /$cDavid Atkinson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi + 210 pages): $b11 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aReferences and AbbreviationsList of IllustrationsPreface1. Where Is the Ballad?2. On the Nature of Evidence3. Textual Authority and the Sources of Variance4. The Material Ballad5. Sound and Writing6. Agency, Intention, and the Problem of Version (with a brief history of ballad editing)7. Palimpsest or texte génétique8. Afterword: ‘All her friends cried out for shame’Select BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is the first book to combine contemporary debates in ballad studies with the insights of modern textual scholarship. Just like canonical literature and music, the ballad should not be seen as a uniquely authentic item inextricably tied to a documented source, but rather as an unstable structure subject to the vagaries of production, reception, and editing. Among the matters addressed are topics central to the subject, including ballad origins, oral and printed transmission, sound and writing, agency and editing, and textual and melodic indeterminacy and instability. While drawing on the time-honoured materials of ballad studies, the book offers a theoretical framework for the discipline to complement the largely ethnographic approach that has dominated in recent decades. Primarily directed at the community of ballad and folk song scholars, the book will be of interest to researchers in several adjacent fields, including folklore, oral literature, ethnomusicology, and textual scholarship.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBallads
=653  \\$aballad studies
=653  \\$afolk songs
=653  \\$aoral transmission
=653  \\$atextual scholarship
=653  \\$acritique génétique
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0041$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0041_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04828nam  22007092  4500
=001  15c4038a-863a-4ce6-ab9e-2674ead655c3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394572
=020  \\$z9781783748969$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748976$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748983$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646100$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749010$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748990$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749003$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0199$2doi
=024  7\$a1222933113$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aB825
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDN$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004150$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWarman, Caroline,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=245  14$aThe Atheist's Bible :$bDiderot's 'Éléments de physiologie' /$cCaroline Warman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+432 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsPreface1. Introduction: The Curious Materialist Caroline Warman2. ‘Toutes les imperfections de l’inachèvement’: The Mystification about the Manuscript Fragments Caroline Warman3. Material World and Embodied Mind Caroline Warman4. Diderot the Physiologist Caroline Warman5. 1790: Naigeon and the Adresse à l’Assemblée nationale Caroline Warman6. 1792: Naigeon’s Article on ‘Diderot’ in the Encyclopédie méthodique: Philosophie ancienne et moderne Caroline Warman7. 1794: ‘Le citoyen Garron’, the Comité d’instruction publique, and the Lost Manuscript of the Éléments de physiologie Caroline Warman8. 1794–95: Garat and the École normale Caroline Warman9. 1796–97: Cabanis and Destutt de Tracy at the Institut national Caroline Warman10. 1798, 1802: Naigeon, the OEuvres de Diderot, and the Censored Preface to Montaigne Caroline Warman11. 1820: Garat’s Mémoires historiques sur la vie de M. Suard, sur ses écrits, et sur le XVIIIe siècle Caroline Warman12. 1823: Naigeon’s Mémoires historiques et philosophiques sur la vie et les ouvrages de Denis Diderot Caroline Warman13. Conclusion Caroline WarmanAcknowledgementsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a‘Love is harder to explain than hunger, for a piece of fruit does not feel the desire to be eaten’: Denis Diderot’s Éléments de physiologie presents a world in flux, turning on the relationship between man, matter and mind. In this late work, Diderot delves playfully into the relationship between bodily sensation, emotion and perception, and asks his readers what it means to be human in the absence of a soul.The Atheist’s Bible challenges prevailing scholarly views on Diderot’s Éléments, asserting its contemporary philosophical importance, and prompting its readers to inspect more closely this little-known and little-studied work. This book is accompanied by a digital edition of Jacques-André Naigeon’s Mémoires historiques et philosophiques sur la vie et les ouvrages de Denis Diderot (1823), a work which, Warman argues, represents the first publication of Diderot’s Éléments, long before its official publication date of 1875.The Atheist’s Bible constitutes a major contribution to the field of Diderot studies, and will be of further interest to scholars and students of materialist natural philosophy in the Age of Enlightenment and beyond.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Oxford
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDiderot
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$aman
=653  \\$amatter
=653  \\$amind
=653  \\$abody
=653  \\$aemotion
=653  \\$aperception
=653  \\$ahuman
=653  \\$asoul
=653  \\$amaterialism
=653  \\$anature
=653  \\$aNaigeon
=653  \\$aEnlightenment
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0199$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0199_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04469nam  22006372  4500
=001  41aed95c-de6c-4b37-b533-fe79af56cf82
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452723
=020  \\$z9781783742585$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742592$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742608$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645189$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746286$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742615$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742622$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0099$2doi
=024  7\$a957692063$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN2041.W37
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aANF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPWS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJWXK$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER011010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aDinesh, Nandita,$eauthor.$0(orcid)000000026864692X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6864-692X
=245  10$aTheatre and War :$bNotes from the Field /$cNandita Dinesh.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 202 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 1.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroduction1. Why2. Where3. Who4. What5. WhenConclusionsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNandita Dinesh places Kipling’s "six honest serving-men" (who, what, when, where, why, how) in productive conversation with her own experiences in conflict zones across the world to offer a theoretical and practical reflection on making theatre in times of war. This timely and important book weaves together Dinesh’s personal narrative with the public story of modern conflict, illustrating as it does, the importance of theatre as a force for ethical deliberation and social justice. In it Dinesh asks how theatre might intervene in times and places of conflict and how we might reflect on such interventions. In pursuit of answers, Theatre and War adopts the methods of auto-ethnography, positioning the theatrical practitioner at the heart of conflict zones in northern Uganda, Guatemala, Northern Ireland, Mexico, Rwanda, Kenya, Nagaland, and Kashmir. No longer a detached observer, the researcher and practitioner has to be able to meld theory with practice; to speak to ‘doing’, without undervaluing the importance of ‘thinking about doing’.Each chapter approaches the need for a synthesis of theory and practice by way of a term of inquiry―Why, Where, Who, What, When―and each is equipped with a set of unflinchingly honest field notes that are designed to reveal some of the ‘hows’ from the author’s own repertoire: questions and issues that were encountered during her own theatrical undertakings, along with first hand reflection on the complexities, potential, and challenges that attended her global work in community theatre. Within these notes are strategies that give the reader a practical insight into how the discussion might find its footing on the ground of war.The range and scope of this book make it required reading for those interested in theatre―practitioners, researchers, and students alike—as well as those seeking to understand the applications of the arts for ethics, politics, and education. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atheatre
=653  \\$aperformances
=653  \\$awar
=653  \\$aetnography
=653  \\$acommunity theatre
=653  \\$aethics
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aApplied Theatre Praxis ;$vvol. 1.$x2515-0766$x2515-0758
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0099$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0099_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04396nam  22005292  4500
=001  bf6e850b-a520-4e9a-94fb-56228455f988
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394526
=020  \\$z9781783745753$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745760$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745777$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0154$2doi
=024  7\$a1200809700$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6519.M9
=072   7$aDB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=100  1\$aWahlsten Böckerman, Robin,$eauthor.$uStockholm University.$0(orcid)0000000232857493$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3285-7493
=245  14$aThe Bavarian Commentary and Ovid :$bClm 4610, The Earliest Documented Commentary on the 'Metamorphoses' /$cRobin Wahlsten Böckerman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+390 pages): $b4 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"All translated passages from the Metamorphoses, if not otherwise stated, are from Metamorphoses: Books 1-8 and vol. 2 Books 9-15. Transl. Frank Justus Miller (revised by G.P. Goold) (Cambridge MA, 1977)"--Foot of unnumbered page 1.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgements1. Introduction Robin Wahlsten BöckermanPart I2. The Fate of Ovid Until the Twelfth Century Robin Wahlsten Böckerman3. Situating the Commentary Robin Wahlsten Böckerman4. Form and Function Robin Wahlsten Böckerman5. Clm 4610 and the Commentary Tradition Robin Wahlsten BöckermanGeneral Conclusions: Clm 4610, Contexts and Connections Robin Wahlsten BöckermanPart II: THE TEXT Robin Wahlsten BöckermanManuscript DescriptionEditorial PrinciplesPrinciples for the TranslationEdition and Translation of clm 4610 Robin Wahlsten BöckermanAppendix Bibliography Plates
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Bavarian Commentary and Ovid is the first complete critical edition and translation of the earliest preserved commentary on Ovid’s Metamorphoses.Today, Ovid’s famous work is one of the touchstones of ancient literature, but we have only a handful of scraps and quotations to show how the earliest medieval readers received and discussed the poems—until the Munich Bayerische Staatsbibliothek clm 4610. This commentary, which dates from around the year 1100 is the first systematic study of the Metamorphoses, founding a tradition of scholarly study that extends to the present day.Despite its significance, this medieval commentary has never before been published or analysed as a whole. Böckerman’s groundbreaking work includes a critical edition of the entire manuscript, together with a lucid English translation and a rigorous and stimulating introduction, which sets the work in its historical, geographical and linguistic contexts with precision and clarity while offering a rigorous analysis of its form and function.The Bavarian Commentary and Ovid is essential reading for academics concerned with the reception of Ovid or that of other ancient authors. It will also be of great interest for Classical scholars, those investigating medieval commentaries and media history, and for anyone intrigued to know more about how the work of Ovid has echoed through history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acritical edition
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aOvid
=653  \\$aMetamorphoses
=653  \\$aBavarian Commentary
=653  \\$aancient literature
=653  \\$amedieval readers
=653  \\$aMunich Bayerische Staatsbibliothek clm 4610
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0154$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0154_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06045nam  22006252  4500
=001  ccd335c1-921a-4a0b-9235-463c0e70c078
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386007
=020  \\$z9781800647633$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647640$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647657$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0305$2doi
=024  7\$a1352973669$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ5208.A2
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$a2CSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL040010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWaller, Daniel James,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=245  14$aThe Bible in the Bowls :$bA Catalogue of Biblical Quotations in Published Jewish Babylonian Aramaic Magic Bowls /$cDaniel James Waller.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+188 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 16.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aPreface .............................................................................viiIntroduction .......................................................................11.0. Quotation and Allusion 82.0. The Form and Uses of the Biblical Quotations in the Bowls....................................122.1. The Form of the Quotations...........................132.2. The Uses of the Quotations ............................182.2.1. Prophylactics and Apotropaics................232.2.2. Curative Uses..........................................242.2.3. For Popularity and Success .....................272.2.4. Aggressive Uses.......................................283.0. The Orthography of the Quotations in the Context of Late Antique Bible Transmission......304.0. Reconstructing the Language behind the Quotations.........................................................345.0. Note on the Transcription of Bowl Texts...........39Catalogue of Biblical Quotations in Published Jewish Babylonian Aramaic Magic Bowls........................411.0. Note on the Catalogue .......................................412.0. Abbreviations and Symbols ...............................423.0. Sigla...................................................................444.0. Reference Guide to Bowl Texts..........................445.0. Catalogue of Biblical Quotations .......................46Table Showing the Distribution of Biblical Quotations in Published JBA Incantation Bowls............153Bibliography ..................................................................163Ancient Sources Index....................................................181
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Bible in the Bowls represents a complete catalogue of Hebrew Bible quotations found in the published corpus of Jewish Babylonian Aramaic magic bowls. As our only direct epigraphic witnesses to the Hebrew Bible from late antique Babylonia, the bowls are uniquely placed to contribute to research on the (oral) transmission of the biblical text in late antiquity; the pre-Masoretic Babylonian vocalisation tradition; the formation of the liturgy and the early development of the Jewish prayer book; the social locations of biblical knowledge in late antique Babylonia and socio-religious typologies of the bowls; and the dynamics of scriptural citation in ancient Jewish magic. In a number of cases, the bowls also contain the earliest attestations of biblical verses not found in the Dead Sea Scrolls. Pre-dating the next available evidence by four to five centuries, the bowls are a valuable resource for biblical text critics.By making these valuable witnesses to the Hebrew Bible easily available to scholars, The Bible in the Bowls is designed to facilitate further research by linguists, liturgists, biblical text critics, and students of Jewish magic. It collates and transcribes each biblical verse as it appears in the published bowls, furnishes details of the bowls’ publication, and notes various features of interest. The catalogue is also accompanied by an accessible introduction that briefly introduces the incantation bowls, surveys their deployment of scripture in light of their magical goals, and discusses the orthography of the quotations and what this can tell us about the encounter with the biblical text in late antique Babylonia.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHebrew Bible quotations
=653  \\$aJewish Babylonian Aramaic magic bowls
=653  \\$aoral transmission of the Bible
=653  \\$alate antiquity
=653  \\$apre-Masoretic Babylonian vocalisation tradition
=653  \\$aJewish prayer book
=653  \\$alate antique Babylonia
=653  \\$ascriptural citation
=653  \\$aancient Jewish magic
=700  1\$aMolin, Dorota,$econtributions by.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 16.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0305$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0305_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04233nam  22006252  4500
=001  f56ab50d-1eb9-4168-930a-d0b82c96cbfb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805114192$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805114208$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805114215$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805114239$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805114222$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0430$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aHIS027000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS058000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHWR7$2thema
=072   7$aNHW$2thema
=072   7$a1DDU$2thema
=072   7$aDNBH$2thema
=100  1\$aSmith, Justin,$eauthor.$uDe Montfort University.$0(orcid)0000000341419150$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4141-9150
=245  14$aThe Birds That Wouldn’t Sing :$bRemembering the D-Day Wrens /$cJustin Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+540 pages): $b117 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsList of Figures and VideosThe WrenneryPrologue: Letters from an Unknown WomanPART I — Overlord Embroidery1. Wrens’ Calling (London, 1942–1944)2. Coming of Age (Southwick Park, Summer 1944)PART II — The Far Shore3. Liberation (Granville, September 1944)4. The Cutty Wren (Saint-Germain-en-Laye, Autumn 1944)PART III — The Song of Joannah5. Victory in Europe (especially Paris and Somerset, Spring 1945)6. Occupational Therapy (Germany, 1945–1946)Epilogue: Keeping MumSelect Family TreeBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis compelling book offers a unique perspective on D-Day and its aftermath through the personal testimonies of the Wrens who worked for Admiral Sir Bertram Ramsay during Operation Overlord. Drawing on public and private archives, it reveals the untold stories of the women serving in the Women’s Royal Naval Service (WRNS), balancing their wartime contributions with the strictures of secrecy and censorship. The narrative is framed by letters from these Wrens, which provide intimate glimpses into both the personal and professional challenges they faced during World War II.The book captures the atmosphere of war as experienced by British auxiliaries. It highlights the Wrens' vital but often overlooked role in the D-Day planning effort and beyond, revealing the surreal coexistence of the ordinary and extraordinary in wartime. Focusing in particular on the wartime archive of one of the Wrens, Joan Prior, the author brings to life the contribution of these women to the war effort, while also offering insights into British, French, and German morale and culture. This thoughtful and moving account adds depth to the broader historical narrative of World War II, making it a valuable addition for both the general reader and the professional historian.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWrens
=653  \\$aD-Day
=653  \\$aArchival History
=653  \\$aAdmiral Sir Bertram Ramsay
=653  \\$aOperation Overlord
=653  \\$aWomen's Military Service
=653  \\$aWorld War II
=653  \\$aWomen's Royal Naval Service
=653  \\$aFamily History
=653  \\$aLetters
=653  \\$aMemoir
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0430$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0430_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04673nam  22006132  4500
=001  680cd745-edbf-406f-9976-1ebfebbb6c93
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386016
=020  \\$z9781800643444$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643451$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643468$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646780$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643499$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643475$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643482$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0279$2doi
=024  7\$a1342253863$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aNA281
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVG$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aARC005020 $2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS042000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL031000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSt Clair, William,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Classical Parthenon :$bRecovering the Strangeness of the Ancient World /$cWilliam St Clair.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+330 pages): $b39 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aPublisher's website has statement of responsibility: William St Clair (author), Lucy Barnes (editor), David St Clair (editor).
=505  0\$aEditors’ NoteLucy Barnes and David St ClairPrefacePaul Cartledge1. Recovering the StrangenessStudying a Strange WorldRecovering Ancient Attitudes to ReligionMyths, Origin Stories and the ‘Emergence from Brutishness’ NarrativeViewing Light and TimeLooking In / Looking Out: Experiments in Recovering the Strangeness2. ‘How do we set straight our sacred city?’A Reflection on this Experiment3. Looking at the Parthenon in Classical AthensStories Told in StoneMaking the Mute Stones Speak: The Role of the Viewer4. A New Answer to an Old QuestionThe Scene Above the East DoorRecovering the Ancient Meanings of the Ion Myth5. ‘On the Temple dedicated to the Divine Minerva, vulgarly called the Parthenon’A Note on the Second Experiment6. HeritageBibliographyIllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aComplementing Who Saved the Parthenon? this companion volume sets aside more recent narratives surrounding the Athenian Acropolis, supposedly ‘the very symbol of democracy itself’, instead asking if we can truly access an ancient past imputed with modern meaning. And, if so, how?In this book William St Clair presents a reconstructed understanding of the Parthenon from within the classical Athenian worldview. He explores its role and meaning by weaving together a range of textual and visual sources into two innovative oratorical experiments – a speech in the style of Thucydides and a first-century CE rhetorical exercise – which are used to develop a narrative analysis of the temple structure, revealing a strange story of indigeneity, origins, and empire.The Classical Parthenon offers new answers to old questions, such as the riddle of the Parthenon frieze, and provides a framing device for the wider relationship between visual artefacts, built heritage, and layers of accumulated cultural rhetoric. This groundbreaking and pertinent work will appeal across the disciplines to readers interested in the classics, art history, and the nature of history, while also speaking to a general audience that is interrogating the role of monuments in contemporary society.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAthenian Acropolis
=653  \\$asymbol of democracy
=653  \\$aParthenon
=653  \\$aclassical Athenian worldview
=653  \\$atemple structure
=653  \\$anarrative analysis
=700  1\$aBarnes, Lucy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000214256985$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1425-6985
=700  1\$aSt Clair, David,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aberdeen.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0279$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0279_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04422nam  22006012  4500
=001  49c185aa-8be6-4240-8508-ff80a46696a3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20142014\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467794
=020  \\$z9781909254756$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254763$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254770$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644663$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744206$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781909254787$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254794$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0039$2doi
=024  7\$a878145065$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=050  00$aPN441
=072   7$aFYB$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT018000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT020000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGoyet, Florence,$eauthor.$uStendhal University.
=245  14$aThe Classic Short Story, 1870-1925 :$bTheory of a Genre /$cFlorence Goyet; translated by Yvonne Freccero.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2014.
=264  \4$c©2014
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 212 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aFully revised and updated translation, by Yvonne Freccero and Florence Goyet, of "La nouvelle, 1870-1925 : description d'un genre à son apogée". Paris : Presses universitaires de France, c1993.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroductionPART I: STRUCTURE1. Paroxystic Characterisation2. Antithetic Structure3. Ending with a Twist4. The Tools of Brevity5. Conclusion to Part IPART II: MEDIA6. Exoticism in the Classic Short Story7. Short Stories and the TraveloguePART III: READER, CHARACTER AND AUTHOR8. A Foreign World9. Dialogue and Character Discreditation10. The Narrator, the Reflector and the Reader11. Distance and Emotion12. Conclusion to Part III: Are Dostoevsky’s Short Stories Polyphonic?Epilogue: Beyond the Classic Short StoryBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe ability to construct a nuanced narrative or complex character in the constrained form of the short story has sometimes been seen as the ultimate test of an author's creativity. Yet during the time when the short story was at its most popular - the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries - even the greatest writers followed strict generic conventions that were far from subtle. This expanded and updated translation of Florence Goyet's influential La Nouvelle, 1870-1925: Description d'un genre à son apogée (Paris, 1993) is the only study to focus exclusively on this classic period across different continents. Ranging through French, English, Italian, Russian and Japanese writing - particularly the stories of Guy de Maupassant, Henry James, Giovanni Verga, Anton Chekhov and Akutagawa Ryūnosuke - Goyet shows that these authors were able to create brilliant and successful short stories using the very simple 'tools of brevity' of that period. In this challenging and far-reaching study, Goyet looks at classic short stories in the context in which they were read at the time: cheap newspapers and higher-end periodicals. She demonstrates that, despite the apparent intention of these stories to question bourgeois ideals, they mostly affirmed the prejudices of their readers. In doing so, her book forces us to re-think our preconceptions about this 'forgotten' genre.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFlorence Goyet
=653  \\$aGuy de Maupassant
=653  \\$aHenry James
=653  \\$aGiovanni Verga
=653  \\$aAnton Chekhov
=653  \\$aAkutagawa Ryūnosuke
=653  \\$aShort Stories
=700  1\$aFreccero, Yvonne,$etranslator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0039$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0039_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05550nam  22006132  4500
=001  945bedcd-435c-49f5-9fc6-c704f6da5a10
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452963
=020  \\$z9781783747917$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747924$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747931$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645967$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747962$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747948$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747955$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0184$2doi
=024  7\$a1193020437$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aU394.A75
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPP$2bicssc
=072   7$aTBX$2bicssc
=072   7$aTEC025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aTEC056000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL063000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe DARPA Model for Transformative Technologies :$bPerspectives on the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency /$cedited by William Boone Bonvillian, Richard Van Atta, Patrick Windham.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+488 pages): $b8 illustrations, 10 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aStatement of responsibility on publisher's wepage: William Boone Bonvillian, Richard Van Atta and Patrick Windham (eds.).
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsAcknowledgements1. Introduction: DARPA—The Innovation IconPatrick Windham and Richard Van AttaPART I: PERSPECTIVES ON DARPA2. Fifty Years of Innovation and DiscoveryRichard Van Atta3. NSF and DARPA as Models for Research Funding: An Institutional AnalysisMichael J. Piore, Phech Colatat, and Elisabeth Beck Reynolds4. The Connected Science Model for Innovation—The DARPA ModelWilliam B. Bonvillian5. The Value of Vision in Radical Technological InnovationTamara L. Carleton6. ARPA Does Windows: The Defense Underpinning of the PC RevolutionGlenn R. Fong7. Rethinking the Role of the State in Technology Development: DARPA and the Case for Embedded Network GovernanceErica R. H. Fuchs8. DARPA’s Process for Creating New ProgramsDavid W. Cheney and Richard Van Atta9. Some Questions about the DARPA ModelPatrick WindhamPART II: THE ROLE OF DARPA PROGRAM MANAGERS10. DARPA—Enabling Technical InnovationJinendra Ranka11. Program Management at DARPA: A Personal PerspectiveLarry JackelPART III: APPLYING THE DARPA MODEL IN OTHER SITUATIONS12. Lessons from DARPA for Innovating in Defense Legacy SectorsWilliam B. Bonvillian13. ARPA-E and DARPA: Applying the DARPA Model to Energy InnovationWilliam B. Bonvillian and Richard Van Atta14. IARPA: A Modified DARPA Innovation ModelWilliam B. Bonvillian15. Does NIH need a DARPA?Robert Cook-DeeganPART IV: CONCLUSIONS16. Lessons from DARPA’s ExperienceRichard Van Atta, Patrick Windham and William B. BonvillianRecommendations for Further ReadingList of Illustrations and TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) has played a remarkable role in the creation new transformative technologies, revolutionizing defense with drones and precision-guided munitions, and transforming civilian life with portable GPS receivers, voice-recognition software, self-driving cars, unmanned aerial vehicles, and, most famously, the ARPANET and its successor, the Internet.Other parts of the U.S. Government and some foreign governments have tried to apply the ‘DARPA model’ to help develop valuable new technologies. But how and why has DARPA succeeded? Which features of its operation and environment contribute to this success? And what lessons does its experience offer for other U.S. agencies and other governments that want to develop and demonstrate their own ‘transformative technologies’?This book is a remarkable collection of leading academic research on DARPA from a wide range of perspectives, combining to chart an important story from the Agency’s founding in the wake of Sputnik, to the current attempts to adapt it to use by other federal agencies. Informative and insightful, this guide is essential reading for political and policy leaders, as well as researchers and students interested in understanding the success of this agency and the lessons it offers to others.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aU.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency
=653  \\$aDARPA
=653  \\$atransformative technologies
=653  \\$aU.S. Government
=653  \\$aDARPA model
=700  1\$aBonvillian, William Boone,$eeditor.$uMassachusetts Institute of Technology.
=700  1\$aVan Atta, Richard,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aWindham, Patrick,$eeditor.$uStanford University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0184$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0184_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05707nam  22006252  4500
=001  f0b680d2-068b-4ada-b08e-b5fc1cb52237
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388891
=020  \\$z9781805112600$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112617$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112624$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112655$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112631$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0396$2doi
=024  7\$a1450666124$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGN34.3.C43
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSL1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC070000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJBSL1$2thema
=072   7$aJBSL13$2thema
=072   7$aJHM$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=100  1\$aSommer, Marianne,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Lucerne.
=245  14$aThe Diagrammatics of ‘Race’ :$bVisualizing Human Relatedness in the History of Physical, Evolutionary, and Genetic Anthropology, ca. 1770-2020 /$cMarianne Sommer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+362 pages): $b92 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbout the AuthorIntroductionPart I. Building a Diagrammatics of ‘Race’ in the Emerging Field of Anthropology1.Esthetics, Diagrammatics, and Metrics: The Beginnings of Physical Anthropology2.Samuel George Morton and His (Paper) Skulls3.Kinship Denied and Acknowledged4.Prichard’s Third Edition of Researches (1836–47) and Nott’s and Gliddon’s Types of Mankind (1854)5.Codifying a Diagrammatics of ‘Race’Part II. Maps, Scales, and Trees as (Intertwined) Diagrams of Human Genealogy and Evolution6.The First Tree of the Human ‘Races’: Mappa Mundi, Chain of Being, and Tree of Life7.Map, Scale, and Tree in Natural History8.Map, Scale, and Tree in Darwin, Haeckel and Co.: The Genealogy of the Human Species9.Map, Scale, and Tree in Darwin, Haeckel and Co.: The Genealogy of the Human ‘Races’10.About Treeing…Part III. Radicalizing versus Deconstructing the Family Tree of the Human ‘Races’11.Denying Even the Tree-Structured Human Kinship12.Meandering Rivers and Synthetic Networks against Polygenism13.The Reaffirmation of the Polygenist ‘Tree’14.Cable or Tangled Skein?15.Missing Links to the Eugenic PedigreesPart IV. The Tree, the Map, the Mosaic, and the Network in Genetic Anthropology16.The History, Geography, and Politics of Human Genes17.Genetic Trees, Admixture, and Mosaics18.Gene Flow and Ancient DNA: Trees with Connecting Branches19.The (Diagrammatic) Narratives of Genetic Revolutions20.Deconstructing the Tree Diagram to a Mess – or at least a NetPostscriptReferencesList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is the first book that engages with the history of diagrams in physical, evolutionary, and genetic anthropology. Since their establishment as scientific tools for classification in the eighteenth century, diagrams have been used to determine but also to deny kinship between human groups. In nineteenth-century craniometry, they were omnipresent in attempts to standardize measurements on skulls for hierarchical categorization. In particular the ’human family tree’ was central for evolutionary understandings of human diversity, being used on both sides of debates about whether humans constitute different species well into the twentieth century. With recent advances in (ancient) DNA analyses, the tree diagram has become more contested than ever―does human relatedness take the shape of a network? Are human individual genomes mosaics made up of different ancestries? Sommer examines the epistemic and political role of these visual representations in the history of ‘race’ as an anthropological category. How do such diagrams relate to imperial and (post-)colonial practices and ideologies but also to liberal and humanist concerns?The Diagrammatics of 'Race' concentrates on Western projects from the late 1700s into the present to diagrammatically define humanity, subdividing and ordering it, including the concomitant endeavors to acquire representative samples―bones, blood, or DNA―from all over the world. Contributing to the ‘diagrammatic turn’ in the humanities and social sciences, it reveals connections between diagrams in anthropology and other visual traditions, including in religion, linguistics, biology, genealogy, breeding, and eugenics.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adiagrams
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$arace and diversity
=653  \\$ahistory of science
=653  \\$avisual representation
=653  \\$afamily trees
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0396$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0396_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04866nam  22006252  4500
=001  8ed75376-60fc-4921-99b5-db1fa509b79d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386018
=020  \\$z9781800642362$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642379$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642386$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646889$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642416$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642393$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642409$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0262$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN5123.A77
=072   7$aKNTJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN008000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist, Volume 1 :$b1865–1887 /$cedited by Andrew Hobbs.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (l+676 pages): $b8 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Illustrations Acknowledgements Introduction Editing method Maps ‘My Life’ Family history and brief autobiography Hewitson’s reminiscences of his time on the Preston Guardian The diaries 1865 1866 1867 1868 1872 1873 1874 1875 1881 1884 1885 1887 People frequently mentioned Glossary of technical, dialect and archaic words The Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist Chronology Biographical sketch of Hewitson from the Yorkshire Bibliographer, 1888 Hewitson’s diaries and other papers in Lancashire Archives Books written or edited by Hewitson Bibliography Books read by Hewitson Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAnthony Hewitson (1836-1912) was a typical Victorian journalist, working in one of the largest sectors of the periodical press, provincial newspapers. His diaries, written between 1862 and 1912, lift the veil of anonymity hiding the people, processes and networks involved in the creation of Victorian newspapers. They also tell us about Victorian fatherhood, family life, and the culture of a Victorian town.Diaries of nineteenth-century provincial journalists are extremely rare. Anthony Hewitson went from printer’s apprentice to newspaper reporter and eventually editor of his own paper. Every night he jotted down the day’s doings, his thoughts and feelings. The diaries are a lively account of the reporter’s daily round, covering meetings and court cases, hunting for gossip or attending public executions and variety shows, in and around Preston, Lancashire.Andrew Hobbs’s introduction and footnotes provide background and analysis of these valuable documents. This full scholarly edition offers a wealth of new information about reporting, freelancing, sub-editing, newspaper ownership and publishing, and illuminates aspects of Victorian periodicals and culture extending far beyond provincial newspapers.The Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist are an indispensable research tool for local and regional historians, as well as social and political historians with an interest in Victorian studies and the media. They are also illuminating for anyone interested in nineteenth-century social and cultural history.Open Book Publishers gratefully acknowledge funding for this book from the Marc Fitch Fund, the Historic Society of Lancashire & Cheshire, and the University of Central Lancashire.
=536  \\$aThe Marc Fitch Fund
=536  \\$aUniversity of Central Lancashire
=536  \\$aHistoric Society of Lancashire & Cheshire
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAnthony Hewitson
=653  \\$aVictorian journalist
=653  \\$aprovincial newspaper
=653  \\$adiaries
=653  \\$acreation of Victorian newspapers
=653  \\$aVictorian fatherhood
=653  \\$aVictorian town
=700  1\$aHobbs, Andrew,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Central Lancashire.$0(orcid)000000015943475X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5943-475X
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0262$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0262_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05570nam  22006852  4500
=001  2fc9d2a6-c527-4019-b3af-ff4ffb2fe2b8
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452715
=020  \\$z9781906924454$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924461$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924478$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644465$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924751$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924768$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0019$2doi
=024  7\$a794060466$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aK1443.P83
=072   7$aUBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNRC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW050010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM087000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAW104000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Digital Public Domain :$bFoundations for an Open Culture /$cedited by Melanie Dulong de Rosnay, Juan Carlos De Martin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvii + 222 pages): $b12 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword by Charles NessonIntroduction by Melanie Dulong de Rosnay and Juan Carlos De MartinManifesto and Policy RecommendationsI. Introducing the Digital Public Domain1. Communia and the European Public Domain Project: A Politics of the Public DomainGiancarlo FrosioII. Legal Framework2. Consume and Share: Making Copyright Fit for the Digital AgendaMarco Ricolfi3. Evaluation of the Directive 2001/29/EC in the Digital Information SocietyLucie Guibault4. Building Digital Commons through Open Access Management of Copyright-related RightsGiuseppe MazziottiIII. Developments and Case Studies5. Contractually-constructed Research Commons: A Critical Economic AppraisalEnrico Bertacchini6. Social Motivations and Incentives in Ex Situ Conservation of Microbial Genetic ResourcesTom Dedeurwaerdere, Per M. Stromberg and Unai Pascual7. Open Knowledge: Promises and ChallengesRufus Pollock and Jo Walsh8. Science Commons: Building the Research WebKaitlin Thaney9. The DRIVER Project: The Socio-economic Benefits of a European Scientific CommonsKaren Van Godtsenhoven10. CC REL: The Creative Commons Rights Expression LanguageHal Abelson, Ben Adida, Mike Linksvayer and Nathan Yergler11. The Value of Registering Creative WorksRoland Alton Scheidl, Joe Benso and Martin SpringerSelect Bibliography of Resources Cited
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDigital technology has made culture more accessible than ever before. Texts, audio, pictures and video can easily be produced, disseminated, used and remixed using devices that are increasingly user-friendly and affordable. However, along with this technological democratization comes a paradoxical flipside: the norms regulating culture's use —copyright and related rights —have become increasingly restrictive. This book brings together essays by academics, librarians, entrepreneurs, activists and policy makers, who were all part of the EU-funded Communia project. Together the authors argue that the Public Domain —that is, the informational works owned by all of us, be that literature, music, the output of scientific research, educational material or public sector information —is fundamental to a healthy society. The essays range from more theoretical papers on the history of copyright and the Public Domain, to practical examples and case studies of recent projects that have engaged with the principles of Open Access and Creative Commons licensing. The book is essential reading for anyone interested in the current debate about copyright and the Internet. It opens up discussion and offers practical solutions to the difficult question of the regulation of culture at the digital age. The free PDF edition of this title was made possible by generous funding received from the European Union (eContentplus framework project ECP-2006-PSI-610001).
=536  \\$aFoundation for Baltic and East European Studies$fECP-2006-PSI-610001
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCopyright
=653  \\$acreative commons
=653  \\$athe commons
=653  \\$acommunia
=653  \\$acultural studies
=653  \\$aopen culture
=653  \\$aInternet regulation
=653  \\$alicensing
=653  \\$adigital age
=653  \\$adigitization
=653  \\$acopyright law
=700  1\$aDulong de Rosnay, Melanie,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aDe Martin, Juan Carlos,$eeditor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000278671926$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7867-1926
=700  1\$aNesson, Charles R.,$eforeword by.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aDigital Humanities Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2429$x2054-2410
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0019$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0019_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04021nam  22005532  4500
=001  511353d9-7541-404e-b87d-1254c54520dd
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388896
=020  \\$z9781805113614$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113621$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113638$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113652$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113645$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0417$2doi
=024  7\$a1453602802$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPK2907.G74
=072   7$aPER011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER011020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aATD$2thema
=072   7$aDBSG$2thema
=072   7$a2BBA$2thema
=100  1\$aMorales-Harley, Roberto,$eauthor.$uUniversidad de Costa Rica.$0(orcid)0000000247528588$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4752-8588
=245  14$aThe Embassy, the Ambush, and the Ogre :$bGreco-Roman Influence in Sanskrit Theater /$cRoberto Morales-Harley.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+276 pages): $b4 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Abbreviations1. Can Literary Parallelisms Prove Cultural Contact?: Theater Following in Epic’s Footsteps2. The Embassy: A “Potifar’s Wife” Story3. The Ambush: The Tale of the Tricked Trickster4. The Ogre: “Nobody Seeks to Kill Me!”5. Sanskrit Authors Adapting Greco-Roman Texts: Influences in the Adaptation TechniquesProposed InfluencesProposed BorrowingsFollowed ChronologiesReferencesList of TablesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents a sophisticated and intricate examination of the parallels between Sanskrit and Greco-Roman literature.  By means of a philological and literary analysis, Morales-Harley hypothesizes that Greco-Roman literature was known, understood, and recreated in India. Moreover, it is argued that the techniques for adapting epic into theater could have been Greco-Roman influences in India, and that some of the elements adapted within the literary motifs (specifically the motifs of the embassy, the ambush, and the ogre) could have been Greco-Roman borrowings by Sanskrit authors.This book draws on a wide variety of sources, including Iliad, Phoenix, Rhesus and Cyclops (Greco-Roman) as well as Mahābhārata, The Embassy, The Five Nights and The Middle One (Sanskrit). The result is a well-supported argument which presents us with the possibility of cultural exchange between the Greco-Roman world and India – a possibility which, though hypothetical, is worth acknowledging.Due to its comparative nature, this volume will appeal to both Indologists and Classicists, including Mahābhārata scholars, Sanskrit theater scholars, and those interested in comparative work with Sanskrit literature. It brings an original perspective to the field, and provides inspiration for new lines of research.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSanskrit
=653  \\$aGreco-Roman
=653  \\$aEpic poetry
=653  \\$aTheatre
=653  \\$aphilological analysis
=653  \\$acultural exchange
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0417$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0417_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04628nam  22006252  4500
=001  e613eee4-f939-4530-9a95-64cebb5fac4e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781906924270$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924287$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924294$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644373$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0010$2doi
=024  7\$a940859701$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aBGH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO026000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZur Mühlen, Hermynia,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe End and the Beginning :$bThe Book of My Life /$cedited by Lionel Gossman; Hermynia Zur Mühlen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (295 pages): $b34 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"Translated, annotated and with an introduction by Lionel Gossman"--Front cover and publisher's website. Originally published in German as: Ende und Anfang : ein Lebensbuch / von Hermynia zur Mühlen. Berlin : S. Fischer, 1929.
=505  0\$aTranslator’s Introductory Note1. The End and the Beginning: The Book of My LifeHermynia Zur Mühlen2. 1950 Supplement to Ende und AnfangHermynia Zur Mühlen3. Notes on persons and events mentioned in the memoir4. Remembering Hermynia Zur Mühlen: A TributeLionel GossmanList of works by Hermynia Zur Mühlen in English translation
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFirst published in Germany in 1929, The End and the Beginning is a lively memoir of a vanished world and of a rebellious young woman’s struggle to achieve independence. Born in 1883 into a distinguished and wealthy aristocratic family of the old Austro-Hungarian Empire, Hermynia Zur Mühlen spent much of her childhood traveling in Europe and North Africa with her diplomat father. After five years on her German husband’s estate in czarist Russia she broke with both her family and her husband and set out on a precarious career as a professional writer committed to socialism. As well as translating many leading contemporary authors, notably Upton Sinclair, into German, she herself published an impressive number of politically engaged novels, detective stories, short stories, and children’s fairy tales. Because of her outspoken opposition to National Socialism, she had to flee her native Austria in 1938 and seek refuge in England, where she died, virtually penniless, in 1951. This revised and corrected translation of Zur Mühlen’s memoir—with extensive notes and an essay on the author by Lionel Gossman—will appeal especially to readers interested in women’s history, World War I, and the culture and politics of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Seven free online supplements are also provided, containing additional original material including a selection of newly translated stories by Zur Mühlen, biographical essays by Gossman and a portfolio of images. The Federal Ministry of Education, Art, and Culture, Department of Literature (/BMUKK-Kultur; Literaturabteilung/), Vienna, Austria, has generously contributed towards the publication of this volume.
=536  \\$aFoundation for Baltic and East European Studies
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWorld War I
=653  \\$aFirst World War
=653  \\$aGreat War
=653  \\$awomen's history
=653  \\$amemoir
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aautobiography
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$aEuropean History
=653  \\$aGerman literature
=653  \\$aAustrian literature
=653  \\$afeminism
=653  \\$aNazism
=653  \\$aAustro-Hungarian Empire
=700  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0010$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0010_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03849nam  22007092  4500
=001  6ed799de-77a5-44fd-80aa-5a9940b3a44c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467811
=020  \\$z9781906924508$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924515$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924522$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644427$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924614$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924621$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0015$2doi
=024  7\$a939888894$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN56.E63
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aAP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004260$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER004030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLisboa, Maria Manuel,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  14$aThe End of the World :$bApocalypse and its Aftermath in Western Culture /$cMaria Manuel Lisboa.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvii + 196 pages): $b24 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrologueChapter 1Apocalypse Now and AgainChapter 2The World Gone M.A.D.Chapter 3And Then There Was Nothing: Is The End Ever Really The End?Chapter 4Falling out with Hal and HesterChapter 5Dying of Happiness: Utopia at the End of this WorldAfterwordLibera Me, Domine, De Vita Æterna
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aOur fear of the world ending, like our fear of the dark, is ancient, deep-seated and perennial. It crosses boundaries of space and time, recurs in all human communities and finds expression in every aspect of cultural production – from pre-historic cave paintings to high-tech computer games. This book examines historical and imaginary scenarios of Apocalypse, the depiction of its likely triggers, and imagined landscapesin the aftermath of global destruction. Its discussion moves effortlessly from classic novels including Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four and Margaret Atwood’s Oryx and Crake, to blockbuster films such as Blade Runner, Armageddon and The Terminator. The author also takes into account religious doctrine, scientific research and the visual arts to create a penetrating, multi-disciplinarystudy that provides profound insight into one of Western culture’s darkest and most enduring preoccupations.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Cambridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aApocalypse
=653  \\$aBrave New World
=653  \\$aNineteen Eighty-Four
=653  \\$a1984
=653  \\$aOryx and Crake
=653  \\$aBlade Runner
=653  \\$aArmageddon
=653  \\$aHarry Potter
=653  \\$aTerminator
=653  \\$acultural studies
=653  \\$afilm studies
=653  \\$aliterature
=653  \\$aMargaret Atwood
=653  \\$aGeorge Orwell
=653  \\$aAldous Huxley
=653  \\$aDouglas Adams
=653  \\$aJohn Wyndham
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0015$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0015_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05615nam  22006132  4500
=001  0a273bfc-0d28-4613-b618-2092f4df6a69
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452722
=020  \\$z9781783742431$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742448$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742455$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645158$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746293$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742462$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742479$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0096$2doi
=024  7\$a953734585$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP96.E57
=072   7$aRN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aUD$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCOM079000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC000000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Environment in the Age of the Internet :$bActivists, Communication, and the Digital Landscape /$cedited by Heike Graf.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 178 pages): $b16 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aSeries title added by publisher retrospectively.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsForeword1. Introduction by Heike GrafResonance in News MediaAbout this VolumeReferences2. The Environment in Disguise: Insurgency and Digital Media in the Southern Cone by Virginia MeliánBackgroundDigital Media and ProtestThe StudyCamouflaged ArgumentsUser-Generated Content and Mainstream MediaNetworking beyond the DigitalMobile Personal EngagementOpportunities for Public DebateCivic Engagement and Media PracticeConclusionReferences3. Exploitation or Preservation? Your Choice! Digital Modes of Expressing Perceptions of Nature and the Land by Coppélie CocqMining Boom, Land Rights, and Perceptions of the EnvironmentYouTube: A Channel for Environmental ActivismContesting NarrativesMedia LogicPolarisation or Zone of ContactConclusionsReferences4. Natural Ecology Meets Media Ecology: Indigenous Climate Change Activists’ Views on Nature and Media by Anna Roosvall and Matthew TegelbergIntroductionDefining Traditional Ecological KnowledgeDefining Media EcologyMethod and MaterialAnalysisConclusionsReferences5. The Culture of Nature: The Environmental Communication of Gardening Bloggers by Heike GrafGarden BlogsEnvironmental Communication from a Systems-Theoretical PerspectiveDifference-Theoretical ApproachThe Role of TopicsEcology and Gardening in the Mainstream MediaThe Topics of Gardening BlogsConsumption: Developing/Refusing a ‘Buyosphere’Production: Developing Green GardeningConclusionsReferences6. The Militant Media of Neo-Nazi Environmentalism by Madeleine Hurd and Steffen WertherNPD Media: Party WebsitesEmotionsThe NPD and the EnvironmentThe Neo-Nazi World of Umwelt & AktivNature-Oriented Action: A Cure for National IllsWomen, Youth, and Germanic Nature: From Umwelt to AktionReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aHow do we talk about the environment? Does this communication reveal and construct meaning? Is the environment expressed and foregrounded in the new landscape of digital media?The Environment in the Age of the Internet is an interdisciplinary collection that draws together research and answers from media and communication studies, social sciences, modern history, and folklore studies. Edited by Heike Graf, its focus is on the communicative approaches taken by different groups to ecological issues, shedding light on how these groups tell their distinctive stories of "the environment". This book draws on case studies from around the world and focuses on activists of radically different kinds: protestors against pulp mills in South America, resistance to mining in the Sámi region of Sweden, the struggles of indigenous peoples from the Arctic to the Amazon, gardening bloggers in northern Europe, and neo-Nazi environmentalists in Germany. Each case is examined in relation to its multifaceted media coverage, mainstream and digital, professional and amateur.Stories are told within a context; examining the "what" and "how" of these environmental stories demonstrates how contexts determine communication, and how communication raises and shapes awareness. These issues have never been more urgent, this work never more timely. The Environment in the Age of the Internet is essential reading for everyone interested in how humans relate to their environment in the digital age.
=536  \\$aFoundation for Baltic and East European Studies
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEnvironment
=653  \\$aInternet
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$acommunication
=653  \\$amedia studies
=653  \\$ablogs
=653  \\$aecological activism
=700  1\$aGraf, Heike,$eeditor.$uSödertörn University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0096$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0096_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05280nam  22006852  4500
=001  27ee8b2e-cd7f-420e-97ab-5ae534bb78e4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800647862$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647879$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647886$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647923$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647916$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647893$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0336$2doi
=024  7\$a1399424836$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aGPQD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aGTQ$2thema
=072   7$aJPQB$2thema
=072   7$aJHB$2thema
=245  04$aThe Era of Global Risk :$bAn Introduction to Existential Risk Studies /$cedited by SJ Beard, Martin Rees, Catherine Richards, Clarissa Rios Rojas.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+310 pages): $b2 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroduction1. A Brief History of Existential Risk and the People Who
 Worked to Mitigate It2. Theories and Models: Understanding and Predicting
 Societal Collapse3. Existential Risk and Science Governance4. Beyond “Error and Terror”: Global Justice and Global
5. We Have to Include Everyone: Enabling Humanity to 
Reduce Existential Risk6. Natural Global Catastrophic Risks7. Ecological Breakdown and Human Extinction8. Biosecurity, Biosafety and Dual Use: Will Humanity 
Minimise Potential Harms in the Age of Biotechnology? 9. From Turing’s Speculations to an Academic
 Discipline: A History of AI Existential Safety10. Military Artificial Intelligence as a Contributor
to Global Catastrophic Risk Afterword Contributor Biographies Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis innovative and comprehensive collection of essays explores the biggest threats facing humanity in the 21st century; threats that cannot be contained or controlled and that have the potential to bring about human extinction and civilization collapse. Bringing together experts from many disciplines, it provides an accessible survey of what we know about these threats, how we can understand them better, and most importantly what can be done to manage them effectively.These essays pair insights from decades of research and activism around global risk with the latest academic findings from the emerging field of Existential Risk Studies. Voicing the work of world leading experts and tackling a variety of vital issues, they weigh up the demands of natural systems with political pressures and technological advances to build an empowering vision of how we can safeguard humanity’s long-term future. The book covers both a comprehensive survey of how to study and manage global risks with in-depth discussion of core risk drivers: including environmental breakdown, novel technologies, global scale natural disasters, and nuclear threats. The Era of Global Risk offers a thorough analysis of the most serious dangers to humanity. Inspiring, accessible, and essential reading for both students of global risk and those committed to its mitigation, this book poses one critical question: how can we make sense of this era of global risk and move beyond it to an era of global safety?
=536  \\$aCentre for the Study of Existential Risk
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aExistential Risk Studies
=653  \\$aNatural systems
=653  \\$aTechnological advances
=653  \\$aEnvironmental breakdown
=653  \\$aNatural disasters
=653  \\$aNuclear threats
=653  \\$aManagement
=653  \\$aResearch
=700  1\$aBeard, SJ,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.$0(orcid)0000000228340993$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2834-0993
=700  1\$aRees, Martin,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.
=700  1\$aRichards, Catherine,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.$0(orcid)0000000200840734$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0084-0734
=700  1\$aRios Rojas, Clarissa,$eeditor.$uCentre for the Study of Existential Risk.$0(orcid)0000000165444663$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6544-4663
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0336$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0336_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06774nam  22006732  4500
=001  78a7527f-9f48-4d5a-a85f-4c1f52daa381
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452880
=020  \\$z9781783746996$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747009$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747016$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645837$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0168$2doi
=024  7\$a1107447359$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQA39.3
=072   7$aPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aYQM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBK$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBM$2bicssc
=072   7$aPBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aMAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMAT012000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBorovik, Alexandre,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Manchester.$0(orcid)0000000308088687$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0808-8687
=245  14$aThe Essence of Mathematics Through Elementary Problems /$cAlexandre Borovik, Tony Gardiner.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+377 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 3.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceAbout this textI. Mental Skills1.1. Mental arithmetic and algebra1.1.1 Times tables.1.1.2 Squares, cubes, and powers of 2.1.1.3 Primes1.1.4 Common factors and common multiples1.1.5 The Euclidean algorithm1.1.6 Fractions and ratio1.1.7 Surds1.2. Direct and inverse procedures1.2.1. Factorisation1.3. Structural arithmetic1.4. Pythagoras’ Theorem1.4.1 Pythagoras’ Theorem, trig for special angles, and CAST1.4.2 Converses and Pythagoras’ Theorem1.4.3 Pythagorean triples1.4.4 Sums of two squares1.5. Visualisation1.6. Trigonometry and radians1.6.1. Sine Rule1.6.2 Radians and spherical triangles1.6.3. Polar form and sin(A+B)1.7. Regular polygons and regular polyhedra1.7.1. Regular polygons are cyclic”1.7.2. Regular polyhedra1.8. Chapter 1: Comments and solutionsII. Arithmetic2.1. Place value and decimals: basic structure2.2. Order and factors2.3. Standard written algorithms2.4. Divisibility tests2.5. Sequences2.5.1 Triangular numbers2.5.2 Fibonacci numbers2.6. Commutative, associative and distributive laws2.7. Infinite decimal expansions2.8. The binary numeral system2.9. The Prime Number Theorem2.10. Chapter 2: Comments and solutionsIII. Word Problems3.1. Twenty problems which embody “3 — 1 = 2”3.2. Some classical examples3.3. Speed and acceleration3.4. Hidden connections3.5. Chapter 3: Comments and solutionsIV. Algebra4.1. Simultaneous linear equations and symmetry4.2. Inequalities and modulus4.2.1 Geometrical interpretation of modulus, of inequalities, and of modulus inequalities4.2.2 Inequalities4.3. Factors, roots, polynomials and surds4.3.1 Standard factorisations4.3.2 Quadratic equations4.4. Complex numbers4.5. Cubic equations4.6. An extra4.7. Chapter 4: Comments and solutionsV. Geometry5.1. Comparing geometry and arithmetic5.2. Euclidean geometry: a brief summary5.3. Areas, lengths and angles5.4. Regular and semi-regular tilings in the plane5.5. Ruler and compasses constructions for regular polygons5.6. Regular and semi-regular polyhedra5.7. The Sine Rule and the Cosine Rule5.8. Circular arcs and circular sectors5.9. Convexity5.10. Pythagoras’ Theorem in three dimensions5.11. Loci and conic sections5.12. Cubes in higher dimensions5.13. Chapter 5: Comments and solutionsVI. Infinity: recursion, induction, infinite descent6.1. Proof by mathematical induction I6.2. ‘Mathematical induction’ and ‘scientific induction’6.3. Proof by mathematical induction II6.4. Infinite geometric series6.5. Some classical inequalities6.6. The harmonic series6.7. Induction in geometry, combinatorics and number theory6.8. Two problems6.8. Infinite descent6.10. Chapter 6: Comments and solutions
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIt is increasingly clear that the shapes of reality – whether of the natural world, or of the built environment – are in some profound sense mathematical. Therefore it would benefit students and educated adults to understand what makes mathematics itself ‘tick’, and to appreciate why its shapes, patterns and formulae provide us with precisely the language we need to make sense of the world around us. The second part of this challenge may require some specialist experience, but the authors of this book concentrate on the first part, and explore the extent to which elementary mathematics allows us all to understand something of the nature of mathematics from the inside.The Essence of Mathematics consists of a sequence of 270 problems – with commentary and full solutions. The reader is assumed to have a reasonable grasp of school mathematics. More importantly, s/he should want to understand something of mathematics beyond the classroom, and be willing to engage with (and to reflect upon) challenging problems that highlight the essence of the discipline.The book consists of six chapters of increasing sophistication (Mental Skills; Arithmetic; Word Problems; Algebra; Geometry; Infinity), with interleaved commentary. The content will appeal to students considering further study of mathematics at university, teachers of mathematics at age 14-18, and anyone who wants to see what this kind of elementary content has to tell us about how mathematics really works.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMathematics
=653  \\$aElementary Problems
=653  \\$amake sense of the world
=653  \\$amathematics beyond the classroom
=653  \\$aMental Skills
=653  \\$aArithmetic
=653  \\$aWord Problems
=653  \\$aAlgebra
=653  \\$aGeometry
=653  \\$aInfinity
=700  1\$aGardiner, Tony,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Birmingham.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOBP Series in Mathematics ;$vvol. 3.$x2397-1134$x2397-1126
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0168$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0168_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  11254nam  22007572  4500
=001  c7a8579a-2de3-4899-a700-8a906fb8fadb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385931
=020  \\$z9781800648708$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648715$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648722$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648760$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648753$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648739$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800648746$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0323$2doi
=024  7\$a1370944474$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aD209
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLH$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe European Experience :$bA Multi-Perspective History of Modern Europe, 1500–2000 /$cedited by Jan Hansen, Jochen Hung, Jaroslav Ira, Judit Klement, Sylvain Lesage, Juan Luis Simal, Andrew Tompkins.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+972 pages): $b73 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1.1.1 Ideas of Europe in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)1.1.2 Ideas of Europe in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)1.1.3 Ideas of Europe in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)1.2.1 Borders in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)1.2.2 Borders in Modern History (1800–1900)1.2.3 Borders in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)1.3.1 Migration in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)1.3.2 Migration and Diaspora in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)1.3.3 Migration in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)1.4.1 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and Middle East in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)1.4.2 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)1.4.3 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)2.1.1 Demographic Change in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)2.1.2 Demographic Change in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)2.1.3 Demographic Change in Europe in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)2.2.1 Interethnic Relations in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)2.2.2 Interethnic Relations in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)2.2.3 Interethnic Relations in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)2.3.1 Household and Family in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)2.3.2 Household and Family in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)2.3.3 Household and Family in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)2.4.1 Inequalities in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)2.4.2 Inequalities in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)2.4.3 Inequalities in Contemporary History (c. 1900–2000)3.1.1 State-building and Nationalism in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)3.1.2 State-building and Nationalism in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)3.1.3 State-building and Nationalism in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)3.2.1 Empire and Colonialism in Early Modern History (1500–1800)3.2.2 Empire and Colonialism in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)3.2.3 Empires and Colonialism in Contemporary History (1900–2000)3.3.1 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)3.3.2 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Modern History (c. 1800–1900)3.3.3 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)3.4.1 Peace and Conflict in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)3.4.2 Peace and Conflict in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)3.4.3 Peace and Conflict in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)3.5.1 Protest and Social Movements in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)3.5.2 Protest and Social Movements in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)3.5.3 Protest and Social Movements in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)4.1.1 Science and Technological Change in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)4.1.2 Science and Technological Change in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)4.1.3 Science and Technological Change in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)4.2.1 Social Engineering and Welfare in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)4.2.2 Social Engineering and Welfare in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)4.2.3 Social Engineering and Welfare in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)4.3.1 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)4.3.2 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)4.3.3 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Contemporary History (1900–2000)4.4.1 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)4.4.2 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)4.4.3 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)5.1.1 Entrepreneurs, Markets and Companies in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)5.1.2 Entrepreneurs, Markets and Companies in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)5.1.3 Entrepreneurs, Companies and Markets in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)5.2.1 Distributing Wealth in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)5.2.2 Distributing Wealth in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)5.2.3 Distributing Wealth in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)5.3.1 Production and Consumption in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)5.3.2 Production and Consumption in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)5.3.3 Production and Consumption in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)5.4.1 Labour and Forced Labour in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)5.4.2 Labour in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)5.4.3 Labour and Forced Labour in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)6.1.1 Religions in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)6.1.2 Religions in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)6.1.3 Religions in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)6.2.1 Ideologies in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)6.2.2 Ideologies in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)6.2.3 Ideologies in Contemporary History (c.1900–2000)6.3.1 Centres and Peripheries in Early Modern Europe (c. 1500–1800)6.3.2 Centres and Peripheries in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)6.3.3 Centres and Peripheries in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)6.4.1 Generations and Lifecycles in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)6.4.2 Generations and Lifecycles in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)6.4.3 Generations and Lifecycles in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)7.1.1 Experiments and Avant-gardes in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)7.1.2 Experiments and Avant-gardes in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)7.1.3 Experiments and Avant-Gardes in Contemporary History (1900–2000)7.2.1 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Early Modern History (1500–1800)7.2.2 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)7.2.3 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)7.3.1 Sports and Leisure in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)7.3.2 Sports and Leisure in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)7.3.3 Sports and Leisure in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)7.4.1 Heritage and Memory in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800)7.4.2 Heritage and Memory in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900)7.4.3 Heritage and Memory in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000)
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe European Experience brings together the expertise of nearly a hundred historians from eight European universities to internationalise and diversify the study of modern European history, exploring a grand sweep of time from 1500 to 2000. Offering a valuable corrective to the Anglocentric narratives of previous English-language textbooks, scholars from all over Europe have pooled their knowledge on comparative themes such as identities, cultural encounters, power and citizenship, and economic development to reflect the complexity and heterogeneous nature of the European experience. Rather than another grand narrative, the international author teams offer a multifaceted and rich perspective on the history of the continent of the past 500 years. Each major theme is dissected through three chronological sub-chapters, revealing how major social, political and historical trends manifested themselves in different European settings during the early modern (1500–1800), modern (1800–1900) and contemporary period (1900–2000). This resource is of utmost relevance to today’s history students in the light of ongoing internationalisation strategies for higher education curricula, as it delivers one of the first multi-perspective and truly ‘European’ analyses of the continent’s past. Beyond the provision of historical content, this textbook equips students with the intellectual tools to interrogate prevailing accounts of European history, and enables them to seek out additional perspectives in a bid to further enrich the discipline.
=536  \\$aEuropean Commission$eErasmus+$fTeaching European History in the 21st Century
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amodern European history
=653  \\$aEuropean prospective
=653  \\$aidentities
=653  \\$acultural encounters
=653  \\$apower
=653  \\$acitizenship
=653  \\$aeconomic development
=700  1\$aHansen, Jan,$eeditor.$uHumboldt-Universität zu Berlin.$0(orcid)0000000195512989$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9551-2989
=700  1\$aHung, Jochen,$eeditor.$uUtrecht University.$0(orcid)0000000345055040$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4505-5040
=700  1\$aIra, Jaroslav,$eeditor.$uCharles University.$0(orcid)0000000236861801$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3686-1801
=700  1\$aKlement, Judit,$eeditor.$uEötvös Loránd University.$0(orcid)0000000341340805$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4134-0805
=700  1\$aLesage, Sylvain,$eeditor.$uUniversité de Lille.$0(orcid)0000000284620957$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8462-0957
=700  1\$aLuis Simal, Juan,$eeditor.$uUniversidad Autónoma de Madrid.$0(orcid)000000015899259X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5899-259X
=700  1\$aTompkins, Andrew,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Sheffield.$0(orcid)0000000260442316$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6044-2316
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0323$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0323_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05323nam  22006612  4500
=001  e0ee1c99-4f88-4ee5-b0a1-d0539a618c04
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390255
=020  \\$z9781800641884$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800641891$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800641907$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646872$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800641938$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800641914$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800641921$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0254$2doi
=024  7\$a1303696988$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ289 .F67
=072   7$aAFH$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLW3$2bicssc
=072   7$aART048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027110$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS027130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Form of Ideology and the Ideology of Form :$bCold War, Decolonization and Third World Print Cultures /$cedited by Francesca Orsini, Neelam Srivastava, Laetitia Zecchini.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+326 pages): $b24 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsList of IllustrationsNotes on ContributorsNote on TransliterationIntroductionFrancesca Orsini, Neelam Srivastava and Laetitia Zecchini1. The Traveller as Internationalist: Syed Mujtaba Ali Supriya Chaudhuri2. Writing Friendship: The Fraternal Travelogue and China-India Cultural Diplomacy in the 1950sJia Yan3. Literary Activism: Hindi Magazines, the Short Story and the WorldFrancesca Orsini4. Publishing the Resistance: Third-Worldist Writing in Cold War ItalyNeelam Srivastava5. The Meanings, Forms and Exercise of ‘Freedom’: The Indian PEN and the Indian Committee for Cultural Freedom (1930s-1960s)Laetitia Zecchini6. Moroccan Intellectuals Between Decolonisation and the Arab Cold War: Abdallah Laroui’s Critical and Literary WritingKarima Laachir7. The Poetics and Politics of Solidarity: Barg el-Lil (1961) and AfrotopiaItzea Goikolea-Amiano8. Euforia, Desencanto: Roberto Bolaño and Barcelona Publishing in the Transition to DemocracyPaulo Lemos HortaAfterword: A World of PrintPeter KallineyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis timely volume focuses on the period of decolonization and the Cold War as the backdrop to the emergence of new and diverse literary aesthetics that accompanied anti-imperialist commitments and Afro-Asian solidarity. Competing internationalist frameworks produced a flurry of writings that made Asian, African and other world literatures visible to each other for the first time. The book’s essays examine a host of print culture formats (magazines, newspapers, manifestos, conference proceedings, ephemera, etc.) and modes of cultural mediation and transnational exchange that enabled the construction of a variously inflected Third-World culture which played a determining role throughout the Cold War.The essays in this collection focus on locations as diverse as Morocco, Tunisia, South Asia, China, Spain, and Italy, and on texts in Arabic, English, French, Hindi, Italian, and Spanish. In doing so, they highlight the combination of local debates and struggles, and internationalist networks and aspirations that found expression in essays, novels, travelogues, translations, reviews, reportages and other literary forms.With its comparative study of print cultures with a focus on decolonization and the Cold War, the volume makes a major contribution both to studies of postcolonial literary and print cultures, and to cultural Cold War studies in multilingual and non-Western contexts, and will be of interest to historians and literary scholars alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adecolonization
=653  \\$aCold War
=653  \\$aanti-imperialist commitments
=653  \\$aAfro-Asian solidarity
=700  1\$aOrsini, Francesca,$eeditor.$uSchool of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), University of London.$0(orcid)000000033608005X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3608-005X
=700  1\$aSrivastava, Neelam,$eeditor.$uNewcastle University.
=700  1\$aZecchini, Laetitia,$eeditor.$uFrench National Centre for Scientific Research.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0254$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0254_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05961nam  22006612  4500
=001  158ff319-ebe5-4b06-99b8-702185861e73
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386024
=020  \\$z9781800643505$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643512$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643529$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646650$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643550$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643536$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643543$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0280$2doi
=024  7\$a1289367449$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aRA644.C67
=072   7$aKFFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS036000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Great Reset :$b2021 European Public Investment Outlook /$cedited by Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno, Andrew Watt.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxviii+230 pages): $b67 illustrations, 23 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 10.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aPrevious edition published as: A European public investment outlook / edited by Floriana Cerniglia and Francesco Saraceno. 2020.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsAuthors’ BiographiesPreface Franco Bassanini, Sebastian Dullien, Alberto Quadrio Curzio and Xavier RagotIntroduction Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno and Andrew WattReferencesPart I-Outlook1. Public Investment in the Pandemic—Europe at a Glance Andrea Brasili, Atanas Kolev, Debora Revoltella and Jochen Schanz2. From Fiscal Consolidation to the Plan de relance: Investment Trends in France Mathieu Plane and Francesco Saraceno3. Public Investment in Germany: Much More Needs to Be Done Katja Rietzler and Andrew Watt4. Relaunching Public Investment in Italy Giovanni Barbieri and Floriana Cerniglia5. Public Investment in Poland Adam Czerniak and Sebastian Płóciennik6. Trends and Patterns in Public Investment in Spain: An Update José Villaverde and Adolfo MazaPART II-Challenges7. Crowding In-Out of Public Investment Luigi Durand, Raphael Espinoza, William Gbohoui and Mouhamadou Sy8. Investing in Health Pierre-Yves Geoffard9. Education, Human Capital, and Social Cohesion Lieve Fransen, Romano Prodi and Edoardo Reviglio10. COVID-19 and the Corporate Digital Divide Désirée Rückert, Reinhilde Veugelers, Antilia Virginie and Christoph Weiss11. EU Investment in Energy Supply for Europe Carlo Jaeger, Diana Mangalagiu and Jonas Teitge12. Environmental Impact Evaluation of a European High-Speed Railway Network along the "European Silk Road” Maximilian Zangl, Katharina Weber, Muhammad Usman Zahid and Mario Holzner13. Cohesion Policy and Public Investment in the EU Giuseppe Coco and Raffaele LagravineseList of TablesList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis timely and insightful collection of essays written by economists from a range of academic and policy institutes explores the subject of public investment through two avenues. The first examines public investment trends and needs in Europe, addressing the initiatives taken by European governments to tackle the COVID-19 recession and to rebuild their economies. The second identifies key domains where European public investment is needed to build a more sustainable Europe, from climate change to human capital formation.Building on the 2020 edition, The Great Reset demonstrates the value of public capital both within European countries and as a European public good, shedding light on the impact that the NextGenerationEU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility will likely have on the macroeconomic structure of the European economy. The first part of the Outlook assesses the state of public investment in Europe at large, as well as focusing on five countries (France, Germany, Italy, Poland and Spain) as case studies. The second part focuses on the challenges posed by the pandemic and the pillars of the NextGenerationEU investment plan, with chapters ranging from education and digitalization, to territorial cohesion and green transition.This book is a must-read for economists, policymakers, and scholars interested in the impact and recovery of European countries during a time of extensive uncertainty.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$apublic investment
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aEuropean governments
=653  \\$aCOVID-19 recession
=653  \\$asustainable Europe
=653  \\$aclimate change
=653  \\$ahuman capital formation
=653  \\$aNextGenerationEU
=700  1\$aCerniglia, Floriana,$eeditor.$uUniversità Cattolica del Sacro Cuore.$0(orcid)000000019972716X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9972-716X
=700  1\$aSaraceno, Francesco,$eeditor.$uSciences Po, Paris.$0(orcid)0000000301214329$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0121-4329
=700  1\$aWatt, Andrew,$eeditor.$uHans-Böckler Foundation.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 10.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0280$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0280_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05985nam  22005892  4500
=001  eb3ec30b-4957-45e2-8356-06045f349fa7
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385929
=020  \\$z9781800649804$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649811$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649828$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0310$2doi
=024  7\$a1369663912$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBS718
=072   7$aHRAX$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRCG9$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006630$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006700$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHornkohl, Aaron D.,$eauthor.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.
=245  14$aThe Historical Depth of the Tiberian Reading Tradition of Biblical Hebrew /$cAaron D. Hornkohl.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+546 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 17.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments............................................................. ixAbbreviations ................................................................... xiIntroduction....................................................................... 1Part I: Conscious Replacement ........................................ 431. The Tetragrammaton................................................... 45and Similar........................................ 55 לֵ רָ אֹות אֶ ת־פְּ נֵ י יְּהוָ ה .23. Ketiv-Qere Euphemisms................................................ 67Part II: Linguistic Developments...................................... 814. The Proper Name Issachar ........................................... 835. את ַר ְּק ִל Liqra(ʾ)ṯ............................................................. 936. The 2MS Endings........................................................ 1017. The 2FS Endings......................................................... 1458. The Qere Perpetuum וא ִה.............................................. 1619. The 2/3FPL Endings ................................................... 17110. Nifalisation .............................................................. 18311. Hifilisation............................................................... 20912. Pielisation................................................................ 25313. Hitpaelisation .......................................................... 28914. Ṭɛrɛm Qaṭal.............................................................. 31915. Ha-Qaṭal...................................................................34716. Wayyiqṭol .................................................................37317. 1st-person Wayyiqṭol................................................38518. I-y We-yiqṭol for Weqaṭal..........................................441Conclusion .....................................................................463References......................................................................481Index..............................................................................519
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume explores an underappreciated feature of the standard Tiberian Masoretic tradition of Biblical Hebrew, namely its composite nature. Focusing on cases of dissonance between the tradition’s written (consonantal) and reading (vocalic) components, the study shows that the Tiberian spelling and pronunciation traditions, though related, interdependent, and largely in harmony, at numerous points reflect distinct oral realisations of the biblical text. Where the extant vocalisation differs from the apparently pre-exilic pronunciation presupposed by the written tradition, the former often exhibits conspicuous affinity with post-exilic linguistic conventions as seen in representative Second Temple material, such as the core Late Biblical Hebrew books, the Dead Sea Scrolls, Ben Sira, rabbinic literature, the Samaritan Pentateuch, and contemporary Aramaic and Syriac material. On the one hand, such instances of written-reading disharmony clearly entail a degree of anachronism in the vocalisation of Classical Biblical Hebrew compositions. On the other, since many of the innovative and secondary features in the Tiberian vocalisation tradition are typical of sources from the Second Temple Period and, in some cases, are documented as minority alternatives in even earlier material, the Masoretic reading tradition is justifiably characterised as a linguistic artefact of profound historical depth.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$astandard Tiberian Masoretic tradition
=653  \\$aHebrew Bible
=653  \\$awritten components (consonantal)
=653  \\$areading components (vocalic)
=653  \\$aTiberian spelling
=653  \\$aTiberian pronunciation
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 17.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0310$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0310_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  12717nam  22007212  4500
=001  fff33c6a-ed8c-49b5-af9d-5a7fca366bc4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452600
=020  \\$z9781783743780$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743797$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743803$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645424$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744152$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743810$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743827$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0123$2doi
=024  7\$a993367305$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QFE$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Idea of Europe :$bEnlightenment Perspectives /$cedited by Catriona Seth, Rotraud von Kulessa.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 166 pages): $b63 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$a"The Idea of Europe follows its sister edition in French, L'idée de l'Europe au Siècle des Lumières, also published by Open Book Publishers."--Publisher's website. Originally published in French as: L'idée de l'Europe au Siècle des Lumières / textes réunis par Rotraud von Kulessa et Catriona Seth. Cambridge : Open Book Publishers, 2017. The statement of responsibility is transcribed exactly as found on the title-page: translated by Catriona Seth et al..
=505  0\$aPreface1. Friedrich Schiller, ‘Ode to Joy’A Hymn for Europe2. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, MemoirsHenry IV of France’s Great Design3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeEurope: A Project for Peace4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, A Lasting Peace through the Federation of EuropeA Study of Abbé de Saint-Pierre’s Suggestions5. Immanuel Kant, Perpetual PeaceUniversal Peace6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeWhat Size should Europe Be?7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Judgment on Perpetual PeaceThe European Union: An Unrealistic Project?8. Edward Gibbon, The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman EmpireSeeing Beyond Borders9. Louis de Jaucourt, ‘Europe’ in Diderot and D’Alembert’s EncyclopédieEurope in the Encyclopédie10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, The Fantastic Voyage of the Great Piscátor of SalamancaThe Geography of Europe11. Anonymous, ‘Academy of History’ in Supplement to the EncyclopédieHistory and Political Interests12. Maximilien de Béthune, Duke of Sully, MemoirsA Prototype for the European Parliament?13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeEurope and Islam14. Voltaire, Essay on the Mores and the Spirit of the NationsEurope’s True Wealth is its Cultural Heritage15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human MindMaking Rules to Bring About Peace16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeOur Russian Neighbour17. Voltaire, The Century of Louis XIVChristian Europe as a Great Republic?18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeUnity in Diversity19. Montesquieu, The Spirit of LawsEuropean Commerce20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeReligious Toleration21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeThe Riches of European Cuisine22. Montesquieu, Persian LettersEurope through Persian Eyes23. Germaine de Staël, On Literature Considered in Relation to Social InstitutionsLiterature from the North to the South24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, The Spirit of NationsOf National Characters25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeLinguistic Diversity in Europe26. August Wilhem Schlegel, Outline of the European Conditions of German LiteratureThe Role of Germany in European Culture27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Voyage Through Italy and HollandThe Rape of Europa28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeAn Economic Union29. Charles de Villers, Constitutions of the Three Free-Hanseatic Towns, Lubeck, Bremen and Hambourg, with a Memorandum on the Rank these Towns should Occupy in Europe’s Commercial OrganisationA Common European Market30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Conversation Between a European and an Islander from the Kingdom of DumocalaThe Empire of Reason31. Tomás de Iriarte, Literary FablesThe Circulation of Riches32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeEuropean Sociability33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeThe Safety of Europe’s Borders34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, The Young Ladies’ Magazine, Or Dialogues Between a Discreet Governess and Several Young Ladies of the First Rank Under Her EducationColonial Europe35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, Duke of Nevers, FablesAnother Vision of Education36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeThe Importance of Trade37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of HumanityThe Diversity and Unity of Europe38. Françoise de Graffigny, Letters of a Peruvian PrincessA Critique of European Mores39. David Hume, Political DiscoursesEuropean Civilisation40. Louis-Antoine Muratori, Treatise on Public HappinessThe Progress of Justice in Europe41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeBringing Europeans together42. Germaine de Staël, Corinne, or ItalyItaly and the Origins of European Culture43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Letters about England, Holland and ItalyEurope and French Fashion44. Friedrich Schlegel, Journey to FranceEurope Between Decline and Renewal45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in EuropeThe Linguistic Wealth of Europe46. Novalis, Christianity, or EuropeSpiritual Advent47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeThe Café: The European Place for Socialising48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of HumanityHappiness in Europe49. Germaine de Staël, GermanyThe Origins of European Unity50. José Cadalso, Moroccan LettersEuropean Diversity Through the Foreign Gaze51. William Robertson, The History of the Reign of the Emperor Charles V. With a View of the Progress of Society in Europe, from the Subversion of the Roman Empire, to the Beginning of the Sixteenth CenturyNavigation and Commercial Exchanges52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of HumanityEurope and its Long History of Migration53. William Robertson, The History of the Reign of Emperor Charles VUnion in Diversity54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, ‘Sonnet’, in The Muse’s DistractionsEurope, A Political Whole55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Amusing and Moral LettersWhat are Europeans like?56. James Boswell, Journal of a Tour to the HebridesTo Be Cosmopolitan57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French EuropeFrench Style in Europe58. David Hume, ‘Essay VII. Of the Balance of Power’The Balance of Power and Future Peace59. José Cadalso, Moroccan LettersA Republic of the Wise60. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi, Historical View of the Literature of the South of EuropeEurope’s Future in the Slow Lane61. Germaine de Staël, GermanyThe Union of Philosophers62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, Speech, 3 March 1794A New Idea in Europe63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human MindA Humanitarian Vision64. Jean-François Melon, Political Essay on CommerceTowards the Balance of Powers65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Considerations on the Government of PolandTowards Cultural Uniformity66. José Cadalso, Moroccan LettersEurope and Africa67. Emmanuel Kant, Idea for a Universal History from a Cosmopolitan Point of ViewFulfilling Nature’s Aims68. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint-HelenaGoverning Europe?69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human MindKnow the World and Make it a Better Place70. Benjamin Constant, On the Spirit of Conquest and Usurpation in Respect of European CivilisationAn End to Wars in Europe?71. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint-HelenaVisions of the Future72. José Cadalso, Letter from José Cadalso to Tomás de IriarteA Critique of Eurocentrism73. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint HelenaPolitical Hegemony and European Union74. Alexandre-Frédéric-Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Helvetic, Alsatian and Franc-Comtois VigilsEurope without Frontiers75. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi, Historical View of the Literature of the South of EuropeMultiple Influences76. Jean de Müller, ‘Letter 80’ (January 1778)What Future for Europe?77. Benjamin Constant, The Liberty of the Ancients Compared with that of the ModernsThe Character of Modern Exchanges78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, An Exposition of the System of the WorldUnity through Measures79. Victor Hugo, The RhineThe Franco-German Couple as the Pillars of Peace in Europe
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn view of the challenges—many of which are political—that different European countries are currently facing, scholars who work on the eighteenth century have compiled this anthology which includes earlier recognitions of common values and past considerations of questions which often remain pertinent nowadays. During the Enlightenment, many men and women of letters envisaged the continent’s future in particular when stressing their hope that peace could be secured in Europe. The texts gathered here, and signed by major thinkers of the time (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume or Staël for instance), as well as by writers history has forgotten, present the reflections, with a couple of chronological extensions (from Sully to Victor Hugo) of authors from the long eighteenth century—the French Empire and the fall of Napoleon generated numerous upheavals—on Europe, its history, its diversity, but also on what the nations, which, in all their diversity, make up a geographical unit, have in common. They show the historical origins of the project of a European union, the desire to consolidate the continent’s ties to the Maghreb or to Turkey, the importance granted to commerce and the worries engendered by history’s convulsions, but also the hope vested in future generations.The Idea of Europe follows its sister edition in French, L’idée de l’Europe au Siècle des Lumières, also published by Open Book.
=536  \\$aThe Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle
=536  \\$aAugsburg University
=536  \\$aUniversity of Oxford
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEurope
=653  \\$aEnlightenment
=653  \\$apeace
=653  \\$aEuropean union
=653  \\$aanthology
=653  \\$acommon values
=653  \\$aRousseau
=653  \\$aVoltaire
=653  \\$aKant
=653  \\$aHume
=700  1\$aSeth, Catriona,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000260618502$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6061-8502
=700  1\$avon Kulessa, Rotraud,$eeditor.$uUniversität Augsburg.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0123$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0123_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04649nam  22007332  4500
=001  f58f1508-85e4-47ec-93a7-66a7fb694dae
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394521
=020  \\$z9781800640412$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640429$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640436$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646322$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640467$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640443$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640450$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0227$2doi
=024  7\$a1296763571$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDT30.5
=072   7$a1H$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNTJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS001050$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSerwornoo, Michael,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000189754607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8975-4607
=245  14$aThe Image of Africa in Ghana's Press :$bThe Influence of Global News Organisations /$cMichael Serwornoo.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+246 pages): $b6 illustrations, 10 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 2.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction Michael Serwornoo1. Historical and Contextual AntecedentsMichael Serwornoo2. Benefitting from the State of the Art Michael Serwornoo3. Theoretical and Conceptual Frameworks Michael Serwornoo4. Methodology DownloadMichael Serwornoo5. Portrayal of Africa: Results of Ethnographic Content Analysis Michael Serwornoo6. Postcolonial Trajectories of the Ghanaian Press: Discussing Actors, Conditions and the Power Dynamics Michael Serwornoo7. Discussing Africa’s Media Image in Ghana: A Synergy of Actors, Conditions and Representations Michael SerwornooAppendicesReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Image of Africa in Ghana’s Press is a comprehensive and highly analytical study of the impact of foreign news organisations on the creation of an image of Africa in its own press. Identifying a problematic focus on the Western media in previous studies of the African media image, Serwornoo uses the Ghanaian press as a case study to explore the effects of centuries of Afro-pessimistic discourse in the foreign press on the continent’s self-description.This study brings together a number of theoretical approaches, including newsworthiness, intermedia agenda setting, postcolonial theory and the hierarchy of influences, to question the processes underpinning the creation of media content. It is particularly innovative in its application of the methodological frameworks of ethnographic content analysis and ethnographic interview techniques to unveil the perspectives of journalists and editors.The Image of Africa in Ghana’s Press presents a vital contribution of the highest academic standard to the growing literature surrounding Afro-pessimism and postcolonial studies. It will be of great value to scientists in the field of journalism studies, as well as researchers interested in the merging of journalism research, postcolonial studies, and ethnography.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aPress
=653  \\$ajournalism
=653  \\$aAfrica
=653  \\$aGhana
=653  \\$anews organisations
=653  \\$aimage of Africa
=653  \\$aWestern media
=653  \\$aAfro-pessimism
=653  \\$anewsworthiness
=653  \\$aintermedia agenda setting
=653  \\$apostcolonial theory
=653  \\$aethnography
=653  \\$ajournalism studies
=653  \\$amedia studies
=653  \\$aSocial sciences
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aGlobal Communications ;$vvol. 2.$x2634-7253$x2634-7245
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0227$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0227_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04117nam  22006132  4500
=001  9cae11f4-2e65-4d4e-b44a-70fb190fc620
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452611
=020  \\$z9781783742936$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742943$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742950$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645257$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746194$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742967$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742974$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0106$2doi
=024  7\$a1089434062$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHC79.C3
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS051000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Infrastructure Finance Challenge /$cedited by Ingo Walter.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 128 pages): $b8 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAt foot of title-page: NYU Stern [and] NYU Global Institute for Advanced Study.
=505  0\$aPrefaceExecutive SummarySome Key Conclusions1. Infrastructure, Performance and Economic Growth2. Investable Infrastructure Assets3. Infrastructure Attributes and Problems of Market Failure4. Legal Structures and Frameworks5. Beyond Economics: Governance and Infrastructure Development6. The Global Infrastructure Development Sector7. Infrastructure Finance8. Structuring the Financial Mosaic9. Identification and Mitigation of Project-related Risks10. Intermediating Infrastructure Finance: Market Contours11. Establishing Robust Markets for Infrastructure-backed Securities12. Infrastructure Equity as an Asset Class13. Project and Infrastructure Debt as an Asset Class14. Portfolio Optimization: Institutional Investors and Asset Managers15. Accelerating Infrastructure Finance16. Some SolutionsReferencesList of Contributors
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aInfrastructure and its effects on economic growth, social welfare, and sustainability receive a great deal of attention today. There is widespread agreement that infrastructure is a key dimension of global development and that its impact reaches deep into the broader economy with important and complex implications for social progress. At the same time, infrastructure finance is among the most complex and challenging areas in the global financial architecture. Ingo Walter, Professor of Finance, Corporate Governance and Ethics Emeritus at the Stern School of Business, New York University, and his team of experts tackles the issue by focussing on key findings backed by serious theoretical and empirical research. The result is a set of viable guideposts for researchers, policy-makers, students and anybody interested in the complex challenges of contemporary economy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aInfrastructure
=653  \\$afinance
=653  \\$aeconomics
=653  \\$awelfare
=653  \\$asustainability
=653  \\$asocial progress
=653  \\$areport
=653  \\$aStern School of Business
=653  \\$aNew York University
=700  1\$aWalter, Ingo,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 3.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0106$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0106_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08637nam  22006612  4500
=001  abc9a8e0-7d7d-4486-8033-440787623635
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452615
=020  \\$z9781783743537$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743544$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743551$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645370$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744831$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743568$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743575$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0118$2doi
=024  7\$a1105446792$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD6305.J3
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNHR$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS036060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL013000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aWeinstein, Bernard,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Jewish Unions in America :$bPages of History and Memories /$cBernard Weinstein; translated by Maurice Wolfthal.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 326 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aFirst published in Yiddish as: Di idishe yunyons in Ameriḳa. Nyu Yoròk : Fareynigòte Idishe geòverkshafòten, 1929.
=505  0\$aAbbreviationsIntroduction by Maurice WolfthalThe Jewish Unions in America: Pages of History and Memories by Bernard WeinsteinThe First Jewish Immigrants in the United StatesHow the Jewish Immigrants of the 1880s Earned a LivingThe First Jewish Workers in the American Trade UnionsThe First "Radicals” Among the Jewish Immigrants of the 1880s and the Beginning of the Jewish Labor Movement in AmericaThe Strange Case of Comrade WolfHymie "the American”The First Jewish Theater Choristers’ UnionThe Jewish Actors’ UnionThe Yiddish VarietiesThe Jewish Typesetters’ UnionThe Founding of the United Hebrew Trades of New YorkHow We Organized StrikesThe Panic of 1893 and the First Splits Within the Jewish Labor MovementThe Schism in the Socialist Labor PartyThe First Years of the Jewish Labor Movement in PhiladelphiaThe Beginning of the Jewish Labor Movement in ChicagoThe Unions of the Cap and Millinery TradeThe Millinery Trade and the UnionThe History of the Tailors in the Men’s Clothing IndustryThe Struggle of the Tailors’ Union Against the Plague of the "Open Shops”The Custom Tailors’ UnionThe Story of the Knee-Pants Makers’ UnionThe Union of the Children’s Jacket MakersThe Union of the Basted Children’s Jacket PressersThe Union of the Unbasted Children’s Jacket MakersThe Pants Makers’ Union of New YorkThe Vest Makers’ Union in New YorkThe Shirt Makers’ UnionThe Great Garment Workers’ Strike of 1913 in New YorkHow the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America Was FoundedThe Women’s Garment Unions in AmericaThe Jamaica Incident and Other TrialsThe Cloak Makers’ Unions in Other CitiesThe First Jewish Unions of Waist Makers, Wrapper Makers, Buttonhole Makers, Embroidery Workers, and Other Ladies’ Garment WorkersThe Birth of the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ UnionThe Strike of 300 Skirt Makers Against the Firm of John Bonwit in 1905The Industrial Workers of the World Also Founds a Cloak Makers’ UnionThe Reefer Makers’ Strike of 1907The Historic General Strike of the 18,000 Waist Makers in 1909The Great Cloak Makers’ Strike of 1910 and the Founding of the Largest Jewish UnionThe First Years After the StrikeThe General Strike of the Cleveland Cloak Makers in 1911The Triangle FireThe Protocol of the New York Ladies’ Waist and Dress Makers’ Union of 1913The General Strike of the Wrapper, Kimono, and Housedress Makers and the White Goods Workers of 1913The Hourwich Affair and the First Civil War in the Cloak Makers’ UnionThe Organizing Work of the ILGWU in Other Cities from 1915 to 1919The Breaking of the Protocol and the Strikes of 1916, 1919, and 1921The General Strike of the Dress Makers in 1923The Ladies’ Tailors’ Union of New YorkThe Raincoat Workers’ UnionThe Struggle with the Communists in the Joint Action CommitteeThe General Strike of 1926 and the Expulsion of the CommunistsThe Rebirth of the Cloak Makers’ UnionThe Jewish Bakers’ UnionsThe 1927 Bakers’ Strike Against Two Big Firms, Pechter and MessingThe Jewish Bakers’ Unions in Other CitiesThe Furriers’ UnionThe Founding of the International Fur Workers’ UnionThe Union of Jewish PaintersThe Pocketbook Makers’ UnionThe Suitcase Workers’ UnionThe Trunk Makers’ UnionThe Neckwear Makers’ UnionThe Union of Cleaners and DyersThe Union of Mattress and Bed Spring MakersThe Seltzer Workers’ Union of New YorkThe Union of Clerks and Retail Dress-Goods StoresThe Union of Grocery ClerksThe Union of Jewish WaitersThe Union of Paper Box MakersThe Union of Jewish BarbersThe Union of Jewish ShoemakersThe Union of Jewish Tin WorkersThe Union of Jewelry WorkersThe Union of Butcher WorkersThe Union of Jewish Newspaper Writers in New YorkThe Union of Jewish BookbindersThe Jewish Laundry Workers (The Steam Laundry Workers’ Union)The Union of Wet-Wash Laundry DriversThe Pressers of Old Shirts in Hand LaundriesThe Union of Jewish Inside Iron WorkersThe Union of Jewish Furniture DriversThe Union of Workers with Live and Kosher-Slaughter FowlThe Little UnionsThe Disappeared UnionsThe New Generation of Jewish Workers in AmericaThe Jewish Carpenters and Wood WorkersJewish PlumbersJewish Moving Picture OperatorsJewish Bricklayers, Masons, and PlasterersJewish Metal Workers and MachinistsJewish Workers in Radio and AviationJewish Drivers of Cars and TaxisConclusionIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNewly arrived in New York in 1882 from Tsarist Russia, the sixteen-year-old Bernard Weinstein discovered an America in which unionism, socialism, and anarchism were very much in the air. He found a home in the tenements of New York and for the next fifty years he devoted his life to the struggles of fellow Jewish workers.The Jewish Unions in America blends memoir and history to chronicle this time. It describes how Weinstein led countless strikes, held the unions together in the face of retaliation from the bosses, investigated sweatshops and factories with the aid of reformers, and faced down schisms by various factions, including Anarchists and Communists. He co-founded the United Hebrew Trades and wrote speeches, articles and books advancing the cause of the labor movement.  From the pages of this book emerges a vivid picture of workers’ organizations at the beginning of the twentieth century and a  capitalist system that bred exploitation, poverty, and inequality. Although workers’ rights have made great progress in the decades since, Weinstein’s descriptions of workers with jobs pitted against those without, and American workers against workers abroad, still carry echoes today. The Jewish Unions in America is a testament to the struggles of working people a hundred years ago.  But it is also a reminder that workers must still battle to live decent lives in the free market. For the first time, Maurice Wolfthal’s readable translation makes Weinstein’s Yiddish text available to English readers. It is essential reading for students and scholars of labor history, Jewish history, and the history of American immigration.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBernard Weinstein
=653  \\$aunionism
=653  \\$aUnited States
=653  \\$aJewish Unions
=653  \\$asocialism
=653  \\$aUnited Hebrew Trades
=653  \\$alabor history
=653  \\$aJewish history
=653  \\$aimmigration
=700  1\$aWolfthal, Maurice,$etranslator.$0(orcid)0000000345229936$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4522-9936
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0118$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0118_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08417nam  22006492  4500
=001  dbaff6fe-49a1-4c7a-8dfb-79f298714014
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376768
=020  \\$z9781783744336$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744343$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744350$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645516$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745708$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744367$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744374$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0132$2doi
=024  7\$a1041479257$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 1: The Middle Ages /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 398 pages): $b153 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the ReaderPreface1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s TumblerThe French PoemThe ManuscriptsGautier de Coinci and AnonymityPicardyThe Identity of the PoetThe Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal InterestThe Genre: Long Story ShortThe Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical OrderThe Latin ExemplumThe Life of the FathersTrue Story: Why the Story Succeeded2. Dancing for GodThe TumblerNotre Dame versus Saint MaryThe Equivocal Status of JongleursTrance DanceJongleurs of GodHoly FoolsFact or Fiction?3. Cistercian Monks and Lay BrothersThe Order of CîteauxCistercians and the VirginMother’s MilkMary’s Head-CoveringsCistercian Lay BrothersConversion TherapyThe Language of SilenceGym ClothesSweat ClothThe Weighing of SoulsThe Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing ActWhat Makes a Story Popular?Walsingham, England’s NazarethMadonnas of the World WarsLiterary IconoclasmMarian Apparitions5. A Troupe of Sources and AnaloguesKing David’s DancingThe Widow’s MitesThe Virgin’s Miraculous Images and ApparitionsThe Jongleur of RocamadourThe Holy Candle of ArrasThe Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay BrothersThe Love of Statuesque BeautyThe Holy Face of Christ and Virgin SaintsNotesNotes to PrefaceNotes to Chapter 1Notes to Chapter 2Notes to Chapter 3Notes to Chapter 4Notes to Chapter 5BibliographyList of IllustrationsIndexNote to the ReaderPreface1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s TumblerThe French PoemThe ManuscriptsGautier de Coinci and AnonymityPicardyThe Identity of the PoetThe Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal InterestThe Genre: Long Story ShortThe Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical OrderThe Latin ExemplumThe Life of the FathersTrue Story: Why the Story Succeeded2. Dancing for GodThe TumblerNotre Dame versus Saint MaryThe Equivocal Status of JongleursTrance DanceJongleurs of GodHoly FoolsFact or Fiction?3. Cistercian Monks and Lay BrothersThe Order of CîteauxCistercians and the VirginMother’s MilkMary’s Head-CoveringsCistercian Lay BrothersConversion TherapyThe Language of SilenceGym ClothesSweat ClothThe Weighing of SoulsThe Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing ActWhat Makes a Story Popular?Walsingham, England’s NazarethMadonnas of the World WarsLiterary IconoclasmMarian Apparitions5. A Troupe of Sources and AnaloguesKing David’s DancingThe Widow’s MitesThe Virgin’s Miraculous Images and ApparitionsThe Jongleur of RocamadourThe Holy Candle of ArrasThe Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay BrothersThe Love of Statuesque BeautyThe Holy Face of Christ and Virgin SaintsNotesNotes to PrefaceNotes to Chapter 1Notes to Chapter 2Notes to Chapter 3Notes to Chapter 4Notes to Chapter 5BibliographyList of IllustrationsIndexNote to the ReaderPreface1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s TumblerThe French PoemThe ManuscriptsGautier de Coinci and AnonymityPicardyThe Identity of the PoetThe Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal InterestThe Genre: Long Story ShortThe Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical OrderThe Latin ExemplumThe Life of the FathersTrue Story: Why the Story Succeeded2. Dancing for GodThe TumblerNotre Dame versus Saint MaryThe Equivocal Status of JongleursTrance DanceJongleurs of GodHoly FoolsFact or Fiction?3. Cistercian Monks and Lay BrothersThe Order of CîteauxCistercians and the VirginMother’s MilkMary’s Head-CoveringsCistercian Lay BrothersConversion TherapyThe Language of SilenceGym ClothesSweat ClothThe Weighing of SoulsThe Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing ActWhat Makes a Story Popular?Walsingham, England’s NazarethMadonnas of the World WarsLiterary IconoclasmMarian Apparitions5. A Troupe of Sources and AnaloguesKing David’s DancingThe Widow’s MitesThe Virgin’s Miraculous Images and ApparitionsThe Jongleur of RocamadourThe Holy Candle of ArrasThe Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay BrothersThe Love of Statuesque BeautyThe Holy Face of Christ and Virgin SaintsNotesNotes to PrefaceNotes to Chapter 1Notes to Chapter 2Notes to Chapter 3Notes to Chapter 4Notes to Chapter 5BibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today.The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity is a rich case study for the reception of the Middle Ages in modernity. Spanning centuries and continents, the medieval period is understood through the lens of its (post)modern reception in Europe and America. Profound connections between the verbal and the visual are illustrated by a rich trove of images, including book illustrations, stained glass, postage stamps, architecture, and Christmas cards.Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0132$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0132_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04251nam  22006492  4500
=001  f85d6a40-8ec4-464c-b971-e2e11464ca5f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020376741
=020  \\$z9781783745067$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745074$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745081$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645622$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745715$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745098$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745104$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0143$2doi
=024  7\$a1049442140$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 2: Medieval Meets Medievalism /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 346 pages): $b190 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the Reader1. Tumbling Back into France, by Way of Philology2. Notre Dame: The Virgin in Nineteenth-Century France3. Franglais Juggling4. Anatole France5. Le Jongleur de Notre DameNotesBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the twentieth century explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame and its place in mass culture today.Volume 2: Medieval Meets Medievalism deals with the influence of the tale in nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century Europe and America, and the development of literary medievalism at this time.Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski’s work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0143$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0143_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05266nam  22007212  4500
=001  9c231193-af98-4b94-a359-ef7f37bde765
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452972
=020  \\$z9781783745210$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745227$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745234$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645653$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745265$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745241$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0146$2doi
=024  7\$a1053862736$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAMX$2bicssc
=072   7$aFW$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC005070$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 3: The American Middle Ages /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 484 pages): $b346 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the Reader 1. The Tumbling Worlds of Henry Adams 2. Our Lady’s Tumbler in Mont Saint Michel and Chartres 3. Britain and the Making of the American Middle Ages 4. The Boston Bohemians 5. The Rise of Collegiate Gothic 6. Point Taken: Gothic Modernism and the Modern Middle Ages Notes Bibliography List of Illustrations Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.  Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. Volume 3: The American Middle Ages hinges upon two figures influenced by the juggler: Henry Adams, scion of Presidents and distinguished cultural historian whose works contributed to the rise of medievalism in America during the Gilded Age, and Ralph Adams Cram, the architect whose vision of Gothic accounts directly or indirectly for the campuses of West Point, Princeton, Yale, Chicago, Notre Dame, and many other universities across America. The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity is a rich case study for the reception of the Middle Ages in modernity. Spanning centuries and continents, the medieval period is understood through the lens of its (post)modern reception in Europe and America. Profound connections between the verbal and the visual are illustrated by a rich trove of images, including book illustrations, stained glass, postage stamps, architecture, and Christmas cards. Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=653  \\$aHenry Adams
=653  \\$aRalph Adams Cram
=653  \\$aGothic architecture
=653  \\$aAmerican architecture
=653  \\$aGothic reception in America
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0146$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0146_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06188nam  22007332  4500
=001  3cefd24e-f7de-4924-a3fa-35aec836ee62
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467303
=020  \\$z9781783745296$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745302$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745319$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645660$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745722$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745326$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745333$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0147$2doi
=024  7\$a1076287479$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAMX$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC005060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART035000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 4: Picture That: Making a Show of the Jongleur /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 512 pages): $b340 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the Reader1.    The Composer    The Jongleur in the Circle of Richard Wagner    Tannhäuser    The Medievalesque Oeuvre of Jules Massenet    The Tall Tale of the Libretto    The Middle Ages of the Opera    Sage Wisdom    Juggling Secular and Ecclesiastical    The Jongleur of Monte Carlo    Jean, Bénédictine, and Selling Gothic    The Musician of Women    The All-Male Cast2.    The Diva    Mary Garden Takes America    Oscar Hammerstein I    Making a Travesti of Massenet’s Tenor    Selling the Jongleur    Mary Garden Dances the Role    The Role of Dance    Sexless, Sexy… and What Sex?    The Jongleur Goes to Notre Dame    The College Woman as Jongleur: Skirting the Issue    From Opera to Vaudeville3.    Images of the Virgin    The Power of Madonnas in the Round    Madonnas in Majesty    Animated Images    Miracles of Madonnas4.    The Crypt    Grottoes and Crypts    Madonnas in Crypts    Cistercian Crypts    Gothic Crypts5.    Enlightening the Virgin    The Incandescent Virgin    Dressing Madonnas: What Are You Wearing?    Carrying a Torch for Mary    Lighting Effects: Lights, Camera, Action!    Voyeurism and Performance Art6.    Cloistering the USA: Everybody Must Get Stones    Stony Silence    Collecting Clusters of Cloisters    A Gothic Room of Her Own: Vanderbilt and Gardner    Raymond Pitcairn and the "New Church”    The Hearst Castle    The Last Hurrah7.    The Great War and Its Aftermath    Ruining Europe    Reims: Martyr City and Cathedral    Rebuilding Europe in America    German Expressionism    French Piety    Painting the Juggler    American GothicNotes    Notes to Chapter 1    Notes to Chapter 2    Notes to Chapter 3    Notes to Chapter 4    Notes to Chapter 5    Notes to Chapter 6    Notes to Chapter 7Bibliography    Abbreviations    Referenced WorksList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. Volume 4 examines the famous Le jongleur de Notre Dame by the French composer Jules Massenet, which took Europe by storm after premiering in 1902 and then crossed the Atlantic to the impresario Oscar Hammerstein and the diva Mary Garden, who gave the opera new legs as a female juggler.Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=653  \\$aclassical music
=653  \\$aJules Massenet
=653  \\$aMary Garden
=653  \\$aLe jongleur de Notre Dame
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0147$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0147_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05694nam  22007332  4500
=001  e3bb9423-94a5-4212-8fef-03ce966b44d4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467307
=020  \\$z9781783745340$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745357$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745364$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645677$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745739$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745371$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745388$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0148$2doi
=024  7\$a1135606862$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAMX$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC005060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART035000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 5: Tumbling into the Twentieth Century /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 402 pages): $b267 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the Reader1. Juggling across Print    Printed Books as Pseudomanuscripts    Image-Makers Go Mainstream    Missal Attack    Handwriting the Medieval    Typing a Translation    Medieval French for Amateurs    A One-Novel French Novelist    French Language-Study2. Juggling across New Media    Making a Spectacle of Miracle    Sister Beatrice    Sister Angelica    Audio Recording    Silent Film    Charlie Chaplin: Tramp Meets Tumbler3. Juggling across Faiths     The Ecumenical Juggler    The Hasidic Whistle-Blower     The Jewish Jongleur    The Catholic Juggler    The Juggler and the Paulines    Two Bills: Buckley Jr. and Bennett    The Lyric Juggler and Patrick Kavanagh    "The Chapel at Mountain State Mental Hospital”4. The Yuletide Juggler    Easter Tumbling    The Commercial Aesthetic of "Ye Olde”    Noel Juggling: The Gift That Keeps on Giving    The Juggler in Holiday Books and Cards    Amateur Theater    Mass Radio    Mid-Century Medieval US Television    Postwar Britain    The French Connection    Juggler Film    Juggler Christmas Books Live On    Related Stories of the Season5. Children’s Juggler and Child Juggler    Suitable for Children    Downsizing the Juggler    American Children’s Literature    European Children’s Literature     Global Children’s Entertainment    Folktale or Faketale?    Tomie dePaola’s The Clown of GodNotesBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. In this volume Jan Ziolkowski follows the juggler of Notre Dame as he cavorts through new media, including radio, television, and film, becoming closely associated with Christmas and embedded in children’s literature. Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=653  \\$aclassical music
=653  \\$aJules Massenet
=653  \\$aMary Garden
=653  \\$aLe jongleur de Notre Dame
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0148$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0148_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05475nam  22007092  4500
=001  91119ad0-f1ef-4a59-bff5-ea3621a25dd9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452870
=020  \\$z9781783745395$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745401$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745418$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645684$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745746$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745425$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745432$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0149$2doi
=024  7\$a1089419399$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ1534.T5
=072   7$aACK$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAMX$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aARC005060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART035000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZiolkowski, Jan M.,$eauthor.$uHarvard University.$0(orcid)0000000264002764$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6400-2764
=245  14$aThe Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity :$bVolume 6: War and Peace, Sex and Violence /$cJan M. Ziolkowski.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 326 pages): $b171 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote to the Reader1. Juggler Allies    France    Great Britain    United States2. The Juggler by Jingoism: Nazis and Their Neighbors    Virginal Visions    Belgium    The Netherlands    Germany    Curt Sigmar Gutkind    Hans Hömberg    After the War    Austria3. Portrait of the Artist as a Young Juggler    Richard Sullivan, Notre Dame Professor    R. O. Blechman, Cartoon Juggler    Robert Lax, Poet among Acrobats    Tony Curtis, Prime-Time Juggler    W. H. Auden, The Ballad of Barnaby    Music from Massenet to Peter Maxwell Davies4. Membranes of Things Past    Misremembering and Remembering    Getting a Rise from the Male Member    Jung’s Jongleur5. Positively Medieval: The Once and Future Juggler    The Juggler’s Prospects    Gropius vs. the Gothic Ivory Tower    The Tumbler’s Tumble    Michel Zink Reminds France    We All Need the Middle Ages    The Simplicity of AtonementAcknowledgmentsNotes    Notes to Chapter 1    Notes to Chapter 2    Notes to Chapter 3    Notes to Chapter 4    Notes to Chapter 5    Notes to AcknowledgmentsBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. In this concluding volume, Ziolkowski explores the popularity of The Juggler of Notre Dame from the 1930s through the Second World War, especially in the Allied Resistance. Its popularity in the United States was subsequently maintained by figures as diverse as Tony Curtis and W. H. Auden, and although recently the story and medievalism have lost ground, the future of both holds promise.Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMiddle Ages
=653  \\$areception studies
=653  \\$aModernity
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aliterary history
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$aperformance studies
=653  \\$aclassical music
=653  \\$aLe jongleur de Notre Dame
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0149$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0149_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04418nam  22006492  4500
=001  a42032e9-53be-4042-9d71-f1109bec8c4f
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446252
=020  \\$z9781805111764$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111771$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111788$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111818$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111795$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0381$2doi
=024  7\$a1422039684$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBP131.13
=072   7$aHRAX$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR2$2bicssc
=072   7$a1FBXS$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN023000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHB$2thema
=072   7$aQRP$2thema
=072   7$aQRVC$2thema
=100  1\$aYakubovych, Mykhaylo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Freiburg.$0(orcid)0000000283051166$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8305-1166
=245  14$aThe Kingdom and the Qur’an :$bTranslating the Holy Book of Islam in Saudi Arabia /$cMykhaylo Yakubovych.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+212 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aThe Global Qur'an ;$vvol. 2.$x2753-8044$x2753-8036
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aA Note on the AuthorAcknowledgementsNotes on Transliteration and TranslationAbbreviationsIntroduction1. Twentieth-Century Debates on the Translatability of the Qur’an in the Middle East2. The Muslim World League: A Forerunner to International Translational daʿwa Networks3. The Hilālī-Khān Translation: The First Interpretation of the Qur’an in a Foreign Language by Saudi Scholars4. The King Fahd Complex for the Printing of the Qur’an: A Turning Point in the History of Qur’an Translations5. Translation for Everyone: Collaborative Saudi Publishing Projects in Foreign LanguagesConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book presents a detailed analysis of the translation of the Qur’an in Saudi Arabia, the most important global actor in the promotion, production and dissemination of Qur’an translations. From the first attempts at translation in the mid-twentieth century to more recent state-driven efforts concerned with international impact, The Kingdom and the Qur’an adeptly elucidates the link between contemporary Islamic theology and the advent of modern print culture. It investigates this critical juncture in both Middle Eastern political history and the intellectual evolution of the Muslim world, interweaving literary, socio-historical, and socio-anthropological threads to depict the intricate backdrop of the Saudi ‘Qur'an translation movement’.Mykhaylo Yakubovych provides a comprehensive historical overview of the debates surrounding the translatability of the Qur'an, as well as exploring the impact of the burgeoning translation and dissemination of the holy book upon Wahhabi and Salafi interpretations of Islam. Backed by meticulous research and drawing on a wealth of sources, this work illuminates an essential facet of global Islamic culture and scholarly discourse.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aQur'an translation
=653  \\$aSaudi Arabia
=653  \\$aIslamic theology
=653  \\$aModern print culture
=653  \\$aMiddle Eastern political history
=653  \\$aTranslation studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aThe Global Qur'an ;$vvol. 2.$x2753-8044$x2753-8036
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0381$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0381_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04019nam  22006252  4500
=001  b9c04b78-a0c8-40d3-8daa-19c695a650fe
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361858
=020  \\$z9781805110187$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110194$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110200$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110248$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110231$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110217$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781805110224$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0344$2doi
=024  7\$a1389616925$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQ143.Y7
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGT$2bicssc
=072   7$aHDDG$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS002030$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRobinson, Andrew,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Last Man Who Knew Everything :$bThomas Young /$cAndrew Robinson; foreword by Martin Rees.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxx+266 pages): $b17 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword ixMartin ReesPreface xvIntroduction xvii1. Child Prodigy 12. Fellow of the Royal Society 193. Itinerant Medical Student 294. ‘Phenomenon’ Young 455. Physician of Vision 576. Royal Institution Lecturer 757. Let There Be Light Waves 858. ‘Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts’ 1059. Dr Thomas Young, M.D., F.R.C.P. 12310. Reading the Rosetta Stone 13511. Waves of Enlightenment 15712. Walking Encyclopaedia 17113. In the Public Interest 18114. Grand Tour 19315. Duelling with Champollion 20116. A Universal Man 215Postscript: Polymathy Then—and Now? 233Bibliography 243List of Illustrations 251Index 253
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNo one has given the polymath Thomas Young (1773–1829) the all-round examination he so richly deserves—until now. Celebrated biographer Andrew Robinson portrays a man who solved mystery after mystery in the face of ridicule and rejection, and never sought fame.As a physicist, Young challenged the theories of Isaac Newton and proved that light is a wave. As a physician, he showed how the eye focuses and proposed the three-colour theory of vision, only confirmed a century and a half later. As an Egyptologist, he made crucial contributions to deciphering the Rosetta Stone. It is hard to grasp how much Young knew.This biography is the fascinating story of a driven yet modest hero who cared less about what others thought of him than for the joys of an unbridled pursuit of knowledge—with a new foreword by Martin Rees and a new postscript discussing polymathy in the two centuries since the time of Young. It returns this neglected genius to his proper position in the pantheon of great scientific thinkers.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aThomas Young
=653  \\$aphysicist
=653  \\$aphysician
=653  \\$adecipher
=653  \\$aEgyptologist
=653  \\$aRosetta Stone
=653  \\$abiography
=700  1\$aRees, Martin,$eforeword by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0344$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0344_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05098nam  22007212  4500
=001  6d9c1a64-b53d-4ddf-8c7e-c90c5488efff
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385334
=020  \\$z9781800649903$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649910$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649927$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649965$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649958$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649934$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800649941$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0341$2doi
=024  7\$a1372295823$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hyid
=050  00$aDS134.55
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLeshchinsky, Yankev,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Last Years of Polish Jewry :$bVolume 1: At the Edge of the Abyss: Essays, 1927–33 /$cYankev Leshchinsky; translated by Robert Brym, Eli Jany; edited by Robert Brym.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+156 pages): $b8 illustrations, 7 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of TablesList of IllustrationsIntroductionRobert BrymAbout the translation and the translatorsBackground1. On the Sociology of Polish JewryA. IntroductionB. Population density and geographical segregationC. Socio-economic segregation D. Political segregationE. The influence of heritageF. The crisis2. The birth pangs of the Jewish working class3. The heritage of the Jewish factory ownerForeground4. National Bolshevism5. A flood of small promissory notes6. Jews are collapsing in the streets from hunger7. At night in the old market8. Three-quarters of the Jewish population lack enough to live on9. The destruction of Jewish economic life in Lodz10. Fallen Jewish Vilna11. The superfluous12. Emigration tragedies Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aUkrainian-born Yankev Leshchinsky (1876–1966) was the leading scholarly and journalistic analyst of Eastern European Jewish socioeconomic and political life from the 1920s to the 1950s. Known as “the dean of Jewish sociologists” and “the father of Jewish demography,” Leshchinsky published a series of insightful and moving essays in Yiddish on Polish Jewry between 1927 and 1937. Despite heightened interest in interwar Jewish communities in Poland in recent years, these essays (like most of Leshchinsky’s works) have never been translated into English. The Last Years of Polish Jewry helps to rectify this situation by translating some of Leshchinsky’s key essays. A thoughtful Introduction by Robert Brym provides the context of the author’s life and work. The essays in this volume, based on years of research and first-hand observation, focus on the period 1927–33. The rise of militant Polish nationalism and the ensuing anti-Jewish boycotts and pogroms; the increasing exclusion of Jews from government employment and the universities; the destitution, hunger, suicide, and efforts to emigrate that characterized Jewish life; the psychological toll taken by mass uncertainty and hopelessness—all this falls within the author’s ambit. Few works in English have the range and depth of Leshchinsky’s essays on the last years of the three million Polish Jews who were to perish at the hand of the Nazi regime. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of Eastern European history and society, especially those with an interest in Eastern Europe’s Jewish communities on the brink of the Holocaust.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aYankev Leshchinsky
=653  \\$asocioeconomics
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$aJews
=653  \\$aEastern Europe
=653  \\$aUkraine
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$ainterwar period
=653  \\$aPoland
=653  \\$anationalism
=653  \\$apogroms
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aHolocaust
=700  1\$aBrym, Robert,$etranslator, editor.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=700  1\$aJany, Eli,$etranslator.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0341$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0341_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04820nam  22007212  4500
=001  7b30b0e1-2e8c-459a-9412-d7e360623f74
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800649972$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649989$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649996$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110033$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110002$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0342$2doi
=024  7\$a1374819612$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hyid
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=072   7$aJBFH$2thema
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aNHB$2thema
=100  1\$aLeshchinsky, Yankev,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Last Years of Polish Jewry :$bVolume 2: The Permanent Pogrom, 1935–37 /$cYankev Leshchinsky; translated by Robert Brym, Eli Jany; edited by Robert Brym.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+182 pages): $b8 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of figuresIntroductionAbout the translation and the translatorsPart 1: Pogroms1. The pogroms in Poland, 1935–372. Pogrom gunpowder3. The Minsk-Mazovyetsk pogrom4. The Pshitik pogromPart 2: Official antisemitism5. Government antisemitism6. The first ghetto benches in the universities7. Ghetto benchesPart 3: Jewish responses8. Jewish self-defence9. Protests against pogroms10. Old-fashioned methods in new times11. Suicides12. Is emigration a solution?13. Jews flee PolandReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aUkrainian-born Yankev Leshchinsky (1876-1966) was the leading scholarly and journalistic analyst of Eastern European Jewish socioeconomic and political life from the 1920s to the 1950s. Known as “the dean of Jewish sociologists” and “the father of Jewish demography,” Leshchinsky published a series of insightful and moving essays in Yiddish on Polish Jewry between 1927 and 1937. Despite heightened interest in interwar Jewish communities in Poland in recent years, these essays (like most of Leshchinsky’s works) have never been translated into English.The Last Years of Polish Jewry helps to rectify this situation by translating some of Leshchinsky’s key essays. A thoughtful Introduction by Robert Brym provides the context of the author’s life and work.The essays in this volume, based on years of research and first-hand observation, focus on the period 1935-37. The rise of militant Polish nationalism and the ensuing anti-Jewish boycotts and pogroms; the increasing exclusion of Jews from government employment and the universities; the destitution, hunger, suicide, and efforts to emigrate that characterized Jewish life; the psychological toll taken by mass uncertainty and hopelessness—all this falls within the author’s ambit. Few works in English have the range and depth of Leshchinsky’s essays on the last years of the three million Polish Jews who were to perish at the hand of the Nazi regime.This book will be of interest to researchers and students of Eastern European history and society, especially those with an interest in Eastern Europe’s Jewish communities on the brink of the Holocaust.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aYankev Leshchinsky
=653  \\$asocioeconomics
=653  \\$apolitics
=653  \\$aJews
=653  \\$aEastern Europe
=653  \\$aUkraine
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$ainterwar period
=653  \\$aPoland
=653  \\$anationalism
=653  \\$apogroms
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$aHolocaust
=700  1\$aBrym, Robert,$etranslator, editor.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=700  1\$aJany, Eli,$etranslator.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0342$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0342_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04104nam  22006372  4500
=001  535a3525-05af-4b95-800e-37bcdd025244
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467308
=020  \\$z9781783745005$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745012$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745029$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645615$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746606$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745036$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745043$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0142$2doi
=024  7\$a1105780601$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5357
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHalloran, William F.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
=245  14$aThe Life and Letters of William Sharp and “Fiona Macleod” :$bVolume 1: 1855–1894 /$cWilliam F. Halloran.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 700 pages): $b18 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroductionChapter One: 1855–1881Chapter Two: 1882–1884Chapter Three: 1885–1886Chapter Four: 1887–1888Chapter Five: 1889Chapter Six: 1890Chapter Seven: 1891Chapter Eight: 1892aChapter Nine: 1892bChapter Ten: 1893Chapter Eleven: 1894NotesAppendixList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self". With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Sharp
=653  \\$aFiona Macleod
=653  \\$adiaries
=653  \\$aletters
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aVictorian Era
=653  \\$aBritain
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0142$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0142_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04237nam  22006372  4500
=001  e8fbf422-7c23-4314-96c4-ec93b546f004
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394628
=020  \\$z9781783748693$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748709$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748716$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646070$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748747$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748723$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748730$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0196$2doi
=024  7\$a119301565$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5357
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHalloran, William F.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
=245  14$aThe Life and Letters of William Sharp and "Fiona Macleod" :$bVolume 2: 1895-1899 /$cWilliam F. Halloran.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+638 pages): $b18 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroduction William F. HalloranChapter Twelve William F. HalloranChapter Thirteen William F. HalloranChapter Fourteen William F. HalloranChapter Fifteen William F. HalloranChapter Sixteen William F. HalloranChapter Seventeen William F. HalloranChapter Eighteen William F. HalloranChapter Nineteen William F. HalloranEndnotesList of IllustrationsAppendixAbout the team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self".With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Sharp
=653  \\$aScottish poet
=653  \\$aScottish novelist
=653  \\$aScottish biographer
=653  \\$aScottish editor
=653  \\$aFiona Macleod
=653  \\$acorrespondence
=653  \\$aVictorian man
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0196$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0196_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04227nam  22006372  4500
=001  2453ebf2-1189-485c-a0a6-2aa2e6d4f17e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394528
=020  \\$z9781800640054$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640061$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640078$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646261$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640108$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640085$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640092$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0221$2doi
=024  7\$a119889358$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5357
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHalloran, William F.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
=245  14$aThe Life and Letters of William Sharp and "Fiona Macleod" :$bVolume 3: 1900-1905 /$cWilliam F. Halloran.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+476 pages): $b34 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroduction William F. HalloranChapter Twenty William F. HalloranChapter Twenty-One William F. HalloranChapter Twenty-Two William F. HalloranChapter Twenty-Three William F. HalloranChapter Twenty-Four William F. HalloranChapter Twenty-Five William F. HalloranAfterword William F. HalloranAppendix 1 William F. HalloranAppendix 2EndnotesList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self".With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Sharp
=653  \\$aScottish poet
=653  \\$aScottish novelist
=653  \\$aScottish biographer
=653  \\$aScottish editor
=653  \\$aFiona Macleod
=653  \\$acorrespondence
=653  \\$aVictorian man
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0221$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0221_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04843nam  22006132  4500
=001  a93b05df-4265-4be8-9101-2bcebac859eb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452837
=020  \\$z9781909254954$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254961$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254978$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644953$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746347$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781909254985$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254992$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0069$2doi
=024  7\$a937393114$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPT2503.S3
=072   7$aBG$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT024040$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPaulin, Roger,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000249284513$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4928-4513
=245  14$aThe Life of August Wilhelm Schlegel, Cosmopolitan of Art and Poetry /$cRoger Paulin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 664 pages): $b106 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsList of AbbreviationsIntroduction1. Family, Childhood and Youth (1767-1794)2. Jena and Berlin (1795-1804)2.1 Jena2.2 Berlin (1801-1804)2.3 The Berlin Lectures3.The Years with Madame de Staël (1804-1817)3.1 With Madame de Staël in Coppet and Acosta 1805-18073.2 Vienna3.3 The Flight: Caught Up in History3.4 Scholarly Matters4. Bonn and India (1818-1845)4.1 Bonn4.2 India5. The Past Returns5.1 The Last Years 1834-1845Short BiographiesSelect BibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is the first full-scale biography, in any language, of a towering figure in German and European Romanticism: August Wilhelm Schlegel whose life, 1767 to 1845, coincided with its inexorable rise. As poet, translator, critic and oriental scholar, Schlegel's extraordinarily diverse interests and writings left a vast intellectual legacy, making him a foundational figure in several branches of knowledge. He was one of the last thinkers in Europe able to practise as well as to theorise, and to attempt to comprehend the nature of culture without being forced to be a narrow specialist. With his brother Friedrich, for example, Schlegel edited the avant-garde Romantic periodical Athenaeum; and he produced with his wife Caroline a translation of Shakespeare, the first metrical version into any foreign language. Schlegel's Lectures on Dramatic Art and Literature were a defining force for Coleridge and for the French Romantics. But his interests extended to French, Italian, Spanish and Portuguese literature, as well to the Greek and Latin classics, and to Sanskrit.August Wilhelm Schlegel is the first attempt to engage with this totality, to combine an account of Schlegel’s life and times with a critical evaluation of his work and its influence. Through the study of one man's rich life, incorporating the most recent scholarship, theoretical approaches, and archival resources, while remaining easily accessible to all readers, Paulin has recovered the intellectual climate of Romanticism in Germany and traced its development into a still-potent international movement. The extraordinarily wide scope and variety of Schlegel's activities have hitherto acted as a barrier to literary scholars, even in Germany. In Roger Paulin, whose career has given him the knowledge and the experience to grapple with such an ambitious project, Schlegel has at last found a worthy exponent.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Cambridge$eDepartment of German and Dutch
=536  \\$aTrinity College, Cambridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAugust Wilhelm Schlegel
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aGerman Romaticism
=653  \\$aEuropean Romanticism
=653  \\$aMadame de Stael
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0069$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0069_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05524nam  22006612  4500
=001  918e76d5-a51f-4698-a3b4-87672329413d
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388889
=020  \\$z9781805112662$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805112679$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805112686$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805112716$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805112693$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781805114246$q(MP3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0397$2doi
=024  7\$a1442804273$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBX4220.G3
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSJ1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR$2bicssc
=072   7$aHRAM2$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL033000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL084000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHDJ$2thema
=072   7$aJBSF1$2thema
=072   7$aJBSR$2thema
=072   7$aQRAM2$2thema
=100  1\$aLähnemann, Henrike,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000219945157$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1994-5157
=245  14$aThe Life of Nuns :$bLove, Politics, and Religion in Medieval German Convents /$cHenrike Lähnemann, Eva Schlotheuber; translated by Anne Simon.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+204 pages): $b44 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrologue: Voices from the PastI. Enclosure1. The Nuns’ Flight2. The Convent Living Space3. The Ebstorf World MapII. Education1. The Convent as School2. The Convent as Cultural and Educational Space3. The Heiningen Philosophy TapestryIII. Nuns, Family, and Community1. Life History and Family Influence2. The Family and the Convent Community3. Representation and StatusIV. Love and Friendship1. Friendship Beyond Convent Walls2. The Idea of Friendship3. Christ Embracing John the Evangelist as Spiritual BridehoodV. Music and Reform1. Secular Songs while Breaking Flax2. Convent Reform3. Music Instruction in Kloster EbstorfVI. Reformation1. The Papal Legate Arrives in Town2. Convents during the Reformation3. A Vision of the ReformationVII. Illness and Dying1. Death in the Community2. Medicinal Knowledge and the Rituals of Dying3. This World and the Next in the Wienhausen Nuns’ ChoirVIII. Appendix1. Convent Histories2. Schematic Representations of Convent Life3. Glossary of Terms4. List of Illustrations5. Sources and Secondary LiteratureIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn the Middle Ages half of those who chose the religious life were women, yet historians have overlooked entire generations of educated, feisty, capable and enterprising nuns, condemning them to the dusty silence of the archives.  What, though, were their motives for entering a convent and what was their daily routine behind its walls like? How did they think, live and worship, both as individuals and as a community?  How did they maintain contact with the families and communities they had left behind?Henrike Lähnemann and Eva Schlotheuber offer readers a vivid insight into the largely unknown lives and work of religious women in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.  Using previously inaccessible personal diaries and letters, as well as tapestries, painting, architecture and music, the authors show that the nuns were, in fact, an active, even influential part of medieval society. They functioned as role models and engaged in spirited dialogue with other convents, with the citizens of their home towns and with the local nobility. Full of self-confidence, they organised their demanding daily lives; ran their complex convent economies as successful businesses; offered girls a comprehensive theological, musical and practical education; produced magnificent manuscripts; ministered to the convent sick and dying with homemade medicines and to family and friends with advice.  Initially—and fiercely—they resisted the Reformation, only for some of the convents to survive as Protestant women’s foundations to this day.Now, for the first time in centuries, this account by Henrike Lähnemann and Eva Schlotheuber allows the voices of these remarkable women to be heard outside the cloister and to invite us into their world.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$aNuns
=653  \\$aMedieval society
=653  \\$aReformation
=653  \\$aConvent life
=653  \\$aArchival research
=700  1\$aSchlotheuber, Eva,$eauthor.$uHeinrich Heine University Düsseldorf.$0(orcid)0000000337622818$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3762-2818
=700  1\$aSimon, Anne,$etranslator.$uSchool of Advanced Study.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0397$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0397_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04151nam  22005652  4500
=001  c2cf1745-1573-4edf-a4de-4d0609b65eb6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361430
=020  \\$z9781783749539$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749546$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749553$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0210$2doi
=024  7\$a1398181921$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4579
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aQRMF1$2thema
=100  1\$aKantor, Benjamin Paul,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  14$aThe Linguistic Classification of the Reading Traditions of Biblical Hebrew :$bA Phyla-and-Waves Model /$cBenjamin Paul Kantor.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+216 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 19.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsAbbreviations1. Introduction2. Methodology3. The Historical Attestations of the Biblical Hebrew Reading Traditions4. PHYLA: ‘Shared Innovations’ among the Reading Traditions 5. WAVES: Influence, Contact, and Convergence 6. Relationship of the Reading Traditions Works Cited Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn recent decades, the field of Biblical Hebrew philology and linguistics has been witness to a growing interest in the diverse traditions of Biblical Hebrew. Indeed, while there is a tendency for many students and scholars to conceive of Biblical Hebrew as equivalent with the Tiberian pointing of the Leningrad Codex as it appears in Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia (BHS), there are many other important reading traditions attested throughout history. Origen’s Secunda reflects a late Roman reading tradition of Biblical Hebrew transcribed into Greek letters. Occasional transcriptions of Biblical Hebrew into Latin letters in Jerome’s commentaries similarly reflect a reading tradition from early Byzantine Palestine. In the medieval period, alongside Tiberian Hebrew we also find the Babylonian tradition and the Palestinian tradition. The modern oral reading tradition of the Samaritan community also likely has roots in the Second Temple period. Aside from these primary attestations of the reading traditions, there are a whole host of other modern reading traditions of Biblical Hebrew, from Ashkenazi, to Sephardi, and Yemenite. Despite the rich diversity of traditions of Biblical Hebrew at our fingertips, the linguistic relationship between them has never been mapped out. In this book, then, the phyla-and-waves methodology, which has been used for Semitic language classification, is used to map out the relationship between the main reading traditions of Biblical Hebrew throughout history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBiblical Hebrew
=653  \\$aPhilology
=653  \\$aTiberian pointing
=653  \\$aLeningrad Codex
=653  \\$aByzantine Palestine
=653  \\$aMedieval Hebrew
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 19.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0210$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0210_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05465nam  22005772  4500
=001  70fafc82-7a5e-4b53-ad82-d54b8e17c4fc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452796
=020  \\$z9781909254350$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254367$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254374$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644557$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254381$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254398$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0028$2doi
=024  7\$a849917845$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5907
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Living Stream :$bYeats Annual No. 18 /$cedited by Warwick Gould.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii + 366 pages): $b20 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 18.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsAbbreviationsEditorial BoardNotes on ContributorsEditor's IntroductionAcknowledgements and Editorial InformationESSAYS IN MEMORY OF A NORMAN JEFFARESProfessor Alexander Norman Jeffares 11 Aug. 1920-1 June 2005Christopher RushFrom the Window of the HouseSeamus HeaneyLips and Ships, Peers and Tears: Lacrimae Rerum and Tragic JoyWarwick GouldYeats and the Colours of PoetryTerence BrownYeats’s Shakespeare: ‘There is a Good Deal of my Father in it’Denis DonoghueWhat Raftery BuitJoseph M. HassettA Portrait of George YeatsAnn SaddlemyerThe Tower: Yeats’s Anti-Modernist MonumentRonald Schuchard     Vacillation: Between What and What?Helen VendlerW. B. Yeats and the Creative Process: The Example of ‘Her Triumph’Phillip L. MarcusThe Cold HeavenDeirdre ToomeyQuestion Me Again: Reflections of W. B. Yeats and Seamus HeaneyNeil CorcoranA Checklist of the Writings of Alexander Norman Jeffares (1920-2005)Colin Smythe‘MASTER WHAT IS MOST ABSTRACT’: A FORUM ON A VISIONA Vision (1925): A Review EssayNeil MannYeats and the New PhysicsMatthew M. DeForrestREVIEWS‘A Law Indifferent to Blame or Praise’: W. B. Yeats, The Tower (1928): Manuscript Materials, edited by Richard J. Finneran, with Jared Curtis and Ann SaddlemyerWayne K. Chapman    Denis Donoghue, On EloquenceSandra ClarkNicholas Grene, Yeats’s Poetic CodesJoseph M. HassettW. B. Yeats, The King of the Great Clock Tower and A Full Moon in March: Manuscript Materials, edited by Richard Allen CaveNicholas GreneHelen Vendler, Our Secret Discipline: Yeats and Lyric FormDenis DonoghueRonald Schuchard, The Last Minstrels: Yeats and the Revival of the Bardic ArtsMatthew CampbellFiorenzo Fantaccini, W.B. Yeats e la cultura italianaK. P. S. JochumMargaret Mills Harper, Wisdom of Two: The Spiritual and Literary Collaboration of George and W. B. YeatsDenis DonoghuePUBLICATIONS RECEIVED 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aYeats Annual No. 18 is another special issue in this renowned research-level series offering a tribute to the pioneering Yeats scholar, A. Norman Jeffares. Memories of the man are shared by Seamus Heaney, Christopher Rush and Colin Smythe, who compiles a bibliography of Jeffares’s work. Terence Brown, Neil Corcoran, Warwick Gould, Joseph M. Hassett, Phillip L. Marcus, Ann Saddlemyer, Ronald Schuchard, Deirdre Toomey and Helen Vendler offer essays on such topics as Yeats and the Colours of Poetry, Yeats’s Shakespeare, Yeats and Seamus Heaney, Lacrimae Rerum and Tragic Joy, Raftery’s work on Yeats’s Thoor Ballylee, Edmund Dulac’s portrait of Mrs George Yeats, The Tower as an anti-Modernist monument, with close studies of ‘Vacillation’, ‘Her Triumph’, and ‘The Cold Heaven’. Throughout, the essays are inflected with memories of Jeffares and his critical methods. The volume is rounded with further essays on A Vision by Neil Mann and Matthew de Forrest, while reviews of recent editions and studies are provided by Matthew Campbell, Wayne K. Chapman, Sandra Clark, Denis Donoghue, Nicholas Grene, Joseph M. Hassett, and K.P.S. Jochum.Yeats Annual is published by Open Book Publishers in association with the Institute of English Studies, University of London.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Butler Yeats
=653  \\$aYeats Annual
=653  \\$aWarwick Gould
=653  \\$aInstitute of English Studies
=653  \\$aIrish literature
=653  \\$aHeaney
=653  \\$aIrish poetry
=700  1\$aGould, Warwick,$eeditor.$uUniversity of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 18.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0028$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0028_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04348nam  22005532  4500
=001  0da2c7cb-2109-4f29-bb6c-5a6d5902dd73
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447273
=020  \\$z9781800640320$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640337$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640344$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0237$2doi
=024  7\$a1237750547$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hsyr
=050  00$aPJ5693.E5
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aDF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Marvels Found in the Great Cities and in the Seas and on the Islands :$bA Representative of ‘Aǧā’ib Literature in Syriac /$ctranslated by Sergey Minov.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+204 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 6.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments1. Introduction Sergey Minov2. Edition and Translation Sergey Minov3. Commentary Sergey Minov4. Indexes Sergey Minov5. Bibliography6. Appendix: Manuscript Facsimiles Sergey Minov
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume presents the original text, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, of a hitherto unpublished Syriac composition, entitled the Marvels Found in the Great Cities and in the Seas and on the Islands. Produced by an unknown East Syrian Christian author during the late medieval or early modern period, this work offers a loosely organized catalogue of marvellous events, phenomena, and objects, natural as well as human-made, found throughout the world. The Marvels is a unique composition in that it bears witness to the creative adoption by Syriac Christians of the paradoxographical literary mode of ‘aǧā’ib that enjoyed great popularity among their Arabic- and Persian-speaking Muslim neighbours. In this composition, the East Syrian author blends together a number of different paradoxographical traditions: some inherited from the earlier Christian works in Syriac, such as the Alexander Romance, some borrowed directly or indirectly from Muslim geographical and other works, and some, apparently, circulating as a part of local oral lore. Combining entertainment and didacticism, he provides his audience with a fascinating panorama of imaginary geography, which at the same time has unmistakable Christian features.This edition makes a fascinating Syriac work available to a wider audience, and provides detailed insights into the rich assortment of traditions creatively woven together by its author. Thanks to the combination of the original text, English translation and commentary, it will be of interest to scholars and readers alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aSyriac composition
=653  \\$aMarvels Found in the Great Cities and in the Seas and on the Islands
=653  \\$aEast Syrian Christian author
=653  \\$alate medieval perios
=653  \\$aearly modern period
=700  1\$aMinov, Sergey,$etranslator.$uHebrew University of Jerusalem.$0(orcid)0000000347272348$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4727-2348
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 6.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0237$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0237_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05506nam  22007092  4500
=001  ba31e68c-e442-4b12-8c74-ebd47e12b55e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390263
=020  \\$z9781800647794$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647800$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647817$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647855$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647848$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647824$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647831$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0309$2doi
=024  7\$a1334007344$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHG4028.M4
=072   7$aK$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aKJVB$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNCD1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aBUS069030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS001010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS077000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS017010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS027010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS079000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS064010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS104000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMeeks, Geoff,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  14$aThe Merger Mystery :$bWhy Spend Ever More on Mergers When So Many Fail? /$cGeoff Meeks, J. Gay Meeks.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+162 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthor BiographiesPrefaceAcknowledgementsList of AbbreviationsPART ONEINTRODUCING THE MYSTERY1. The ChallengePART TWODETECTION: FOLLOWING THE CLUESSection AMisaligned Incentives for Executives, Advisers and Others2. Incentives for ExecutivesGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks3. Incentives for AdvisersGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks4. Incentives for Other ParticipantsGeoff Meeks and J. Gay MeeksSection BDistorted Financial Engineering: Moral Hazard, Tax Privileges and Private Equity5. Moral HazardGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks6. Subsidies for Merging FirmsGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks7. Private Equity (PE)Geoff Meeks and J. Gay MeeksSection CInformation Asymmetry8. Inefficient Mergers in an ‘Efficient’ MarketGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks9. The Accountant’s M&A CookbookGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks10. Feedback LoopsGeoff Meeks and J. Gay MeeksPART THREERESOLUTION: REVIEW AND REFORM11. Exemplars of FailureGeoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks12. Remedies?Geoff Meeks and J. Gay MeeksAppendix 1: Measuring Success or FailureAppendix II: Managing Earnings around M&AReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aStatistical studies over the last forty-five years show that, although there are success stories, very many mergers and acquisitions do not result in the increased operating profits that economics textbooks would lead one to expect. As consultancy McKinsey have put it, ‘Anyone who has researched merger success rates knows that roughly 70% fail’. Yet—mysteriously—M&A activity has boomed across the globe, with a forty-fold increase in deals done each year now compared with four decades ago, in spite of the adverse general evidence. How can it be that talented, energetic, highly skilled, law-abiding, income-maximising participants in the M&A market will often promote mergers that lead to no operating gains, frequently with adverse effects on the wider economy too?Drawing on findings from a wealth of statistical analyses and case evidence from many businesses, the book presents answers to this merger mystery. In a synthesis of ideas from several disciplines, solutions are detected in misaligned incentives, distorted financial engineering and information asymmetry. By revealing how weaknesses at multiple points can interact and cumulate to produce inefficient outcomes, the discussion serves as a corrective to the overwhelmingly positive tone of most commentary on M&A, whilst also advocating changes in participants’ contracts, in taxation, and in regulation which could significantly reduce the number of mergers that fail.Designed to be accessible to a wide readership, the book will be of interest to investors, to M&A practitioners and commentators, to researchers and students of economics, political economy, finance, management and accounting, and—importantly—to policy makers working in these areas.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amergers and acquisitions
=653  \\$astatistical analysis
=653  \\$acase evidence
=653  \\$afinancial engineering
=653  \\$aincentives
=700  1\$aMeeks, J. Gay,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0309$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0309_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04113nam  22005532  4500
=001  dc773a3b-abf8-4b5f-9b2d-cd3ecfecd8fe
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392550
=020  \\$z9781800643024$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643031$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643048$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0272$2doi
=024  7\$a1296943153$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ5289
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aAloni, Oz,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Neo-Aramaic Oral Heritage of the Jews of Zakho /$cOz Aloni.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+354 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 11.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAt foot of cover: University of Cambridge, Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies. At head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures. Includes examples of Neo-Aramaic dialect of the Jews of Zakho.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroductionOz AloniChapter 1: ProverbsOz AloniChapter 2: Enriched biblical narrativesOz AloniChapter 3: A FolktaleOz AloniClosing RemarksOz AloniReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn 1951, the secluded Neo-Aramaic-speaking Jewish community of Zakho migrated collectively to Israel. It carried with it its unique language, culture and customs, many of which bore resemblance to those found in classical rabbinic literature. Like others in Kurdistan, for example, the Jews of Zakho retained a vibrant tradition of creating and performing songs based on embellishing biblical stories with Aggadic traditions.Despite the recent growth of scholarly interest into Neo-Aramaic communities, however, studies have to this point almost exclusively focused on the linguistic analysis of their critically endangered dialects and little attention has been paid to the sociological, historical and literary analysis of the cultural output of the diverse and isolated Neo-Aramaic communities of Kurdistan. In this innovative book, Oz Aloni seeks to redress this balance.Aloni focuses on three genres of the Zakho community’s oral heritage: the proverb, the enriched biblical narrative and the folktale. Each chapter draws on the authors’ own fieldwork among members of the Zakho community now living in Jerusalem. He examines the proverb in its performative context, the rewritten biblical epic narrative of Ruth, Naomi and King David, and a folktale with the unusual theme of magical gender transformation. Insightfully breaking down these examples with analysis drawn from a variety of conceptual fields, Aloni succeeds in his mission to put the speakers of the language and their culture on equal footing with their speech.
=536  \\$aHebrew University of Jerusalem$eThe Martin Buber Society of Fellows
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aZakho
=653  \\$aNeo-Aramaic
=653  \\$afolktale
=653  \\$anarrative
=653  \\$aproverb
=653  \\$aoral heritage
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 11.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0272$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0272_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05361nam  22007092  4500
=001  317a9a27-3bf5-4cef-9091-c355f71b7122
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388881
=020  \\$z9781800648142$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648159$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648166$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648203$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648173$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0314$2doi
=024  7\$a1432460782$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGV1796.M5
=072   7$aASD$2bicssc
=072   7$aASDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aASDR$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$a1D$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER003090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER003100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS044000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aATQR$2thema
=072   7$aATQ$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=072   7$aNHD$2thema
=072   7$aAVLP$2thema
=245  04$aThe Nordic Minuet :$bRoyal Fashion and Peasant Tradition /$cedited by Petri Hoppu, Egil Bakka, Anne Margrete Fiskvik.
=264  \1$aCambridge,UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+578 pages): $b221 illustrations, 20 tables, 26 videos.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aForeword1. IntroductionPART I: DEFINING AND SITUATING THE MINUET IN HISTORY AND RESEARCH2. Situating the Minuet3. The Minuet as Part of Instrumental and Dance Music in EuropePART II: REFERENCES AND NARRATIVES4. Nordic Dancing Masters during the Eighteenth Century5. The Minuet in Sweden – and its Eastern Part Finland – during the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries and in Sweden after 18006. The Minuet in Finland after 1800 7. The Minuet in Norway8. The Minuet in Denmark 1688–1820PART III: SOURCES ABOUT THE DANCE FORM AND HOW THEY WERE CREATED9. Historical Examples of the Forms of the Minuet10. The Minuet in the Theatre11. Collecting Minuets in Denmark in the Twentieth Century12. Collecting Minuets among the Swedish-speaking Population in Finland13. Minuet Music in the Nordic CountriesPART IV: THE MINUET AS MOVEMENT PATTERNS14. Nordic Forms of the Minuet15. Minuet Structures16. New Perspectives on the Minuet StepPART V: POST REVIVAL – THE LATE TWENTIETH AND TWENTY-FIRST CENTURIES17. Minuet Memories and the Minuet among the Swedish-speaking Population in Finland today18. Minuet Constructions and Reconstructions19. New Forms and Contexts of the Minuet in the Nordic CountriesEPILOGUE20. Some Reflections on the MinuetList of IllustrationsList of VideosMap of LocationsAbout the AuthorsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis major new anthology of the minuet in the Nordic countries comprehensively explores the dance as a historical, social and cultural phenomenon. One of the most significant dances in Europe, with a strong symbolic significance in western dance culture and dance scholarship, the minuet has evolved a distinctive pathway in this region, which these rigorous and pioneering essays explore.As well as situating the minuet in different national and cultural contexts, this collection marshals a vast number of sources, including images and films, to analyze the changes in the dance across time and among different classes. Following the development of the minuet into dance revival and historical dance movements of the twentieth century, this rich compendium draws together a distinguished group of scholars to stimulate fresh evaluations and new perspectives on the minuet in history and practice.The Nordic Minuet: Royal Fashion and Peasant Tradition is essential reading for researchers, students and practitioners of dance; musicologists; and historical and folk dancers; it will be of interest to anybody who wants to learn more about this vibrant dance tradition.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAnthology
=653  \\$aMinuet
=653  \\$aNordic countries
=653  \\$aDance culture
=653  \\$aHistorical context
=653  \\$aDance revival
=700  1\$aHoppu, Petri,$eeditor.$uOulu University of Applied Sciences.$0(orcid)0000000163945210$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6394-5210
=700  1\$aBakka, Egil,$eeditor.$uNorwegian University of Science and Technology.$0(orcid)0000000299591474$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9959-1474
=700  1\$aFiskvik, Anne Margrete,$eeditor.$uNorwegian University of Science and Technology.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0314$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0314_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05809nam  22006492  4500
=001  ef8211a4-1080-455f-926f-79f5ab140fcf
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385337
=020  \\$z9781800643987$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643994$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644007$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649224$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800644038$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800644014$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800644021$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0289$2doi
=024  7\$a1348487055$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBP131.15.I5
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLukman, Fadhli,$eauthor.$uUniversitas Islam Negeri Sunan Kalijaga.$0(orcid)0000000233388158$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3338-8158
=245  14$aThe Official Indonesian Qurʾān Translation :$bThe History and Politics of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya /$cFadhli Lukman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xx+346 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aThe Global Qur'an ;$vvol. 1.$x2753-8044$x2753-8036
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the Author Acknowledgments Table of Figures Notes on Transliteration and Translation Glossary and Abbreviations IntroductionApproachThe History of Indonesian State Qur’an ProjectsQur’an Translation as a Sub-Genre of Tafsīr Structural Overview 1. Islam and Muslims in the State of Indonesia: A Brief Overview Sunnism and the Islamization of Indonesia Governing Religion: The Relationship between the State and Religious GroupsThe Role of Religious Mass Movements The Ahmadiyya and Its Publication Projects 2. An Introduction to Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Contributing Institutions and the Publishers of Al-Qur’an dan TerjemahnyaThe Various Editions of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Various Forms of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Conclusion 3. The Political Significance of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Sukarno and the Ideologization of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Suharto and the De-ideologization of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Post-Suharto PeriodAl-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya and the State’s Preoccupation with LanguageConclusion4. The Hermeneutical ProductionThe General Structure of Al-Qur’an dan TerjemahnyaThe Development of the Collaborative Translation ProcessMethodologyThe Legacy of the Gandul MethodThe Sources Consulted by the Translation TeamsConclusion5. Between Official Translation and the Official ReformQ 4:1, The Creation VerseQ 4:3, Marriage and Polygamy Q 4:34, The Political Rights of WomenQ 1:7 and Q 3:19: Religious Tolerance and PluralismConclusion6. The Official Translation and Ideological Vocabulary of the StateEsa and Khalifah: Pancasila or Islamic CaliphateQ 5:51, Awliyāʾ: ‘Pemimpin-pemimpin’ (‘Leaders’) or ‘Teman Setia’ (‘Loyal Friend’)Q 6:123, Akābir Mujrimīha: ‘Penjahat Terbesar’ or ‘Pembesar yang Jahat’Q 4:59 and 83, Ūlu al-Amr: ‘Pemegang Kekuasaan’Conclusion7. One Translation, Two Faces: The Ambivalent Authority of the Official Qur’an TranslationAhok and Q 5:51: A Politicized VerseThe Accusation of Religious Blasphemy Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya and the Interpretive Dimension of the Blasphemy AllegationsImagining the State Authority in the Translation Conclusion Concluding Remarks: What Is an Official Qur’an Translation?Bibliography Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book studies the political and institutional project of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya, the official translation of the Qurʾān into Indonesian by the Indonesian government. It investigates how the translation was produced and presented, and how it is read, as well as considering the implications of the state’s involvement in such a work.Lukman analyses the politicisation of the Qurʾān commentary through discussion of how the tafsīr mechanism functions in this version, weighing up the translation’s dual constraints: the growing political context, on the one hand, and the tafsīr tradition on the other. In doing so, the book pays attention to three key areas: the production phase, the textual material, and the reception of the translation by readers.This book will be of value to scholars with an interest in tafsīr studies, modern and Southeast Asian or Indonesian tafsīr sub-fields, the study of Qurʾān translations, and Indonesian politics and religion more broadly.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAl Qur'an dan Terjemahnya
=653  \\$aIndonesia
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aQur'ān
=653  \\$astate
=653  \\$apoliticisation
=653  \\$atafsīr
=653  \\$aproduction
=653  \\$atext
=653  \\$areception
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aThe Global Qur'an ;$vvol. 1.$x2753-8044$x2753-8036
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0289$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0289_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05315nam  22005892  4500
=001  c881b206-5b16-4f05-91c5-17f23ef1564c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467803
=020  \\$z9781909254206$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254213$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254220$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644571$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254237$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254244$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0030$2doi
=024  7\$a849594484$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDD231.O66
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJF1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHDDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL072000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$eauthor.$uPrinceton University.
=245  14$aThe Passion of Max von Oppenheim :$bArchaeology and Intrigue in the Middle East from Wilhelm II to Hitler /$cLionel Gossman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi +  390 pages): $b19 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aINTRODUCTIONPART I. FAMILY BACKGROUND, DIPLOMATIC CAREER, ROLE IN WORLD WAR I1. The Oppenheims2. The Charm of the Orient3. Attaché in Cairo. "The Kaiser’s Spy"4. The Spectre of Pan-Islamism and Jihad. The Background of Oppenheim’s 1914 Denkschrift betreffend die Revolutionierung der islamischen Gebiete Unserer Feinde5. Oppenheim’s 1914 Denkschrift6. Promoter of German Economic Expansion and the Berlin-Baghdad RailwayPART II. THE ARCHAEOLOGIST: TELL HALAF7. Discovery and Excavation, Publications and Critical Reception8. Financial Difficulties. The Fate of the Tell Halaf FindsPART III."THE KAISER’S SPY" UNDER NATIONAL SOCIALISM. "LEBEN IM NS-STAAT"9. Questions10. The Oppenheims and their Bank under National Socialism11. Waldemar and Friedrich Carl von Oppenheim, so-called "Quarter-Jews", during the National Socialist Regime: Work for the Abwehr (German Counter-Intelligence) and Association with the Conservative "Widerstand" (German Resistance)12. Max von Oppenheim, "Half-Jew," during the National Socialist Regime(i) Oppenheim and the Race Question (ii) Support of the Regime13. Plotting for Nazi Germany. Oppenheim’s Role in the Middle East Policy of the Third Reich14. Max von Oppenheim’s Last YearsPART IV. MAX VON OPPENHEIM’S RELATION TO NATIONAL SOCIALISM IN CONTEXT. SOME RESPONSES OF "NON-ARYAN” GERMANS TO NATIONAL SOCIALISM15. Two Jewish Organizations: the Verband nationaldeutscher Juden(Association of German National Jews) and the Reichsbund jüdischer Frontsoldaten (Jewish War Veterans Association)16. Some Individuals: Schoeps, Pevsner, Kantorowicz, Landmann17. By Way of ConclusionAPPENDIX of originals and translations of passages quoted          INDEX OF NAMES
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBorn into a prominent German Jewish banking family, Baron Max von Oppenheim (1860-1946) was a keen amateur archaeologist and ethnologist. His discovery and excavation of Tell Halaf in Syria marked an important contribution to knowledge of the ancient Middle East, while his massive study of the Bedouins is still consulted by scholars today. He was also an ardent German patriot, eager to support his country's pursuit of its "place in the sun". Excluded by his part-Jewish ancestry from the regular diplomatic service, Oppenheim earned a reputation as "the Kaiser's spy" because of his intriguing against the British in Cairo, as well as his plan, at the start of the First World War, to incite Muslims under British, French and Russian rule to a jihad against the colonial powers. After 1933, despite being half-Jewish according to the Nuremberg Laws, Oppenheim was not persecuted by the Nazis. In fact, he placed his knowledge of the Middle East and his connections with Muslim leaders at the service of the regime. Ranging widely over many fields—from war studies to archaeology and banking history—The Passion of Max von Oppenheim tells the gripping and at times unsettling story of one part-Jewish man's passion for his country in the face of persistent and, in his later years, genocidal anti-Semitism.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNazi history
=653  \\$aanti-semitism
=653  \\$aMiddle East
=653  \\$aGerman history
=653  \\$aJewish history
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0030$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0030_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04197nam  22006132  4500
=001  2a68c002-616e-4dd5-bed7-1ba7ddbbd72a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020476625
=020  \\$z9781783749089$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783749096$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783749102$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646124$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783749133$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783749119$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783749126$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0201$2doi
=024  7\$a1266655131$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=050  00$aPQ2019.P25
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ADF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=245  00$a'The Philosophes' by Charles Palissot /$cedited by Jessica Goodman, Olivier Ferret.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+226 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aOriginally published in French as: Les Philosophes.
=505  0\$aContentsIntroduction Jessica Goodman and Olivier FerretLetter by Mr Palissot, Author of the Comedy The Philsophes, to Serve as a Preface to the Play Charles Palissot de Montenoy and Jessica GoodmanThe PhilosophesLettre du Sieur Palissot, Auteur de la Comédie des Philosophes, pour Servir de Préface a la Pièce Charles Palissot de MontenoyLes PhilosophesEndnotes Jessica Jessica and Olivier FerretBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn 1760, the French playwright Charles Palissot de Montenoy wrote Les Philosophes – a scandalous farcical comedy about a group of opportunistic self-styled philosophers. Les Philosophes emerged in the charged historical context of the pamphlet wars surrounding the publication of Diderot and d’Alembert’s Encyclopédie, and delivered an oblique but acerbic criticism of the intellectuals of the eighteenth-century Enlightenment, including the likes of Diderot and Rousseau.This book presents the first high-quality English translation of the play, including critical apparatus. The translation is based on Olivier Ferret’s edition, and renders the text into iambic pentameter to preserve the character of the original. Adaptations are further provided of Ferret’s introduction and notes.This masterful and highly accessible translation of Les Philosophes opens up this polemical text to a non-specialist audience. It will be a valuable resource to non-Francophone scholars and students working on the philosophical exchanges of the Enlightenment.Moreover, this translation – the result of a year-long project undertaken by Jessica Goodman with six of her undergraduate French students – expounds the value of collaboration between scholar and student, and, as such, provides a model for other language tutors embarking on translation projects with their students.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCharles Palissot de Montenoy
=653  \\$aLes Philosophes
=653  \\$acomedy
=653  \\$aplay
=653  \\$acritical apparatus
=653  \\$atranslation
=700  1\$aGoodman, Jessica,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.$0(orcid)0000000184761613$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8476-1613
=700  1\$aFerret, Olivier,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0201$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0201_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04815nam  22006132  4500
=001  c13b8011-9f08-491b-a334-650db131a4e3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385335
=020  \\$z9781800647725$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647732$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647749$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647787$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647770$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647756$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647763$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0308$2doi
=024  7\$a1372397104$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hnon
=050  00$aPT7234.E5
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ACSX$2bicssc
=072   7$aDC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC014020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE022000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPettit, Edward,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Poetic Edda :$bA Dual-Language Edition /$cEdward Pettit.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+878 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements ixSigns and Abbreviations xiIntroduction 1Poems from the Codex Regius of the Poetic Edda (Gammel kongelig Samling 2365 4to) 29Vǫluspá (Codex Regius) 31Hávamál 73Vafþrúðnismál 135Grímnismál 165Fǫr Skírnis 207Hárbarðsljóð 231Hymiskviða 259Lokasenna 283Þrymskviða 325Vǫlundarkviða 341Alvíssmál 365Helgakviða Hundingsbana in fyrri 385Helgakviða Hjǫrvarðssonar 409Helgakviða Hundingsbana ǫnnur 433Frá dauða Sinfjǫtla 457Grípisspá 461Reginsmál 479Fáfnismál 495Sigrdrífumál 519Brot af Sigurðarkviðu 537Guðrúnarkviða in fyrsta 551Sigurðarkviða in skamma 567Helreið Brynhildar 595Dráp Niflunga 605Guðrúnarkviða ǫnnur 609Guðrúnarkviða in þriðja 629Oddrúnargrátr 639Atlakviða in grœnlenzka 657Atlamál in grœnlenzku 679Guðrúnarhvǫt 715Hamðismál 727Poems from Other Manuscripts 745Vǫluspá (Hauksbók) 747Baldrs draumar 771Rígsþula 783Hyndluljóð 805Svipdagsmál (Gróugaldr and Fjǫlsvinnsmál) 831Index 863
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book is an edition and translation of one of the most important and celebrated sources of Old Norse-Icelandic mythology and heroic legend, namely the medieval poems now known collectively as the Poetic Edda or Elder Edda. Included are thirty-six texts, which are mostly preserved in medieval manuscripts, especially the thirteenth-century Icelandic codex traditionally known as the Codex Regius of the Poetic Edda. The poems cover diverse subjects, including the creation, destruction and rebirth of the world, the dealings of gods such as Óðinn, Þórr and Loki with giants and each other, and the more intimate, personal tragedies of the hero Sigurðr, his wife Guðrún and the valkyrie Brynhildr. Each poem is provided with an introduction, synopsis and suggestions for further reading. The Old Norse texts are furnished with a textual apparatus recording the manuscript readings behind this edition’s emendations, as well as select variant readings. The accompanying translations, informed by the latest scholarship, are concisely annotated to make them as accessible as possible.As the first open-access, single-volume parallel Old Norse edition and English translation of the Poetic Edda, this book will prove a valuable resource for students and scholars of Old Norse literature. It will also interest those researching other fields of medieval literature (especially Old English and Middle High German), and appeal to a wider general audience drawn to the myths and legends of the Viking Age and subsequent centuries.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aOld Norse-Icelandic mythology
=653  \\$aheroic legend
=653  \\$amedieval poems
=653  \\$aPoetic Edda
=653  \\$aElder Edda
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0308$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0308_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04375nam  22006372  4500
=001  a590e991-d685-471f-8dea-0c78b54f4500
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452966
=020  \\$z9781783747443$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747450$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747467$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645905$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747498$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747474$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747481$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0176$2doi
=024  7\$a1117876505$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hyid
=050  00$aD639.J4
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTZ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFSR1$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037070$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19 :$bPrelude to the Holocaust /$ctranslated by Maurice Wolfthal.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+104 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aFirst published in Yiddish as:   Title Pogromen in Uḳraine : di tsayṭ fun der frayṿiliger armey. Berlin : Ṿosṭoḳ, 1923.
=505  0\$aPrefaceGrzegorz Rossoliński-LiebeIntroductionMaurice WolfthalFurther ReadingThe Pogroms in Ukraine: The Period of the Volunteer ArmyNokhem ShtifPreface    The Situation of the Jews in Ukraine before the Arrival of Denikin’s Volunteer Army    Before the Pogroms and During the Pogroms    The Volunteer Army’s Own Style of Pogrom    The Causes of the Pogroms. Pogroms as Part of the Military and Political Program. The Connection to the High Command.List of Jewish Communities that Were DestroyedSourcesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBetween 1918 and 1921 an estimated 100,000 Jewish people were killed, maimed or tortured in pogroms in Ukraine. Hundreds of Jewish communities were burned to the ground and hundreds of thousands of people were left homeless and destitute, including orphaned children. A number of groups were responsible for these brutal attacks, including the Volunteer Army, a faction of the Russian White Army.The Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19: Prelude to the Holocaust is a vivid and horrifying account of the atrocities committed by the Volunteer Army, written by Nokhem Schtif, an eminent Yiddish linguist and social activist who joined the relief efforts on behalf of the pogrom survivors in Kiev. Schtif’s testimony, published in 1923, was born from his encounters there and from the weighty archive of documentation amassed by the relief workers. This was one of the earliest efforts to systematically record human rights atrocities on a mass scale.Originally written in Yiddish and here skillfully translated and introduced by Maurice Wolfthal, The Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19 brings to light a terrible and historically neglected series of persecutions that foreshadowed the Holocaust by twenty years. It is essential reading for academics and students in the fields of human rights, Jewish studies, Russian and Soviet studies, and Ukraine studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aJewish people
=653  \\$apogroms
=653  \\$aUkraine
=653  \\$aJewish communities
=653  \\$aVolunteer Army
=653  \\$aRussian White Army
=653  \\$aNokhem Schtif
=653  \\$aYiddish linguist
=653  \\$aYiddish
=700  1\$aWolfthal, Maurice,$etranslator.$0(orcid)0000000345229936$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4522-9936
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0176$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0176_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05033nam  22006852  4500
=001  62d82013-26de-4f5b-ac9b-f7210abb1eec
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452978
=020  \\$z9781783747047$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747054$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747061$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645844$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747092$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747078$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747085$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0169$2doi
=024  7\$a1127458095$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aP35.5.A78
=072   7$aCFB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJF$2bicssc
=072   7$aJH$2bicssc
=072   7$a1F$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN009050$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL062000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya /$cedited by Selma K. Sonntag, Mark Turin.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+184 pages): $b12 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContributorsPreface    Introduction: Language Politics and Language Contact    Selma K. Sonntag    Language Contact and the Politics of Recognition amongst Tibetans in the People’s Republic of China: The rTa’u-Speaking ‘Horpa’ of Khams    Tunzhi (Sonam Lhundrop), Hiroyuki Suzuki, and Gerald Roche    What Happened to the Ahom Language? The Politics of Language Contact in Assam    Selma K. Sonntag    Transforming Language to Script: Constructing Linguistic Authority through Language Contact in Schools in Nepal    Uma Pradhan    The Significance of Place in Ethnolinguistic Vitality: Spatial Variations Across the Kaike-Speaking Diaspora of Nepal    Maya Daurio    Speaking Chone, Speaking ‘Shallow’: Dual Linguistic Hegemonies in China’s Tibetan Frontier    Bendi Tso and Mark Turin    Concluding Thoughts on Language Shift and Linguistic Diversity in the Himalaya: The Case of Nepal    Mark TurinList of Tables and FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis highly original and timely collection brings together case studies from salient areas of the Himalayan region to explore the politics of language contact. Promoting a linguistically and historically grounded perspective, The Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya offers nuanced insights into language and its relation to power in this geopolitically complex region.Edited by respected scholars in the field, the collection comprises five new research contributions by established and early-career researchers who have been significantly engaged in the Himalayan region. Grounded in a commitment to theoretically informed area studies, and covering Tibet (China), Assam (India), and Nepal, each case study is situated within contemporary debates in sociolinguistics, political science, and language policy and planning. Bridging disciplines and transcending nation-states, the volume offers a unique contribution to the study of language contact and its political implications.The Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya is essential reading for researchers in the fields of language policy and planning, applied linguistics, and language and literary education. The detailed introduction and concluding commentary make the collection accessible to all social scientists concerned with questions of language, and the volume as a whole will be of interest to scholars in anthropology, sociolinguistics, political science and Asian studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHimalaya
=653  \\$aHimalayan region
=653  \\$apolitics of language contact
=653  \\$aTibet
=653  \\$aAssam
=653  \\$aNepal
=653  \\$asociolinguistics
=653  \\$apolitical science
=653  \\$apolitical science
=700  1\$aSonntag, Selma K.,$eeditor.$uHumboldt State University.
=700  1\$aTurin, Mark,$eeditor.$uUniversity of British Columbia.$0(orcid)0000000222620986$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0169$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0169_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  10947nam  22006252  4500
=001  0ea743b8-e4f2-4259-bad8-a8fc5d3838a0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386022
=020  \\$z9781800644168$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800644175$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644182$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646766$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800644212$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800644199$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800644205$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0292$2doi
=024  7\$a1335598895$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML3830
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS015000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHallam, Susan,$eauthor.$uUniversity College London.
=245  14$aThe Power of Music :$bAn Exploration of the Evidence /$cSusan Hallam, Evangelos Himonides.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+828 pages): $b3 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthor BiographiesSusan HallamEvangelos HimonidesPreface1. IntroductionMusic, Its Functions and OriginsTransfer of LearningMethodological IssuesWays of Engaging with Music and Varying Levels of CommitmentMusic TherapyInterpreting the Research Findings2. Music and NeuroscienceNeuroscientific MethodsChanges in the Brain following Musical ActivityComparisons between Musicians’ and Non-Musicians’ ExpertiseThe Automation of Skills as Expertise IncreasesBimanual Motor CoordinationMultisensory LearningNeurological Differences Relating to Genre and the Instrument PlayedStudies with Child Musicians and Non-MusiciansGenetic and Maturational Effects versus Training EffectsIntervention StudiesOverview3. Aural Perception and Language SkillsExplanations of the Relationships between Music and LanguageComparisons between Musicians and Non-MusiciansResearch with ChildrenResearch with those with Auditory or Language ImpairmentsOverview4. Literacy and Related Language SkillsCorrelation Studies and Comparisons between Musicians and Non-MusiciansIntervention StudiesChildren Facing Challenges with Literacy SkillsAre Pitch or Rhythm Programmes More Effective in Enhancing Literacy?Reviews, Meta-Analyses and ConclusionsSpellingWritingOverview5. Music, Spatial Reasoning and Mathematical PerformanceComparisons between Musicians and Non-Musicians, and Correlation StudiesMusical Interventions and Spatial-Temporal ReasoningThe Relationships between Spatial Skills and MathematicsThe Relationships between Music, Spatial Skills and MathematicsMusical Engagement and Mathematical PerformanceOverview6. The Impact of Musical Engagement on MemoryVisual MemoryResearch with ChildrenVerbal MemoryResearch with ChildrenWorking MemoryResearch with AdultsResearch with Children and Young PeopleOlder AdultsReviews and Meta-AnalysesOverview7. Executive Functioning and Self-RegulationResearch with AdultsResearch with ChildrenResearch with Older PeopleReviews of the LiteratureOverview8. Intellectual DevelopmentNature or NurtureCorrelational and Comparative Research with AdultsCorrelation and Comparative Research with ChildrenIntervention StudiesMusic and Emotional IntelligenceStudies with Older AdultsReviews and Meta-AnalysesOverview9. Musicians and CreativityNeurological Studies of CreativityCorrelational and Comparative Research on MusiciansThe Personality of Musicians and CreativityIntervention StudiesCreativity in Later LifeReviews and Meta-AnalysesOverview10. General AttainmentCorrelation and Comparative StudiesLarge-Scale ResearchResearch with Disadvantaged PopulationsIntervention ResearchReviews and Meta-AnalysesExplanations for the Research FindingsNeurological StudiesLength of Engagement with MusicType, Nature and Quality of Musical TrainingThe Role of Executive Functions in AttainmentPersonality FactorsMotivationOverview11. Music and StudyingListening to Music prior to Completing a TaskBackground MusicThe Nature of the MusicPreferred Music, Familiarity and LikingPreference for Music of One’s Own CultureThe Nature of the Task To Be CompletedBackground Music and MemoryBackground Music and AttentionReading ComprehensionSecond-Language LearningBackground Music and English as a Second LanguageIndividual DifferencesMusical ExpertiseGenderPersonalityBackground Music and MetacognitionThe Impact of Background Music on Children’s Behaviour and Task PerformanceBackground Music and Primary-School ChildrenBackground Music and Older StudentsResearch with Children with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, ADHD and Developmental DifficultiesChildren with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Attention Deficit DisorderEmotional and Behavioural DifficultiesOlder Adults and those with Cognitive ImpairmentReviews and Meta-AnalysesExplaining the Impact of Background Music on Cognitive PerformanceAn Explanatory FrameworkOverview12. Re-Engagement and MotivationMotivationMotivation Developed through Engagement with MusicChildren and Young People Facing Challenging Life CircumstancesEl Sistema and Sistema-inspired ProgrammesRaised Aspirations and Motivation for LearningSelf-BeliefsSchool Attendance and Positive Attitudes towards SchoolEmotional and Behavioural DifficultiesTransferable SkillsMusic Interventions Unrelated to El SistemaSchool Attendance and Attitudes towards SchoolThe Integration of Young People with Special Educational Needs into Mainstream EducationSchool-Based Music Therapy Interventions for Children with Emotional and Behavioural DifficultiesThe Role of Rap and Hip Hop in Therapy in School ContextsMusic Programmes for Young OffendersMusic Programmes for Adult OffendersChoirsProjects Using GamelanAssorted Music TherapiesOverview13. Personal, Social and Physical DevelopmentPersonal DevelopmentMusic and IdentityMusic and PersonalitySelf-BeliefsSelf-Beliefs, Deprivation and DisaffectionChildren with Special Educational Needs and DisabilitiesEnsemble ParticipationMusical Preferences and Self-EsteemSocial DevelopmentMusical Ensembles and TeamworkSchool ClimateSistema ProgrammesProsocial Skills and EmpathyInterventions for Children with Special Educational Needs and DisabilitiesPhysical DevelopmentMusic, Locomotor Performance and Coordinated Motor SkillsOverview14. Psychological WellbeingThe Use of Music to Support Emotional Stability and Manage MoodsSingingWellbeing in Young ChildrenMusic and Wellbeing in School-Aged ParticipantsMusic and Wellbeing in Adolescents and Young PeopleActively Making MusicMusic and Wellbeing in AdultsParticipation in Musical ActivitiesAttendance at Music FestivalsMusic and Wellbeing in the Older GenerationMusic, Wellbeing and the COVID-19 PandemicThe Impact of the Pandemic on Music ProfessionalsOverview15. Music and Physical and Mental HealthThe Role of Music in Psychological and Physical HealthMusic, Stress and the Immune SystemActive Music-Making and the Promotion of General Good HealthMusic, Health and the Older GenerationMusic, Dementia and Care in the HomeReviews of the Relationship between Music Therapy and DementiaMusic, Public Health and Music on PrescriptionThe Role of Community Music and Creative WorkshopsMusic, Brain Plasticity and MovementBreathingSpeech ImpairmentMusic in Hospital SettingsMusic and Mental Health: Stress, Anxiety and DepressionMental Health Care in Children, Adolescents and Young PeopleInsomniaMusic, Trauma and AbuseSevere Mental Ill-HealthOverview16. Music, Inclusion and Social CohesionMusic and ConflictMusic and RefugeesSocial InclusionOverview17. Music in Everyday LifeMusic and LeisureListening to MusicAttending Live Musical EventsActively Making MusicSocioeconomic StatusMusic in the ArtsListening to Support Everyday ActivitiesMusic and DrivingMusic at Work and to Accompany Mental ActivityMusic and ExerciseMusic, Commerce and ConsumptionThe Economics of MusicMusic and Non-Human SpeciesOverviewReflections on an Exploration of the Evidence for the Power of MusicBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBuilding on her earlier work, 'The Power of Music: A Research Synthesis of the Impact of Actively Making Music on the Intellectual, Social and Personal Development of Children and Young People', this volume by Susan Hallam and Evangelos Himonides is an important new resource in the field of music education, practice, and psychology.A well-signposted text with helpful subheadings, 'The Power of Music: An Exploration of the Evidence' gathers and synthesises research in neuroscience, psychology, and education to develop our understanding of the effects of listening to and actively making music. Its chapters address music’s relationship with literacy and numeracy, transferable skills, its impact on social cohesion and personal wellbeing, as well as the roles that music plays in our everyday lives.Considering evidence from large population samples to individual case studies and across age groups, the authors also pose important methodological questions to the research community. 'The Power of Music' defends qualitative research against a requirement for randomised control trials that can obscure the diverse and often fraught contexts in which people of all ages and backgrounds are exposed to, and engage with, music.This magnificent and comprehensive volume allows the evidence about the power of music to speak for itself, thus providing an essential directory for those researching music education and its social, personal, and cognitive impact across human ages and experiences.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$amusic education
=653  \\$amusic practice
=653  \\$apsychology
=653  \\$alistening to music
=653  \\$amaking music
=653  \\$amusic therapy
=653  \\$ameta-research
=700  1\$aHimonides, Evangelos,$eauthor.$uUniversity College London.$0(orcid)0000000287490799$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8749-0799
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0292$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0292_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05517nam  22006852  4500
=001  75e078a6-ed0d-4b23-9153-b374a65df225
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361350
=020  \\$z9781805111344$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111351$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111368$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111405$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111399$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805111375$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0364$2doi
=024  7\$a1406070085$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ286.S37
=072   7$aKNTP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLATC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKN$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBUS070000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJNFC$2thema
=072   7$aKJG$2thema
=072   7$aKN$2thema
=100  1\$aKoerber, Amy,$eauthor.$uTexas Tech University.$0(orcid)0000000269265520$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6926-5520
=245  14$aThe Predatory Paradox :$bEthics, Politics, and Practices in Contemporary Scholarly Publishing /$cAmy Koerber, Jesse C. Starkey, Karin Ardon-Dryer, R. Glenn Cummins, Lyombe Eko, Kerk F. Kee.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+276 pages): $b7 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthor InformationAcknowledgementsIntroduction1. Ethical, Legal, and Policy Issues in the Knowledge Creation Paradigm: The Case of OMICS International, Open Access, and ‘Predatory’ Publishing2. Open Science, Open Data: The ‘Open’ Movement in Scholarly Publishing3. Research Quality: Understanding Definitions of and 
Challenges to Quality in the Knowledge Production Process 4. Scientific Hoaxes and the Predatory Paradox: Past, Present, 
and Future 5. Avoiding the Pitfalls of Predatory Publishing: Guidance for Graduate Students and Junior Scholars 6. What’s Being Taught about Predatory Publishing? 
A Systematic Review of University Resources 7. Predatory Paradoxes: What Comes Next?Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn today’s ‘publish or perish’ academic setting, the institutional prizing of quantity over quality has given rise to and perpetuated the dilemma of predatory publishing. Upon a close examination, however, the definition of ‘predatory’ itself becomes slippery, evading neat boxes or lists which might seek to easily define and guard against it. This volume serves to foreground a nuanced representation of this multifaceted issue. In such a rapidly evolving landscape, this book becomes a field guide to its historical, political, and economic aspects, presenting thoughtful interviews, legal analysis and original research. Case studies from both European-American and non-European-American stakeholders emphasize the worldwide nature of the challenge faced by researchers of all levels.This coauthored book is structured into both textual and supplemental materials. Key takeaways, discussion questions, and complete classroom activities accompanying each chapter provide opportunities for engagement and real-world applications of these concepts. Crucially relevant to early career researchers and the senior faculty, library scholars, and administrators who mentor and support them, 'The Predatory Paradox: Ethics, Politics, and Practices in Contemporary Scholarly Publishing' offers practical recommendations for navigating the complex and often contradictory advice currently available. University instructors and teaching faculty will also find the reading essential in order to properly prepare both graduate and undergraduate students for the potential pitfalls endemic to scholarly publishing.
=536  \\$aNational Science Foundation$c1926348
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$apredatory publishing
=653  \\$ascholarly ethics
=653  \\$ascholarly politics
=653  \\$ascholarly practices
=653  \\$auniversities
=653  \\$ascholarly publishing
=700  1\$aStarkey, Jesse C.,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000170633397$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7063-3397
=700  1\$aArdon-Dryer, Karin,$eauthor.$uTexas Tech University.$0(orcid)0000000203831905$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0383-1905
=700  1\$aCummins, R. Glenn,$eauthor.$uTexas Tech University.$0(orcid)0000000196260453$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9626-0453
=700  1\$aEko, Lyombe,$eauthor.$uTexas Tech University.$0(orcid)0000000260804727$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6080-4727
=700  1\$aKee, Kerk F.,$eauthor.$uTexas Tech University.$0(orcid)0000000205435009$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0543-5009
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0364$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0364_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05577nam  22006852  4500
=001  6c5ac548-c111-48bb-8651-7d3f363b0588
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467310
=020  \\$z9781783745548$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745555$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745562$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645592$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746095$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745579$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745586$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0140$2doi
=024  7\$a1148149711$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPT2653.U7
=072   7$aBGH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO022000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO026000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZur Mühlen, Hermynia,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Red Countess :$bSelect Autobiographical and Fictional Writing of Hermynia Zur Mühlen (1883-1951) /$cHermynia Zur Mühlen; edited by Lionel Gossman.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 445 pages): $b17 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"Translation, annotations and essay by Lionel Grossman"--Publisher's website. Includes English translation of the original work: Ende und Anfang : ein Lebensbuch / von Hermynia zur Mühlen. Berlin : S. Fischer, 1929. Previous edition published with title: The end and the beginning : the book of my life / by Hermynia Zur Mühlen; with notes and a tribute by Lionel Grossman. 2010.
=505  0\$aTranslator’s Introductory Note Acknowledgments1. The End and the Beginning: The Book of My Life2. Supplement to The End and the Beginning3. Notes on Persons and Events Mentioned in the Memoir4. Feuilletons and Fairy Tales: A SamplingEditor’s NoteThe Red RedeemerConfessionHigh TreasonDeath of a ShadeA Secondary HappinessThe SeñoraMiss BringtonWe Have to Tell ThemPainted on IvoryThe SparrowThe Spectacles5. Our Daughters the Nazi Girls. A Synopsis in English6. Remembering Hermynia Zur Mühlen: A Tribute7. Works by Hermynia Zur Mühlen in English Translation8. Image PortfolioList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBorn into a distinguished aristocratic family of the old Habsburg Empire, Hermynia Zur Mühlen spent much of her childhood and early youth travelling in Europe and North Africa with her diplomat father. Never comfortable with the traditional roles women were expected to play, she broke as a young adult both with her family and, after five years on his estate in the old Czarist Russia, with her German Junker husband, and set out as an independent, free-thinking individual, earning a precarious living as a writer. She translated over 70 books from English, French and Russian into German, notably the novels of Upton Sinclair, which she turned into best-sellers in Germany; produced a series of detective novels under a pseudonym; wrote seven engaging and thought-provoking novels of her own, six of which were translated into English; contributed countless insightful short stories and articles to newspapers and magazines; and, having become a committed socialist, achieved international renown in the 1920s with her Fairy Tales for Workers’ Children, which were widely translated including into Chinese and Japanese. Because of her fervent and outspoken opposition to National Socialism, she and her life-long Jewish partner, Stefan Klein, had to flee first Germany, where they had settled, and then, in 1938, her native Austria. They found refuge in England, where Zur Mühlen died, forgotten and virtually penniless, in 1951. This new, expanded edition contains: Zur Mühlen’s autobiographical memoir, The End and the Beginning; The editor’s detailed notes on the persons and events mentioned in the autobiography; A selection of Zur Mühlen’s short stories and two fairy tales; A synopsis of Zur Mühlen’s untranslated novel Our Daughters the Nazi Girls; An essay by the Editor on Zur Mühlen’s life and work; A bibliography of Zur Mühlen’s novels in English translation; A portfolio of selected illustrations of her work by George Grosz and Heinrich Vogeler; A free online supplement with additional original material
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWorld War I
=653  \\$aFirst World War
=653  \\$aGreat War
=653  \\$awomen's history
=653  \\$amemoir
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aautobiography
=653  \\$aGermany
=653  \\$aEuropean History
=653  \\$aGerman literature
=653  \\$aAustrian literature
=653  \\$afeminism
=653  \\$aNazism
=653  \\$aAustro-Hungarian Empire
=700  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$eeditor.$uPrinceton University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0140$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0140_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03966nam  22005652  4500
=001  ef5e4013-a46c-4e61-924b-5c95f5f86f8b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452885
=020  \\$z9781783741229$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741236$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741243$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644816$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741250$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741267$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0054$2doi
=024  7\$a908833490$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQ125.2
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJD$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aTeich, Mikuláš,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  14$aThe Scientific Revolution Revisited /$cMikuláš Teich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 146 pages): $b15 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNote on Terminology and AcknowledgementsPrefaceIntroduction1  From Pre-classical to Classical Pursuits2  Experimentation and Quantification3  Institutionalisation of Science4  Truth(s)5  The Scientific Revolution: The Big Picture6  West and East European ContextsEpilogueReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Scientific Revolution Revisited brings Mikuláš Teich back to the great movement of thought and action that transformed European science and society in the seventeenth century. Drawing on a lifetime of scholarly experience in six penetrating chapters, Teich examines the ways of investigating and understanding nature that matured during the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance, charting their progress towards science as we now know it and insisting on the essential interpenetration of such inquiry with its changing social environment. The Scientific Revolution was marked by the global expansion of trade by European powers and by interstate rivalries for a stake in the developing world market, in which advanced medieval China, remarkably, did not participate. It is in the wake of these happenings, in Teich's original retelling, that the Thirty Years War and the Scientific Revolution emerge as products of and factors in an uneven transition in European and world history: from natural philosophy to modern science, feudalism to capitalism, the late medieval to the early modern period. With a narrative that moves from pre-classical thought to the European institutionalisation of science – and a scope that embraces figures both lionised and neglected, such as Nicole Oresme, Francis Bacon, Thomas Hobbes, Isaac Newton, René Descartes, Thaddeus Hagecius, Johann Joachim Becher – The Scientific Revolution Revisited illuminates the social and intellectual sea changes that shaped the modern world.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aScientific Revolution
=653  \\$ascience
=653  \\$asociety
=653  \\$aseventeenth century
=653  \\$aEurope
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0054$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0054_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04444nam  22005652  4500
=001  3e455063-abc7-4811-b6c2-de42e35e0c6e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361259
=020  \\$z9781805111825$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111832$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111849$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0382$2doi
=024  7\$a1411183271$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4527
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aQRMF1$2thema
=100  1\$aKantor, Benjamin Paul,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  14$aThe Standard Language Ideology of the Hebrew and Arabic Grammarians of the ʿAbbasid Period /$cBenjamin Paul Kantor.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+220 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 21.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments1. Introduction2. Previous Studies on the Interface between the Medieval Hebrew and Arabic GrammaticalTraditions3. (Standard) Language Ideology as a Theoretical Framework 4. Defining the Standard Language and Its Corpus 5. The Purpose of the Standard Language and the Grammarians’ Mission 6. Conclusions Works Cited Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAs a discipline, the study of Biblical Hebrew grammar began largely among Arabic-speaking Jews of the Middle Ages, particularly in the ʿAbbasid period (750–1258 CE). Indeed, it has long been acknowledged by scholars that the Hebrew grammatical tradition, in many ways, grew up out of and alongside the Arabic grammatical tradition. Many concepts present in Hebrew grammar have their origins in the writings of Arabic grammarians of the ʿAbbasid period. And yet, as recent linguistic and anthropological work has shown, setting down ‘the grammar’ of a language can be as much an ideological or political activity as an academic one.In addition to the language itself, speech communities also share beliefs and attitudes about that language—what linguistic anthropologists would term a ‘language ideology’. Language ideology can have a dramatic impact on what forms of the language one regards as acceptable and what sort of rules one imposes on and through their description of the language. Nevertheless, while much work has been done on the interface between Hebrew and Arabic grammar and literature in the Middle Ages, interface of their respective language ideologies has yet to be treated theoretically or systematically.In the present book, then, we survey six specific characteristics of a ‘standard language ideology’ that appear in both the writings of the Hebrew grammarians who wrote in Judeo-Arabic and the Arabic grammarians during the ʿAbbasid period. Such striking lines of linguistic-ideological similarity suggest that it may not have been only grammatical concepts or literary genres that the medieval Hebrew grammarians inherited from the Arabic grammatical tradition, but a way of thinking about language as well.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBiblical Hebrew Grammar
=653  \\$aArabic-speaking Jews
=653  \\$aLanguage Ideology
=653  \\$aʿAbbasid Period
=653  \\$aStandard Language Ideology
=653  \\$aMedieval Hebrew Grammarians
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 21.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0382$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0382_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04252nam  22006252  4500
=001  4c0a96a3-734a-4330-b8d6-78a3c642f8cd
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513489
=020  \\$z9781805113744$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113751$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113768$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113782$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113775$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0420$2doi
=024  7\$a1467055515$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aLC4812
=072   7$aEDU026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU015000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC029000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY022010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHEA039150$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$a4TW$2thema
=072   7$aJNM$2thema
=072   7$aJNSC$2thema
=072   7$aMKFK$2thema
=072   7$aJNFK$2thema
=100  1\$aLierman, Ash,$eauthor.$uRowan University.$0(orcid)0000000284622557$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8462-2557
=245  14$aThe Struggle You Can’t See :$bExperiences of Neurodivergent and Invisibly Disabled Students in Higher Education /$cAsh Lierman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+272 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorList of AbbreviationsIntroductionPart I: Foundations1. The Higher Education Landscape2. Terminology, Categories, and Complicating FactorsPart II: Challenges3. Institutional Systems, Disability Services, and the Tensions of Self-Advocacy and Disclosure4. Curriculum and Classroom5. Co-Curricular Campus Life6. Intersectional ConsiderationsPart III: Directions for Positive Change7. Curricular Support Strategies8. Co-Curricular StrategiesConclusionsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book offers a comprehensive review of current research on the higher education experiences of neurodivergent undergraduate students and those with invisible disabilities. Grounded in principles of social justice and equity, this work draws from design thinking, the neurodiversity model, and Universal Design for Learning, to explore the context of higher education in relation to neurodivergent and disabled students.The author discusses findings from literature on the experiences of students with ADHD, dyslexia, autism, psychiatric disabilities, traumatic brain injuries, and disabling chronic physical illnesses. The inclusion of students with chronic illnesses is particularly timely, given the rising prevalence of long COVID symptoms and other lasting health impacts among university-aged individuals. Moreover Ash Lierman, who has extensive experience of serving students marginalized students, gives voice to this community, thus providing both a synthesis of existing research, and highlighting the needs and challenges of the students themselves.The Struggle You Can’t See serves as a valuable resource for researchers and practitioners seeking to understand and support this underserved population, offering insights for transformational change in higher education.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aNeurodivergent students
=653  \\$aInvisible disabilities
=653  \\$aHigher education
=653  \\$aSocial justice
=653  \\$aUniversal Design for Learning
=653  \\$aChronic illnesses
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0420$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0420_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05465nam  22006372  4500
=001  b9e742f1-3db2-4149-b55d-171d48f859d6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452800
=020  \\$z9781906924157$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924164$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924171$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644366$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0009$2doi
=024  7\$a702115347$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aBS1735.55
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006740$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS048000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART015000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Sword of Judith :$bJudith Studies Across the Disciplines /$cedited by Kevin R. Brine, Elena Ciletti, Henrike Lähnemann.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xix + 514 pages): $b53 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aThis book was published in partnership with the Re:Enlightenment Project.
=505  0\$a1.  The Judith ProjectKevin R. Brine2. The Jewish Textual TraditionsDeborah Levine Gera3. Judith in the Christian TraditionElena Ciletti and Henrike LähnemannPart 1. Writing Judith1.1 Jewish Textual Traditions4. Holofernes's Canopy in the SeptuagintBarbara Schmitz5. Shorter Medieval Hebrew Tales of JudithDeborah Levine Gera6. Food, Sex, and Redemption in Megillat Yehudit (the "Scroll of Judith")Susan Weingarten7. Shalom bar Abraham's Book of Judith in YiddishRuth von Bernuth and Michael Terry1.2 Christian Textual Tradition8. Typology and Agency in Prudentius's Treatment of the Judith StoryMarc Mastrangelo9. Judith in Late Anglo-Saxon EnglandTracey-Anne Cooper10. The Prayer of Judith in Two Late-Fifteenth-Century French Mystery PlaysJohn Nassichuk11. The Example of Judith in Early Modern French LiteratureKathleen M. Llewellyn12. The Aestheticization of Tyrannicide: Du Bartas's La JuditRobert Cummings13. The Cunning of Judith in Late Medieval German TextsHenrike Lähnemann14. The Role of Judith in Margaret Fell's Womens Speaking JustifiedJanet Bartholomew Part 2. Staging Judith    2.1 Visual Arts15. Judith, Jael, and Humilitas in the Speculum VirginumElizabeth Bailey16. Judith between the Private and Public Realms in Renaissance FlorenceRoger J. Crum17. Donatello's Judith as the Emblem of God's Chosen PeopleSarah Blake McHam18. Costuming Judith in Italian Art of the Sixteenth CenturyDiane Apostolos-Cappadona19. Judith Imagery as Catholic Orthodoxy in Counter-Reformation ItalyElena Ciletti2.2 Music and Drama20. Judith, Music, and Female Patrons in Early Modern ItalyKelley Harness21. Judith in Baroque OratorioDavid Marsh22. Judith in the Italian Unification Process, 1800-1900Paolo Bernardini23. Marcello and Peri's Giuditta (1860)Alexandre Lhâa24. Politics, Biblical Debates, and French Dramatic Music on Judith after 1870Jann Pasler25. Judith and the "Jew-Eaters" in German VolkstheaterGabrijela Mecky ZaragozaBibliographyAbbreviationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Book of Judith tells the story of a fictitious Jewish woman beheading Holofernes, the general of a powerful army, to free her people. The story has fascinated artists and authors for centuries, and is becoming a major field of research in its own right.The Sword of Judith is the first multidisciplinary collection of essays to discuss representations of Judith throughout the centuries. Bringing together scholars from around the world, it transforms our understanding of Judith’s enduring story across a wide range of disciplines. The book includes sections on Judith in Christian, Jewish and secular textual traditions, as well as representations of Judith in art, music and theatre. The collection includes new archival source studies and the translation of unpublished manuscripts and texts previously unavailable in English.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBook of Judith
=653  \\$aHolofernes
=653  \\$athe Bible
=653  \\$aart history
=653  \\$awomen's studies
=653  \\$agender studies
=653  \\$aChristianity
=653  \\$aJudaism
=653  \\$amyth
=653  \\$athe Old Testament
=653  \\$abiblical literature
=653  \\$abible studies
=700  1\$aBrine, Kevin R.,$eeditor.$uHobart and William Smith Colleges in Geneva.$0(orcid)0000000247340059$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4734-0059
=700  1\$aCiletti, Elena,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=700  1\$aLähnemann, Henrike,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000219945157$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1994-5157
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0009$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0009_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04357nam  22006852  4500
=001  74d1a9f7-7fb9-4767-a406-5e5aa162228c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20102010\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452799
=020  \\$z9781906924300$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924317$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924324$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644380$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0011$2doi
=024  7\$a847609650$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5438
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004180$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aMulhallen, Jacqueline,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Theatre of Shelley /$cJacqueline Mulhallen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2010.
=264  \4$c©2010
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvii + 292 pages): $b21 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aBased on the author's thesis (Ph.D., Anglia Ruskin University).
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. The Theatrical Context: The Georgian Theatre in England2. Shelley’s Theatregoing, Playreading and Criticism3. Practical Technique: The Cenci4. Turning History into Art: Charles the First5. Ideal Drama: Prometheus Unbound6. Drama for a Purpose: Hellas & Fragments of an Unfinished Drama7. Satirical Comedy: Swellfoot the TyrantConclusionAppendix I: List of Performances Seen by ShelleyAppendix II: The Programme of Songs with the Performance of DouglasSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis is the first full-length study of Shelley’s plays in performance. It offers a rich, meticulously researched history of Shelley’s role as a playwright and dramatist and a reassessment of his "closet dramas" as performable pieces of theatre. With chapters on each of Shelley’s dramatic works, the book provides a thorough discussion of the poet’s stagecraft, and analyses performances of his plays from the Georgian period to today. In addition, Mulhallen offers details of the productions Shelley saw in England and Italy, many not identified before, as well as a vivid account of the actors and personalities that constituted the theatrical scene of his time. Her research reveals Shelley as an extraordinarily talented playwright, whose fascination with contemporary theatrical theory and practice seriously challenges the notion that he was a reluctant dramatist. Prof. Stephen Behrendt (Nebraska) has described the book as "wonderfully convincing" and "something wholly new in Shelley studies", while Prof. Tim Webb (Bristol) describes Mulhallen as having a "more precisely developed sense of the theatrical possibilities of Shelley's work than almost anybody who has written about Shelley". The Theatre of Shelley is essential reading for anyone interested in Romanticism, nineteenth-century culture and the history of theatre.
=536  \\$aThe Jessica E. Smith and Kevin R. Brine Charitable Trust
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTheatre
=653  \\$aRomanticism
=653  \\$aliterature
=653  \\$aRomantic poetry
=653  \\$adrama
=653  \\$atheatre history
=653  \\$aRomantic culture
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=653  \\$aMary Shelley
=653  \\$aPercy Bysshe Shelley
=653  \\$aLord Byron
=653  \\$aCenci
=653  \\$aPrometheus Unbound
=653  \\$aGeorgian theatre
=653  \\$aacting
=653  \\$aactors
=653  \\$aShelley's plays
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0011$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0011_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04146nam  22005412  4500
=001  151cad12-4981-4bbe-923f-f65c9c2c6eb0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452965
=020  \\$z9781783746750$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746767$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746774$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0163$2doi
=024  7\$a1144100857$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4865
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=245  14$aThe Tiberian Pronunciation Tradition of Biblical Hebrew, Volume 1 /$cGeoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xv+746 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAt head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroduction Geoffrey KhanI.1. Consonants Geoffrey KhanI.2. Vowels and Syllable Structure Geoffrey KhanI.3. Dagesh and Rafe Geoffrey KhanI.4. Reflections of the Imperfect Learning of the Tiberian Pronunciation in the Middle Ages Geoffrey KhanI.5. Summary of the Tiberian Pronunciation and Sample Transcriptions of Biblical Passages Geoffrey KhanReferences And AbbreviationsIndexes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe form of Biblical Hebrew that is presented in printed editions, with vocalization and accent signs, has its origin in medieval manuscripts of the Bible. The vocalization and accent signs are notation systems that were created in Tiberias in the early Islamic period by scholars known as the Tiberian Masoretes, but the oral tradition they represent has roots in antiquity. The grammatical textbooks and reference grammars of Biblical Hebrew in use today are heirs to centuries of tradition of grammatical works on Biblical Hebrew in Europe. The paradox is that this European tradition of Biblical Hebrew grammar did not have direct access to the way the Tiberian Masoretes were pronouncing Biblical Hebrew.In the last few decades, research of manuscript sources from the medieval Middle East has made it possible to reconstruct with considerable accuracy the pronunciation of the Tiberian Masoretes, which has come to be known as the ‘Tiberian pronunciation tradition’. This book presents the current state of knowledge of the Tiberian pronunciation tradition of Biblical Hebrew and a full edition of one of the key medieval sources, Hidāyat al-Qāriʾ ‘The Guide for the Reader’, by ʾAbū al-Faraj Hārūn. There is also an accompanying oral performance of samples of the reconstructed pronunciation by Alex Foreman. It is hoped that the book will help to break the mould of current grammatical descriptions of Biblical Hebrew and form a bridge between modern traditions of grammar and the school of the Masoretes of Tiberias. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBiblical Hebrew
=653  \\$amedieval manuscripts of the Bible
=653  \\$aTiberias
=653  \\$aearly Islamic period
=653  \\$aTiberian Masoretes
=653  \\$aHidāyat al-Qāriʾ
=653  \\$aʾAbū al-Faraj Hārūn
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0163$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0163_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03977nam  22005412  4500
=001  0ea95332-4f93-4238-ba37-11c31c63a40c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452958
=020  \\$z9781783748570$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748587$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748594$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0194$2doi
=024  7\$a1141918126$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4865
=072   7$aHRCG$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aREL006020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKhan, Geoffrey,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000225509896$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2550-9896
=245  14$aThe Tiberian Pronunciation Tradition of Biblical Hebrew, Volume 2 /$cGeoffrey Khan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+354 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAt head of front cover: Cambridge Semitic languages and cultures.
=505  0\$aContentsII. INTRODUCTION Geoffrey KhanHIDĀYAT AL-QĀRIʾ (LONG VERSION) Geoffrey KhanHIDĀYAT AL-QĀRIʾ (SHORT VERSION) Geoffrey KhanCOMMENTARY ON HIDĀYAT AL-QĀRIʾ Geoffrey KhanReferences and AbbreviationsIndexes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe form of Biblical Hebrew that is presented in printed editions, with vocalization and accent signs, has its origin in medieval manuscripts of the Bible. The vocalization and accent signs are notation systems that were created in Tiberias in the early Islamic period by scholars known as the Tiberian Masoretes, but the oral tradition they represent has roots in antiquity. The grammatical textbooks and reference grammars of Biblical Hebrew in use today are heirs to centuries of tradition of grammatical works on Biblical Hebrew in Europe. The paradox is that this European tradition of Biblical Hebrew grammar did not have direct access to the way the Tiberian Masoretes were pronouncing Biblical Hebrew.In the last few decades, research of manuscript sources from the medieval Middle East has made it possible to reconstruct with considerable accuracy the pronunciation of the Tiberian Masoretes, which has come to be known as the ‘Tiberian pronunciation tradition’. This book presents the current state of knowledge of the Tiberian pronunciation tradition of Biblical Hebrew and a full edition of one of the key medieval sources, Hidāyat al-Qāriʾ ‘The Guide for the Reader’, by ʾAbū al-Faraj Hārūn. There is also an accompanying oral performance of samples of the reconstructed pronunciation by Alex Foreman. It is hoped that the book will help to break the mould of current grammatical descriptions of Biblical Hebrew and form a bridge between modern traditions of grammar and the school of the Masoretes of Tiberias. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBiblical Hebrew
=653  \\$amedieval manuscripts of the Bible
=653  \\$aTiberias
=653  \\$aearly Islamic period
=653  \\$aTiberian Masoretes
=653  \\$aHidāyat al-Qāriʾ
=653  \\$aʾAbū al-Faraj Hārūn
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0194$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0194_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07052nam  22006012  4500
=001  4e32c230-e711-4e32-a5ac-337dc02ea359
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452717
=020  \\$z9781783742189$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742196$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742202$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645103$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746071$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742219$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742226$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0091$2doi
=024  7\$a1001700320$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aK3238.31948
=072   7$aJPA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPV$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL035010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL035000$2bisacsh
=245  04$aThe Universal Declaration of Human Rights in the 21st Century :$bA Living Document in a Changing World /$cedited by Gordon Brown.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 134 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aGlossaryIntroduction by Gordon BrownPreface by Paul BoghossianAcknowledgmentsExecutive SummaryPreamble1. The Long and Influential Life of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights1.1 History of the UDHR1.2 Affirming and protecting the UDHR1.3 The changing context1.4 The enduring relevance of the UDHR1.5 Legal status1.6 Foundational principles1.7 Universality1.8 Interconnectivity of rights2. The Evolving Understanding of Rights2.1 Rights of members of specific groupsa. The rights of womenb. The rights of childrenc. The rights of the disabled, including the profoundly disabledd. Rights related to sexual orientatione. The rights of prisoners2.2 Rights of groups as sucha. The right to national self-determination, including regional autonomy and subsidiarityb. The rights of indigenous peoplesc. Ethnic cleansingd. The rights of peoples prejudiced at the national or communal level by climate change2.3 Rights related to other issues involving vital interestsa. Migrationb. Statelessnessc. Administrative justiced. Corruptione. Privacy from state or corporate electronic surveillancef. Access to the Internet and electronic communication on a global scaleg. Extreme poverty and deep economic inequalityh. Healthcarei. A safe, clean, healthy, and sustainable environment2.4 An open task3. Limitations and Derogations3.1 Adequacy of Article 29 account of limitations3.2 Derogation of rights in national or international emergencies3.3 Regulation of the use of force4. Social and Economic Rights4.1 The importance of social and economic rights4.2 Relation to availability of resources4.3 Responsibilities for social and economic rights4.4 Poverty reduction and other human rights5. Responsibility for Human Rights5.1 The special role of states5.2 Other entitiesa. Sub-national governmentsb. International institutionsc. Corporationsd. Private persons5.3 Responsibilities of rights-bearers5.4 No closed model of responsibility6. Implementation of Human Rights6.1 Introduction6.2 State of play on representative rightsa. Anti-slavery (Article 4)b. Anti-torture (Article 5)c. Free expression (Article 19) and free association (Article 20)d. Education (Article 26)e. Summary6.3 Suggestions on implementationa. Recommendations for strengthening the UN system on human rights implementationi. Implement the recommendations of UN human rights mechanismsii. Enhance the OHCHR’s field presenceiii. Raise human rights concerns for consideration by the UN Security Counciliv. Limit the UN Security Council veto in the case of mass atrocitiesv. Harness technology to enhance human rights accountabilityb. National and regional legal systemsc. NGOsd. Human rights educationi. The UDHR and human rights education for allii. The UDHR and human rights education sinceiii. Transformative human rights educationiv. Advancing transformative human rights education6.4 Sovereigntya. General (human rights as limits on sovereignty)b. Sanctions, denunciations, and other measuresc. Responsibility to Protect7. Human Rights and a Global EthicAppendix A: The Universal Declaration of Human RightsAppendix B: Members of the CommissionAppendix C: Members of the Philosophers' CommitteeOnline AppendicesAppendix D: Human Rights EducationAppendix E: Human Rights Implementation
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Global Citizenship Commission was convened, under the leadership of former British Prime Minister Gordon Brown and the auspices of NYU’s Global Institute for Advanced Study, to re-examine the spirit and stirring words of The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The result – this volume – offers a 21st-century commentary on the original document, furthering the work of human rights and illuminating the ideal of global citizenship. What does it mean for each of us to be members of a global community?Since 1948, the Declaration has stood as a beacon and a standard for a better world. Yet the work of making its ideals real is far from over. Hideous and systemic human rights abuses continue to be perpetrated at an alarming rate around the world. Too many people, particularly those in power, are hostile to human rights or indifferent to their claims. Meanwhile, our global interdependence deepens.Bringing together world leaders and thinkers in the fields of politics, ethics, and philosophy, the Commission set out to develop a common understanding of the meaning of global citizenship – one that arises from basic human rights and empowers every individual in the world. This landmark report affirms the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and seeks to renew the 1948 enterprise, and the very ideal of the human family, for our day and generation.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aUniversal Declaration of Human Rights
=653  \\$aGlobal Citizenship Commission
=653  \\$aGordon Brown
=653  \\$aNYU
=653  \\$aGlobal Institute for Advanced Study
=653  \\$aglobal citizenship
=700  1\$aBrown, Gordon,$eeditor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 2.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0091$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0091_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05216nam  22005772  4500
=001  c37a3a54-9b4a-42f1-af89-2d0dc43c6604
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513479
=020  \\$z9781805113508$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113515$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113522$q(PDF)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0414$2doi
=024  7\$a1456571506$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPJ4659
=072   7$aLAN006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aCF$2thema
=072   7$aCFF$2thema
=072   7$aCFK$2thema
=072   7$a2CSJ$2thema
=100  1\$aIsaksson, Bo,$eauthor.$uUppsala University.$0(orcid)000000024667548X$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4667-548X
=245  14$aThe Verb in Classical Hebrew :$bThe Linguistic Reality behind the Consecutive Tenses /$cBo Isaksson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+731 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 27.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsAbbreviations1. Introduction2. The Conjunction Wa in CBH3. The Short Yiqṭol as a Separate Verbal Morpheme in CBH4. The Imperfective Long Yiqṭol(u) in CBH5. The Perfective Formation Qaṭal in CBH6. The Construction Wa-qaṭal in CBH7. The Linguistic Reality behind the ConsecutiveTenses8. Did This Book Achieve Its Aim? A SummaryReferencesIndices
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe consecutive tenses are fundamental in all descriptions of Classical Hebrew grammar. They are even basic to the textbooks on Biblical Hebrew. Being fundamental in the verbal system, and part of any beginner’s grammar, they pose a serious problem to a linguistic understanding of the verbal system, since grammars describe an alternation of ‘forms’ or ‘tenses’ in double pairs: wayyiqṭol alternates with its ‘equivalent’ qaṭal, and wə-qaṭal alternates with its ‘equivalent’ yiqṭol. This ‘enigma’ in the verbal system is handled in the book by recognising that the alternation of the consecutive tenses with other tenses, in the reality of the text, represents a linking of clauses. The ‘consecutive tenses’ are clause-types with a natural language connective wa- directly followed by a finite verbal morpheme, a type of clause that expressed continuity in the earliest stage of Semitic. The commonly held assumption that there is a special ‘consecutive waw’ is unwarranted. The use of the ‘consecutive’ clause-types in order to express discourse continuity indicates that Classical Hebrew has retained the old unmarked declarative word order of Semitic syntax. Seen in the light of recent research on the Tiberian reading tradition, the ‘consecutive’ wayyiqṭol can be analysed as a retention of the old Semitic past perfective *wa-yaqtul, which was pronounced wa-yiqṭol in Classical Hebrew. The ‘consecutive’ wə-qāṭal (pronounced wa-qaṭal in the classical language) constitutes the result of an internal Hebrew development into a construction (in the sense of Joan Bybee) already foreshadowed in the earliest Northwest Semitic languages. The book understands the ‘consecutive tenses’ as discourse continuity clauses, which typically form chains of main line clauses. Such chains can be interrupted by other types of clauses. This interruption is a clause linking that receives special attention in the interpretation of the Classical Hebrew verbal system. Chapter six presents a regenerated text linguistics founded on the new terminology. A clause linking approach is the central methodological procedure in this book. To this must be added diachronic typology in a comparative Semitic setting. The linguistic examples of clause linking are gathered from a large Classical Hebrew corpus, the Pentateuch and the Book of Judges, and made searchable in a database of 6559 non-archaic text records.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aconsecutive tenses
=653  \\$aClassical Hebrew
=653  \\$averbal system
=653  \\$aclause linking
=653  \\$aSemitic syntax
=653  \\$adiscourse continuity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aSemitic Languages and Cultures ;$vvol. 27.$x2632-6914$x2632-6906
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0414$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0414_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04864nam  22006252  4500
=001  f8941c4a-0178-4db5-b910-b5ad1c0b8296
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021390249
=020  \\$z9781800643321$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643338$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643345$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646797$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643376$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643352$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643369$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0277$2doi
=024  7\$a1316787706$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aMT845
=072   7$a AVX$2bicssc
=072   7$a AVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC5$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DST$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS041000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZicari, Massimo,$eauthor.$uUniversita della Svizzera Italiana.$0(orcid)0000000168844697$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6884-4697
=245  14$aThe Voice of the Century :$bThe Culture of Italian Bel Canto in Luisa Tetrazzini’s Recorded Interpretations /$cMassimo Zicari.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+214 pages): $b89 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$a"The volume includes eighty-eight musical examples and its closing section consists of the vocal scores of thirteen operatic arias".
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsIntroductionMassimo Zicari1. The Voice of the Century: Luisa Tetrazzini and Her Discographic LegacyMassimo Zicari2. The Rossinian RepertoireMassimo Zicari3. Donizetti’s OperasMassimo Zicari4. Bellini and the New Declamatory StyleMassimo Zicari5. Verdi’s Style: The End of Bel Canto?Massimo ZicariConclusionsMassimo ZicariTranscriptionsMassimo ZicariList of IllustrationsSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe fields of performance studies, empirical musicology, and the musicology of recordings have seen a tremendous development in recent years, shedding new light on the recent history of our performing tradition and conveying essential information to music practitioners, critics and audiences.This innovative work considers the notion of bel canto and the manner in which this vibrant tradition lives in the records of Luisa Tetrazzini (1871-1940), one of the most celebrated sopranos ever. Tetrazzini, whose discographic career includes about 120 recordings, belongs to that generation of inspirational performers who heralded the dawn of a new era of music appreciation, alongside such iconic figures as Enrico Caruso, Adelina Patti and Nellie Melba.Drawing on a vast body of scholarship and a number of contemporary reviews, Massimo Zicari establishes Tetrazzini’s role in the Italian operatic tradition and its much disputed set of performing conventions. His transcriptions of her recorded interpretations from Rossini, Donizetti, Bellini and Verdi will prove invaluable to singers and conductors interested in a tradition that goes back to legendary figures such as Jenny Lind and Maria Malibran. The author also discusses her voice quality and technique, tempo flexibility, her use of vibrato and portamento—features of musical performance that question several widely-held, normative views about aesthetics and interpretative tradition.The volume includes eighty-eight musical examples and its closing section consists of the vocal scores of thirteen operatic arias. The musical material (both examples and transcriptions) is entirely original. This unique approach seeks to combine an academic perspective with the making of the music, in the hope that the plea for originality may be enhanced by models from the past.
=536  \\$aSwiss National Science Foundation$c10BP12_209286
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abel canto
=653  \\$aLuisa Tetrazzini
=653  \\$aItalian operatic tradition
=653  \\$aRossini
=653  \\$aDonizetti
=653  \\$aBellini
=653  \\$aVerdi
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0277$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0277_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05329nam  22005772  4500
=001  78813578-b073-48f2-9f5f-847037d644dc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452964
=020  \\$z9781783748273$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748280$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748297$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646025$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748327$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748303$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748310$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0190$2doi
=024  7\$a1170169624$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR950.S9
=072   7$aDSBB$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$a2ABA$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aPettit, Edward,$eauthor.
=245  14$aThe Waning Sword :$bConversion Imagery and Celestial Myth in 'Beowulf' /$cEdward Pettit.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+540 pages): $b7 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsSigns and Abbreviations1. Introduction: Beowulf, an Early Anglo-Saxon Epic Edward PettitPart I. Ice, Candle and Cross: Images of the Giant Sword in Beowulf2. The Giant Sword and the Ice Edward Pettit3. The Giant Sword and the Candle Edward Pettit4. The Giant Sword and the Cross Edward PettitPart II. Sun-Swords and Moon-Monsters: On the Theft and Recovery of Sunlight in Beowulf and Other Early Northern Texts5. Whose Sword Is It, Anyway? Edward Pettit6. Ing, Ingvi-Freyr and Hroðgar Edward Pettit7. Freyr, Skírnir and Gerðr Edward Pettit8. Lævateinn and the Maelstrom-Giantess Edward Pettit9. Freyr's Solar Power and the Purifying Sword Edward Pettit10. Freyr, Heorot and the Hunt for the Solar Stag Edward Pettit11. A Tale of Two Creatures: The Theft and Recovery of Sunlight in Riddle 29 Edward Pettit12. Another Tale of Two Creatures: The Loss and Recovery of the Solar Draught-Beast in Wið Dweorh Edward Pettit13. The Solar Antler in Sólarljóð Edward Pettit14. Grendel, His Mother, and Other Moon-Monsters Edward Pettit15. The Sun in the Pike Edward Pettit16. Conclusion: Beowulf, an Anglo-Saxon Song of Ice and Fire Edward PettitSupplementary NoteList of IllustrationsIndexBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe image of a giant sword melting stands at the structural and thematic heart of the Old English heroic poem Beowulf. This meticulously researched book investigates the nature and significance of this golden-hilted weapon and its likely relatives within Beowulf and beyond, drawing on the fields of Old English and Old Norse language and literature, liturgy, archaeology, astronomy, folklore and comparative mythology.In Part I, Pettit explores the complex of connotations surrounding this image (from icicles to candles and crosses) by examining a range of medieval sources, and argues that the giant sword may function as a visual motif in which pre-Christian Germanic concepts and prominent Christian symbols coalesce.In Part II, Pettit investigates the broader Germanic background to this image, especially in relation to the god Ing/Yngvi-Freyr, and explores the capacity of myths to recur and endure across time. Drawing on an eclectic range of narrative and linguistic evidence from Northern European texts, and on archaeological discoveries, Pettit suggests that the image of the giant sword, and the characters and events associated with it, may reflect an elemental struggle between the sun and the moon, articulated through an underlying myth about the theft and repossession of sunlight.The Waning Sword: Conversion Imagery and Celestial Myth in 'Beowulf' is a welcome contribution to the overlapping fields of Beowulf-scholarship, Old Norse-Icelandic literature and Germanic philology. Not only does it present a wealth of new readings that shed light on the craft of the Beowulf-poet and inform our understanding of the poem’s major episodes and themes; it further highlights the merits of adopting an interdisciplinary approach alongside a comparative vantage point. As such, The Waning Sword will be compelling reading for Beowulf-scholars and for a wider audience of medievalists.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aOld English
=653  \\$aOld English heroic poem
=653  \\$aBeowulf
=653  \\$aOld Norse
=653  \\$agod Ing/Yngvi-Freyr
=653  \\$amedieval studies
=653  \\$amedievalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0190$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0190_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03700nam  22006612  4500
=001  cc1c7f14-65e9-4467-9a26-08949314df6e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021388894
=020  \\$z9781800648777$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648784$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648791$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648838$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648807$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0324$2doi
=024  7\$a1452474704$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHX523
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLX$2bicssc
=072   7$aJPFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL042060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aJHBA$2thema
=072   7$aKCSA$2thema
=072   7$aJPFC$2thema
=100  1\$aTumino, Stephen,$eauthor.
=245  10$aThinking Blue / Writing Red :$bMarxism and the (Post)Human /$cStephen Tumino.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii+300 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aA Class(ical) PrefaceTheory1.Marxism2.(Post)humanity3.GlobalityCulture4.Affect5.Beyoncé6.Bartleby7.Paul8.Occupy9.Twin Peaks10.Trump SpeakCritique11.Capital12.Critique13.Covid14.CommunismBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThinking Blue/Writing Red interrogates contemporary culture across a range of texts, from the pandemic (‘Covid’ and ‘Trump Speak’) to high theory (Melville's narratives) and popular culture (Beyoncé's ‘Formation’ and Super Bowl performance, Twin Peaks , metamodern ‘cli-fi’ films). Inspired by Derrida’s idea of the secret, Tumino examines the significance of social movements (Black Lives Matter, Occupy, alter-globalization) and naïve art (Darger, Ryden) to argue that these texts speak of the secrets that capitalism cannot speak. Contending that the cultural surfaces narrate only the ‘nonsecret,’ that to see the social logic of the culture one must dig into what Bruno Latour questions as the ‘deep dark below,’ Thinking Blue/Writing Red reads these texts to tease out the underlying narratives of the culture of capital.This book will be of interest to students in several disciplines, including philosophy, literary and cultural studies, film studies, women's studies, critical race studies, history, LGBTQ+ studies and environmental studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMarxism
=653  \\$aContemporary culture
=653  \\$aSocial movements
=653  \\$aCapitalism
=653  \\$aglobalization
=653  \\$aCultural politics
=653  \\$acultural theory
=653  \\$aneoliberalism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0324$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0324_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04082nam  22006252  4500
=001  7b2a1d77-c7cb-41c2-905c-3910dc764980
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452883
=020  \\$z9781783741274$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741281$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741298$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644847$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746460$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741304$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741311$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0057$2doi
=024  7\$a910991780$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aTR820.5
=072   7$aAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHO010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO001000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO023040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHO016000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGossman, Lionel,$eauthor.$uPrinceton University.
=245  10$aThomas Annan of Glasgow :$bPioneer of the Documentary Photograph /$cLionel Gossman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 182 pages): $b140 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefactory Note and Acknowledgments1. Introduction2. Paintings3. Portraits4. Landscapes5. The Built Environment6. The Old Closes and Streets of Glasgow7. EpilogueEndnotesList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn the wake of Glasgow’s transformation in the nineteenth-century into an industrial powerhouse, the "Second City of the Empire,” a substantial part of the old town of Adam Smith degenerated into an overcrowded and disease-ridden slum. The Old Closes and Streets of Glasgow, Thomas Annan’s photographic record of this central section of the city prior to its demolition in accordance with the City of Glasgow Improvements Act of 1866, is widely recognized as a classic of nineteenth-century documentary photography. Annan’s achievement as a photographer of paintings and a portrait and landscape photographer is less widely known. Thomas Annan: Photographer of Victorian Scotland offers a handy, comprehensive and copiously illustrated overview of the full range of the photographer’s work. The book opens with a brief account of the immediate context of Annan’s career as a photographer: the astonishing florescence of photography in Victorian Scotland. Successive chapters deal with each of the main fields of his activity, touching along the way on issues such as the nineteenth-century debate over the status of photography — a mechanical practice or an artistic one? — and the still ongoing controversies surrounding the documentary photograph in particular. While the text itself is intended for the general reader, extensive endnotes amplify particular themes and offer guidance to readers interested in pursuing these themes further.
=536  \\$aThe University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aThomas Annan
=653  \\$aphotography
=653  \\$adocumentary
=653  \\$aGlasgow
=653  \\$aportraits
=653  \\$alandscapes
=653  \\$aVictorian Scotland
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0057$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0057_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05486nam  22006972  4500
=001  42d81275-bfec-47f7-8002-3afcf1ecdde9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\dut\d
=010  \\$a2022361357
=020  \\$z9781800648883$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110293$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110088$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110361$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110644$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805111054$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0370$2doi
=024  7\$a1398518640$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH332
=072   7$aJFM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFMG$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAD$2bicssc
=072   7$aMJNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHB$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDR$2bicssc
=072   7$aMED050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMED058090$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY022020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI072000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI101000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMBDC$2thema
=072   7$aMKJA$2thema
=072   7$aPSC$2thema
=072   7$aPD$2thema
=100  1\$aHens, Kristien,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Antwerp.$0(orcid)0000000310627918$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1062-7918
=245  10$aToevallige ontmoetingen :$bBio-ethiek voor een gehavende planeet /$cKristien Hens; illustrations by Christina Stadlbauer, Bart H.M. Vandeput.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+280 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aThis is a translation of Chance Encounters: A Bioethics for a Damaged Planet.
=505  0\$aOpmerking aan de lezer over de keuze van de beelden en schetsenVoorwoord: Van Rensselaer Potter1. Een fundament voor de bio-ethiek: Van Rensselaer Potters nalatenschap2. Overzicht van de argumentatieDEEL ÉÉN: WETENSCHAP3. Onderzoeksethiek4. Tegen elk dualisme5. Ontwikkeling en ethiekDEEL TWEE: TOEVAL EN CREATIVITEIT6. Een hond is een hond is een hond:Over natuur en waarden7. Een procesontologie voor de bio-ethiek8. Tijd, cultuur en creativiteit9. Symbiose en interdependentieDEEL DRIE: ERVAREN10. Medische ethiek en milieu-ethiek11. Ziekten, stoornissen, handicaps en normen12. StandpuntenDEEL VIER: PROBLEMEN13. Terug naar het milieu14. Zorgende verantwoordelijkheid15. Onvergeten verleden16. Een creatieve en toekomstgerichte bio-ethiekDEEL VIJF: BIO-ETHIEK17. Concepten: Risico’s18. Ontwikkeling: Autismeonderzoek19. Trouble: Krokodillen en muizen20. Creativiteit: Een game dat bio-ethici inspireertEpiloog: Denken met …BibliografieIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn dit rigoureuze en noodzakelijke boek brengt Kristien Hens bio-ethiek en filosofie van de biologie bij elkaar, met het argument dat het ethisch noodzakelijk is om in het wetenschappelijk onderzoek een plaatsje vrij te houden voor de filosofen. Hun rol is behalve ethisch ook conceptueel: zij kunnen de kwaliteit en de coherentie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek verbeteren door erop toe te zien dat specifieke concepten op een consistente en doordachte manier worden gebruik binnen interdisciplinaire projecten. Hens argumenteert dat toeval en onzekerheid een centrale rol spelen in de bio-ethiek, maar dat die in een spanningsrelatie kunnen raken met de pogingen om bepaalde theorieën ingang te doen vinden als wetenschappelijke kennis: bij het beschrijven van organismen en praktijken creëren we op een bepaalde manier de wereld. Hens stelt dat dit noodzakelijk een ethische activiteit betreft.Doorheen de verkenning van genetisch onderzoek, biomedische ethiek, autismeonderzoek en het concept ‘risico’ toont Hens aan dat er niet zoiets bestaat als ‘universeel’ of ‘neutraal’ wetenschappelijk of klinisch weten. Integendeel, uitgaan van de gesitueerdheid van individuele ervaringen is essentieel om de wereld rondom ons te begrijpen, om er de beperkingen van in te zien (en die van onszelf) en om een ethische toekomst vorm te geven.Toevallige ontmoetingen is gericht op een breed publiek van geïnteresseerden in bio-ethiek, filosofie, antropologie en sociologie, en op onderzoekers in biomedische en milieuwetenschappen. Daarnaast is het ook relevant voor beleidsmakers. De artistieke bijdrage van Christina Stadlbauer en Bartaku zal inspirerend zijn voor kunstenaars en schrijvers die zich op het snijvlak bewegen van kunst en wetenschappen.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$abio-ethiek
=653  \\$afilosofie
=653  \\$awetenschappelijk onderzoek
=653  \\$aethisch
=653  \\$ainterdisciplinaire projecten
=700  1\$aStadlbauer, Christina,$eillustrator.
=700  1\$aVandeput, Bart H.M.,$eillustrator.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0370$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0370_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  09000nam  22006372  4500
=001  90aa9d84-a940-4812-bcd8-0d3f2587b41a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467881
=020  \\$z9781783742035$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742042$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742059$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645080$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783742066$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742073$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0088$2doi
=024  7\$a1129868810$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hfre
=050  00$aB1925.E5
=072   7$aHP$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO008000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aTolerance :$bThe Beacon of the Enlightenment /$cedited by Caroline Warman; translated by Caroline Warman.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 136 pages): $b38 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aA link  to the original French edition of this book is available from the publisher's website: Tolerance: le combat des Lumières. Paris : Société française d'étude du dix-huitième siècle, 2015. Statement of responsibility is transcribed exactly as found on the title page.
=505  0\$aIntroduction by Caroline WarmanAcknowledgements1.The Declaration of the Rights of Man and the Citizen, 17892.Voltaire, ‘Prayer to God’, from Treatise on Tolerance, 17633.Three aphorisms from Denis Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts, 1746; Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws, 1748; and Voltaire, Portable Philosophical Dictionary, 17644.Nicolas de Condorcet, 'On Admitting Women to the Rights of Citizenship', 1790 5.John Locke, Letter on Toleration, 16866.Denis Diderot, ‘Aius Locutius’, from the Encyclopédie, 17517.Montesquieu, ‘On the Enslavement of Negroes’, from The Spirit of the Laws8.Jean-François Marmontel, ‘Minds are not Enlightened by the Flames of an Executioner’s Pyre’, from Belisarius, 1767 9.Three aphorisms from Diderot The Philosopher and Marshal ***’s Wife Have a Deep Chat, 1774; Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Émile, or On Education, 1762; and Frederick the Great of Prussia10.Abbé Grégoire, On Freedom of Worship, 179411.Immanuel Kant, ‘Dare to Know’, from What is Enlightenment?, 178412.Pierre-Augustin Caron de Beaumarchais, The Marriage of Figaro, 178413.Pierre Bayle, On Tolerance, or A philosophical Commentary on these Words of the Gospel, Luke XIV. 23, Compel Them to Come in, 168614.Alexandre Deleyre, ‘Fanaticism’, from the Encyclopédie, 175615.Four aphorisms from Louis de Jaucourt, ‘Intolerant’, from the Encyclopédie, 1765; William Warburton, Essay on Egyptian Hieroglyphics, 1744; Rousseau, Émile, or On Education; and Anon., ‘Refugees’, from the Encyclopédie, 1765 16.Jean le Rond d’Alembert, On the Suppression of the Jesuits, 176517.Jeanne-Marie Roland, Personal Memoirs, 179518.Evariste de Parny, The War of the Gods, 179919.Olympe de Gouges, The Declaration of the Rights of Woman and the Female Citizen, 179120.Pierre Bayle, On Tolerance, 168621.Voltaire, La Henriade, 172322.Three aphorisms from Diderot, The Eleutheromaniacs, 1772; Rousseau, The Social Contract, 1762; and Moses Mendelssohn, Morning Hours, 178523.Montesquieu, The Persian Letters, 172124.Abbé Grégoire, 'New Observations on the Jews and in Particular on the Jews of Amsterdam and Frankfurt', 180725.Rétif de la Bretonne, Paris Nights, 178826.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Cesare Beccaria, On Crimes and Punishments, 1786; and Rousseau, The Social Contract27.Voltaire, Candide, 1759 28.d’Alembert, ‘Geometer’, from the Encyclopédie, 175729.Rabaut Saint-Étienne, ‘No Man Should Be Harassed for His Opinions nor Troubled in the Practice of His Religion’, 178930.Three aphorisms from Diderot, ‘Letter to My Brother’, 1760; Voltaire, Treatise on Metaphysics, 1735; and Rousseau, The Citizen, or An Address on Political Economy, 176531.Diderot, Extract from a Letter to Princess Dashkova, 3 April 177132.Voltaire, ‘Free Thinking’, from Dictionary of Philosophy, 176433.Jacques-Henri Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, ‘Reflections on Slavery’, from A Voyage to the Island of Mauritius, 177334.Pierre de Marivaux, The French Spectator, 5 October 1723 35.Louis-Alexandre Devérité, Collected Documents of Interest on the Case of the Desecration of the Abbeville Crucifix, which Occurred on 9th August 1765, 177636.Anon., The Private and Public Life of the Posterior Marquis de Villette, Retroactive Citizen, 179137.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Marivaux, The French Spectator; and Pierre Jean George Cabanis, On Sympathy, 180238.Leandro Fernández de Moratín, ‘A Philanthropic Congregation’, 181139.Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws 40.Voltaire, ‘On Universal Tolerance’, 176341.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Marivaux, The French Spectator; and Voltaire, ‘Fanaticisme’, from Portable Philosophical Dictionary42.Condorcet, Anti-superstitious Almanack, 1773-7443.Montesquieu, Persian Letters44.José Cadalso y Vázquez de Andrade, Defence of the Spanish Nation against Persian Letter 78 by Montesquieu, 1775 45.Nicolas-Edme Rétif, known as Rétif de la Bretonne, Ninth Juvenal. The False Immorality of the Freedom of the Press, 179646.Condorcet, Anti-superstitious Almanack47.Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Nathan the Wise, 177948.Three aphorisms from Germaine de Staël, Reflections on the French Revolution, 1818; Beccaria, On Crimes and Punishments; and Rousseau, Reveries of a Solitary Walker, 178249.Luis Guttiérez, Cornelia Bororquia, or the Inquisition’s Victim, 180150.Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, ‘Fraternal Harmonies’, 181551.Diderot, Supplement to Bougainville’s Voyage, 177252.Louis de Rouvroy, Duc de Saint-Simon, Memoirs, posthumous53.Three aphorisms from Alexandre Deleyre, ‘Fanaticism’, from the Encyclopédie; Olaudah Equiano, The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the African, 1789; and Voltaire, Letter to Jean Le Rond d’Alembert, 9 November 176454.Helvétius, Essays on the Mind, 175855.Louis-Sébastien Mercier, Portrait of Paris, 178156.Juan Pablo Forner, In Praise of Spain and its Literary Merit, 178657.Jean-Pierre Claris de Florian, ‘The Two Persians’, 179258.Three aphorisms from Rousseau, Émile, or on Education; Voltaire, Letter to the King of Prussia, 20 December 1740; and Jaucourt, ‘Tolerance’, censored article from the Encyclopédie59.Voltaire, On the Horrible Danger of Reading, 1765
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis anthology, inspired by Voltaire’s advice that a text needed to be concise to have real influence, contains firey extracts from forty different authors, from the philosophers everyone’s heard of to those whose brilliant writings are less well-known. They are immensely diverse in style and topic, but all have in common their passionate commitment to equality, freedom, and tolerance, and every single one resonates powerfully with the issues our world faces today. The book was first published by the Société française d’étude du dix-huitième siècle (the French Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies) in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo assassinations in January 2015 as a mark of solidarity, and as a response to the wide-spread interest in Enlightenment values. With the support of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies, it has now been translated by 102 French students and tutors from Oxford University. 
=536  \\$aBritish Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEnlightenment
=653  \\$aphilosophers
=653  \\$aanthology
=653  \\$aequality
=653  \\$afreedom
=653  \\$atolerance
=700  1\$aWarman, Caroline,$eeditor, translator.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 3.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0088$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0088_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05001nam  22006132  4500
=001  b59f517f-1ec8-43b4-a9cd-4b66649760cb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361804
=020  \\$z9781800649590$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649606$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649613$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649651$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649644$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800649620$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800649637$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0337$2doi
=024  7\$a1376377187$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ110.H36
=072   7$aWCS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aANT052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRudy, Kathryn M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000216337607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1633-7607
=245  10$aTouching Parchment: How Medieval Users Rubbed, Handled, and Kissed Their Manuscripts :$bVolume 1: Officials and Their Books /$cKathryn M. Rudy.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+254 pages): $b122 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments viiAbbreviations xvPART I: Introduction xvii1. Feeling One’s Way Through the Book 1I. Structure of the Book 4II. Damage 5III. A Haptic Approach 102. Ways of Touching Manuscripts 29I. Inadvertent Wear 29II. Targeted Wear 32Part II: Books and Authority 453. Swearing on Relics and Gospels 51I. Swearing on Gospels 54II. Proffering the Book 694. Kissing: From Relics to Manuscripts 81I. Kissing Missals 85II. A Brief History of the Missal 86III. Transformations of the Book 108IV. Printed Canon Pages 1185. Swearing: From Gospels to Legal Manuscripts 123I. Last Judgment Imagery for Reinforcing Obligation 125II. Local Government: Customary Law Books 137III. The University: Old Proctors’ Book 154IV.The Inquisition: Inquisitor’s Manual 1606. Performances Within the Church 167I. Choral Manuscripts 167II. Books and Holy Water 176III. Grand Obituary of Notre-Dame in Paris 186Conclusion: The Gloves Are Off 213Coda 223Index 225Bibliography 227Illustrations 239
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Medieval book, both religious and secular, was regarded as a most precious item. The traces of its use through touching and handling during different rituals such as oath-taking, is the subject of Kathryn Rudy’s research in Touching Parchment. Rudy presents numerous and fascinating case studies that relate to the evidence of use and damage through touching and or kissing. She also puts each study within a category of different ways of handling books, mainly liturgical, legal or choral practice, and in turn connects each practice to the horizontal or vertical behavioural patterns of users within a public or private environment. With her keen eye for observation in being able to identify various characteristics of inadvertent and targeted wear, the author adds a new dimension to the Medieval book. She gives the reader the opportunity to reflect on the social, anthropological and historical value of the use of the book by sharpening our senses to the way users handled books in different situations. Rudy has amassed an incredible amount of material for this research and the way in which she presents each manuscript conveys an approach that scholars on Medieval history and book materiality should keep in mind when carrying out their own research. What perhaps is most striking in her articulate text, is how she expresses that the touching of books was not without emotion, and the accumulated effects of these emotions are worthy of preservation, study and further reflection.This volume is part of a four-volume set, with two additional titles forthcoming.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMedieval book
=653  \\$areligious
=653  \\$asecular
=653  \\$atouching
=653  \\$ahandling
=653  \\$arituals
=653  \\$amedieval
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0337$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0337_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05273nam  22005892  4500
=001  0160f491-95ea-4998-812b-b313d2149c24
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781805111641$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111658$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111665$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111696$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111672$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0379$2doi
=024  7\$a1376377187$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aWCS$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLC1$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBT$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS037010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aANT052000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNHDJ$2thema
=072   7$aWC$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=100  1\$aRudy, Kathryn M.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000216337607$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1633-7607
=245  10$aTouching Parchment: How Medieval Users Rubbed, Handled, and Kissed Their Manuscripts :$bVolume 2: Social Encounters with the Book /$cKathryn M. Rudy.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii+442 pages): $b199 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgmentsFiguresAbbreviationsIntroductionI. Ideas from Volume 1II. Taxonomy for touchingChapter 1: Professing ObedienceI. From professions to vowsII. Professions in later centuries and broader social contextsIII. Expanding oath-taking: Confraternities in churchesIV. Out of the church and into the castleV. Testaments in MariënpoelVI. Hinged thinking: A civic contextChapter 2: Confraternities of LaypeopleI. The colorful confraternity of St NicholasII. Ducal patronage at LinkebeekIII. St Sebastian at St Gorik’sCodaChapter 3: Educators and LearnersI. Teaching children how to read with manuscriptsII. Teaching moralsCodaChapter 4: Performing at CourtI. Interacting with images of the VirginII. Political touchingIII. Rubbing romancesIV. Versified religion and historyV. Prose historiesCodaChapter 5: Touching DeathI. A Benedictine abbessII. Remembering John Hotham, bishop of ElyIII. Retouching, reusing, and restitching elementsCodaConclusionI. Models of transmitting gesturesII. Touching beginningsIII. Touching initials across EuropeBibliographyAppendicesAppendix 1: Gospels of St LoupAppendix 2: Chapter of Utrecht GospelsAppendix 3: Valenciennes ConfraternityAppendix 4: Linkebeek ConfraternityAppendix 5: St Gorik’s ConfraternityAppendix 6: Necrology of the canonesses regular ofSt Vitus, EltenAppendix 7: Mortuary roll for John HothamIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn the late middle ages (ca. 1200-1520), both religious and secular people used manuscripts, was regarded as a most precious item. The traces of their use through touching and handling during different rituals such as oath-taking, public reading, and memorializing the dead, is the subject of Kathryn Rudy’s research in Touching Parchment. This second volume, Social Encounters with the Book, delves into the physical interaction with books in various social settings, including education, courtly assemblies, and confraternal gatherings. Looking at acts such as pointing, scratching, and ‘wet-touching’, the author zooms in on smudges and abrasions on medieval manuscripts as testimonials of readers’ interaction with the book and its contents. In so doing, she dissects the function of books in oaths, confraternal groups, education, and courtly settings, illuminating how books were used as teaching aids and tools for conveying political messages. The narrative paints a vivid picture of medieval reading, emphasizing bodily engagement, from page-turning to the intimate act of kissing pages. Overall, this text offers a captivating exploration of the tactile and social dimensions of book use in late medieval Europe broadening our perspective on the role of objects in rituals during the middle ages. Social Encounters with the Book provides a fundamental resource to anybody interested in medieval history and book materiality more widely.This volume is part of a four-volume set, with two additional titles forthcoming.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aMedieval book
=653  \\$areligious
=653  \\$asecular
=653  \\$atouching
=653  \\$ahandling
=653  \\$arituals
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0379$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0379_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04463nam  22006132  4500
=001  9e769634-9a53-4d6f-a9f2-24f2e957f5d9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447492
=020  \\$z9781800642300$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642317$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642324$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646537$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642355$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642331$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642348$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0261$2doi
=024  7\$a1260292451$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aRC553.A88
=072   7$aMJN$2bicssc
=072   7$aMJNA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPQ$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSAD$2bicssc
=072   7$aPHI005000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPHI031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aEDU040000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY022020$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHens, Kristien,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Antwerp.$0(orcid)0000000310627918$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1062-7918
=245  10$aTowards an Ethics of Autism :$bA Philosophical Exploration /$cKristien Hens.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+188 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsPrologue: Dynamics and Ethics of Autism Kristien HensPART I: DIMENSIONS OF AUTISM1. The Origins of Autism Kristien Hens2. The Nature of Psychiatric Diagnoses Kristien Hens3. Cognitive Explanations of Autism: Beyond Theory of Mind Kristien Hens4. Sociological and Historical Explanations of Autism Kristien HensPART II: EXPERIENCES OF AUTISM5. Difference and Disability Kristien Hens6. Epistemic Injustice and Language Kristien Hens7. Experiences of Autism Kristien Hens and Raymond Langenberg8. Interlude: Autism and Time Kristien HensPART III: DYNAMICS OF AUTISM9. Labels and Looping Effects Kristien Hens10. Dynamic Approaches Kristien Hens11. Autism and Genetics Kristien HensEpilogue: Towards an Ethics of Autism Kristien HensBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat does it mean to say that someone is autistic?Dynamics of Autism is an exploration of this question and many more. In this thoughtful, wide-ranging book, Kristien Hens examines a number of perspectives on autism, including psychiatric, biological, and philosophical, to consider different ways of thinking about autism, as well as its meanings to those who experience it, those who diagnose it, and those who research it.  Hens delves into the history of autism and its roots in the work of Leo Kanner and Hans Asperger to inform a contemporary ethical analysis of the models we use to understand autism today. She explores the various impacts of a diagnosis on autistic people and their families, the relevance of disability studies, the need to include autistic people fully in discussions about (and research on) autism, and the significance of epigenetics to future work on autism.Hens weaves together a variety of perspectives that guide the reader in their own ethical reflections about autism. Rich, accessible, and multi-layered, this essential reading for for philosophers, educational scientists, and psychologists who are interested in philosophical-ethical questions related to autism, but it also has much to offer to teachers, allied health professionals, and autistic people themselves.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAutism
=653  \\$aPerspectives on autism
=653  \\$aHistory of autism
=653  \\$aLeo Kanner
=653  \\$aHans Asperger
=653  \\$aEthical reflections about autism
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0261$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0261_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08823nam  22006252  4500
=001  a040b79c-2e3e-4bbf-aaa5-664f666ae9b6
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385338
=020  \\$z9781800648562$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800648579$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800648586$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800648623$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800648616$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800648593$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800648609$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0321$2doi
=024  7\$a1355379612$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aS944.5.D42
=072   7$aRNKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI000000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aTransforming Conservation :$bA Practical Guide to Evidence and Decision Making /$cedited by William J. Sutherland.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xvi+412 pages): $b45 illustrations, 43 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAdditional resources available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aPreface ixA Vision of Transformed Conservation Practice ixReferences xList of Authors xiAcknowledgements xvReference xvPART I: WHAT IS THE PROBLEM? 11. Introduction: The Evidence Crisis and the Evidence Revolution 31.1 The Aim of the Book 51.2 The Evidence Crisis 51.3 Why is Poor Decision Making So Common? 71.4 The Evidence Revolution 111.5 The Case for Adopting Evidence Use 141.6 The Inefficiency Paradox 171.7 Transforming Decision Making 171.8 Structure of the Book 22References 23PART II: OBTAINING, ASSESSING AND SUMMARISING EVIDENCE 292. Gathering and Assessing Pieces of Evidence 312.1 What Counts as Evidence? 332.2 A Framework for Assessing the Weight of Evidence 362.3 Weighing the Evidence 412.4 Subjects of Evidence 422.5 Sources of Evidence 472.6 Types of Evidence 552.7 Acknowledgements 68References 683. Assessing Collated and Synthesised Evidence 753.1 Collating the Evidence 773.2 Systematic Maps 773.3 Subject-Wide Evidence Syntheses 823.4 Systematic Reviews 853.5 Rapid Evidence Assessments 863.6 Meta-Analyses 873.7 Open Access Effect Sizes 903.8 Overviews of Reviews 92References 924. Presenting Conclusions from Assessed Evidence 954.1 Principles for Presenting Evidence 974.2 Describing Evidence Searches 984.3 Presenting Different Types of Evidence 1004.4 Presenting Evidence Quality 1064.5 Balancing Evidence of Varying Strength 1074.6 Visualising the Balance of Evidence 1104.7 Synthesising Multiple Evidence Sources 112References 1305. Improving the Reliability of Judgements 1335.1 The Role of Judgements in Decision-Making 1355.2 When Experts Are Good (and Not so Good) 1355.3 Blind Spots of the Human Mind 1385.4 Strategies for Improving Judgements 1425.5 Structured Frameworks for Making Group Judgements 1545.6 Practical Methods for Improving Routine Judgements 159References 164PART III: MAKING AND APPLYING DECISIONS 1776. Identifying Stakeholders and Collaborating with Communities 1796.1 The Benefits of Community-Working 1816.2 Types of Community Engagement 1836.3 Identifying Who to Collaborate With 1856.4 Initiating Contact 1866.5 Creating and Maintaining Trust 1896.6 Collaborating 189References 1937. Framing the Problem and Identifying Potential Solutions 1977.1 The Approach to Identifying Problems and Potential Solutions 1997.2 Defining the Scope of the Project and the Conservation Targets 2007.3 Understanding the Biological and Human System 2007.4 Identifying Threats and Opportunities 2027.5 Taking Stock 2137.6 Identifying Potential Actions 2157.7 Developing Questions and Assumptions 220References 2278 Making Decisions for Policy and Practice 2358.1 What is a Structured Approach to Decision-Making? 2378.2 Filter Easy Decisions: Deciding Whether to Invest in Decision Making 2418.3 Preparing to Make the Decision 2448.4 Making Decisions 2478.5 Multi-Criteria Analysis 2488.6 Strategy Table 2588.7 Classifying Decisions 2588.8 Decision Trees 2598.9 Creating Models 2598.10 Achieving Consensus 263References 2649. Creating Evidence-Based Policy and Practice 2699.1 How Embedding Evidence Improves Processes 2719.2 General Principles for Embedding Evidence into Processes 2729.3 Evaluating Evidence Use 2759.4 Evidence-Based Species and Habitat Management Plans 2789.5 Evidence-Based Guidance 2799.6 Evidence-Based Policy 2829.7 Evidence-Based Business Decisions 2839.8 Evidence-Based Writing and Journalism 2869.9 Evidence-Based Funding 2889.10 Evidence-Based Decision-Support Tools 2949.11 Evidence-Based Models 297References 30010. How Conservation Practice Can Generate Evidence 30510.1 Ensuring Data Collection is Useful 30710.2 Collecting Data Along the Causal Chain 30810.3 Incorporating Tests into Conservation Practice 31510.4 Design of Experiments and Tests 31710.5 Value of Information: When Do We Know Enough? 32210.6 Writing Up and Sharing Results 323References 327PART IV: TRANSFORMING SOCIETY 33111. Creating a Culture of Evidence Use 33311.1 Why Changing Cultures is Critical 33511.2 Auditing Current Evidence Use 33511.3 Creating an Evidence-Use Plan 33811.4 Creating Expectations and Opportunities for Evidence Use 33911.5 Providing the Capacity to Deliver Evidence Use 34111.6 Training, Capacity Building, and Certification 34111.7 Learning from Failure 34211.8 Case Studies: Organisations who Shifted to Embrace Evidence Use 348References 36312. Transforming Practice: Checklists for Delivering Change 36712.1 The Importance of Checklists 37012.2 The Decision-Making Process 37212.3 Organisations 37212.4 Knowledge Brokers 37512.5 Practitioners and Decision Makers 37712.6 Commissioners of Reports and Advice 37712.7 Funders and Philanthropists 37912.8 The Research and Education Community 381References 38513. Supplementary Material from Online Resources 38713.1 Sources of Evidence 38813.2 Teaching Evidence Use 38813.3 Building the Evidence Base 38813.4 Delivering Change 38913.5 Collaborators 390References 390Checklists, Boxes and Tables 393Checklists 393Boxes 393Tables 394Figures 397Index 401
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThere are severe problems with the decision-making processes currently widely used, leading to ineffective use of evidence, faulty decisions, wasting of resources and the erosion of public and political support. In this book an international team of experts provide solutions. The transformation suggested includes rethinking how evidence is assessed, combined, communicated and used in decision-making; using effective methods when asking experts to make judgements (i.e. avoiding just asking an expert or a group of experts!); using a structured process for making decisions that incorporate the evidence and having effective processes for learning from actions. In each case, the specific problem with decision making is described with a range of practical solutions.  Adopting this approach to decision-making requires societal change so detailed suggestions are made for transforming organisations, governments, businesses, funders and philanthropists. The practical suggestions include twelve downloadable checklists. The vision of the authors is to transform conservation so it is more effective, more cost-efficient, learns from practice and is more attractive to funders. However, the lessons of this important book go well beyond conservation to decision-makers in any field.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aconservation management
=653  \\$adecision-making processes
=653  \\$ause of evidence
=653  \\$ause of resources
=653  \\$apublic support
=653  \\$apolitical support
=653  \\$aexperts provide solutions
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0321$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0321_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08337nam  22006372  4500
=001  abe4f061-ba27-4f41-a3aa-7e17c5924d51
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023446241
=020  \\$z9781800649835$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800649842$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800649859$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800649897$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800649866$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0340$2doi
=024  7\$a1428595620$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPG2985
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aLCO000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO008010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004240$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDNT$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$a2AGR$2thema
=245  00$aTranslating Russian Literature in the Global Context /$cedited by Muireann Maguire, Cathy McAteer.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+714 pages): $b11 illustrations, 2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction: The Greatest Gift?EUROPERussian Literature in Europe: An OverviewCataloniaMore Than a Century of Dostoevsky in CatalanEstoniaRussian Literature in Estonia between 1918 and 1940 with Special Reference to DostoevskyFinlandThe Pendulum of Translating Russian Literature in FinlandFrance“May Russia Find Her Thoughts Faithfully Translated”: E. M. de Vogüé’s Importation of Russian Literature into FranceGermanyMann’s View of Dostoevsky and Tolstoy in Times of War and Peace: Doctor Faustus (1947)GreeceTwo Translation Periods in Dostoevsky’s Canon Formation in Greece (1886-1900 and 1926-54)The Reception of Russian and Soviet Literature in Interwar and Postwar GreeceHungary“Russia has so far given humanity nothing but samovars”: On the Reception of Russian Literature in Hungary from the Beginning to Nabokov and BeyondIrelandAlastar Sergedhebhít Púiscín, the Séacspír of Russia: On the Irish Language Translations of PushkinItalyMariia Olsuf’eva: The Italian Voice of Soviet Dissent or, the Translator as a Transnational Socio-Cultural Actor Russian Literature in Italian: The Twentieth CenturyScandinavia – Sweden and Norway‘The mysteries of the nerves in a starving body’: Knut Hamsun and DostoevskyRomaniaDostoevsky in Romanian Culture: At the Crossroads between East and WestScotlandRussian Poetry and the Rewilding of Scottish Literature: 1917 to the PresentSpainCountess Emilia Pardo Bazán (1851-1921): The Single-handed Populariser of Russian Literature in SpainUkraineTranslating Russian Literature in Soviet and Post-Soviet UkraineAFRICA AND THE MIDDLE EASTRussian Literature in Africa: An OverviewAngolaThe Spectre of Maksim Gorky: The Influence of Mother on Angola’s Geração CulturaThe Arabic-speaking PeoplesMaksim Gorky and Arabic Literature: From The Thousand and One Nights to Contemporary ClassicsEthiopiaA Handbook of the Socialist Movement: Gorky’s Mother in EthiopiaASIARussian Literature in Asia: An OverviewChinaThe Reception of Dostoevsky in Early 20th-Century ChinaIndiaTranslation as a Cultural Event, a Journey, a Mediation, a Carnival of Creativity: A Study of the Reception of Russian literature in Colonial and Postcolonial IndiaThe Translation of Russian Literature into HindiThe Visibility of the Translator: A Case of Telugu Section in Progress Publishers and RadugaTolstoy in India: Translating Aspirations across ContinentsTolstoy Embracing Tamil: Ninety Years of Lev Tolstoy in Tamil LiteratureJapanTranslation from Russian in the Melting Pot of Japanese LiteratureKazakhstanAbai Kunanbaiuly and Russian Culture: Changing Paradigms in Post-Soviet KazakhstanMongoliaCultural Dialogue between Russia and Mongolia: Gombosuren Tserenpil and the Poetics of Translating Dostoevsky’s NovelTurkeyTraces of the Influence of Russian Literary Translations on Turkish Literature of the 1900sPushkin’s Journey through Turkish TranslationsUzbekistanFrom Russian to Uzbek (1928-53): Unequal Cultural Transfers and Institutional Supervision under Stalinist RuleVietnamTranslation of Russian Literature in North and South Vietnam during 1955-75: Two Ways of ‘Rewriting’ the History of Russian Literature in VietnamNORTH AND SOUTH AMERICABrazilTranslating Russian Literature in Brazil: Politics, Emigration, University and Journalism (1930-74)ColombiaPale Fire of the Revolution: Notes on the Reception of Russian Literature in ColombiaCuba and the CaribbeanThe Last Soviet Border: Translation Practices in the Caribbean during the Cold WarMexicoThree Stages in the Translation of Russian Literature in Mexico, 1921-2021The USAContemporary Russophone Literature of Ukraine in the Changing World of Russian LiteratureRussian Literature in the Anglophone Nations: An OverviewBibliographyAuthor BiographiesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTranslating Russian Literature in the Global Context examines the translation and reception of Russian literature as a world-wide process. This volume aims to provoke new debate about the continued currency of Russian literature as symbolic capital for international readers, in particular for nations seeking to create or consolidate cultural and political leverage in the so-called ‘World Republic of Letters’. It also seeks to examine and contrast the mechanisms of the translation and uses of Russian literature across the globe.This collection presents academic essays, grouped according to geographical location, by thirty-seven international scholars. Collectively, their expertise encompasses the global reception of Russian literature in Europe, the Former Soviet Republics, Africa, the Americas, and Asia. Their scholarship concentrates on two fundamental research areas: firstly, constructing a historical survey of the translation, publication, distribution and reception of Russian literature, or of one or more specific Russophone authors, in a given nation, language, or region; and secondly, outlining a socio-cultural microhistory of how a specific, highly influential local writer, genre, or literary group within the target culture has translated, transmitted, or adapted aspects of Russian literature in their own literary production. Each section is prefaced with a short essay by the co-editors, surveying the history of the reception of Russian literature in the given region.Considered as a whole, these chapters offer a wholly new overview of the extent and intercultural penetration of Russian and Soviet literary soft power during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. This volume will open up Slavonic Translation Studies for the general reader, the student of Comparative Literature, and the academic scholar alike.
=536  \\$aEuropean Research Council$c802437$eHorizon 2020 Research and Innovation
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aTranslation studies
=653  \\$aRussian Literature
=653  \\$aGlobal Context
=653  \\$aLiterary reception
=653  \\$asocio-cultural microhistory
=653  \\$aComparative literature
=700  1\$aMaguire, Muireann,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000176156720$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7615-6720
=700  1\$aMcAteer, Cathy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000349980233$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4998-0233
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0340$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0340_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04034nam  22006732  4500
=001  da4b5b80-d8ee-4a5d-b64d-abd0f85de3ab
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361351
=020  \\$z9781805110460$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110477$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110484$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110521$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110514$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110491$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0348$2doi
=024  7\$a1404916023$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN3433.6
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aFL$2bicssc
=072   7$aFLC$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTR$2bicssc
=072   7$aJM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJMR$2bicssc
=072   7$aFIC028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004260$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY051000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFL$2thema
=072   7$aDSK$2thema
=072   7$aJMR$2thema
=100  1\$aMatthews, Paul,$eauthor.$uUniversity of the West of England.
=245  10$aTransparent Minds in Science Fiction :$bAn Introduction to Alien, AI and Post-Human Consciousness /$cPaul Matthews.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+134 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface1. Introduction2. Authorial Approaches3. Awakenings4. The Alien, the Artificial, and the Extended5. Hive and Distributed Mind6. Supercedure: Into the Posthuman7. ConclusionBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aTransparent Minds explores the intersection between neuroscience and science fiction stories. Paul Matthews expertly analyses the narratives of humans and nonhumans from Mary Shelley to Kazuo Ishiguro across 200 years of the genre. In doing so he gives lucid insight into the meaning of existence and self-awareness. Rigorously researched and highly accessible, Matthews argues that psycho-emotional science fiction writers both imitate and inform alien and post-human consciousnesses through exploratory narratives and metaphor.Drawing from a diverse range of scholars and critics, Matthews explores topics such as psychonarration and neuroaesthetics, to create a thoughtful and cogent argument. By synthesising concepts from philosophy, neuroscience, and literary theory, Matthews posits the potential for science fiction to bridge the gap in understanding between AI and human minds. Given the recent advancements in AI technology, Matthews’ timely discussion enters the speculative realm of sentient technology and postcyborg ethics. The work constitutes a major contribution to cross-disciplinary perspectives on alien and posthuman psychology, that engages with future states of existence in both ourselves and the machines we create. Transparent Minds will be of interest to innovators, authors, and science fiction enthusiasts alike.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aartificial intelligence
=653  \\$ahuman minds
=653  \\$aliterary theory
=653  \\$aneuroscience
=653  \\$aphilosophy
=653  \\$aposthuman
=653  \\$ascience fiction
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0348$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0348_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04342nam  22006012  4500
=001  9c9db6fd-0ec8-4c27-805b-7e7810c10e97
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513477
=020  \\$z9781805111528$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805111535$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805111542$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805111573$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805111559$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0377$2doi
=024  7\$a1454830435$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR4849.K5
=072   7$aBGL$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBH$2bicssc
=072   7$aVFV$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT006000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDSG$2thema
=072   7$aDNC$2thema
=072   7$aDSA$2thema
=100  1\$aFisher, Barbara,$eauthor.
=245  10$aTrix :$bThe Other Kipling /$cBarbara Fisher.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+250 pages): $b29 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsIntroduction 1. The House of Desolation2. Macdonalds and Kiplings3. Rescue4. The Family Square 5. The Heart of a Maid6. Wife of Jack7. A Pinchbeck Goddess8. Breakdown9. Psychic Research10. Relapse and Exile11. Recovery and ReturnNotesSelect BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis volume represents the first biography of Alice MacDonald Kipling Fleming (1868-1948), known as Trix. Rarely portrayed with sympathy or accuracy in biographies of her famous brother Rudyard, Trix was a talented writer and a memorable character in her own right whose fascinating life was unknown until now. In telling Trix’s story, Barbara Fisher rescues her from the misrepresentations, trivializations, and outright neglect of Rudyard’s many biographers. This book provides the first account of Trix’s life, beginning with the horrible childhood she shared with Rudyard as a Raj orphan in England. The biography follows adolescent Trix as she returned to India, where her brother encouraged her to write poems and stories, which were regularly mistaken for his.  Her marriage to a stiff Scottish officer is chronicled from its hopeful beginnings through its childless, cheerless middle to its calm and compromised end.  Trix’s bouts of mental illness are described in sympathetic detail.Turning her attention to Trix’s oeuvre Barbara Fisher locates and attributes all of her short fiction, poetry, and journalism, giving special attention to Trix’s two ambitious but flawed novels. She also puts into historical context Trix’s long and productive participation as a medium for the Society for Psychical Research.Most importantly, Trix: The Other Kipling gives a voice, a mind, and a heart to a misunderstood, misrepresented, but indomitable woman – an accomplishment which will be of great interest to readers interested in Victorian women authors, in the cultural interchanges between England and colonial India, in serious psychical research, in the early treatment of mental illness, and more generally, in the everyday life and struggles of intellectual women of the 19th and early 20th century.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAlice MacDonald Kipling Fleming
=653  \\$aTrix
=653  \\$aRudyard Kipling
=653  \\$aVictorian women authors
=653  \\$amental illness
=653  \\$acolonial India
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0377$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0377_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06190nam  22006132  4500
=001  e5bb9f8f-7ea5-48c2-917c-43677e2608d3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452604
=020  \\$z9781783740871$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740888$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740895$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645004$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745852$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783740901$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740918$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0076$2doi
=024  7\$a987449679$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPG3056
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004240$2bisacsh
=245  00$aTwentieth-Century Russian Poetry :$bReinventing the Canon /$cedited by Katharine Hodgson, Joanne Shelton, Alexandra Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 502 pages): $b5 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aNotes on Contributors1. Introduction: Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry and the Post-Soviet Reader: Reinventing the CanonBy Katharine Hodgson and Alexandra Smith2. From the Margins to the Mainstream: Iosif Brodskii and the Twentieth-Century Poetic Canon in the Post-Soviet PeriodBy Aaron Hodgson3. ‘Golden-Mouthed Anna of All The Russias’: Canon, Canonisation, and CultBy Alexandra Harrington4. Vladimir Maiakovskii and the National School CurriculumBy Natalia Karakulina5. The Symbol of the Symbolists: Aleksandr Blok in the Changing Russian Literary CanonBy Olga Sobolev6. Canonical Mandel′shtamBy Andrew Kahn7. Revising the Twentieth-Century Poetic Canon: Ivan Bunin in Post-Soviet RussiaBy Joanne Shelton8. From Underground to Mainstream: The Case of Elena ShvartsBy Josephine von Zitzewitz9. Boris Slutskii: A Poet, his Time, and the CanonBy Katharine Hodgson10. The Diasporic Canon of Russian Poetry: The Case of the Paris NoteBy Maria Rubins11. The Thaw Generation Poets in the Post-Soviet PeriodBy Emily Lygo12. The Post-Soviet Homecoming of First-Wave Russian Émigré Poets and its Impact on the Reinvention of the PastBy Alexandra Smith13. Creating the Canon of the PresentBy Stephanie SandlerBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe canon of Russian poetry has been reshaped since the fall of the Soviet Union. A multi-authored study of changing cultural memory and identity, this revisionary work charts Russia’s shifting relationship to its own literature in the face of social upheaval.Literary canon and national identity are inextricably tied together, the composition of a canon being the attempt to single out those literary works that best express a nation’s culture. This process is, of course, fluid and subject to significant shifts, particularly at times of epochal change. This volume explores changes in the canon of twentieth-century Russian poetry from the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union to the end of Putin’s second term as Russian President in 2008. In the wake of major institutional changes, such as the abolition of state censorship and the introduction of a market economy, the way was open for wholesale reinterpretation of twentieth-century poets such as Iosif Brodskii, Anna Akhmatova and Osip Mandel′shtam, their works and their lives. In the last twenty years many critics have discussed the possibility of various coexisting canons rooted in official and non-official literature and suggested replacing the term "Soviet literature" with a new definition – "Russian literature of the Soviet period".Contributions to this volume explore the multiple factors involved in reshaping the canon, understood as a body of literary texts given exemplary or representative status as "classics". Among factors which may influence the composition of the canon are educational institutions, competing views of scholars and critics, including figures outside Russia, and the self-canonising activity of poets themselves. Canon revision further reflects contemporary concerns with the destabilising effects of emigration and the internet, and the desire to reconnect with pre-revolutionary cultural traditions through a narrative of the past which foregrounds continuity. Despite persistent nostalgic yearnings in some quarters for a single canon, the current situation is defiantly diverse, balancing both the Soviet literary tradition and the parallel contemporaneous literary worlds of the emigration and the underground.Required reading for students, teachers and lovers of Russian literature, Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry brings our understanding of post-Soviet Russia up to date.
=536  \\$aArts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC)$cAH/H039619/1$fReconfiguring the Canon of Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry, 1991-2008
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$aTwentieth-century
=653  \\$aliterary canon
=653  \\$aSoviet Union
=653  \\$aBrodskii
=653  \\$aAkhmatova
=653  \\$aMandel′shtam
=700  1\$aHodgson, Katharine,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Exeter.$0(orcid)0000000330652053$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3065-2053
=700  1\$aShelton, Joanne,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aSmith, Alexandra,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Edinburgh.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0076$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0076_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06295nam  22006372  4500
=001  fad3128f-945a-43a9-9f27-b696521c0386
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467882
=020  \\$z9781783741885$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741892$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741908$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645042$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746361$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741915$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741922$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0084$2doi
=024  7\$a934279169$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHM821
=072   7$aKCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aNettle, Daniel,$eauthor.$uNewcastle University.
=245  10$aTyneside Neighbourhoods :$bDeprivation, Social Life and Social Behaviour in One British City /$cDaniel Nettle.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 138 pages): $b30 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. IntroductionPreludeAbout this bookThe city context: Newcastle upon TyneMotivations for the Tyneside Neighbourhoods ProjectCompeting narratives: Kropotkin versus the Mountain People2. Study sites and methodsThe study neighbourhoodsDevelopment of methods: General considerationsDescription of datasets3. Mutual aidIntroductionRound one: Social interactions in the streetsRound two: Self-reported social capitalRound three: Dictator GamesClose to the edgeThe return of the lost letter, and other encounters4. Crime and punishmentIntroductionThe spreading of disorder and the maintenance of antisocial behaviourLittering and crime reportsThe Theft GameAn experiment with informationThe strange case of the norms effect that didn’t happen5. From cradle to graveIntroductionChildren’s use of the streetsSocial trust through childhoodSocial trust through adulthoodNo country for old men6. Being thereIntroductionPerceptual experience and context sensitivityAn experiment with minibusesThe social diet7. Conclusions and reflectionsIntroductionSummary and implications of findingsThe economic grit and the cultural pearlStructural change versus nudgesThe ethics of representation and the value of ethnographyReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNettle’s book presents the results of five years of comparative ethnographic fieldwork in two different neighbourhoods of the same British city, Newcastle upon Tyne. The neighbourhoods are only a few kilometres apart, yet whilst one is relatively affluent, the other is amongst the most economically deprived in the UK. Tyneside Neighbourhoods uses multiple research methods to explore social relationships and social behaviour, attempting to understand whether the experience of deprivation fosters social solidarity, or undermines it. The book is distinctive in its development of novel quantitative methods for ethnography: systematic social observation, economic games, household surveys, crime statistics, and field experiments. Nettle analyses these findings in the context of the cultural, psychological and economic consequences of economic deprivation, and of the ethical difficulties of representing a deprived community. In so doing the book sheds light on one of the main issues of our time: the roles of culture and of socioeconomic factors in determining patterns of human social behaviour.Tyneside Neighbourhoods is a must read for scholars, students, individual readers, charities and government departments seeking insight into the social consequences of deprivation and inequality in the West.Nettle’s book presents the results of five years of comparative ethnographic fieldwork in two different neighbourhoods of the same British city, Newcastle upon Tyne. The neighbourhoods are only a few kilometres apart, yet whilst one is relatively affluent, the other is amongst the most economically deprived in the UK. Tyneside Neighbourhoods uses multiple research methods to explore social relationships and social behaviour, attempting to understand whether the experience of deprivation fosters social solidarity, or undermines it. The book is distinctive in its development of novel quantitative methods for ethnography: systematic social observation, economic games, household surveys, crime statistics, and field experiments. Nettle analyses these findings in the context of the cultural, psychological and economic consequences of economic deprivation, and of the ethical difficulties of representing a deprived community. In so doing the book sheds light on one of the main issues of our time: the roles of culture and of socioeconomic factors in determining patterns of human social behaviour. Tyneside Neighbourhoods is a must read for scholars, students, individual readers, charities and government departments seeking insight into the social consequences of deprivation and inequality in the West.
=536  \\$aNewcastle University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aEthnography
=653  \\$acomparative study
=653  \\$asocial behaviour
=653  \\$aUnited Kingdom
=653  \\$aeconomic deprivation
=653  \\$asocial solidarity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0084$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0084_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07321nam  22006612  4500
=001  ba5a5ee9-4e89-414c-9f6f-f861d983bf25
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452866
=020  \\$z9781783745654$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745661$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745678$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645721$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746743$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745685$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745692$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0153$2doi
=024  7\$a1090549391$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJV6347
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWomen and Migration :$bResponses in Art and History /$cedited by Deborah Willis, Ellyn Toscano, Kalia Brooks Nelson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxx+638 pages): $b156 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of ContributorsIntroduction: Women and Migration[s]D. Willis, E. Toscano and K. Brooks NelsonPart One: Imagining Family and Migration 11Between Self and MemoryEllyn ToscanoFragments of Memory: Writing the Migrant’s StoryAnna Arabindan-KessonA Congolese Woman’s Life in Europe: A Postcolonial Diptych of MigrationSandrine ColardMigrationsKathy EngelPart Two: Mobility and MigrationCarrying MemoryMarianne HirschMaking Through MotionWangechi MutuStrange Set of Circumstances: White Artistic Migration and Crazy QuiltKaren FinleyNora Holt: New Negro Composer and Jazz Age GoddessCheryl A. WallPart Three: Understanding PathwaysSilsila: Linking Bodies, Deserts, WaterSama AlshaibiMy Baby Saved My Life: Migration and Motherhood in an American High SchoolJessica IngramVisualizing Displacement Above The FoldLorie NovakUnveiling Violence: Gender and Migration in the Discourse of Right-Wing PopulismDebora SpiniA Different LensMaaza MengisteReinventing the Spaces Within: The Early Images of Artist Lalla EssaydiIsolde BrielmaierSwimming with E. C.Kellie JonesPart Four: Reclaiming Our TimeKinship, the Middle Passage, and the Origins of Racial SlaveryJennifer L. MorganBlack Women’s Work: Resisting and Undoing Character Education and the ‘Good’ White Liberal AgendaBettina L. LoveFilipina Stories: Gabriela NY and Justice for Mary Jane VelosoEditha MesinaWomen & Migrations: African Fashion’s Global TakeoverAllana FinleyWhat Would It Mean to Sing A Black Girl’s Song?: A Brief Statement on the Reality of Anti-Black Girl TerrorTreva B. LindseyPart Five: Situated at the EdgeFredi’s Migration: Washington’s Forgotten War on HollywoodPamela NewkirkJulia de Burgos: Cultural Crossing and IconicityVanessa Pérez-RosarioSarah Parker Remond’s Black American Grand TourSirpa SaleniusMaking Latinx Art: Juana Valdes at the Crossroads of Latinx and Latin American ArtArlene DávilaMoving Mountains: Harriet Hosmer’s Nineteenth-Century Italian Migration to Become the First Professional Woman SculptorPatricia CroninPart Six: Transit, Transiting, and TransitionUrban Candy: Screens, Selfies and ImaginingsRoshini KempadooControlled Images and Cultural Reassembly: Material Black Girls Living in an Avatar WorldJoan MorganSupershero Amrita Simla, Partitioned Once, Migrated TwiceSarah K. KhanDiaspora, Indigeneity, Queer Critique: Tracey Moffatt’s Aesthetics of Dwelling in DisplacementGayatri GopinathThe Performance of Doubles: The Transposition of Gender and Race in Ming Wong’s Life of ImitationKalia Brooks NelsonPart Seven: The World is Ours, TooThe Roots of Black American Women’s Internationalism: Migrations of the Spirit and the Heart Francille Rusan Wilson'The World is Ours, Too': Millennial Women and the New Black Travel MovementTiffany M. GillPerforming a Life: Mattie Allen McAdoo’s Odyssey from Ohio to South Africa, Australia and Beyond, 1890–1900Paulette Young'I Don't Pay Those Borders No Mind At All': Audley E. Moore (‘Queen Mother’ Moore) - Grassroots Global Traveler and ActivistSharon HarleyLöis Mailou Jones in the WorldCheryl FinleyPart Eight: Emotional Cartography: Tracing the PersonalThe Ones Who Leave… the Ones Who Are Left: Guyanese Migration StoryGrace Aneiza AliThe Acton Photograph Archive: Between Representation and Re-InterpretationAlessandra CapodacquaReconciliations at Sea: Reclaiming the Lusophone Archipelago in Mónica de Miranda’s Video WorksM. Neelika JayawardaneTransnational Minor Literature: Cristina Ali Farah’s Somali Italian StoriesAlessandra Di MaioSeizing Control of the NarrativeMisan SagayMigration as a Woman’s Right: Stories from Comparative and Transnational Slavery Histories in the North Atlantic and Indian Ocean WorldsGunja SenGuptaThe Sacred Migration of Sister Gertrude MorganImani UzuriList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe essays in this book chart how women’s profound and turbulent experiences of migration have been articulated in writing, photography, art and film. As a whole, the volume gives an impression of a wide range of migratory events from women’s perspectives, covering the Caribbean Diaspora, refugees and slavery through the various lenses of politics and war, love and family.The contributors, which include academics and artists, offer both personal and critical points of view on the artistic and historical repositories of these experiences. Selfies, motherhood, violence and Hollywood all feature in this substantial treasure-trove of women’s joy and suffering, disaster and delight, place, memory and identity. This collection appeals to artists and scholars of the humanities, particularly within the social sciences; though there is much to recommend it to creatives seeking inspiration or counsel on the issue of migratory experiences.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acollection of essays
=653  \\$awomen
=653  \\$amigration
=653  \\$awomen’s experiences of migration
=653  \\$awomen’s perspectives
=653  \\$awriting
=653  \\$aphotography
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$afilm
=700  1\$aWillis, Deborah,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=700  1\$aToscano, Ellyn,$eeditor.$uNew York University Florence.
=700  1\$aBrooks Nelson, Kalia,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0153$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0153_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07100nam  22007212  4500
=001  1d76a430-7385-4f40-9262-e97adfd1daf5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021386019
=020  \\$z9781800647084$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647091$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647107$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647145$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647138$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647114$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647121$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0296$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJV6347
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC008000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWomen and Migration(s) II /$cedited by Kalia Brooks, Cheryl Finley, Ellyn Toscano, Deborah Willis.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxiv+382 pages): $b128 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes index. Links to additional resources are available from the publisher's website.
=505  0\$aContributor BiographiesIntroductionKalia Brooks, Deborah Willis, Ellyn Toscano and Cheryl FinleyPart One: Migrations and Meanings in Art1.Carry OverSama Alshaibi2.Marie Louise ChristopheFirelei Báez3.Astral SeaTsedaye Makonnen4.Maid in the USACarolina Mayorga5.RaptureShirin Neshat6.Blessing of the BoatsMuna Malik7.Island PutasGabriella N. Báez8.Barbadian Spirits—Altar for my Grandmother (Ottalie Adalese Dodds Maxwell, 1892–1991)Leslie King-Hammond9.Notes from an Undisclosed Location: Someplace in the Mojave Desert, California, United StatesBrandy Dyess10.Of Bodies and BordersMaria Elena Ortiz and Ana Teresa Fernández11.Sweet Milk in the Badlands.Allison Janae Hamilton12.Shrine for Girls: Social Justice and Aesthetic ResponsivitiesPatricia Cronin13.From a Hot BorderHồng-Ân Trương14.NormaNamesake/The ChoiceNashormeh N.R. LindoPart Two: Responses in Art History and Art Criticism15.RefugeesIfrah Mahamud Magan16.Blue and White Forever: Embodying Race and Gender in ClayKalia Brooks17.Radically Sustained Care: Chandra McCormick’s Katrina Displacement as a Mother and an ArtistHannah Ryan18.Carrie Mae Weems: Making Points and Changing ViewsDeborah Willis19.Nuyorican Abstract: Thinking through Cándida Alvarez and Glendalys MedinaArlene Dávila20.Joy Gregory: A Woman on the Go!Cheryl Finley21.Reading against the Grain of the Black Madonna: Black Motherhood, Race and ReligionYelaine RodriguezPart Three: Crisis22.Back Home: Lessons from the Pandemic on Care, Gender and JusticeDebora Spini23.Requiem for a Drink of WaterBryn Evans24.Sustaining and Retaining: A Social Ecological Reflection on Cultural Dance Performance for African Women and Femmes in Higher EducationArielsela Holdbrook-Smith25.The ‘New’ Hollywood and Beyond: Women, Migration, and Cultural VictimhoodHeike Raphael-Hernandez26.Telling the Story of a Global Pandemic: African Wax Prints, Style, Beauty and COVID-19 in Ghana, West AfricaPaulette Young27.The Empathy ExodusEsther Armah28.Being Woke: Visualizing Solidarity and ResistanceRoshini KempadooPart Four: Fragmented Memories29.A Work from Sorrow: The PEN International Women’s ManifestoJennifer Clement30.Undisciplined Pleasures, Vigilant Defiance 1.0 and 2.0 A.K.A. WMD: Women of Massive Delight | Our Own Sister F%#!-ing PantheonSarah K. Khan31.Instants: Fragments of ReturnHande Gurses32.Reflections on Migrations and Border Crossings, Destinations and DestiniesSirpa Salenius33.Optical Self(s): Métis Women’s Authorship Regarding Conception of Self in Pre-Independence SenegalSummer Sloane-Britt34.Sanfoka and the Art of Archiving Black Atlantic MigrationsGunja SenGupta35.‘These Bones Gonna Rise Again’: A Womanist ReclamationMichelle Lanier36.Being Beyond—Aesthetics of Resistance: Annemarie Clarac-SchwarzenbachBettina Gockel37.Mom RoseMelvina Lathan38.She Carried with Her Neither Memory Nor ArchiveEllyn Toscano39.Meaning and Roots in Copper: Winifred Mason in New York and HaitiTerri Geis40.Coconuts and Collards: Recipes and Stories from Puerto Rico to the Deep SouthVon Diaz41.How to Look at SilenceNohora ArrietaAcknowledgmentsList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWomen and Migration(s) II draws together contributions from scholars and artists showcasing the breadth of intersectional experiences of migration, from diaspora to internal displacement. Building on conversations initiated in Women and Migration: Responses in Art and History, this edited volume features a range of written styles, from memoir to artists’ statements to journalistic and critical essays. The collection shows how women’s experiences of migration have been articulated through art, film, poetry and even food.This varied approach aims to aid understanding of the lived experiences of home, loss, family, belonging, isolation, borders and identity—issues salient both in experiences of migration and in the epochal times in which we find ourselves today. These are stories of trauma and fear, but also stories of the strength, perseverance, hope and even joy of women surviving their own moments of disorientation, disenfranchisement and dislocation.  This collection engages with current issues in an effort to deepen understanding, encourage ongoing reflection and build a more just future. It will appeal to artists and scholars of the humanities, social sciences, and public policy, as well as general readers with an interest in women’s experiences of migration.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$awomen
=653  \\$amigration
=653  \\$aintersectionality
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$afilm
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$afood
=653  \\$aborders
=653  \\$aidentity
=653  \\$atrauma
=653  \\$adislocation
=653  \\$ahumanities
=653  \\$asocial sciences
=653  \\$apublic policy
=700  1\$aBrooks, Kalia,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=700  1\$aFinley, Cheryl,$eeditor.
=700  1\$aToscano, Ellyn,$eeditor.$uNew York University Florence.
=700  1\$aWillis, Deborah,$eeditor.$uNew York University.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0296$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0296_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04125nam  22006612  4500
=001  812fe9cd-58e2-42fe-aea0-ed32e33ce4cb
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452714
=020  \\$z9781906924652$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924669$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924676$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644458$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781906924683$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781906924690$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0018$2doi
=024  7\$a785989178$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHQ1662
=072   7$aHBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVUA$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS032000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWomen in Nineteenth-Century Russia :$bLives and Culture /$cedited by Wendy Rosslyn, Alessandra Tosi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii + 249 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Framing the View: Russian Women in the Long Nineteenth CenturySibelan Forrester2. Women and Urban CultureBarbara Alpern Engel3. Russian Peasant Women’s Culture: Three VoicesChristine D. Worobec4. Mary and Women in Late Imperial Russian OrthodoxyVera Shevzov5. Women and the Visual ArtsRosalind P. Blakesley6. Women and MusicPhilip Ross Bullock7. The Rise of the Actress in Early Nineteenth-Century RussiaJulie A. Cassiday8. "How Women Should Write": Russian Women’s Writing in the Nineteenth CenturyArja Rosenholm and Irina Savkina9. Between Law and Morality: Violence against Women in Nineteenth-Century RussiaMarianna G. MuravyevaIndex 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aRussian women of the nineteenth century are often thought of in their literary incarnations as the heroines of novels such as Anna Karenina and War and Peace. But their real counterparts are now becoming better understood as active contributors to Russia’s varied cultural landscape. This collection of essays examines the lives of women across Russia – from wealthy noblewomen in St Petersburg to desperately poor peasants in Siberia – discussing their interaction with the church and the law, and their rich contribution to music, art, literature and theatre. It shows how women struggled for greater autonomy and, both individually and collectively, developed a dynamic but often overlooked presence in Russia's culture and society during the long nineteenth century (1800-1917). Women in Nineteenth-Century Russia provides invaluable reading for anyone interested in Russian history, nineteenth-century culture and gender studies.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aRussian history
=653  \\$awomen's history
=653  \\$afeminism
=653  \\$anineteenth century Russia
=653  \\$acultural studies
=653  \\$awomen in the arts
=653  \\$agender studies
=653  \\$arussian culture
=653  \\$arussian literature
=653  \\$arussian religion
=653  \\$arussian art
=653  \\$amusic
=653  \\$atheatre
=700  1\$aRosslyn, Wendy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Nottingham.
=700  1\$aTosi, Alessandra,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0018$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0018_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05138nam  22006012  4500
=001  94989779-bf80-4ccd-bece-fa963eb025ac
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452612
=020  \\$z9781783742882$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742899$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742905$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645240$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746200$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742912$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742929$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0105$2doi
=024  7\$a966364592$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML38.W669
=072   7$aGBCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBJK$2bicssc
=072   7$aREF004000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC022000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGatten, Jeffrey N.,$eauthor.$uLoyola Marymount University.
=245  10$aWoodstock Scholarship :$bAn Interdisciplinary Annotated Bibliography /$cJeffrey N. Gatten.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 188 pages): $b6 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes indexes.
=505  0\$aPrefaceIntroductionCulture & Society   Books   Chapters   Articles   Proceedings   Websites   VideosHistory   Books   Chapters   Articles   Websites   Transcriptions   VideosBiography   Books   ChaptersMusic   Books   Chapters   Articles   Videos   RecordingsFilm   Books   Chapters   Articles   Websites   VideosArts & Literature   Books   Chapters   Articles   WebsitesAuthors, Editors and Directors IndexSubject Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aSince August 1969, the Woodstock Music and Art Fair looms large when recounting the history and impact of the baby boom generation and the societal upheavals of the Sixties. Scholars study the sociological, political, musical, and artistic impact of the event and use it as a cultural touchstone when exploring alternative perspectives or seeking clarity. This interdisciplinary annotated bibliography records the details of over 400 English-language resources on the Festival, including books, chapters, articles, websites, transcriptions and videos. Divided into six main subsections―Culture & Society, History, Biography, Music, Film, Arts & Literature―for ease of consultation Woodstock Scholarship sheds light on all facets of a key happening in our collective history.Throughout the 1960s, popular music became increasingly reflective and suggestive of the rising political and social consciousness of the youth culture. Examples can be seen in the development of the protest song genre within the folk music boom of the early Sixties and the marriage of lifestyle to music first reflected by The Beatles with fashion, followed by psychedelic music with the emerging drug culture. Woodstock was where these themes coalesced, thus becoming the defining and last great moment of the 1960s. However, Woodstock also represented an abundant amount of experiences and ideas and moments. Thus, when exploring the complicated accounts and numerous facets of America during the turbulent Sixties one discovers scholarship on the key subjects, such as the Vietnam War or the Civil Rights Movement, often considering and debating the importance, relevance, and epic nature of Woodstock. Multiple narratives emerge: a radical engagement of the hippie movement, an overt commercial exploitation of youth culture, a political statement. Woodstock scholarship does not stand alone as field of study, but it is at the cross-road of a number of disciplines―music history, cultural studies, sociology, arts and literature, media studies, politics and economics.Providing full bibliographical details and concise, informative annotation for each entry, Woodstock Scholarship is an essential tool for students, scholars, teachers, and librarians in all these areas, as well as for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of both the Woodstock Music and Art Fair phenomenon and of the confluence of music, commerce and politics.
=536  \\$aLoyola Marymount University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBibliography
=653  \\$aWoodstock
=653  \\$ababy boom generation
=653  \\$athe Sixties
=653  \\$apopular music
=653  \\$ayouth culture
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0105$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0105_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04558nam  22006492  4500
=001  fb11be21-658a-4c62-be2a-87f92d10d234
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452596
=020  \\$z9781783743681$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743698$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743704$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645400$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744268$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743711$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743728$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0121$2doi
=024  7\$a1167519311$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aJV6225
=072   7$aJPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aPOL012000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL037000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSaddiki, Said,$eauthor.$uAl Ain University of Science and Technology.$0(orcid)0000000233626240$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3362-6240
=245  10$aWorld of Walls :$bThe Structure, Roles and Effectiveness of Separation Barriers /$cSaid Saddiki.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 146 pages): $b11 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. Israel and the Fencing Policy2. Border Fencing in India3. The Fences of Ceuta and Melilla4. The U.S.-Mexico Border Wall5. The Wall of Western SaharaConclusionsBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a"We’re going to build a wall.” Borders have been drawn since the beginning of time, but in recent years artificial barriers have become increasingly significant to the political conversation across the world. Donald Trump was elected President of the United States while promising to build a wall on the Mexico border, and in Europe, the international movements of migrants and refugees have sparked fierce discussion about whether and how countries should restrict access to their territory by erecting physical barriers. Virtual walls are also built and crushed at increasing speed. In the  post-9/11 era there is a greater danger from so-called "transnational non-state actors”, and computer hacking and cyberterrorism threaten to overwhelm our technological barriers.In this timely and original book, Said Saddiki scrutinises the physical and virtual walls located in four continents, including Israel, India, the southern EU border, Morocco, and the proposed border wall between Mexico and the US. Saddiki’s detailed analysis explores the tensions between the rise of globalisation, which some have argued will lead to a "borderless world” and "the end of the nation-state”, and the rapid development in recent decades of border control systems.Saddiki examines both regular and irregular cross-border activities, including the flow of people, goods, ideas, drugs, weapons, capital, and information, and explores the disparities that are reflected by barriers to such activities. He considers the consequences of the construction of physical and virtual walls, including their impact on international relations and the rise of the multi-billion dollar security market.World of Walls: The Structure, Roles and Effectiveness of Separation Barriers is important reading for all those interested in the topics of immigration, border security, international relations, and policy.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aBorders
=653  \\$awalls
=653  \\$aborder security
=653  \\$aimmigration
=653  \\$aIsrael
=653  \\$aIndia
=653  \\$aMarocco
=653  \\$aMexico
=653  \\$aU.S
=653  \\$avirtual barriers
=653  \\$ainternational relations
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0121$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0121_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05719nam  22006972  4500
=001  0ddeb731-9a49-4c5a-b1b2-e2f97b0a2181
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447497
=020  \\$z9781800640894$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640900$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640917$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646384$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640948$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640924$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640931$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0235$2doi
=024  7\$a1252717106$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aT11
=050  00$aL68
=072   7$aC$2bicssc
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aCF$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFDM$2bicssc
=072   7$aEDU000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN009000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aLövei, Gábor L.,$eauthor.$uAarhus University.$0(orcid)0000000264679812$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6467-9812
=245  10$aWriting and Publishing Scientific Papers :$bA Primer for the Non-English Speaker /$cGábor L. Lövei.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xii+202 pages): $b30 illustrations, 1 table.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsPart I: Before You StartLectori Salutem Gábor Lövei1. Some Basics Gábor Lövei2. The Scientific Literature and Elements of Scientometrics Gábor Lövei3. Citation Statistics, Scientometrics Gábor Lövei4. Decisions to Take Before You Begin Writing Gábor LöveiPart II: Writing The Paper5. How to Compose the Title Gábor Lövei6. The Delicate Art of Deciding about Authorship Gábor Lövei7. How (and Why) to List the Addresses Gábor Lövei8. Abstract and Keywords Gábor Lövei9. How to Write the Introduction? Gábor Lövei10. How to Write the Material and Methods Section? Gábor Lövei11. How to Write the Results? Gábor Lövei12. How to Write the Discussion? Gábor Lövei13. Acknowledgements and Appendices Gábor Lövei14. How to Cite References? Gábor Lövei15. Constructing Figures: A Tricky Art? Gábor Lövei16. Analysis of Sample Graphs Gábor Lövei17. How to Design Tables? Gábor Lövei18. The Writing Process: How to Write the First Version? Gábor LöveiPart III: Publishing the Paper19. Putting It All Together: Preparing the Final Version Gábor Lövei20. How to Submit a Manuscript? Gábor Lövei21. The Manuscript Handling Process (Scientific Editing) Gábor Lövei22. On Receipt of the Editor’s Report Gábor Lövei23. How to Write Revisions? Gábor Lövei24. Submitting the Final Version Gábor Lövei25. What Happens to the Manuscript After Acceptance? Gábor Lövei26. What to Do with a Published Paper? Gábor Lövei27. How to Write a Conference Proceedings Paper? Gábor Lövei28. How to Write a Review Article? Gábor Lövei29. How to Write a Book Chapter? Gábor Lövei30. The Scientific Style Gábor LöveiA Final Note Gábor LöveiLiterature CitedList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aGábor Lövei’s scientific communication course for students and scientists explores the intricacies involved in publishing primary scientific papers, and has been taught in more than twenty countries. Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers is the distillation of Lövei’s lecture notes and experience gathered over two decades; it is the coursebook many have been waiting for.The book’s three main sections correspond with the three main stages of a paper’s journey from idea to print: planning, writing, and publishing. Within the book’s chapters, complex questions such as ‘How to write the introduction?’ or ‘How to submit a manuscript?’ are broken down into smaller, more manageable problems that are then discussed in a straightforward, conversational manner, providing an easy and enjoyable reading experience.Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers stands out from its field by targeting scientists whose first language is not English. While also touching on matters of style and grammar, the book’s main goal is to advise on first principles of communication.This book is an excellent resource for any student or scientist wishing to learn more about the scientific publishing process and scientific communication. It will be especially useful to those coming from outside the English-speaking world and looking for a comprehensive guide for publishing their work in English.
=536  \\$aAarhus University
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ascience communication
=653  \\$ascientific papers
=653  \\$awriting
=653  \\$apublishing
=653  \\$aplanning
=653  \\$aEnglish
=653  \\$astyle
=653  \\$agrammar
=653  \\$acommunication
=653  \\$ascientific publishing
=653  \\$ascientific communication
=653  \\$alanguages
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0235$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0235_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04568nam  22006132  4500
=001  a1305745-7e87-4fb0-b7fd-918c58ae00e4
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467796
=020  \\$z9781909254404$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254640$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254411$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644649$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254428$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254435$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0037$2doi
=024  7\$a878145070$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aE99.Y94
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFHF$2bicssc
=072   7$a2J$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004060$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aBryant, George,$eauthor.
=245  10$aXiipúktan (First of All) :$bThree Views of the Origins of the Quechan People /$cGeorge Bryant, Amy Miller.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii +212 pages): $b2 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=500  \\$aAt head of cover title: World Oral Literature Project.
=505  0\$aAuthors’ biographiesDedicationPart I: Acknowledgements and Introduction    Acknowledgements    Introduction       A Quechan Account of Origins       The Quechan Legend of the Creation       The Migration of the Yuman Tribes       From English to Quechan       From recording to manuscript       Alphabet       Grammar       Conventions       ReferencesPart II: The Quechan Legend of the CreationRetold in the Quechan language by George BryantPart III: A Quechan Account of OriginsRetold in the Quechan language by George BryantPart IV: The Migration of the Yuman TribesTold in the Quechan language by George BryantNotes
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe Quechan people live along the lower part of the Colorado River in the United States.  According to tradition, the Quechan and other Yuman people were created at the beginning of time, and their Creation myth explains how they came into existence, the origin of their environment, and the significance of their oldest traditions. The Creation myth forms the backdrop against which much of the tribe’s extensive oral literature may be understood. At one time there were almost as many different versions of the Quechan creation story as there were Quechan families. Now few people remember them.  This volume, presented in the Quechan language with facing-column translation, provides three views of the origins of the Quechan people. One synthesizes narrator George Bryant’s childhood memories and later research. The second is based upon J. P. Harrington’s A Yuma Account of Origins (1908). The third provides a modern view of the origins of the Quechan, beginning with the migration from Asia to the New World and ending with the settlement of the Yuman tribes at their present locations. Publication of this book is made possible by the Institute of Museum and Library Services Native American / Native Hawaiian Museum Services Program grant number MN-00-13-0025-13. This collection is for the Quechan people and will also interest linguists, anthropologists, oral literature specialists, and anyone curious about Native American culture.   
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGeorge Bryant
=653  \\$aAmy Miller
=653  \\$aQuechan people
=653  \\$aQuechan language
=653  \\$aA Yuma Account of Origins
=653  \\$aWorld Oral Literature Series
=700  1\$aMiller, Amy,$eauthor.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWorld Oral Literature Series ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-362X$x2050-7933
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0037$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0037_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06788nam  22005652  4500
=001  dec04488-faa2-4a6a-a431-6d8fc75fd086
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452616
=020  \\$z9781783744541$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744558$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744565$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645547$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744572$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744589$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0135$2doi
=024  7\$a1257027425$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5906
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=245  00$aYeats's Legacies :$bYeats Annual No. 21 /$cedited by Warwick Gould.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lxxii + 612 pages): $b43 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 21.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=500  \\$a"Yeats Annual is published by Open Book Publishers in association with the Institute of English Studies, University of London."--Publisher's website. Cover title: Yeats's legacies : Yeats annual no. 21 : a special issue.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsAbbreviationsEditorial BoardNotes on ContributorsEditor’s IntroductionAcknowledgements and Editorial InformationESSAYSHow Yeats Learned to ScanHANNAH SULLIVANEASTER 1916DENIS DONOGHUEThe Invisible Hypnotist: Myth and Spectre in Some Post-1916 Poems and Plays by W. B. YeatsANITA FELDMAN‘Satan, Smut & Co.’: Yeats and the Suppression of Evil Literature in the Early Years of the Irish Free StateWARWICK GOULD‘Uttering, mastering it’? Yeats’s Tower, Lady Gregory’s Ballylee, and the Eviction of 1888JAMES PETHICAFighting Spirits: W. B. Yeats, Ezra Pound, and the Ghosts of The Winding Stair (1929)LAUREN ARRINGTONW. B. Yeats and the Problem of Belief (with an Afterword, ‘The Centaur and the Daimon’ by WARWICK GOULD)CATHERINE E. PAULCharles Williams and W. B. YeatsGREVEL LINDOPShakespeare in Purgatory: ‘A Scene of Tragic Intensity’STANLEY VAN DER ZIELThe Textual History of Yeats’s On the BoilerWILLIAM H. O’DONNELLRESEARCH UPDATESMaud Gonne’s Fictional Affair: ‘A Life’s Sketch’Edited and with notes by JOHN KELLYConflicted Legacies: Yeats’s Intentions and Editorial TheoryWARWICK GOULDREVIEW ESSAYS AND REVIEWS‘Both beautiful, one a gazelle’: An Essay reviewing Sonja Tiernan, Eva Gore-Booth: An Image of Such Politics and Lauren Arrington, Revolutionary Lives: Constance and Casimir MarkieviczDEIRDRE TOOMEYW. B. Yeats, On Baile’s Strand: Manuscript Materials, ed. by Jared Curtis and Declan KielyRICHARD ALLEN CAVEW. David Soud, Divine Cartographies: God, History and Poeisis in W. B. Yeats, David Jones, and T. S. EliotGREVEL LINDOPYeats, Philosophy, and the Occult, ed. by Matthew Gibson and Neil MannR. A. GILBERTAlexander Bubb, Meeting Without Knowing It: Kipling and Yeats at the Fin de Siècle JAD ADAMSEmily C. Bloom, The Wireless past: Anglo-Irish Writers and the BBC, 1931–1968EMILIE MORINEzra Pound, Posthumous Cantos, ed. by Massimo BacigalupoSTODDARD MARTINAdrian Frazier, The Adulterous Muse: Maud Gonne, Lucien Millevoye and W. B. Yeats with an Afterword by DEIRDRE TOOMEYSTODDARD MARTINPublications Received
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe two great Yeats Family Sales of 2017 and the legacy of the Yeats family’s 80-year tradition of generosity to Ireland’s great cultural institutions provide the kaleidoscope through which these advanced research essays find their theme. Hannah Sullivan’s brilliant history of Yeats’s versecraft challenges Poundian definitions of Modernism; Denis Donoghue offers unique family memories of 1916 whilst tracing the political significance of the Easter Rising; Anita Feldman addresses Yeats’s responses to the Rising’s appropriation of his symbols and myths, the daring artistry of his ritual drama developed from Noh, his poetry of personal utterance, and his vision of art as a body reborn rather than a treasure preserved amid the testing of the illusions that hold civilizations together in ensuing wars. Warwick Gould looks at Yeats as founding Senator in the new Free State, and his valiant struggle against the literary censorship law of 1929 (with its present-day legacy of Irish anti-blasphemy law still presenting a constitutional challenge). Drawing on Gregory Estate documents, James Pethica looks at the evictions which preceded Yeats’s purchase of Thoor Ballylee in Galway; Lauren Arrington looks back at Yeats, Ezra Pound, and the Ghosts of The Winding Stair (1929) in Rapallo. Having co-edited both versions of A Vision, Catherine Paul offers some profound reflections on ‘Yeats and Belief’. Grevel Lindop provides a pioneering view of Yeats’s impact on English mystical verse and on Charles Williams who, while at Oxford University Press, helped publish the Oxford Book of Modern Verse. Stanley van der Ziel looks at the presence of Shakespeare in Yeats’s Purgatory. William H. O’Donnell examines the vexed textual legacy of his late work, On the Boiler while Gould considers the challenge Yeats’s intentionalism posed for once-fashionable post-structuralist editorial theory. John Kelly recovers a startling autobiographical short story by Maud Gonne. While nine works of current biographical, textual and literary scholarship are reviewed, Maud Gonne is the focus of debate for two reviewers, as are Eva Gore-Booth, Constance and Casimir Markievicz, Rudyard Kipling, David Jones, T. S. Eliot and his presence on the radio.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Butler Yeats
=653  \\$aIreland
=653  \\$apoetry
=653  \\$adrama
=653  \\$aInstitute of English Studies
=700  1\$aGould, Warwick,$eeditor.$uUniversity of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 21.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0135$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0135_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06596nam  22006012  4500
=001  325f05bf-e46d-4d35-a1cc-6d9a32da6bbc
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20132013\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467815
=020  \\$z9781783740178$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783740185$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783740192$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644656$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783740208$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783740215$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0038$2doi
=024  7\$a941419618$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5907
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=245  00$aYeats's Mask :$bYeats Annual No. 19 /$cedited by Margaret Mills Harper, Warwick Gould.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2013.
=264  \4$c©2013
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xlii + 454 pages): $b25 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 19.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of IllustrationsAbbreviationsEditorial BoardNotes on the ContributorsEditors’ IntroductionAcknowledgements and Editorial InformationYEATS’S MASKThe Mask before The MaskWARWICK GOULDThe King’s Threshold, Calvary, The Death of Cuchulain: Yeats’s Passion PlaysALEXANDRA POULAINTo ‘make others see my dream as I had seen it’: Yeats’s Aesthetics in Cathleen ni HoulihanAISLING CARLIN‘Oxford Poets’: Yeats, T. S. Eliot and William Force SteadDAVID BRADSHAWPlaying with Voices and with Doubles in Two of Yeats’s Plays: The Words upon the Window-pane and A Full Moon in MarchPIERRE LONGUENESSEThe Mask of Derision in Yeats’s Prologue to A Vision (1937)ELIZABETH MÜLLERA Vision and Yeats’s Late MasksMARGARET MILLS HARPERThe Mask of A VisionNEIL MANN‘I beg your pardon?’: W. B. Yeats, Audibility and Sound TransmissionEMILIE MORINMask and Robe: Yeats’s Oxford Book of Modern Verse (1936) and New Poems (1938)MICHAEL CADE-STEWARTThe Poem on the Mountain: A Chinese Reading of Yeats’s ‘Lapis Lazuli’JERUSHA McCORMACKThe Manuscript of ‘Leo Africanus’, Reprinted from Yeats Annual 1edited by STEVE L. ADAMS and GEORGE MILLS HARPERSHORTER NOTES‘My Dear Miss Brachvogel...’ A Ms Version of a Yeats QuatrainPHILIP R. BISHOPThe Land Of Heart’s Desire: Some Hitherto Unrecorded Printings – ‘Work in Progress’COLIN SMYTHEWheels and Butterflies: Title, Structure, Cover DesignWARWICK GOULDREVIEWSW. B. Yeats and Lady Gregory, Where there is Nothing and The Unicorn from the Stars: Manuscript Materials, ed. Wim Van MierloRICHARD ALLEN CAVEThe King’s Threshold: Manuscript Materials, edited by Declan KielyRICHARD ALLEN CAVEW. B. Yeats, At The Hawk’s Well and The Cat and the Moon: Manuscript Materials, ed. Andrew ParkinRICHARD ALLEN CAVEKaren E. Brown, The Yeats Circle, Verbal and Visual Relations in Ireland, 1880–1939TOM WALKERW. B. Yeats and George Yeats, The Letters ed. Ann Saddlemyer; W. B. Yeats’s ‘A Vision’: Explications and Contexts, ed. Neil Mann, Matthew Gibson and Claire NallyLAUREN ARRINGTONSean Pryor, W. B. Yeats, Ezra Pound and the Poetry of ParadiseSTODDARD MARTINWritings on Literature and Art: G. W. Russell – A.E., edited and with an Introduction by Peter KuchNICHOLAS ALLENJoseph M. Hassett, W. B. Yeats and the MusesMICHAEL CADE-STEWARTMichael McAteer, Yeats and European DramaTARA STUBBSR. F. Foster, Words Alone: Yeats and his InheritancesGERALDINE HIGGINSPUBLICATIONS RECEIVED 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aYeats’s Mask, Yeats Annual No. 19 is a special issue in this renowned research-level series. Fashionable in the age of Wilde, the Mask changes shape until it emerges as Mask in the system of A Vision. Chronologically tracing the concept through Yeats’s plays and those poems written as ‘texts for exposition’ of his occult thought which flowers in A Vision itself (1925 and 1937), the volume also spotlights ‘The Mask before The Mask’ numerous plays including Cathleen Ni-Houlihan, The King’s Threshold, Calvary, The Words upon the Window-pane, A Full Moon in March and The Death of Cuchulain. There are excurses into studies of Yeats’s friendship with the Oxford don and cleric, William Force Stead, his radio broadcasts, the Chinese contexts for his writing of ‘Lapis Lazuli’. His self-renewal after The Oxford Book of Modern Verse, and the key occult epistolary exchange ‘Leo Africanus’, edited from MSS by Steve L. Adams and George Mills Harper, is republished from the elusive Yeats Annual No. 1 (1982). The essays are by David Bradshaw, Michael Cade-Stewart, Aisling Carlin, Warwick Gould, Margaret Mills Harper, Pierre Longuenesse, Jerusha McCormack, Neil Mann, Emilie Morin, Elizabeth Müller and Alexandra Poulain, with shorter notes by Philip Bishop and Colin Smythe considering Yeats’s quatrain upon remaking himself and the pirate editions of The Land of Heart’s Desire. Ten reviews focus on various volumes of the Cornell Yeats MSS Series, his correspondence with George Yeats, and numerous critical studies. Yeats Annual is published by Open Book Publishers in association with the Institute of English Studies, University of London.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Butler Yeats
=653  \\$aYeats Annual
=653  \\$aWarwick Gould
=653  \\$aMargaret Mills Harper
=653  \\$aYeats's Mask
=653  \\$aInstitute of English Studies
=653  \\$aIrish literature
=653  \\$aIrish poetry
=700  1\$aMills Harper, Margaret,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Limerick.
=700  1\$aGould, Warwick,$eeditor.$uUniversity of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aYeats Annual ;$vvol. 19.$x2054-3611$x0278-7687
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0038$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0038_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05167nam  22006612  4500
=001  1f0a2f4f-7a52-46d4-88af-c652a579272e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019667839
=020  \\$z9781783743285$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743292$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743308$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645325$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744169$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743315$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743322$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0113$2doi
=024  7\$a993268453$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGR581
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFD$2bicssc
=072   7$aAPF$2bicssc
=072   7$aPER004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPER004030$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFIC028070$2bisacsh
=072   7$aREL062000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aVervaeke, John,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=245  10$aZombies in Western Culture :$bA Twenty-First Century Crisis /$cJohn Vervaeke, Filip Miscevic, Christopher Mastropietro.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 96 pages): $b13 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAuthorsAcknowledgements1. A New Zeitgeist2. A Transition in Metaphors: A Brief History of Monster Zeitgeists3. The Four Symbols of the Zombie Metaphor3.1 The First Symbol: The Semiosis of the Zombie3.2 The Second Symbol: The Name of the Zombie3.3 The Third Symbol: The Failure of the Metanarrative3.4 The Fourth Symbol: The Zombie Apocalypse4. A Worldview in Crisis: The Domicide of Apocalypse4.1 Grassy Narrows4.2 Domicide of the Hellenistic Era5. The Four Horsemen of the Zombie Apocalypse: Converging Evidence for a Crisis in Meaning5.1 Death5.2 Famine5.3 Pestilence5.4 War6. An Introduction to the Genealogy of the Meaning Crisis6.1 The Meaning that Was Lost: Three Orders of a Worldview6.2 How the Meaning Was Lost: The Fall of the Three Orders7. ConclusionReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhy has the zombie become such a pervasive figure in twenty-first-century popular culture? John Vervaeke, Christopher Mastropietro and Filip Miscevic seek to answer this question by arguing that particular aspects of the zombie, common to a variety of media forms, reflect a crisis in modern Western culture.  The authors examine the essential features of the zombie, including mindlessness, ugliness and homelessness, and argue that these reflect the outlook of the contemporary West and its attendant zeitgeists of anxiety, alienation, disconnection and disenfranchisement. They trace the relationship between zombies and the theme of secular apocalypse, demonstrating that the zombie draws its power from being a perversion of the Christian mythos of death and resurrection. Symbolic of a lost Christian worldview, the zombie represents a world that can no longer explain itself, nor provide us with instructions for how to live within it.The concept of  'domicide' or the destruction of home is developed to describe the modern crisis of meaning that the zombie both represents and reflects. This is illustrated using case studies including the relocation of the Anishinaabe of the Grassy Narrows First Nation, and the upheaval of population displacement in the Hellenistic period. Finally, the authors invoke and reformulate symbols of the four horseman of the apocalypse as rhetorical analogues to frame those aspects of contemporary collapse that elucidate the horror of the zombie.Zombies in Western Culture: A Twenty-First Century Crisis is required reading for anyone interested in the phenomenon of zombies in contemporary culture. It will also be of interest to an interdisciplinary audience including students and scholars of culture studies, semiotics, philosophy, religious studies, eschatology, anthropology, Jungian studies, and sociology.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aZombies
=653  \\$apopular culture
=653  \\$amedia studies
=653  \\$aWestern culture
=653  \\$aapocalypse
=653  \\$aalienation
=653  \\$acrisis of meaning
=653  \\$acultural studies
=700  1\$aMiscevic, Filip,$eauthor.
=700  1\$aMastropietro, Christopher,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0113$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0113_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04037nam  22006492  4500
=001  8e8c0b3e-76eb-4c1c-b335-1a481cec1ae0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452728
=020  \\$z9781783744787$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744794$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744800$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645585$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745272$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744817$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744824$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0139$2doi
=024  7\$a1135545644$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aRA989.S9
=072   7$aM$2bicssc
=072   7$aJKS$2bicssc
=072   7$aJKSN1$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DF$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC057000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aJossen, Marianne,$eauthor.$0(orcid)0000000179593483$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7959-3483
=245  10$aUndocumented Migrants and Healthcare :$bEight Stories from Switzerland /$cMarianne Jossen.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 110 pages): $b2 illustrations, 6 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 6.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Just going to hospital2. Undocumented migrants, healthcare and health3. Telling stories about healthcare for undocumented migrants4. Settling in5. The NGO and its network6. Insurance7. Healthcare for undocumented migrants8. Literature
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat do undocumented migrants experience when they try to access healthcare? How do they navigate the (often contradictory) challenges presented by bureaucratic systems, financial pressures, attitudes to migrants, and their own healthcare needs?This urgent study uses a grounded theory approach to explore the ways in which undocumented migrants are included in or excluded from healthcare in a Swiss region. Marianne Jossen explores the ways migrants try to obtain healthcare on their own, with the help of NGOs or via insurance, and how they cope if they fail, whether by using risky strategies to access healthcare or leaving serious health issues untreated. Jossen shows that even for those who succeed, inclusion remains partial and fraught with risks.Based on interviews with migrants, health practitioners and NGO staff and using a rigorous academic approach, Undocumented Migrants and Healthcare is an important contribution to a vital contemporary issue. It is necessary reading for researchers in Public Health and Migration Studies, as well as government and non-governmental organisations in Switzerland and beyond. It will be of interest to anyone concerned with healthcare and migration in the twenty-first century.
=536  \\$aStiftung Lindenhof Bern
=536  \\$aSwiss Red Cross
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aundocumented migrants
=653  \\$ahealthcare
=653  \\$aSwitzerland
=653  \\$ainclusion
=653  \\$anon-governmental organisations
=653  \\$aPublic Health
=653  \\$aMigration Studies
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Reports Series ;$vvol. 6.$x2399-6676$x2399-6668
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0139$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0139_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05050nam  22006132  4500
=001  5b666395-b379-4b49-b058-fdec3941e5e2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20242024\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023513480
=020  \\$z9781805113409$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805113416$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805113423$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805113447$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805113430$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0412$2doi
=024  7\$a1458588942$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aCC136.5
=072   7$aARC014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL002000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS039000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aAM$2thema
=072   7$aTNKX$2thema
=072   7$aJHMC$2thema
=072   7$aRPC$2thema
=072   7$aNHTB$2thema
=245  00$aUrban Heritage and Sustainability in the Age of Globalisation /$cedited by Lilia Makhloufi.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2024.
=264  \4$c©2024
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi+302 pages): $b52 illustrations, 30 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aScientific and Review CommitteesNotes on ContributorsList of illustrationsPrefaceIntroduction: Urban Heritage and SustainabilityI. HISTORIC HERITAGE: URBAN DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL EFFECTS1. Mumbai: A Metropolis Forged in Lasting Fragments of Urbs Prima in Indis2. Urban Development of Palmyra, Post-war Damage Assessment and Recovery Policy3. The Urban Development of Si-ye Tir Street in TehranII. OLD NEIGHBOURHOODS: COMMUNITIES AND LOCAL PARTICIPATION4. Sustainable Cultural Heritage through Participatory Planning: A Transect Walk in the Lweibdeh Neighbourhood in Amman5. Tackling Sustainability in Bordeaux: Bridging Modern and Traditional Neighbourhoods6. Sustainable Urban Conservation of Historical Cities: The Case of Fez Medina, MoroccoIII. SUSTAINABLE HERITAGE: CLIMATE, THERMAL COMFORT AND DESIGN7. The Medina of Tunis, a Heritage Model for Urban Sustainability: Urban Morphology and Outdoor Thermal Comfort8. The Colonial Heritage of Tunis: Simple Collective Memory or an Environmental Resource?9. The Evaluation of Passive Cooling Strategies in the Persian Garden Pavilion as a Model of Sustainable HeritageIV. URBAN HERITAGE: RENEWAL OF LANDSCAPES AND ATMOSPHERES10. Heritage as a Vector of Sustainable Urban Regeneration: The Case of North Shahjahanabad11. The Historic Urban Landscape Approach as a Tool for Port Said Heritage Conservation12. Old City Atmospheres in the Age of GlobalisationConclusion: Sustainability in the Age of GlobalisationIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThis book offers a deep exploration of architectural and urban heritage, using interdisciplinary and intercultural approaches to assess how historical, social, economic and political factors have impacted heritage development and its sustainability. It sheds light on the stakes of heritage conservation, management and maintenance in today’s globalised world.  Through detailed studies of historic cities, the book explores both the tangible aspects of their built heritage (urban fabric, housing design, construction methods and materials for thermal comfort) and the intangible components of local communities (including identities, cultures, religions, values and ways of life) in diverse case studies in Egypt, France, India, Iran, Jordan, Morocco, Syria and Tunisia.By addressing not only urban and architectural heritage but also socio-cultural, environmental and political issues—including economic challenges and climatic concerns—this book is an essential resource for scholars and researchers across fields, including architecture, civil engineering, urban planning, sociology and philosophical anthropology.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCityscapes
=653  \\$aHeritage
=653  \\$aInterdisciplinary
=653  \\$aUrban context
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aGlobalized world
=700  1\$aMakhloufi, Lilia,$eeditor.$uÉcole Polytechnique d'Architecture et d'Urbanisme.$0(orcid)0000000287785132$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8778-5132
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0412$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0412_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05246nam  22006012  4500
=001  e0fe9894-a235-4425-ab5c-9964b9dca34e
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452721
=020  \\$z9781783742134$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742141$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742158$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645097$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746309$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742165$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742172$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0090$2doi
=024  7\$a953733726$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aML410.V4
=072   7$aAVA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC5$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVGC9$2bicssc
=072   7$aAVH$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS020000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aMUS050000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aZicari, Massimo,$eauthor.$uUniversita della Svizzera Italiana.$0(orcid)0000000168844697$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6884-4697
=245  10$aVerdi in Victorian London /$cMassimo Zicari.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 350 pages): $b18 illustrations, 5 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aList of Illustrations1. Music Journalism in Early Victorian London2. Ernani (1845)3. Nabucco and I Lombardi (1846)4. I due Foscari and I masnadieri (1847)5. Attila (1848)6. Uneventful Years: 1849–18527. Rigoletto (1853)8. Il trovatore (1855)9. A Moral Case: The Outburst of La traviata (1856)10. Luisa Miller (1858)11. I vespri siciliani (1859)12. The Years 1860 and 1861: Un ballo in maschera13. Inno delle nazioni (1862)14. Don Carlos and La forza del destino (1867)15. The Late 1860s and Wagner’s L’Olandese dannato (1870)16. Verdi’s Requiem and Wagner’s Lohengrin (1875)17. Aida (1876)18. Music Journalism in London: The Late 1870s and 1880s19. Otello at the Royal Lyceum (1889) 20. Falstaff at Covent Garden (1894) Select BibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNow a byword for beauty, Verdi’s operas were far from universally acclaimed when they reached London in the second half of the nineteenth century.  Why did some critics react so harshly? Who were they and what biases and prejudices animated them? When did their antagonistic attitude change? And why did opera managers continue to produce Verdi’s operas, in spite of their alleged worthlessness?Massimo Zicari’s Verdi in Victorian London reconstructs the reception of Verdi’s operas in London from 1844, when a first critical account was published in the pages of The Athenaeum, to 1901, when Verdi’s death received extensive tribute in The Musical Times. In the 1840s, certain London journalists were positively hostile towards the most talked-about representative of Italian opera, only to change their tune in the years to come. The supercilious critic of The Athenaeum, Henry Fothergill Chorley, declared that Verdi’s melodies were worn, hackneyed and meaningless, his harmonies and progressions crude, his orchestration noisy. The scribes of The Times, The Musical World, The Illustrated London News, and The Musical Times all contributed to the critical hubbub.Yet by the 1850s, Victorian critics, however grudging, could neither deny nor ignore the popularity of Verdi’s operas. Over the final three decades of the nineteenth century, moreover, London’s musical milieu underwent changes of great magnitude, shifting the manner in which Verdi was conceptualized and making room for the powerful influence of Wagner. Nostalgic commentators began to lament the sad state of the Land of Song, referring to the now departed "palmy days of Italian opera." Zicari charts this entire cultural constellation.Verdi in Victorian London is required reading for both academics and opera aficionados. Music specialists will value a historical reconstruction that stems from a large body of first-hand source material, while Verdi lovers and Italian opera addicts will enjoy vivid analysis free from technical jargon. For students, scholars and plain readers alike, this book is an illuminating addition to the study of music reception.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aGiuseppe Verdi
=653  \\$aItalian opera
=653  \\$amusic reception
=653  \\$aVictorian London
=653  \\$anineteenth century
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0090$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0090_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04664nam  22007092  4500
=001  5d109328-6090-4754-ade6-2c981800a4a5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467886
=020  \\$z9781783741724$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741731$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741748$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644922$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746101$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783741755$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741762$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0066$2doi
=024  7\$a934909520$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ4435
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004200$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aVertical Readings in Dante's Comedy :$bVolume 1 /$cedited by George Corbett, Heather Webb.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 274 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsEditions Followed and AbbreviationsNotes on the ContributorsIntroduction by George Corbett and Heather Webb1.i.  Pagan Dawn of a Christian Vision by George Corbett1.ii.  Orientation by Heather Webb2. Reading Time, Text and the World by Matthew Treherne3. The Bliss and Abyss of Freedom: Hope, Personhood and Particularity by Vittorio Montemaggi4. Virtuous Pagans, Hopeless Desire and Unjust Justice by John Marenbon5. Massacre, Miserere and Martyrdom by Robin Kirkpatrick6. Divided City, Slavish Italy, Universal Empire by Claire E. Honess7. The Wheeling Sevens by Simon A. Gilson8. Civitas and Love: Looking Backward from Paradiso viii by Brenda Deen Schildgen9. ‘Without Any Violence’ by Zygmunt G. Barański10. Humility and the (P)arts of Art by K P Clarke11. The Art of Teaching and the Nature of Love by Paola NastiBibliography                                             Index
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aVertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.This collection – to be issued in three volumes – offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante.
=536  \\$aTrinity College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aSelwyn College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aItalian Department, University of Cambridge
=536  \\$aCambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN)
=536  \\$aCentre for Medieval Literature (University of Southern Denmark and University of York)
=536  \\$aUniversity of Notre Dame
=536  \\$aUniversity of Leeds
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDante Alighieri
=653  \\$aCommedia
=653  \\$aInferno
=653  \\$aPurgatorio
=653  \\$aParadiso
=653  \\$aItalian poetry
=653  \\$aItalian literature
=653  \\$avertical readings
=653  \\$acomparative
=700  1\$aCorbett, George,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000270433253$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7043-3253
=700  1\$aWebb, Heather,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0066$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0066_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04415nam  22006852  4500
=001  61608ed1-e6aa-41e8-a05d-d6888114e2b3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20162016\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452609
=020  \\$z9781783742530$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742547$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742554$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645196$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746118$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742561$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742578$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0100$2doi
=024  7\$a978440979$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ4302
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004200$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE019000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aVertical Readings in Dante's Comedy :$bVolume 2 /$cedited by George Corbett, Heather Webb.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2016.
=264  \4$c©2016
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 290 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsEditions Followed and AbbreviationsNotes on the ContributorsIntroductionGeorge Corbett and Heather Webb12. Centaurs, Spiders and SaintsChristian Moevs13. ‘Would you Adam and Eve it?’Robert Wilson14. The Patterning of History: Poetry, Politics and Adamic RenewalCatherine M. Keen15. Dante’s FatherlandsSimone Marchesi16. Politics of DesireManuele Gragnolati17. Seductive Lies, Unpalatable Truths, Alter EgosTristan Kay18. Women, War and WisdomAnne C. Leone19. Inside OutAmbrogio Camozzi Pistoja20. Prediction, Prophecy and Predestination: Eternalising Poetry in the CommediaClaudia Rossignoli21. God’s Beloved: From Pitch, Through Script, to WritCorinna Salvadori Lonergan22. Truth, Autobiography and the Poetry of SalvationGiuseppe LeddaBibliographyIndex of Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aVertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.This collection – to be issued in three volumes – offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante.
=536  \\$aTrinity College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aSelwyn College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aKeith Sykes
=536  \\$aItalian Department, University of Cambridge
=536  \\$aCambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN)
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDante Alighieri
=653  \\$aCommedia
=653  \\$aInferno
=653  \\$aPurgatorio
=653  \\$aParadiso
=653  \\$aItalian poetry
=653  \\$aItalian literature
=653  \\$avertical readings
=653  \\$acomparative
=700  1\$aCorbett, George,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000270433253$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7043-3253
=700  1\$aWebb, Heather,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0100$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0100_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04644nam  22006852  4500
=001  a69522bd-1a8b-4414-b2d8-674512bf0235
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452614
=020  \\$z9781783743582$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743599$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743605$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645387$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744534$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783743612$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743629$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0119$2doi
=024  7\$a1066663626$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPQ4302
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004200$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE019000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT011000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aVertical Readings in Dante's Comedy :$bVolume 3 /$cedited by George Corbett, Heather Webb.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv + 250 pages): $b10 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgementsEditions Followed and AbbreviationsNotes on the ContributorsIntroduction by George Corbett and Heather Webb23. Our Bodies, Our Selves: Crucified, Famished, and Nourished by Peter S. Hawkins24. True Desire, True Being, and Truly Being a Poet by Janet Soskice25. Changes by George Ferzoco26. The Poetics of Trespassing by Elena Lombardi27. Containers and Things Contained by Ronald L. Martinez28. Cosmographic Cartography of the ‘Perfect’ Twenty-Eights by Theodore J. Cachey Jr.29. Truth, Untruth and the Moment of Indwelling by John Took30. Brooks, Melting Snow, River of Light by Piero Boitani31. Beauty and the Beast by Catherine Pickstock32. Particular Surprises: Faces, Cries and Transfiguration by David F. Ford33 and 34. Ice, Fire and Holy Water by Rowan WilliamsBibliographyIndex of Names
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aVertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.This collection in three volumes offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante.The volume has its origin in a series of thirty-three public lectures held in Trinity College, the University of Cambridge (2012-2016) which can be accessed at the Cambridge Vertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy website.
=536  \\$aTrinity College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aSelwyn College, Cambridge
=536  \\$aCambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN)
=536  \\$aItalian Department, University of Cambridge
=536  \\$aKeith Sykes
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aDante Alighieri
=653  \\$aCommedia
=653  \\$aInferno
=653  \\$aPurgatorio
=653  \\$aParadiso
=653  \\$aItalian poetry
=653  \\$aItalian literature
=653  \\$avertical readings
=653  \\$acomparative
=700  1\$aCorbett, George,$eeditor.$uUniversity of St Andrews.$0(orcid)0000000270433253$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7043-3253
=700  1\$aWebb, Heather,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0119$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0119_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04709nam  22006972  4500
=001  85cc4bb1-a397-4904-9213-36f1e71e334c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019467311
=020  \\$z9781783746002$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746019$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746026$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645769$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746057$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746033$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746040$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0158$2doi
=024  7\$a1083966738$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hlat
=050  00$aPA6803.B31
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=245  10$aVirgil, Aeneid 11, Pallas and Camilla, 1–224, 498–521, 532–596, 648–689, 725–835 :$bLatin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary /$cIngo Gildenhard, John Henderson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 586 pages): $b17 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. Virgil & Homer, or: The Overall Design of the Aeneid (and Book 11’s Place Within It)2. Aeneid 113. Further Themes: Battle, Death, EthnicityTextCommentaryBibliography
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aA dead boy (Pallas) and the death of a girl (Camilla) loom over the opening and the closing part of the eleventh book of the Aeneid. Following the savage slaughter in Aeneid 10, the book opens in a mournful mood as the warring parties revisit yesterday’s killing fields to attend to their dead. One casualty in particular commands attention: Aeneas’ protégé Pallas, killed and despoiled by Turnus in the previous book. His death plunges his father Evander and his surrogate father Aeneas into heart-rending despair – and helps set up the foundational act of sacrificial brutality that caps the poem, when Aeneas seeks to avenge Pallas by slaying Turnus in wrathful fury. Turnus’ departure from the living is prefigured by that of his ally Camilla, a maiden schooled in the martial arts, who sets the mold for warrior princesses such as Xena and Wonder Woman. In the final third of Aeneid 11, she wreaks havoc not just on the battlefield but on gender stereotypes and the conventions of the epic genre, before she too succumbs to a premature death. In the portions of the book selected for discussion here, Virgil offers some of his most emotive (and disturbing) meditations on the tragic nature of human existence – but also knows how to lighten the mood with a bit of drag.This course book offers the original Latin text, vocabulary aids, study questions, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s volume will be of particular interest to students of Latin studying for A-Level or on undergraduate courses. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Virgil’s poetry and the most recent scholarly thought.King's College, Cambridge, has generously contributed to this publication.
=536  \\$aKing's College, University of Cambridge
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aVirgil
=653  \\$aAeneid
=653  \\$aPallas
=653  \\$aCamilla
=653  \\$aoriginal Latin text
=653  \\$avocabulary aids
=653  \\$astudy questions
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$aA-Level
=653  \\$aAS-Level
=700  1\$aHenderson, John,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 7.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0158$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0158_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  03903nam  22006252  4500
=001  d578b548-3938-4047-9426-ea82796ad7b3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20122012\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452797
=020  \\$z9781909254152$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781909254169$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781909254176$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644502$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781909254183$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781909254190$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0023$2doi
=024  7\$a823771303$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPA6801.A6
=072   7$aHBLA1$2bicssc
=072   7$aCFP$2bicssc
=072   7$a4KL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHIS002020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004190$2bisacsh
=072   7$aFOR033000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aGildenhard, Ingo,$eauthor.$uCambridge University Library.
=245  10$aVirgil, Aeneid, 4.1–299 :$bLatin Text, Study Questions, Commentary and Interpretative Essays /$cIngo Gildenhard.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2012.
=264  \4$c©2012
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 310 pages): $b2 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements1. Preface2. Latin Text3. Study Questions4. Commentary5. Interpretative Essays   5.1. Content and Form   5.2. Historiographical Dido   5.3. Allusion   5.4. Religion6. Bibliography 
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aLove and tragedy dominate book four of Virgil’s most powerful work, building on the violent emotions invoked by the storms, battles, warring gods, and monster-plagued wanderings of the epic’s opening. Destined to be the founder of Roman culture, Aeneas, nudged by the gods, decides to leave his beloved Dido, causing her suicide in pursuit of his historical destiny. A dark plot, in which erotic passion culminates in sex, and sex leads to tragedy and death in the human realm, unfolds within the larger horizon of a supernatural sphere, dominated by power-conscious divinities. Dido is Aeneas’ most significant other, and in their encounter Virgil explores timeless themes of love and loyalty, fate and fortune, the justice of the gods, imperial ambition and its victims, and ethnic differences. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study questions, a commentary, and interpretative essays. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both A2 and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Virgil’s poetry and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 3.0 Unported license (CC BY-NC 3.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aVirgil
=653  \\$aAeneid
=653  \\$aclassics
=653  \\$asixth-form study guide
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$aAncient Rome
=653  \\$aLatin
=653  \\$aclassics textbook series
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aClassics Textbooks ;$vvol. 2.$x2054-2445$x2054-2437
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0023$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0023_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04784nam  22006372  4500
=001  3047a8b4-d669-4067-8b8a-c908c348c408
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452607
=020  \\$z9781783742639$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783742646$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783742653$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645202$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783745883$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783742660$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783742677$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0101$2doi
=024  7\$a976024441$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPT2473.W3
=072   7$aDSG$2bicssc
=072   7$aAN$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004170$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT013000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSchiller, Friedrich,$eauthor.
=245  10$aWallenstein :$bA Dramatic Poem /$cFriedrich Schiller; translated by Flora Kimmich.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi + 316 pages): $b5 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website.
=505  0\$aTranslator’s Note by Flora KimmichAdditional ResourcesIntroduction by Roger PaulinWallenstein’s CampPrologueCharactersAct OneThe Piccolomini. In five actsCharactersAct OneAct TwoAct ThreeAct FourAct FiveThe Death of Wallenstein. A tragedy in five actsCharactersAct OneAct TwoAct ThreeAct FourAct FiveNotable NamesNotes to Wallenstein’s CampNotes to The PiccolominiNotes to The Death of Wallenstein
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aBy the time Frederich Schiller came to write the Wallenstein trilogy, his reputation as one of Germany’s leading playwrights was all but secured. Consisting of Wallenstein’s Camp, The Piccolomini and The Death of Wallenstein, this suite of plays appeared between 1798 and 1799, each production under the original direction of Schiller’s collaborator and mentor, Johann Wolfgang (von) Goethe. Across the three plays, which are now commonly performed and printed together, Schiller charts the thwarted rebellion of General Albrecht von Wallenstein. Based loosely on the events of the Thirty Years' War, the trilogy provides a unique vantage on an army’s loyalty to their commander and the machinations and intrigues of international diplomacy, giving insight into the military hero who is placed on the threshold between these forces as they are increasingly pitted against one another.The Wallenstein trilogy, formally innovative and modern beyond its time, is a brilliant study of power, ambition and betrayal. In this new translation—the latest in a long line of distinguished English translations of the play, starting with Coleridge's in Schiller's lifetime—Flora Kimmich succeeds in rendering what is often a difficult source text into language that is at once accessible and enjoyable. Coupled with a complete and careful commentary and a glossary, both of which are targeted to undergraduates, and accompanied by an authoritative introductory essay by Roger Paulin, this edition also includes embedded readings in German of the play and links to the original German text. It will be an invaluable resource for students of German, European literature and history, and military history, as well as to all readers approaching this important set of plays for the first time.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aFrederich Schiller
=653  \\$aWallenstein trilogy
=653  \\$agerman drama
=653  \\$aThirty Years' War
=653  \\$atranslation
=653  \\$acommentary
=653  \\$aglossary
=653  \\$aEuropean literature and history
=700  1\$aKimmich, Flora,$etranslator.
=700  1\$aPaulin, Roger,$eintroduction by.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000249284513$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4928-4513
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aOpen Book Classics ;$vvol. 5.$x2054-2178$x2054-216X
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0101$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0101_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05173nam  22006372  4500
=001  3c91221f-4381-4ff1-bdde-ab7aa4fe3daf
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019394530
=020  \\$z9781783747320$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747337$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747344$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645882$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747375$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783747351$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747368$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0174$2doi
=024  7\$a1197556636$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aGV1761
=072   7$aASD$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$a1D$2bicssc
=072   7$a3J$2bicssc
=072   7$aMUS011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS054000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWaltzing Through Europe :$bAttitudes towards Couple Dances in the Long Nineteenth Century /$cedited by Egil Bakka, Theresa Jill Buckland, Helena Saarikoski, Anne von Bibra Wharton.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+484 pages): $b144 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPreface1. The Round Dance Paradigm Egil Bakka2. The State of Research Egil Bakka3. A Survey of the Chapters in the Book Egil Bakka4. The Waltz at Some Central European Courts Egil Bakka5. The Polka as a Czech National Symbol Daniela Stavělová6. Decency, Health, and Grace Endangered by Quick Dancing?: The New Dance Style in Bohemia in 1830 Dorota Gremlicová7. Reception of Nineteenth-Century Couple Dances in Hungary László Felföldi8. The Waltz among Slovenians Rebeka Kunej9. Dancing and Politics in Croatia: The Salonsko Kolo as a Patriotic Response to the Waltz Ivana Katarinčić and Iva Niemčić10. Waltzing Through Europe: Johann Strauss (the Elder) in Hamburg and Altona in 1836 Jörgen Torp11. Continuity and Reinvention: Past Round Dances in Present Estonia Sille Kapper12. The Ban on Round Dances 1917–1957: Regulating Social Dancing in Norwegian Community Houses Egil Bakka13. Dance and ‘Folk Devils’ Mats Nilsson14. Nostalgia as a Perspective on Past Dance Culture in Finland Helena Saarikoski15. A Twenty-First Century Resurrection: The Potresujka, the Croatian Polka Tremblante Tvrtko ZebecList of IllustrationsContributor BiographiesIndexAbout the Team
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aFrom ‘folk devils’ to ballroom dancers, Waltzing Through Europe explores the changing reception of fashionable couple dances in Europe from the eighteenth century onwards.A refreshing intervention in dance studies, this book brings together elements of historiography, cultural memory, folklore, and dance across comparatively narrow but markedly heterogeneous localities. Rooted in investigations of often newly discovered primary sources, the essays afford many opportunities to compare sociocultural and political reactions to the arrival and practice of popular rotating couple dances, such as the Waltz and the Polka. Leading contributors provide a transnational and affective lens onto strikingly diverse topics, ranging from the evolution of romantic couple dances in Croatia, and Strauss’s visits to Hamburg and Altona in the 1830s, to dance as a tool of cultural preservation and expression in twentieth-century Finland.Waltzing Through Europe creates openings for fresh collaborations in dance historiography and cultural history across fields and genres. It is essential reading for researchers of dance in central and northern Europe, while also appealing to the general reader who wants to learn more about the vibrant histories of these familiar dance forms.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$adance studies
=653  \\$ahistoriography
=653  \\$acultural memory
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$adance
=653  \\$aWaltz
=653  \\$aPolka
=700  1\$aBakka, Egil,$eeditor.$uNorwegian University of Science and Technology.$0(orcid)0000000299591474$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9959-1474
=700  1\$aBuckland, Theresa Jill,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Roehampton.$0(orcid)0000000291052230$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9105-2230
=700  1\$aSaarikoski, Helena,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Helsinki.
=700  1\$avon Bibra Wharton, Anne,$eeditor.$uSt. Olaf College.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0174$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0174_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06745nam  22006732  4500
=001  b31e5110-ca42-4c5b-a9a3-e0a415ce1efe
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2017393781
=020  \\$z9781783744039$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744046$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744053$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645479$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744275$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744060$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744077$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0128$2doi
=024  7\$a1009529083$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHM626
=050  00$aF64
=072   7$aJMH$2bicssc
=072   7$aGTJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aJWA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHM$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aPSY031000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC026040$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPSY053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL012000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aFog, Agner,$eauthor.$uTechnical University of Denmark.$0(orcid)0000000177738247$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7773-8247
=245  10$aWarlike and Peaceful Societies :$bThe Interaction of Genes and Culture /$cAgner Fog.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (viii + 356 pages): $b33 illustrations, 18 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$a1. Introduction1.1. A different kind of social science1.2. Overview of the book2. The Theory of Regal and Kungic Cultures2.1. In a nutshell: ‘regal’ and ‘kungic’ explained2.2. Evolutionary basis for regality theory2.3. An evolutionarily stable strategy2.4. The behavior of the leader2.5. Why are most warriors and chiefs men?2.6. Cultural effects of regal and kungic tendencies3. Contributions from Other Theories3.1. Influence of the environment: Contributions from ecological theory3.2. Nature or nurture: Evolution of sociality3.3. Fertility: Contributions from life history theory3.4. Contributions from political demography3.5. World view and personality: Authoritarianism theory3.6. Contributions from other social psychological theories3.7. Contributions from social values theories3.8. The theory of tight and loose cultures and other culture theories3.9. Contributions from human empowerment theory3.10. Moral panics: Contributions from the sociology of deviance4. Different Kinds of War in Human History4.1. The rise of empires: Contributions from cultural selection theory4.2. The fall of empires: Contributions from historical dynamics theory4.3. General theories of war and peace4.4. Changing patterns of war4.5. Theories of revolution5. Economic Determinants of Conflict and Fear5.1. Fear is profitable: The economy of the mass media5.2. Economic booms and busts5.3. Greed or grievance: Economic theories of civil war5.4. The resource curse5.5. Example: Proxy war in Afghanistan6. Strategic Uses of Fear6.1. Terrorism conflicts6.2. The strategy of tension in Italy and elsewhere6.3. Fabrication of threats and conflicts6.4. Example: Why World War II started7. Regality Theory Applied to Ancient Cultures7.1. Andamanese7.2. Arrernte7.3. Babylonians7.4. Chiricahua Apache7.5. Copper Inuit (Eskimo)7.6. E De (Rhadé)7.7. Ganda7.8. Gilyak7.9. Hausa7.10. Inca7.11. !Kung7.12. Maasai7.13. Mbuti7.14. Somali7.15. Warao7.16. Yahgan7.17. Yanomamo7.18. Yi (Lolo, Nuosu)8. Statistical Testing of Regality Theory8.1. Problems of cross-cultural statistics8.2. Ancient cultures, large sample8.3. Subsample, 18 cultures8.4. Contemporary cultures, large sample8.5. Evidence from existing studies8.6. Conclusion of the statistical tests9. Discussion and Conclusion9.1. Summary of findings9.2. Three epochs in human history9.3. The regal/kungic dynamics and human social development9.4. New explanations of well-known phenomena9.5. Integration with other theories9.6. Policy lessons9.7. Supporting evidence9.8. What regality theory can be used for9.9. Further discussion10. Bibliography11. IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aAre humans violent or peaceful by nature? We are both.In this ambitious and wide-ranging book, Agner Fog presents a ground-breaking new argument that explains the existence of differently organised societies using evolutionary theory. It combines natural sciences and social sciences in a way that is rarely seen.According to a concept called regality theory, people show a preference for authoritarianism and strong leadership in times of war or collective danger, but desire egalitarian political systems in times of peace and safety. These individual impulses shape the way societies develop and organise themselves, and in this book Agner argues that there is an evolutionary mechanism behind this flexible psychology. Incorporating a wide range of ideas including evolutionary theory, game theory, and ecological theory, Agner analyses the conditions that make us either strident or docile. He tests this theory on data from contemporary and ancient societies, and provides a detailed explanation of the applications of regality theory to issues of war and peace, the rise and fall of empires, the mass media, economic instability, ecological crisis, and much more.Warlike and Peaceful Societies: The Interaction of Genes and Culture draws on many different fields of both the social sciences and the natural sciences. It will be of interest to academics and students in these fields, including anthropology, political science, history, conflict and peace research, social psychology, and more, as well as the natural sciences, including human biology, human evolution, and ecology.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$asociology
=653  \\$acollective psychology
=653  \\$aevolutionary psychology
=653  \\$aregality theory
=653  \\$aanthropology
=653  \\$aecology
=653  \\$aconflict
=653  \\$asecurity
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0128$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0128_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  08829nam  22006612  4500
=001  e5a383b0-3295-4027-986e-cc71e52db1d3
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2017491526
=020  \\$z9781783744213$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744220$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744237$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645493$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783744596$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744244$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744251$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0130$2doi
=024  7\$a1020783814$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHD75
=050  00$aR635
=072   7$aKCR$2bicssc
=072   7$aKCP$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBC$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHBL$2bicssc
=072   7$aHPS$2bicssc
=072   7$aSOC045000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC053000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC050000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL024000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL029000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aRobeyns, Ingrid,$eauthor.$uUtrecht University.$0(orcid)0000000228931814$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2893-1814
=245  10$aWellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice :$bThe Capability Approach Re-Examined /$cIngrid Robeyns.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x + 256 pages): $b1 illustration.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgements1. Introduction1.1  Why the capability approach?1.2  The worries of the sceptics1.3  A yardstick for the evaluation of prosperity and progress1.4  Scope and development of the capability approach1.5  A guide for the reader2. Core Ideas and the Framework2.1  Introduction2.2  A preliminary definition of the capability approach2.3  The capability approach versus capability theories2.4  The many modes of capability analysis2.5  The modular view of the capability approach2.6  The A-module: the non-optional core of all capability theories2.6.1  A1: Functionings and capabilities2.6.2  A2: Functionings and capabilities are value-neutral categories2.6.3  A3: Conversion factors2.6.4  A4: The means-ends distinction2.6.5  A5: Functionings and capabilities as the evaluative space2.6.6  A6: Other dimensions of ultimate value2.6.7  A7: Value pluralism2.6.8  A8: The principle of each person as an end2.7  The B-modules: non-optional modules with optional content2.7.1  B1: The purpose of the capability theory2.7.2  B2: The selection of dimensions2.7.3  B3: Human diversity2.7.4  B4: Agency2.7.5  B5: Structural constraints2.7.6  B6: The choice between functionings, capabilities, or both2.7.7  B7: Meta-theoretical commitments2.8  The C-modules: contingent modules2.8.1  C1: Additional ontological and explanatory theories2.8.2  C2: Weighing dimensions2.8.3  C3: Methods for empirical analysis2.8.4  C4: Additional normative principles and concerns2.9  The modular view of the capability account: a summary2.10  Hybrid theories2.11  The relevance and implications of the modular view2.12  A visualisation of the core conceptual elements2.13  The narrow and broad uses of the capability approach2.14  Conclusion3. Clarifications3.1  Introduction3.2  Refining the notions of ‘capability’ and ‘functioning’3.2.1  Capability as an opportunity versus capability as an opportunity set3.2.2  Nussbaum’s terminology3.2.3  What are ‘basic capabilities’?3.2.4  Conceptual and terminological refinements3.3  Are capabilities freedoms, and if so, which ones?3.3.1  Capabilities as positive freedoms?3.3.2  Capabilities as opportunity or option freedoms?3.3.3  Are capabilities best understood as freedoms?3.4  Functionings or capabilities?3.5  Human diversity in the capability approach3.6  Collective capabilities3.7  Which notion of wellbeing is used in the capability approach?3.7.1  The aim and context of accounts of wellbeing3.7.2  The standard taxonomy of philosophical wellbeing accounts3.7.3  The accounts of wellbeing in the capability approach3.8  Happiness and the capability approach3.8.1  What is the happiness approach?3.8.2  The ontological objection3.8.3  Mental adaptation and social comparisons3.8.4  Comparing groups3.8.5  Macro analysis3.8.6  The place of happiness in the capability approach3.9  The capability approach and adaptive preferences3.10  Can the capability approach be an explanatory theory?3.11  A suitable theory for all normative questions?3.12  The role of resources in the capability approach3.13  The capability approach and theories of justice3.13.1  A brief description of the literature on theories of justice3.13.2  What do we need for a capability theory of justice?3.13.3  From theories of justice to just practices and policies3.14  Capabilities and human rights3.14.1  What are human rights?3.14.2  The interdisciplinary scholarship on human rights3.14.3  Why a capability-based account of human rights?3.14.4  Are capabilities sufficient to construct a theory of human rights?3.14.5  The disadvantages3.15  Conclusion4. Critiques and Debates4.1  Introduction4.2  Is everything that’s called a capability genuinely a capability?4.3  Should we commit to a specific list of capabilities?4.4  Why not use the notion of needs?4.5  Does the capability approach only address the government?4.6  Is the capability approach too individualistic?4.6.1  Different forms of individualism4.6.2  Does the capability approach pay sufficient attention to groups?4.6.3  Social structures, norms and institutions in the capability approach4.7  What about power and political economy?4.7.1  Which account of power and choice?4.7.2  Should we prioritise analysing the political economy?4.8  Is the capability approach a liberal theory?4.9  Why ‘human development’ is not the same idea4.10  Can the capability approach change welfare economics?4.10.1  Welfare economics and the economics discipline4.10.2  Non-welfarism4.10.3  Empirical possibilities and challenges4.10.4  Towards a heterodox capabilitarian welfare economics?4.11  Taking stock5. Which Future for the Capability Approach?ReferencesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aNotions such as wellbeing, freedom, and social justice are integral to evaluating social progress and developing policies. One increasingly influential way to think about these concepts is the capability approach, a theoretical framework which was pioneered by the philosopher and economist Amartya Sen in the 1980s.In this book Ingrid Robeyns orientates readers new to the capability approach through offering an explanation of this framework. Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice also endeavors to resolve historical disputes in the literature and thus will be equally engaging to those familiar with the field. The author offers a novel and illuminating account of how the capability approach can be understood in a variety of academic disciplines and fields of application. Special attention is paid to clarifying misunderstandings that have been caused by different disciplinary assumptions and the interpretive consequences they have for our consideration of the capability approach.Robeyns argues that respecting the distinction between the general capability approach, and more specific capability theories or applications, helps to clear up confusion and misinterpretation. In addition, the author presents detailed analyses of well-known objections to the capability approach, and also discusses how it relates to other schools of analysis such as theories of justice, human rights, basic needs, and the human development approach.Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice offers an original and comprehensive account of the field. The book will appeal to scholars of the capability approach as well as new readers looking for an interdisciplinary introduction.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aCapability Approach
=653  \\$awellbeing
=653  \\$afreedom
=653  \\$asocial justice
=653  \\$aSocial Science
=653  \\$aeconomic disparity
=653  \\$apublic policy
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0130$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0130_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05081nam  22006252  4500
=001  d80c3e55-57ce-47c6-ac83-38a2417dad58
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447277
=020  \\$z9781800640238$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800640245$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800640252$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646292$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800640283$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800640269$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800640276$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0224$2doi
=024  7\$a1240387986$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=041  1\$aeng$hita
=050  00$aP47
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFCX$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aD$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT004130$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT025000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat is Authorial Philology? /$cedited by Paola Italia, Giulia Raboni.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxii+192 pages): $b12 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAn earlier edition of this work was originally published in Italian as volume 408 of the series "Bussole": Che cos'è la filologia d'autore. Roma : Carocci, 2010. Links to additional resources are available from the publisher's website. Statement of responsibility is transcribed exactly as found on the title-page.
=505  0\$aContentsPrefaceIntroduction to the English TranslationAcknowledgmentsIntroduction Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni1. History Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni2. Methods Paola Italia3. Italian Examples Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni4. European Examples4.1 Lope de Vega’s La Dama Boba Marco Presotto and Sònia Boadas4.2 Percy Bysshe Shelley’s Poems Margherita Centenari4.3 Jane Austen’s The Watsons Francesco Feriozzi4.4 Marcel Proust’s À la recherche du temps perdu Carmela Marranchino4.5 Samuel Beckett’s En attendant Godot / Waiting for Godot Olga Beloborodova, Dirk Van Hulle and Pim VerhulstReferencesGlossaryList of Illustrations
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aA stark departure from traditional philology, What is Authorial Philology? is the first comprehensive treatment of authorial philology as a discipline in its own right. It provides readers with an excellent introduction to the theory and practice of editing ‘authorial texts’ alongside an exploration of authorial philology in its cultural and conceptual architecture. The originality and distinction of this work lies in its clear systematization of a discipline whose autonomous status has only recently been recognised (at least in Italy), though its roots may extend back as far as Giorgio Pasquali. This pioneering volume offers both a methodical set of instructions on how to read critical editions, and a wide range of practical examples, expanding upon the conceptual and methodological apparatus laid out in the first two chapters. By presenting a thorough account of the historical and theoretical framework through which authorial philology developed, Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni successfully reconceptualize the authorial text as an ever-changing organism, subject to alteration and modification. What is Authorial Philology? will be of great didactic value to students and researchers alike, providing readers with a fuller understanding of the rationale behind different editing practices, and addressing both traditional and newer methods such as the use of the digital medium and its implications. Spanning the whole Italian tradition from Petrarch to Carlo Emilio Gadda, this ground-breaking volume provokes us to consider important questions concerning a text’s dynamism, the extent to which an author is ‘agentive’, and, most crucially, about the very nature of what we read.
=536  \\$aUniversità di Bologna
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aphilology
=653  \\$aAuthorial Philology
=653  \\$atextbook
=653  \\$aediting ‘authorial texts’
=653  \\$ahow to read critical editions
=700  1\$aItalia, Paola,$eeditor.$uUniversità di Bologna.
=700  1\$aRaboni, Giulia,$eeditor.$uUniversità di Parma.$0(orcid)0000000168338073$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6833-8073
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0224$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0224_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  06539nam  22006252  4500
=001  7988a2ba-7f1c-4754-943d-07dc4d2dc109
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20152015\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783741571$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783741588$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783741595$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644878$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783741601$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783741618$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0060$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2015 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Rebecca K. Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2015.
=264  \4$c©2015
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxii + 340 pages): $b1 illustration, 101 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 1.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aIntroduction1. AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development1.2 Threat: Agriculture1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors1.5 Threat: Biological resource use1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species1.9 Threat: Pollution1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather1.11 Habitat protection1.12 Habitat restoration and creation1.13 Species management1.14 Education and awareness raising2. BAT CONSERVATION2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development2.2 Threat: Agriculture2.3 Threat: Energy production – wind turbines2.4 Threat: Energy production – mining2.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors2.6 Threat: Biological resource use2.7 Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism2.8 Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression2.9 Threat: Invasive species2.10 Threat: Pollution2.11 Providing artificial roost structures for bats2.12 Education and awareness raising3. BIRD CONSERVATION3.1 Habitat protection3.2 Education and awareness raising3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development3.4 Threat: Agriculture3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors3.7 Threat: Biological resource use3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications3.10 Habitat restoration and creation3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species3.12 Threat: Pollution3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events3.14 General responses to small/declining populations3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation)4. FARMLAND CONSERVATION4.1 All farming systems4.2 Arable farming4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops4.4 Livestock farming4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport)4.9 Threat: Natural system modification4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species4.11 Threat: Education and awareness5. SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES5.1 Threat: Invasive amphibians5.2 Threat: Invasive crustaceans6. SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL6.1 Reducing agricultural pollution6.2 All farming systems6.3 Arable farming6.4 Perennial farming6.5 Livestock farming and pasture7. ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY7.1 Reducing agricultural pollution7.2 All farming systems7.3 Arable farming7.4 Livestock and pasture farming
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIs planting grass margins around fields beneficial for wildlife? Which management interventions increase bee numbers in farmland? Does helping migrating toads across roads increase populations? How do you reduce predation on bird populations? What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation.This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of over 200 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence relevant to the practical global conservation of amphibians, reducing the risk of predation for birds, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control and soil fertility. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The volume is published in partnership with the Conservation Evidence project and is fully linked to the project's website where background papers such as abstracts and published journal articles can be freely accessed.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$apractical conservation
=653  \\$aeffectiveness of intervention
=653  \\$aamphibian conservation
=653  \\$abird conservation
=653  \\$afarmland conservation
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$apest control
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aOckendon, Nancy,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000150551079$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5055-1079
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 1.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0060$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0060_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  07580nam  22006732  4500
=001  61c1e760-f8bf-48b1-a0fa-98fa94b751c2
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20172017\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783743087$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783743094$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783743100$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645288$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783743117$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783743124$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0109$2doi
=024  7\$a973230488$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2017 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Rebecca K. Smith.
=250  \\$aSecond edition.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2017.
=264  \4$c©2017
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxxvi + 406 pages): $b1 illustration, 136 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 2.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website.
=505  0\$aIntroduction  1.  AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION 1.1  Threat: Residential and commercial development 1.2  Threat: Agriculture 1.3  Threat: Energy production and mining 1.4  Threat: Transportation and service corridors 1.5  Threat: Biological resource use 1.6  Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 1.7  Threat: Natural system modifications 1.8  Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 1.9  Threat: Pollution 1.10  Threat: Climate change and severe weather 1.11  Habitat protection 1.12  Habitat restoration and creation 1.13  Species management 1.14  Education and awareness raising  2.  BAT CONSERVATION 2.1  Threat: Residential and commercial development 2.2  Threat: Agriculture 2.3  Threat: Energy production – wind turbines 2.4  Threat: Energy production – mining 2.5  Threat: Transportation and service corridors 2.6  Threat: Biological resource use 2.7  Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism 2.8  Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression 2.9  Threat: Invasive species 2.10  Threat: Pollution 2.11  Providing artificial roost structures for bats 2.12  Education and awareness raising  3.  BIRD CONSERVATION 3.1  Habitat protection 3.2  Education and awareness raising 3.3  Threat: Residential and commercial development 3.4  Threat: Agriculture 3.5  Threat: Energy production and mining 3.6  Threat: Transportation and service corridors 3.7  Threat: Biological resource use 3.8  Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 3.9  Threat: Natural system modifications 3.10  Habitat restoration and creation 3.11  Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 3.12  Threat: Pollution 3.13  Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events 3.14  General responses to small/ declining populations 3.15  Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation)  4.  FARMLAND CONSERVATION 4.1  All farming systems 4.2  Arable farming 4.3  Perennial (non-timber) crops 4.4  Livestock farming 4.5  Threat: Residential and commercial development 4.6  Threat: Agri-chemicals 4.7  Threat: Transport and service corridors 4.8  Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport) 4.9  Threat: Natural system modification 4.10  Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 4.11  Threat: Education and awareness  5.  FOREST CONSERVATION 5.1  Threat: Residential and commercial development 5.2  Threat: Agriculture 5.3  Threat: Transport and service corridors 5.4  Threat: Biological resource use 5.5  Habitat protection 5.6  Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 5.7  Threat: Pollution 5.8  Threat: Climate change and severe weather 5.9  Habitat protection 5.10  Habitat restoration and creation 5.11  Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees 5.12  Education and awareness raising  6.  SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES 6.1  Threat: Invasive plants  6.2  Threat: Invasive molluscs 6.3  Threat: Invasive crustaceans 6.4  Threat: Invasive fish 6.5  Threat: Invasive reptiles 6.6  Threat: Invasive amphibians  7.  SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL 7.1  Reducing agricultural pollution 7.2  All farming systems 7.3  Arable farming 7.4  Perennial farming 7.5  Livestock farming and pasture  8.  ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY 8.1  Reducing agricultural pollution 8.2  All farming systems 8.3  Arable farming 8.4  Livestock and pasture farming  
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIs leaving headlands in fields unsprayed beneficial for wildlife?Is paying farmers to cover the costs of bird conservation measures effective?Is using prescribed fire beneficial for young trees in forests?Does translocating frogs benefit wild populations?Is providing artificial roost structures for bats beneficial?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 763 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. Chapters cover the practical global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.This is the second edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis. It will also available online as a free-to-download PDF at www.conservationevidence.com
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$apractical intervention
=653  \\$aamphibians
=653  \\$abats
=653  \\$abirds
=653  \\$afarmland
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$aforests
=653  \\$ainvasive species
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aOckendon, Nancy,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000150551079$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5055-1079
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 2.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0109$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0109_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  10128nam  22006732  4500
=001  aeee3735-c973-492b-a8a6-42b4e31f02d9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783744282$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744299$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744305$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645509$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746248$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744312$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744329$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0131$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2018 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Silviu O. Petrovan, Rebecca K. Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (liv + 606 pages): $b1 illustration, 217 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 3.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$aEdition statement information from publisher's website. Previous edition: 2017.
=505  0\$aIntroduction   Who is What Works in Conservation for?   The Conservation Evidence project   Which conservation interventions are included?   How we review the literature   What does What Works in Conservation include?   Expert assessment of the evidence   Categorization of interventions   How to use What Works in Conservation1. AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION   1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   1.2 Threat: Agriculture   1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining   1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   1.5 Threat: Biological resource use   1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance   1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications   1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species   1.9 Threat: Pollution   1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather   1.11 Habitat protection   1.12 Habitat restoration and creation   1.13 Species management   1.14 Education and awareness raising2. BAT CONSERVATION   2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   2.2 Threat: Agriculture   2.3 Threat: Energy production – wind turbines   2.4 Threat: Energy production – mining   2.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   2.6 Threat: Biological resource use   2.7 Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism   2.8 Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression   2.9 Threat: Invasive species   2.10 Threat: Pollution   2.11 Providing artificial roost structures for bats   2.12 Education and awareness raising3. BIRD CONSERVATION   3.1 Habitat protection   3.2 Education and awareness raising   3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development   3.4 Threat: Agriculture   3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining   3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   3.7 Threat: Biological resource use   3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance   3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications   3.10 Habitat restoration and creation   3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species   3.12 Threat: Pollution   3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events   3.14 General responses to small/ declining populations   3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation)4. FARMLAND CONSERVATION   4.1 All farming systems   4.2 Arable farming   4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops   4.4 Livestock farming   4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development   4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals   4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors   4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport)   4.9 Threat: Natural system modification   4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species   4.11 Threat: Education and awareness5. FOREST CONSERVATION   5.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   5.2 Threat: Agriculture   5.3 Threat: Transport and service corridors   5.4 Threat: Biological resource use   5.5 Habitat protection   5.6 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species   5.7 Threat: Pollution   5.8 Threat: Climate change and severe weather   5.9 Habitat protection   5.10 Habitat restoration and creation   5.11 Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees   5.12 Education and awareness raising6. PEATLAND CONSERVATION   6.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   6.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture   6.3 Threat: Energy production and mining   6.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   6.5 Threat: Biological resource use   6.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance   6.7 Threat: Natural system modifications   6.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species   6.9 Threat: Pollution   6.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather   6.11 Habitat creation and restoration   6.12 Actions to complement planting   6.13 Habitat protection   6.14 Education and awareness7. PRIMATE CONSERVATION   7.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   7.2 Threat: Agriculture   7.3 Threat: Energy production and mining   7.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   7.5 Threat: Biological resource use   7.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance   7.7 Threat: Natural system modifications   7.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species and genes   7.9 Threat: Pollution   7.10 Education and Awareness   7.11 Habitat protection   7.12 Species management7.13 Livelihood; economic and other incentives8. SHRUBLAND AND HEATHLAND CONSERVATION   8.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development   8.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture   8.3 Threat: Energy production and mining   8.4 Threat: Biological resource use   8.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors   8.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance   8.7 Threat: Natural system modifications   8.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species   8.9 Threat: Pollution   8.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather   8.11 Threat: Habitat protection   8.12 Habitat restoration and creation   8.13 Actions to benefit introduced vegetation   8.14 Education and awareness9. MANAGEMENT OF CAPTIVE ANIMALS   9.1 Ex-situ conservation – breeding amphibians   9.2 Promoting health and welfare in captive carnivores (felids, canids and ursids) through feeding practices   9.3 Promoting natural feeding behaviours in primates in captivity10. SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES   10.1 Threat: Invasive plants   10.2 Threat: Invasive molluscs   10.3 Threat: Invasive crustaceans   10.4 Threat: Invasive fish   10.5 Threat: Invasive reptiles   10.6 Threat: Invasive amphibians11. SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL   11.1 Reducing agricultural pollution   11.2 All farming systems   11.3 Arable farming   11.4 Perennial farming   11.5 Livestock farming and pasture12. ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY   12.1 Reducing agricultural pollution   12.2 All farming systems   12.3 Arable farming   12.4 Livestock and pasture farming
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhat are the best means of reducing illegal hunting of primates?Does changing the type of livestock benefit heathland vegetation?Does removing the upper layer of peat enhance peatland restoration?Is flame treatment effective for dealing with invasive floating pennywort?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 1277 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2018 edition contains new chapters covering practical global conservation of primates, peatlands, shrublands and heathlands, management of captive animals as well as an extended chapter on control of freshwater invasive species. Other chapters cover the global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references. 
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$apractical intervention
=653  \\$aamphibians
=653  \\$abats
=653  \\$abirds
=653  \\$afarmland
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$aforests
=653  \\$ainvasive species
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aOckendon, Nancy,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000150551079$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5055-1079
=700  1\$aPetrovan, Silviu O.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000239842403$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3984-2403
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 3.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0131$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0131_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  02878nam  22006372  4500
=001  4d2fbfef-e83d-41d3-ab83-51cddc69a6ec
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783747627$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783747634$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783747641$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645936$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783747658$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783747665$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0179$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2019 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Silviu O. Petrovan, Rebecca K. Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lvi+650 pages): $b1 illustration, 231 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 4.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$aPrevious edition: 2018.
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$apractical intervention
=653  \\$aamphibians
=653  \\$abats
=653  \\$abirds
=653  \\$afarmland
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$aforests
=653  \\$ainvasive species
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aOckendon, Nancy,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000150551079$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5055-1079
=700  1\$aPetrovan, Silviu O.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000239842403$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3984-2403
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 4.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0179$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0179_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04796nam  22006492  4500
=001  9ae43851-be92-4d8c-a94a-36dcf5539e02
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20202020\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781783748334$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783748341$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783748358$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646032$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783748389$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783748365$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783748372$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0191$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=072   7$aRNK$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2020 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Silviu O. Petrovan, Rebecca K. Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2020.
=264  \4$c©2020
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lx+734 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 5.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$aEdition statement from publisher's website. Previous edition: 2019.
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$a Is reduced tillage in arable fields beneficial for farmland biodiversity?Is prescribed burning in grasslands beneficial for bird conservation?Does livestock exclusion from degraded peatlands benefit peatland conservation?Is the provision of artificial shelters effective for subtidal benthic invertebrate conservation?Do wind turbine modifications reduce bat fatalities?   Does adding topsoil increase the abundance of heathland plants?Are interventions to reduce road impacts on amphibians effective?Do herbicides control invasive parrot's feather?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2020 edition contains new material on mammals, birds, marine benthic invertebrates, bat conservation and wetlands. Other chapters cover practical global conservation of primates, peatlands, shrublands and heathlands, management of captive animals as well as an extended chapter on control of freshwater invasive species, the global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.This is the fifth edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis.Arcadia, DEFRA, ESRC, MAVA Foundation, NERC, Natural England, Robert Bosch Stiftung, Synchronicity Earth, South West Water and Waitrose Ltd. have generously contributed towards the publication of this volume.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$apractical intervention
=653  \\$aamphibians
=653  \\$abats
=653  \\$abirds
=653  \\$afarmland
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$aforests
=653  \\$ainvasive species
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aPetrovan, Silviu O.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000239842403$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3984-2403
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 5.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0191$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0191_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  13343nam  22007212  4500
=001  c79ca878-a17e-4ca5-929f-3b417bcc8d9c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20212021\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2020447489
=020  \\$z9781800642720$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800642737$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800642744$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646582$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642775$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800642751$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800642768$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0267$2doi
=024  7\$a1262965903$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aQH75
=072   7$aRNKC$2bicssc
=072   7$aRNKH$2bicssc
=072   7$aRND$2bicssc
=072   7$aNAT010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT011000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aNAT000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI000000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhat Works in Conservation :$b2021 /$cedited by William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Silviu O. Petrovan, Rebecca K. Smith.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2021.
=264  \4$c©2021
=300  \\$a1 online resource (lxxiv+964 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=490  1\$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 6.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=500  \\$a"The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references"--Additional resources are available from the link on the publisher's website. Edition statement from publisher's website. Previous edition: 2020.
=505  0\$aIntroduction William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Silviu O. Petrovan and Rebecca K. SmithWho is What Works in Conservation for?1. Amphibian Conservation Rebecca K. Smith, Helen Meredith and William J. Sutherland1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development1.2 Threat: Agriculture1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors1.5 Threat: Biological resource use1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species1.9 Threat: Pollution1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather1.11 Habitat protection1.12 Habitat restoration and creation1.13 Species management1.14 Education and awareness raising2. Bat Conservation Anna Berthinussen, Olivia C. Richardson and John D. Altringham2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development2.2 Threat: Agriculture2.3 Threat: Energy production2.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors2.5 Threat: Biological resource use2.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance2.7 Threat: Natural system modifications2.8 Threat: Invasive or problematic species and disease2.9 Threat: Pollution2.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather2.11 Habitat protection2.12 Habitat restoration and creation2.13 Species management2.14 Education and awareness raising3. Bird Conservation David R. Williams, Matthew F. Child, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Robert G. Pople, David A. Showler, Jessica C. Walsh, Erasmus K. H. J. zu Ermgassen and William J. Sutherland3.1 Habitat protection3.2 Education and awareness raising3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development3.4 Threat: Agriculture3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors3.7 Threat: Biological resource use3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications3.10 Habitat restoration and creation3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species3.12 Threat: Pollution3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events3.14 General responses to small/declining populations3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation)4. Farmland Conservation Lynn V. Dicks, Joscelyne E. Ashpole, Juliana Dänhardt, Katy James, Annelie Jönsson, Nicola Randall, David A. Showler, Rebecca K. Smith, Susan Turpie, David R. Williams and William J. Sutherland4.1 All farming systems4.2 Arable farming4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops4.4 Livestock farming4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport)4.9 Threat: Natural system modification4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species4.11 Threat: Education and awareness5. Forest Conservation Har’el Agra, Simon Schowanek, Yohay Carmel, Rebecca K. Smith and Gidi Ne’eman5.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development5.2 Threat: Agriculture5.3 Threat: Transport and service corridors5.4 Threat: Biological resource use5.5 Habitat protection5.6 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species5.7 Threat: Pollution5.8 Threat: Climate change and severe weather5.9 Habitat protection5.10 Habitat restoration and creation5.11 Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees5.12 Education and awareness raising6. Peatland Conservation Nigel G. Taylor, Patrick Grillas and William J. Sutherland6.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development6.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture6.3 Threat: Energy production and mining6.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors6.5 Threat: Biological resource use6.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance6.7 Threat: Natural system modifications6.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species6.9 Threat: Pollution6.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather6.11 Habitat creation and restoration6.12 Actions to complement planting6.13 Habitat protection6.14 Education and awareness7. Primate Conservation Jessica Junker, Hjalmar S. Kühl, Lisa Orth, Rebecca K. Smith, Silviu O. Petrovan and William J. Sutherland7.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development7.2 Threat: Agriculture7.3 Threat: Energy production and mining7.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors7.5 Threat: Biological resource use7.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance7.7 Threat: Natural system modifications7.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species and genes7.9 Threat: Pollution7.10 Education and Awareness7.11 Habitat protection7.12 Species management7.13 Livelihood; economic and other incentives8. Shrubland and Heathland Conservation Philip A. Martin, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland8.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development8.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture8.3 Threat: Energy production and mining8.4 Threat: Biological resource use8.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors8.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance8.7 Threat: Natural system modifications8.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species8.9 Threat: Pollution8.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather8.11 Threat: Habitat protection8.12 Habitat restoration and creation8.13 Actions to benefit introduced vegetation8.14 Education and awareness9. Management of Captive Animals Coral S. Jonas, Lydia T. Timbrell, Fey Young, Silviu O. Petrovan, Andrew E. Bowkett and Rebecca K. Smith9.1 Ex-situ conservation – breeding amphibians9.2 Promoting health and welfare in captive carnivores (felids, canids and ursids) through feeding practices9.3 Promoting natural feeding behaviours in primates in captivity10. Some Aspects of Control of Freshwater Invasive Species David Aldridge, Nancy Ockendon, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland10.1 Threat: Invasive plants10.2 Threat: Invasive molluscs10.3 Threat: Invasive crustaceans10.4 Threat: Invasive fish10.5 Threat: Invasive reptiles10.6 Threat: Invasive amphibians11. Some Aspects of Enhancing Natural Pest Control Hugh L. Wright, Joscelyne E. Ashpole, Lynn V. Dicks, James Hutchison, Caitlin G. McCormack and William J. Sutherland11.1 Reducing agricultural pollution11.2 All farming systems11.3 Arable farming11.4 Perennial farming11.5 Livestock farming and pasture12. Enhancing Soil Fertility Georgina Key, Mike Whitfield, Lynn V. Dicks, William J. Sutherland and Richard D. Bardgett12.1 Reducing agricultural pollution12.2 All farming systems12.3 Arable farming12.4 Livestock and pasture farming13. Subtidal Benthic Invertebrate Conservation Anaelle J. Lemasson, Laura R. Pettit, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland13.1 Threat: Energy production and mining13.2 Threat: Transportation and service corridors13.3 Threat: Biological resource use13.4 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbances13.5 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species, genes and diseases13.6 Threat: Pollution13.7 Threat: Climate change and severe weather13.8 Habitat protection13.9 Habitat restoration and creation13.10 Species management13.11 Education and awareness14. Marine and Freshwater Mammal Conservation Anna Berthinussen, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland14.1 Threat: Aquaculture and agriculture14.2 Threat: Energy production and mining14.3 Threat: Transportation and service corridors14.4 Threat: Biological resource use14.5 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance14.6 Threat: Natural system modifications14.7 Threat: Invasive or problematic species and disease14.8 Threat: Pollution14.9 Threat: Climate change and severe weather14.10 Habitat protection14.11 Habitat restoration and creation14.12 Species management14.13 Education and awareness raising15. Terrestrial Mammal Conservation Nick Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip Martin, Sarah Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland15.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development15.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture15.3 Threat: Energy production and mining15.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors15.5 Threat: Biological resource use15.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance15.7 Threat: Natural system modifications15.8 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species15.9 Threat: Pollution15.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather15.11 Habitat protection15.12 Habitat restoration and creation15.13 Species management15.14 Education and awareness raising
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aDoes the creation of artificial reefs benefit subtidal benthic invertebrates?Is the use of organic farming instead of conventional farming beneficial to bat conservation?Does installing wildlife warning reflectors along roads benefit mammal conservation?Does the installation of exclusion and/or escape devices on fishing nets benefit marine and freshwater mammal conservation?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation.This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 2526 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2021 edition containssubstantial new material on bat conservation, terrestrial mammal conservation and marine and freshwater mammals, thus completing the evidence for all mammal species categories. Other chapters cover practical global conservation of primates, amphibians, bats, birds, forests, peatlands, subtidal benthic invertebrates, shrublands and heathlands, as well as the conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility, management of captive animals and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.This is the fourth author-approved edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aConservation
=653  \\$aenvironment
=653  \\$apractical intervention
=653  \\$aamphibians
=653  \\$abats
=653  \\$abirds
=653  \\$afarmland
=653  \\$asoil fertility
=653  \\$aforests
=653  \\$ainvasive species
=700  1\$aSutherland, William J.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000264980437$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6498-0437
=700  1\$aDicks, Lynn V.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000283044468$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8304-4468
=700  1\$aPetrovan, Silviu O.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000239842403$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3984-2403
=700  1\$aSmith, Rebecca K.,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000332947592$1https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3294-7592
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=830  \0$aWhat Works in Conservation ;$vvol. 6.$x2059-4240$x2059-4232
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0267$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0267_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05661nam  22005772  4500
=001  2566ed3d-3df1-4e56-a7dc-455ecf7d3a4b
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021392553
=020  \\$z9781783744619$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783744626$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783744633$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645554$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800642997$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783744640$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783744657$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0136$2doi
=024  7\$a1099628716$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aDF287.P3
=072   7$aHBLL$2bicssc
=072   7$a1DVG$2bicssc
=072   7$a1QDT$2bicssc
=072   7$aARC005020 $2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS042000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aSt Clair, William,$eauthor.
=245  10$aWho Saved the Parthenon? :$bA New History of the Acropolis Before, During and After the Greek Revolution /$cWilliam St Clair.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+878 pages): $b191 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aEditors’ NotePrefaceWilliam St Clair1. Why Another Book?William St Clair2. The PlaceWilliam St Clair3. The PeopleWilliam St Clair4. The EncounterWilliam St Clair5. Communities, Real and ImaginedWilliam St Clair6. The EvidenceWilliam St Clair7. The New Science and its EnemiesWilliam St Clair8. Towards a Practical Theory of HistoryWilliam St Clair9. Romanticism and its RhetoricsWilliam St Clair10. The ChoicesWilliam St Clair11. The Siege of 1826 and 1827William St Clair12. The SurrenderWilliam St Clair13. The Last Days of Ottoman AthensWilliam St Clair14. The LivingWilliam St Clair15. The DeadWilliam St Clair16. ‘The World had need of them’William St Clair17. The SecretWilliam St Clair18. The BargainWilliam St Clair19. The SilenceWilliam St Clair20. The StoriesWilliam St Clair21. Which Pasts, which Futures?William St Clair22. Still a Dark HeritageWilliam St Clair23. Whose Parthenon?William St Clair24. The Parthenon in our TimeWilliam St Clair25. HeritageWilliam St ClairAppendix A: The Firman Obtained by Lord Elgin in 1801 and Related DocumentsWilliam St ClairAppendix B: The Firman of 1821William St ClairAppendix C: The Intercepted Letters of the Ottoman Military Commander (‘Seraskier’) Reşid Mehmed Pasha, Often Known as Kiutahi or ReschidWilliam St ClairAppendix D: The Firman of 1826 and Other Primary Documents Relating to the Preservation of the Ancient Monuments of Athens Issued by the Ottoman GovernmentWilliam St ClairAppendix E: Primary Contemporary Documents Recording the Views of those Who Opposed the Greek RevolutionWilliam St ClairAppendix F: Four Local Descriptions of Athens from the Long MillenniumWilliam St ClairBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn this magisterial book, William St Clair unfolds the history of the Parthenon throughout the modern era to the present day, with special emphasis on the period before, during, and after the Greek War of Independence of 1821–32. Focusing particularly on the question of who saved the Parthenon from destruction during this conflict, with the help of documents that shed a new light on this enduring question, he explores the contributions made by the Philhellenes, Ancient Athenians, Ottomans and the Great Powers.Marshalling a vast amount of primary evidence, much of it previously unexamined and published here for the first time, St Clair rigorously explores the multiple ways in which the Parthenon has served both as a cultural icon onto which meanings are projected and as a symbol of particular national, religious and racial identities, as well as how it illuminates larger questions about the uses of built heritage. This book has a companion volume with the classical Parthenon as its main focus, which offers new ways of recovering the monument and its meanings in ancient times.St Clair builds on the success of his classic text, The Reading Nation in the Romantic Period, to present this rich and authoritative account of the Parthenon’s presentation and reception throughout history. With weighty implications for the present life of the Parthenon, it is itself a monumental contribution to accounts of the Greek Revolution, to classical studies, and to intellectual history.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aHistory of the Parthenon
=653  \\$aFrom the modern era to the present day
=653  \\$aCultural icon
=653  \\$aNational identity
=700  1\$aSt Clair, David,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Aberdeen.
=700  1\$aBarnes, Lucy,$eeditor.$uUniversity of Cambridge.$0(orcid)0000000214256985$1https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1425-6985
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0136$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0136_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05996nam  22006612  4500
=001  78a7423c-aa99-4441-9d96-bab65065a32c
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20192019\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452861
=020  \\$z9781783746484$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783746491$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783746507$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645776$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746538$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783746514$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783746521$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0159$2doi
=024  7\$a1099535636$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aZ551
=072   7$aLNR$2bicssc
=072   7$aLNRC$2bicssc
=072   7$aKNTP$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAW050010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLAN027000$2bisacsh
=245  00$aWhose Book Is it Anyway? :$bA View from Elsewhere on Publishing, Copyright and Creativity /$cedited by Janis Jefferies, Sarah Kember.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2019.
=264  \4$c©2019
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+444 pages): $b21 illustrations, 3 tables.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aIncludes index.
=505  0\$aNotes on ContributorsIntroduction: Whose Book is it Anyway? A View from Elsewhere on Publishing, Copyright and CreativityJanis Jefferies and Sarah KemberPART I: Opening out the Copyright Debate: Open Access, Ethics and CreativityA Statement by The Readers Project Concerning Contemporary Literary Practice, Digital Mediation, Intellectual Property, and Associated Moral RightsJohn Cayley and Daniel C. HoweLondon-Havana Diary: Art Publishing, Sustainability, Free Speech and Free PapersLouise O’HareThe Ethics of Emergent Creativity: Can We Move Beyond Writing as Human Enterprise, Commodity and Innovation?Janneke AdemaAre Publishers Worth It? Filtering, Amplification and the Value of PublishingMichael BhaskarWho Takes Legal Responsibility for Published Work? Why Both an Understanding and Lived Experience of Copyright Are Becoming Increasingly Important to WritersAlison BaverstockTelling Stories or Selling Stories: Writing for Pleasure, Writing for Art or Writing to Get Paid?Sophie RochesterCopyright in the Everyday Practice of WritersSmita KheriaComics, Copyright and Academic Publishing: The Deluxe EditionRonan Deazley and Jason MathisPART II: Views from ElsewhereDiversity or die: How the Face of Book Publishing Needs to Change if it is to Have a FutureDanuta Kean10. Writing on the Cusp of Becoming Something ElseJ. R. CarpenterConfronting Authorship, Constructing Practices (How Copyright is Destroying Collective Practice)Eva WeinmayrEthical Scholarly Publishing Practices, Copyright and Open Access: A View from Ethnomusicology and AnthropologyMuriel Swijghuisen ReigersbergShow me the Copy! How Digital Media (Re)Assert Relational Creativity, Complicating Existing Intellectual Property and Publishing ParadigmsJoseph F. TurcotteRedefining Reader and Writer, Remixing Copyright: Experimental Publishing at if:book AustraliaSimon GrothAPPENDIX: CREATe Position PapersPublishing IndustryJanis JefferiesIs the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading and Publishing in the Digital Age?Laurence KayeIs the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading, and Publishing in the Digital Age?Richard MolletHistory of Copyright Changes 1710–2013Rachel CalderIs the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading, and Publishing in the Digital Age?Max WhitbyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWhose Book is it Anyway? is a provocative collection of essays that opens out the copyright debate to questions of open access, ethics, and creativity. It includes views – such as artist’s perspectives, writer’s perspectives, feminist, and international perspectives – that are too often marginalized or elided altogether.The diverse range of contributors take various approaches, from the scholarly and the essayistic to the graphic, to explore the future of publishing based on their experiences as publishers, artists, writers and academics. Considering issues such as intellectual property, copyright and comics, digital publishing and remixing, and what it means (not) to say one is an author, these vibrant essays urge us to view central aspects of writing and publishing in a new light.Whose Book is it Anyway? is a timely and varied collection of essays. It asks us to reconceive our understanding of publishing, copyright and open access, and it is essential reading for anyone invested in the future of publishing.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$acollection of essays
=653  \\$acopyright
=653  \\$acopyright debate
=653  \\$aopen access
=653  \\$aethics
=653  \\$acreativity
=653  \\$aartist’s perspectives
=653  \\$awriter’s perspectives
=653  \\$afeminist perspectives
=653  \\$ainternational perspectives
=653  \\$afuture of publishing
=653  \\$aintellectual property
=700  1\$aJefferies, Janis,$eeditor.$uGoldsmiths University of London.
=700  1\$aKember, Sarah,$eeditor.$uGoldsmiths University of London.
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0159$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0159_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04078nam  22006372  4500
=001  4f7f2103-6569-48fc-b782-00d0e724386a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20112011\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452798
=020  \\$z9781906924331$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781906924348$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781906924355$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800644397$q(HTML)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0012$2doi
=024  7\$a741648010$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPN171.Q6
=072   7$aCB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJHMC$2bicssc
=072   7$aLAN000000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC002010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSOC011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aFinnegan, Ruth,$eauthor.$uBritish Academy.
=245  10$aWhy Do We Quote? :$bThe Culture and History of Quotation /$cRuth Finnegan.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2011.
=264  \4$c©2011
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xix + 331 pages): $b41 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceI. SETTING THE PRESENT SCENE1. Prelude: a dip in quoting’s ocean2. Tastes of the present: the here and now of quoting3. Putting others’ words on stage: arts and ambiguities of today’s quotingII. BEYOND THE HERE AND NOW4. Quotation marks present, past, and future5. Harvesting others’ words: the long tradition of quotation collections6. Quotation in sight and sound7. Arts and rites of quoting8. Controlling quotation: the regulation of others’ words and voicesIII. DISTANCE AND PRESENCE9. What is quotation and why do we do it?Appendix 1: Quoting the academicsAppendix 2. List of the Mass Observation writersReferences
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aQuoting is all around us. But do we really know what it means? How do people actually quote today, and how did our present systems come about? This book brings together a down-to-earth account of contemporary quoting with an examination of the comparative and historical background that lies behind it and the characteristic way that quoting links past and present, the far and the near. Drawing from anthropology, cultural history, folklore, cultural studies, sociolinguistics, literary studies and the ethnography of speaking, Ruth Finnegan’s fascinating study sets our present conventions into cross-cultural and historical perspective. She traces the curious history of quotation marks, examines the long tradition of quotation collections with their remarkable recycling across the centuries, and explores the uses of quotation in literary, visual and oral traditions. The book tracks the changing definitions and control of quoting over the millennia and in doing so throws new light on ideas such as 'imitation', 'allusion', 'authorship', 'originality' and 'plagiarism'.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 2.0 Generic license (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aQuoting
=653  \\$aplagiarism
=653  \\$aimitation
=653  \\$aoriginality
=653  \\$aquotation marks
=653  \\$acultural history
=653  \\$acultural anthropology
=653  \\$aquotation
=653  \\$alanguage
=653  \\$aEnglish
=653  \\$afolklore
=653  \\$asociolinguistics
=653  \\$aoral traditions
=653  \\$aoral literature
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0012$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0012_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04742nam  22007092  4500
=001  5829a49d-d242-4c54-92c8-9625b64f6be0
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2022361432
=020  \\$z9781805110538$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781805110545$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781805110552$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781805110590$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781805110583$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781805110569$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0349$2doi
=024  7\$a1399167439$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aNK4210.M624
=072   7$aAFP$2bicssc
=072   7$aWFN$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFT$2bicssc
=072   7$aAK$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBLW$2bicssc
=072   7$aCRA028000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDES003000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDES009000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART015100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aWFN$2thema
=072   7$aAFT$2thema
=072   7$aAKP$2thema
=072   7$aAGA$2thema
=100  1\$aMallinson, Jonathan,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Oxford.
=245  10$aWilliam Moorcroft, Potter :$bIndividuality by Design /$cJonathan Mallinson.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xiv+398 pages): $b119 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbbreviationsAcknowledgementsIntroduction: William Moorcroft, PotterPART I: MAKING A NAME1. 1897–1900: The Making of a Potter2. 1901–04: The End of the Beginning3. 1905–09: Experiment and Adversity4. 1910–12: Approaching a Crossroads5. 1912–13: Breaking with Macintyre’sPART II: CREATING A STUDIO6. 1913–14: A New Beginning7. 1914–18: The Art of Survival8. 1919–23: A Lone Furrow9. 1924–25: Recognition of the Artist Potter10. 1926–28: Re-negotiating the FuturePART III: EXPRESSING A VISION11. 1929–31: No Ordinary Potter12. 1932–35: Individuality and Industrial Art13. 1936–39: Pottery for a Troubled World14. 1939–45: Adversity and ResolutionConclusion: Individuality by DesignBibliographyList of FiguresIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Moorcroft (1872-1945) was one of the most celebrated potters of the early twentieth century. His career extended from the Arts and Crafts movement of the late Victorian age to the Austerity aesthetics of the Second World War. Rejecting mass production and patronised by Royalty, Moorcroft’s work was a synthesis of studio and factory, art and industry. He considered it his vocation to create an everyday art, both functional and decorative, affordable by more than a privileged few: ‘If only the people in the world would concentrate upon making all things beautiful, and if all people concentrated on developing the arts of Peace, what a world it might be,’ he wrote in a letter to his daughter in 1930.'William Moorcroft, Potter: Individuality by Design' is a pioneering study by Jonathan Mallinson, Emeritus Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford. It follows the career of William Moorcroft through a wealth of private papers, letters and diaries, business correspondence and published reviews in newspapers, trade magazines and art journals. Richly illustrated with examples of his pottery, it explores what lay behind the unique impact of work sought by museums and treasured in homes the world over. The book examines an artist’s very individual response to the turbulent half century in which he worked. It will appeal to both specialists and general readers with an interest in pottery, the decorative arts, and the cultural history of the times.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aart
=653  \\$aArts and Crafts
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$acultural history
=653  \\$adecorative arts
=653  \\$aindustry
=653  \\$aMoorcroft
=653  \\$apottery
=653  \\$aproduction
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0349$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0349_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04315nam  22006612  4500
=001  31255664-409e-4c57-8ee6-dbee9aa4fb7a
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2021385904
=020  \\$z9781800647565$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800647572$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800647589$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800647626$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800647619$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800647596$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800647602$q(AZW3)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0304$2doi
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aNB237.R6
=072   7$aABA$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aAG$2bicssc
=072   7$aACV$2bicssc
=072   7$aAFKB$2bicssc
=072   7$aMFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aHBTB$2bicssc
=072   7$aJFC$2bicssc
=072   7$aART015020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART026000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART015100$2bisacsh
=072   7$aART016000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aSCI056000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aEvans, Dorinda,$eauthor.$uEmory University.
=245  10$aWilliam Rimmer :$bChampion of Imagination in American Art /$cDorinda Evans.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (x+240 pages): $b145 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAcknowledgments ix1. A Secret Inheritance 12. The Two-Dimensional Portraits in Context 233. Self-Expression in Flight and Pursuit 514. Swedenborg and Enigmatic Pictures 815. A Challenge to International Neoclassicism 1176. Visionary Depictions 1657. The Death and Legacy of a Maverick Artist 197Selected Bibliography 209List of Illustrations 225Index 231
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Rimmer (1816–1879) is arguably the first modernist American sculptor, although his inventive originality has not been fully acknowledged. Rimmer cultivated an art of ideas and personal expression whilst supporting himself as a physician and, later, as a teacher of art anatomy at the Cooper Union School of Design for Women in New York. Unlike his contemporaries, he advocated the creation of sculpture drawn entirely from the artist’s imagination, as opposed to antique archetypes or live models. In this way, he sought to reframe excellence in American art as something that must be found within, rather than derived from Europe. In this new monograph, the meaning of Rimmer’s works is for the first time considered from a combination of perspectives, such as close visual analysis (including X-ray and infrared), historical documentation, and social context. These are enriched with discussion of the artist’s own bipolar disorder, deeply-held spiritualism, and views on gender equality—considering women just as talented as men, he used naked male models in all-female classes long before his contemporaries, and produced an allegorical sculpture of fighting lions that criticized the tyranny of men over women.This book will be of great interest to academics, students, art museums, collectors, dealers, art historians, and members of the public with an affinity for Rimmer’s work. It will also appeal to those with a broader interest in American culture.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Rimmer
=653  \\$amodernist sculptor
=653  \\$aAmerican sculptor
=653  \\$aphysician
=653  \\$ateacher of art anatomy
=653  \\$aCooper Union School of Design for Women
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0304$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0304_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  05328nam  22005892  4500
=001  5a78a715-9407-45ee-b282-55d02fab5639
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20222022\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=020  \\$z9781800643260$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643277$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800643284$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646667$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800643314$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781800643291$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781800643307$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0276$2doi
=024  7\$a1302006529$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR5357
=072   7$aBJ$2bicssc
=072   7$aDS$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSK$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSC$2bicssc
=072   7$a3JH$2bicssc
=072   7$aBIO007000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aBIO025000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS015060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLCO011000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aHalloran, William F.,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
=245  10$aWilliam Sharp and “Fiona Macleod” :$bA Life /$cWilliam F. Halloran.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2022.
=264  \4$c©2022
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xviii+456 pages): $b79 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aContentsAcknowledgementsPrefaceWilliam HalloranChapter OneWilliam HalloranChapter TwoWilliam HalloranChapter ThreeWilliam HalloranChapter FourWilliam HalloranChapter FiveWilliam HalloranChapter SixWilliam HalloranChapter SevenWilliam HalloranChapter EightWilliam HalloranChapter NineWilliam HalloranChapter TenWilliam HalloranChapter ElevenWilliam HalloranChapter TwelveWilliam HalloranChapter ThirteenWilliam HalloranChapter FourteenWilliam HalloranChapter FifteenWilliam HalloranChapter SixteenWilliam HalloranChapter SeventeenWilliam HalloranChapter EighteenWilliam HalloranChapter NineteenWilliam HalloranChapter TwentyWilliam HalloranChapter Twenty-OneWilliam HalloranChapter Twenty-TwoWilliam HalloranChapter Twenty-ThreeWilliam HalloranChapter Twenty-FourWilliam HalloranChapter Twenty-FiveWilliam HalloranAppendix 1: William Butler Yeats and Elizabeth Amelia SharpWilliam HalloranAppendix 2: Catherine Ann Janvier and Roselle ShieldsWilliam HalloranBibliographyList of IllustrationsIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aWilliam Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. A Scottish poet, novelist, biographer, and editor, he began in 1893 to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod who became far more than a pseudonym. Enlisting his sister to provide the Macleod handwriting, he used the voluminous Fiona correspondence to fashion a distinctive personality for a talented, but remote and publicity-shy woman. Sometimes she was his cousin and other times his lover, and whenever suspicions arose, he vehemently denied he was Fiona. For more than a decade he duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as George Meredith, Thomas Hardy, Henry James, William Butler Yeats, and E. C. Stedman.Drawing extensively on his letters, his wife Elizabeth Sharp’s Memoir, and accounts by friends and associates, this biography provides a lucid and intimate account of William Sharp’s life, from his rejection of the dour religion of his Scottish boyhood, his turn to spiritualism, to his role in the Scottish Celtic Revival in the mid-nineties. The biography illuminates his wide network of close male and female friendships, through which he developed advanced ideas about the place of women in society, the constraints of marriage, the fluidity of gender identity, and the complexity of the human psyche. Uniquely this biography reveals the autobiographical content of the writings of Fiona Macleod, the remarkable extent to which Sharp used the feminine pseudonym to disguise his telling and retelling the complex story of his extramarital love affair with a beautiful and brilliant woman.The biography illuminates not only the talented and conflicted William Sharp, but also the cultural landscape of Great Britain in the late-nineteenth century. From late Pre-Raphaelitism through the "yellow nineties” and on to the excesses of the early twentieth century, Sharp dabbled in all the movements that comprised what some have called the Age of Decadence.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aWilliam Sharp
=653  \\$aScottish poet
=653  \\$aFiona Macleod
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0276$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0276_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04822nam  22006492  4500
=001  7c41fd51-3a22-4ac5-9c82-3406815ef3a9
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20182018\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2019452974
=020  \\$z9781783745111$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781783745128$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781783745135$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800645639$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781783746217$q(XML)
=020  \\$a9781783745142$q(Epub)
=020  \\$a9781783745159$q(Mobi)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0144$2doi
=024  7\$a1056677315$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aHQ755.5.S65
=072   7$aPDX$2bicssc
=072   7$aPDR$2bicssc
=072   7$aBGT$2bicssc
=072   7$aSCI034000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS010010$2bisacsh
=072   7$aHIS037060$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOL060000$2bisacsh
=100  1\$aKrementsov, Nikolai,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Toronto.$0(orcid)0000000188395948$1https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8839-5948
=245  10$aWith and Without Galton :$bVasilii Florinskii and the Fate of Eugenics in Russia /$cNikolai Krementsov.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2018.
=264  \4$c©2018
=300  \\$a1 online resource (xxvi + 668 pages): $b49 illustrations.
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aPrefaceList of AbbreviationsList of IllustrationsNote on Names, Transliterations, and TranslationsAcknowledgmentsThe Faces of Eugenics: Local Mirrors and Global ReflectionsI. "HYGIENIC” AND "RATIONAL” MARRIAGE1. The Author: Vasilii Florinskii2. The Publisher: Grigorii Blagosvetlov3. The Book: Darwinism and Social Hygiene4. The Hereafter: Words and DeedsII. "BOURGEOIS” AND "PROLETARIAN” EUGENICS5. Rebirth: Eugenics and Marxism6. Resonance: Euphenics, Medical Genetics, and Rassenhygiene7. Afterlife: Medical Genetics and "Racial” Eugenics8. Science of the Future: With and Without GaltonApologia: The Historian’s CraftNotesIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aIn 1865, British polymath Francis Galton published his initial thoughts about the scientific field that would become ‘eugenics.’ The same year, Russian physician Vasilii Florinskii addressed similar issues in a sizeable treatise, entitled Human Perfection and Degeneration. Initially unheralded, Florinskii’s book would go on to have a remarkable afterlife in twentieth- and twenty-first-century Russia. In this lucid and insightful work, Nikolai Krementsov argues that the concept of eugenics brings together ideas, values, practices, and fears energised by a focus on the future. It has proven so seductive to different groups over time because it provides a way to grapple with fundamental existential questions of human nature and destiny. With and Without Galton develops this argument by tracing the life-story of Florinskii’s monograph from its uncelebrated arrival amid the Russian empire’s Great Reforms, to its reissue after the Bolshevik Revolution, its decline under Stalinism, and its subsequent resurgence: first, as a founding document of medical genetics, and most recently, as a manifesto for nationalists and racial purists. Krementsov’s meticulously researched ‘biography of a book’ sheds light not only on the peculiar fate of eugenics in Russia, but also on its convoluted transnational history, elucidating the field’s protean nature and its continuing and contested appeal to diverse audiences, multiple local trajectories, and global trends. It is required reading for historians of eugenics, science, medicine, education, literature, and Russia, and it will also appeal to the general reader looking for a deeper understanding of this challenging subject.
=536  \\$aUniversity of Toronto
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$ahistory
=653  \\$abiography
=653  \\$aeugenics
=653  \\$ascience
=653  \\$amedicine
=653  \\$aRussia
=653  \\$aUSSR
=653  \\$aFrancis Galton
=653  \\$aVasilii Florinskii
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0144$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0144_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License
=LDR  04205nam  22006132  4500
=001  c1f46a3f-6fc8-4019-8ab3-e409f3190ad5
=006  m\\\\\o\\d\\\\\\\\
=007  cr\\n\\\\\\\\\
=008  250118t20232023\\\\\\\\ob\\\\000\0\eng\d
=010  \\$a2023512117
=020  \\$z9781800643000$q(Paperback)
=020  \\$z9781800643017$q(Hardback)
=020  \\$a9781800644137$q(PDF)
=020  \\$a9781800646735$q(HTML)
=020  \\$a9781800644144$q(Epub)
=024  7\$a10.11647/OBP.0372$2doi
=024  7\$a1415825327$2worldcat
=040  \\$aUkCbTOM$beng$elocal
=050  00$aPR3634
=072   7$aDSA$2bicssc
=072   7$aJNU$2bicssc
=072   7$aDNF$2bicssc
=072   7$aDSBF$2bicssc
=072   7$aLIT014000$2bisacsh
=072   7$aPOE005020$2bisacsh
=072   7$aLIT004120$2bisacsh
=072   7$aDSC$2thema
=072   7$aJNU$2thema
=072   7$aDS$2thema
=072   7$aDNL$2thema
=100  1\$aHutchings, William,$eauthor.$uUniversity of Manchester.
=245  10$a‘Wit’s Wild Dancing Light’ :$bReading the Poems of Alexander Pope /$cWilliam Hutchings.
=264  \1$aCambridge, UK :$bOpen Book Publishers,$c2023.
=264  \4$c©2023
=300  \\$a1 online resource (vi+306 pages).
=336  \\$atext$btxt$2rdacontent
=337  \\$acomputer$bc$2rdamedia
=338  \\$aonline resource$bcr$2rdacarrier
=500  \\$aAvailable through Open Book Publishers.
=505  0\$aAbout the AuthorA Note to the TextIntroduction: Reading Pope1.Pastorals2.Sappho to Phaon3.An Essay on Criticism4.Windsor Forest5.The Rape of the Lock6.Epistle to Mr Jervas7.Eloisa to Abelard8.Elegy to the Memory of an Unfortunate Lady9.Homer, The Iliad10.Epistle to Robert Earl of Oxford and Earl Mortimer; To Mr Addison; Epitaph on James Craggs, Esq11.An Essay on Man12.An Epistle to Richard Boyle, Earl of Burlington13.An Epistle to Allen Lord Bathurst14.An Epistle to Sir Richard Temple, Lord Cobham15.Epistle to Miss Blount with the Works of Voiture; Epistle to Miss Blount, on her Leaving the Town after the Coronation; An Epistle to a Lady16.The First Satire of the Second Book of Horace Imitated17.The Second Satire of the Second Book of Horace Imitated. To Mr Bethel18.The Second Satire of the First Book of Horace. Imitated in the Manner of Mr Pope19.Epistle to Dr Arbuthnot20.The First Ode of the Fourth Book of Horace: To Venus21.The Second Epistle of the Second Book of Horace Imitated22.The First Epistle of the Second Book of Horace Imitated. To Augustus23.The Sixth Epistle of the First Book of Horace Imitated. To Mr Murray24.The First Epistle of the First Book of Horace Imitated. To Lord Bolingbroke25.Epilogue to the Satires: Dialogues I and II26.The DunciadBibliographyIndex
=506  0\$aOpen Access$fUnrestricted online access$2star
=520  \\$aThe book is a chronological reading of Alexander Pope’s poems, from the Pastorals (1709) to the four-book Dunciad (1743). Each of the 26 chapters forming the volume selects examples for detailed scrutiny, demonstrating how close reading can generate understanding of a whole poem and how critical appraisal can build into a creative survey of an entire poetic career. The book’s approach is intended to be both scholarly and accessible and 'Wit's Wild Dancing Light' will be of interest to scholars, students and anybody interested in Pope’s masterful poetry.
=538  \\$aMode of access: World Wide Web.
=540  \\$aThe text of this book is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). For more detailed information consult the publisher's website.$uhttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
=588  0\$aMetadata licensed under CC0 Public Domain Dedication.
=653  \\$aAlexander Pope
=653  \\$aEighteenth-century English poetry
=653  \\$aChronological reading
=653  \\$aCritical appraisal
=653  \\$aAge of Enlightenment
=710  2\$aOpen Book Publishers,$epublisher.
=856  40$uhttps://doi.org/10.11647/obp.0372$zConnect to e-book
=856  42$uhttps://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0372_frontcover.jpg$zConnect to cover image
=856  42$uhttps://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/$zCC0 Metadata License